UAM FUNDS TRUST
485BPOS, 1999-08-09
Previous: DEFINED ASSET FUNDS MUNICIPAL INVT TR FD MULTISTATE SER 87, 485BPOS, 1999-08-09
Next: SPECTRIAN CORP /CA/, S-8, 1999-08-09



<PAGE>

                       Securities Act File No. 33-79858
               Investment Company Act of 1940 File No. 811-8544



                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM N-1A


REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933          /X/

     Post-Effective Amendment No. 35                             /X/

                                    and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940  /X/


     Amendment No. 36                                            /X/


                                UAM FUNDS TRUST
              (Exact Name of Registrant as specified in Charter)



                          c/o UAM Fund Services, Inc.
                          211 Congress St., 4th Floor
                          Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                 Registrant's Telephone Number (617) 542-5440
                   (Address of Principal Executive Offices)
                   ----------------------------------------



                            Michael E. DeFao, Esq.
                                   Secretary
                            UAM Fund Services, Inc.
                              211 Congress Street
                          Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                    (Name and Address of Agent for Service)
                    ---------------------------------------

                                   COPY TO:
                            Audrey C. Talley, Esq.
                          Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP
                      Philadelphia National Bank Building
                             1345 Chestnut Street
                         Philadelphia, PA  19107-3469



     It is proposed that this filing become effective (check appropriate box):

          [X]   Immediately upon filing pursuant to Paragraph (b)
          [ ]   on (date) pursuant to Paragraph (b)
          [ ]   60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a) (1)
          [ ]   on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a) (1)
          [ ]   75 days after filing pursuant to Paragraph (a) (2)
          [ ]   on (date) pursuant to Paragraph (a) (2) of Rule 485

     If appropriate, check the following box:

          [ ]   This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date
                for a previously filed post-
<PAGE>

                                 PARTS A AND B
                                UAM FUNDS TRUST


The prospectuses and statements of additional information for the following
portfolios are included in this Post-Effective Amendment No. 35:

*  BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio Institutional Class Shares
*  BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio Institutional Service Class Shares
*  Cambiar Opportunity Portfolio
*  Chicago Asset Management Intermediate Bond Portfolio
*  Chicago Asset Management Value/Contrarian Portfolio
*  Clipper Focus Portfolio
*  Hanson Equity Portfolio
*  Jacobs International Octagon Portfolio
*  MJI International Equity Portfolio Institutional Class Shares
*  MJI International Equity Portfolio Institutional Service Class Shares
*  Pell Rudman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio
*  TJ Core Equity Portfolio

The Institutional Class and Institutional Service Class prospectuses and the
statement of additional information for FPA Crescent Portfolio are contained in
this Post-Effective Amendment No. 34, filed on July 28, 1999.

The prospectuses and statement of additional information for Heitman Real Estate
Portfolio are contained in Post-Effective Amendment No. 30, filed on April 22,
1999.

The prospectuses and statement of additional information for Dwight Capital
Preservation Portfolio are contained in Post-Effective Amendment No. 29, filed
on April 12, 1999.
<PAGE>

                                    PART C
                                UAM FUNDS TRUST
                               OTHER INFORMATION


ITEM 23. EXHIBITS

Exhibits previously filed by the Fund are incorporated by reference to such
filings. The following table describes the location of all exhibits. In the
table, the following references are used: PEA 34 = Post-Effective Amendment No.
34 filed on July 28, 1999, PEA 30 = Post-Effective Amendment No. 30 filed on
April 23, 1999, PEA 29 = Post-Effective Amendment No. 29 filed on April 12,
1999, PEA 27 = Post-Effective Amendment No. 27 filed on February 5, 1999, PEA 24
= Post Effective Amendment No. 24 filed on July 10, 1998; PEA 19 = Post-
Effective Amendment No. 19 filed on February 3, 1998; PEA17 = Post-Effective
Amendment No. 17 filed on December 15, 1997, PEA16 = Post-Effective Amendment
No. 16 filed on July 10, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        Incorporated by
                                                                                                        Reference to
Exhibit                                                                                                 (Location):
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>       <S>                                                                                           <C>
   A. 1.  Agreement and Declaration of Trust                                                            PEA 24
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      2.  Certificate of Trust                                                                          PEA 24
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      3.  Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Trust                                              PEA 24
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    B.1.  By-Laws                                                                                       PEA 24
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      2.  Amendment to By-Laws dated December 10, 1998                                                  PEA 27
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   C. 1.  Form of Specimen Share Certificate                                                            PEA 24
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      2.  The rights of security holders are defined in the Registrant's Agreement and Declaration of   PEA 24
          Trust and By-Laws
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    D.1.  Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss      PEA 27
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      2.  Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Cambiar Investors, Inc.                  PEA 27
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      3.  Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Chicago Asset Management Company         PEA 27
          (Intermediate Bond Portfolio)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      4.  Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Chicago Asset Management Company         PEA 27
          (Value/Contrarian Portfolio)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      5.  Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Dwight Asset Management Company          PEA 27
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      6.  Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and First Pacific Advisors, Inc.             PEA 27
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      7.  Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Hanson Investment Management Company     PEA 27
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      8.  Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Heitman/PRA Securities Advisors, Inc.    PEA 27
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      9.  Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Jacobs Asset Management, L.P.            PEA 27
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     10.  Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Murray Johnstone International Limited   PEA 27
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     11.  Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Pacific Financial Research, Inc.         PEA 27
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     12.  Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Pell Rudman Trust Company, N.A.          PEA 27
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     13.  Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Tom Johnson Investment Management        PEA 27
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   E. 1.  Distribution Agreement between Registrant and UAM Fund Distributors                           PEA 24
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      2.  Distribution Agreement between Registrant and UAM Fund Distributors, Inc. dated as of March   PEA 29
          31, 1999 (Advisor Class Shares)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      3.  Distribution Agreement between Registrant and ACG Capital Corporation (Advisor Class Shares)  PEA 19
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<C>       <S>                                                                                           <C>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      4.  Amendment to Distribution Agreement between Registrant and ACG Capital Corporation dated as   PEA 29
          of March 31, 1999
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      5.  Selling Dealer Agreement                                                                      PEA 24
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   F.     Trustees' and Officers' Contracts and Programs                                                Not applicable
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   G. 1.  Global Custody Agreement                                                                      PEA 16
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   H. 1.  Fund Administration Agreement                                                                 PEA 27
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Fund Administration Agreement Fee Schedule                                                    PEA 30
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      2.  Mutual Funds Service Agreement                                                                PEA 16
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   I.     Opinions and Consents of Counsel                                                              PEA 34
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   J.     Consent of Independent Auditors                                                               Filed herewith
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   K.     Other Financial Statements                                                                    Not applicable
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   L.     Purchase Agreement                                                                            PEA 24
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   M. 1.  Distribution Plan                                                                             PEA 24
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      2.  Shareholder Services Plan                                                                     PEA 24
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      3.  Service Agreement                                                                             PEA 24
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   N.     Financial Data Schedule                                                                       Not applicable
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   O.     Amended and Restated Rule 18f-3 Multiple Class Plan                                           PEA 24
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   P.     Powers of Attorney                                                                            PEA 24, PEA 27
</TABLE>

ITEM 24.  PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE FUND

Not applicable.

ITEM 25.  INDEMNIFICATION

Reference is made to Article VI of Registrant's Declaration of Trust, which is
incorporated herein by reference.  Registrant hereby also makes the undertaking
consistent with Rule 484 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Insofar
as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be
permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been
advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

Provisions for indemnification of UAM Fund Services, Inc. are contained in
Section 6 of its Fund Administration Agreement with the Registrant.

Provisions for indemnification of the Registrant's investment advisers are
contained in Section 7 of their respective Investment Advisory Agreements with
the Registrant.

Provisions for indemnification of Registrant's principal underwriter, UAM Fund
Distributors, Inc., are contained in its Distribution Agreement with the
Registrant.

Provisions for indemnification of Registrant's custodian, The Chase Manhattan
Bank, are contained in Section 12 of its Fund Global Custody Agreement with the
Registrant.


ITEM 26.  BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER

<PAGE>

Reference is made to the caption "Investment Adviser" in the Prospectuses
constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and "Investment Adviser" in
Part B of this Registration Statement. Except for information with respect to
Pell Rudman Trust Company, N.A., the information required by this Item 26 with
respect to each director, officer, or partner of each other investment adviser
of the Registrant is incorporated by reference to the Forms ADV filed by the
investment advisers listed below with the Securities and Exchange Commission
pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, under the file
numbers indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                    <C>
Investment Adviser                                                     File No.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, Inc.                              801-31237
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cambiar Investors, Inc.                                                801-09538
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chicago Asset Management Company                                       801-20197
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dwight Asset Management Company                                        801-45304
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
First Pacific Advisors, Inc.                                           801-39512
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hanson Investment Management Company                                   801-14817
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Heitman/PRA Securities Advisors, Inc.                                  801-48252
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jacobs Asset Management, L.P.                                          801-49790
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Murray Johnstone International Ltd.                                    801-34926
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pacific Financial Research, Inc.                                       801-54352
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tom Johnson Investment Management, Inc.                                801-42549
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name and Principal            Positions and Offices with Pell         Positions and Offices with Pell
Business Address              Rudman Trust Company, N.A.              Rudman & Co., Inc.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>                                     <C>
Jeffrey S. Thomas             Director                                Chief Financial Officer of
100 Federal Street                                                    Pell, Rudman & Co., Inc.
Boston, Massachusetts
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Edward I. Rudman              Director                                Chairman and President of Pell,
100 Federal Street                                                    Rudman & Co., Inc.
Boston, Massachusetts
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
James S. McDonald             Director                                Executive Vice President of
100 Federal Street                                                    Pell, Rudman & Co., Inc.
Boston, Massachusetts
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Susan W. Hunnewell            Director                                Senior Vice President of Pell,
100 Federal Street                                                    Rudman & Co., Inc.
Boston, Massachusetts
</TABLE>


Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, Inc., Cambiar Investors, Inc., Chicago
Asset Management Company, Dwight Asset Management Company, First Pacific
Advisors, Inc., Hanson Investment Management Company, Heitman/PRA Securities
Advisors, Inc., Jacobs Asset Management, L.P., Murray Johnstone International
Ltd., Pacific Financial Research, Inc., Pell Rudman Trust Company, N.A., and Tom
Johnson Investment Management, Inc., are affiliates of United Asset Management
Corporation ("UAM"), a Delaware corporation owning firms engaged primarily in
institutional investment management.

ITEM 27.  PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

(a)  UAM Fund Distributors, Inc. ("UAMFDI") acts as distributor of the
     registrant's shares. ACG Capital Corporation ("ACG") also acts as
     distributor of the Heitman Real Estate Portfolio Advisor Class Shares.

(b)  The information required with respect to each director and officer of
     UAMFDI is incorporated by reference to Schedule A of Form BD filed pursuant
     to the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (SEC File No. 8-41126).

(c)  The information required with respect to each Director and officer of ACG
     is incorporated by reference to Schedule A of Form BD filed pursuant to the
     Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (SEC File No. 8-47813).

<PAGE>

(d)  Not applicable.

ITEM 28.  LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

Books or other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, and the Rules promulgated thereunder, are
maintained as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name and Address of Service Provider             Relationship with Registrant
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>
The Chase Manhattan Bank                         Custodian bank
4 Chase MetroTech Center
Brooklyn, New York, 11245
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chase Global Funds Services Company              Sub-administrator
73 Tremont Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02108
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UAM Fund Services, Inc.                          Administrator
211 Congress Street, 4th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UAM Shareholder Services Center, Inc.            Sub-shareholder servicing agent
825 Duportail Road
Wayne, PA 19087
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DST Systems, Inc.                                Sub-transfer agent
210 West 10th Street
Kansas City, Missouri 64105
</TABLE>

The registrant's investment advisers will also maintain physical possession of
certain of the books, accounts and other documents required by Section 31(a)
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated
thereunder.

ITEM 29.  MANAGEMENT SERVICES

Not Applicable.

ITEM 30.  UNDERTAKINGS

Not Applicable.

<PAGE>

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Investment Company
Act, the registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirement for
effectiveness of this registration statement under Rule 485(b) under the
Securities Act and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Boston, and State
of Massachusetts on the 9th day of August, 1999.

                                    UAM FUNDS TRUST



                                    /s/ Michael E. DeFao, Esq.
                                    _______________________________
                                    Michael E. DeFao, Esq.
                                    Secretary


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement
has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on
this 9th day of August, 1999.

             *
______________________________
Norton H. Reamer, Chairman and
President

             *
______________________________
John T. Bennett, Jr., Trustee


             *
______________________________
Nancy J. Dunn, Trustee


             *
______________________________
Philip D. English, Trustee


             *
______________________________
William A. Humenuk, Trustee


             *
______________________________
James P. Pappas, Trustee


             *
______________________________
Peter M. Whitman, Jr., Trustee


/s/ Gary L. French
______________________________
Gary L. French, Treasurer


/s/ Michael E. DeFao, Esq.
______________________________
* Michael E. DeFao, Esq.
<PAGE>


(Attorney-in-Fact)
<PAGE>

                                UAM FUNDS TRUST

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX



Exhibit  Description
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  J      Consent of Independent Auditors
<PAGE>

                                             UAM Funds
                                             Funds for the Informed Investor/sm/



BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio
Institutional Class Prospectus                                   August 9, 1999








                                                                          UAM(R)

         The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved
              or disapproved these securities or passed upon the
                 adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any
             representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

<PAGE>

 Table Of Contents


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 1

 What is the Objective of the Portfolio? ...................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio? ............   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio? ............................   1
 How has the Portfolio Performed? ..........................................   2
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio? ..........................   3

Investing with the Uam Funds ................................................. 4

 Buying Shares .............................................................   4
 Redeeming Shares ..........................................................   5
 Exchanging Shares .........................................................   5
 Transaction Policies ......................................................   6

Account Policies ............................................................. 9

 Small Accounts ............................................................   9
 Distributions .............................................................   9
 Federal Taxes .............................................................   9

Portfolio Details ........................................................... 11

 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolio ..........................  11
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies .................................  13
 Year 2000 .................................................................  14
 Investment Management .....................................................  14
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements ........................................  16
 Additional Classes of Shares ..............................................  16

Financial Highlights ........................................................ 17
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Summary


WHAT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio seeks maximum long-term total return consistent with reason-
  able risk to principal by investing in investment grade fixed income secu-
  rities of varying maturities. The portfolio cannot guarantee it will meet
  its investment objective. The portfolio may not change its investment ob-
  jective without shareholder approval.

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."

  The portfolio invests at least 90% of its total assets in dollar-denomi-
  nated investment-grade debt securities of a variety of issuers, including
  corporations and governments. The portfolio tries to maintain an average
  weighted duration comparable to the Salomon Brothers' Broad or Lehman
  Brothers Aggregate Indices, which is approximately five years.

  The adviser actively manages the portfolio, focusing on security selec-
  tion, sector concentration and yield curve positioning. The adviser be-
  lieves that it can minimize volatility and generate superior returns over
  the long-term by investing in undervalued securities with above-average
  effective yields and capital appreciation potential. The adviser does not
  attempt to "time the market."

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."

Risks Common to All Mutual Funds

  As with all mutual funds, at any time, your investment in the portfolio
  may be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it.
  You may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:

  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.

  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.

  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.

                                       1
<PAGE>

BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio

  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in debt se-
  curities. Debt securities may lose value because:

  .   Of market conditions and economic and political events.

  .   Interest rates rise, which tends to cause the value of debt securities
      to fall.

  .   A security's credit rating worsens or its issuer becomes unable to
      honor its financial obligations.

HOW HAS THE PORTFOLIO PERFORMED?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The bar chart and table below illustrate how the performance of this class
  of the portfolio has varied from year to year and provide some indication
  of the risks of investing in the portfolio. The bar chart shows the in-
  vestment returns of the portfolio for each full calendar year. The table
  following the bar chart compares the average annual returns of the portfo-
  lio to those of a broad-based securities market index. Past performance
  does not guarantee future results.

Calendar Year Returns

                           [BAR GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Quarter
                                         Return   Ended
  --------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                   <C>    <C>
   Highest Quarter:                       3.57%  6/30/97
  --------------------------------------------------------
   Lowest Quarter                        -1.58%  3/31/96
  --------------------------------------------------------
   Year-To-Date                          -2.25%  6/30/99


Average Annual Returns For Periods Ended 12/31/98
<CAPTION>
                                                  Since
                                         1 Year Inception*
  --------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                   <C>    <C>
   BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio      7.41%    6.99%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index   8.69%    7.86%
</TABLE>

  * The portfolio began operations 11/1/95. Index comparisons begin on
  10/31/95.

                                       2
<PAGE>

WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of the Portfolio)

  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  -----------------------
   <S>              <C>
   Management fees  0.35%
  -----------------------
   Other expenses   0.84%
  -----------------------
   Total expenses   1.19%
</TABLE>

Example

  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above throughout the period of your investment.
  Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assump-
  tions your costs would be:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   1 Year   3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
  ----------------------------------
   <S>      <C>     <C>     <C>
   $121      $378    $654    $1,443
</TABLE>

                                       3
<PAGE>

 Investing with the UAM Funds


BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the UAM Fund into
                                                  which you want to invest.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number.         wire your money to the UAM
                     Send your completed ac-      Funds as follows:
                     count application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds as follows:

                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic Investment Plan (Via ACH)          To set up a plan, mail a
                     You may not open an          completed application to
                     account via ACH              the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum Investments$2,500--regular account      $100
                     $500--IRAs $250--
                     spousal IRAs

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com

                                       4
<PAGE>

REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to the UAM Funds specifying:

                   .   The UAM Fund.

                   .   The account number.

                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to
                       redeem.

                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments to redeem shares. Please see the Statement of Addi-
                   tional Information (SAI) if you need more information.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ByTelephone      You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.

                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic    If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
  Withdrawal Plan  transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM Funds
  (Via ACH)        account to your financial institution.

                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.

EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may only exchange shares between accounts with
  identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).

                                       5
<PAGE>

TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating Your Share Price

  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your or-
  der. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) each day
  the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day, the UAM
  Funds must accept your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that
  day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated at the close
  of trading on the following business day. The UAM Funds are open for busi-
  ness on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekdays and certain
  holidays.

  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary

  You may buy or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial intermedi-
  ary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy or sell
  shares at the NAV on any given day, your financial intermediary must re-
  ceive your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all purchase and
  redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money to
  the UAM Funds on time.

  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.

Calculating NAV

  The UAM Funds calculate their NAVs by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available market
  prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines established by
  the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair value when
  events occur that make established valuation methods (such as stock ex-
  change closing prices) unreliable. The UAM Funds may use a pricing service
  to value some of their assets, such as debt securities.

                                       6
<PAGE>

In-Kind Transactions

  Under certain conditions and at the UAM Funds' discretion, you may pay for
  shares with securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay
  all or part of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.

Payment of Redemption Proceeds

  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from the
  purchase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a cer-
  tified check, bank check or money order.

Signature Guarantee

  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.

  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.

Telephone Transactions

  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine. The UAM Funds will not be re-
  sponsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instruc-
  tions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.

                                       7
<PAGE>

Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds

  Purchases

  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:

  .   Stop offering shares.

  .   Reject any purchase order.

  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares. (Excessive trading can hurt performance by disrupting manage-
      ment and by increasing expenses.)

  Redemptions

  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:

  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  .   The SEC tells the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.

  Exchanges

  The UAM Funds may:

  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.

  .   Reject any request for an exchange.

  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.

                                       8
<PAGE>


 Account Policies


SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:

  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.

  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.

  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.

DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income quarterly.
  In addition, the portfolio distributes its net capital gains once a year.
  The UAM Funds will automatically reinvest dividends and distributions in
  additional shares of the portfolio, unless you elect on your account ap-
  plication to receive them in cash.

FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in the portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.

Taxes on Distributions

  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.

  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution

                                       9
<PAGE>

  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply con-
  stitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a div-
  idend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.

Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions

  When you exchange or redeem shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  capital gain or loss for federal tax purposes. This gain or loss will be
  based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares (the cost of
  your shares) and the amount you receive for them. To aid in computing your
  tax basis, you should keep your account statements for the periods during
  which you held shares.

  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.

Backup Withholding

  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.

                                      10
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Details



PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objective. For more information con-
  cerning these investment strategies and their associated risks, please
  read the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the SAI. You can find information on the
  portfolio's recent strategies and holdings in its annual/semi-annual re-
  port. As long as it is consistent with its objective and other policies
  described in the SAI, the portfolio may change these strategies without
  shareholder approval.

  The portfolio invests at least 90% of its total assets in dollar-denomi-
  nated investment-grade debt securities with an intermediate average matu-
  rity 10 years or less. The portfolio maintains an average weighted dura-
  tion comparable to the Salomon Brothers' Broad or Lehman Brothers Aggre-
  gate Indices, which is approximately five years. To manage its duration,
  the portfolio may hedge its interest rate risk by purchasing and selling
  futures.

Investment Process

  The adviser expects to manage the portfolio actively, focusing on security
  selection, sector concentration and yield curve positioning. The adviser
  invests the assets of the portfolio in securities, industry sectors and
  maturity ranges that it believes the market has undervalued. The adviser
  believes that it can minimize volatility and generate superior returns
  over the long-term by investing in high quality securities that possess
  above-average effective yields and the potential for capital appreciation.

  The adviser does not attempt to time the market because it believes there
  are too many variables to successfully forecast economic conditions con-
  sistently. Therefore the portfolio will maintain a conservative intermedi-
  ate maturity structure, diversifying its assets along the yield curve.

  The adviser's security selection process begins by analyzing a bond's
  yield-to-maturity premium (or spread) versus the most recently issued U.S.
  treasury security of similar maturity. Once it identifies bonds with an
  above-average premium, it then evaluates factors that could influence the
  bond's future premium such as credit quality, security structure and
  supply/demand. The objective of this process is to identify those issues
  whose yield premium will compress or narrow over a wide range of potential
  interest rate changes, supporting superior long-term performance.

                                      11
<PAGE>

Debt Securities

  A debt security is an interest bearing security that corporations and gov-
  ernments use to borrow money from investors. The issuer of a debt security
  promises to pay interest at a stated rate, which may be variable or fixed,
  and to repay the amount borrowed at maturity (dates when debt securities
  are due and payable). The portfolio may invest in debt securities issued
  by corporations and the U.S. government and its agencies, mortgage-backed
  and asset-backed securities (securities that are backed by pools of loans
  or mortgages assembled for sale to investors), municipal notes and bonds,
  Yankee bonds, zero coupon bonds, commercial paper and certificates of de-
  posit.

  The concept of duration is useful in assessing the sensitivity of a fixed-
  income fund to interest rate movements, which are the main source of risk
  for most fixed-income funds. Duration measures price volatility by esti-
  mating the change in price of a debt security for a 1% change in its
  yield. For example, a duration of five years means the price of a debt se-
  curity will change about 5% for every 1% change in its yield. Thus, the
  higher the duration, the more volatile the security.

  The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction
  from interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up the price of the bond
  will go down, and vice versa). Some types of debt securities are more af-
  fected by changes in interest rates than others. For example, changes in
  rates may cause people to pay off or refinance the loans underlying mort-
  gage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier or later than expected,
  which would shorten or lengthen the maturity of the security. This behav-
  ior can negatively affect the performance of a portfolio by shortening or
  lengthening its average maturity and, thus, changing its effective dura-
  tion. The unexpected timing of mortgage backed and asset-backed prepay-
  ments caused by changes in interest rates may also cause the portfolio to
  reinvest its assets at lower rates, reducing the yield of the portfolio.

  The credit rating or financial condition of an issuer may affect the value
  of a debt security. Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security,
  the greater the risk that the issuer will fail to pay interest fully and
  return principal in a timely manner. If an issuer defaults or becomes un-
  able to honor its financial obligations, the security may lose some or all
  of its value.

  A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating
  agency is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay
  interest and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated security. Ad-
  verse economic conditions or changing circumstances, however, may

                                      12
<PAGE>

  weaken the capacity of the issuer to pay interest and repay principal. If
  a security is not rated or is rated under a different system, the adviser
  may determine that it is of investment-grade. The adviser may retain secu-
  rities that are downgraded, if it believes that keeping those securities
  is waranted.

OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  In addition to its principal investment strategies, the portfolio may use
  the investment strategies described below. It may also employ investment
  practices that this prospectus does not describe, such as repurchase
  agreements, when-issued and forward commitment transactions, lending of
  securities, borrowing and other techniques. For information concerning
  these investment practices and their risks, you should read the SAI.

Derivatives

  The portfolio may use futures and options (types of derivatives) to remain
  fully invested, to reduce transaction costs and to hedge interest rates.
  Derivatives are often more volatile than other investments and may magnify
  the portfolio's gains or losses. The portfolio may lose money if the ad-
  viser:

  .   Fails to predict correctly the direction in which the underlying asset
      or economic factor will move.

  .   Judges market conditions incorrectly.

  .   Employs a strategy that does not correlate well with the investments
      of the portfolio.

Short-Term Investing

  At times, the adviser may decide to invest up to 100% of the portfolio's
  assets in a variety of high-quality, short-term debt securities, such as
  U.S. government securities. The adviser may invest in these types of secu-
  rities for temporary defensive purposes, to earn a return on uninvested
  assets or to meet redemptions. The adviser may temporarily adopt a defen-
  sive position to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the portfo-
  lio that may result from adverse market, economic, political or other de-
  velopments.

  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.

                                      13
<PAGE>

YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary functions and
  could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial markets in gen-
  eral. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organizations, includ-
  ing those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those in which the
  UAM Funds invest.

  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time the
  degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' investments
  or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could ad-
  versely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Adviser

  Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, Inc., a Texas corporation located at
  One McKinney Plaza, 3232 McKinney Avenue, 15th Floor, Dallas, Texas 75204,
  is the investment adviser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and super-
  vises the investment of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary basis.
  The adviser, an affiliate of United Asset Management Corporation, has spe-
  cialized in the active management of stocks, bonds and balanced portfolios
  for institutional and tax-exempt clients since 1979. The adviser currently
  provides and offers investment management services to corporate, public
  and Taft-Hartley employee benefit plans, foundations, endowments, health
  care and other institutions and investors.

  During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999, the portfolio paid the ad-
  viser 0.30% of its average net assets in management fees.

Portfolio Managers

  A team of investment professionals is primarily responsible for the day-
  to-day management of the portfolio. Listed below are the investment pro-
  fessionals that comprise that team and a brief description of their busi-
  ness experience.

                                      14
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager            Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>                <S>
   John S. Williams   Mr. Williams is currently a Fixed Income Principal of the
                      adviser. Mr. Williams joined the adviser as its first
                      Fixed Income Portfolio Manager in 1983. Mr. Williams has
                      also managed balanced and municipal portfolios during his
                      21-year investment career. Before joining the adviser, he
                      was responsible for the management of all fixed income
                      assets at Southland Trust, Dallas, Texas, and before that
                      was a Portfolio Manager and Securities Analyst at
                      InterFirst Bank Dallas Trust Department. Mr. Williams has
                      served on the Advisory Committee for the Texas Teachers
                      Retirement System and is an active member in the Dallas
                      Investment Analysts Society. He currently is a Director
                      of United Asset Management Corporation. Mr. Williams is a
                      Chartered Financial Analyst, earning his MBA in 1976 and
                      BBA in 1975 from Texas Christian University.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   David R. Hardin    Mr. Hardin is currently a Fixed Income Principal and
                      Portfolio Manager of the adviser. Before joining the ad-
                      viser in 1987, Mr. Hardin was Vice President and Director
                      of the Fixed Income Group of RepublicBank Dallas Trust
                      Department. In that position, he was responsible for the
                      management of all taxable and tax-exempt fixed income as-
                      sets of the Trust Division, including all separately man-
                      aged accounts, collective investment fund products, and
                      the creation of and management of an SEC-registered mu-
                      tual fund. Before attaining the Director's position, Mr.
                      Hardin was a Taxable Portfolio Manager and served as the
                      Credit Analyst for the Trust Division. He started his in-
                      vestment career as a private placement credit analyst
                      while employed by American General Insurance Co. in Hous-
                      ton in 1976. Mr. Hardin received an M.Sc. from the London
                      School of Economics in 1975 and a BBA from Texas Chris-
                      tian University in 1973.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   J. Scott McDonald  Mr. McDonald is currently a Fixed Income Principal and
                      Portfolio Manager of the adviser. Mr. McDonald joined the
                      adviser in 1995 to serve as a Security and Portfolio Spe-
                      cialist for the Fixed Income Group. In addition to Secu-
                      rity and Portfolio Analyst, he is responsible for systems
                      analytics used in the evaluation of effective/option ad-
                      justed yield measurements for all securities and portfo-
                      lios. He also serves as compliance monitor of all fixed
                      income portfolios to ensure commonality of structure and
                      diversification. Mr. McDonald previously served as the
                      Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager at Life Part-
                      ners Group, Inc. in Dallas. While with Life Partners, he
                      was responsible for implementing strategy for $3 billion
                      in assets. Additionally, Texas Commerce Bank Houston em-
                      ployed him as a Credit Supervisor and Lending Officer. He
                      received his MBA in 1991 from the University of Texas at
                      Austin and his BBA from Southern Methodist University in
                      1986.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Mark C. Luchsinger Mr. Luchsinger is currently a Fixed Income Principal and
                      Portfolio Manager of the adviser. Mr. Luchsinger is the
                      newest senior member of the fixed income product team.
                      Before joining the adviser in April of 1997, he had spent
                      years in fixed income sales at First Boston Corporation,
                      PaineWebber and Morgan Keegan, responsible for a wide ar-
                      ray of security and client types. During Mr. Luchsinger's
                      investment career, he has also served as Chief Investment
                      Officer for Great American Reserve Insurance Company in
                      Dallas, where he was responsible for the management of
                      over $1 billion in fixed income and equity portfolios;
                      Senior Investment Portfolio Manager for Scor Reinsurance
                      Company in Irving. Mr. Luchsinger is a Chartered Finan-
                      cial Analyst and earned his BBA from Bowling Green State
                      University in 1980.
</TABLE>

                                       15
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager             Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>                 <S>
   Deborah J. Anderson Ms. Anderson is currently a Senior Portfolio Assistant
                       of the adviser. Ms. Anderson is responsible for all ad-
                       ministrative staff and their duties associated with the
                       fixed income product management, including
                       communication/liaison with all clients, custodial banks,
                       and brokerage relationships. She supervises all opera-
                       tional aspects of fixed income security trading and
                       works extensively with reporting requirements for all
                       clients and regulatory agencies. Before joining the ad-
                       viser in 1988, Ms. Anderson served as a Trust Officer
                       with Trust Company of Texas and its predecessor, South-
                       land Trust Co. She received a BBA in Accounting from the
                       University of Texas at Arlington in 1974.
</TABLE>

SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Brokers, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how financial representatives may get paid.

  For providing certain services to their clients, financial representatives
  may be paid a fee based on the assets of the UAM Funds that are attribut-
  able to the financial representative. These services may include record
  keeping, transaction processing for shareholders' accounts and certain
  shareholder services not currently offered to shareholders that deal di-
  rectly with the UAM Funds. In addition, your financial representatives may
  charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the UAM
  Funds or for servicing your account. Your financial representative should
  provide you with a schedule of its fees and services.

  The UAM Funds may pay all or part of the fees paid to financial represent-
  atives. Periodically, the board of the UAM Funds reviews these arrange-
  ments to ensure that the fees paid are appropriate to the services per-
  formed. The UAM Funds do not pay these service fees on shares purchased
  directly. In addition, the adviser and its affiliates may, at their own
  expense, pay financial representatives for these services.

  The adviser and its affiliates may, at their own expense, pay financial
  representatives for distribution and marketing services performed with re-
  spect to the UAM Funds.

  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies distribution and marketing
  services performed with respect to the UAM Funds.

ADDITIONAL CLASSES OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio also offers Institutional Service Class shares, which pay
  marketing or shareholder servicing fees.

                                      16
<PAGE>

 Financial Highlights



  The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the fi-
  nancial performance of this class of the portfolio for the fiscal periods
  indicated. Certain information contained in the table reflects the finan-
  cial results for a single portfolio share. The total returns in the table
  represent the rate that an investor would have earned on an investment in
  this class of the portfolio assuming all dividends and distributions were
  reinvested. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has audited this information. The
  financial statements and the unqualified opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers
  LLP are included in the annual report of the portfolio, which is available
  upon request by calling the UAM Funds at 1-877-826-5465.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Fiscal Year Ended April 30,           1999++     1998++   1997++   1996++#
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                   <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>
   Net Asset Value, Beginning of
    Period.............................. $10.36     $  9.96  $  9.85  $10.00
                                         ------     -------  -------  ------
   Income From Investment Operations
    Net Investment Income...............   0.56        0.58     0.60    0.28
    Net Realized and Unrealized Gain
     (Loss) on Investments..............  (0.08)+++    0.41     0.05   (0.27)
                                         ------     -------  -------  ------
    Total from Investment Operations....   0.48        0.99     0.65    0.01
                                         ------     -------  -------  ------
   Distributions
    Net Investment Income...............  (0.63)      (0.55)   (0.54)  (0.16)
    Net Realized Gain...................  (0.53)      (0.04)     --      --
                                         ------     -------  -------  ------
    Total Distributions.................  (1.16)      (0.59)   (0.54)  (0.16)
                                         ------     -------  -------  ------
   Net Asset Value, End of Period....... $ 9.68     $ 10.36  $  9.96  $ 9.85
                                         ======     =======  =======  ======
   Total Return+........................   4.61%      10.16%    6.75%   0.08%**
                                         ======     =======  =======  ======
   Ratios and Supplemental Data
   Net Assets, End of Period
    (Thousands)......................... $3,788     $19,927  $13,062  $2,445
   Ratio of Expenses to Average Net
    Assets..............................   1.07%       0.68%    0.57%   0.61%*
   Ratio of Net Investment Income to
    Average Net Assets..................   5.29%       5.69%    6.01%   5.53%*
   Portfolio Turnover Rate..............    196%        210%     151%     55%
   Ratio of Voluntarily Waived Fees and
    Expenses Assumed by the Adviser to
    Average Net Assets..................   0.12%       0.52%    1.16%   4.63%*
   Ratio of Expenses to Average Net
    Assets Including Expense Offsets....   1.07%       0.68%    0.55%   0.55%*
</TABLE>

    * Annualized.
   ** Not Annualized.
    # For the period November 1, 1995 (commencement of operations) to April
      30, 1996.
    + Total return would have been lower had certain fees not been waived
      and expenses assumed by the Adviser during the period.
   ++ Per share amounts are based on average outstanding shares.
  +++ The amount shown for a share outstanding throughout the period does
      not accord with the aggregate net gains on investments for that period
      because of the timing of sales and repurchases of the Portfolio shares
      in relation to fluctuating market value of the investments of the
      Portfolio.

                                      17
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Codes


  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Trading Symbol                 CUSIP Number                             Portfolio Number
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                      <C>
       BHMSX                       902556109                                     629
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio

  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports

  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.

Statement of Additional Information

  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolio and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.

  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com


  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolio and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

  The portfolio's Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.

[UAM LOGO APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>

                                             UAM Funds
                                             Funds for the Informed Investor(sm)





BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio

Institutional Service Class Prospectus                            August 9, 1999

                                                                          UAM(R)

 The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved
these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any
             representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
<PAGE>

 Table Of Contents


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 1

 What is the Objective of the Portfolio? ...................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio? ............   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio? ............................   1
 How has the Portfolio Performed? ..........................................   3
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio?...........................   4

Investing with the Uam Funds ................................................. 5

 Buying Shares .............................................................   5
 Redeeming Shares ..........................................................   6
 Exchanging Shares .........................................................   6
 Transaction Policies ......................................................   7

Account Policies ............................................................ 10

 Small Accounts ............................................................  10
 Distributions .............................................................  10
 Federal Taxes .............................................................  10

Portfolio Details ........................................................... 12

 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolio ..........................  12
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies .................................  13
 Year 2000 .................................................................  14
 Investment Management .....................................................  15
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements ........................................  17
 Additional Classes of Shares ..............................................  18

Financial Highlights ........................................................ 19
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Summary


WHAT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio seeks maximum long-term total return consistent with reason-
  able risk to principal by investing in investment grade fixed income secu-
  rities of varying maturities. The portfolio cannot guarantee it will meet
  its investment objective. The portfolio may not change its investment ob-
  jective without shareholder approval.

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."

  The portfolio invests at least 90% of its total assets in dollar-denomi-
  nated investment-grade debt securities. The portfolio tries to maintain an
  average weighted duration comparable to the Salomon Brothers' Broad or
  Lehman Brothers Aggregate Indices, which is approximately five years.

  The adviser actively manages the portfolio, focusing on security selec-
  tion, sector concentration and yield curve positioning. The adviser be-
  lieves that it can minimize volatility and generate superior returns over
  the long-term by investing in undervalued securities with above-average
  effective yields and capital appreciation potential. The adviser does not
  attempt to "time the market."

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."

                                       1
<PAGE>

Risks Common to All Mutual Funds

  As with all mutual funds, at any time, your investment in the portfolio
  may be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it.
  You may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:

  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.

  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.

  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.


BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio

  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in debt se-
  curities. Debt securities may lose value because:

  .   Of market conditions and economic and political events.

  .   Interest rates rise, which tends to cause the value of debt securities
      to fall.

  .   A security's credit rating worsens or its issuer becomes unable to
      honor its financial obligations.

                                       2
<PAGE>

HOW HAS THE PORTFOLIO PERFORMED?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The bar chart and table below illustrate how the performance of this class
  of the portfolio has varied from year to year and provide some indication
  of the risks of investing in the portfolio. The bar chart shows the in-
  vestment returns of the portfolio for each full calendar year. The table
  following the bar chart compares the average annual returns of the portfo-
  lio to those of a broad-based securities market index. Past performance
  does not guarantee future results.

Calendar Year Returns

                           [BAR CHART APPEARS HERE]

Date            Returns

1996            3.21%
1997            8.52%
1998            7.15%

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Return Quarter Ended
  --------------------------------------
   <S>              <C>    <C>
   Highest Quarter   3.47%    6/30/97
  --------------------------------------
   Lowest Quarter   -1.77%    3/31/96
  --------------------------------------
   Year-To-Date     -2.36%    6/30/99
</TABLE>

Average annual returns For Periods Ended 12/31/98
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      1 Year Since Inception*
  -----------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                <C>    <C>
   BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio  7.15%       6.70%
  -----------------------------------------------------------
   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Index    8.69%       7.86%
</TABLE>

  * The portfolio began operations 11/1/95. Index comparisons begin on
  10/31/95.

                                       3
<PAGE>

WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of the Portfolio)

  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  ----------------------------
   <S>                   <C>
   Management Fees       0.35%
  ----------------------------
   Service (12b-1) Fees  0.25%
  ----------------------------
   Other Expenses        1.00%
  ----------------------------
   Total Expenses        1.60%
</TABLE>

Example

  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above throughout the period of your investment.
  Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assump-
  tions your costs would be:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   1 Year   3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
  ----------------------------------
   <S>      <C>     <C>     <C>
    $163     $505    $871    $1,900
</TABLE>

                                       4
<PAGE>

 Investing with the UAM Funds


BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the UAM Fund into
                                                  which you want to invest.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number.         wire your money to the UAM
                     Send your completed ac-      Funds as follows:
                     count application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds as follows:

                              Wiring Instructions
                              -------------------
                             United Missouri Bank
                                ABA # 101000695
                                   UAM Funds
                            DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                      Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                       account name/wire control number

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic       You may not open an ac-      To set up a plan, mail a
  Investment Plan    count via ACH                completed application to
  (Via ACH)                                       the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum            $2,500--regular account      $100
  Investments        $500--IRAs
                     $250--spousal IRAs

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com


                                       5
<PAGE>

REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to the UAM Funds specifying:

                   .   The UAM Fund.

                   .   The account number.

                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to re-
                       deem.

                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments to redeem shares. Please see the Statement of Addi-
                   tional Information (SAI) if you need more information.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.

                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic    If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
  Withdrawal Plan  transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM Funds
  (Via ACH)        account to your financial institution.

                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.

EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may only exchange shares between accounts with
  identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).

                                       6
<PAGE>

TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating Your Share Price

  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your or-
  der. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) each day
  the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day, the UAM
  Funds must accept your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that
  day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated at the close
  of trading on the following business day. The UAM Funds are open for busi-
  ness on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and certain
  holidays.

  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary

  You may buy or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial intermedi-
  ary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy or sell
  shares at the NAV on any given day, your financial intermediary must re-
  ceive your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all purchase and
  redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money to
  the UAM Funds on time.

  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.

Calculating NAV

  The UAM Funds calculate their NAVs by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available market
  prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines established by
  the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair value when
  events occur that make established valuation methods (such as stock ex-
  change closing prices) unreliable. The UAM Funds may use a pricing service
  to value some of their assets, such as debt securities.

                                       7
<PAGE>

In-Kind Transactions

  Under certain conditions and at the UAM Funds' discretion, you may pay for
  shares with securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay
  all or part of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.

Payment of Redemption Proceeds

  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from the
  purchase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a cer-
  tified check, bank check or money order.

Signature Guarantee

  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.

  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.

Telephone Transactions

  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine. The UAM Funds will not be re-
  sponsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instruc-
  tions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.

                                       8
<PAGE>

Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds

  Purchases

  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:

  .   Stop offering shares.

  .   Reject any purchase order.

  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares. (Excessive trading can hurt performance by disrupting manage-
      ment and by increasing expenses.)

  Redemptions

  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:

  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  .   The SEC tells the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.

  Exchanges

  The UAM Funds may:

  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.

  .   Reject any request for an exchange.

  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.

                                       9
<PAGE>

 Account Policies

SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:

  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.

  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.

  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.

DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income quarterly.
  In addition, the portfolio distributes its net capital gains once a year.
  The UAM Funds will automatically reinvest dividends and distributions in
  additional shares of the portfolio, unless you elect on your account ap-
  plication to receive them in cash.

FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in the portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.

Taxes on Distributions

  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.

  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution
  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply

                                      10
<PAGE>

  constitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a
  dividend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.

Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions

  When you exchange or redeem shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  capital gain or loss for federal tax purposes. This gain or loss will be
  based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares (the cost of
  your shares) and the amount you receive for them. To aid in computing your
  tax basis, you should keep your account statements for the periods during
  which you held shares.

  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.

Backup Withholding

  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.

                                      11
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Details

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objective. For more information con-
  cerning these investment strategies and their associated risks, please
  read the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the SAI. You can find information on the
  portfolio's recent strategies and holdings in its annual/semi-annual re-
  port. As long as it is consistent with its objective and other policies
  described in the SAI, the portfolio may change these strategies without
  shareholder approval.

  The portfolio invests at least 90% of its total assets in dollar-denomi-
  nated investment-grade debt securities with an intermediate average matu-
  rity. The portfolio maintains an average weighted duration comparable to
  the Salomon Brothers' Broad or Lehman Brothers Aggregate Indices, which is
  approximately five years. To manage its duration, the portfolio may hedge
  its interest rate risk by purchasing and selling futures.

Investment Process

  The adviser expects to manage the portfolio actively, focusing on security
  selection, sector concentration and yield curve positioning. The adviser
  invests the assets of the portfolio in securities, industry sectors and
  maturity ranges that it believes the market has undervalued. The adviser
  believes that it can minimize volatility and generate superior returns
  over the long-term by investing in high quality securities that possess
  above-average effective yields and the potential for capital appreciation.


  The adviser does not attempt to time the market because it believes there
  are too many variables to successfully forecast economic conditions con-
  sistently. Therefore, the portfolio will maintain a conservative, interme-
  diate maturity structure, diversifying its assets along the yield curve.

  The adviser's security selection process begins by analyzing the yield-to-
  maturity premium of a bond (or spread) versus the most recently issued
  U.S. treasury security of similar maturity. Once it identifies bonds with
  an above-average premium, it then evaluates factors that could influence
  the bond's future premium such as credit quality, security structure and
  supply/demand. The objective of this process is to identify those issues
  whose yield premium will compress or narrow or compress over a wide range
  of potential interest rate changes, supporting superior long-term perfor-
  mance

                                      12
<PAGE>

Debt Securities

  A debt security is an interest bearing security that corporations and gov-
  ernments use to borrow money from investors. The issuer of a debt security
  promises to pay interest at a stated rate, which may be variable or fixed,
  and to repay the amount borrowed at maturity (dates when debt securities
  are due and payable). The portfolio may invest in debt securities issued
  by corporations and the U.S. government and its agencies, mortgage-backed
  and asset-backed securities (securities that are backed by pools of loans
  or mortgages assembled for sale to investors), municipal notes and bonds,
  Yankee bonds, zero coupon bonds, commercial paper and certificates of de-
  posit.

  The concept of duration is useful in assessing the sensitivity of a fixed-
  income fund to interest rate movements, which are the main source of risk
  for most fixed-income funds. Duration measures price volatility by esti-
  mating the change in price of a debt security for a 1% change in its
  yield. For example, a duration of five years means the price of a debt se-
  curity will change about 5% for every 1% change in its yield. Thus, the
  higher the duration, the more volatile the security.

  The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction
  from interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up the price of the bond
  will go down, and vice versa). Some types of debt securities are more af-
  fected by changes in interest rates than others. For example, changes in
  rates may cause people to pay off or refinance the loans underlying mort-
  gage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier or later than expected,
  which would shorten or lengthen the maturity of the security. This behav-
  ior can negatively affect the performance of a portfolio by shortening or
  lengthening its average maturity and, thus, changing its effective dura-
  tion. The unexpected timing of mortgage backed and asset-backed prepay-
  ments caused by changes in interest rates may also cause the portfolio to
  reinvest its assets at lower rates, reducing the yield of the portfolio.

  The credit rating or financial condition of an issuer may affect the value
  of a debt security. Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security,
  the greater the risk that the issuer will fail to pay interest fully and
  return principal in a timely manner. If an issuer defaults or becomes un-
  able to honor its financial obligations, the security may lose some or all
  of its value.

  A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating
  agency is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay
  interest and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond. Adverse
  economic conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the ca-
  pacity of the issuer to pay interest and repay principal. If a security

                                      13
<PAGE>

  is not rated or is rated under a different system, the adviser may deter-
  mine that it is of investment-grade. The adviser may retain securities
  that are downgraded, if it believes that keeping those securities is war-
  ranted.

OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  In addition to its principal investment strategies, the portfolio may use
  the investment strategies described below. It may also employ investment
  practices that this prospectus does not describe, such as repurchase
  agreements, when-issued and forward commitment transactions, lending of
  securities, borrowing and other techniques. For information concerning
  these investment practices and their risks, you should read the SAI.

Derivatives

  The portfolio may use futures and options (types of derivatives) to remain
  fully invested, to reduce transaction costs and to hedge interest rates.
  Derivatives are often more volatile than other investments and may magnify
  the portfolio's gains or losses. The portfolio may lose money if the ad-
  viser:

  .   Fails to predict correctly the direction in which the underlying asset
      or economic factor will move.

  .   Judges market conditions incorrectly.

  .   Employs a strategy that does not correlate well with the investments
      of the portfolio.

Short-Term Investing

  At times, the adviser may decide to invest up to 100% of the portfolio's
  assets in a variety of high-quality, short-term debt securities, such as
  U.S. government securities. The adviser may invest in these types of secu-
  rities for temporary defensive purposes, to earn a return on uninvested
  assets or to meet redemptions. The adviser may temporarily adopt a defen-
  sive position to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the portfo-
  lio that may result from adverse market, economic, political or other de-
  velopments.

  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.

                                      14
<PAGE>

YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary functions and
  could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial markets in gen-
  eral. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organizations, includ-
  ing those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those in which the
  UAM Funds invest.

  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time the
  degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' investments
  or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could ad-
  versely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Adviser

  Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, Inc., a Texas corporation located at
  One McKinney Plaza, 3232 McKinney Avenue, 15th Floor, Dallas, Texas 75204,
  is the investment adviser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and super-
  vises the investment of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary basis.
  The adviser, an affiliate of United Asset Management Corporation, has spe-
  cialized in the active management of stocks, bonds and balanced portfolios
  for institutional and tax-exempt clients since 1979. The adviser currently
  provides and offers investment management services to corporate, public
  and Taft-Hartley employee benefit plans, foundations, endowments, health
  care and other institutions and investors.

  During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999, the portfolio paid the ad-
  viser 0.30% of its average net assets in management fees.

                                      15
<PAGE>

Portfolio Managers

  A team of investment professionals is primarily responsible for the day-
  to-day management of the portfolio. Listed below are the investment pro-
  fessionals that comprise that team and a brief description of their busi-
  ness experience.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager           Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>               <S>
   John S. Williams  Mr. Williams is currently a Fixed Income Principal of the
                     adviser. Mr. Williams joined the adviser as its first
                     Fixed Income Portfolio Manager in 1983. Mr. Williams has
                     also managed balanced and municipal portfolios during his
                     21-year investment career. Before joining the adviser, he
                     was responsible for the management of all fixed income as-
                     sets at Southland Trust, Dallas, Texas, and before that
                     was a Portfolio Manager and Securities Analyst at
                     InterFirst Bank Dallas Trust Department. Mr. Williams has
                     served on the Advisory Committee for the Texas Teachers
                     Retirement System and is an active member in the Dallas
                     Investment Analysts Society. He currently is a Director of
                     United Asset Management Corporation. Mr. Williams is a
                     Chartered Financial Analyst, earning his MBA in 1976 and
                     BBA in 1975 from Texas Christian University.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   David R. Hardin   Mr. Hardin is currently a Fixed Income Principal and Port-
                     folio Manager of the adviser. Before joining the adviser
                     in 1987, Mr. Hardin was Vice President and Director of the
                     Fixed Income Group of RepublicBank Dallas Trust Depart-
                     ment. In that position, he was responsible for the manage-
                     ment of all taxable and tax-exempt fixed income assets of
                     the Trust Division, including all separately managed ac-
                     counts, collective investment fund products, and the crea-
                     tion of and management of an SEC-registered mutual fund.
                     Before attaining the Director's position, Mr. Hardin was a
                     Taxable Portfolio Manager and served as the Credit Analyst
                     for the Trust Division. He started his investment career
                     as a private placement credit analyst while employed by
                     American General Insurance Co. in Houston in 1976. Mr.
                     Hardin received an M.Sc. from the London School of Econom-
                     ics in 1975 and a BBA from Texas Christian University in
                     1973.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   J. Scott McDonald Mr. McDonald is currently a Fixed Income Principal and
                     Portfolio Manager of the adviser. Mr. McDonald joined the
                     adviser in 1995 to serve as a Security and Portfolio Spe-
                     cialist for the Fixed Income Group. In addition to Secu-
                     rity And Portfolio Analyst, he is responsible for systems
                     analytics used in the evaluation of effective/option ad-
                     justed yield measurements for all securities and portfo-
                     lios. He also serves as compliance monitor of all fixed
                     income portfolios to ensure commonality of structure and
                     diversification. Mr. McDonald previously served as the Se-
                     nior Vice President and Portfolio Manager at Life Partners
                     Group, Inc. in Dallas. While with Life Partners, he was
                     responsible for implementing strategy for $3 billion in
                     assets. Additionally, Texas Commerce Bank Houston employed
                     him as a Credit Supervisor and Lending Officer. He re-
                     ceived his MBA in 1991 from the University of Texas at
                     Austin and his BBA from Southern Methodist University in
                     1986.
</TABLE>

                                      16
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager             Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>                 <S>
   Mark C. Luchsinger  Mr. Luchsinger is currently a Fixed Income Principal and
                       Portfolio Manager of the adviser. Mr. Luchsinger is the
                       newest senior member of the fixed income product team.
                       Before joining the adviser in April of 1997, he had
                       spent years in fixed income sales at First Boston Corpo-
                       ration, PaineWebber and Morgan Keegan responsible for a
                       wide array of security and client types. During Mr.
                       Luchsinger's investment career, he has also served as
                       Chief Investment Officer for Great American Reserve In-
                       surance Company in Dallas, where he was responsible for
                       the management of over $1 billion in fixed income and
                       equity portfolios; Senior Investment Portfolio Manager
                       for Scor Reinsurance Company in Irving. Mr. Luchsinger
                       is a Chartered Financial Analyst and earned his BBA from
                       Bowling Green State University in 1980.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Deborah J. Anderson Ms. Anderson is currently a Senior Portfolio Assistant
                       of the adviser. Ms. Anderson is responsible for all ad-
                       ministrative staff and their duties associated with the
                       fixed income product management, including
                       communication/liaison with all clients, custodial banks,
                       and brokerage relationships. She supervises all opera-
                       tional aspects of fixed income security trading and
                       works extensively with reporting requirements for all
                       clients and regulatory agencies. Before joining the ad-
                       viser in 1988, Ms. Anderson served as a Trust Officer
                       with Trust Company of Texas and its predecessor, South-
                       land Trust Co. She received a BBA in Accounting from the
                       University of Texas at Arlington in 1974.
</TABLE>

SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Broker, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how financial representatives may get paid.

Distribution Plans

  The UAM Funds have adopted a Distribution Plan and a Shareholder Services
  Plan under Rule 12b-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 that permit
  them to pay broker-dealers, financial institutions and other third parties
  for marketing, distribution and shareholder services. The UAM Funds' 12b-1
  plans allow them to pay up to 1.00% of its average daily net assets annu-
  ally for these services. However, they are currently authorized to pay
  only 0.25% per year. Because Institutional Service Class Shares pay these
  fees out of their assets on an ongoing basis, over time, your shares may
  cost more than if you had paid another type of sales charge. Long-term
  shareholders may pay more than the economic equivalent of the maximum
  front-end sales charges permitted by rules of the National Association of
  Securities Dealers, Inc.

                                      17
<PAGE>

Shareholder Servicing

  For providing certain services to their clients, financial representatives
  may be paid a fee based on the assets of the UAM Funds that are attribut-
  able to the financial representative. These services may include record
  keeping, transaction processing for shareholders' accounts and certain
  shareholder services not currently offered to shareholders that deal di-
  rectly with the UAM Funds. In addition, your financial representatives may
  charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the UAM
  Funds or for servicing your account. Your financial representative should
  provide you with a schedule of its fees and services.

  The UAM Funds may pay all or part of the fees paid to financial represent-
  atives. Periodically, the board of the UAM Funds reviews these arrange-
  ments to ensure that the fees paid are appropriate to the services per-
  formed. The UAM Funds do not pay these service fees on shares purchased
  directly. In addition, the adviser and its affiliates may, at their own
  expense, pay financial representatives for these services.

  The adviser and its affiliates may, at their own expense, pay financial
  representatives for distribution and marketing services performed with re-
  spect to the UAM Funds.

  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies distribution and marketing
  services performed with respect to the UAM Funds.

ADDITIONAL CLASSES OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio also offers an Institutional Class shares, which do not pay
  marketing or shareholder servicing fees.

                                      18
<PAGE>

 Financial Highlights

  The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the fi-
  nancial performance of this class of the portfolio for the fiscal periods
  indicated. Certain information contained in the table reflects the finan-
  cial results for a single portfolio share. The total returns in the table
  represent the rate that an investor would have earned on an investment in
  this class of the portfolio assuming all dividends and distributions were
  reinvested. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has audited this information. The
  financial statements and the unqualified opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers
  LLP are included in the annual report of the portfolio, which is available
  upon request by calling the UAM Funds at 1-877-826-5465.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Fiscal Year Ended April 30            1999++      1998++   1997++  1996++#
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                   <C>         <C>      <C>     <C>
   Net Asset Value, Beginning of
    Period.............................  $ 10.34     $  9.95  $ 9.84  $10.00
                                         -------     -------  ------  ------
   Income From Investment Operations
    Net Investment Income..............     0.51        0.56    0.57    0.27
    Net Realized and Unrealized Gain
     (Loss) on Investments.............    (0.05)+++    0.40    0.05   (0.27)
                                         -------     -------  ------  ------
    Total from Investment Operations...     0.46        0.96    0.62     --
                                         -------     -------  ------  ------
   Distributions
    Net Investment Income..............    (0.61)      (0.53)  (0.51)  (0.16)
    Net Realized Gain..................    (0.53)      (0.04)    --      --
                                         -------     -------  ------  ------
    Total Distributions................    (1.14)      (0.57)  (0.51)  (0.16)
                                         -------     -------  ------  ------
   Net Asset Value, End of Period......  $  9.66     $ 10.34  $ 9.95  $ 9.84
                                         =======     =======  ======  ======
   Total Return+.......................     4.45%       9.85%   6.47%  (0.07)%**
                                         =======     =======  ======  ======
   Ratios and Supplemental Data
   Net Assets, End of Period
    (Thousands)........................  $11,095     $15,732  $4,045  $2,871
   Ratio of Expenses to Average Net
    Assets.............................     1.44%       0.95%   0.82%   0.83%*
   Ratio of Net Investment Income to
    Average Net Assets.................     4.79%       5.42%   5.76%   5.44%*
   Portfolio Turnover Rate.............      196%        210%    151%     55%
   Ratio of Voluntarily Waived Fees and
    Expenses Assumed by the Adviser to
    Average Net Assets.................     0.16%       0.45%   1.43%   3.99%*
   Ratio of Expenses to Average Net
    Assets Including Expense Offsets...     1.44%       0.94%   0.80%   0.80%*
</TABLE>

    * Annualized.
   ** Not Annualized.
    # For the period November 1, 1995 (commencement of operations) to April
      30, 1996.
    + Total return would have been lower had certain fees not been waived
      and expenses assumed by the Adviser during the period.
   ++ Per share amounts are based on average outstanding shares.
  +++ The amount shown for a share outstanding throughout the period does
      not accord with the aggregate net gains on investments for that period
      because of the timing of sales and repurchases of the Portfolio shares
      in relation to fluctuating market value of the investments of the
      Portfolio.

                                      19
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Codes

  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Trading Symbol                 CUSIP Number                             Portfolio Number
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                      <C>
       BHYYX                       902556208                                     630
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio

  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports

  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.

Statement of Additional Information


  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolio and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.

  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com


  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolio and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

  The portfolio's Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.

[UAM LOGO APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>

                                   UAM FUNDS
                                   Funds for the Informed Investor(SM)



     Cambiar Opportunity Portfolio
     Institutional Class Prospectus                     August 9, 1999





                                                                UAM(R)



       The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or
    disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of
  this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
<PAGE>

 Table Of Contents


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 1

 What are the Objectives of the Portfolio?..................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio?.............   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio?.............................   1
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio?...........................   3

Investing with the UAM Funds ................................................. 4

 Buying Shares..............................................................   4
 Redeeming Shares...........................................................   5
 Exchanging Shares..........................................................   5
 Transaction Policies.......................................................   6

Account Policies ............................................................. 9

 Small Accounts.............................................................   9
 Distributions..............................................................   9
 Federal Taxes..............................................................   9

Portfolio Details ........................................................... 11

 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolio...........................  11
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies..................................  12
 Year 2000..................................................................  14
 Investment Management......................................................  14
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements.........................................  17
Financial Highlights ........................................................ 18
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Summary

WHAT ARE THE OBJECTIVES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio seeks capital growth and preservation by investing primarily
  in common stocks. The portfolio seeks to provide above-average performance
  in both rising and falling market periods by investing in stocks that have
  limited downside and with positive upside potential. The portfolio cannot
  guarantee it will meet its investment objectives. The portfolio may not
  change its investment objectives without shareholder approval.

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."

  Normally, the portfolio invests at least 65% of its total assets in common
  stocks of companies that are relatively large in terms of revenues and as-
  sets with market capitalizations over $1 billion at the time of purchase.
  The adviser looks for financially strong companies:

  .   Undergoing positive developments that the market has not yet
      recognized.

  .   Selling at historically low prices.

  .   Having seasoned management.

  .   Enjoying product or market advantages.

  The adviser uses a team approach that focuses first on individual stocks
  and then on industries or sectors.

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."

                                       1
<PAGE>

Risks Common to All Mutual Funds

  As with all mutual funds, at any time, your investment in the portfolio
  may be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it.
  You may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:

  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.

  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.

  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.

Cambiar Opportunity Portfolio

  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in equity
  securities. Equity securities may experience sudden, unpredictable drops
  in value or long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of
  factors affecting the securities markets generally, an entire industry or
  sector or a particular company.

                                       2
<PAGE>

WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of the Portfolio)

  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.

<TABLE>
  -----------------------
   <S>              <C>
   Management Fees  1.00%
  -----------------------
   Other Expenses   7.45%
  -----------------------
   Total Expenses*  8.45%
</TABLE>

  * Actual Fees and Expenses The percentages stated in the table above are
    higher than the expenses you would have actually paid. Due to certain
    expense limits by the adviser and expense offsets, investors in the
    portfolio actually paid the total operating expenses listed in the table
    below. The adviser may change or cancel its expense limitation at any
    time.

<TABLE>
   -----------------------
   <S>               <C>
   Actual Expenses   1.30%
</TABLE>

Example

  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above (which do not reflect any expense limita-
  tions) throughout the period of your investment. Although your actual
  costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would
  be:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   1 Year                3 Years                           5 Years                           10 Years
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                   <C>                               <C>                               <C>
    $830                 $2,406                            $3,875                             $7,127
</TABLE>

                                       3
<PAGE>

 Investing with the UAM Funds


BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the UAM Fund into
                                                  which you want to invest.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number.         wire your money to the UAM
                     Send your completed ac-      Funds as follows:
                     count application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds as follows:

                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic Investment Plan (Via ACH)
                     You may not open an ac-      To set up a plan, mail a
                     count via ACH.               completed application to
                                                  the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  MinimumInvestments $2,500--regular account      $100
                     $500--IRAs $250--
                     spousal IRAs

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com


                                       4
<PAGE>

REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to the UAM Funds specifying:

                   .   The UAM Fund.

                   .   The account number.

                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to re-
                       deem.

                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments to redeem shares. Please see the Statement of Addi-
                   tional Information (SAI) if you need more information.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.

                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic Withdrawal Plan (Via ACH)
                   If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
                   transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM account
                   to your financial institution.

                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.

EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may only exchange shares between accounts with
  identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).

                                       5
<PAGE>

TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating Your Share Price

  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your or-
  der. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) each day
  the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day, the UAM
  Funds must accept your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that
  day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated at the close
  of trading on the following business day. The UAM Funds are open for busi-
  ness on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and certain
  holidays.

  Securities that are traded on foreign exchanges may trade on days when the
  portfolio does not calculate its NAV. Consequently, the value of the port-
  folio may change on days when you are unable to purchase or redeem shares
  of the portfolio.

  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary

  You may buy or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial intermedi-
  ary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy or sell
  shares at the NAV of any given day your financial intermediary must re-
  ceive your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all purchase and
  redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money to
  the UAM Funds on time.

  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.

Calculating NAV

  The UAM Funds calculate their NAV by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available

                                       6
<PAGE>

  market prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines estab-
  lished by the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair
  value when events occur that make established valuation methods (such as
  stock exchange closing prices) unreliable.

In-Kind Transactions

  Under certain conditions and at the UAM Funds' discretion, you may pay for
  shares with securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay
  all or part of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.

Payment of Redemption Proceeds

  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from the
  purchase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a cer-
  tified check, bank check or money order.

Signature Guarantee

  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.

  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.

Telephone Transactions

  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine. The UAM Funds will not be re-
  sponsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instruc-
  tions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.

                                       7
<PAGE>

Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds

  Purchases

  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:

  .   Stop offering shares.

  .   Reject any purchase order.

  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares. (Excessive trading can hurt performance by disrupting manage-
      ment and by increasing expenses.)

  Redemptions

  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:

  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  .   The SEC allows the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.

  Exchanges

  The UAM Funds may:

  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.

  .   Reject any request for an exchange.

  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.

                                       8
<PAGE>

 Account Policies

SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:

  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.

  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.

  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.

DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income quarterly.
  In addition, it distributes its net capital gains once a year. The UAM
  Funds will automatically reinvest dividends and distributions in addi-
  tional shares of the portfolio, unless you elect on your account applica-
  tion to receive them in cash.

FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in the portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.

Taxes on Distributions

  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.

                                       9
<PAGE>

  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution
  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply con-
  stitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a div-
  idend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.

Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions

  When you exchange or redeem shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  capital gain or loss for federal tax purposes. This gain or loss will be
  based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares (the cost of
  your shares) and the amount you receive for them. To aid in computing your
  tax basis, you should keep your account statements for the periods during
  which you held shares.

  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.

  To the extent the portfolio invests in foreign securities, it may be sub-
  ject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest
  the portfolio received from sources in foreign countries. The portfolio
  may elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders,
  which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income
  tax.

Backup Withholding

  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.

                                      10
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Details

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objectives. For more information con-
  cerning these investment strategies and their associated risks, please
  read the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the SAI. You can find information on the
  portfolio's recent strategies and holdings in its annual/semi-annual re-
  port. As long as it is consistent with its objective and other policies
  described in the SAI, the portfolio may change these strategies without
  shareholder approval.

  Normally, the portfolio invests at least 65% of its total assets in common
  stocks of companies that are relatively large in terms of revenues, assets
  with market capitalizations over $1 billion at the time of initial pur-
  chase. The portfolio may also invest in other types of equity securities.

Investment Process

  The adviser's investment professionals work as a team to develop invest-
  ment ideas by analyzing company and industry statements, monitoring Wall
  Street and other research sources and interviewing company management. It
  also evaluates economic conditions and fiscal and monetary policies.

  The adviser's approach focuses first on individual stocks and then on in-
  dustries or sectors. The adviser does not attempt to time the market. The
  adviser tries to select quality companies:

  .   Possessing above-average financial characteristics.

  .   Having seasoned management.

  .   Enjoying product or market advantages.

  .   Whose stock is selling at a relatively low price based on historical
      price-to-earnings, price-to-book, price-to-sales and price-to-cash
      flow ratios.

  .   Experiencing positive developments not yet recognized by the markets,
      such as positive changes in management, improved margins, corporate
      restructuring or new products.

  .   Possessing the potential to appreciate by 50% within 12 to 18 months.

                                      11
<PAGE>

  The portfolio may sell a stock because:

  .   It realizes positive developments and achieves its target price.

  .   Its price moves too far too fast.

  .   It becomes overweighted.

  .   The positive developments the adviser expected fail to unfold.

Equity Securities

  Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire
  an ownership interest, in an issuer. Different types of equity securities
  provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in case of the
  bankruptcy of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks, pre-
  ferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants.

  Equity securities may lose value because of factors affecting the securi-
  ties markets generally, such as adverse changes in economic conditions,
  the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor
  sentiment. These circumstances may lead to long periods of poor perfor-
  mance, such as during a "bear market." Equity securities may also lose
  value because of factors affecting an entire industry or sector, such as
  increases in production costs, or factors directly related to a specific
  company, such as decisions made by its management.

OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  In addition to its principal investment strategies, the portfolio may use
  investment strategies described below. It may also employ investment prac-
  tices that this prospectus does not describe, such as repurchase agree-
  ments, when-issued and forward commitment transactions, lending of securi-
  ties, borrowing and other techniques. For information concerning these in-
  vestment practices and their risks, you should read the SAI.

American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

  The portfolio may invest up to 25% of its assets in ADRs. ADRs are certif-
  icates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer that are issued
  by depository banks and generally trade on an established market in the
  United States or elsewhere. Although they are alternatives to directly
  purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and
  currencies, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the risks associated
  with investing directly in foreign securities.

                                      12
<PAGE>

  Foreign securities, especially those of companies in emerging markets, can
  be riskier and more volatile than domestic securities. Adverse political
  and economic developments or changes in the value of foreign currency can
  make it harder for the portfolio to sell its securities and could reduce
  the value of your shares. Changes in tax and accounting standards and dif-
  ficulties obtaining information about foreign companies can negatively af-
  fect investment decisions.

  In January 1999, certain European nations began to use the new European
  common currency, called the Euro. The nations that use the Euro have the
  same monetary policy regardless of their domestic economy, which could
  have adverse effects on those economies. In addition, difficulties in con-
  verting to the Euro could negatively affect the investments of a portfo-
  lio.

Derivatives

  The portfolio may use futures and options (types of derivatives), to re-
  main fully invested or to reduce transaction costs. Derivatives are often
  more volatile than other investments and may magnify the portfolio's gains
  or losses. The portfolio may lose money if the adviser:

  .   Fails to predict correctly the direction in which the underlying asset
      or economic factor will move.

  .   Judges market conditions incorrectly.

  .   Employs a strategy that does not correlate well with the investments
      of the portfolio.

Short-Term Investing

  At times, the adviser may decide to invest up to 100% of the portfolio's
  assets in a variety of high-quality, short-term debt securities, such as
  U.S. government securities. The adviser may invest in these types of secu-
  rities for temporary defensive purposes, to earn a return on uninvested
  assets or to meet redemptions. The adviser may temporarily adopt a defen-
  sive position to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the portfo-
  lio that may result from adverse market, economic, political or other de-
  velopments.

  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.

                                      13
<PAGE>

YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary functions and
  could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial markets in gen-
  eral. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organizations, includ-
  ing those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those in which the
  UAM Funds invest.

  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time the
  degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' investments
  or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could ad-
  versely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Adviser

  Cambiar Investors, Inc., a Colorado corporation located at 8400 East Pren-
  tice Avenue, Suite 460, Englewood, Colorado 80111, is the investment ad-
  viser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and supervises the investment
  of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary basis. The adviser, an affil-
  iate of United Asset Management Corporation, has provided investment man-
  agement services to corporations, foundations, endowments, pension and
  profit sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions as well as
  individuals since 1973.

  The adviser has voluntarily agreed to limit the expenses of the portfolio
  to 1.30% of its average net assets. To maintain this expense limit, the
  adviser may waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse certain
  expenses of the portfolio. The adviser intends to continue its expense
  limitation until further notice. During the fiscal period ended April 30,
  1999, the adviser waived its entire management fee.

                                      14
<PAGE>

Portfolio Managers

  A team of investment professionals is primarily responsible for the day-
  to-day management of the portfolio.

Adviser's Historical Performance

  The adviser manages separate accounts that have the same investment objec-
  tives as the portfolio. The adviser manages these accounts using tech-
  niques and strategies substantially similar, though not always identical,
  to those used to manage the portfolio. A composite of the performance of
  these separate accounts is listed below. The performance data for the man-
  aged accounts reflects deductions for all fees and expenses on an individ-
  ual account basis. All fees and expenses of the separate accounts were
  less than the operating expenses of the portfolio. If the performance of
  the managed accounts was adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of the
  portfolio, the composite's performance would have been lower.

  The adviser calculated its performance using the standards of the Associa-
  tion for Investment Management and Research. Had the adviser calculated
  its performance using the SEC's methods, its results might have differed.

  The separately managed accounts are not subject to investment limitations,
  diversification requirements, and other restrictions imposed by the In-
  vestment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code. If they were,
  their returns might have been lower. The performance of these separate ac-
  counts is not intended to predict or suggest the performance of the port-
  folio.

                                      15
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Cambiar Investors, Inc.
                                        Composite Returns*      S&P 500 Index
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                  <C>                     <C>
   Calendar Years Ended:
    1975                                         34.80%              37.20%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1976                                         32.40%              23.80%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1977                                         14.40%              (7.20)%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1978                                         22.50%               6.60%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1979                                         24.00%              18.40%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1980                                         25.50%              32.40%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1981                                          9.80%              (4.90)%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1982                                         33.30%              21.60%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1983                                         22.60%              22.40%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1984                                          2.90%               6.10%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1985                                         29.30%              31.57%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1986                                         23.67%              18.21%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1987                                          6.10%               5.17%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1988                                         17.11%              16.50%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1989                                         23.23%              31.43%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1990                                          2.83%              (3.19)%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1991                                         31.51%              30.55%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1992                                          9.56%               7.68%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1993                                         13.66%              10.00%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1994                                          1.00%               1.33%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1995                                         33.54%              37.50%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1996                                         23.92%              23.25%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1997                                         33.69%              33.36%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1998                                         13.57%              28.57%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Average Annual Returns For The Periods Ended 6/30/99
    1-year                                       15.94%              22.77%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    5-years                                      24.01%              27.91%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    10-years                                     18.10%              18.77%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Cumulative Since Inception (1/1/75)         8425.97%            4809.06%
</TABLE>

  * During the period shown (1/1/75-6/30/99), fees on the adviser's individ-
    ual accounts ranged from 0.25% to 2.0%. The advisers composite has not
    been audited, for this period.

                                      16
<PAGE>

SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Brokers, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how financial representatives may get paid.

  For providing certain services to their clients, financial representatives
  may be paid a fee based on the assets of the UAM Funds that are attribut-
  able to the financial representative. These services may include record
  keeping, transaction processing for shareholders' accounts and certain
  shareholder services not currently offered to shareholders that deal di-
  rectly with the UAM Funds. In addition, your financial representatives may
  charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the UAM
  Funds or for servicing your account. Your financial representative should
  provide you with a schedule of its fees and services.

  The UAM Funds may pay all or part of the fees paid to financial represent-
  atives. Periodically, the board of the UAM Funds reviews these arrange-
  ments to ensure that the fees paid are appropriate to the services per-
  formed. The UAM Funds do not pay these service fees on shares purchased
  directly. In addition, the adviser and its affiliates may, at their own
  expense, pay financial representatives for these services.

  The adviser and its affiliates may, at their own expense, pay financial
  representatives for distribution and marketing services performed with re-
  spect to the UAM Funds.

  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies distribution and marketing
  services performed with respect to the UAM Funds.

                                      17
<PAGE>

 Financial Highlights

  The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the
  financial performance of the portfolio for the fiscal period indicated.
  Certain information contained in the table reflects the financial results
  for a single portfolio share. The total returns in the table represent the
  rate that an investor would have earned on an investment in the portfolio
  assuming all dividends and distributions were reinvested.
  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has audited this information. The financial
  statements and the unqualified opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP are
  included in the annual report of the portfolio, which is available upon
  request by calling the UAM Funds at 1-877-826-5465.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Fiscal Period Ended April 30,                                      1999*
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                                                <C>
   Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period.............................. $10.00
                                                                      ------
   Income From Investment Operations
    Net Investment Income............................................   0.04
    Net Realized and Unrealized Gain on Investments..................   2.29
                                                                      ------
    Total from Investment Operations.................................   2.33
                                                                      ------
   Distributions
    Net Investment Income............................................  (0.04)
                                                                      ------
   Net Asset Value, End of Period.................................... $12.29
                                                                      ------
   Total Return+.....................................................  23.44%***
                                                                      ======
   Ratios and Supplemental Data
   Net Assets, End of Period (Thousands)............................. $2,389
   Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets...........................   1.31%**
   Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets..............   0.42%**
   Portfolio Turnover Rate...........................................     78%
   Ratio of Voluntarily Waived Fees and Expenses Assumed by the
    Adviser to Average Net Assets....................................   7.14%**
   Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets Including
    Expense Offsets..................................................   1.30%**
</TABLE>

    * For the period June 30, 1998 (commencement of operations) to April 30,
      1999
   ** Annualized
  *** Not Annualized
    + Total return would have been lower had certain fees not been waived
      and expenses assumed by the adviser

                                      18
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Codes

  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   CUSIP Number                                               Portfolio Number
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                                        <C>
    902555408                                                       637
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Cambiar Opportunity Portfolio

  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports

  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.

Statement of Additional Information

  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolios and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.

  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com


  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolio and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

  The funds' Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.

[UAM LOGO APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>

                                             UAM Funds
                                             Funds for the Informed Investor/sm/



Chicago Asset Management Portfolios
Institutional Class Prospectus                                    August 9, 1999

                            Chicago Asset Management Intermediate Bond Portfolio
                                       Chicago Asset Management Value/Contrarian



                                                                          UAM(R)

         The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved
        or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy or
            accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the
                        contrary is a criminal offense.
<PAGE>

 Table Of Contents


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 1

 What are the Objectives of the Portfolios? ................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolios? ...........   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolios? ...........................   2
 How have the Portfolios Performed? ........................................   4
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolios? .........................   6

Investing with the UAM Funds ................................................. 7

 Buying Shares .............................................................   7
 Redeeming Shares ..........................................................   8
 Exchanging Shares .........................................................   8
 Transaction Policies ......................................................   9

Account Policies ............................................................ 12

 Small Accounts ............................................................  12
 Distributions .............................................................  12
 Federal Taxes .............................................................  12

Portfolio Details ........................................................... 14

 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolios .........................  14
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies .................................  17
 Year 2000 .................................................................  19
 Investment Management .....................................................  19
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements ........................................  23
Financial Highlights ........................................................ 25
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Summary


WHAT ARE THE OBJECTIVES OF THE PORTFOLIOS?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Listed below are the investment objectives of the portfolios. The portfo-
  lios cannot guarantee they will meet their investment objectives. A port-
  folio may not change its investment objective without shareholder
  approval.

Intermediate Bond Portfolio

  The portfolio seeks a high level of current income consistent with moder-
  ate interest rate exposure by investing primarily in investment-grade
  bonds with an average weighted maturity between 3 and 10 years.

Value/Contrarian Portfolio

  The portfolio seeks capital appreciation by investing in the common stock
  of large companies.

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lios. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIOS."

Intermediate Bond Portfolio

  The portfolio normally invests at least 65% of its total assets in invest-
  ment-grade debt securities with maturities that range from 3 to 10 years.

  The adviser manages the portfolio to limit the risk of investing in the
  bond market and to offer some protection from changes in the prices (vola-
  tility) of debt securities. The adviser does not depend on interest rate
  forecasting. The adviser believes it can add to the return of the portfo-
  lio by:

  .   Taking an approach that is the opposite of what most investors are
      doing at a particular time (a "contrarian" approach).

  .   Focusing its efforts on the more traditional aspects of portfolio
      management, such as sector valuations, coupons, call features and the
      shape of the yield curve.

                                       1
<PAGE>

Value/Contrarian Portfolio

  The portfolio seeks to outperform the market by investing primarily in
  common stocks of large, high-quality companies whose stocks are selling at
  attractive prices due to short-term market misperceptions. The investment
  approach of the adviser focuses on individual stocks rather than indus-
  tries or sectors of the economy. The adviser attempts to pick stocks:

  .   That it believes the market has priced below their true value because
      of a failure to recognize the potential of the stock or value of the
      company.

  .   Of companies that are currently out-of-favor (typically, rated as
      "hold" or "sell" by most analysts), but present strong long-term
      opportunities.

  The adviser does not attempt to time the market.

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIOS?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolios. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIOS."

Risks Common to All Mutual Funds

  As with all mutual funds, at any time, your investment in a portfolio may
  be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it. You
  may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:

  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and
      unpredictably.

  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.

  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.

                                       2
<PAGE>

Intermediate Bond Portfolio

  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in debt se-
  curities using a value oriented approach. Debt securities may lose value
  because:

  .   Of market conditions and economic and political events.

  .   Interest rates rise, which tends to cause the value of debt securities
      to fall.

  .   A security's credit rating worsens or its issuer becomes unable to
      honor its financial obligations.

Value/Contrarian Portfolio

  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in equity
  securities using a value oriented approach. Equity securities may experi-
  ence sudden, unpredictable drops in value or long periods of decline in
  value. This may occur because of factors affecting the securities markets
  generally, an entire industry or sector or a particular company.

Intermediate Bond Portfolio and Value/Contrarian Portfolio

  Since the adviser selects securities for each portfolio using a value ori-
  ented approach, each portfolio takes on the risks that are associated with
  a value oriented investment approach. Value oriented mutual funds may not
  perform as well as certain other types of mutual funds using different ap-
  proaches during periods when value investing is out of favor.

                                       3
<PAGE>

HOW HAVE THE PORTFOLIOS PERFORMED?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The bar charts and tables below illustrate how the performance of each
  portfolio has varied from year to year and provide some indication of the
  risks of investing in the portfolios. The bar chart shows the investment
  returns of each portfolio for each full calendar year. The table following
  the bar chart compares the average annual returns of each portfolio to
  those of a broad-based securities market index. Past performance does not
  guarantee future results.

Intermediate Bond Portfolio

  Calendar Year Returns

                           [BAR GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Return Quarter Ended
  --------------------------------------
   <S>              <C>    <C>
   Highest Quarter   5.38%    6/30/95
  --------------------------------------
   Lowest Quarter   -0.94%    3/31/96
  --------------------------------------
   Year-To-Date     -0.67%    6/30/99
</TABLE>

  Average Annual Returns For Periods Ended 12/31/98

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1 Year Since Inception*
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                                <C>    <C>
   Intermediate Bond Portfolio                        7.34%       7.93%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Lehman Brothers Intermediate Government/Corporate
    Bond Index                                        8.44%       8.85%
</TABLE>

  *The portfolio began operations 1/24/95. Index comparisons begin on
   1/31/95.

                                       4
<PAGE>

Value/Contrarian Portfolio

  Calendar Year Returns

                            [BAR GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

  27.88%     13.81%     18.90%     15.86%
- -------------------------------------------------
   1995       1996       1997       1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Return Quarter Ended
  --------------------------------------
   <S>              <C>    <C>
   Highest Quarter  16.81%   12/31/98
  --------------------------------------
   Lowest Quarter   -8.80%    9/30/98
  --------------------------------------
   Year-To-Date     18.71%    6/30/99
</TABLE>

  Average Annual Returns (for periods ended 12/31/98)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               1 Year Since Inception*
  ----------------------------------------------------
   <S>                         <C>    <C>
   Value/Contrarian Portfolio  15.86%      19.22%
  ----------------------------------------------------
   S&P 500 Index               28.60%      30.49%
</TABLE>

  *The portfolio began operations 12/16/94. Index comparisons begin on
  12/31/94.

                                       5
<PAGE>

WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIOS?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of a Portfolio)

  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolios.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Intermediate Bond Value/Contrarian
                        Portfolio        Portfolio
  ----------------------------------------------------
   <S>              <C>               <C>
   Management Fees        0.48%            0.63%
  ----------------------------------------------------
   Other Expenses         1.17%            1.01%
  ----------------------------------------------------
   Total Expenses*        1.65%            1.64%
</TABLE>

  * Actual Fees and Expenses The percentages stated in the table above are
    higher than the expenses you would have actually paid. Due to certain
    expense limits by the adviser and expense offsets, investors in the
    portfolios actually paid the total operating expenses listed in the ta-
    ble below. The adviser may change or cancel its expense limitation at
    any time.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     Intermediate Bond Value/Contrarian
                         Portfolio        Portfolio
   ----------------------------------------------------
    <S>              <C>               <C>
    Actual Expenses        0.80%            1.25%
</TABLE>

Example

  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in these port-
  folios to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in a portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above (which do not reflect any expense limita-
  tions) throughout the period of your investment. Although your actual
  costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would
  be:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
  -------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                          <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
   Intermediate Bond Portfolio   $168   $520    $897    $1,955
  -------------------------------------------------------------
   Value/Contrarian Portfolio    $167   $517    $892    $1,499
</TABLE>

                                       6
<PAGE>

Investing with the UAM Funds


BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the UAM Fund into
                                                  which you want to invest.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number and      wire your money to the UAM
                     then send your com-          Funds as follows:
                     pleted account applica-
                     tion to the UAM Funds.
                     Wire your money to the
                     UAM Funds as follows:

                                        Wiring Instructions
                                        -------------------
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic Investment Plan (Via ACH)
                     You may not open an ac-      To set up a plan, mail a
                     count via ACH.               completed application to
                                                  the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum Investments$2,000--regular account      $100
                     $500--IRAs $250--
                     spousal IRAs

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com


                                       7
<PAGE>

REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to the UAM Funds specifying:

                   .   The UAM Fund.

                   .   The account number.

                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to
                       redeem.

                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments to redeem shares. Please see the Statement of Addi-
                   tional Information (SAI) if you need more information.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.

                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic Withdrawal Plan (Via ACH)
                   If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
                   transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM Funds
                   account to your financial institution.

                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.

EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may only exchange shares between accounts with
  identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).

                                       8
<PAGE>

TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating Your Share Price

  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your or-
  der. The portfolios calculate their NAVs as of the close of trading on the
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) each day
  the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day, the UAM
  Funds must accept your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that
  day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated at the close
  of trading on the following business day. The UAM Funds are open for busi-
  ness on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and na-
  tional holidays.

  Securities that are traded on foreign exchanges may trade on days when a
  portfolio does not price its shares. Consequently, the value of the port-
  folios may change on days when you are unable to purchase or redeem shares
  of the portfolios.

  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary

  You may buy or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial intermedi-
  ary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy or sell
  shares at the NAV on any given day, your financial intermediary must re-
  ceive your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all purchase and
  redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money to
  the UAM Funds on time.

  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.

Calculating NAV

  The UAM Funds calculate their NAVs by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available

                                       9
<PAGE>

  market prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines estab-
  lished by the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair
  value when events occur that make established valuation methods (such as
  stock exchange closing prices) unreliable. The UAM Funds may use a pricing
  service to value some of their assets, such as debt securities.

In-Kind Transactions

  Under certain conditions and at the UAM Funds' discretion, you may pay for
  shares with securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay
  all or part of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.

Payment of Redemption Proceeds

  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from the
  purchase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a cer-
  tified check, bank check or money order.

Signature Guarantee

  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.

  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.

Telephone Transactions

  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine. The UAM Funds will not be re-
  sponsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instruc-
  tions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.

                                      10
<PAGE>

Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds

  Purchases

  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:

  .   Stop offering shares.

  .   Reject any purchase order.

  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares. (Excessive trading can hurt performance by disrupting
      management and by increasing expenses.)

  Redemptions

  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:

  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  .   The SEC allows the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.

  Exchanges

  The UAM Funds may:

  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.

  .   Reject any request for an exchange.

  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.

                                      11
<PAGE>

 Account Policies


SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:

  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.

  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum
      because of market fluctuations.

  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.

DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Normally, the portfolios distribute their net investment income quarterly.
  In addition, the portfolios distribute any net capital gains once a year.
  The UAM Funds will automatically reinvest dividends and distributions in
  additional shares of the portfolios, unless you elect on your account ap-
  plication to receive them in cash.

FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in these portfolios. You may also have to pay state and local
  taxes on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for
  specific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.

Taxes on Distributions

  The distributions of the portfolios will generally be taxable to share-
  holders as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at dif-
  ferent rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the rele-
  vant assets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions re-
  gardless of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional
  shares. Once a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the
  types and total amount of distributions you received during the previous
  year.

  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution

                                      12
<PAGE>

  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply con-
  stitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a div-
  idend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolios expect to make a distribution to shareholders.

Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions

  When you exchange or redeem shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  capital gain or loss for federal tax purposes. This gain or loss will be
  based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares (the cost of
  your shares) and the amount you receive for them. To aid in computing your
  tax basis, you should keep your account statements for the periods during
  which you held shares.

  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.

  To the extent the portfolios invest in foreign securities, they may be
  subject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest
  the portfolios received from sources in foreign countries. The portfolios
  may elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders,
  which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income
  tax.

Backup Withholding

  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.

                                      13
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Details


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIOS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolios may employ in seeking their objectives. For more information
  concerning these investment practices and their associated risks, please
  read the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the SAI. You can find information on each
  portfolio's recent strategies and holdings in its annual/semi-annual re-
  port. As long as it is consistent with their objectives and other policies
  described in the SAI, each portfolio may change these strategies without
  shareholder approval.

Intermediate Bond Portfolio

  The portfolio normally invests at least 65% of its total assets in
  investment-grade debt securities with maturities that range from 3 to 10
  years. The portfolio also may invest up to 10% of its assets in debt secu-
  rities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds).

  Investment Process

  The adviser manages the portfolio to limit the risk of investing in the
  bond market and to offer some protection from changes in the prices (vola-
  tility) of debt securities. Since many different factors affect bond pric-
  es, bond fund managers have historically found it difficult to outperform
  a bond market index. The adviser believes this is particularly true of
  bond fund managers that try to anticipate interest rates. To avoid wide
  variations in performance that tend to accompany interest rate predic-
  tions, the adviser does not depend on interest rate forecasting.

  At market tops and bottoms, market psychology tends to drive bond prices
  to extremes, overshooting their long-term equilibrium levels. Consequent-
  ly, "conventional wisdom" about a given security or sector's price move-
  ment or relative value is often wrong. The adviser believes it can add to
  the return of the portfolio by taking an approach that is the opposite of
  what most investors are doing at a particular time (a "contrarian" ap-
  proach).

  The adviser also focuses its efforts on the more traditional aspects of
  managing a bond portfolio, such as:

  .   Relative value of particular securities within the major industry
      categories (sector valuations).

  .   Interest paid by particular securities (coupons).

                                      14
<PAGE>

  .   Call features.

  .   Weighting the maturities of the securities held (shape of the yield
      curve).

  Debt Securities

  A debt security is an interest bearing security that corporations and gov-
  ernments use to borrow money from investors. The issuer of a debt security
  promises to pay interest at a stated rate, which may be variable or fixed,
  and to repay the amount borrowed at maturity (dates when debt securities
  are due and payable). The portfolio may invest in debt securities issued
  by corporations and the U.S. government and its agencies, mortgage-backed
  and asset-backed securities (securities that are backed by pools of loans
  or mortgages assembled for sale to investors), municipal notes and bonds,
  commercial paper and certificates of deposit.

  The concept of duration is useful in assessing the sensitivity of a fixed-
  income fund to interest rate movements, which are the main source of risk
  for most fixed-income funds. Duration measures price volatility by esti-
  mating the change in price of a debt security for a 1% change in its
  yield. For example, a duration of five years means the price of a debt se-
  curity will change about 5% for every 1% change in its yield. Thus, the
  higher the duration, the more volatile the security.

  The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction
  from interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up the price of the bond
  will go down, and vice versa). Some types of debt securities are more af-
  fected by changes in interest rates than others. For example, changes in
  rates may cause people to pay off or refinance the loans underlying mort-
  gage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier or later than expected,
  which would shorten or lengthen the maturity of the security. This behav-
  ior can negatively affect the performance of a portfolio by shortening or
  lengthening its average maturity and, thus, changing its effective dura-
  tion. The unexpected timing of mortgage backed and asset-backed prepay-
  ments caused by changes in interest rates may also cause the portfolio to
  reinvest its assets at lower rates, reducing the yield of the portfolio.

  The credit rating or financial condition of an issuer may affect the value
  of a debt security. Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security,
  the greater the risk that the issuer will fail to pay interest fully and
  return principal in a timely manner. If an issuer defaults or becomes un-
  able to honor its financial obligations, the security may lose some or all
  of its value.

  A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating
  agency is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay

                                      15
<PAGE>

  interest and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond. Adverse
  economic conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the ca-
  pacity of the issuer to pay interest and repay principal. If a security is
  not rated or is rated under a different system, the adviser may determine
  that it is of investment-grade. The adviser may retain securities that are
  downgraded, if it believes that keeping those securities is warranted.

Value/Contrarian Portfolio

  The portfolio invests primarily in common stocks of companies with large
  market capitalizations (typically over $1 billion at the time of pur-
  chase). The portfolio also may invest in other types of equity securities.

  Investment Process

  The portfolio seeks to outperform the market by identifying attractive
  stocks, but not by attempting to time the market (i.e., trying to taking
  advantage of shifts in the overall direction of the market). The portfolio
  invests primarily in established, high-quality companies whose stock is
  selling at attractive prices due to short-term market misperceptions.

  The portfolio generally attempts to weight each of the equity securities
  it holds similarly. The adviser regularly monitors the market value of
  each security the portfolio holds and will buy or sell shares of a partic-
  ular security depending on whether the portion of the portfolio repre-
  sented by that security decreases or increases.

  The investment philosophy and process of the adviser is qualitative rather
  than quantitative. The adviser:

  .   Focuses on individual stocks rather than industry groups or sectors or
      on trying to forecast the overall strength of the stock market. The
      adviser looks for companies that are market leaders with sound balance
      sheets and capable, experienced management.

  .   Tries to invest in stocks that the market has priced below their true
      value because of a failure to recognize the potential of the stock or
      value of the company. At the time of initial investment, these stocks
      typically trade below the mid-point of the price range for the last 12
      months.

  .   Looks for out-of-favor companies (typically, rated as "hold" or "sell"
      by most analysts) that present strong long-term opportunities. The
      adviser believes the market overreacts to temporary bad news. By
      closely monitoring research analysts, market commentators and others
      and then evaluating the impact of their opinions on stock prices, the
      adviser attempts to determine whether the market has properly valued a
      particular stock.

                                      16
<PAGE>

  The adviser generally sells a stock:

  .   When it reaches the price objective the adviser has set for the stock.

  .   If the fundamental business operation or financial stability of the
      company turns negative.

  Equity Securities

  Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire
  an ownership interest, in an issuer. Different types of equity securities
  provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in case of the
  bankruptcy of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks, pre-
  ferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants.

  Equity securities may lose value because of factors affecting the securi-
  ties markets generally, such as adverse changes in economic conditions,
  the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor
  sentiment. These circumstances may lead to long periods of poor perfor-
  mance, such as during a "bear market." Equity securities may also lose
  value because of factors affecting an entire industry or sector, such as
  increases in production costs, or factors directly related to a specific
  company, such as decisions made by its management.

  Undervalued companies may have experienced adverse business developments
  or other events that have caused their stocks to be out of favor. If the
  adviser's assessment of a company is wrong, or if the market does not rec-
  ognize the value of the company, the price of its stock may fail to meet
  expectations and the portfolio's share price may suffer. A value-oriented
  portfolio may not perform as well as certain other types of mutual funds
  during periods when value stocks are out of favor.

OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  In addition to their principal investment strategies, the portfolios may
  use the investment strategies described below. They may also employ in-
  vestment practices that this prospectus does not describe, such as repur-
  chase agreements, when-issued and forward commitment transactions, lending
  of securities, borrowing and other techniques. For information concerning
  these investment practices and their risks, you should read the SAI.

Derivatives

  The portfolios may use various derivatives, including futures, forward
  foreign currency exchange contracts, options and swaps to hedge their in-
  vestments. Derivatives are often more volatile than other investments

                                      17
<PAGE>

  and may magnify a portfolio's gains or losses. A portfolio may lose money
  if the adviser:

  .   Fails to predict correctly the direction in which the underlying asset
      or economic factor will move.

  .   Judges market conditions incorrectly.

  .   Employs a strategy that does not correlate well with the investments
      of the portfolio.

Foreign Securities

  The Intermediate Bond Portfolio may invest foreign securities and the
  Value/Contrarian Portfolio may invest up to 25% of its assets in American
  Depositary Receipts (ADRs). ADRs are certificates evidencing ownership of
  shares of a foreign issuer that are issued by depository banks and gener-
  ally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere. Al-
  though they are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying foreign
  securities in their national markets and currencies, ADRs continue to be
  subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign
  securities.

  Foreign securities, especially those of companies in emerging markets, can
  be riskier and more volatile than domestic securities. Adverse political
  and economic developments or changes in the value of foreign currency can
  make it harder for a portfolio to sell its securities and could reduce the
  value of your shares. Changes in tax and accounting standards and diffi-
  culties obtaining information about foreign companies can negatively af-
  fect investment decisions.

  In January 1999, certain European nations began to use the new European
  common currency, called the Euro. The nations that use the Euro have the
  same monetary policy regardless of their domestic economy, which could
  have adverse effects on those economies. In addition, difficulties in con-
  verting to the Euro could negatively affect the investments of a portfo-
  lio.

Short-Term Investing

  At times, the adviser may decide to invest up to 100% of the assets of a
  portfolio in a variety of high-quality, short-term debt securities, such
  as U.S. government securities. The adviser may invest in these types of
  securities for temporary defensive purposes, to earn a return on
  uninvested assets or to meet redemptions. The adviser may temporarily
  adopt a defensive position to reduce changes in the value of the shares of
  a portfolio

                                      18
<PAGE>

  that may result from adverse market, economic, political or other
  developments.

  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, a portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent a portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.

YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary functions and
  could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial markets in gen-
  eral. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organizations, includ-
  ing those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those in which the
  UAM Funds invest.

  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time the
  degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' investments
  or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could ad-
  versely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Adviser

  Chicago Asset Management Company, a Delaware corporation located at 70
  West Madison Street, 56th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60602, is the invest-
  ment adviser to the portfolios. The adviser manages and supervises the in-
  vestment of the portfolios' assets on a discretionary basis. The adviser,
  an affiliate of United Asset Management Corporation, has specialized in
  the active management of stocks, bonds and balanced portfolios for insti-
  tutional and tax-exempt clients since 1983. The adviser provides invest-
  ment management services to corporations, unions, pension and profit shar-
  ing plans, trusts and other institutions.

  Listed in the table below are the management fees the portfolios paid to
  the adviser during their most recent fiscal year, expressed as a percent-
  age

                                      19
<PAGE>

  of average net assets. In addition, the adviser has voluntarily agreed to
  limit the total expenses of the portfolios to the amounts listed in the
  table below, expressed as a percentage of average net assets. To maintain
  these expense limits, the adviser may waive a portion of its management
  fee and/or reimburse certain expenses (excluding interest, taxes and ex-
  traordinary expenses) of the portfolios. The adviser intends to continue
  its expense limitation until further notice.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     Intermediate  Value/Contrarian
                    Bond Portfolio    Portfolio
  -------------------------------------------------
   <S>              <C>            <C>
   Management fees      0.00%*          0.00%*
  -------------------------------------------------
   Expense Limit        0.80%           1.25%
</TABLE>

  * The adviser waived its entire management fee.

Portfolio Managers

  Teams of investment professionals are primarily responsible for the day-
  to-day management of the portfolios. Listed below are the investment pro-
  fessionals that comprise those teams and a brief description of their
  business experience.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager            Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>                <S>
   Intermediate Bond Portfolio
   Jon F. Holsteen    Mr. Holsteen founded the adviser in 1983 and is currently
                      President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment
                      Officer. He earned a BA from Lake Forest College.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   William W. Zimmer  Mr. Zimmer joined the adviser in 1988 and is currently an
                      Executive Vice President and Chief Fixed Income Portfolio
                      Manager. He earned a BA from Cornell College (Iowa) and
                      an MBA from Cornell University (New York).
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Gary R. Dhein, CFA Mr. Dhein joined the adviser in 1997 and is currently
                      Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager. From 1978-
                      1997, he was with the Bank of America. He earned a BA
                      from Loyola University and an MBA from the University of
                      Chicago.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Frank F. Holsteen  Mr. Holsteen joined the Adviser in 1993 and is currently
                      a Vice Presient. He earned a BA from Lake Forest College.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Value/Contrarian Portfolio
   Jon F. Holsteen    You can find Mr. Holsteen's biographical information un-
                      der Intermediate Bond Portfolio above.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Kevin J. McGrath   Mr. McGrath joined the adviser in 1991 and is currently a
                      Senior Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager. From
                      1985-1991, he was Vice President of Smith Barney, Harris
                      Upham, Inc. Mr. McGrath earned a B.A from Regis College
                      and an M.B.A from St. Thomas College.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Donald G. Adams    Mr. Adams joined the adviser in 1996 and is currently a
                      Vice President. From 1986-1996, he was Vice President of
                      Zurich Insurance. He earned an A.D. from the College of
                      DuPage.
</TABLE>

                                      20
<PAGE>

Adviser's Historical Performance

  The adviser manages separate accounts that have the same investment objec-
  tives as the portfolios. The adviser manages these accounts using tech-
  niques and strategies substantially similar, though not always identical,
  to those used to manage the portfolios. Composites of the performance of
  these separate accounts are listed below. The performance data for the
  managed accounts reflects deductions for the average fees and expenses of
  such accounts. The average fees and expenses of the separate accounts were
  less than the operating expenses of the portfolios. If the performance of
  the managed accounts was adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of the
  portfolios, the composite's performance would have been lower.

  The adviser calculated its performance using the standards of the Associa-
  tion for Investment Management and Research. Had the adviser calculated
  its performance using the SEC's methods, its results might have differed.

  The separately managed accounts are not subject to investment limitations,
  diversification requirements, and other restrictions imposed by the In-
  vestment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code. If they were,
  their returns might have been lower. The performance of these separate ac-
  counts is not intended to predict or suggest the performance of the port-
  folios.

                                      21
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Chicago Asset      Lehman Brothers
                              Management Company     Intermediate
                              Intermediate Bond  Government/Corporate
                                  Composite*          Bond Index
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                        <C>                <C>
   Calendar Years Ended:
   1985                             22.00%              18.10%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   1986                             15.20%              13.10%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   1987                              0.70%               3.70%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   1988                              7.00%               6.70%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   1989                              13.0%              12.80%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   1990                              8.80%               9.20%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   1991                             17.10%              14.70%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   1992                              8.60%               7.20%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   1993                             10.20%               8.80%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   1994                            (2.40)%             (1.90)%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   1995                             15.80%              15.30%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   1996                              3.90%               4.10%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   1997                              7.70%               7.90%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   1998                              8.10%               8.40%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   Average Annual Returns For Periods Ended 6/30/99
   1 Year                            3.80%               4.20%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   5 Years                           7.20%               7.00%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   10 Years                          8.10%               7.70%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------
   Since Inception (1/1/85)          9.20%               8.60%
</TABLE>

  * The adviser's returns are net of an average annual fee of 0.30%. During
    the period, fees on the adviser's individual accounts ranged from 0.26%
    to 0.625%. The adviser's composite has not been audited.

                                      22
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Chicago Asset
                              Management Company
                              Equity Composite*  S&P 500 Index
  ------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                        <C>                <C>
   Calendar Years Ended:
   1985                             36.10%          32.00%
  ------------------------------------------------------------
   1986                             21.90%          18.40%
  ------------------------------------------------------------
   1987                              4.70%           5.20%
  ------------------------------------------------------------
   1988                             26.40%          16.80%
  ------------------------------------------------------------
   1989                             21.50%          31.60%
  ------------------------------------------------------------
   1990                             (8.10%)         (3.20%)
  ------------------------------------------------------------
   1991                             29.30%          30.60%
  ------------------------------------------------------------
   1992                             14.40%           7.60%
  ------------------------------------------------------------
   1993                             13.40%          10.10%
  ------------------------------------------------------------
   1994                              7.60%           1.30%
  ------------------------------------------------------------
   1995                             30.30%          37.60%
  ------------------------------------------------------------
   1996                             15.00%          23.00%
  ------------------------------------------------------------
   1997                             19.40%          33.40%
  ------------------------------------------------------------
   1998                             16.80%          28.60%
  ------------------------------------------------------------
   Average Annual Returns For Periods Ended 6/30/99
   1 Year                           27.70%          22.76%
  ------------------------------------------------------------
   5 Years                          22.10%          27.88%
  ------------------------------------------------------------
   10 Years                         15.90%          18.77%
  ------------------------------------------------------------
   Since Inception (1/1/85)         18.50%          18.72%
</TABLE>

  * The adviser's returns are net of an average annual fee of 0.40%. During
    the period, fees on the adviser's individual accounts ranged from 0.25%
    to 1.00%. The adviser's composite has not been audited.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Brokers, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how financial representatives may get paid.

  For providing certain services to their clients, financial representatives
  may be paid a fee based on the assets of the UAM Funds that are attribut-
  able to the financial representative. These services may include record
  keeping, transaction processing for shareholders' accounts and certain
  shareholder services not currently offered to shareholders that deal di-
  rectly with the UAM Funds. In addition, your financial representatives may
  charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the UAM
  Funds or for servicing your account. Your financial representative should
  provide you with a schedule of its fees and services.

                                      23
<PAGE>

  The UAM Funds may pay all or part of the fees paid to financial represent-
  atives. Periodically, the board of the UAM Funds reviews these arrange-
  ments to ensure that the fees paid are appropriate to the services per-
  formed. The UAM Funds do not pay these service fees on shares purchased
  directly. In addition, the adviser and its affiliates may, at their own
  expense, pay financial representatives for these services.

  The adviser and its affiliates may, at their own expense, pay financial
  representatives for distribution and marketing services performed with re-
  spect to the UAM Funds.

  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies distribution and marketing
  services performed with respect to the UAM Funds.


                                      24
<PAGE>

 Financial Highlights


  The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the
  financial performance of the portfolios for the fiscal periods indicated.
  Certain information contained in the table reflects the financial results
  for a single portfolio share. The total returns in the table represent
  the rate that an investor would have earned on an investment in the
  portfolios assuming all dividends and distributions were reinvested.
  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has audited this information. The financial
  statements and the unqualified opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP are
  included in the annual report of the portfolios, which is available upon
  request by calling the UAM Funds at 1-877-826-5465.

INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Fiscal Year Ended April 30,      1999     1998     1997     1996    1995***
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                             <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
   Net Asset Value, Beginning of
    Period.......................  $ 10.54  $ 10.30  $ 10.39  $10.33   $10.00
                                   -------  -------  -------  ------   ------
   Income From Investment
    Operations
    Net Investment Income........     0.56     0.57     0.61    0.64     0.17
    Net Realized and Unrealized
     Gain (Loss) on Investments..     0.04     0.24    (0.05)   0.14++   0.26
                                   -------  -------  -------  ------   ------
    Total from Investment
     Operations..................     0.60     0.81     0.56    0.78     0.43
                                   -------  -------  -------  ------   ------
   Distributions
    Net Investment Income........    (0.57)   (0.57)   (0.62)  (0.64)   (0.10)
    Net Realized Gain............    (0.06)     -- @   (0.03)  (0.08)     --
                                   -------  -------  -------  ------   ------
    Total Distributions..........    (0.63)   (0.57)   (0.65)  (0.72)   (0.10)
                                   -------  -------  -------  ------   ------
   Net Asset Value, End of
    Period.......................  $ 10.51  $ 10.54  $ 10.30  $10.39   $10.33
                                   =======  =======  =======  ======   ======
   Total Return+.................     5.72%    8.08%    5.53%   7.62%    4.31%**
                                   =======  =======  =======  ======   ======
   Ratios and Supplemental Data
   Net Assets, End of Period
    (Thousands)..................  $13,542  $13,261  $10,044  $7,981   $5,267
   Ratio of Expenses to Average
    Net Assets...................     0.80%    0.80%    0.80%   0.84%    0.80%*
   Ratio of Net Investment Income
    to Average Net Assets........     5.29%    5.64%    5.88%   6.17%    6.20%*
   Portfolio Turnover Rate.......       48%      40%      31%     24%       0%
   Ratio of Voluntarily Waived
    Fees and Expenses Assumed by
    the Adviser to Average Net
    Assets.......................     0.85%    0.93%    1.39%   1.20%    2.78%*
   Ratio of Expenses to Average
    Net Assets Including
    Expense Offsets..............     0.80%    0.80%    0.80%   0.80%    0.80%*
</TABLE>

    * Annualized
   ** Not Annualized
  *** For the period from January 24, 1995 (commencement of operations) to
      April 30, 1995.
    + Total return would have been lower had certain fees not been waived
      and expenses assumed by the Adviser for the periods indicated.
   ++ The amount shown for a share outstanding throughout the year does not
      accord with the aggregate net losses on investments for that year be-
      cause of the timing of sales and repurchases of the Portfolio shares
      in relation to fluctuating market value of the investments of the
      Portfolio.
   @  Amount is less than $0.01 per share.

                                      25
<PAGE>

VALUE/CONTRARIAN PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Fiscal Year Ended April 30,      1999     1998     1997     1996   1995***
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                             <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>
   Net Asset Value, Beginning of
    Period.......................  $ 15.96  $ 13.07  $ 13.67  $11.14  $10.00
                                   -------  -------  -------  ------  ------
   Income From Investment
    Operations
    Net Investment Income........     0.15     0.17     0.18    0.19    0.05
    Net Realized and Unrealized
     Gain on Investments.........     2.98     3.84     0.30    2.86    1.13
                                   -------  -------  -------  ------  ------
    Total from Investment
     Operations..................     3.13     4.01     0.48    3.05    1.18
                                   -------  -------  -------  ------  ------
   Distributions
    Net Investment Income........    (0.16)   (0.18)   (0.24)  (0.23)  (0.04)
    Net Realized Gain............    (1.40)   (0.94)   (0.84)  (0.29)    --
                                   -------  -------  -------  ------  ------
    Total Distributions..........    (1.56)   (1.12)   (1.08)  (0.52)  (0.04)
                                   -------  -------  -------  ------  ------
   Net Asset Value, End of
    Period.......................  $ 17.53  $ 15.96  $ 13.07  $13.67  $11.14
                                   =======  =======  =======  ======  ======
   Total Return+.................    21.68%   31.71%    3.72%  28.00%  11.81%**
                                   =======  =======  =======  ======  ======
   Ratios and Supplemental Data
   Net Assets, End of Period
    (Thousands)..................  $26,852  $22,552  $13,804  $  892  $  696
   Ratio of Expenses to Average
    Net Assets...................     0.99%    0.95%    0.95%   1.06%   0.95%*
   Ratio of Net Investment Income
    to Average Net Assets........     0.97%    1.16%    1.89%   1.51%   1.54%*
   Portfolio Turnover Rate.......       39%      55%      21%     33%      4%
   Ratio of Voluntarily Waived
    Fees and Expenses Assumed by
    the Adviser to Average Net
    Assets.......................     0.65%    0.64%    6.32%  12.20%  17.05%*
   Ratio of Expenses to Average
    Net Assets Including
    Expense Offsets..............     0.99%    0.95%    0.95%   0.95%   0.95%*
</TABLE>

    * Annualized
   ** Not Annualized
  *** For the period from December 16, 1994 (commencement of operations) to
      April 30, 1995.
    + Total return would have been lower had certain fees not been waived
      and expenses assumed by the Adviser during the periods indicated.

                                      26
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Codes


  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Trading   CUSIP   Portfolio
                                Symbol   Number    Number
  ---------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                          <C>     <C>       <C>
   Intermediate Bond Portfolio   CAMBX  902556406    635
  ---------------------------------------------------------
   Value/Contrarian Portfolio    CAMEX  902556307    636
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Chicago Asset Management Portfolios

  For investors who want more information about the portfolios, the follow-
  ing documents are available upon request.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports

  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolios provide additional
  information about their investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolios during their last fis-
  cal year.

Statement of Additional Information

  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolios and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.

  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com


  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolios and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

  The portfolio's Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.

[UAM LOGO APPEARS HERE]

[LOGO OF GCIU APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>

                                   UAM Funds
                                   Funds for the Informed Investor(SM)



  Clipper focus Portfolio
  Institutional Class Prospectus                          August 9, 1999






                                                                      UAM(R)




  The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved
these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
<PAGE>

 Table Of Contents


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 1

 What is the Objective of the Portfolio? ...................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio? ............   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio? ............................   2
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio? ..........................   3

Investing with the UAM Funds ................................................. 4

 Buying Shares .............................................................   4
 Redeeming Shares ..........................................................   5
 Exchanging Shares .........................................................   5
 Transaction Policies ......................................................   6

Account Policies ............................................................. 9

 Small Accounts ............................................................   9
 Distributions .............................................................   9
 Federal Taxes .............................................................   9

Portfolio Details ........................................................... 11

 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolio ..........................  11
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies .................................  12
 Year 2000 .................................................................  13
 Investment Management .....................................................  14
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements ........................................  16

Financial Highlights ........................................................ 18
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Summary

WHAT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio seeks long-term capital growth. The portfolio cannot guaran-
  tee it will meet its investment objective. The portfolio may change its
  investment objective without shareholder approval.

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."

  The adviser invests like a long-term business partner would invest--it
  values a company's assets, projects long-term free cash flows and seeks
  shareholder-oriented management. The adviser's investment process is very
  research intensive and includes:

  .   Meeting with company management, competitors and customers.

  .   Preparing detailed valuation models to identify companies whose stock
      is undervalued compared to the company's intrinsic value.

  The adviser believes this approach will lead to investments in dominant
  companies that:

  .   Have leading market positions.

  .   Are in industries that are often "out-of-favor" in the investment com-
      munity.

  The adviser may sometimes invest in special situations that have charac-
  teristics other than the ones mentioned above.

  The portfolio is a nondiversified mutual fund that generally holds between
  15 to 35 stocks. The adviser believes that concentrating the investments
  of the portfolio in the adviser's best investment ideas will produce supe-
  rior long-term performance.

                                       1
<PAGE>

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."

Risks Common to All Mutual Funds

  As with all mutual funds, at any time, your investment in the portfolio
  may be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it.
  You may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:

  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.

  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.

  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.

Clipper Focus Portfolio

  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with being a non-
  diversified mutual fund that invests principally in equity securities us-
  ing a value oriented approach. Equity securities may experience sudden,
  unpredictable drops in value or long periods of decline in value. This may
  occur because of factors affecting the securities markets generally, an
  entire industry or sector or a particular company.

  Value oriented mutual funds may not perform as well as certain other types
  of equity mutual funds during periods when value stocks are out of favor.

  Diversifying a mutual fund's investment can reduce the risks of investing
  by limiting the amount of money it invests in any one issuer or, on a
  broader scale, in any one industry. Since the portfolio is not diversi-
  fied, it may invest a greater percentage of its assets in a particular is-
  suer than a diversified fund. Therefore, being non-diversified may cause
  the value of its shares to be more sensitive to changes in the market
  value of a single issuer or industry relative to diversified mutual funds.

  The portfolio expects to remain fully invested in equity securities at all
  times. In bear markets a fully invested mutual fund will generally decline
  further than a portfolio with cash and or bond reserves.

                                       2
<PAGE>

WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of the Portfolio)

  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.

<TABLE>
  -----------------------
   <S>              <C>
   Management Fees  1.00%
  -----------------------
   Other Expenses   1.08%
  -----------------------
   Total Expenses*  2.08%
</TABLE>

  * Actual Fees and Expenses The percentages stated in the table above are
    higher than the expenses you would have actually paid. Due to certain
    expense limits by the adviser and expense offsets, investors in the
    portfolio actually paid the total operating expenses listed in the table
    below. The adviser may change or cancel its expense limitation at any
    time.

<TABLE>
   -----------------------
   <S>               <C>
   Actual Expenses   1.40%
</TABLE>

Example

  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above (which do not reflect any expense limita-
  tions) throughout the period of your investment. Although your actual
  costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would
  be:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   1
   Year   3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
  --------------------------------
   <S>    <C>     <C>     <C>
   $211    $652   $1,119   $2,410
</TABLE>

                                       3
<PAGE>

 Investing with the UAM Funds

BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       To open an account
                                                  To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the UAM Fund into
                                                  which you want to invest.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number.         wire your money to the UAM
                     Send your completed ac-      Funds as follows:
                     count application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds as follows:

                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic       You may not open an ac-      To set up a plan, mail a
  Investment Plan    count via ACH.               completed application to
  (Via ACH)                                       the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum            $2,500--regular account      $100
  Investments        $500--IRAs $250--
                     spousal IRAs

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com


                                       4
<PAGE>

REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to the UAM Funds specifying:

                   .   The UAM Fund.

                   .   The account number.

                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to re-
                       deem.

                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments to redeem shares. Please see the Statement of Addi-
                   tional Information (SAI) if you need more information.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.

                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic    If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
  Withdrawal Plan  transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM account
  (Via ACH)        to your financial institution.

                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.

EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may only exchange shares between accounts with
  identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).

                                       5
<PAGE>

TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating Your Share Price

  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your or-
  der. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) each day
  the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day, the UAM
  Funds must accept your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that
  day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated at the close
  of trading on the following business day. The UAM Funds are open for busi-
  ness on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and certain
  holidays.

  Securities that are traded on foreign exchanges may trade on days when the
  portfolio does not calculate its NAV. Consequently, the value of the port-
  folio may change on days when you are unable to purchase or redeem shares
  of the portfolio.

  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary

  You may buy or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial intermedi-
  ary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy or sell
  shares at the NAV of any given day your financial intermediary must re-
  ceive your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all purchase and
  redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money to
  the UAM Funds on time.

  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.

Calculating NAV

  The UAM Funds calculate their NAV by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available market
  prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines established

                                       6
<PAGE>

  by the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair value
  when events occur that make established valuation methods (such as stock
  exchange closing prices) unreliable.

In-Kind Transactions

  Under certain conditions and at the UAM Funds' discretion, you may pay for
  shares with securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay
  all or part of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.

Payment of Redemption Proceeds

  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from the
  purchase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a cer-
  tified check, bank check or money order.

Signature Guarantee

  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.

  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.

Telephone Transactions

  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine. The UAM Funds will not be re-
  sponsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instruc-
  tions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.

                                       7
<PAGE>

Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds

  Purchases

  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:

  .   Stop offering shares.

  .   Reject any purchase order.

  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares. (Excessive trading can hurt performance by disrupting manage-
      ment and by increasing expenses.)

  Redemptions

  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:

  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  .   The SEC allows the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.

  Exchanges

  The UAM Funds may:

  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.

  .   Reject any request for an exchange.

  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.

                                       8
<PAGE>

 Account Policies


SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:

  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.

  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.

  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.

DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income quarterly.
  In addition, it distributes its net capital gains once a year. The UAM
  Funds will automatically reinvest dividends and distributions in addi-
  tional shares of the portfolio, unless you elect on your account applica-
  tion to receive them in cash.

FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in the portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.

Taxes on Distributions

  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.

  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution

                                       9
<PAGE>

  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply con-
  stitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a div-
  idend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.

Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions

  When you exchange or redeem shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  capital gain or loss for federal tax purposes. This gain or loss will be
  based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares (the cost of
  your shares) and the amount you receive for them. To aid in computing your
  tax basis, you should keep your account statements for the periods during
  which you held shares.

  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.

  To the extent the portfolio invests in foreign securities, it may be sub-
  ject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest
  the portfolio received from sources in foreign countries. The portfolio
  may elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders,
  which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income
  tax.

Backup Withholding

  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.

                                      10
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Details

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objective. For more information con-
  cerning these investment strategies and their associated risks, please
  read the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the SAI. You can find information on the
  portfolio's recent strategies and holdings in its annual/semi-annual re-
  port. The portfolio may change these strategies without shareholder ap-
  proval.

Investment Process

  The adviser invests like a long-term business partner would invest--it
  values a company's assets, projects long-term free cash flows and seeks
  shareholder-oriented management. The adviser's investment process is very
  research intensive and includes meeting with company management, competi-
  tors and customers. Some of the major factors the adviser considers when
  appraising an investment include balance sheet strength and the ability to
  generate earnings and free cash flow. The adviser's analysis gives little
  weight to current dividend income.

  The adviser prepares valuation models for each company being researched to
  identify companies that it believes the market has undervalued. The valua-
  tion models attempt to calculate each company's intrinsic value based on
  private market transactions and discounted cash flow. The adviser adds
  companies to the portfolio when their share price trades below the advis-
  er's estimate of intrinsic value and sells companies when their share
  prices reach the adviser's estimate of intrinsic value.

  The adviser believes that its approach will lead to investments in domi-
  nant companies that:

  .   Have leading market positions.

  .   Are in industries that are often "out-of-favor" in the investment com-
      munity.

  The adviser believes that it can produce superior long-term performance by
  concentrating on its best investment ideas. Therefore, the portfolio will
  be more concentrated than the average equity mutual fund. The portfolio,
  which is a "non-diversified" mutual fund, generally contains between 15 to
  35 stocks. The portfolio will generally hold its investment in a particu-
  lar company for an extended period.

                                      11
<PAGE>

  The adviser expects to invest fully the assets of the portfolio. Conse-
  quently, the adviser generally expects cash reserves to be less than 5% of
  the total assets of the portfolio.

Special Situations

  The portfolio may invest in special situations. A special situation arises
  when the adviser believes the securities of a particular company will ap-
  preciate in value within a reasonable period because of unique circum-
  stances applicable to that company. Special situations are events that
  could change or temporarily hamper the ongoing operations of a company,
  including, but not limited to:

  .   Liquidations, reorganizations, recapitalizations, mergers or temporary
      financial liquidity restraints.

  .   Material litigation, technological breakthroughs or temporary produc-
      tion or product introduction problems.

  .   Natural disaster, sabotage or employee error and new management or
      management policies.

  Special situations affect companies of all sizes and generally occur re-
  gardless of general business conditions or movements of the market as a
  whole.

  Special situations often involve much greater risk than is inherent in or-
  dinary investment securities. In addition, the market price of companies
  subject to special situations may never reflect any perceived intrinsic
  values.

OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  In addition to its principal investment strategies, the portfolio may use
  the investment strategies described below. It may also employ investment
  practices that this prospectus does not describe, such as repurchase
  agreements, when-issued and forward commitment transactions, lending of
  securities, borrowing and other techniques. For information concerning
  these investment practices and their risks, you should read the SAI.

Foreign Securities

  The portfolio may invest in foreign securities. Foreign securities, espe-
  cially those of companies in emerging markets, can be riskier and more

                                      12
<PAGE>

  volatile than domestic securities. Adverse political and economic develop-
  ments or changes in the value of foreign currency can make it harder for
  the portfolio to sell its securities and could reduce the value of your
  shares. Changes in tax and accounting standards and difficulties obtaining
  information about foreign companies can negatively affect investment
  decisions.

  In January 1999, certain European nations began to use the new European
  common currency, called the Euro. The nations that use the Euro have the
  same monetary policy regardless of their domestic economy, which could
  have adverse effects on those economies. In addition, difficulties in con-
  verting to the Euro could negatively affect the investments of a portfo-
  lio.

Short-Term Investing

  At times, the adviser may decide to invest up to 100% of the portfolio's
  assets in a variety of high-quality, short-term debt securities, such as
  U.S. government securities. The adviser may invest in these types of secu-
  rities for temporary defensive purposes, to earn a return on uninvested
  assets or to meet redemptions. The adviser may temporarily adopt a defen-
  sive position to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the portfo-
  lio that may result from adverse market, economic, political or other de-
  velopments.

  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.

YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary functions and
  could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial markets in gen-
  eral. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organizations, includ-
  ing those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those in which the
  UAM Funds invest.

  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time

                                      13
<PAGE>

  the degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' invest-
  ments or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could
  adversely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Adviser

  Pacific Financial Research, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation located at
  9601 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 800, Beverly Hills, California 90210, is
  the investment adviser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and super-
  vises the investment of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary basis.
  The adviser, an affiliate of United Asset Management Corporation, has pro-
  vided investment management services to corporations, foundations, endow-
  ments, pension funds and other institutions as well as individuals since
  1981.

  During the fiscal period ended April 30, 1999, the portfolio paid the ad-
  viser 0.21% of its average net assets in management fees. In addition, the
  adviser has voluntarily agreed to limit the expenses of the portfolio to
  1.40% of its average net assets. To maintain this expense limit, the ad-
  viser may waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse certain
  expenses of the portfolio. The adviser intends to continue its expense
  limitation until further notice.

Portfolio Managers

  A team of investment professionals is primarily responsible for the day-
  to-day management of the portfolio. Listed below are the investment pro-
  fessionals that comprise that team and a brief description of their busi-
  ness experience.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager         Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>             <S>
   James Gipson    Jim founded the adviser in 1980 and is currently President
                   and a Principal. Jim received his B.A. and M.A. degrees in
                   Economics with honors from the University of California, Los
                   Angeles, and his M.B.A. degree with honors from Harvard
                   Business School. Before entering the investment industry, he
                   served as an officer in the U.S. Navy and as a consultant
                   for McKinsey & Co. Before founding the adviser, he was a
                   portfolio manager at Source Capital Co. and at Batterymarch
                   Financial. He authored Winning the Investment Game: A Guide
                   for All Seasons.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Michael Sandler Michael received his B.B.A. with distinction, M.B.A. and
                   J.D. degrees from the University of Iowa. He spent two years
                   with International Harvester as a Manager of Asset Redeploy-
                   ment and one year with Enterprise Systems, Inc. as Vice
                   President of Business Development. He joined the adviser in
                   1984 as an analyst and has been a Vice President, Portfolio
                   Manager and Principal since 1985.
</TABLE>

                                      14
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager      Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>          <S>
   Bruce Veaco  Bruce graduated summa cum laude from the University of Califor-
                nia, Los Angeles with a B.A. degree in Economics. He spent five
                years as a certified public accountant in the Los Angeles of-
                fice of Price Waterhouse where he was an Audit Manager. Bruce
                received his M.B.A. degree from Harvard Business School. Bruce
                joined the adviser in 1986 as an analyst and has been a Vice
                President, Portfolio Manager and Principal since 1989.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Douglas Grey Doug received his B.E. cum laude in Mechanical/Materials Engi-
                neering and Economics from Vanderbilt University, and his
                M.B.A. from the University of Chicago. He was a General Motors
                Scholar and worked for General Motors as a design analysis en-
                gineer. Mr. Grey joined the adviser as an analyst in 1986 and
                has been a Vice President, Portfolio Manager and Principal
                since 1989.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Peter Quinn  Peter received his B.S. degree in Finance from Boston College
                and his M.B.A. degree from the Peter F. Drucker School of Man-
                agement at the Claremont Graduate School. He joined the adviser
                as a research associate in 1987 and has been a Vice President,
                Portfolio Manager and Principal since 1996.
</TABLE>

Adviser's Historical Performance

  The adviser manages separate accounts that have the same investment objec-
  tives as the portfolio. The adviser manages these accounts using tech-
  niques and strategies substantially similar, though not always identical,
  to those used to manage the portfolio. A composite of the performance of
  these separate accounts is listed below. The performance data for the man-
  aged accounts reflects deductions for the average fees and expenses of
  such accounts. The average fees and expenses of the separate accounts were
  less than the operating expenses of the portfolio. If the performance of
  the managed accounts was adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of the
  portfolio, the composite's performance would have been lower.

  The adviser calculated its performance using the standards of the Associa-
  tion for Investment Management and Research. Had the adviser calculated
  its performance using the SEC's methods, it results might have differed.

  The separately managed accounts are not subject to investment limitations,
  diversification requirements, and other restrictions imposed by the In-
  vestment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code. If they were,
  their returns might have been lower. The performance of these separate ac-
  counts is not intended to predict or suggest the performance of the port-
  folio.

                                      15
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Pacific Financial
                                 Research, Inc.
                                   Composite*     S&P 500 Index
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                          <C>               <C>
   Calendar Years Ended:
    1991**                            13.5             9.1%
  -------------------------------------------------------------
    1992                              19.0             7.6%
  -------------------------------------------------------------
    1993                               9.8            10.1%
  -------------------------------------------------------------
    1994                              -1.5             1.3%
  -------------------------------------------------------------
    1995                              48.4            37.6%
  -------------------------------------------------------------
    1996                              24.3            23.0%
  -------------------------------------------------------------
    1997                              38.8            33.4%
  -------------------------------------------------------------
    1998                              22.7            28.6%
  -------------------------------------------------------------
   Average Annual Returns For Periods Ended
    6/30/99
    1-year                            15.9            22.8%
  -------------------------------------------------------------
    3-years                           25.3            29.1%
  -------------------------------------------------------------
    5-years                           27.6            27.9%
  -------------------------------------------------------------
    Since Inception (7/31/91)         22.0            20.1%
</TABLE>

   * The adviser's returns presented above are net of an average annual fee
     over of approximately 0.78%. During the period, fees on the adviser's
     individual accounts ranged from 0.52% to 0.90%. The adviser's composite
     has not been audited.
  ** For the period 8/1/91 to 12/31/91.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Brokers, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how financial representatives may get paid.

  For providing certain services to their clients, financial representatives
  may be paid a fee based on the assets of the UAM Funds that are attribut-
  able to the financial representative. These services may include record
  keeping, transaction processing for shareholders' accounts and certain
  shareholder services not currently offered to shareholders that deal di-
  rectly with the UAM Funds. In addition, your financial representatives may
  charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the UAM
  Funds or for servicing your account. Your financial representative should
  provide you with a schedule of its fees and services.

  The UAM Funds may pay all or part of the fees paid to financial represent-
  atives. Periodically, the board of the UAM Funds reviews these arrange-
  ments to ensure that the fees paid are appropriate to the services per-
  formed. The UAM Funds do not pay these service fees on shares pur-

                                      16
<PAGE>

  chased directly. In addition, the adviser and its affiliates may, at their
  own expense, pay financial representatives for these services.

  The adviser and its affiliates may, at their own expense, pay financial
  representatives for distribution and marketing services performed with re-
  spect to the UAM Funds.

  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies distribution and marketing
  services performed with respect to the UAM Funds.

                                      17
<PAGE>

 Financial Highlights


The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the finan-
cial performance of the portfolio for the fiscal period indicated. Certain in-
formation contained in the table reflects the financial results for a single
portfolio share. The total returns in the table represent the rate that an in-
vestor would have earned on an investment in the portfolio assuming all divi-
dends and distributions were reinvested. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has au-
dited this information. The financial statements and the unqualified opinion
of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP are included in the annual report of the
portfolio, which is available upon request by calling the UAM Funds at
1-877-826-5465.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Period Ended April 30,                                      1999*
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>
Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period............................ $ 10.00
                                                                 -------
Income From Investment Operations
 Net Investment Income..........................................    0.05
 Net Realized and Unrealized Gain on Investments................    2.18
                                                                 -------
 Total from Investment Operations...............................    2.23
                                                                 -------
Distributions
 Net Investment Income..........................................   (0.04)
 Net Realized Gain..............................................     -- @
                                                                 -------
 Total Distributions............................................   (0.04)
                                                                 -------
Net Asset Value, End of Period.................................. $ 12.19
                                                                 =======
Total Return+...................................................   22.33%***
                                                                 =======
Ratios and Supplemental Data
Net Assets, End of Period (Thousands)........................... $64,135
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets.........................    1.40%**
Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets............    1.05%**
Portfolio Turnover Rate.........................................      22%
Ratio of Voluntarily Waived Fees and Expenses Assumed by the
 Adviser to Average Net Assets..................................    0.68%**
</TABLE>

  * For the period September 10, 1998 (commencement of operations) to April
    30, 1999.
 ** Annualized.
*** Not Annualized.
  + Total return would have been lower had certain fees not been waived and
    expenses assumed by the Adviser.
  @ Amount is less than $0.01 per share.

                                      18
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Codes

  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Trading Symbol                 CUSIP Number                             Portfolio Number
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                      <C>
       CLPRX                       902556786                                     781
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Clipper Focus Portfolio

  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports

  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.

Statement of Additional Information

  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolio and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.

  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com


  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolio and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

  The funds' Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.

[UAM LOGO APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>

                             UAM Funds
                             Funds for the Informed Investor


Hanson Equity Portfolio
Institutional Prospectus                                          August 9, 1999




                                                                         UAM (R)


 The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved
these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus.
          Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

<PAGE>

 Table Of Contents


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary............................................................. 1

 What is the Objective of the Portfolio?....................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio?.............   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio?.............................   1
 How has the Portfolio Performed?...........................................   3
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio?...........................   4

Investing with the UAM Funds.................................................. 5

 Buying Shares .............................................................   5
 Redeeming Shares ..........................................................   6
 Exchanging Shares .........................................................   6
 Transaction Policies ......................................................   7

Account Policies............................................................. 10

 Small Accounts ............................................................  10
 Distributions .............................................................  10
 Federal Taxes .............................................................  10

Portfolio Details............................................................ 12

 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolio ..........................  12
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies .................................  13
 Year 2000..................................................................  14
 Investment Management .....................................................  15
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements ........................................  17
Financial Highlights......................................................... 19
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Summary


WHAT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with rea-
  sonable risk to principal, by investing in a diversified portfolio of eq-
  uity securities, primarily the common stock of large, United States-based
  companies with outstanding financial characteristics and strong growth
  prospects that can be purchased at reasonable valuations. The portfolio
  cannot guarantee it will meet its investment objective. The portfolio may
  not change its investment objective without shareholder approval.

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."

  The portfolio invests primarily in common stocks of large companies. The
  adviser selects stocks using a bottom-up approach, which means it focuses
  on individual stocks rather than industries or sectors. The adviser at-
  tempts to invest in a select number of well-managed, industry-leading com-
  panies that have clear business plans, demonstrated consistent earnings,
  and prospects for above-average earnings growth. Moreover, the adviser
  looks for companies whose shares it can buy at a reasonable valuation.

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."

                                       1
<PAGE>

Risks Common to All Mutual Funds

  As with all mutual funds, at any time, your investment in the portfolio
  may be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it.
  You may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:

  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.

  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.

  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.

Hanson Equity Portfolio

  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in equity
  securities. Equity securities may experience sudden, unpredictable drops
  in value or long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of
  factors affecting the securities markets generally, an entire industry or
  sector or a particular company.

                                       2
<PAGE>

HOW HAS THE PORTFOLIO PERFORMED?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The bar chart and table below illustrate how the performance of the port-
  folio and provide some indication of the risks of investing in the portfo-
  lio. The bar chart shows the investment returns of the portfolio for its
  first full calendar year. The table following the bar chart compares the
  average annual returns of the portfolio to those of a broad-based securi-
  ties market index. Past performance does not guarantee future results.

Calendar Year Returns

                           [BAR GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Return   Quarter Ended
  --------------------------------------------------
   <S>                      <C>     <C>
   Highest Quarter           21.86%     12/31/98
  --------------------------------------------------
   Lowest Quarter           -11.41%      9/30/98
  --------------------------------------------------
   Year-To-Date              15.04%      6/30/99

Average Annual Returns For Periods Ended 12/31/98

<CAPTION>
                            1 Year  Since Inception*
  --------------------------------------------------
   <S>                      <C>     <C>
   Hanson Equity Portfolio   18.57%       18.33%
  --------------------------------------------------
   S&P 500 Index             28.60%       29.88%
</TABLE>

  *The portfolio began operations 10/3/97. Index comparisons begin on
  9/30/97.

                                       3
<PAGE>

WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of the Portfolio)

  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  -----------------------
   <S>              <C>
   Management fees  0.70%
  -----------------------
   Other expenses   0.70%
  -----------------------
   Total expenses   1.40%
</TABLE>

Example

  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above throughout the period of your investment.
  Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assump-
  tions your costs would be:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   1 Year                3 Years                           5 Years                           10 Years
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                   <C>                               <C>                               <C>
    $143                  $443                              $766                              $1,680
</TABLE>

                                       4
<PAGE>

 Investing with the UAM Funds


BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the UAM Fund into
                                                  which you want to invest.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number.         wire your money to the UAM
                     Send your completed ac-      Funds as follows:
                     count application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds as follows:

                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic Investment Plan (Via ACH)
                     You may not open an ac-      To set up a plan, mail a
                     count via ACH.               completed application to
                                                  the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Minimum Investments $2,500--regular account      $100
                     $500--IRAs $250--
                     spousal IRAs

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com


                                       5
<PAGE>

REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to the UAM Funds specifying:

                   .   The UAM Fund.

                   .   The account number.

                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to re-
                       deem.

                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments to redeem shares. Please see the Statement of Addi-
                   tional Information (SAI) if you need more information.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.

                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 By Systematic     If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
 Withdrawal Plan   transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM Funds
 (Via ACH)         account to your financial institution.

                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.

EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may only exchange shares between accounts with
  identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).

                                       6
<PAGE>

TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating Your Share Price

  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your or-
  der. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) each day
  the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day, the UAM
  Funds must accept your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that
  day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated at the close
  of trading on the following business day. The UAM Funds are open for busi-
  ness on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and certain
  holidays.

  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary

  You may buy or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial intermedi-
  ary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy or sell
  shares at the NAV on any given day, your financial intermediary must re-
  ceive your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all purchase and
  redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money to
  the UAM Funds on time.

  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.

Calculating NAV

  The UAM Funds calculate their NAVs by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available market
  prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines established by
  the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair value when
  events occur that make established valuation methods (such as stock ex-
  change closing prices) unreliable.

                                       7
<PAGE>

In-Kind Transactions

  Under certain conditions and at the UAM Funds' discretion, you may pay for
  shares with securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay
  all or part of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.

Payment of Redemption Proceeds

  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from the
  purchase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a cer-
  tified check, bank check or money order.

Signature Guarantee

  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.

  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.

Telephone Transactions

  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine. The UAM Funds will not be re-
  sponsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instruc-
  tions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.

                                       8
<PAGE>

Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds

  Purchases

  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:

  .   Stop offering shares.

  .   Reject any purchase order.

  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares. (Excessive trading can hurt performance by disrupting manage-
      ment and by increasing expenses.)

  Redemptions

  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:

  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  .   The SEC tells the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.

  Exchanges

  The UAM Funds may:

  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.

  .   Reject any request for an exchange.

  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.

                                       9
<PAGE>

 Account Policies

SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:

  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.

  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.

  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.

DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income quarterly.
  In addition, the portfolio distributes its net capital gains once a year.
  The UAM Funds will automatically reinvest dividends and distributions in
  additional shares of the portfolio, unless you elect on your account ap-
  plication to receive them in cash.

FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in the portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.

Taxes on Distributions

  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.


                                      10
<PAGE>

  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution
  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply con-
  stitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a div-
  idend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.

Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions

  When you exchange or redeem shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  capital gain or loss for federal tax purposes. This gain or loss will be
  based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares (the cost of
  your shares) and the amount you receive for them. To aid in computing your
  tax basis, you should keep your account statements for the periods during
  which you held shares.

  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.

  To the extent the portfolio invests in foreign securities, it may be sub-
  ject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest
  the portfolio received from sources in foreign countries. The portfolio
  may elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders,
  which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income
  tax.

Backup Withholding

  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.

                                      11
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Details


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objective. For more information con-
  cerning these investment strategies and their associated risks, please
  read the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the SAI. You can find information on the
  portfolio's recent strategies and holdings in its annual/semi-annual re-
  port. As long as it is consistent with its objective and other policies
  described in the SAI, the portfolio may change these strategies without
  shareholder approval.

  Normally, the portfolio invests at least 80% of its total assets in equity
  securities. These investments will consist primarily of common stocks of
  companies with large market capitalizations (typically over $1 billion at
  the time of purchase).

Investment Process

  The basis of the adviser's investment philosophy is to "buy the company,
  not the stock." The adviser believes that the portfolio can achieve supe-
  rior long-term results by investing in a select number of well managed
  companies that have clear business plans, specific financial goals, above-
  average earnings and dividend growth rates, and whose shares can be pur-
  chased at reasonable valuations.

  The adviser's stock selection process is bottom-up, which means it focuses
  on individual stocks rather than industries or sectors. (Top-down invest-
  ors would first decide which industries or sectors they want to emphasize
  and then would look for stocks that fit those requirements.) This process
  has three steps. First, the adviser asks three questions:

  .   Does the adviser understand the company's business?

  .   Is the company's management shareholder-conscious?

  .   Is the company's long-term outlook favorable?

  Next, the adviser screens for companies that:

  .   Have reasonable price-to-earnings ratios.

  .   Have above average total return potential.

  .   Are leaders in their industries.

  .   Are highly profitable.

  .   Are financially strong (low levels of debt).

                                      12
<PAGE>

  Finally, all investment decisions must receive the approval of the advis-
  er's internal investment committee.

  The adviser sells shares of a company when:

  .   The company fails to meet the adviser's investment criteria.

  .   The adviser finds a more attractive investment.

  .   The valuation of the company's shares becomes excessive.

Equity Securities

  Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire
  an ownership interest, in an issuer. Different types of equity securities
  provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in case of the
  bankruptcy of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks, pre-
  ferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants.

  Equity securities may lose value because of factors affecting the securi-
  ties markets generally, such as adverse changes in economic conditions,
  the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor
  sentiment. These circumstances may lead to long periods of poor perfor-
  mance, such as during a "bear market." Equity securities may also lose
  value because of factors affecting an entire industry or sector, such as
  increases in production costs, or factors directly related to a specific
  company, such as decisions made by its management.

OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  In addition to its principal investment strategies, the portfolio may use
  the investment strategies described below. It may also employ investment
  practices that that this prospectus does not describe, such as repurchase
  agreements, when-issued and forward commitment transactions, lending of
  securities, borrowing and other techniques. For information concerning
  these investment practices and their risks, you should read the SAI.

American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

  The portfolio may invest up to 20% of its assets in ADRs. ADRs are certif-
  icates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer that are issued
  by depository banks and generally trade on an established market in the
  United States or elsewhere. Although ADRs are alternatives to directly
  purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and
  currencies, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the risks associated
  with investing directly in foreign securities.

                                      13
<PAGE>

  Foreign securities, especially those of companies in emerging markets, can
  be riskier and more volatile than domestic securities. Adverse political
  and economic developments or changes in the value of foreign currency can
  make it harder for the portfolio to sell its securities and could reduce
  the value of your shares. Changes in tax and accounting standards and dif-
  ficulties obtaining information about foreign companies can negatively af-
  fect investment decisions.

  In January 1999, certain European nations began to use the new European
  common currency, called the Euro. The nations that use the Euro have the
  same monetary policy regardless of their domestic economy, which could
  have adverse effects on those economies. In addition, difficulties in con-
  verting to the Euro could negatively affect the investments of a portfo-
  lio.

Short-Term Investing

  At times, the adviser may decide to invest up to 100% of the portfolio's
  assets in a variety of high-quality, short-term debt securities, such as
  U.S. government securities. The adviser may invest in these securities for
  temporary defensive purposes, to earn a return on uninvested assets or to
  meet redemptions. The adviser may temporarily adopt a defensive position
  to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the portfolio that may re-
  sult from adverse market, economic, political or other developments.

  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.

YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary functions and
  could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial markets in gen-
  eral. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organizations, includ-
  ing those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those in which the
  UAM Funds invest.

  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted

                                      14
<PAGE>

  before that date. They are also requesting information on each service
  provider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time
  the degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' invest-
  ments or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could
  adversely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Adviser

  Hanson Investment Management Company, a California corporation located at
  4000 Civic Center Drive, Suite 200, San Rafael, California 94903, is the
  investment adviser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and supervises
  the investment of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary basis. The ad-
  viser, an affiliate of United Asset Management Corporation, has provided
  investment management services to corporations, unions, pension and profit
  sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions as well as individu-
  als since 1973.

  During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999, the portfolio paid the ad-
  viser 0.70% of its average net assets in management fees.

Portfolio Managers

  A team of investment professionals is primarily responsible for the day-
  to-day management of the portfolio. Listed below are the investment pro-
  fessionals that comprise that team and a brief description of their busi-
  ness experience.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager             Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>                 <S>
   David E. Post       Mr. Post is currently Chief Executive Officer and a
                       Portfolio Manager of the adviser. Mr. Post joined the
                       adviser in 1994 as a portfolio manager. Mr. Post heads
                       the adviser's Management Committee. Before joining the
                       adviser, Mr. Post directed the investment of all managed
                       assets at CSI Capital Management, the investment firm
                       which he founded in 1983. Previously, he served as pres-
                       ident of HS Partners, Inc. Mr. Post began his career in
                       1979 at Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith. Mr. Post
                       received a BA from the University of California, Berke-
                       ley.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Steven E. Cutcliffe Mr. Cutcliffe is currently a Managing Director and Port-
                       folio Manager of the adviser. Mr. Cutcliffe joined the
                       adviser in 1991 as a portfolio manager. Mr. Cutcliffe is
                       a member of the Management Committee. Previously, Mr.
                       Cutcliffe was Vice President, Corporate Finanace for Mc-
                       Ginn, Smith & Company and before that was an Assistant
                       Secretary of Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company. Mr.
                       Cutcliffe received an AB from Dartmouth College and an
                       MBA from Dartnouth's Amos Tuck School.
</TABLE>

                                      15
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager             Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>                 <S>
   Steven W. Enos, CFA Mr. Enos is currently a Vice President of Research of
                       the adviser. Mr. Enos joined the adviser in 1998. Before
                       joining the adviser, Mr. Enos was a Principal and Vice
                       President of Wells Capital Management. Previously, Mr.
                       Enos worked at Dolan Capital Management where he was a
                       research analyst. Mr. Enos began his investment career
                       in 1985 with First Interstate Financial Advisors, where
                       he was a portfolio manager. Mr. Enos is a Chartered Fi-
                       nancial Analyst and a member of the Security Analysts of
                       San Francisco. Mr. Enos received a BS from the Univer-
                       sity of California at Davis.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   John D. Schaeffer   Mr. Schaeffer is currently a Vice President of Research
                       of the adviser. Mr. Schaeffer joined the adviser in
                       1997. Before joining the Adviser, Mr. Schaeffer was a
                       research analyst for Barbary Coast Capital, a hedge
                       fund. Previously, Mr. Schaeffer was a senior analyst at
                       Bridgewater Associates, a quantitative investment man-
                       agement firm. Mr. Schaeffer received a BA from Duke Uni-
                       versity and an MBA from the University of California,
                       Berkeley.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Jason E. Blattberg  Jason E. Blattberg is currently a Research Associate
                       with the adviser. Mr. Blattberg joined the adviser in
                       1998. Before joining the Adviser, Mr. Blattberg was a
                       member of the investment strategy team at Lehman Broth-
                       ers. Mr. Blattberg received a BA from the University of
                       Virginia, attended the London School of Economics, and
                       received an MBA from the Anderson Graduate School of
                       Management at UCLA.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Reynold Samoranos   Mr. Samoranos is currently a Vice President of Trading
                       and Operations for the adviser. Mr. Samoranos joined the
                       adviser in 1991. In addition to his responsibility as
                       primary trader, Mr. Samoranos serves the adviser in sev-
                       eral other areas, including accounting and general staff
                       management. Before joining the adviser, Mr. Samoranos
                       worked for Citibank North America as the regional finan-
                       cial controller. Mr. Samoranos received as BS from the
                       University of California, Berkeley and an MBA from the
                       University of Chicago.
</TABLE>

Adviser's Historical Performance

  The adviser manages separate accounts that have the same investment objec-
  tives as the portfolio. The adviser manages these accounts using tech-
  niques and strategies substantially similar, though not always identical,
  to those used to manage the portfolio. A composite of the performance of
  these separate accounts is listed below. The performance data for the man-
  aged accounts reflects deductions for all fees and expenses on an individ-
  ual account basis. All fees and expenses of the separate accounts were
  less than the operating expenses of the portfolio. If the performance of
  the managed accounts was adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of the
  portfolio, the composite's performance would have been lower.

  The adviser calculated its performance using the standards of the Associa-
  tion for Investment Management and Research. Had the adviser calculated
  its performance using the SEC's methods, its results might have differed.


                                      16
<PAGE>

  The separately managed accounts are not subject to investment limitations,
  diversification requirements, and other restrictions imposed by the In-
  vestment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code. If they were,
  their returns might have been lower. The performance of these separate ac-
  counts is not intended to predict or suggest the performance of the port-
  folio.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Hanson Investment
                          Management Company
                              Composite*     S&P 500 Index
  --------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                    <C>                <C>
   Calendar Years Ended:
   1981                          11.4%          (5.3)%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   1982                          26.8%           21.4%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   1983                          26.9%           22.6%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   1984                           7.7%            6.3%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   1985                          33.0%           31.7%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   1986                          18.8%           18.7%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   1987                         (1.0)%            5.3%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   1988                          24.1%           16.6%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   1989                          28.5%           31.7%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   1990                           0.3%          (3.1)%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   1991                          33.8%           30.4%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   1992                           9.0%            7.7%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   1993                           1.6%           10.1%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   1994                         (4.5)%            1.2%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   1995                          34.0%           37.8%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   1996                          22.4%           22.9%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   1997                          35.1%           33.4%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   1998                          19.9%           28.6%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   Average Annual Return For Periods Ended 6/30/99
   1 Year                        26.2%           22.8%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   5 Years                       25.8%           27.9%
  --------------------------------------------------------
   10 Years                      17.1%           18.8%
</TABLE>

  * During the period, fees on the adviser's individual accounts ranged from
    0.31% to 1.00% and the adviser's average annual management fee (1/1/81-
    6/30/99) was 0.40%. The adviser's composite has not been audited.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Brokers, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how financial representatives may get paid.


                                      17
<PAGE>

  For providing certain services to their clients, financial representatives
  may be paid a fee based on the assets of the UAM Funds that are attribut-
  able to the financial representative. These services may include record
  keeping, transaction processing for shareholders' accounts and certain
  shareholder services not currently offered to shareholders that deal di-
  rectly with the UAM Funds. In addition, your financial representatives may
  charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the UAM
  Funds or for servicing your account. Your financial representative should
  provide you with a schedule of its fees and services.

  The UAM Funds may pay all or part of the fees paid to financial represent-
  atives. Periodically, the board of the UAM Funds reviews these arrange-
  ments to ensure that the fees paid are appropriate to the services per-
  formed. The UAM Funds do not pay these service fees on shares purchased
  directly. In addition, the adviser and its affiliates may, at their own
  expense, pay financial representatives for these services.

  The adviser and its affiliates may, at their own expense, pay financial
  representatives for distribution and marketing services performed with re-
  spect to the UAM Funds.

  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies distribution and marketing
  services performed with respect to the UAM Funds.


                                      18
<PAGE>

 Financial Highlights

  The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the fi-
  nancial performance of the portfolio for the fiscal periods indicated.
  Certain information contained in the table reflects the financial results
  for a single portfolio share. The total returns in the table represent the
  rate that an investor would have earned on an investment in the portfolio
  assuming all dividends and distributions were reinvested.
  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has audited this information. The financial
  statements and the unqualified opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP are
  included in the annual report of the portfolio, which is available upon
  request by calling the UAM Funds at 1-877-826-5465.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Fiscal Year Ended April 30,                             1999      1998*
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                                    <C>       <C>
   Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period.................. $ 11.38   $ 10.00
                                                          -------   -------
   Income From Investment Operations
    Net Investment Loss..................................   (0.04)    (0.02)
    Net Realized and Unrealized Gain on Investments......    1.91      1.40
                                                          -------   -------
    Total from Investment Operations.....................    1.87      1.38
                                                          -------   -------
   Distributions
    Net Realized Gain....................................   (0.06)      --
                                                          -------   -------
   Net Asset Value, End of Period........................ $ 13.19   $ 11.38
                                                          =======   =======
   Total Return..........................................   16.52%    13.80%***
                                                          =======   =======
   Ratios and Supplemental Data
   Net Assets, End of Period (Thousands)................. $30,450   $25,690
   Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets...............    1.40%     1.56%**
   Ratio of Net Investment Loss to Average Net Assets....   (0.38)%   (0.35)%**
   Portfolio Turnover Rate...............................      28%       11%
   Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets Including
    Expense Offsets......................................    1.40%     1.56%**
</TABLE>

    * For the period October 3, 1997 (commencement of operations) to April
      30, 1998.
   ** Annualized
  *** Not Annualized

                                      19
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Codes

  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Trading Symbol                 CUSIP Number                             Portfolio Number
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                      <C>
       HANSX                       902556844                                     649
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Hanson Equity Portfolio

  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports

  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.

Statement of Additional Information

  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolio and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.

  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com


  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolio and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

  The portfolio's Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.

[UAM LOGO APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>

                                   UAM FUNDS
                                   Funds for the Informed Investor(SM)


     Jacobs International Octagon Portfolio
     Institutional Class Prospectus                      August 9, 1999






                                                                UAM(R)


       The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or
    disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of
  this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
<PAGE>

 Table Of Contents


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 1

 What is the Objective of the Portfolio? ...................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio? ............   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio? ............................   1
 How has the Portfolio Performed? ..........................................   3
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio? ..........................   4

Investing with the Uam Funds ................................................. 5

 Buying Shares .............................................................   5
 Redeeming Shares ..........................................................   6
 Exchanging Shares .........................................................   6
 Transaction Policies ......................................................   7

Account Policies ............................................................ 10

 Small Accounts ............................................................  10
 Distributions .............................................................  10
 Federal Taxes .............................................................  10

Portfolio Details ........................................................... 12

 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolio ..........................  12
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies .................................  16
 Year 2000 .................................................................  17
 Investment Management .....................................................  17
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements ........................................  20
Financial Highlights ........................................................ 21
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Summary

WHAT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation by investing
  in equity securities of companies in developed and emerging markets. The
  portfolio cannot guarantee that it will meet its objective. The portfolio
  may not change its objective without shareholder approval.

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."

  The portfolio normally invests at least 80% of its total assets in equity
  securities of companies located in at least three countries outside the
  United States. Typically, the portfolio may invest about 20% to 40% of to-
  tal assets in small companies (typically, companies with market capital-
  izations of less than $1.5 billion at the time of purchase).

  The adviser expects to diversify the investments of the portfolio through-
  out the world and within markets to minimize specific country and currency
  risks. Although it may invest entirely in countries with developed or
  emerging markets, the portfolio usually invests 10% to 40% of its assets
  in companies located in emerging markets.

  The adviser looks for companies that it believes will benefit from global
  trends, promising business or product developments and changing economic,
  social and political trends. The adviser selects investments for the port-
  folio using a flexible, value-oriented approach that tries to identify
  stocks selling at the greatest discount to their intrinsic future value.

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."

                                       1
<PAGE>

Risks Common to All Mutual Funds

  As with all mutual funds, at any time, your investment in the portfolio
  may be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it.
  You may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:

  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.

  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.

  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.

Jacobs International Octagon Portfolio

  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in foreign
  equity securities using a value oriented approach. Foreign securities, es-
  pecially those of companies in emerging markets, can be riskier and more
  volatile than domestic securities. Adverse political and economic develop-
  ments or changes in the value of foreign currency can make it harder for a
  portfolio to sell its securities and could reduce the value of your
  shares. Differences in tax and accounting standards and difficulties in
  obtaining information about foreign companies can negatively affect in-
  vestment decisions.

  Equity securities may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or
  long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of factors af-
  fecting the securities markets generally, an entire industry or sector or
  a particular company.

  Value oriented mutual funds may not perform as well as certain other types
  of equity mutual funds during periods when value stocks are out of favor.

  Investing in stocks of smaller companies can be riskier than investing in
  larger, more mature companies. Smaller companies may be more vulnerable to
  adverse developments than larger companies because they tend to have more
  narrow product lines and more limited financial resources. Their stocks
  may trade less frequently and in limited volume.

                                       2
<PAGE>

HOW HAS THE PORTFOLIO PERFORMED?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The bar chart and table below illustrate how the performance of the port-
  folio has varied from year to year and provide some indication of the
  risks of investing in the portfolio. The bar chart shows the investment
  returns of the portfolio for each full calendar year. The table following
  the bar chart compares the average annual returns of the portfolio to
  those of a broad-based securities market index. Past performance does not
  guarantee future results.

Calendar Year Returns

                           [BAR CHART APPEARS HERE]

                              6.39%        -5.01%
                              1997          1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Return   Quarter Ended
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                              <C>     <C>
   Highest Quarter                                   11.64%     3/31/98
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Lowest Quarter                                   -20.74%     9/30/98
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Year-To-Date                                       7.38%     6/30/99

Average Annual Returns For Periods Ended 12/31/98

<CAPTION>
                                                    1 Year  Since Inception*
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                              <C>     <C>
   Jacobs International Octagon Portfolio            -5.01%       1.06%
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index   20.33%      10.82%
</TABLE>

  * The portfolio began operations 1/2/97. Index comparisons begin on
    12/31/96.

                                       3
<PAGE>

WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of the Portfolio)

  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                                                   <C>
    Management fees                                                      1.00%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Other expenses                                                       0.54%
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total expenses                                                       1.54%
</TABLE>

Example

  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above throughout the period of your investment.
  Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assump-
  tions your costs would be:

<TABLE>
   <S>                    <C>                               <C>                               <C>
     1 Year               3 Years                           5 Years                           10 Years
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     $157                    $486                              $839                             $1,834
</TABLE>

                                       4
<PAGE>

 Investing with the UAM Funds


BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the UAM Fund into
                                                  which you want to invest.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number.         wire your money to the UAM
                     Ssend your completed         Funds as follows:
                     account application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds.

                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic       You may not open an ac-      To set up a plan, mail a
  Investment         count via ACH.               completed application to
  Plan (Via ACH)                                  the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum            $2,500--regular account      $100
  Investments        $500--IRAs $250--
                     spousal IRAs

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com


                                       5
<PAGE>

REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to UAM Funds specifying:

                   .   The UAM Fund.

                   .   The account number.

                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to re-
                       deem.

                   Certain shareholders may have to include additional docu-
                   ments to redeem shares. Please see the Statement of Addi-
                   tional Information (SAI) if you need more information.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.

                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic Withdrawal Plan (Via ACH)
                   If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
                   transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM account
                   to your financial institution.

                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.

EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may only exchange shares between accounts with
  identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).

                                       6
<PAGE>

TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating Your Share Price

  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your or-
  der. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) each day
  the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day, the UAM
  Funds must accept your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that
  day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated at the close
  of trading on the following business day. The UAM Funds are open for busi-
  ness on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and certain
  holidays.

  Securities that are traded on foreign exchanges may trade on days when the
  portfolio does not calculate its NAV. Consequently, the value of the port-
  folio may change on days when you are unable to purchase or redeem shares
  of the portfolio.

  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary

  You may buy or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial intermedi-
  ary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy or sell
  shares at the NAV on any given day, your financial intermediary must re-
  ceive your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all purchase and
  redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money to
  the UAM Funds on time.

  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.

Calculating NAV

  The UAM Funds calculate their NAVs by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available

                                       7
<PAGE>

  market prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines estab-
  lished by the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair
  value when events occur that make established valuation methods (such as
  stock exchange closing prices) unreliable. The UAM Funds value debt secu-
  rities that will mature in 60 days or less at amortized cost, which ap-
  proximates market value.

In-Kind Transactions

  Under certain conditions and at the UAM Funds' discretion, you may pay for
  shares with securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay
  all or part of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.

Payment of Redemption Proceeds

  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from the
  purchase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a cer-
  tified check, bank check or money order.

Signature Guarantee

  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.

  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.

Telephone Transactions

  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine. The UAM Funds will not be re-
  sponsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instruc-
  tions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.

                                       8
<PAGE>

Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds

  Purchases

  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:

  .   Stop offering shares.

  .   Reject any purchase order.

  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares. (Excessive trading can hurt performance by disrupting manage-
      ment and by increasing expenses.)

  Redemptions

  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:

  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  .   The SEC tells the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.

  Exchanges

  The UAM Funds may:

  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.

  .   Reject any request for an exchange.

  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.

                                       9
<PAGE>

 Account Policies

SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:

  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.

  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.


  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.

DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income quarterly.
  In addition, the portfolio distributes its net capital gains once a year.
  The UAM Funds will automatically reinvest dividends and distributions in
  additional shares of the portfolio, unless you elect on your account ap-
  plication to receive them in cash.

FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in the portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.

Taxes on Distributions

  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.

  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In

                                      10
<PAGE>

  this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution re-
  ceived, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply con-
  stitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a div-
  idend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.

Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions

  When you exchange or redeem shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  capital gain or loss for federal tax purposes. This gain or loss will be
  based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares (the cost of
  your shares) and the amount you receive for them. To aid in computing your
  tax basis, you should keep your account statements for the periods during
  which you held shares.

  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.

  To the extent the portfolio invests in foreign securities, it may be sub-
  ject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest
  the portfolio received from sources in foreign countries. The portfolio
  may elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders,
  which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income
  tax.

Backup Withholding

  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.

                                      11
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Details

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objective. For more information con-
  cerning these investment strategies and their associated risks, please
  read the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the SAI. You can find information on the
  portfolio's recent strategies and holdings in its annual/semi-annual re-
  port. As long as it is consistent with its objective and other policies
  described in the SAI, the portfolio may change these strategies without
  shareholder approval.

  The portfolio normally invests at least 80% of its total assets in equity
  securities of companies located in at least three countries outside the
  United States. These countries that are developed or emerging. Typically,
  the portfolio may invest about 20% to 40% of its total assets in small
  companies (typically, companies with market capitalizations of less than
  $1.5 billion at the time of purchase).

Investment Process

  The adviser selects investments for the portfolio using a flexible, value-
  oriented approach that focuses on companies rather than on countries or
  markets.

  Security Selection

  The adviser looks for companies that it believes will benefit from global
  trends, promising business or product developments and changing economic,
  social and political trends. The adviser seeks to identify stocks selling
  at the greatest discount to their intrinsic future value by comparing its
  estimate of the company's future earnings and cash flow to the company's
  industry average. In attempting to identify value across disparate econo-
  mies in the international marketplace, the adviser believes that rigid ad-
  herence to a single model results in missed opportunities. Therefore, the
  adviser ascertains a company's value using a variety of measurements, in-
  cluding its stock price-to-cash flow, enterprise value-to-cash flow and
  price-to-future earnings ratios.

  After concluding that a particular company is a good investment, the ad-
  viser sets a purchase price, calculates its potential appreciation and
  ranks the investment versus other potential investments.


                                      12
<PAGE>

  The portfolio intends to purchase and hold securities for two to four
  years and does not expect to trade for short-term gain. The portfolio
  sells a security:

  .   When it reaches its target price. Target prices are determined based
      on the adviser's valuation models and perception of risk in a particu-
      lar country or region

  .   To make room for more attractive alternatives.

  Country Allocation

  The adviser expects to diversify the investments of the portfolio through-
  out the world and within markets to minimize specific country and currency
  risks. The adviser allocates investments to countries based on its percep-
  tion of risks in that country and not on any predetermined guidelines. The
  following table lists some of the countries in which the portfolio may in-
  vest:

<TABLE>
<S>              <C>         <C>
  Argentina      Greece      Peru
  Australia      Hong Kong   Philippines
  Austria        Indonesia   Poland
  Bermuda        Ireland     Portugal
  Brazil         Israel      Russia
  Czech Republic Italy       Singapore
  Chile          Korea       Spain
  China          Japan       Sweden
  Denmark        Malaysia    Switzerland
  Finland        Mexico      Thailand
  France         Netherlands United Kingdom
  Germany        Norway
</TABLE>

  The adviser may invest 10% to 40% of the portfolio's assets in equity se-
  curities of companies located in emerging countries. A company is located
  in an emerging country if it has one or more of the following
  characteristics:

  .   Its principal securities trading market is in an emerging country.

  .   It derives 50% or more of its annual revenue from goods produced,
      sales made or services performed in emerging countries.

  .   It is organized under the laws of, and has a principal office in, an
      emerging country.

  It may be too difficult or too risky for the portfolio to invest in some
  emerging countries. Consequently, the portfolio will focus its investments
  on those countries where it believes the economies are developing and the
  markets are becoming more sophisticated.

                                      13
<PAGE>

Equity Securities

  Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire
  an ownership interest, in an issuer. Different types of equity securities
  provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in case of the
  bankruptcy of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks, pre-
  ferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants.

  Equity securities may lose value because of factors affecting the securi-
  ties markets generally, such as adverse changes in economic conditions,
  the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor
  senti- ment. These circumstances may lead to long periods of poor perfor-
  mance, such as during a "bear market." Equity securities may also lose
  value because of factors affecting an entire industry or sector, such as
  increases in production costs, or factors directly related to a specific
  company, such as decisions made by its management.

  Undervalued companies may have experienced adverse business developments
  or other events that have caused their stocks to be out of favor. If the
  adviser's assessment of a company is wrong, or if the market does not rec-
  ognize the value of the company, the price of its stock may fail to meet
  expectations and the portfolio's share price may suffer. A value-oriented
  portfolio may not perform as well as certain other types of mutual funds
  during periods when value stocks are out of favor.

Foreign Securities

  The portfolio may invest directly in equity securities of companies lo-
  cated outside the United States and in American Depositary Receipts
  (ADRs), European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and other similar global
  instruments.

  ADRs are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer
  that are issued by depository banks and generally trade on an established
  market in the United States or elsewhere. EDRs are similar to ADRs, except
  that they are typically issued by European banks or trust companies. Al-
  though ADRs and EDRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the under-
  lying foreign securities in their national markets and currencies, they
  continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing di-
  rectly in foreign securities.

  Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S. en-
  tities with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks
  in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.


                                      14
<PAGE>

  Local political, economic, regulatory or social instability, military ac-
  tion or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value of
  foreign investments. A foreign government may act adversely to the inter-
  ests of U.S. investors. Such actions may include expropriation or nation-
  alization of assets, confiscatory taxation and other restrictions on U.S.
  investment.

  The securities of foreign companies are often denominated in foreign cur-
  rencies. Since the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in U.S. dol-
  lars, changes in foreign currency rates and in exchange control regula-
  tions may positively or negatively affect the value of its securities. In
  January 1999, certain European nations began to use the new European com-
  mon currency, called the Euro. The nations that use the Euro have the same
  monetary policy regardless of their domestic economy, which could have ad-
  verse effects on those economies. In addition, difficulties in converting
  to the Euro could negatively affect the investments of the portfolio.

  Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume and sophistication, are
  generally not as developed as those are in the United States. Securities
  of some foreign issuers may be less liquid and more volatile than securi-
  ties of comparable U.S. issuers. In addition, the costs associated with
  foreign investments, including withholding taxes, brokerage commissions
  and custodial costs, are generally higher than the costs associated with
  U.S. investments.

  Foreign countries generally have different legal systems and different
  regulations concerning financial disclosure, accounting and auditing stan-
  dards than the United States. This could make corporate financial informa-
  tion more difficult to obtain or understand and less reliable than infor-
  mation about U.S. companies.

  Emerging Markets

  Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
  Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile
  than those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties
  of investing in less established markets and economies. In particular:

  .   Countries with emerging markets may have relatively unstable govern-
      ments, may present the risks of nationalization of businesses, re-
      strictions on foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation
      of assets.

  .   They may protect property rights less than more developed countries.


                                      15
<PAGE>

  .   The economies of countries with emerging markets may be based on only
      a few industries, may be highly vulnerable to changes in local or
      global trade conditions and may suffer from extreme and volatile debt
      burdens or inflation rates.

  .   Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and
      may be unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume,
      potentially making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impos-
      sible at times.

OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  In addition to its principal investment strategies, the portfolio may use
  the investment strategies described below. The portfolio may also employ
  investment practices that this prospectus does not describe, such as re-
  purchase agreements, when-issued and forward commitment transactions,
  lending of securities, borrowing and other techniques. For more informa-
  tion concerning the risks associated with these investment practices, you
  should read the SAI.

Derivatives

  The portfolio may use forward foreign currency exchange contracts (a type
  of derivative) to minimize currency fluctuations and assist in settling
  trades. Derivatives are often more volatile than other investments and may
  magnify the portfolio's gains or losses. The portfolio may lose money if
  the adviser:

  .   Fails to predict correctly the direction in which the underlying asset
      or economic factor will move.

  .   Judges market conditions incorrectly.

  .   Employs a strategy that does not correlate well with the investments
      of the portfolio.

Short-Term Investing

  At times, the adviser may decide to invest up to 100% of the portfolio's
  assets in a variety of high-quality, short-term debt securities, such as
  U.S. government securities. The adviser may invest in these types of secu-
  rities for temporary defensive purposes, to earn a return on uninvested
  assets or to meet redemptions. The adviser may temporarily adopt a defen-
  sive position to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the portfo-
  lio that may result from adverse market, economic, political or other de-
  velopments.

                                      16
<PAGE>

  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.

YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary functions and
  could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial markets in gen-
  eral. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organizations, includ-
  ing those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those in which the
  UAM Funds invest. Foreign issuers may be more vulnerable than those lo-
  cated in the United States to negative effects from year 2000 related
  problems.

  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time the
  degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' investments
  or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could ad-
  versely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Adviser

  Jacobs Asset Management, a Delaware limited partnership located at 200
  East Broward Boulevard, Suite 1920, Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33301, is the
  investment adviser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and supervises
  the investment of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary basis. The ad-
  viser, an affiliate of United Asset Management Corporation, provides in-
  vestment management services to corporations, unions, pension and profit
  sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions as well as individu-
  als.


                                      17
<PAGE>

  During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999, the portfolio paid the ad-
  viser 1.00% of its average net assets in management fees. In addition, the
  adviser has voluntarily agreed to limit the expenses of the portfolio to
  1.75% of its average net assets. To maintain this expense limit, the ad-
  viser may waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse certain
  expenses of the portfolio. The adviser intends to continue its expense
  limitation until further notice.

Portfolio Managers

  Daniel L. Jacobs, CFA is primarily responsible for the day-to-day manage-
  ment of the portfolio. Mr. Jacobs has been President and Chief Investment
  Officer of the adviser since July 1995. From 1984-1995, Mr. Jacobs managed
  $3.4 billion in international and global equity portfolios as Executive
  Vice President and Director of Templeton Investment Counsel. Mr. Jacobs
  was Portfolio Manager of Templeton's $1.4 billion Smaller Companies Growth
  Fund and was a Senior Portfolio Manager of institutional separate ac-
  counts. Mr. Jacobs served as President of the Templeton Variable Annuity
  Fund and Portfolio Manager for the Equity Fund and the equity portion of
  the Balanced Fund in the Templeton Variable Annuity Series. From May 1,
  1992 to June 30, 1995 Mr. Jacobs was the Portfolio Manager for the Temple-
  ton International Fund, a series of the Templeton Variable Product Series
  Fund. From 1976-1984, he was Vice President/Portfolio Manager, Institu-
  tional Investment Group and International Division of the First National
  Bank of Atlanta. Mr. Jacobs received an MBA in Finance from Emory Univer-
  sity (1976) and a BA in Economics from Miami University (1974). In addi-
  tion to holding a CFA and CIC, Mr. Jacobs is a founding member of the In-
  ternational Society of Financial Analysts.

Adviser's Historical Performance

  The adviser manages separate accounts that have the same investment objec-
  tives as the portfolio. The adviser manages these accounts using tech-
  niques and strategies substantially similar, though not always identical,
  to those used to manage the portfolio. A composite of the performance of
  these separate accounts is listed below. The performance data for the man-
  aged accounts does not reflect the deduction for fees and expenses. If the
  performance of the managed accounts was adjusted to reflect the fees and
  expenses of the portfolio, the composite's performance would have been
  lower.

  The adviser calculated its performance using the standards of the Associa-
  tion for Investment Management and Research. Had the adviser calcu-

                                      18
<PAGE>

  lated its performance using the SEC's methods, its results might have dif-
  fered.

  The separately managed accounts are not subject to investment limitations,
  diversification requirements, and other restrictions imposed by the In-
  vestment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code. If they were,
  their returns might have been lower. The performance of these separate ac-
  counts is not intended to predict or suggest the performance of the port-
  folio.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Jacobs Asset
                               Management      Morgan Stanley
                              International Capital International
                               Composite*        EAFE Index
  ---------------------------------------------------------------
  Average Annual Return For Periods Ended 6/30/99
   <S>                        <C>           <C>
   1-year                        -10.45%            7.92%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------
   3-years                         7.94%            9.12%
  ---------------------------------------------------------------
   Since Inception (10/1/95)      11.18%            9.72%
</TABLE>

  * The adviser's average annual management fee over the period shown
    (10/1/95 through 6/30/99) was approximately 0.75%.

Historical Performance of Another Mutual Fund Managed By Mr. Jacobs

  Set forth below is performance data Mr. Jacobs has provided regarding the
  Templeton International Fund, a series of the Templeton Variable Product
  Series Fund. That other mutual fund is a registered, open-end investment
  company with substantially similar, though not always identical, invest-
  ment objectives, policies and strategies as the portfolio. Daniel Jacobs
  was the lead portfolio manager for that other fund from its inception (May
  1, 1992) to June 30, 1995. During that time, Mr. Jacobs had primary re-
  sponsibility for the day-to-day management of the fund and no other person
  played a significant role in achieving the performance of the fund.

  The portfolio and the other mutual fund are separate funds and members of
  different fund families. Their investment returns may differ because they
  have different fees and expenses. The performance of the other mutual fund
  is not intended to predict or suggest the performance that an investor
  might achieve by investing in the portfolio.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Three Years
                                                    Year Ended    Ended
                                                     June 30,   June 30,
                                                       1995       1995
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                              <C>        <C>
   Templeton International Fund                       11.43%     14.55%
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index     1.66%     12.68%
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Lipper International Index                          0.95%      7.22%
</TABLE>

                                      19
<PAGE>

SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Brokers, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how financial representatives may get paid.

  For providing certain services to their clients, financial representatives
  may be paid a fee based on the assets of the UAM Funds that are attribut-
  able to the financial representative. These services may include record
  keeping, transaction processing for shareholders' accounts and certain
  shareholder services not currently offered to shareholders that deal di-
  rectly with the UAM Funds. In addition, your financial representatives may
  charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the UAM
  Funds or for servicing your account. Your financial representative should
  provide you with a schedule of its fees and services.

  The UAM Funds may pay all or part of the fees paid to financial represent-
  atives. Periodically, the board of the UAM Funds reviews these arrange-
  ments to ensure that the fees paid are appropriate to the services per-
  formed. The UAM Funds do not pay these service fees on shares purchased
  directly. In addition, the adviser and its affiliates may, at their own
  expense, pay financial representatives for these services.

  The adviser and its affiliates may, at their own expense, pay financial
  representatives for distribution and marketing services performed with re-
  spect to the UAM Funds.

  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies distribution and marketing
  services performed with respect to the UAM Funds.

                                      20
<PAGE>

 Financial Highlights

  The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the
  financial performance of the portfolio for the fiscal periods indicated.
  Certain information contained in the table reflects the financial results
  for a single portfolio share. The total returns in the table represent the
  rate that an investor would have earned on an investment in the portfolio
  assuming all dividends and distributions were reinvested.
  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has audited this information. The financial
  statements and the unqualified opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP are
  included in the annual report of the portfolio, which is available upon
  request by calling the UAM Funds at 1-877-826-5465.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Fiscal Year Ended April 30,                  1999       1998     1997*
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                         <C>       <C>       <C>
   Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period....... $ 11.85   $  10.17  $ 10.00
                                               -------   --------  -------
   Income From Investment Operations
    Net Investment Income.....................    0.11       0.10     0.06
    Net Realized and Unrealized Gain (Loss)
     on Investments...........................   (1.49)      1.82     0.11++
                                               -------   --------  -------
    Total from Investment Operations..........   (1.38)      1.92     0.17
                                               -------   --------  -------
   Distributions
    Net Investment Income.....................   (0.08)     (0.09)     --
    Net Realized Gain.........................   (0.20)     (0.15)     --
                                               -------   --------  -------
    Total Distributions.......................   (0.28)     (0.24)     --
                                               -------   --------  -------
   Net Asset Value, End of Period............. $ 10.19   $  11.85  $ 10.17
                                               =======   ========  =======
   Total Return...............................  (11.51)%    19.19%    1.70%***+
                                               =======   ========  =======
   Ratios and Supplemental Data
   Net Assets, End of Period (Thousands)...... $73,053   $113,033  $35,833
   Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets....    1.54%      1.49%    1.75%**
   Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average
    Net Assets................................    0.97%      1.23%    3.67%**
   Portfolio Turnover Rate....................     108%        39%       7%
   Ratio of Voluntarily Waived Fees and
    Expenses Assumed by the Adviser to
    Average Net Assets........................     N/A        N/A     0.40%**
   Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets
    Including Expense Offsets.................    1.54%      1.49%    1.75%**
</TABLE>

    * For the period from January 2, 1997 (commencement of operations) to
      April 30, 1997.
   ** Annualized
  *** Not Annualized
    + Total return would have been lower had certain fees not been waived
      and expenses assumed by the Adviser during the period.
   ++ The amount shown for a share outstanding throughout the period does
      not accord with the aggregate net loss on investments for that period
      because of the timing of sales and repurchases of the Portfolio shares
      in relation to fluctuating market value of the investments of the
      Portfolio.

                                      21
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Codes

  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Trading Symbol                 CUSIP Number                             Portfolio Number
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                      <C>
       JIOPX                       902556828                                     900
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Jacobs International Octagon Portfolio

  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.

Annual/Semi-Annual Reports

  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.

Statement of Additional Information

  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolio and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.

  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com


  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolio and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

  The funds' Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.

[LOGO OF UAM FUNDS APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>

                                   UAM Funds
                                   Funds for the Informed Investor(SM)



  MJI International Equity Portfolio
  Institutional Service Class Prospectus                    August 9, 1999











                                                                        UAM(R)


  The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)has not approved or
disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequary or accurace of
this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
<PAGE>

 Table Of Contents


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ..........................................................   1

 What is the Objective of the Portfolio? ..................................    1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio? ...........    1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio? ...........................    1
 How Has the Portfolio Performed? .........................................    3
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio? .........................    4

Investing with the UAM Funds ...............................................   5

 Buying Shares ............................................................    5
 Redeeming Shares .........................................................    6
 Exchanging Shares ........................................................    6
 Transaction Policies .....................................................    7

Account Policies ...........................................................  10

 Small Accounts ...........................................................   10
 Distributions ............................................................   10
 Federal Taxes ............................................................   10

Portfolio Details ..........................................................  12

 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolio .........................   12
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies ................................   15
 Year 2000 ................................................................   15
 Investment Management ....................................................   16
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements .......................................   17
 Additional Classes of Shares .............................................   18

Financial Highlights .......................................................  19
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Summary


WHAT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio seeks to maximize total return, including both capital
  appreciation and current income, by investing primarily in the common
  stocks of companies based outside of the United States. The portfolio can-
  not guarantee it will meet its investment objective. The portfolio may not
  change its investment objective without shareholder approval.

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."

  The portfolio normally invests at least 65% of its total assets in common
  stocks (including rights or warrants to purchase common stocks) of compa-
  nies located in at least three countries outside the United States. While
  the portfolio invests primarily in securities of companies domiciled in
  developed countries, it may also invest in developing countries.

  The investment process of the adviser begins by determining which interna-
  tional stock markets the portfolio should invest in and in what propor-
  tion. The adviser makes its decision by evaluating the various markets
  through a proprietary system that analyzes economic factors, stock prices
  in each market, market performance and trends in monetary policy. The ad-
  viser then compares the companies in each of those markets in an effort to
  select stocks that it believes the market has undervalued compared to in-
  dustry norms within their countries.

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."


                                       1
<PAGE>

Risks Common to All Mutual Funds

  As with all mutual funds, at any time, your investment in the portfolio
  may be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it.
  You may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:

  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.

  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.

  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.

MJI International Equity Portfolio

  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in foreign
  equity securities. Foreign securities, especially those of companies in
  emerging markets, can be riskier and more volatile than domestic securi-
  ties. Adverse political and economic developments or changes in the value
  of foreign currency can make it harder for a portfolio to sell its securi-
  ties and could reduce the value of your shares. Differences in tax and ac-
  counting standards and difficulties in obtaining information about foreign
  companies can negatively affect investment decisions.

  Equity securities may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or
  long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of factors af-
  fecting the securities markets generally, an entire industry or sector or
  a particular company.

                                       2
<PAGE>

HOW HAS THE PORTFOLIO PERFORMED?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The bar chart and table below illustrate how the performance of this class
  of the portfolio has varied from year to year and provide some indication
  of the risks of investing in the portfolio. The bar chart shows the in-
  vestment returns of the portfolio for each full calendar year. The table
  following the bar chart compares the average annual returns of the portfo-
  lio to those of a broad-based securities market index. Past performance
  does not guarantee future results.

Calendar Year Returns

  [BAR GRAPH APPEARS HERE]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Return  Quarter Ended
  ---------------------------------------
   <S>              <C>     <C>
   Highest Quarter   18.46%   12/31/98
  ---------------------------------------
   Lowest Quarter   -13.99%    9/30/98
  ---------------------------------------
   Year-To-Date       5.15%    6/30/99
</TABLE>

Average Annual Returns For Periods Ended 12/31/98

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1 Year Since Inception*
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                              <C>    <C>
   MJI International Equity Portfolio               15.25%      10.42%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index  20.33%      30.95%
</TABLE>

  *This class of this portfolio began operations on 12/31/96. Index compari-
  sons begin on 1/1/97.

                                       3
<PAGE>

WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of the Portfolio)

  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.

<TABLE>
  ----------------------------
   <S>                   <C>
   Management fees       0.75%
  ----------------------------
   Service (12b-1) Fees  0.25%
  ----------------------------
   Other expenses        0.88%
  ----------------------------
   Total expenses*       1.88%
</TABLE>

  * Actual Fees and Expenses The percentages stated in the table above are
    higher than the expenses you would have actually paid. Due to certain
    expense limits by the adviser and expense offsets, investors in the
    portfolio actually paid the total operating expenses listed in the table
    below. The adviser may change or cancel its expense limitation at any
    time.

<TABLE>
   ------------------------------------------------------------------
    <S>              <C>
    Actual Expenses                                             1.75%
</TABLE>

Example

  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above (which do not reflect any expense limita-
  tions) throughout the period of your investment. Although your actual
  costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would
  be:

<TABLE>
   <S>                   <C>                                 <C>                                 <C>
   1 Year                3 Years                             5 Years                             10 Years
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    $191                  $591                               $1,016                               $2,201
</TABLE>

                                       4
<PAGE>

 Investing with the UAM Funds


BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the portfolio into
                                                  which you want to invest.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number          wire your money to the UAM
                     Send your completed ac-      Funds as follows:
                     count application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds as follows:

                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By                 You may not open an ac-      To set up a plan, mail a
  Automatic          count via ACH                completed application to
  Investment                                      the UAM Funds. To cancel
  Plan (Via                                       or change a plan, write to
  ACH)                                            the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum            $2,500--regular account      $100
  Investments        $500--IRAs $250--
                     spousal IRAs

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com



                                       5
<PAGE>

REDEEMING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail           Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                    count to UAM Funds specifying:

                    . The UAM Fund.

                    . The account number.

                    . The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to
                      redeem.

                    Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                    ments to redeem shares. Please see the Statement of Addi-
                    tional Information (SAI) if you need more information.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone      You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                    lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                    completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                    cation.

                    Call 1-877-UAM-Link to redeem your shares. Based on your
                    instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                    or wire them to your bank.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic Withdrawal Plan (Via ACH)
                    If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
                    transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM account
                    to your financial institution.

                    To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                    propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                    to the UAM Funds.

EXCHANGING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may only exchange shares between accounts with
  identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).

                                       6
<PAGE>

TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating Your Share Price

  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your or-
  der. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) each day
  the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day, the UAM
  Funds must accept your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that
  day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated on the close
  of trading at the following business day. The UAM Funds are open for busi-
  ness on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and certain
  holidays.

  Securities that are traded on foreign exchanges may trade on days when the
  portfolio does not calculate its NAV. Consequently, the value of the port-
  folio may change on days when you are unable to purchase or redeem shares
  of the portfolio.

  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary

  You may buy or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial intermedi-
  ary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy or sell
  shares at the NAV of any given day your financial intermediary must re-
  ceive your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all purchase and
  redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money to
  the UAM Funds on time.

  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.

Calculating NAV

  The UAM Funds calculate their NAV by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available market
  prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines established

                                       7
<PAGE>

  by the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair value
  when events occur that make established valuation methods (such as stock
  exchange closing prices) unreliable.

In-Kind Transactions

  Under certain conditions and at the UAM Funds' discretion, you may pay for
  shares with securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay
  all or part of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.

Payment of Redemption Proceeds

  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from the
  purchase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a cer-
  tified check, bank check or money order.

Signature Guarantee

  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.

  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.

Telephone Transactions

  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine. The UAM Funds will not be re-
  sponsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instruc-
  tions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.

                                       8
<PAGE>

Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds

  Purchases

  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:

  .   Stop offering shares.

  .   Reject any purchase order.

  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares. (Excessive trading can hurt performance by disrupting manage-
      ment and by increasing expenses.)

  Redemptions

  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:

  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  .   The SEC tells the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.

  Exchanges

  The UAM Funds may:

  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.

  .   Reject any request for an exchange.

  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.

                                       9
<PAGE>

 Account Policies


SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:

  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.

  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.

  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.

DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income and net cap-
  ital gains once a year. The UAM Funds will automatically reinvest divi-
  dends and distributions in additional shares of the portfolio, unless you
  elect on your account application to receive them in cash.

FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in the portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.

Taxes on Distributions

  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.

  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution

                                      10
<PAGE>

  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply con-
  stitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a div-
  idend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.

Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions

  When you exchange or redeem shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  capital gain or loss for federal tax purposes. This gain or loss will be
  based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares (the cost of
  your shares) and the amount you receive for them. To aid in computing your
  tax basis, you should keep your account statements for the periods during
  which you held shares.

  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.

  To the extent the portfolio invests in foreign securities, it may be sub-
  ject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest
  the portfolio received from sources in foreign countries. The portfolio
  may elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders,
  which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income
  tax.

Backup Withholding

  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.

                                      11
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Details


PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objective. For more information con-
  cerning these investment strategies and their associated risks, please
  read the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the SAI. You can find information on the
  portfolio's recent strategies and holdings in its annual/semi-annual re-
  port. As long as it is consistent with its objective and other policies
  described in the SAI, the portfolio may change these strategies without
  shareholder approval.

  The portfolio normally invests at least 65% of its total assets in common
  stocks (including rights or warrants to purchase common stocks) of compa-
  nies located in at least three countries outside the United States. Gener-
  ally, the portfolio invests in common stocks of companies listed on stock
  exchanges of the United States or foreign countries, but it may also in-
  vest in stocks traded in the over-the-counter market. While the portfolio
  invests primarily in securities of companies domiciled in developed coun-
  tries, it may also invest in developing countries.

Investment Process

  The adviser tries to minimize specific country and currency risks by di-
  versifying the investments of the portfolio throughout the world and
  within markets. The investment process of the adviser begins by determin-
  ing which international stock markets the portfolio should invest in and
  in what proportion. The adviser makes its decision by evaluating the vari-
  ous markets through a proprietary system called the Twenty Questions Anal-
  ysis that analyzes macro-economic factors, value factors, market perfor-
  mance and trends in monetary policy.

  Once the adviser decides how to allocate the assets of the portfolio among
  the various international stock markets, it then compares the companies in
  each of those markets according to:

  .  Quality of management.

  .  Market position.

  .  Financial strength.

  .  Ability to earn competitive returns on equity and assets.

  .  Growth potential.

  The adviser selects stocks that it believes the market has undervalued
  compared to industry norms within their countries.

                                       12
<PAGE>

  Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire
  an ownership interest, in an issuer. Different types of equity securities
  provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in case of the
  bankruptcy of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks, pre-
  ferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants.

  Equity securities may lose value because of factors affecting the securi-
  ties markets generally, such as adverse changes in economic conditions,
  the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor
  sentiment. These circumstances may lead to long periods of poor perfor-
  mance, such as during a "bear market." Equity securities may also lose
  value because of factors affecting an entire industry or sector, such as
  increases in production costs, or factors directly related to a specific
  company, such as decisions made by its management.

Foreign Securities

  The portfolio may invest directly in equity securities of companies lo-
  cated outside the United States and in American Depositary Receipts
  (ADRs), European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and other similar global
  instruments.

  ADRs are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer
  that are issued by depository banks and generally trade on an established
  market in the United States or elsewhere. EDRs are similar to ADRs, except
  that they are typically issued by European banks or trust companies. Al-
  though ADRs and EDRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the under-
  lying foreign securities in their national markets and currencies, they
  continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing di-
  rectly in foreign securities.

  Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S. en-
  tities with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks
  in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

  Local political, economic, regulatory or social instability, military ac-
  tion or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value of
  foreign investments. A foreign government may act adversely to the inter-
  ests of U.S. investors. Such actions may include expropriation or nation-
  alization of assets, confiscatory taxation and other restrictions on U.S.
  investment.

  The securities of foreign companies are often denominated in foreign cur-
  rencies. Since the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in U.S. dol-
  lars, changes in foreign currency rates and in exchange control regula-

                                      13
<PAGE>

  tions may positively or negatively affect the value of its securities. In
  January 1999, certain European nations began to use the new European com-
  mon currency, called the Euro. The nations that use the Euro have the same
  monetary policy regardless of their domestic economy, which could have ad-
  verse effects on those economies. In addition, difficulties in converting
  to the Euro could negatively affect the investments of the portfolio.

  Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume and sophistication, are
  generally not as developed as those in the United States. Securities of
  some foreign issuers may be less liquid and more volatile than securities
  of comparable U.S. issuers. In addition, the costs associated with foreign
  investments, including withholding taxes, brokerage commissions and custo-
  dial costs, are generally higher than the costs associated with U.S. in-
  vestments.

  Foreign countries generally have different legal systems and different
  regulations concerning financial disclosure, accounting and auditing stan-
  dards than the United States. This could make corporate financial informa-
  tion more difficult to obtain or understand and less reliable than infor-
  mation about U.S. companies.

  Emerging Markets

  Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
  Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile
  than those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties
  of investing in less established markets and economies. In particular:

  .   Countries with emerging markets may have relatively unstable govern-
      ments, may present the risks of nationalization of businesses, re-
      strictions on foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation
      of assets.

  .   They may protect property rights less than more developed countries.

  .   The economies of countries with emerging markets may be based on only
      a few industries, may be highly vulnerable to changes in local or
      global trade conditions and may suffer from extreme and volatile debt
      burdens or inflation rates.

  .   Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and
      may be unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume,
      potentially making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impos-
      sible at times.

                                      14
<PAGE>

OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  In addition to its principal investment strategies, the portfolio may use
  the investment strategies described below. It may also employ investment
  practices that this prospectus does not describe, such as repurchase
  agreements, when-issued and forward commitment transactions, lending of
  securities, borrowing and other techniques. For information concerning
  these investment practices and their risks, you should read the SAI.

Derivatives

  The portfolio may use futures contracts, forward foreign currency exchange
  contracts, options and swaps (types of derivatives) to hedge its invest-
  ments. Derivatives are often more volatile than other investments and may
  magnify the portfolio's gains or losses. The portfolio may lose money if
  the adviser:

  .   Fails to predict correctly the direction in which the underlying asset
      or economic factor will move.

  .   Judges market conditions incorrectly.

  .   Employs a strategy that does not correlate well with the investments
      of the portfolio.

Short-Term Investing

  At times, the adviser may decide to invest up to 100% of the portfolio's
  assets in a variety of high-quality, short-term debt securities, such as
  U.S. government securities. The adviser may invest in these types of secu-
  rities for temporary defensive purposes, to earn a return on uninvested
  assets and to meet redemptions. The adviser may temporarily adopt a defen-
  sive position to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the portfo-
  lio that may result from adverse market, economic, political or other de-
  velopments.

  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.

YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary

                                      15
<PAGE>

  functions and could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial
  markets in general. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organi-
  zations, including those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those
  in which the UAM Funds invest. Foreign issuers may be more vulnerable than
  those located in the United States to negative effects from year-2000 re-
  lated problems.

  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time the
  degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' investments
  or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could ad-
  versely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Adviser

  Murray Johnstone International, Ltd., located in Glasgow, Scotland, is the
  investment adviser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and supervises
  the investment of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary basis. The ad-
  viser, an affiliate of United Asset Management Corporation, is an interna-
  tional investment adviser whose origins date back to 1907.

  During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999, the portfolio paid the ad-
  viser 0.63% of its average net assets in management fees. In addition, the
  adviser has voluntarily agreed to limit the expenses of the portfolio to
  1.75% of its average net assets. To maintain this expense limit, the ad-
  viser may waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse certain
  expenses of the portfolio (excluding interest, taxes and extraordinary ex-
  penses). The adviser intends to continue its expense limitation until fur-
  ther notice.

Portfolio Managers

  Since the country decision is of first importance, the members of the
  Country Allocation Team are the key decision makers for the portfolio, and
  their experience and judgment is critical. The team members are James
  Clunie (Head of Allocation) and Andrew Preston.

                                      16
<PAGE>

  James Clunie is the Senior Investment Officer in charge of North American
  clients and a Director of Murray Johnstone International. James is also
  responsible for research into the performance and continued development of
  the Twenty Questions Analysis. James came to Murray Johnstone in 1989 af-
  ter receiving his BS with Honors in Mathematics and Statistics from Edin-
  burgh University. He has worked in the adviser's UK department and spent
  time in the US as a Product Specialist. He is a Certified Financial Ana-
  lyst.

  Andrew Preston is a Senior Investment Officer and a Director of Murray
  Johnstone International. He has been with Murray Johnstone for fourteen
  years, and has been a member of the adviser's UK and Japan teams. Earlier
  in his career, Andrew was a diplomat in the Australian Department of For-
  eign Affairs, and he is fluent in Japanese and Chinese.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Brokers, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how financial representatives may get paid.

Distribution Plans

  The UAM Funds have adopted a Distribution Plan and a Shareholder Services
  Plan under Rule 12b-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 that permit
  them to pay broker-dealers, financial institutions and other third parties
  for marketing, distribution and shareholder services. The UAM Funds' 12b-1
  plans allow them to pay up to 1.00% of its average daily net assets annu-
  ally for these services. However, they are currently authorized to pay
  only 0.25% per year. Because Institutional Service Class Shares pay these
  fees out of their assets on an ongoing basis, over time, your shares may
  cost more than if you had paid another type of sales charge. Long-term
  shareholders may pay more than the economic equivalent of the maximum
  front-end sales charges permitted by rules of the National Association of
  Securities Dealers, Inc.

Shareholder Servicing

  For providing certain services to their clients, financial representatives
  may be paid a fee based on the assets of the UAM Funds that are attribut-
  able to the financial representative. These services may include record
  keeping, transaction processing for shareholders' accounts and certain

                                      17
<PAGE>

  shareholder services not currently offered to shareholders that deal di-
  rectly with the UAM Funds. In addition, your financial representatives may
  charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the UAM
  Funds or for servicing your account. Your financial representative should
  provide you with a schedule of its fees and services.

  The UAM Funds may pay all or part of the fees paid to financial represent-
  atives. Periodically, the board of the UAM Funds reviews these arrange-
  ments to ensure that the fees paid are appropriate to the services per-
  formed. The UAM Funds do not pay these service fees on shares purchased
  directly. In addition, the adviser and its affiliates may, at their own
  expense, pay financial representatives for these services.

  The adviser and its affiliates may, at their own expense, pay financial
  representatives for distribution and marketing services performed with re-
  spect to the UAM Funds.

  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies distribution and marketing
  services performed with respect to the UAM Funds.

ADDITIONAL CLASSES OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio also offers Institutional Class shares, which do not pay
  marketing or shareholder servicing fees.

                                      18
<PAGE>

 Financial Highlights


  The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the fi-
  nancial performance of this class of the portfolio for the fiscal periods
  indicated. Certain information contained in the table reflects the finan-
  cial results for a single portfolio share. The total returns in the table
  represent the rate that an investor would have earned on an investment in
  this class of the portfolio assuming all dividends and distributions were
  reinvested. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has audited this information. The
  financial statements and the unqualified opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers
  LLP are included in the annual report of the portfolio, which is available
  upon request by calling the UAM Funds at 1-877-826-5465.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Fiscal Year Ended April 30                        1999++     1998   1997***
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                               <C>       <C>     <C>
   Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period............  $ 12.26   $10.65  $10.53
                                                     -------   ------  ------
   Income from Investment Operations
    Net Investment Income (Loss)...................    (0.01)    0.04    0.01
    Net Realized and Unrealized Gain on
     Investments...................................     0.82     2.02    0.11
                                                     -------   ------  ------
    Total from Investment Operations...............     0.81     2.06    0.12
                                                     -------   ------  ------
   Distributions:
    Net Investment Income..........................    (0.04)   (0.04)    --
    Net Realized Gain..............................    (0.22)   (0.41)    --
                                                     -------   ------  ------
    Total Distributions............................    (0.26)   (0.45)    --
                                                     -------   ------  ------
   Net Asset Value, End of Period..................  $ 12.81   $12.26  $10.65
                                                     =======   ======  ======
   Total Return+...................................     6.90%   20.11%   1.14%**
                                                     =======   ======  ======
   Ratios and Supplemental Data
    Net Assets, End of Period (Thousands)..........  $10,391   $7,251  $3,920
    Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets........     1.75%    1.75%   1.76%*
    Ratio of Net Investment Income (Loss) to
     Average Net Assets............................    (0.12)%   0.29%   0.59%*
    Portfolio Turnover Rate........................       48%      80%     47%
    Ratio of Voluntarily Waived Fees and Expenses
     Assumed by the Adviser to Average Net Assets..     0.13%    0.06%   0.47%*
    Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets
     Including Expense Offsets.....................     1.75%    1.75%   1.75%*
</TABLE>

    * Annualized
   ** Not Annualized
  *** For period from December 31, 1996 inception of Institutional Service
      Class shares to April 30, 1997.
    + Total return would have been lower had certain fees not been waived
      and expenses assumed by the Adviser during the periods indicated.
   ++ Per share amounts are based on average outstanding shares.

                                      19
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Codes

  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Trading Symbol                 CUSIP Number                             Portfolio Number
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                      <C>
       MJIFX                       902556836                                     911
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

MJI International Equity Portfolio

  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.

Annual/Semi-Annual Reports

  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.

Statement of Additional Information

  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolio and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.

How to Get More Information

  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com


  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolio and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

  The funds' Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.

                                               [LOGO OF UAM FUNDS APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>

                                   UAM Funds
                                   Funds for the Informed Investor(SM)


     MJI International Equity Portfolio
     Institutional Class Prospectus                      August 9, 1999








                                                                UAM(R)


       The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or
    disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of
  this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
<PAGE>

 Table Of Contents


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 1

 What is the Objective of the Portfolio? ...................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio? ............   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio? ............................   1
 How has the Portfolio Performed? ..........................................   3
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio? ..........................   4

Investing with the Uam Funds ................................................. 5

 Buying Shares .............................................................   5
 Redeeming Shares ..........................................................   6
 Exchanging Shares .........................................................   6
 Transaction Policies ......................................................   7
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Account Policies ............................................................ 10

 Small Accounts ............................................................  10
 Distributions .............................................................  10
 Federal Taxes .............................................................  10

Portfolio Details ........................................................... 12

 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolio ..........................  12
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies .................................  15
 Year 2000 .................................................................  15
 Investment Management .....................................................  16
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements ........................................  17
 Additional Classes of Shares...............................................  18

Financial Highlights ........................................................ 19
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Summary


WHAT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio seeks to maximize total return, including both capital ap-
  preciation and current income, by investing primarily in the common stocks
  of companies based outside of the United States. The portfolio cannot
  guarantee it will meet its investment objective. The portfolio may not
  change its investment objective without shareholder approval.

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."

  The portfolio normally invests at least 65% of its total assets in common
  stocks (including rights or warrants to purchase common stocks) of compa-
  nies located in at least three countries outside the United States. While
  the portfolio invests primarily in securities of companies domiciled in
  developed countries, it may also invest in developing countries.

  The investment process of the adviser begins by determining which interna-
  tional stock markets the portfolio should invest in and in what propor-
  tion. The adviser makes its decision by evaluating the various markets
  through a proprietary system that analyzes economic factors, stock prices
  in each market, market performance and trends in monetary policy. The ad-
  viser then compares the companies in each of those markets in an effort to
  select stocks that it believes the market has undervalued compared to in-
  dustry norms within their countries.

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."

                                       1
<PAGE>

Risks Common to All Mutual Funds

  As with all mutual funds, at any time, your investment in the portfolio
  may be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it.
  You may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:

  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.

  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.

  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.

MJI International Equity Portfolio

  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in foreign
  equity securities. Foreign securities, especially those of companies in
  emerging markets, can be riskier and more volatile than domestic securi-
  ties. Adverse political and economic developments or changes in the value
  of foreign currency can make it harder for a portfolio to sell its securi-
  ties and could reduce the value of your shares. Differences in tax and ac-
  counting standards and difficulties in obtaining information about foreign
  companies can negatively affect investment decisions.

  Equity securities may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or
  long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of factors af-
  fecting the securities markets generally, an entire industry or sector or
  a particular company.

                                       2
<PAGE>

HOW HAS THE PORTFOLIO PERFORMED?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The bar chart and table below illustrate how the performance of this class
  of the portfolio has varied from year to year and provide some indication
  of the risks of investing in the portfolio. The bar chart shows the in-
  vestment returns of the portfolio for each full calendar year. The table
  following the bar chart compares the average annual returns of the portfo-
  lio to those of a broad-based securities market index. Past performance
  does not guarantee future results.

Calendar Year Returns

                           [BAR CHART APPEARS HERE]

             1995                             9.64%
             1996                             7.79%
             1997                             6.01%
             1998                            15.53%

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Return  Quarter Ended
  ---------------------------------------
   <S>              <C>     <C>
   Highest Quarter   18.52%   12/31/98
  ---------------------------------------
   Lowest Quarter   -13.87%    9/30/98
  ---------------------------------------
   Year-To-Date       5.31%    6/30/99
</TABLE>

Average Annual Returns For Periods Ended 12/31/98

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1 Year Since Inception*
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                              <C>    <C>
   MJI International Equity Portfolio               15.53%      6.46%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index  20.33%      9.02%
</TABLE>

  *This class of the portfolio began operations on 9/16/94. Index compari-
  sons begin on 9/30/94.

                                       3
<PAGE>

WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the Assets of
the Portfolio)

  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.

<TABLE>
  ------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>              <C>
   Management fees                                             0.75%
  ------------------------------------------------------------------
   Other expenses                                              0.90%
  ------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total expenses*                                             1.65%
</TABLE>

  * Actual Fees and Expenses The percentages stated in the table above are
    higher than the expenses you would have actually paid. Due to certain
    expense limits by the adviser and expense offsets, investors in the
    portfolio actually paid the total operating expenses listed in the table
    below. The adviser may change or cancel its expense limitation at any
    time.

<TABLE>
   ------------------------------------------------------------------
    <S>              <C>
    Actual Expenses                                             1.50%
</TABLE>

Example

  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above (which do not reflect any expense limita-
  tions) throughout the period of your investment. Although your actual
  costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would
  be:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   1 Year   3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
  ----------------------------------
   <S>      <C>     <C>     <C>
    $168     $520    $897    $1,955
</TABLE>

                                       4
<PAGE>

 Investing with the UAM Funds


BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the portfolio into
                                                  which you want to invest.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number.         wire your money to the UAM
                     Send your completed ac-      Funds as follows:
                     count application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds on follows:

                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic       You may not open an          To set up a plan, mail a
  Investment Plan    account via ACH.             completed application to
  (Via ACH)                                       the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum            $2,500--regular account      $100
  Investments        $500--IRAs $250--
                     spousal IRAs

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com


                                       5
<PAGE>

REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to UAM Funds specifying:

                   .   The UAM Fund.

                   .   The account number.

                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to re-
                       deem.

                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments to redeem shares. Please see the Statement of Addi-
                   tional Information (SAI) if you need more information.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.

                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic    If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
  Withdrawal Plan  transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM account
  (Via ACH)        to your financial institution.

                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.

EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may only exchange shares between accounts with
  identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).

                                       6
<PAGE>

TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating Your Share Price

  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your or-
  der. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) each day
  the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day, the UAM
  Funds must accept your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that
  day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated at the close
  of trading on the following business day. The UAM Funds are open for busi-
  ness on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and certain
  holidays.

  Securities that are traded on foreign exchanges may trade on days when the
  portfolio does not calculate its NAV. Consequently, the value of the port-
  folio may change on days when you are unable to purchase or redeem shares
  of the portfolio.

  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary

  You may buy or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial intermedi-
  ary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy or sell
  shares at the NAV of any given day your financial intermediary must re-
  ceive your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all purchase and
  redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money to
  the UAM Funds on time.

  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.

Calculating NAV

  The UAM Funds calculate their NAV by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available market
  prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines established

                                       7
<PAGE>

  by the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair value
  when events occur that make established valuation methods (such as stock
  exchange closing prices) unreliable.

In-Kind Transactions

  Under certain conditions and at the UAM Funds' discretion, you may pay for
  shares with securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay
  all or part of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.

Payment of Redemption Proceeds

  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from the
  purchase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a cer-
  tified check, bank check or money order.

Signature Guarantee

  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.

  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.

Telephone Transactions

  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine. The UAM Funds will not be re-
  sponsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instruc-
  tions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.

                                       8
<PAGE>

Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds

  Purchases

  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:

  .   Stop offering shares.

  .   Reject any purchase order.

  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares. (Excessive trading can hurt performance by disrupting manage-
      ment and by increasing expenses.)

  Redemptions

  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:

  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  .   The SEC tells the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.

  Exchanges

  The UAM Funds may:

  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.

  .   Reject any request for an exchange.

  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.

                                       9
<PAGE>

 Account Policies

SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:

  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.

  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.

  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.

DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income and net cap-
  ital gains once a year. The UAM Funds will automatically reinvest divi-
  dends and distributions in additional shares of the portfolio, unless you
  elect on your account application to receive them in cash.

FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in the portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.

Taxes on Distributions

  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.

  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution
  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply

                                      10
<PAGE>

  constitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a
  dividend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.

Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions

  When you exchange or redeem shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  capital gain or loss for federal tax purposes. This gain or loss will be
  based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares (the cost of
  your shares) and the amount you receive for them. To aid in computing your
  tax basis, you should keep your account statements for the periods during
  which you held shares.

  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.

  To the extent the portfolio invests in foreign securities, it may be sub-
  ject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest
  the portfolio received from sources in foreign countries. The portfolio
  may elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders,
  which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income
  tax.

Backup Withholding

  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.

                                      11
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Details

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objective. For more information con-
  cerning these investment strategies and their associated risks, please
  read the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the SAI. You can find information on the
  portfolio's recent strategies and holdings in its annual/semi-annual re-
  port. As long as it is consistent with its objective and other policies
  described in the SAI, the portfolio may change these strategies without
  shareholder approval.

  The portfolio normally invests at least 65% of its total assets in common
  stocks (including rights or warrants to purchase common stocks) of compa-
  nies located in at least three countries outside the United States. Gener-
  ally, the portfolio invests in common stocks of companies listed on stock
  exchanges of the United States or foreign countries, but it may also in-
  vest in stocks traded in the over-the-counter market. While the portfolio
  invests primarily in securities of companies domiciled in developed coun-
  tries, it may also invest in developing countries.

Investment Process

  The adviser tries to minimize specific country and currency risks by di-
  versifying the investments of the portfolio throughout the world and
  within markets. The investment process of the adviser begins by determin-
  ing which international stock markets the portfolio should invest in and
  in what proportion. The adviser makes its decision by evaluating the vari-
  ous markets through a proprietary system called the Twenty Questions Anal-
  ysis that analyzes macro-economic factors, value factors, market perfor-
  mance and trends in monetary policy.

  Once the adviser decides how to allocate the assets of the portfolio among
  the various international stock markets, it then compares the companies in
  each of those markets according to:

  .Quality of management.

  .Market position.

  .Financial strength.

  .Ability to earn competitive returns on equity and assets.

  .Growth potential.

  The adviser selects stocks that it believes the market has undervalued
  compared to industry norms within their countries.

                                      12
<PAGE>

Equity Securities

  Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire
  an ownership interest, in an issuer. Different types of equity securities
  provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in case of the
  bankruptcy of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks, pre-
  ferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants.

  Equity securities may lose value because of factors affecting the securi-
  ties markets generally, such as adverse changes in economic conditions,
  the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor
  sentiment. These circumstances may lead to long periods of poor perfor-
  mance, such as during a "bear market." Equity securities may also lose
  value because of factors affecting an entire industry or sector, such as
  increases in production costs, or factors directly related to a specific
  company, such as decisions made by its management.


Foreign Securities

  The portfolio may invest directly in equity securities of companies lo-
  cated outside the United States and in American Depositary Receipts
  (ADRs), European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and other similar global in-
  struments.

  ADRs are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer
  that are issued by depository banks and generally trade on an established
  market in the United States or elsewhere. EDRs are similar to ADRs, except
  that they are typically issued by European banks or trust companies. Al-
  though ADRs and EDRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the under-
  lying foreign securities in their national markets and currencies, they
  continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing di-
  rectly in foreign securities.

  Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S. en-
  tities with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks
  in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

  Local political, economic, regulatory or social instability, military ac-
  tion or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value of
  foreign investments. A foreign government may act adversely to the inter-
  ests of U.S. investors. Such actions may include expropriation or nation-
  alization of assets, confiscatory taxation and other restrictions on U.S.
  investment.

  The securities of foreign companies are often denominated in foreign cur-
  rencies. Since the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in U.S. dol-

                                      13
<PAGE>

  lars, changes in foreign currency rates and in exchange control regula-
  tions may positively or negatively affect the value of its securities. In
  January 1999, certain European nations began to use the new European com-
  mon currency, called the Euro. The nations that use the Euro have the same
  monetary policy regardless of their domestic economy, which could have ad-
  verse effects on those economies. In addition, difficulties in converting
  to the Euro could negatively affect the investments of a portfolio.

  Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume and sophistication, are
  generally not as developed as those in the United States. Securities of
  some foreign issuers may be less liquid and more volatile than securities
  of comparable U.S. issuers. In addition, the costs associated with foreign
  investments, including withholding taxes, brokerage commissions and custo-
  dial costs, are generally higher than the costs associated with U.S. in-
  vestments.

  Foreign countries generally have different legal systems and different
  regulations concerning financial disclosure, accounting and auditing stan-
  dards than the United States. This could make corporate financial informa-
  tion more difficult to obtain or understand and less reliable than infor-
  mation about U.S. companies.

  Emerging Markets

  Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
  Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile
  than those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties
  of investing in less established markets and economies. In particular:

  .   Countries with emerging markets may have relatively unstable govern-
      ments, may present the risks of nationalization of businesses, re-
      strictions on foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation
      of assets.

  .   They may protect property rights less than more developed countries.

  .   The economies of countries with emerging markets may be based on only
      a few industries, may be highly vulnerable to changes in local or
      global trade conditions and may suffer from extreme and volatile debt
      burdens or inflation rates.

  .   Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and
      may be unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume,
      potentially making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impos-
      sible at times.


                                      14
<PAGE>

OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  In addition to its principal investment strategies, the portfolio may use
  the investment strategies described below. It may also employ investment
  practices that this prospectus does not describe, such as repurchase
  agreements, when-issued and forward commitment transactions, lending of
  securities, borrowing and other techniques. For information concerning
  these investment practices and their risks, you should read the SAI.

Derivatives

  The portfolio may use futures contracts, forward foreign currency exchange
  contracts, options and swaps (types of derivatives) to hedge its invest-
  ments. Derivatives are often more volatile than other investments and may
  magnify the portfolio's gains or losses. The portfolio may lose money if
  the adviser:

  .   Fails to predict correctly the direction in which the underlying asset
      or economic factor will move.

  .   Judges market conditions incorrectly.

  .   Employs a strategy that does not correlate well with the investments
      of the portfolio.

Short-Term Investing

  At times, the adviser may invest up to 100% of the portfolio's assets in
  a variety of high-quality, short-term debt securities, such as U.S. gov-
  ernment securities. The adviser may invest in these types of securities
  for temporary defensive purposes, to earn a return on uninvested assets
  and to meet redemptions. The adviser may temporarily adopt a defensive po-
  sition to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the portfolio
  that may result from adverse market, economic, political or other develop-
  ments.

  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.

YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates.

                                      15
<PAGE>

  Consequently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary func-
  tions and could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial mar-
  kets in general. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organiza-
  tions, including those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those in
  which the UAM Funds invest. Foreign issuers may be more vulnerable than
  those located in the United States to negative effects from year-2000 re-
  lated problems.

  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time the
  degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' investments
  or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could ad-
  versely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Adviser

  Murray Johnstone International, Ltd., located in Glasgow, Scotland, is the
  investment adviser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and supervises
  the investment of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary basis. The ad-
  viser, an affiliate of United Asset Management Corporation, is an interna-
  tional investment adviser whose origins date back to 1907.

  During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999, the portfolio paid the ad-
  viser 0.63% of its average net assets in management fees. In addition, the
  adviser has voluntarily agreed to limit the expenses of the portfolio to
  1.50% of its average net assets. To maintain this expense limit, the ad-
  viser may waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse certain
  expenses of the portfolio (excluding interest, taxes and extraordinary ex-
  penses). The adviser intends to continue its expense limitation until fur-
  ther notice.

Portfolio Managers

  Since the country decision is of first importance, the members of the
  Country Allocation Team are the key decision makers for the portfolio, and
  that experience and judgment is critical. The team members are James
  Clunie (Head of Allocation) and Andrew Preston.


                                      16
<PAGE>

  James Clunie is the Senior Investment Officer in charge of North American
  clients and a Director of Murray Johnstone International. James is also
  responsible for research into the performance and continued development of
  the Twenty Questions Analysis. James came to Murray Johnstone in 1989 af-
  ter receiving his BS with Honors in Mathematics and Statistics from Edin-
  burgh University. He has worked in the adviser's UK department and spent
  time in the US as a Product Specialist. He is a Certified Financial Ana-
  lyst.

  Andrew Preston is a Senior Investment Officer and a Director of Murray
  Johnstone International. He has been with Murray Johnstone for fourteen
  years, and has been a member of the adviser's UK and Japan teams. Earlier
  in his career, Andrew was a diplomat in the Australian Department of For-
  eign Affairs, and he is fluent in Japanese and Chinese.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Brokers, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how financial representatives may get paid.

  For providing certain services to their clients, financial representatives
  may be paid a fee based on the assets of the UAM Funds that are attribut-
  able to the financial representative. These services may include record
  keeping, transaction processing for shareholders' accounts and certain
  shareholder services not currently offered to shareholders that deal di-
  rectly with the UAM Funds. In addition, your financial representatives may
  charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the UAM
  Funds or for servicing your account. Your financial representative should
  provide you with a schedule of its fees and services.

  The UAM Funds may pay all or part of the fees paid to financial represent-
  atives. Periodically, the board of the UAM Funds reviews these arrange-
  ments to ensure that the fees paid are appropriate to the services per-
  formed. The UAM Funds do not pay these service fees on shares purchased
  directly. In addition, the adviser and its affiliates may, at their own
  expense, pay financial representatives for these services.

  The adviser and its affiliates may, at their own expense, pay financial
  representatives for distribution and marketing services performed with re-
  spect to the UAM Funds.

  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies distribution and marketing
  services performed with respect to the UAM Funds.


                                      17
<PAGE>

ADDITIONAL CLASSES OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio also offers Institutional Service Class shares, which pay
  marketing or shareholder servicing fees.

                                      18
<PAGE>

 Financial Highlights

  The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the fi-
  nancial performance of this class of the portfolio for the fiscal periods
  indicated. Certain information contained in the table reflects the finan-
  cial results for a single portfolio share. The total returns in the table
  represent the rate that an investor would have earned on an investment in
  this class of the portfolio assuming all dividends and distributions were
  reinvested. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has audited this information. The
  financial statements and the unqualified opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers
  LLP are included in the annual report of the portfolio, which is available
  upon request by calling the UAM Funds at 1-877-826-5465.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Fiscal Year Ended April 30,     1999+++   1998     1997     1996   1995***
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                             <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>
   Net Asset Value, Beginning of
    Period.......................  $ 12.29  $ 10.65  $ 10.27  $ 9.50  $10.00
                                   -------  -------  -------  ------  ------
   Income From Investment
    Operations
    Net Investment Income........     0.03     0.07     0.06    0.07    0.04
    Net Realized and Unrealized
     Gain (Loss) on Investments..     0.82     2.02     0.42    0.75   (0.54)++
                                   -------  -------  -------  ------  ------
    Total from Investment
     Operations..................     0.85     2.09     0.48    0.82   (0.50)
                                   -------  -------  -------  ------  ------
   Distributions
    Net Investment Income........    (0.07)   (0.04)   (0.01)    -- @    --
    In Excess of Net Investment
     Income......................      --       --       --    (0.03)    --
    Net Realized Gain............    (0.22)   (0.41)   (0.09)  (0.02)    --
                                   -------  -------  -------  ------  ------
   Total Distributions...........    (0.29)   (0.45)   (0.10)  (0.05)    --
                                   -------  -------  -------  ------  ------
   Net Asset Value, End of
    Period.......................  $ 12.85  $ 12.29  $ 10.65  $10.27  $ 9.50
                                   =======  =======  =======  ======  ======
   Total Return+.................     7.17%   20.39%    4.67%   8.67%  (5.00)%**
                                   =======  =======  =======  ======  ======
   Ratios and Supplemental Data
   Net Assets, End of Period
    (Thousands)..................  $21,006  $32,296  $28,818  $8,592  $5,535
   Ratio of Expenses to Average
    Net Assets...................     1.50%    1.50%    1.50%   1.45%   1.00%*
   Ratio of Net Investment Income
    to Average Net Assets........     0.21%    0.60%    0.68%   0.88%   1.49%*
   Portfolio Turnover Rate.......       48%      80%      47%     59%     81%
   Ratio of Voluntarily Waived
    Fees and Expenses Assumed by
    the Adviser to Average Net
    Assets.......................     0.15%    0.07%    0.53%   1.62%   5.50%*
   Ratio of Expenses to Average
    Net Assets Including
    Expense Offsets..............     1.50%    1.50%    1.50%   1.43%   1.00%*
</TABLE>

    * Annualized
   ** Not Annualized
  *** For the period September 16, 1994 (commencement of operations) to
      April 30, 1995.
    + Total return would have been lower had certain fees not been waived
      and expenses assumed by the Adviser during the periods indicated.
   ++ The amount shown for a share outstanding throughout the period does
      not accord with the aggregate net gain on investments for that period
      because of the timing of sales and repurchases of the Portfolio shares
      in relation to fluctuating market value of the investments of the
      Portfolio.
  +++ Per share amounts are based on average outstanding shares.
    @ Amount is less than $0.01 per share.

                                      19
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Codes

  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Trading Symbol                 CUSIP Number                             Portfolio Number
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                      <C>
       MJIEX                       902556703                                     910
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

MJI International Equity Portfolio

  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports

  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.

Statement of Additional Information

  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolio and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.

  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com


  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolio and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

  The funds' Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.

                                      [UAM LOGO]
<PAGE>

                                   UAM Funds
                                   Funds for the Informed Investor(SM)



     Pell Rudman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio
     Institutional Class Prospectus                      August 9, 1999





                                                                UAM(R)



       The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or
    disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of
  this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
<PAGE>

 Table Of Contents


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 1

 What is the Objective of the Portfolio? ...................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio? ............   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio? ............................   1
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio? ..........................   3

Investing with the UAM Funds ................................................. 4

 Buying Shares .............................................................   4
 Redeeming Shares ..........................................................   5
 Exchanging Shares .........................................................   5
 Transaction Policies ......................................................   6

Account Policies ............................................................. 9

 Small Accounts ............................................................   9
 Distributions .............................................................   9
 Federal Taxes .............................................................   9

Portfolio Details ........................................................... 11

 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolio ..........................  11
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies .................................  12
 Year 2000 .................................................................  13
 Investment Management .....................................................  14
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements ........................................  16
Financial Highlights ........................................................ 18
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Summary


WHAT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation. The portfolio cannot
  guarantee it will meet its investment objective. The portfolio may change
  its investment objective without shareholder approval.

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."

  The primary focus of the portfolio is on quality growth companies with me-
  dium market capitalizations. The portfolio normally invests at least 65%
  of its total assets in common stocks of companies with market capitaliza-
  tions between $200 million and $10 billion at the time of purchase. The
  adviser emphasizes bottom up (i.e., it focuses on individual stocks rather
  than industries or sectors) fundamental stock selection that concentrates
  on:

  .   Companies that can deliver consistently strong earnings growth, cash
      flow growth and return on equity.

  .   Companies that have strong management.

  .   Companies that may outperform in the future and/or possess a catalyst
      that will allow the stock to recognize its potential.

  .   Diversification in terms of sectors of the economy and the number of
      securities.

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."

                                       1
<PAGE>

Risks Common to All Mutual Funds

  As with all mutual funds, at any time, your investment in the portfolio
  may be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it.
  You may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:

  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.

  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.

  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.

Pell Rudman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in equity
  securities using a growth-oriented approach. Equity securities may experi-
  ence sudden, unpredictable drops in value or long periods of decline in
  value. This may occur because of factors affecting the securities markets
  generally, an entire industry or sector or a particular company.

  Growth funds may not perform as well as other types of mutual funds when
  growth investing is out of favor. The values of growth stocks may be more
  sensitive to changes in current or expected earnings than the values of
  other stocks.

  Investing in stocks of smaller companies can be riskier than investing in
  larger, more mature companies. Smaller companies may be more vulnerable to
  adverse developments than larger companies because they tend to have more
  narrow product lines and more limited financial resources. Their stocks
  may trade less frequently and in limited volume.

                                       2
<PAGE>

WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of the Portfolio)

  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.

<TABLE>
   <S>              <C>
  -----------------------
   Management fees  1.00%
  -----------------------
   Other expenses   6.74%
  -----------------------
   Total expenses*  7.74%
</TABLE>

  * Actual Fees and Expenses The percentages stated in the table above are
    higher than the expenses you would have actually paid. Due to certain
    expense limits by the adviser and expense offsets, investors in the
    portfolio actually paid the total operating expenses listed in the table
    below. The adviser may change or cancel its expense limitation at any
    time.

<TABLE>
    <S>              <C>
   -----------------------
    Actual Expenses  1.30%
</TABLE>

Example

  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above (which do not reflect any expense limita-
  tions) throughout the period of your investment. Although your actual
  costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would
  be:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   1 Year   3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
  ----------------------------------
   <S>      <C>     <C>     <C>
    $763    $2,228  $3,613   $6,758
</TABLE>

                                       3
<PAGE>

 Investing with the UAM Funds


BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the UAM Fund into
                                                  which you want to invest.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number.         wire your money to the UAM
                     Send your completed ac-      Funds as follows:
                     count application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds as follows:

                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic       You may not open an ac-      To set up a plan, mail a
  Investment Plan    count via ACH.               completed application to
  (Via ACH)                                       the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum            $2,500--regular account      $100
  Investments        $500--IRAs $250--
                     spousal IRAs

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com


                                       4
<PAGE>

REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to the UAM Funds specifying:

                   .   The UAM Fund.

                   .   The account number.

                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to re-
                       deem.

                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments to redeem shares. Please see the Statement of Addi-
                   tional Information (SAI) if you need more information.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.

                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic Withdrawal Plan (Via ACH)
                   If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
                   transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM account
                   to your financial institution.

                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.

EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may only exchange shares between accounts with
  identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).

                                       5
<PAGE>

TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating Your Share Price

  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your or-
  der. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) each day
  the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day, the UAM
  Funds must accept your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that
  day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated at the close
  of trading on the following business day. The UAM Funds are open for busi-
  ness on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and certain
  holidays.

  Securities that are traded on foreign exchanges may trade on days when the
  portfolio does not calculate its NAV. Consequently, the value of the port-
  folio may change on days when you are unable to purchase or redeem shares
  of the portfolio.

  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary

  You may buy or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial intermedi-
  ary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy or sell
  shares at the NAV of any given day your financial intermediary must re-
  ceive your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all purchase and
  redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money to
  the UAM Funds on time.

  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.

Calculating NAV

  The UAM Funds calculate their NAV by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to value
  their investments. Investments that do not have readily available

                                       6
<PAGE>

  market prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines estab-
  lished by the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair
  value when events occur that make established valuation methods (such as
  stock exchange closing prices) unreliable.

In-Kind Transactions

  Under certain conditions and at the UAM Funds' discretion, you may pay for
  shares with securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay
  all or part of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.

Payment of Redemption Proceeds

  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from the
  purchase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a cer-
  tified check, bank check or money order.

Signature Guarantee

  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.

  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.

Telephone Transactions

  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine. The UAM Funds will not be re-
  sponsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instruc-
  tions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.

                                       7
<PAGE>

Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds

  Purchases

  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:

  .   Stop offering shares.

  .   Reject any purchase order.

  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares. (Excessive trading can hurt performance by disrupting manage-
      ment and by increasing expenses.)

  Redemptions

  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:

  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  .   The SEC allows the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.

  Exchanges

  The UAM Funds may:

  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.

  .   Reject any request for an exchange.

  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.

                                       8
<PAGE>

 Account Policies

SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:

  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.

  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.

  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.

DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income quarterly.
  In addition, the portfolio distributes its net capital gains once a year.
  The UAM Funds will automatically reinvest dividends and distributions in
  additional shares of the portfolio, unless you elect on your account ap-
  plication to receive them in cash.

FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in the portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.

Taxes on Distributions

  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.

  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution

                                       9
<PAGE>

  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply con-
  stitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a div-
  idend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.

Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions

  When you exchange or redeem shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  capital gain or loss for federal tax purposes. This gain or loss will be
  based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares (the cost of
  your shares) and the amount you receive for them. To aid in computing your
  tax basis, you should keep your account statements for the periods during
  which you held shares.

  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.

  To the extent the portfolio invests in foreign securities, it may be sub-
  ject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest
  the portfolio received from sources in foreign countries. The portfolio
  may elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders,
  which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income
  tax.

Backup Withholding

  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.

                                      10
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Details

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies the
  portfolio may employ in seeking its objective. For more information con-
  cerning these investment strategies and their associated risks, please
  read the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the SAI. You can find information on the
  portfolio's recent strategies and holdings in its annual/semi-annual re-
  port. The portfolio may change these strategies without shareholder
  approval.

  The portfolio normally invests at least 65% of its total assets in common
  stocks of medium-sized companies (companies that have market capitaliza-
  tions between $200 million and $10 billion at the time of purchase). The
  portfolio may also invest in other types of equity securities.

Investment Process

  The adviser emphasizes bottom-up (i.e., it focuses on individual stocks
  rather than industries or sectors) fundamental stock selection that con-
  centrates on companies that can deliver consistently strong earnings
  growth, cash flow growth, and return on equity. Importantly, the adviser
  looks for a proven history of growth because it believes that such a his-
  tory is indicative of the value of the underlying franchise or market po-
  sition. These companies typically have a proprietary product or business
  approach that allows them to be leaders within their respective indus-
  tries.

  The adviser also looks for strong management that is shareholder-oriented
  and is pursuing a clear, profit-oriented business strategy.

  In addition, the adviser emphasizes diversification in terms of sector ex-
  posure as well as the number of securities held, and normally expects low
  turnover of holdings.

  The adviser narrows potential candidates by looking for companies that may
  outperform in the future and/or possess a catalyst that may allow the
  stock to recognize its potential. Typical catalysts include:

  .   New products.

  .   Acceleration in revenues.

  .   Expanding profit margins.

  .   Companies with strong growth-oriented fundamentals that have experi-
      enced a recent and/or significant correction in valuation.

  .   Companies with positive earnings momentum.

                                      11
<PAGE>

  Companies are constantly evaluated in terms of growth characteristics rel-
  ative to valuations by comparing the price-to-earnings growth rate of cur-
  rent portfolio holdings to potential purchase candidates.

  The adviser screens the portfolio regularly for potential securities to
  sell. Securities are considered to be candidates for sale based on their
  performance relative to the certain benchmarks. In addition, the adviser
  may sell a security at any time because of deteriorating fundamentals,
  valuations or relative performance.

Equity Securities

  Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire
  an ownership interest, in an issuer. Different types of equity securities
  provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in case of the
  bankruptcy of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks, pre-
  ferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants.

  Equity securities may lose value because of factors affecting the securi-
  ties markets generally, such as adverse changes in economic conditions,
  the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor
  sentiment. These circumstances may lead to long periods of poor perfor-
  mance, such as during a "bear market." Equity securities may also lose
  value because of factors affecting an entire industry or sector, such as
  increases in production costs, or factors directly related to a specific
  company, such as decisions made by its management.

  Growth stocks, which are stocks of companies that the adviser believes
  have earnings that will grow relatively rapidly, typically trade at higher
  multiples of current earnings than other stocks. Therefore, the values of
  growth stocks may be more sensitive to changes in current or expected
  earnings than the values of other stocks.

OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  In addition to its principal investment strategies, the portfolio may use
  the investment strategies described below. It may also employ investment
  practices that that this prospectus does not describe, such as repurchase
  agreements, when-issued and forward commitment transactions, lending of
  securities, borrowing and other techniques. For information concerning
  these investment practices and their risks, you should read the SAI.

Foreign Securities

  The portfolio may invest in foreign securities. Foreign securities, espe-
  cially those of companies in emerging markets, can be riskier and more
  volatile than

                                      12
<PAGE>

  domestic securities. Adverse political and economic developments or
  changes in the value of foreign currency can make it harder for the port-
  folio to sell its securities and could reduce the value of your shares.
  Changes in tax and accounting standards and difficulties obtaining infor-
  mation about foreign companies can negatively affect investment decisions.

  In January 1999, certain European nations began to use the new European
  common currency, called the Euro. The nations that use the Euro have the
  same monetary policy regardless of their domestic economy, which could
  have adverse effects on those economies. In addition, difficulties in con-
  verting to the Euro could negatively affect the investments of a portfo-
  lio.

Short-Term Investing

  At times, the adviser may invest up to 100% of the portfolio's assets in a
  variety of high-quality, short-term debt securities, such as U.S. govern-
  ment securities. The adviser may invest in these types of securities for
  temporary defensive purposes, to earn a return on uninvested assets and to
  meet redemptions. The adviser may temporarily adopt a defensive position
  to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the portfolio that may re-
  sult from adverse market, economic, political or other developments.

  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.

YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary functions and
  could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial markets in gen-
  eral. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organizations, includ-
  ing those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those in which the
  UAM Funds invest.

  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time the
  degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' investments
  or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could ad-
  versely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.

                                      13
<PAGE>

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Adviser

  Pell Rudman Trust Company, N.A., a nationally chartered trust company lo-
  cated at 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, is the invest-
  ment adviser to the portfolio. The adviser manages and supervises the in-
  vestment of the portfolio's assets on a discretionary basis. The adviser,
  an affiliate of United Asset Management Corporation, has provided compre-
  hensive and integrated financial services to individuals and selected in-
  stitutional clients since 1980.

  The adviser has voluntarily agreed to limit the expenses of the portfolio
  to 1.30% of its average net assets. To maintain this expense limit, the
  adviser may waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse certain
  expenses of the portfolio. The adviser intends to continue its expense
  limitation until further notice. During the fiscal period ended April 30,
  1999, the adviser waived its entire management fee.

Portfolio Managers

  A team of investment professionals manages the portfolio; however, Jeffrey
  S. Thomas has overall responsibility for the day-to-day management of the
  portfolio. Listed below are the investment professionals that comprise
  that team and a brief description of their business experience.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager                 Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>                     <S>
   Jeffrey S. Thomas, CFA  Mr. Thomas joined the adviser in 1986 and he is cur-
                           rently Chief Investment Officer. Mr. Thomas heads
                           the Investment Committee and oversees the portfolio
                           management of all client portfolios of the adviser.
                           Before joining the adviser, he was Vice President,
                           Scudder Stevens & Clark, 1981-1986; Senior Invest-
                           ment Officer, Bank of New England, 1979-1981; and
                           Investment Officer, The Northern Trust Company,
                           1973-1979. Mr. Thomas is a member of the Boston Se-
                           curity Analysts Society, Bank Analysts Association
                           of Boston and President of Boston Media Analysts
                           Group. He earned his BS in Finance and Economics
                           from Miami University (Ohio) and his MBA in Finance
                           from the University of Chicago. He is a Chartered
                           Financial Analyst and Chartered Investment Counsel-
                           or.
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Frederick L. Weiss, CFA Mr. Weiss is Director of Research and heads the re-
                           search efforts of the investment team. Before join-
                           ing the adviser in 1989, he was Vice President and
                           Senior Analyst, Adams, Harkness & Hill, 1989; Vice
                           President State Street Research and Management,
                           1983-1988; and Analyst, State Street Research and
                           Management, 1979-1983. Mr. Weiss is a member of the
                           Boston Security Analyst Society and Healthcare,
                           Technology and Chemicals Analysts Society. He earned
                           his AB from Harvard College, Magna Cum Laude, and
                           his MBA from Harvard Business School, with honors.
                           He is a Chartered Financial Analyst.
</TABLE>

                                      14
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Manager                  Experience
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <C>                      <S>
   Jay Pearlstein, CFA, CPA Mr. Pearlstein is a Senior Research Analyst and
                            Portfolio Manager providing equity research on a
                            number of industries. Before joining the adviser in
                            1996, he was a Vice President of the Equity Re-
                            search Department and on the Investment Policy Com-
                            mittee, Loomis Sayles & Co., 1981-1996; Staff Ana-
                            lyst, Gulf Oil Corporation, 1980; and Senior Audi-
                            tor at Coopers & Lybrand, 1977-1979. Mr. Pearlstein
                            earned his BA in Accounting from Michigan State
                            University, Summa Cum Laude. He received the Board
                            of Trustees Award for graduating first in his class
                            and was the recipient of a National Merit Scholar-
                            ship, Financial Executives Institute Award and Al-
                            pha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key. He also earned his
                            MBA, with distinction, from Harvard University
                            Graduate School of Business Administration where he
                            received First-Year Honors. He is a Chartered Fi-
                            nancial Analyst and a Certified Public Accountant.
</TABLE>

Adviser's Historical Performance

  The adviser manages separate accounts that have the same investment objec-
  tives as the portfolio. The adviser manages these accounts using tech-
  niques and strategies substantially similar, though not always identical,
  to those used to manage the portfolio. A composite of the performance of
  these separate accounts is listed below. The performance data for the man-
  aged accounts reflects deductions for the average fees and expenses of
  such accounts. The average fees and expenses of the separate accounts were
  less than the operating expenses of the portfolio. If the performance of
  the managed accounts was adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of the
  portfolio, the composite's performance would have been lower.

  The adviser calculated its performance using the standards of the Associa-
  tion for Investment Management and Research. Had the adviser calculated
  its performance using the SEC's methods, its results might have differed.

  The separately managed accounts are not subject to investment limitations,
  diversification requirements, and other restrictions imposed by the In-
  vestment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code. If they were,
  their returns might have been lower. The performance of these separate ac-
  counts is not intended to predict or suggest the performance of the port-
  folio.

                                      15
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Pell Rudman Trust                     Russell
                                         Company, N.A.                       Mid-Cap
                                          Composite*                       Growth Index
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                 <C>                                 <C>
   Calendar Years Ended:
    1992                                    35.93%                            14.09%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1993                                    28.44%                            11.19%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1994                                     2.12%                            (2.16)%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1995                                    36.26%                            33.98%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1996                                    18.64%                            17.48%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1997                                    22.52%                            22.54%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1998                                    23.95%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Average Annual Returns For Periods Ended 6/30/99
    1-year                                  16.03%                            22.54%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    3-years                                 21.18%                            22.35%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    5-years                                 24.13%                            20.31%
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Since Inception (6/1/92)                24.64%                            17.97%
</TABLE>

  * The adviser's returns presented above are net of an average annual fee
    of 0.70%. During the period shown (6/1/92-6/30/99), fees on the advis-
    er's individual accounts ranged from 0.50% to 1.00%. The adviser's com-
    posite has not been audited.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Brokers, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how financial representatives may get paid.

  For providing certain services to their clients, financial representatives
  may be paid a fee based on the assets of the UAM Funds that are attribut-
  able to the financial representative. These services may include record
  keeping, transaction processing for shareholders' accounts and certain
  shareholder services not currently offered to shareholders that deal di-
  rectly with the UAM Funds. In addition, your financial representatives may
  charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the UAM
  Funds or for servicing your account. Your financial representative should
  provide you with a schedule of its fees and services.

  The UAM Funds may pay all or part of the fees paid to financial represent-
  atives. Periodically, the board of the UAM Funds reviews these arrange-
  ments to ensure that the fees paid are appropriate to the services per-
  formed. The UAM Funds do not pay these service fees on shares purchased
  directly. In addition, the adviser and its affiliates may, at their own
  expense, pay financial representatives for these services.

                                      16
<PAGE>

  The adviser and its affiliates may, at their own expense, pay financial
  representatives for distribution and marketing services performed with re-
  spect to the UAM Funds.

  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies distribution and marketing
  services performed with respect to the UAM Funds.

                                      17
<PAGE>

 Financial Highlights


  The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the
  financial performance of the portfolio for the fiscal period indicated.
  Certain information contained in the table reflects the financial results
  for a single portfolio share. The total returns in the table represent the
  rate that an investor would have earned on an investment in the portfolio
  assuming all dividends and distributions were reinvested.
  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has audited this information. The financial
  statements and the unqualified opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP are
  included in the annual report of the portfolio, which is available upon
  request by calling the UAM Funds at 1-877-826-5465.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Fiscal Period Ended April 30,                                      1999*
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                                                <C>
   Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period.............................. $10.00
                                                                      ------
   Income From Investment Operations
    Net Investment Loss..............................................  (0.02)
    Net Realized and Unrealized Gain on Investments..................   2.78
                                                                      ------
    Total from Investment Operations.................................   2.76
                                                                      ------
   Net Asset Value, End of Period.................................... $12.76
                                                                      ======
   Total Return+.....................................................  27.50%***
                                                                      ======
   Ratios and Supplemental Data
   Net Assets, End of Period (Thousands)............................. $6,185
   Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets...........................   1.30%**
   Ratio of Net Investment Loss to Average Net Assets................  (0.68)%**
   Portfolio Turnover Rate...........................................     24%
   Ratio of Voluntarily Waived Fees and Expenses Assumed by the
    Adviser to Average Net Assets....................................   6.44%**
</TABLE>

    * For the period September 10, 1998 (commencement of operations) to
      April 30, 1999.
   ** Annualized
  *** Not Annualized
    + Total return would have been lower had certain fees not been waived
      and expenses assumed by the Adviser during the period.

                                      18
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Codes

  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.

<TABLE>
   <S>                                                        <C>
   CUSIP Number                                               Portfolio Number
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    902556760                                                       920
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Pell Rudman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports

  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.

Statement of Additional Information

  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolio and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.

  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com


  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolio and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

  The funds' Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.

[UAM LOGO APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>

                                   UAM FUNDS
                                   Funds for the Informed Investor/SM/


     TJ Core Equity Portfolio
     Institutional Service Class Prospectus              August 9, 1999





                                                                UAM(R)



       The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or
    disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of
  this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



<PAGE>

 Table Of Contents


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Portfolio Summary ............................................................ 1

 What is the Objective of the Portfolio? ...................................   1
 What are the Principal Investment Strategies of the Portfolio? ............   1
 What are the Principal Risks of the Portfolio? ............................   1
 How has the Portfolio Performed? ..........................................   2
 What are the Fees and Expenses of the Portfolio? ..........................   3

Investing with the UAM Funds ................................................. 4

 Buying Shares .............................................................   4
 Redeeming Shares ..........................................................   5
 Exchanging Shares .........................................................   5
 Transaction Policies ......................................................   6

Account Policies ............................................................. 9

 Small Accounts ............................................................   9
 Distributions .............................................................   9
 Federal Taxes .............................................................   9

Portfolio Details ........................................................... 11

 Principal Investments and Risks of the Portfolio ..........................  11
 Other Investment Practices and Strategies .................................  12
 Year 2000 .................................................................  13
 Investment Management .....................................................  14
 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements ........................................  15
Financial Highlights ........................................................ 16
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Summary


WHAT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio seeks maximum total return consistent with reasonable risk
  to principal by investing in the common stock of quality companies with
  lower valuations in sectors of the economy exhibiting strong, or improv-
  ing, relative performance. The portfolio cannot guarantee it will meet its
  investment objective. The portfolio may not change its investment objec-
  tive without shareholder approval.

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal investment strategies of the portfo-
  lio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE
  PORTFOLIO."

  Normally, the portfolio invests primarily in common stocks of companies
  with market capitalizations of over $800 million at the time of purchase.
  The adviser chooses stocks by first examining key economic variables to
  identify industry sectors that exhibit strong or improving economic funda-
  mentals. The adviser then looks for companies in those industries that of-
  fer the best value by emphasizing low cost industry leaders that are cur-
  rently out-of-favor and selling at attractive prices relative to other
  companies in that sector.

WHAT ARE THE PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section summarizes the principal risks associated with investing in
  the portfolio. For more information see "PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS
  OF THE PORTFOLIO."

Risks Common to All Mutual Funds

  As with all mutual funds, at any time, your investment in the portfolio
  may be worth more or less than the price that you originally paid for it.
  You may lose money by investing in the portfolio because:

  .   The value of the securities it owns changes, sometimes rapidly and un-
      predictably.

  .   The portfolio is not successful in reaching its goal because of its
      strategy or because it did not implement its strategy properly.

  .   Unforeseen occurrences in the securities markets negatively affect the
      portfolio.

                                       1
<PAGE>

TJ Core Equity Portfolio

  The portfolio's main risks are those associated with investing in equity
  securities. Equity securities may experience sudden, unpredictable drops
  in value or long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of
  factors affecting the securities markets generally, an entire industry or
  a particular company.

HOW HAS THE PORTFOLIO PERFORMED?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The bar chart and table below illustrate how the performance of the port-
  folio has varied from year to year and provide some indication of the
  risks of investing in the portfolio. The bar chart shows the investment
  returns of the portfolio for each full calendar year. The table following
  the bar chart compares the average annual returns of the portfolio to
  those of a broad-based securities market index. Past performance does not
  guarantee future results.

Calendar Year Returns

  [LOGO OF CALENDAR YEAR RETURNS APPEARS HERE]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Return Quarter Ended
  --------------------------------------
   <S>              <C>    <C>
   Highest Quarter  20.65%   12/31/98
  --------------------------------------
   Lowest Quarter   -5.90%    9/30/98
  --------------------------------------
   Year-To-Date     20.28%    6/30/99
</TABLE>

Average Annual Returns For Periods Ended 12/31/98

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             1 Year Since Inception*
  --------------------------------------------------
   <S>                       <C>    <C>
   TJ Core Equity Portfolio  30.10%      25.60%
  --------------------------------------------------
   S&P 500 Index             28.60%      28.08%
</TABLE>

  *The portfolio began operations 9/28/95. Index comparisons begin on
  9/30/95.

                                       2
<PAGE>

WHAT ARE THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (Expenses That Are Deducted From the
Assets of the Portfolio)

  This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and
  hold shares of the portfolio.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  ----------------------------
   <S>                   <C>
   Management Fees       0.75%
  ----------------------------
   Service (12b-1) Fees  0.25%
  ----------------------------
   Other Expenses        1.20%
  ----------------------------
   Total Expenses*       2.20%
</TABLE>

  * Actual Fees and Expenses The percentages stated in the table above are
    higher than the expenses you would have actually paid. Due to certain
    expense limits by the adviser and expense offsets, investors in the
    portfolio actually paid the total operating expenses listed in the table
    below. The adviser intends to continue its expense limitation until Jan-
    uary 1, 2001, but may change or cancel it at any time.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   -----------------------
    <S>              <C>
    Actual Expenses  1.25%
</TABLE>

Example

  This example can help you to compare the cost of investing in this portfo-
  lio to the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes
  you invest $10,000 in the portfolio for the periods shown and then redeem
  all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes
  that you earned a 5% return on your investment each year and that you paid
  the total expenses stated above (which do not reflect any expense limita-
  tions) throughout the period of your investment. Although your actual
  costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would
  be:

<TABLE>
   <S>     <C>     <C>     <C>
   1 Year  3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
  ---------------------------------
   $223       $688  $1,180   $2,534
</TABLE>

                                       3
<PAGE>

 Investing with the UAM Funds


BUYING SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     To open an account           To buy more shares
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Mail            Send a check or money        Send a check and, if pos-
                     order and your account       sible, the "Invest by
                     application to the UAM       Mail" stub that accompa-
                     Funds. Make checks pay-      nied your statement to the
                     able to "UAM Funds"          UAM Funds. Be sure your
                     (the UAM Funds will not      check identifies clearly
                     accept third-party           your name, account number
                     checks).                     and the UAM Fund into
                                                  which you want to invest.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Wire            Call 1-877-826-5465 for      Call 1-877-826-5465 to get
                     an account number and        a wire control number and
                     wire control number.         wire your money to the UAM
                     Send your completed ac-      Funds as follows:
                     count application to
                     the UAM Funds. Wire
                     your money to the UAM
                     Funds as follows:

                                        Wiring Instructions
                                       United Missouri Bank
                                          ABA # 101000695
                                             UAM Funds
                                      DDA Acct. # 9870964163
                                Ref: portfolio name/account number/
                                 account name/wire control number

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Automatic       You may not open an ac-      To set up a plan, mail a
  Investment Plan    count via ACH.               completed application to
  (Via ACH)                                       the UAM Funds. To cancel
                                                  or change a plan, write to
                                                  the UAM Funds. Allow up to
                                                  15 days to create the plan
                                                  and 3 days to cancel or
                                                  change it.

  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Minimum            $2,500--regular account      $100
  Investments        $500--IRAs $250--
                     spousal IRAs

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com


                                       4
<PAGE>

REDEEMING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  By Mail          Send a letter signed by all registered parties on the ac-
                   count to the UAM Funds specifying:

                   .   The UAM Fund.

                   .   The account number.

                   .   The dollar amount or number of shares you wish to re-
                       deem.

                   Certain shareholders may need to include additional docu-
                   ments to redeem shares. Please see the Statement of Addi-
                   tional Information (SAI) if you need more information.
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Telephone     You must first establish the telephone redemption privi-
                   lege (and, if desired, the wire redemption privilege) by
                   completing the appropriate sections of the account appli-
                   cation.

                   Call 1-877-826-5465 to redeem your shares. Based on your
                   instructions, the UAM Funds will mail your proceeds to you
                   or wire them to your bank.
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  By Systematic Withdrawal Plan (Via ACH)
                   If your account balance is at least $10,000, you may
                   transfer as little as $100 per month from your UAM account
                   to your financial institution.

                   To participate in this service, you must complete the ap-
                   propriate sections of the account application and mail it
                   to the UAM Funds.

EXCHANGING SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  At no charge, you may exchange shares of one UAM Fund for shares of the
  same class of any other UAM Fund by writing to or calling the UAM Funds.
  Before exchanging your shares, please read the prospectus of the UAM Fund
  for which you want to exchange. You may obtain any UAM Fund prospectus by
  calling 1-877-826-5465. You may only exchange shares between accounts with
  identical registrations (i.e., the same names and addresses).

                                       5
<PAGE>

TRANSACTION POLICIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating Your Share Price

  You may buy, sell or exchange shares of a UAM Fund at a price equal to its
  net asset value (NAV) next computed after it receives and accepts your or-
  der. The portfolio calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) each day
  the NYSE is open. Therefore, to receive the NAV on any given day, the UAM
  Funds must accept your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that
  day. Otherwise, you will receive the NAV that is calculated at the close
  of trading on the following business day. The UAM Funds are open for busi-
  ness on the same days as the NYSE, which is closed on weekends and certain
  holidays.

  Securities that are traded on foreign exchanges may trade on days when the
  portfolio does not calculate its NAV. Consequently, the value of the port-
  folio may change on days when you are unable to purchase or redeem shares
  of the portfolio.

  Buying or Selling Shares through a Financial Intermediary

  You may buy or sell shares of the UAM Funds through a financial intermedi-
  ary (such as a financial planner or adviser). Generally, to buy or sell
  shares at the NAV of any given day your financial intermediary must re-
  ceive your order before the close of trading on the NYSE that day. Your
  financial intermediary is responsible for transmitting all purchase and
  redemption requests, investment information, documentation and money to
  the UAM Funds on time.

  Certain financial intermediaries have agreements with the UAM Funds that
  allow them to enter confirmed purchase or redemption orders on behalf of
  clients and customers. Under this arrangement, the financial intermediary
  must send your payment to the UAM Funds by the time they price their
  shares on the following business day. If your financial intermediary fails
  to do so, it may be responsible for any resulting fees or losses.

Calculating NAV

  The UAM Funds calculate their NAVs by adding the total value of their as-
  sets, subtracting their liabilities and then dividing the result by the
  number of shares outstanding. The UAM Funds use market prices to

                                       6
<PAGE>

  value their investments. Investments that do not have readily available
  market prices are valued at fair value, according to guidelines estab-
  lished by the UAM Funds. The UAM Funds may also value securities at fair
  value when events occur that make established valuation methods (such as
  stock exchange closing prices) unreliable.

In-Kind Transactions

  Under certain conditions and at the UAM Funds' discretion, you may pay for
  shares with securities instead of cash. In addition, the UAM Funds may pay
  all or part of your redemption proceeds with securities instead of cash.

Payment of Redemption Proceeds

  The UAM Funds will pay for all shares redeemed within seven days after
  they receive a redemption request in proper order. If you redeem shares
  that were purchased by check, you will not receive your redemption pro-
  ceeds until the check has cleared, which may take up to 15 days from pur-
  chase date. You may avoid these delays by paying for shares with a certi-
  fied check, bank check or money order.

Signature Guarantee

  You must have your signature guaranteed when (1) you want the proceeds
  from your redemption sent to a person or address different from that reg-
  istered on the account, or (2) you request a transfer of your shares.

  You may obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, savings institu-
  tions, securities dealers, national securities exchanges, registered secu-
  rities associations, clearing agencies and other guarantor institutions. A
  notary public cannot guarantee a signature.

Telephone Transactions

  The UAM Funds will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instruc-
  tions communicated by telephone are genuine. The UAM Funds will not be re-
  sponsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for following instruc-
  tions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine.

                                       7
<PAGE>

Rights Reserved by the UAM Funds

  Purchases

  At any time and without notice, the UAM Funds may:

  .   Stop offering shares.

  .   Reject any purchase order.

  .   Bar an investor engaged in a pattern of excessive trading from buying
      shares. (Excessive trading can hurt performance by disrupting manage-
      ment and by increasing expenses.)

  Redemptions

  At any time, the UAM Funds may change or eliminate any of the redemption
  methods described above, except redemption by mail. The UAM Funds may sus-
  pend your right to redeem if:

  .   Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  .   The SEC allows the UAM Funds to delay redemptions.

  Exchanges

  The UAM Funds may:

  .   Modify or cancel the exchange program at any time on 60 days' written
      notice to shareholders.

  .   Reject any request for an exchange.

  .   Limit or cancel a shareholder's exchange privilege, especially when an
      investor is engaged in a pattern of excessive trading.

                                       8
<PAGE>

 Account Policies

SMALL ACCOUNTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The UAM Funds may redeem your shares without your permission if the value
  of your account falls below 50% of the required minimum initial invest-
  ment. This provision does not apply:

  .   To retirement accounts and certain other accounts.

  .   When the value of your account falls below the required minimum be-
      cause of market fluctuations.

  The UAM Funds will notify you before liquidating your account and allow
  you 60 days to increase the value of your account.

DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Normally, the portfolio distributes its net investment income quarterly.
  In addition, the portfolio distributes its net capital gains once a year.
  The UAM Funds will automatically reinvest dividends and distributions in
  additional shares of the portfolio, unless you elect on your account ap-
  plication to receive them in cash.

FEDERAL TAXES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The following is a summary of the federal income tax consequences of in-
  vesting in the portfolio. You may also have to pay state and local taxes
  on your investment. You should always consult your tax advisor for spe-
  cific guidance regarding the tax effect of your investment in the UAM
  Funds.

Taxes on Distributions

  The distributions of the portfolio will generally be taxable to sharehold-
  ers as ordinary income or capital gains (which may be taxable at different
  rates depending on the length of time the portfolio held the relevant as-
  sets). You will be subject to income tax on these distributions regardless
  of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Once
  a year the UAM Funds will send you a statement showing the types and total
  amount of distributions you received during the previous year.

  You should note that if you purchase shares just before a distribution,
  the purchase price would reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution.
  In this case, you would be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution
  received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply

                                       9
<PAGE>

  constitutes a return of your investment. This is known as "buying into a
  dividend" and should be avoided. Call 1-877-826-5465 to find out when the
  portfolio expects to make a distribution to shareholders.

Taxes on Exchanges and Redemptions

  When you exchange or redeem shares in any UAM Fund, you may recognize a
  capital gain or loss for federal tax purposes. This gain or loss will be
  based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares (the cost of
  your shares) and the amount you receive for them. To aid in computing your
  tax basis, you should keep your account statements for the periods during
  which you held shares.

  The one major exception to these tax principles is that distributions on,
  and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other
  tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable, but they may be taxable
  in the future.

  To the extent the portfolio invests in foreign securities, it may be sub-
  ject to foreign withholding taxes with respect to dividends or interest
  the portfolio received from sources in foreign countries. The portfolio
  may elect to treat some of those taxes as a distribution to shareholders,
  which would allow shareholders to offset some of their U.S. federal income
  tax.

Backup Withholding

  By law, the UAM Funds must withhold 31% of your distributions and proceeds
  if you have not provided complete, correct taxpayer information.

                                      10
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Details

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENTS AND RISKS OF THE PORTFOLIO
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  This section briefly describes the principal investment strategies and
  risks the portfolio may employ in seeking its objective. For more informa-
  tion concerning these investment strategies and their associated risks,
  please read the "PORTFOLIO SUMMARY" and the SAI. You can find information
  on the portfolio's recent strategies and holdings in its annual/semi-an-
  nual report. As long as it is consistent with its objective and other pol-
  icies described in the SAI, the portfolio may change these strategies
  without shareholder approval.

  Normally, the portfolio invests at least 65% of its total assets in equity
  securities. These investments will consist primarily of common stocks of
  companies with market capitalizations greater than $200 million at the
  time of purchase. Eighty percent of the common stocks held by the portfo-
  lio will be of companies with market capitalizations greater than $800
  million. The portfolio may also invest up to 35% of its assets in
  investment-grade debt securities. The adviser expects the portfolio to
  hold less than 20% of its assets in cash or cash equivalents.

Investment Process

  The adviser makes three key decisions when investing the assets of the
  portfolio: (1) Determining how to allocate the portfolio's assets among
  cash and stock, (2) selecting the best industries or groups of industries;
  and (3) picking companies in those industries that offer the best value.
  The adviser decides how to allocate the portfolio's assets by examining
  key economic variables, such as the level and direction of interest rates,
  forecasted growth in the gross domestic product (GDP), anticipated gains
  in corporate profits, inflationary pressures and money supply growth.

  The adviser next analyzes each sector in detail using selected industry
  screens to identify industries or groups of industries exhibiting strong
  or improving economic fundamentals.

  Finally, the adviser looks for companies in those industries that offer
  the best value by emphasizing industry leaders that are currently out-of-
  favor and selling at attractive prices relative to other companies in
  their industry and the S&P 500 Index. The adviser is particularly inter-
  ested in the company's market value and forecasted earnings and dividends
  growth over the next 1 to 5 years.

  The adviser monitors the valuations of the securities held by the portfo-
  lio and sells securities when:

                                      11
<PAGE>

  .   They reach the target price set by the adviser.

  .   Their price declines by 20% relative the their industry and the S&P
      500.

  The adviser selects investments for the portfolio using a team approach.
  At regular meetings, the adviser's team of investment professionals con-
  siders whether to add potential investments to the portfolio. The adviser
  does not buy or sell a stock unless a majority of the team members agree.
  In case of a tie, the industry analyst's vote determines whether the ad-
  viser will buy or sell the stock.

Equity Securities

  Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire
  an ownership interest, in an issuer. Different types of equity securities
  provide different voting and dividend rights and priority in case of the
  bankruptcy of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks, pre-
  ferred stocks, convertible securities, rights and warrants.

  Equity securities may lose value because of factors affecting the securi-
  ties markets generally, such as adverse changes in economic conditions,
  the general outlook for corporate earnings, interest rates or investor
  sentiment. These circumstances may lead to long periods of poor perfor-
  mance, such as during a "bear market." Equity securities may also lose
  value because of factors affecting an entire industry or sector, such as
  increases in production costs, or factors directly related to a specific
  company, such as decisions made by its management.

OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES AND STRATEGIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  In addition to its principal investment strategies, the portfolio may use
  the investment strategies described below. It may also employ investment
  practices that this prospectus does not describe, such as repurchase
  agreements, when-issued and forward commitment transactions, lending of
  securities, borrowing and other techniques. For information concerning
  these investment practices and their risks, you should read the SAI.

Foreign Securities

  The portfolio may invest up to 20% of its assets in foreign securities.
  Foreign securities, especially those of companies in emerging markets, can
  be riskier and more volatile than domestic securities. Adverse political
  and economic developments or changes in the value of foreign currency can
  make it harder for the portfolio to sell its securities and could reduce
  the value of your shares. Changes in tax and accounting standards and dif-
  ficulties obtaining information about foreign companies can negatively af-
  fect investment decisions.

                                      12
<PAGE>

  In January 1999, certain European nations began to use the new European
  common currency, called the Euro. The nations that use the Euro have the
  same monetary policy regardless of their domestic economy, which could
  have adverse effects on those economies. In addition, difficulties in con-
  verting to the Euro could negatively affect the investments of a portfo-
  lio.

Derivatives

  To remain fully invested and to reduce transaction costs, the portfolio
  may use futures and options (types of derivatives). Derivatives are often
  more volatile than other investments and may magnify the portfolio's gains
  or losses. The portfolio may lose money if the adviser:

  .   Fails to predict correctly the direction in which the underlying asset
      or economic factor will move.

  .   Judges market conditions incorrectly.

  .   Employs a strategy that does not correlate well with the investments
      of the portfolio.

Short-Term Investing

  At times, the adviser may decide to invest up to 100% of the portfolio's
  assets in a variety of high-quality, short-term debt securities, such as
  U.S. government securities. The adviser may invest in these types of secu-
  rities for temporary defensive purposes, to earn a return on uninvested
  assets or to meet redemptions. The adviser may temporarily adopt a defen-
  sive position to reduce changes in the value of the shares of the portfo-
  lio that may result from adverse market, economic, political or other de-
  velopments.

  When the adviser pursues a temporary defensive strategy, the portfolio may
  not profit from favorable developments that it would have otherwise prof-
  ited from if it were pursuing its normal strategies. Likewise, these
  strategies may prevent the portfolio from achieving its stated objectives.

YEAR 2000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Many computer programs in use today cannot distinguish the year 2000 from
  the year 1900 because of the way they encode and calculate dates. Conse-
  quently, these programs may not be able to perform necessary functions and
  could disrupt the operations of the UAM Funds or financial markets in gen-
  eral. The year 2000 issue affects all companies and organizations, includ-
  ing those that provide services to the UAM Funds and those in which the
  UAM Funds invest.

                                      13
<PAGE>

  The UAM Funds and their advisers, administrator, distributor and transfer
  agent are taking steps they believe are reasonably necessary to address
  any portfolio-related year 2000-related computer problems. They are ac-
  tively working on necessary changes to their own computer systems to pre-
  pare for the year 2000 and expect that their systems will be adapted be-
  fore that date. They are also requesting information on each service prov-
  ider's state of readiness and contingency plan. However, at this time the
  degree to which the year 2000 issue will affect the UAM Funds' investments
  or operations cannot be predicted. Any negative consequences could ad-
  versely affect your investment in the UAM Funds.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Adviser

  Tom Johnson Investment Management, a Massachusetts corporation located at
  Two Leadership Square, 211 North Robinson, Suite 450, Oklahoma City, Okla-
  homa 73102, is the investment adviser to the portfolio. The adviser man-
  ages and supervises the investment of the portfolio's assets on a discre-
  tionary basis. The adviser, an affiliate of United Asset Management Corpo-
  ration, has provided investment management services to corporations,
  unions, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts, estates and other insti-
  tutions as well as individuals since 1983.

  The adviser has voluntarily agreed to limit the expenses of the portfolio
  to 1.25% of its average net assets. To maintain this expense limit, the
  adviser may waive a portion of its management fee and/or reimburse certain
  expenses of the portfolio. While the adviser intends to continue its ex-
  pense limitation until January 1, 2001, it may change or cancel it at any
  time. During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999, the adviser waived its
  entire management fee.

Portfolio Managers

  A team of investment professionals is primarily responsible for the day-
  to-day management of the portfolio.

                                      14
<PAGE>

SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Brokers, dealers, banks, trust companies and other financial representa-
  tives may receive compensation from the UAM Funds or their service provid-
  ers for providing a variety of services. This section briefly describes
  how financial representatives may get paid.

Distribution Plans

  The UAM Funds have adopted a Distribution Plan and a Shareholder Services
  Plan under Rule 12b-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 that permit
  them to pay broker-dealers, financial institutions and other third parties
  for marketing, distribution and shareholder services. The UAM Funds' 12b-1
  plans allow them to pay up to 1.00% of its average daily net assets annu-
  ally for these services. However, they are currently authorized to pay
  only 0.25% per year. Because Institutional Service Class Shares pay these
  fees out of their assets on an ongoing basis, over time, your shares may
  cost more than if you had paid another type of sales charge. Long-term
  shareholders may pay more than the economic equivalent of the maximum
  front-end sales charges permitted by rules of the National Association of
  Securities Dealers, Inc.

Shareholder Servicing

  For providing certain services to their clients, financial representatives
  may be paid a fee based on the assets of the UAM Funds that are attribut-
  able to the financial representative. These services may include record
  keeping, transaction processing for shareholders' accounts and certain
  shareholder services not currently offered to shareholders that deal di-
  rectly with the UAM Funds. In addition, your financial representatives may
  charge you other account fees for buying or redeeming shares of the UAM
  Funds or for servicing your account. Your financial representative should
  provide you with a schedule of its fees and services.

  The UAM Funds may pay all or part of the fees paid to financial represent-
  atives. Periodically, the board of the UAM Funds reviews these arrange-
  ments to ensure that the fees paid are appropriate to the services per-
  formed. The UAM Funds do not pay these service fees on shares purchased
  directly. In addition, the adviser and its affiliates may, at their own
  expense, pay financial representatives for these services.

  The adviser and its affiliates may, at their own expense, pay financial
  representatives for distribution and marketing services performed with re-
  spect to the UAM Funds.

  The adviser may pay its affiliated companies distribution and marketing
  services performed with respect to the UAM Funds.

                                      15
<PAGE>

 Financial Highlights

  The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the
  financial performance of the portfolio for the fiscal periods indicated.
  Certain information contained in the table reflects the financial results
  for a single portfolio share. The total returns in the table represent
  the rate that an investor would have earned on an investment in the
  portfolio assuming all dividends and distributions were reinvested.
  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has audited this information. The financial
  statements and the unqualified opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP are
  included in the annual report of the portfolio, which is available upon
  request by calling the UAM Funds at 1-877-826-5465.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Fiscal Year Ended April 30,               1999     1998     1997   1996*
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>
   Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period...  $ 17.30  $ 13.05  $11.05  $10.00
                                            -------  -------  ------  ------
   Income From Investment Operations
    Net Investment Income.................     0.10     0.10    0.12    0.06
    Net Realized and Unrealized Gain
     on Investments.......................     4.29     4.55    2.08    1.05
                                            -------  -------  ------  ------
    Total from Investment Operations......     4.39     4.65    2.20    1.11
                                            -------  -------  ------  ------
   Distributions
    Net Investment Income.................    (0.10)   (0.11)  (0.11)  (0.06)
    Net Realized Gain.....................    (1.91)   (0.29)  (0.09)    --
                                            -------  -------  ------  ------
    Total Distributions...................    (2.01)   (0.40)  (0.20)  (0.06)
                                            -------  -------  ------  ------
   Net Asset Value, End of Period.........  $ 19.68  $ 17.30  $13.05  $11.05
                                            =======  =======  ======  ======
   Total Return+..........................    27.34%   36.05%  20.14%  11.13%***
                                            =======  =======  ======  ======
   Ratios and Supplemental Data
   Net Assets, End of Period (Thousands)..  $21,376  $11,348  $2,888  $1,023
   Ratio of Expenses to Average Net
    Assets................................     1.25%    1.25%   1.26%   1.38%**
   Ratio of Net Investment Income to
    Average Net Assets....................     0.50%    0.74%   1.07%   1.06%**
   Portfolio Turnover Rate................       54%      52%     27%     17%
   Ratio of Voluntarily Waived Fees and
    Expenses Assumed by the Adviser to
    Average Net Assets....................     0.95%    1.52%   5.38%  12.48%**
   Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets
    Including Expense Offsets.............     1.25%    1.25%   1.25%   1.25%**
</TABLE>

    * For period from September 28, 1995 (commencement of operations) to
      April 30, 1996.
   ** Annualized
  *** Not annualized
    + Total return would have been lower had certain fees not been waived
      and expenses assumed by the adviser during the periods indicated.

                                      16
<PAGE>

 Portfolio Codes

  The reference information below will be helpful to you when you contact
  the UAM Funds to purchase or exchange shares, check daily NAVs or get ad-
  ditional information.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Trading Symbol                 CUSIP Number                             Portfolio Number
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                            <C>                                      <C>
       TJCEX                       902556877                                     935
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

TJ Core Equity Portfolio

  For investors who want more information about the portfolio, the following
  documents are available upon request.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports

  The annual and semi-annual reports of the portfolio provide additional in-
  formation about its investments. In the annual report, you will find a
  discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that signif-
  icantly affected the performance of the portfolio during its last fiscal
  year.

Statement of Additional Information

  The SAI contains additional detailed information about the portfolio and
  is incorporated by reference into (legally part of) this prospectus.

  Investors can receive free copies of these materials, request other infor-
  mation about the UAM Funds and make shareholder inquiries by writing to or
  calling:

                                   UAM Funds
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)
                                  www.uam.com


  For a fee, you can get the reports of the portfolio and SAI by writing to
  the SEC's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20459-6009, or by
  calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can get copies of this information
  for free on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

  The funds' Investment Company Act of 1940 file number is 811-8544.

[UAM LOGO APPEARS HERE]
<PAGE>

                                UAM Funds Trust
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO  64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)



                            BHM&S Total Return Bond
                                   Portfolio


                          Institutional Class Shares
                      Institutional Service Class Shares

                      Statement of Additional Information
                                August 9, 1999





This statement of additional information is not a prospectus. However, you
should read it in conjunction with the prospectuses of the fund dated August 9,
1999, as supplemented from time to time. You may obtain the fund's prospectuses
by contacting the fund at the address listed above.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Table Of Contents
<S>                                                                              <C>
I: Portfolio Summary                                                               I-1
 BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio.............................................    I-2
  What Investment Strategies May The Portfolio Use?............................    I-2
  What Are The Investment Policies Of The Portfolio?...........................    I-2
  Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?..............................    I-3
  How Much Does The Portfolio Pay For Administrative Services?.................    I-3
  Who Are The Principal Holders Of The Securities Of The Portfolio?............    I-4
  What Was The Portfolio's Performance As Of Its Most Recent Fiscal Year End?..    I-4
  What Were The Expenses Of The Portfolio?.....................................    I-5
II: The UAM Funds in Detail                                                       II-1
 Description of Permitted Investments..........................................   II-2
  Debt Securities..............................................................   II-2
  Derivatives..................................................................   II-8
  Equity Securities............................................................  II-16
  Foreign Securities...........................................................  II-18
  Investment Companies.........................................................  II-22
  Repurchase Agreements........................................................  II-22
  Restricted Securities........................................................  II-22
  Securities Lending...........................................................  II-23
  Short Sales..................................................................  II-23
  When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Delivery Transactions............  II-24
 Management Of The Fund........................................................  II-25
 Investment Advisory and Other Services........................................  II-26
  Investment Adviser...........................................................  II-26
  Distributor..................................................................  II-27
  Service And Distribution Plans...............................................  II-28
  Administrative Services......................................................  II-30
  Custodian....................................................................  II-31
  Independent Public Accountant................................................  II-31
 Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices......................................  II-32
  Selection of Brokers.........................................................  II-32
  Simultaneous Transactions....................................................  II-32
  Brokerage Commissions........................................................  II-32
 Capital Stock and Other Securities............................................  II-33
  The Fund.....................................................................  II-33
  Description Of Shares And Voting Rights......................................  II-33
  Dividends and Capital Gains Distributions....................................  II-34
 Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares....................................  II-35
  Net Asset Value Per Share....................................................  II-35
  Purchase of Shares...........................................................  II-35
  Redemption of Shares.........................................................  II-36
  Exchange Privilege...........................................................  II-38
  Transfer Of Shares...........................................................  II-38
 Performance Calculations......................................................  II-38
  Total Return.................................................................  II-39
  Yield........................................................................  II-39
  Comparisons..................................................................  II-40
 Financial Statements..........................................................  II-40
III: Glossary                                                                    III-1
IV: Appendix A -- Description of Securities and Ratings                           IV-1
 Moody's Investors Service, Inc................................................   IV-2
  Preferred Stock Ratings......................................................   IV-2
  Debt Ratings - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally..............................   IV-2
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>

<S>                                                                               <C>
  Short-Term Prime Rating System - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally............   IV-3
 Standard & Poor's Ratings Services............................................   IV-4
  Preferred Stock Ratings......................................................   IV-4
  Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings...............................................   IV-4
  Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings..............................................   IV-5
 Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co................................................   IV-6
  Long-Term Debt and Preferred Stock...........................................   IV-6
  Short-Term Debt..............................................................   IV-6
 Fitch IBCA Ratings............................................................   IV-7
  International Long-Term Credit Ratings.......................................   IV-7
V: Appendix B--Comparisons                                                         V-1
</TABLE>

<PAGE>






                             I:  Portfolio Summary








                                      I-1
<PAGE>

BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio


WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed below in
  seeking its objective. This SAI describes each of these investments/strategies
  and their risks in Part II under "Description of Permitted Investments." The
  investments that are italicized are principal strategies and you can find more
  information on these techniques in the prospectus of the portfolio. You can
  find more information concerning the limits on the ability of the portfolio to
  use these investments in "What Are the Investment Policies of the Portfolio?"

  . Debt securities rated investment-grade or higher (at least 90% of its
      total assets).

  . Futures (To hedge and/or manage the duration of the portfolio).

  . Options (To hedge and/or manage the duration of the portfolio).

  . Investment company securities.

  . Repurchase agreements.

  . Restricted securities.

  . Securities lending.

  . When-issued securities.



WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a limitation
  relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the portfolio's
  acquisition of such security or other asset. Accordingly, the portfolio will
  not consider changes in values, net assets or other circumstances when
  determining whether the investment complies with its investment limitations.

  Fundamental Policies

  The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
  portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of the
  outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the 1940 Act.
  The portfolio will not:

  . With respect to 75% of its assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets
    at the time of purchase in the securities of any single issuer (other than
    obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S.
    government or any if its agencies or instrumentalities).

  . With respect to 75% of its assets, purchase more than 10% of any class of
    the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer.

  . Invest more than 25% of its assets in companies within a single industry;
    however, there are no limitations on investments made in instruments issued
    or guaranteed by the U.S. government and its agencies.

  . Borrow, except from banks and as a temporary measure for extraordinary or
    emergency purposes and then, in no event, in excess of 33-1/3% of the
    portfolio's gross assets valued at the lower of market or cost.

  . Invest in physical commodities or contracts on physical commodities.


                                      I-2
<PAGE>

 .  Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships, although it
   may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal in real estate and
   may purchase and sell securities which are secured by interests in real
   estate.

 .  Make loans except (i) by purchasing debt securities in accordance with its
   investment objectives, (ii) entering into repurchase agreements or (iii) by
   lending its portfolio securities to banks, brokers, dealers and other
   financial institutions so long as such loans are not inconsistent with the
   1940 Act or the rules and regulations or interpretations of the SEC
   thereunder.

 .  Underwrite the securities of other issuers.

 .  Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except that this
   restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the Portfolio from (i) making any
   permitted borrowings, mortgages or pledges, or (ii) entering into repurchase
   transactions.

Non-Fundamental Policies

The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio may
change them without shareholder approval.

The portfolio will not:

 .  Invest in futures and/or options on futures unless not more than 5% of its
   assets are required as deposit to secure obligations under such futures
   and/or options on futures contracts. The portfolio may exclude from this
   calculation, options that are in-the-money at the time of purchase.

 .  Invest more than 20% of its assets in futures and/or options on futures.

 .  Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
   investment companies.

 .  Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
   investment company.

 .  Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment
   company.

 .  Purchase on margin or sell short except as specified herein.

 .  Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities that are
   subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale (restricted
   securities) or securities for which there are no readily available markets
   (illiquid securities).

 .  Purchase additional securities when its borrowings exceed 5% of its total
   assets.

 .  Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent greater than
   33 1/3% of its total assets at fair market value.


WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER OF THE PORTFOLIO?

Barrow, Hanley Mewhinney & Strauss, Inc.is the investment adviser of the
portfolio. For its services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal to 0.35%
of the average daily net assets of the portfolio. For more information
concerning the adviser, see "Investment Advisory and Other Services" in Part II
of this SAI.


HOW MUCH DOES THE PORTFOLIO PAY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES?

In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to UAMFSI
calculated at the annual rate of:

 .  $14,500 for the first operational class; plus

                                      I-3
<PAGE>

 .  $3,000 for each additional class; plus

 .  0.04% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio. The portfolio also pays a
   fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and other services provided by CGFSC.
   The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC, is calculated at the annual rate of:

 .  Not more than $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

 .  $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus

 .  0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the Fund, UAM Funds,
   Inc. and UAM Funds Trust II.


WHO ARE THE PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  As of July 20, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of record or
  beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name and Address of Shareholder                                 Class of Portfolio      Percentage of Shares Owned
==================================================================================================================
<S>                                                             <C>                    <C>
Sarah Campbell Blaffer Foundation                               Institutional                               72.85%
Texas Commerce Bank
A/C 55-01-001-1147303
PO Box 2558 10 TCT 315
Houston, TX 77252-2558
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wilmington Trust Co Tr                                          Institutional                               27.13%
U/A 02/01/1998 FBO Cherokee Nation 401K Plan
A/C 43046-2
C/o Mutual Funds/UAM
PO Box 8971
Wilmington, DE 19899-8971
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wilmington Trust Co                                             Institutional Service                        7.53%
FBO Mustang Employees 401K PSP
A/C 43007-1
PO Box 8971
Wilmington, DE 19899-8971
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wilmington Trust Co Tr                                          Institutional Service                      62.99%%
U/A 02/01/1998 FBO Allied Waste
401K Plan A/C 446072
C/o Mutual Funds UAM
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890-0001
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wilmington Trust Co TTEE                                        Institutional Service                       15.48%
FBO North Texas Carpenters
A/C 43080-1 DTD 02/1/98
C/o Mutual Funds UAM
PO Box 8971
Wilmington, DE 19899-8971
</TABLE>

  Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding shares
  of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is defined in the
  1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling the portfolio could have the
  ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio on any matter
  requiring the approval of shareholders of the portfolio.



WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
  return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
  are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio calculates its
  current yield and average annual total return information according to the
  methods required by the SEC.  For more information concerning the performance
  of the portfolio, including the way it calculates its performance figures, see
  "Performance Calculations" in Part II of this SAI.

                                      I-4
<PAGE>

Average Annual Total Returns For Periods Ended April 30, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                     Shorter of 10 Years or
                        1 Year             5 Years               Since Inception          Inception Date
========================================================================================================
<S>                     <C>                <C>                <C>                         <C>
Institutional Class     4.61%                N/A                       6.12%                  11/1/95
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Class           4.45%                N/A                       5.87%                  11/1/95
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
30-Day Yields On April 30, 1999
                                               30-Day Yield
================================================================
<S>                                            <C>
Institutional Class                                5.69%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
Service Class                                      5.44%
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

WHAT WERE THE EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Investment          Investment                                 Sub-                            Distribution
    For the FYE       Advisory Fees       Advisory Fees       Administrator       Administrator        Brokerage      Fees (Service
     April 30,            Paid               Waived               Fee                 Fee             Commissions     Class Only)
   ================================================================================================================================
   <S>                <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>             <C>
        1999             $80,234             $12,526             $33,602             $87,433               $0           $40,540
   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        1998                $0              $107,452             $12,244             $98,003               $0           $30,070
   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        1997                $0               $40,683               $838              $82,083               $0            $7,616
</TABLE>

                                      I-5
<PAGE>

                             II: The UAM Funds in
                                   Detail


                                     II-1
<PAGE>

Description of Permitted Investments

DEBT SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from
  investors.  Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return
  and repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity.  Some debt securities, such
  as zero-coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased at a
  discount from their face value.  Debt securities may include, among other
  things, all types of bills, notes, bonds, mortgage-backed securities or asset-
  backed securities.

Types of Debt Securities

  U.S. Government Securities

  U.S. government securities are securities that the United States Treasury has
  issued (treasury securities) and securities that a federal agency or a
  government-sponsored entity has issued (agency securities). Treasury
  securities include treasury notes, which have initial maturities of one to ten
  years and treasury bonds, which have initial maturities of at least ten years
  and certain types of mortgage-backed securities that are described under
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities." This SAI discusses
  mortgage-backed treasury and agency securities in detail in the section called
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities."

  The full faith and credit of the U.S. government supports treasury securities.
  Unlike treasury securities, the full faith and credit of the United States
  government generally do not back agency securities.  Agency securities are
  typically supported in one of three ways:

 .  by the right of the issuer to borrow from the United States Treasury;

 .  by the discretionary authority of the United States government to buy the
   obligations of the agency; or

 .  by the credit of the sponsoring agency.

While U.S. government securities are guaranteed as to principal and interest,
their market value is not guaranteed. U.S. government securities are subject to
the same interest rate and credit risks as other fixed income securities.
However, since U.S. government securities are of the highest quality, the credit
risk is minimal. The U.S. government does not guarantee the net asset value of
the assets of the portfolio.

Corporate Bonds

Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or for
capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases and
expansion. In return for the money loaned to the corporation by investors, the
corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay the principal amount
of the bond or note.

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that various
governmental, government-related and private organizations assemble as
securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities, which pay
interest periodically and repay principal maturity specified call dates,
mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist of both interest
and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a "pass-through" of the
monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their mortgage loans, net
of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such

                                     II-2
<PAGE>

securities. Since homeowners usually have the option of paying either part or
all of the loan balance before maturity, the effective maturity of a mortgage
backed security is often shorter than is stated.

Governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers may insure or
guaranty the timely payment of interest and principal of these pools through
various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool
and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The adviser will consider such
insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof in
determining whether a mortgage-related security meets its investment quality
standards. It is possible that the private insurers or guarantors will not meet
their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements.

Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid,
securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily
marketable.

Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA)

GNMA is the principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities.
GNMA is a wholly owned corporation of the U.S. government and it falls within
the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Securities issued by GNMA are
treasury securities, which means the faith and credit of the U.S. government
backs them. GNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on
securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA and backed by pools of FHA-
insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages. GNMA does not guarantee the market value or
yield of mortgage-backed securities or the value of portfolio shares. To buy
GNMA securities, the portfolio may have to pay a premium over the maturity value
of the underlying mortgages, which the portfolio may lose if prepayment occurs.

Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)

FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private
stockholders. FNMA is regulated by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
development. FNMA purchases conventional mortgages from a list of approved
sellers and service providers, including state and federally-chartered savings
and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions
and mortgage bankers. Securities issued by FNMA are agency securities, which
means FNMA, but not the U.S. government, guarantees their timely payment of
principal and interest.

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)

FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government whose stock is owned
by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks. Congress created FHLMC in 1970 to
increase the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. FHLMC
issues Participation Certificates (PCs) which represent interests in
conventional mortgages from its national portfolio. Like FNMA, FHLMC guarantees
the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal, but PCs are
not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers

Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create pass-
through pools of conventional mortgage loans. In addition to guaranteeing the
mortgage-related security, such issuers may service and/or have originated the
underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by these issuers generally offer a
higher rate of interest than pools created by GNMA, FNMA & FHLMC because they
are not guaranteed by a government agency.

Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities

                                     II-3
<PAGE>

Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of
traditional debt securities in a variety of ways, the most significant
differences are mortgage-backed securities:

 .  payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually monthly);
 .  they usually have adjustable interest rates; and

 .  they may pay off their entire principal substantially earlier than their
   final distribution dates so that the price of the security will generally
   decline when interest rates rise.

In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates described in
"Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities," a variety of economic,
geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the underlying
property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to repay the loans
underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than expected. If the prepayment
rates increase, the portfolio may have to reinvest its principal at a rate of
interest that is lower than the rate on existing mortgage-backed securities.

Other Asset-Backed Securities

These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other than
mortgage, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card receivables.
Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are pass-through. In general,
the collateral supporting these securities is of shorter maturity than mortgage
loans and is less likely to experience substantial prepayments with interest
rate fluctuations.

Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by
mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the
benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the
possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to
support payments on these securities. For example, credit card receivables are
generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number
of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which allow debtors to reduce
their balances by offsetting certain amounts owed on the credit cards. Most
issuers of asset-backed securities backed by automobile receivables permit the
servicers of such receivables to retain possession of the underlying
obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party,
there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of
the holders of the related asset-backed securities. Due to the quantity of
vehicles involved and requirements under state laws, asset-backed securities
backed by automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all
of the obligations backing such receivables.

To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make
payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure the
receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion
("liquidity protection"). In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain
insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by the
issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in the pool
("credit support"). Delinquency or loss more than that anticipated or failure of
the credit support could adversely affect the return on an investment in such a
security.

The portfolio may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed securities,
which is the excess cash flow remaining after making required payments on the
securities and paying related administrative expenses. The amount of residual
cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed securities depends
in part on the characteristics of the underlying assets, the coupon rates on the
securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and
the actual prepayment experience on the underlying assets.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

CMOs are hybrids between mortgage-backed bonds and mortgage pass-through
securities. Similar to a bond, CMOs usually pay interest and prepay principal
semiannually. While whole mortgage loans

                                     II-4
<PAGE>

may collateralize CMOs, portfolios of mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by
GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA and their income streams more typically collateralize them.

A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and invests in certain mortgages primarily
secured by interests in real property and other permitted investments.

CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated
maturity. Each class of CMO or REMIC certificate, often referred to as a
"tranche," is issued at a specific interest rate and must be fully retired by
its final distribution date. Generally, all classes of CMOs or REMIC
certificates pay or accrue interest monthly. Investing in the lowest tranche of
CMOs and REMIC certificates involves risks similar to those associated with
investing in equity securities.

Short-Term Investments

To earn a return on uninvested assets, meet anticipated redemptions, or for
temporary defensive purposes, a portfolio may invest a portion of its assets in
the short-term securities listed below, U.S. government securities and
Investment-grade corporate debt securities. Unless otherwise specified, a short-
term debt security has a maturity of one year or less.

Bank Obligations

The portfolio will only invest in a security issued by a commercial bank if
the bank:

 .  has total assets of at least $1 billion, or the equivalent in other
   currencies;

 .  is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; and

 .  is a foreign branch of a U.S. bank and the adviser believes the security is
   of an investment quality comparable with other debt securities that the
   portfolio may purchase.

Time Deposits

Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits, such as savings accounts or
certificates of deposit, held by a financial institution for a fixed term with
the understanding that the depositor can withdraw its money only by giving
notice to the institution. However, there may be early withdrawal penalties
depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation.
The portfolio may only purchase time deposits maturing from two business days
through seven calendar days.

Certificates of Deposit

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
deposited in a commercial bank or savings and loan association for a definite
period of time and earning a specified return.

Banker's Acceptance

A banker's acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a borrower,
usually in connection with an international commercial transaction (to finance
the import, export, transfer or storage of goods).

Commercial Paper

Commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a maturity ranging from 1 to
270 days issued by banks, corporations and other borrowers. Such investments are
unsecured and usually discounted. A portfolio may invest in commercial paper
rated A-1 or A-2 by S&P or Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's, or, if not rated,
issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue rated A or
better by Moody's or by S&P. See Appendix A for a description of commercial
paper ratings.

                                     II-5
<PAGE>

Yankee Bonds

Yankee bonds are dollar-denominated bonds issued inside the United States by
foreign entities. Investment in these securities involve certain risks which are
not typically associated with investing in domestic securities. See "FOREIGN
SECURITIES".

Zero Coupon Bonds

These securities make no periodic payments of interest, but instead are sold at
a discount from their face value. When held to maturity, their entire income,
which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the difference between the
issue price and their value at maturity. The amount of the discount rate varies
depending on factors including the time remaining until maturity, prevailing
interest rates, the security's liquidity and the issuer's credit quality. The
market value of zero coupon securities may exhibit greater price volatility than
ordinary debt securities because a stripped security will have a longer duration
than an ordinary debt security with the same maturity. The portfolio's
investments in pay-in-kind, delayed and zero coupon bonds may require it to sell
certain of its portfolio securities to generate sufficient cash to satisfy
certain income distribution requirements.

These securities may include treasury securities that have had their interest
payments ("coupons") separated from the underlying principal ("corpus") by their
holder, typically a custodian bank or investment brokerage firm. Once the holder
of the security has stripped or separated corpus and coupons, it may sell each
component separately. The principal or corpus is then sold at a deep discount
because the buyer receives only the right to receive a future fixed payment on
the security and does not receive any rights to periodic interest (cash)
payments. Typically, the coupons are sold separately or grouped with other
coupons with like maturity dates and sold bundled in such form. The underlying
treasury security is held in book-entry form at the Federal Reserve Bank or, in
the case of bearer securities (i.e., unregistered securities which are owned
ostensibly by the bearer or holder thereof), in trust on behalf of the owners
thereof. Purchasers of stripped obligations acquire, in effect, discount
obligations that are economically identical to the zero coupon securities that
the Treasury sells itself.

The United States Treasury has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero coupon
securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of particular
interest coupon and corpus payments on Treasury securities through the Federal
Reserve book-entry record keeping system. Under a Federal Reserve program known
as "STRIPS" or "Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of
Securities," the portfolio can record its beneficial ownership of the coupon or
corpus directly in the book-entry record-keeping system.

Terms to Understand

Maturity

Every debt security has a stated maturity date when the issuer must repay the
amount it borrowed (principal) from investors. Some debt securities, however,
are callable, meaning the issuer can repay the principal earlier, on or after
specified dates (call dates). Debt securities are most likely to be called when
interest rates are falling because the issuer can refinance at a lower rate,
similar to a homeowner refinancing a mortgage. The effective maturity of a debt
security is usually its nearest call date.

A portfolio that invests in debt securities has no real maturity. Instead, it
calculates its weighted average maturity. This number is an average of the
stated maturity of each debt security held by the portfolio, with the maturity
of each security weighted by the percentage of the assets of the portfolio it
represents.

                                     II-6
<PAGE>

Duration

Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity of a debt
security, or a portfolio that invests in debt securities, to changes in interest
rates. It measures sensitivity more accurately than maturity because it takes
into account the time value of cash flows generated over the life of a debt
security. Future interest payments and principal payments are discounted to
reflect their present value and then are multiplied by the number of years they
will be received to produce a value expressed in years --the duration. Effective
duration takes into account call features and sinking fund prepayments that may
shorten the life of a debt security.

An effective duration of 4 years, for example, would suggest that for each 1%
reduction in interest rates at all maturity levels, the price of a security is
estimated to increase by 4%. An increase in rates by the same magnitude is
estimated to reduce the price of the security by 4%. By knowing the yield and
the effective duration of a debt security, one can estimate total return based
on an expectation of how much interest rates, in general, will change. While
serving as a good estimator of prospective returns, effective duration is an
imperfect measure.

Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities

The total return of a debt instrument is composed of two elements: the
percentage change in the security's price and interest income earned. The yield
to maturity of a debt security estimates its total return only if the price of
the debt security remains unchanged during the holding period and coupon
interest is reinvested at the same yield to maturity. The total return of a debt
instrument, therefore, will be determined not only by how much interest is
earned, but also by how much the price of the security and interest rates
change.

Interest Rates

The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction from
interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up, the value of the bond will go
down, and vice versa).

Prepayment Risk

This risk effects mainly mortgage-backed securities. Unlike other debt
securities, falling interest rates can hurt mortgage-backed securities, which
may cause your share price to fall. Lower rates motivate people to pay off
mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier than expected. The portfolio
may then have to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayments at lower interest
rates, which can reduce its yield. The unexpected timing of mortgage and asset-
backed prepayments caused by the variations in interest rates may also shorten
or lengthen the average maturity of the portfolio. If left unattended, drifts in
the average maturity of the portfolio can have the unintended effect of
increasing or reducing the effective duration of the portfolio, which may
adversely affect the expected performance of the portfolio.

Extension Risk

The other side of prepayment risk occurs when interest rates are rising. Rising
interest rates can cause a portfolio's average maturity to lengthen unexpectedly
due to a drop in mortgage prepayments. This would increase the sensitivity of a
portfolio to rising rates and its potential for price declines. Extending the
average life of a mortgage-backed security increases the risk of depreciation
due to future increases in market interest rates. For these reasons, mortgage-
backed securities may be less effective than other types of U.S. government
securities as a means of "locking in" interest rates.

Credit Rating

Coupon interest is offered to investors of debt securities as compensation for
assuming risk, although short-term treasury securities, such as 3-month treasury
bills, are considered "risk free." Corporate

                                     II-7
<PAGE>

  securities offer higher yields than treasury because their payment of interest
  and complete repayment of principal is less certain. The credit rating or
  financial condition of an issuer may affect the value of a debt security.
  Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security, the greater the risks
  that the issuer will fail to pay interest and return principal. To compensate
  investors for taking on increased risk, issuers with lower credit ratings
  usually offer their investors a higher "risk premium" in the form of higher
  interest rates above comparable treasuries securities.

  Changes in investor confidence regarding the certainty of interest and
  principal payments of a corporate debt security will result in an adjustment
  to this "risk premium." Since an issuer's outstanding debt carries a fixed
  coupon, adjustments to the risk premium must occur in the price, which effects
  the yield to maturity of the bond. If an issuer defaults or becomes unable to
  honor its financial obligations, the bond may lose some or all of its value

  A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating agency
  is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay interest
  and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond. Adverse economic
  conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the capacity of the
  issuer to pay interest and repay principal. If a security is not rated or is
  rated under a different system, the adviser may determine that it is of
  investment-grade. The adviser may retain securities that are downgraded, if it
  believes that keeping those securities is warranted.

  Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly
  speculative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit worthy
  and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies. A corporation may issue a junk
  bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar event. Compared
  with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater degree of risk and are
  less likely to make payments of interest and principal. Market developments
  and the financial and business condition of the corporation issuing these
  securities influences their price and liquidity more than changes in interest
  rates, when compared to investment-grade debt securities. Insufficient
  liquidity in the junk bond market may make it more difficult to dispose of
  junk bonds and may cause the portfolio to experience sudden and substantial
  price declines. A lack of reliable, objective data or market quotations may
  make it more difficult to value junk bonds accurately.

  Rating agencies are organizations that assign ratings to securities based
  primarily on the rating agency's assessment of the issuer's financial
  strength. The portfolios currently use ratings compiled by Moody's Investor
  Services ("Moody's"), Standard and Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P"), Duff &
  Phelps Rating Co. and Fitch IBCA. Credit ratings are only an agency's opinion,
  not an absolute standard of quality, and they do not reflect an evaluation of
  market risk. Appendix A contains further information concerning the ratings of
  certain rating agencies and their significance.

  The adviser may use ratings produced by ratings agencies as guidelines to
  determine the rating of a security at the time the portfolio buys it. A rating
  agency may change its credit ratings at any time. The adviser monitors the
  rating of the security and will take appropriate actions if a rating agency
  reduces the security's rating. The portfolio is not obligated to dispose of
  securities whose issuers subsequently are in default or which are downgraded
  below the above-stated ratings.



DERIVATIVES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying
  asset, such as a stock or a bond, an underlying economic factor, such as an
  interest rate or a market benchmark, such as an index. A portfolio may use
  derivatives to gain exposure to various markets in a cost efficient manner, to
  reduce transaction costs or to remain fully invested.  A portfolio may also
  try to minimize its loss by investing in derivatives to protect it from broad
  fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange
  rates. Investing in derivatives for these purposes is known as "hedging." When
  hedging is successful, the portfolio will have offset any depreciation in the
  value of its portfolio securities by the appreciation in the value of the
  derivative position. Although techniques other than the sale and purchase of
  derivatives could be used to control the exposure of the portfolio to market
  fluctuations, the use of derivatives may be a more effective means of hedging
  this exposure.

                                     II-8
<PAGE>

Types of Derivatives

  Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

  A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell
  a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a specific
  price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the
  unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee.
  Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency
  futures contracts in certain respects.  Unlike futures contracts, forward
  contracts:

  .  Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to the
     contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).

  .  Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between currency
     traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers, as opposed to
     futures contracts which are traded in only on exchanges regulated by the
     CFTC.

  .  Do not require an initial margin deposit.

  .  May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency
     trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to a
     commodities exchange.

  Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies

  A "settlement hedge" or "transaction hedge" is designed to protect the
  portfolio against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the
  date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or
  received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of the
  amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security transaction for
  a fixed amount of U.S. dollars "locks in" the U.S. dollar price of the
  security. The portfolio may also use forward contracts to purchase or sell a
  foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or selling securities
  denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet selected the specific
  investments.

  The portfolio may also use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in the
  value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a hedge,
  sometimes referred to as a "position hedge," would tend to offset both
  positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in
  security values caused by other factors. The portfolio could also hedge the
  position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the
  currency in which the portfolio's investment is denominated. This type of
  hedge, sometimes referred to as a "proxy hedge," could offer advantages in
  terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency
  exposure as effectively as a direct hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may
  result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to
  the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

  Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the
  underlying prices of the securities that the portfolio owns or intends to
  purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can
  achieve at some future point in time.  Additionally, these techniques tend to
  minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency
  and to limit any potential gain that might result from the increase in value
  of such currency.

  The portfolio may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment
  exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the
  delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency,
  including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This
  may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or from
  one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of strategy,
  sometimes known as a "cross-hedge," will tend to reduce or eliminate exposure
  to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to the currency that is
  purchased. Cross-hedges protect against losses resulting from a decline in the
  hedged currency, but will cause the portfolio to assume the risk of
  fluctuations in the value of the currency it purchases. Cross hedging
  transactions also involve the risk of imperfect correlation between changes in
  the values of the currencies involved.

                                     II-9
<PAGE>

  It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio
  securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract.
  Accordingly, the portfolio may have to purchase additional foreign currency on
  the spot market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less than
  the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely, the
  portfolio may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency it
  received upon the sale of a security if the market value of such security
  exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver.

  Futures

  A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party sells
  and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial instrument
  at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument underlying the
  contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index, interest rate, foreign
  exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing to buy the underlying
  financial information is called buying a futures contract or taking a long
  position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to sell the underlying financial
  instrument is called selling a futures contract or taking a short position in
  the contract.

  Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges or
  boards of trade -- known as "contract markets" -- approved for such trading
  and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, a federal agency.
  These contract markets standardize the terms, including the maturity date and
  underlying financial instrument, of all futures contracts.

  Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to pay
  for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future date (the
  delivery date). Contract markets require both the purchaser and seller to
  deposit "initial margin" with a futures broker, known as a futures commission
  merchant, when they enter into the contract. Initial margin deposits are
  typically equal to a percentage of the contract's value. After they open a
  futures contract, the parties to the transaction must compare the purchase
  price of the contract to its daily market value. If the value of the futures
  contract changes in such a way that a party's position declines, that party
  must make additional "variation margin" payments so that the margin payment is
  adequate. On the other hand, the value of the contract may change in such a
  way that there is excess margin on deposit, possibly entitling the party that
  has a gain to receive all or a portion of this amount.  This process is known
  as "marking to the market."

  Although the actual terms of a futures contract calls for the actual delivery
  of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the parties may
  close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an identical
  contract. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the original purchase
  price, the party closing the contract would realize a gain; if it is more, it
  would realize a loss. The opposite is also true for a sale, that is, if the
  offsetting sale price is more than the original sale price, the party closing
  the contract would realize a gain; if it is less, it would realize a loss.

  The portfolio will incur commission expenses in both opening and closing
  futures positions.

  Options

  An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a
  financial instrument for a specified price (known as the "strike price" or
  "exercise price") at any time during the option period.  Unlike a futures
  contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a
  financial instrument.  Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer two
  kinds of rights: a "call" (the right to buy the security) or a "put" (the
  right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying
  instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices,
  foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts.  Options may be
  traded on an exchange (exchange-traded-options) or may be customized
  agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or "OTC options").  Like
  futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation,
  financially backs exchange-traded options.  However, OTC options have no such
  intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counter-party will not
  fulfill its obligations under the contract.


                                     II-10
<PAGE>

  Purchasing Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the
  instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price.  In return for this
  right, the portfolio pays the current market price for the option (known as
  the "option premium"). The portfolio may purchase put options to offset or
  hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities ("protective
  puts") or to benefit from a decline in the price of securities that it does
  not own.  The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise
  price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs. However, if the
  price of the underlying instrument does not fall enough to offset the cost of
  purchasing the option, a put buyer would lose the premium and related
  transaction costs.

  Call options are similar to put options, except that the portfolio obtains the
  right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the option's
  strike price. The portfolio would normally purchase call options in
  anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns or wants
  to buy. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the exercise price
  plus the premium paid and related transaction costs.  Otherwise, the portfolio
  would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the call option.

  The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

  .  Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;

  .  Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put option) or
     buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying instrument at the
     strike price; or

  .  Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.

  Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell
  specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the
  option is exercised at any time before the expiration date.  Similarly, when
  the portfolio writes a put option it assumes an obligation to purchase
  specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the option
  is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The portfolio may
  terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option before exercise by
  buying an option identical to the one it has written.  Similarly, it may
  cancel an over-the-counter option by entering into an offsetting transaction
  with the counter-party to the option.

  The portfolio could try to hedge against an increase in the value of
  securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those
  securities.  If security prices rise, the portfolio would expect the put
  option to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the
  security's value.   If security prices remain the same over time, the
  portfolio would hope to profit by closing out the put option at a lower price.
  If security prices fall, the portfolio may lose an amount of money equal to
  the difference between the value of the security and the premium it received.
  Writing covered put options may deprive the portfolio of the opportunity to
  profit from a decrease in the market price of the securities it would like to
  acquire.

  The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing
  put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices remain the
  same or fall.  The portfolio could try to hedge against a decline in the value
  of securities it already owns by writing a call option.  If the price of that
  security falls as expected, the portfolio would expect the option to expire
  and the premium it received to offset the decline of the security's value.
  However, the portfolio must be prepared to deliver the underlying instrument
  in return for the strike price, which may deprive it of the opportunity to
  profit from an increase in the market price of the securities it holds.

  The portfolio is permitted only to write covered options.  The portfolio can
  cover a call option by owning, at the time of selling the option:

                                     II-11
<PAGE>

 .  The underlying security (or securities convertible into the underlying
   security without additional consideration), index, interest rate, foreign
   currency or futures contract;

 .  A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser exercise
   price;

 .  A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise price and
   segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the difference
   between the exercise prices;

 .  Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the optioned
   securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract; or

 .  In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that corresponds to the
   index.

   The portfolio can cover a put option by, at the time of selling the option:

 .  Entering into a short position in the underlying security;

 .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
   currency or futures contract with the same or greater exercise price;

 .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
   currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price and segregating
   cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the difference between the
   exercise prices; or

 .  Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

Options on Securities Indices

Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except that
the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement payments and
does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In addition,
securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group
of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price fluctuations
in a single security.

Options on Futures

An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a
futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract (in
the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price. Upon exercise of the option
by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a corresponding
short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a call option) or a
corresponding long position (in the case of a put option). If the option is
exercised, the parties will be subject to the futures contracts. In addition,
the writer of an option on a futures contract is subject to initial and
variation margin requirements on the option position. Options on futures
contracts are traded on the same contract market as the underlying futures
contract.

The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the option
early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e., the same
exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously purchased or sold.
The difference between the premiums paid and received represents the trader's
profit or loss on the transaction.

The portfolio may purchase put and call options on futures contracts instead of
selling or buying futures contracts. The portfolio may buy a put option on a
futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a futures contract. It also
may purchase such put options in order to hedge a long position in the
underlying futures contract. The portfolio may buy call options on futures
contracts for the same purpose as the actual purchase of the futures contracts,
such as in anticipation of favorable market conditions.

The portfolio may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a
decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures contracts. If the
price of the futures contract at expiration were below the exercise price, the
portfolio would retain the option premium, which would offset, in part, any
decline in the value of its portfolio securities.

                                     II-12
<PAGE>

The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase of
the futures contracts, except that, if market price declines, the portfolio
would pay more than the market price for the underlying instrument. The premium
received on the sale of the put option, less any transaction costs, would reduce
the net cost to the portfolio.

Swaps, Caps, Collars and Floors

Swap Agreements

A swap is a financial instrument that typically involves the exchange of cash
flows between two parties on specified dates (settlement dates), where the cash
flows are based on agreed-upon prices, rates, indices, etc. The nominal amount
on which the cash flows are calculated is called the notional amount. Swaps are
individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of
different types of investments or market factors, such as interest rates,
foreign currency rates, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates, security
prices or inflation rates.

Swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the
investments of the portfolio and its share price. The performance of swap
agreements may be affected by a change in the specific interest rate, currency,
or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and from the
portfolio. If a swap agreement calls for payments by the portfolio, the
portfolio must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if the
counter-party's creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement would
be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.

Generally, swap agreements have a fixed maturity date that will be agreed upon
by the parties. The agreement can be terminated before the maturity date only
under limited circumstances, such as default by one of the parties or
insolvency, among others, and can be transferred by a party only with the prior
written consent of the other party. The portfolio may be able to eliminate its
exposure under a swap agreement either by assignment or by other disposition, or
by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same party or a similarly
creditworthy party. If the counter-party is unable to meet its obligations under
the contract, declares bankruptcy, defaults or becomes insolvent, the portfolio
may not be able to recover the money it expected to receive under the contract.

A swap agreement can be a form of leverage, which can magnify a portfolio's
gains or losses. In order to reduce the risk associated with leveraging, a
portfolio will cover its current obligations under swap agreements according to
guidelines established by the SEC. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement
on a net basis, it will segregate assets with a daily value at least equal to
the excess, if any, of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the swap
agreement over the accrued amount the portfolio is entitled to receive under the
agreement. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on other than a net
basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full amount of the
portfolio's accrued obligations under the agreement.

Equity Swaps -- In a typical equity index swap, one party agrees to pay another
party the return on a stock, stock index or basket of stocks in return for a
specified interest rate. By entering into an equity index swap, for example, the
index receiver can gain exposure to stocks making up the index of securities
without actually purchasing those stocks. Equity index swaps involve not only
the risk associated with investment in the securities represented in the index,
but also the risk that the performance of such securities, including dividends,
will not exceed the return on the interest rate that the portfolio will be
committed to pay.

Interest Rate Swaps -- Interest rate swaps are financial instruments that
involve the exchange on one type of interest rate for another type of interest
rate cash flow on specified dates in the future. Some of the different types of
interest rate swaps are "fixed-for floating rate swaps," "termed basis swaps"
and "index amortizing swaps." Fixed-for floating rate swap involve the exchange
of fixed interest rate cash flows for floating rate cash flows. Termed basis
swaps entail cash flows to both parties based on floating interest rates, where
the interest rate indices are different. Index amortizing swaps are typically
fixed-for floating swaps where the notional amount changes if certain conditions
are met.

                                     II-13
<PAGE>

Like a traditional investment in a debt security, a portfolio could lose money
by investing in an interest rate swap if interest rates change adversely. For
example, if the portfolio enters into a swap where it agrees to exchange a
floating rate of interest for a fixed rate of interest, the portfolio may have
to pay more money than it receives. Similarly, if the portfolio enters into a
swap where it agrees to exchange a fixed rate of interest for a floating rate of
interest, the portfolio may receive less money than it has agreed to pay.

Currency Swaps -- A currency swap is an agreement between two parties in which
one party agrees to make interest rate payments in one currency and the other
promises to make interest rate payments in another currency. A portfolio may
enter into a currency swap when it has one currency and desires a different
currency. Typically the interest rates that determine the currency swap payments
are fixed, although occasionally one or both parties may pay a floating rate of
interest. Unlike an interest rate swap, however, the principal amounts are
exchanged at the beginning of the contract and returned at the end of the
contract. Changes in foreign exchange rates and changes in interest rates, as
described above may negatively affect currency swaps.

Caps, Collars and Floors

Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. In a
typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under
specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other
party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to
receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed-
upon level. The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make payments
to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-upon level.
An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and selling a floor.

Combined Positions

The portfolio may purchase and write options in combination with each other, or
in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and return
characteristics of the overall position. For example, the portfolio could
construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar
to selling a futures contract by purchasing a put option and writing a call
option on the same underlying instrument. Alternatively, the portfolio could
write a call option at one strike price and buy a call option at a lower price
to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a substantial
price increase. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they
result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close
out.

Risks of Derivatives

While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these transactions
themselves entail certain other risks. For example, unanticipated changes in
interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates may result in a
poorer overall performance of the portfolio than if it had not entered into any
derivatives transactions. Derivatives may magnify the portfolio's gains or
losses, causing it to make or lose substantially more than it invested.

When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities the
portfolio holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses incurred with a
derivative. Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than hedging could expose
the portfolio to greater risks.

Correlation of Prices

The portfolio's ability to hedge its securities through derivatives depends on
the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or instrument
correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In the case of poor
correlation, the price of the securities the portfolio is hedging may not move
in the same amount, or even in the same direction as the hedging instrument. The
adviser will try to minimize this risk by investing only in those contracts
whose behavior it expects to resemble the

                                     II-14
<PAGE>

portfolio securities it is trying to hedge. However, if the portfolio's
prediction of interest and currency rates, market value, volatility or other
economic factors is incorrect, the portfolio may lose money, or may not make as
much money as it expected.

Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments,
even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are very similar to
the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that may cause such a
divergence.

 .  current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of
   the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the
   contract;

 .  a difference between the derivatives and securities markets, including
   different levels of demand, how the instruments are traded, the imposition of
   daily price fluctuation limits or trading of an instrument stops; and

 .  differences between the derivatives, such as different margin requirements,
   different liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in
   such markets.

Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a
particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based on a
broad market index. Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller number of
securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price fluctuations
because of changes in the value of those securities.

While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with
exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value of the
investments of the portfolio. A currency hedge, for example, should protect a
yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not protect the
portfolio against a price decline resulting from deterioration in the issuer's
creditworthiness. Because the value of the portfolio's foreign-denominated
investments changes in response to many factors other than exchange rates, it
may not be possible to match the amount of currency options and futures to the
value of the portfolio's investments precisely over time.

Lack of Liquidity

Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, the portfolio can
terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale transaction.
Moreover, a portfolio may close out a futures contract only on the exchange the
contract was initially traded. Although a portfolio intends to purchase options
and futures only where there appears to be an active market, there is no
guarantee that such a liquid market will exist. If there is no secondary market
for the contract, or the market is illiquid, the portfolio may not be able to
close out its position. In an illiquid market, the portfolio may:

 .  have to sell securities to meet its daily margin requirements at a time when
   it is disadvantageous to do so;

 .  have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract;

 .  not be able to hedge its investments; and

 .  not be able realize profits or limit its losses.

Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time and
price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

 .  an exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative
   instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives, which
   sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility;

 .  unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations of an
   exchange;

 .  the facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current trading
   volume;

                                     II-15
<PAGE>

 .  equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage firm
   or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt normal trading activity;
   or

 .  investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category of
   derivatives.

Management Risk

If the adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends, the
portfolio may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if the
portfolio were to write a call option based on its adviser's expectation that
the price of the underlying security would fall, but the price were to rise
instead, the portfolio could be required to sell the security upon exercise at a
price below the current market price. Similarly, if the portfolio were to write
a put option based on the adviser's expectation that the price of the underlying
security would rise, but the price were to fall instead, the portfolio could be
required to purchase the security upon exercise at a price higher than the
current market price.

Volatility and Leverage

The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly,
substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of factors,
including

 .  actual and anticipated changes in interest rates;

 .  fiscal and monetary policies; and

 .  national and international political events.

Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can change
during a single trading day. Daily trading limits establish the maximum amount
that the price of a derivative may vary from the settlement price of that
derivative at the end of trading on the previous day. Once the price of a
derivative reaches this value, a portfolio may not trade that derivative at a
price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a
given day and does not limit potential gains or losses. Derivative prices have
occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days,
preventing prompt liquidation of the derivative.

Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a derivative
position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of leverage.
Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative may result in an
immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the portfolio and it may
lose more than it originally invested in the derivative.

If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, the portfolio may have to
sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to meet its
minimum daily margin requirement. The portfolio may lose its margin deposits if
a broker-dealer with whom it has an open futures contract or related option
becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.


EQUITY SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Equity Securities

   Common Stocks

   Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company. Common stocks
   usually carry voting rights and earn dividends. Unlike preferred stocks,
   which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are
   declared at the discretion of the company's board of directors.

                                     II-16
<PAGE>

Preferred Stocks

Preferred stocks are also units of ownership in a company. Preferred stocks
normally have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the
liquidation of the company. However, in all other resects, preferred stocks are
subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer. Unlike common stocks, preferred
stocks are generally not entitled to vote on corporate matters. Types of
preferred stocks include adjustable-rate preferred stock, fixed dividend
preferred stock, perpetual preferred stock, and sinking fund preferred stock.
Generally, the market values of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and
no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived credit
risk.

Convertible Securities

Convertible securities are debt securities and preferred stocks that are
convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio. In
exchange for the conversion feature, many corporations will pay a lower rate of
interest on convertible securities than debt securities of the same corporation.
Their market price tends to go up if the stock price moves up.

Convertible securities are subject to the same risks as similar securities
without the convertible feature. The price of a convertible security is more
volatile during times of steady interest rates than other types of debt
securities.

Rights and Warrants

A right is a privilege granted to exiting shareholders of a corporation to
subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued. Rights
normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely transferable
and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower price than the
public offering price. Warrants are securities that are usually issued together
with a debt security or preferred stock and that give the holder the right to
buy proportionate amount of common stock at a specified price. Warrants are
freely transferable and are traded on major exchanges. Unlike rights, warrants
normally have a life that measured in years and entitle the holder to buy common
stock of a company at a price that is usually higher than the market price at
the time the warrant is issued. Corporations often issue warrants to make the
accompanying debt security more attractive.

An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain other
types of investments. Generally, rights and warrants do not carry the right to
receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the underlying
securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer. In
addition, their value does not necessarily change with the value of the
underlying securities, and they cease to have value if they are not exercised on
or before their expiration date. Investing in rights and warrants increases the
potential profit or loss to be realized from the investment as compared with
investing the same amount in the underlying securities.

Risks of Investing in Equity Securities

General Risks of Investing in Stocks

While investing in stocks allows a portfolio to participate in the benefits of
owning a company, the portfolio must accept the risks of ownership. Unlike
bondholders, who have preference to a company's earnings and cash flow,
preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in order of priority,
are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets its other
obligations. For this reason, the value of a company's stock will usually react
more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company's financial
condition or prospects than its debt obligations. Stockholders of a company that
fares poorly can lose money.

Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of rising
and falling stock prices. The value of a company's stock may fall because of:

 .  Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made by its
   management or lower demand for the company's products or services;

                                     II-17
<PAGE>

 .  Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production costs;
   and

 .  Changes in financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated to the
   company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates, currency exchange
   rates or inflation rates.

Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other
obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer
will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more
senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

Small and Medium-Sized Companies

A small or medium-sized company is a company whose market capitalization falls
with the range specified in the prospectus of the portfolio. Investors in small
and medium-sized companies typically take on greater risk and price volatility
than they would by investing in larger, more established companies. This
increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of their small or medium
size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and frequent
lack of management depth. The securities of small and medium companies are often
traded in the over-the-counter market and might not be traded in volumes typical
of securities traded on a national securities exchange. Thus, the securities of
small and medium capitalization companies are likely to be less liquid, and
subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements, than securities of larger,
more established companies.

Technology Companies

Stocks of technology companies have tended to be subject to greater volatility
than securities of companies that are not dependent upon or associated with
technological issues. Technology companies operate in various industries. Since
these industries frequently share common characteristics, an event or issue
affecting one industry may significantly influence other, related industries.
For example, technology companies may be strongly affected by worldwide
scientific or technological developments and their products and services may be
subject to governmental regulation or adversely affected by governmental
policies.

FOREIGN SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Foreign Securities

   Foreign securities are debt and equity securities that are traded in markets
   outside of the United States. The markets in which these securities are
   located can be developed or emerging. People can invest in foreign securities
   in a number of ways:

 .  They can invest directly in foreign securities denominated in a foreign
   currency;

 .  They can invest in American Depositary Receipts; and

 .   They can invest in investment funds.

American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership of
shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository banks
and generally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere.
A custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer's home country
holds the underlying shares in trust. The depository bank may not have physical
custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge fees for
various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and corporate
actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying foreign
securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to
be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign
securities.

                                     II-18
<PAGE>

   Emerging Markets

   An "emerging country" is generally country that the International Bank for
   Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Finance
   Corporation would consider to be an emerging or developing country.
   Typically, emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of
   industrialization, with lower gross national products (GNP) than more
   developed countries. There are currently over 130 countries that the
   international financial community generally considers to be emerging or
   developing countries, approximately 40 of which currently have stock markets.
   These countries generally include every nation in the world except the United
   States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most nations located in
   Western Europe.

   Investment Funds

   Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the
   securities of their companies. Certain emerging countries, however, permit
   indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and traded
   on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have specifically
   authorized. The portfolio may invest in these investment funds subject to the
   provisions of the 1940 Act. If a portfolio invests in such investment funds,
   its shareholders will bear not only their proportionate share of the expenses
   of the portfolio (including operating expenses and the fees of the adviser),
   but also will bear indirectly bear similar expenses of the underlying
   investment funds. In addition, these investment funds may trade at a premium
   over their net asset value.

Risks of Foreign Securities

   Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S.
   entities with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks in
   addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

   Political and Economic Factors

   Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military action
   or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value of foreign
   investments. Listed below are some of the more important political and
   economic factors that could negatively affect a portfolio's investments.

   .  The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of the
      United States in such areas as growth of gross national product, rate of
      inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, budget
      deficits and national debt;

   .  Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree, through
      ownership interests or regulation, in their respective economies. Actions
      by these governments could significantly influence the market prices of
      securities and payment of dividends;

   .  The economies of many foreign countries are dependent on international
      trade and their trading partners and they could be severely affected if
      their trading partners were to enact protective trade barriers and
      economic conditions;

   .  The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less stable
      than in the United States. Other countries face significant external
      political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by other countries
      or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes; and

   .  A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S. investors,
      including expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory
      taxation and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A country may restrict
      or control foreign investments in its securities markets. These
      restrictions could limit ability of a portfolio to invest a particular
      country or make it very expensive for the portfolio to invest in that
      country. Some countries require prior governmental approval, limit the
      types or amount of securities or companies in which a foreigner can
      invest. Other countries may restrict the ability of foreign investors to
      repatriate their investment income and capital gains.

                                     II-19
<PAGE>

   Information and Supervision

   There is generally less publicly available information about foreign
   companies than companies based in the United States. For example, there are
   often no reports and ratings published about foreign companies comparable to
   the ones written about United States companies. Foreign companies are
   typically not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting
   standards, practices and requirements comparable to those applicable United
   States companies. The lack of comparable information makes investment
   decisions concerning foreign countries more difficult and less reliable than
   domestic companies.

   Stock Exchange and Market Risk

   The adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter
   (OTC) market located outside of the United States will be the best available
   market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume
   and sophistication, are generally not as developed as the markets in the
   United States. Foreign stocks markets tend to differ from those in the United
   States in a number of ways:

   .  They are generally not as developed or efficient as, and more volatile,
      than those in the United States;

   .  They have substantially less volume;

   .  Their securities tend to be less liquid and to experience rapid and
      erratic price movements;

   .  Commissions on foreign stocks are generally higher and subject to set
      minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates;

   .  Foreign security trading, settlement and custodial practices are often
      less developed than those in U.S. markets; and

   .  They may have different settlement practices, which may cause delays and
      increase the potential for failed settlements.


   Foreign Currency Risk

   While, the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in United States
   dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in
   foreign currencies. Thus, a change in a the value of a foreign currency
   against the United States dollar will result in a corresponding change in
   value of the securities held by a portfolio. Some of the factors that may
   impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

   .  It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into United States
      dollars and vice versa;

   .  Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the values
      of various currencies, including United States dollars, and their exchange
      rates;

   .  Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or
      selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts,
      since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other
      market forces;

   .  There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign
      currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available through
      dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis;

   .  Available quotation information is generally representative of very large
      round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not reflect
      exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1 million)
      where rates may be less favorable; and

                                     II-20
<PAGE>

   .  The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock
      market. To the extent that a market is closed while the markets for the
      underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may not always reflect
      significant price and rate movements.

   Taxes

   Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest
   income. Although in some countries the portfolio may recover a portion of
   these taxes, the portion it cannot recover will reduce the income the
   portfolio receives from its investments. The portfolio does not expect such
   foreign withholding taxes to have a significant impact on performance.

   Emerging Markets

   Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
   Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than
   those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties of
   investing in less established markets and economies. In particular, countries
   with emerging markets may:

   .  Have relatively unstable governments;

   .  Present greater risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions on
      foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets; and

   .  Offer less protection of property rights than more developed countries.

   .  Have economies that are based on only a few industries, may be highly
      vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may suffer
      from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates.

   .  Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may be
      unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume, potentially
      making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impossible at times.

The Euro

   The single currency for the European Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU"), the
   Euro, is scheduled to replace the national currencies for participating
   member countries over a period that began on January 1, 1999 and ends in July
   2002. At the end of that period, use of the Euro will be compulsory and
   countries in the EMU will no longer maintain separate currencies in any form.
   Until then, however, each country and issuers within each country are free to
   choose whether to use the Euro.

   On January 1, 1999, existing national currencies became denominations of the
   Euro at fixed rates according to practices prescribed by the European
   Monetary Institute and the Euro became available as a book-entry currency. On
   or about that date, member states began conducting financial market
   transactions in Euros and redenominating many investments, currency balances
   and transfer mechanisms into Euros. The portfolio also anticipates pricing,
   trading, settling and valuing investments whose nominal values remain in
   their existing domestic currencies in Euros. Accordingly, the portfolio
   expects the conversion to the Euro to impact investments in countries that
   will adopt the Euro in all aspects of the investment process, including
   trading, foreign exchange, payments, settlements, cash accounts, custody and
   accounting. Some of the uncertainties surrounding the conversion to the Euro
   include:

   .  Will the payment and operational systems of banks and other financial
      institutions be ready by the scheduled launch date?

   .  Will the conversion to the Euro have legal consequences on outstanding
      financial contracts that refer to existing currencies rather than Euro?

                                     II-21
<PAGE>

     .  How will existing currencies be exchanged into Euro?

     .  Will suitable clearing and settlement payment systems for the new
        currency be created?


INVESTMENT COMPANIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A portfolio may buy and sell shares of other investment companies. Such
     investment companies may pay management and other fees that are similar to
     the fees currently paid by a portfolio. Like other shareholders, each
     portfolio would pay its proportionate share those fees. Consequently,
     shareholders of a portfolio would pay not only the management fees of the
     portfolio, but also the management fees of the investment company in which
     the portfolio invests.

     The SEC has granted an order that allows a portfolio to invest the greater
     of 5% of its total assets or $2.5 million in the UAM DSI Money Market
     Portfolio, provided that the investment is:

     .  For cash management purposes;

     .  Consistent with a portfolio's investment policies and restrictions; and

     .  The adviser to the investing portfolio waives any fees it earns on the
        assets of the portfolio that are invested in the UAM DSI Money Market
        Portfolio.

     The investing portfolio will bear expenses of the UAM DSI Money Market
     Portfolio on the same basis as all of its other shareholders.


REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     In a repurchase agreement, an investor agrees to buy a security (underlying
     security) from a securities dealer or bank that is a member of the Federal
     Reserve System (counter-party). At the time, the counter-party agrees to
     repurchase the underlying security for the same price, plus interest.
     Repurchase agreements are generally for a relatively short period (usually
     not more than 7 days). The portfolios normally use repurchase agreements to
     earn income on assets that are not invested.

     When it enters into a repurchase agreement, a portfolio will:

     .  Pay for the underlying securities only upon physically receiving them or
        upon evidence of their receipt in book-entry form; and

     .  Require the counter party to add to the collateral whenever the price of
        the repurchase agreement rises above the value of the underlying
        security (i.e., it will require the borrower "mark to the market" on a
        daily basis).

     If the seller of the security declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes
     financially unable to buy back the security, a portfolio's right to sell
     the security may be restricted. In addition, the value of the security
     might decline before a portfolio can sell it and a portfolio might incur
     expenses in enforcing its rights.


RESTRICTED SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A portfolio may purchase restricted securities that are not registered for
     sale to the general public but which are eligible for resale to qualified
     institutional investors under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933.
     Under the supervision of the Fund's board, the adviser determines the
     liquidity of such investments by considering all relevant factors. Provided
     that a dealer or institutional trading market in such securities exists,
     these restricted securities are not treated as illiquid securities for
     purposes of the portfolio's investment limitations. The price realized from
     the sales of these securities could be more or less than those originally
     paid by a portfolio or less than what may be considered the fair value of
     such securities.


                                     II-22
<PAGE>

SECURITIES LENDING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A portfolio may lend a portion of its total assets to broker- dealers or
     other financial institutions. It may then reinvest the collateral it
     receives in short-term securities and money market funds. When a portfolio
     lends its securities, it will follow the following guidelines:

     .  The borrower must provide collateral at least equal to the market value
        of the securities loaned;

     .  The collateral must consist of cash, an irrevocable letter of credit
        issued by a domestic U.S. bank or securities issued or guaranteed by the
        U. S. government;

     .  The borrower must add to the collateral whenever the price of the
        securities loaned rises (i.e., the borrower "marks to the market" on a
        daily basis);

     .  It must be able to terminate the loan at any time;

     .  It must receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may include the
        portfolio investing any cash collateral in interest bearing short-term
        investments); and

     .  It must determine that the borrower is an acceptable credit risk.

     These risks are similar to the ones involved with repurchase agreements.
     When the portfolio lends securities, there is a risk that the borrower
     fails financially become financially unable to honor its contractual
     obligations. If this happens, the portfolio could:

     .  Lose its rights in the collateral and not be able to retrieve the
        securities it lent to the borrower; and

     .  Experience delays in recovering its securities.


SHORT SALES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Description of Short Sales

     Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not
     own. To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from
     someone else to deliver to the buyer. The investor then replaces the
     security it borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the
     time of replacement. Until it replaces the security, the investor repays
     the person that lent it the security for any interest or dividends that may
     have accrued during the period of the loan.

     Investors typically sell securities short to:

     .  Take advantage of an anticipated decline in prices.

     .  Protect a profit in a security it already owns.

     A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short
     increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the
     portfolio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit
     if the price of the security declines between those dates.

     To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
     which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
     transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
     will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
     premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to
     pay in connection with a short sale.

     The broker will retain the net proceeds of the short sale, to the extent
     necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed
     out.


                                     II-23
<PAGE>

Short Sales Against the Box

     In addition, a portfolio may engage in short sales "against the box". In a
     short sale against the box, the portfolio agrees to sell at a future date a
     security that it either contemporaneously owns or has the right to acquire
     at no extra cost. A portfolio will incur transaction costs to open,
     maintain and close short sales against the box.

Restrictions on Short Sales

     A portfolio will not short sell a security if:

     .  After giving effect to such short sale, the total market value of all
        securities sold short would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio net
        assets.

     .  The market value of the securities of any single issuer that have been
        sold short by the portfolio would exceed the two percent (2%) of the
        value of the portfolio's net assets.

     .  Such securities would constitute more than two percent (2%) of any class
        of the issuer's securities.

     Whenever a portfolio sells a security short, its custodian segregates an
     amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the difference between (a) the
     market value of the securities sold short at the time they were sold short
     and (b) any cash or U.S. Government securities the portfolio is required to
     deposit with the broker in connection with the short sale (not including
     the proceeds from the short sale). The segregated assets are marked to
     market daily in an attempt to ensure that the amount deposited in the
     segregated account plus the amount deposited with the broker is at least
     equal to the market value of the securities at the time they were sold
     short.


WHEN-ISSUED, FORWARD COMMITMENT AND DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a
     market exists, but which have not been issued. In a forward delivery
     transaction, a portfolio contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price
     at a future date beyond customary settlement time. "Delayed delivery"
     refers to securities transactions on the secondary market where settlement
     occurs in the future. In each of these transactions, the parties fix the
     payment obligation and the interest rate that they will receive on the
     securities at the time the parties enter the commitment; however, they do
     not pay money or deliver securities until a later date. Typically, no
     income accrues on securities a portfolio has committed to purchase before
     the securities are delivered, although the portfolio may earn income on
     securities it has in a segregated account. A portfolio will only enter into
     these types of transactions with the intention of actually acquiring the
     securities, but may sell them before the settlement date.

     A portfolio uses when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward delivery
     transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield at
     the time of purchase. When a portfolio engages in when-issued, delayed-
     delivery and forward delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to
     consummate the sale. If the other party fails to complete the sale, a
     portfolio may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a favorable
     price or yield.

     When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward
     delivery basis, the portfolio assumes the rights and risks of ownership of
     the security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of
     settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the
     purchase price. The yield available in the market when the delivery takes
     place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
     Because a portfolio does not pay for the security until the delivery date,
     these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other
     investments.

     A portfolio will segregate cash and liquid securities equal in value to
     commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery
     transaction. A portfolio will segregate additional liquid assets daily so
     that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of its commitments.


                                     II-24
<PAGE>

Management Of The Fund

The governing board manages the business of the Fund.  The governing board
elects officers to manage the day-to-day operations of the Fund and to execute
policies the board has formulated. The Fund pays each board member who is not
also an officer or affiliated person (independent board member) a $150 quarterly
retainer fee per active portfolio per quarter and a $2,000 meeting fee. In
addition, the Fund reimburses each independent board member for travel and other
expenses incurred while attending board meetings. The $2,000 meeting fee and
expense reimbursements are aggregated for all of the board members and allocated
proportionately among the portfolios of the UAM Funds Complex. The Fund does not
pay board members that are affiliated with the fund for their services as board
members. UAM, its affiliates or SEI pay the Fund's officers.

The following table lists the board members and officers of the Fund and
provides information regarding their present positions, date of birth, address,
principal occupations during the past five years, aggregate compensation
received from the Fund and total compensation received from the UAM Funds
Complex.  The UAM Funds Complex is currently comprised of 48 portfolios.  Those
people with an asterisk beside their name are "interested persons" of the Fund
as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.  Mr. English does have an investment
advisory relationship with Investment Counselors of Maryland, an investment
adviser to one of the portfolios in the UAM Funds Complex.  However, the Fund
does not believe that the relationship is a material business relationship, and,
therefore, does not consider him to be an "interested person" of the Fund.  If
these circumstances change, the Board will determine whether any action is
required to change the composition of the Board.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                         Total
                                                                                                     Aggregate       Compensation
                                                                                                    Compensation       From UAM
                           Position             Principal Occupations During the Past 5             from Fund as     Funds Complex
Name, Address, DOB         with Fund            years                                                of 4/30/99     as of 12/31/98
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>                  <C>                                                 <C>             <C>
John T. Bennett, Jr.       Board                President of Squam Investment Management               $8,094           $39,900
College Road -- RFD 3      Member               Company, Inc. and Great Island Investment
Meredith, NH 03253                              Company, Inc.; President of Bennett
1/26/29                                         Management Company from 1988 to 1993.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nancy J. Dunn              Board                Financial Officer of World Wildlife Fund since         $8,094           $40,575
10 Garden Street           Member               January 1999; Vice President for Finance and
Cambridge, MA 02138                             Administration and Treasurer of Radcliffe
8/14/51                                         College from 1991 to 1999.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William A. Humenuk         Board                Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative      $8,094           $40,936
100 King Street West       Member               Officer of Philip Services Corp.; Formerly, a
P.O. Box 2440, LCD-1                            Partner in the Philadelphia office of the law
Hamilton  Ontario,                              firm Dechert Price & Rhoads and a Director of
Canada L8N-4J6                                  Hofler Corp.
4/21/42
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Philip D. English          Board                President and Chief Executive Officer of               $8,094           $40,702
16 West Madison Street     Member               Broventure Company, Inc.; Chairman of the Board
Baltimore, MD 21201                             of Chektec Corporation and Cyber Scientific, Inc.
8/5/48
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
James P. Pappas*           Board                President of UAM Investment Services, Inc. since          0                0
211 Congress Street        Member               March 1999; Vice President UAM Trust Company since
Boston, MA  02110                               January 1996; Principal of UAM Fund Distributors,
2/24/53                                         Inc. since December 1995; Vice President of UAM
                                                Investment Services, Inc. from January 1996 to
                                                March 1999 and a Director and Chief Operating
                                                Officer of CS First Boston Investment Management
                                                from 1993-1995.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Norton H. Reamer*          Board Member;        Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a Director          0                0
One International Place    President and        of United Asset Management Corporation; Director,
Boston, MA 02110           Chairman             Partner or Trustee of each of the Investment
3/21/35                                         Companies of the Eaton Vance Group of Mutual Funds.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                     II-25

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                         Total
                                                                                                     Aggregate       Compensation
                                                                                                    Compensation       From UAM
                           Position             Principal Occupations During the Past 5             from Fund as     Funds Complex
Name, Address, DOB         with Fund            years                                                of 4/30/99     as of 12/31/98
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>                  <C>                                                 <C>             <C>
Peter M. Whitman, Jr.*     Board Member         President and Chief Investment Officer of Dewey          0                 0
One Financial Center                            Square Investors Corporation since 1988; Director
Boston, MA 02111                                and Chief Executive Officer of H.T. Investors,
7/1/43                                          Inc., formerly a subsidiary of Dewey Square.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William H. Park            Vice President       Executive Vice President and Chief Financial             0                 0
One International Place                         Officer of United Asset Management Corporation.
Boston, MA 02110
9/19/47
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gary L. French             Treasurer            President of UAMFSI and UAMFDI; Treasurer of the         0                 0
211 Congress Street                             Fidelity Group of Mutual Funds from 1991 to 1995;
Boston, MA 02110                                held various other offices with Fidelity
7/4/51                                          Investments from November 1990 to March 1995.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael E. DeFao           Secretary            Vice President and General Counsel of UAMFSI and         0                 0
211 Congress Street                             UAMFDI; Associate Attorney of Ropes & Gray (a law
Boston, MA 02110                                firm) from 1993 to 1995.
2/28/68
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert R. Flaherty         Assistant            Vice President of UAMFSI; Manager of Fund                0                 0
211 Congress Street        Treasurer            Administration and Compliance of CGFSC from 1995
Boston, MA 02110                                to 1996; Senior Manager of Deloitte & Touche LLP
9/18/63                                         from 1985 to 1995.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael J. Leary           Assistant            Vice President of Chase Global Funds Services            0                 0
73 Tremont Street          Treasurer            Company since 1993.  Manager of Audit at Ernst &
Boston, MA  02108                               Young from 1988 to 1993.
11/23/65
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michelle Azrialy           Assistant            Assistant Treasurer of Chase Global Funds Services       0                 0
73 Tremont Street          Secretary            Company since 1996.  Senior Public Accountant with
Boston, MA 02108                                Price Waterhouse LLP from 1991 to 1994.
4/12/69
</TABLE>

Investment Advisory and Other Services



INVESTMENT ADVISER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Control Of Adviser

  Each adviser is a subsidiary of UAM.  UAM is a holding company incorporated in
  Delaware in December 1980 for the purpose of acquiring and owning firms
  engaged primarily in institutional investment management. Since its first
  acquisition in August 1983, UAM has acquired or organized more than 50 UAM
  Affiliated Firms. UAM believes that permitting UAM Affiliated Firms to retain
  control over their investment advisory decisions is necessary to allow them to
  continue to provide investment management services that are intended to meet
  the particular needs of their respective clients.  Accordingly, after
  acquisition by UAM, UAM Affiliated Firms continue to operate under their own
  firm name, with their own leadership and individual investment philosophy and
  approach. Each UAM Affiliated Firm manages its own business independently on a
  day-to-day basis. Investment strategies employed and securities selected by
  UAM Affiliated Firms are separately chosen by each of them. Several UAM
  Affiliated Firms also act as investment advisers to separate series or
  portfolios of the UAM Funds Complex.

                                     II-26
<PAGE>

Investment Advisory Agreement

  This section summarizes some of the important provisions of each of the
  portfolio's Investment Advisory Agreements.  The Fund has filed each agreement
  with the SEC as part of its registration statement on Form N-1A.

  Service Performed by Adviser

  Each adviser:

  .  Manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the portfolios;

  .  Continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment program of
     the portfolios; and

  .  Determines what portion of portfolio's assets will be invested in
     securities and what portion will consist of cash.

  Limitation of Liability

  In the absence of (1) willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence on
  the part of the adviser in the performance of its obligations and duties under
  the Advisory Agreement, (2) reckless disregard by the adviser of its
  obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement, or (3) a loss resulting
  from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation
  for services, the adviser shall not be subject to any liability whatsoever to
  the Fund, for any error of judgment, mistake of law or any other act or
  omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services under the
  Advisory Agreement.

  Continuing an Advisory Agreement

  An Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect for periods of one year
  so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a:

  .  Majority of those Members who are not parties to the Investment Advisory
     Agreement or interested persons of any such party;

  .  (2) (a) majority of the Members or (b) a majority of the shareholders of
     the portfolio.

  Terminating an Advisory Agreement

  The Fund may terminate an Investment Advisory Agreement at any time, without
  the payment of any penalty if:

  .  A majority of the portfolio's shareholders vote to do so; and

  .  It gives the adviser 60 days' written notice.

  .  The adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreements at any time, without the
     payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' written notice to the Fund. An
     Advisory Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate if it is
     assigned.


DISTRIBUTOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  UAMFDI is the Fund's distributor.  The Fund offers its shares continuously.
  While UAMFDI will use its best efforts to sell shares of the Fund, it is not
  obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. UAMFDI receives no
  compensation for its services, and any amounts it may receive under a Service
  and Distribution Plan are passed through in their entirety to third parties.
  UAMFDI, an affiliate of UAM, is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston,
  Massachusetts 02110.

                                     II-27
<PAGE>

SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PLANS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Fund has adopted a Distribution Plan and a Shareholder Servicing Plan (the
  "Plans") for their Institutional Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1
  under the 1940 Act.

Shareholder Servicing Plan

  The Shareholder Servicing Plan (Service Plan) permits the Fund to compensate
  broker-dealers or other financial institutions (Service Agents) that have
  agreed with UAMFDI to provide administrative support services to Institutional
  Service Class shareholders that are their customers. Under the Service Plan,
  Institutional Service Class Shares may pay service fees at the maximum annual
  rate of 0.25% of the average daily net asset value of such shares held by the
  Service Agent for the benefit of its customers. The Fund pays these fees out
  of the assets allocable to Institutional Service Class Shares to UAMFDI, to
  the Service Agent directly or through UAMFDI. Each item for which a payment
  may be made under the Service Plan constitutes personal service and/or
  shareholder account maintenance and may constitute an expense of distributing
  Fund Service Class Shares as the SEC construes such term under Rule 12b-1.
  Services for which Institutional Service Class Shares may compensate Service
  Agents include:

  .  Acting as the sole shareholder of record and nominee for beneficial owners.

  .  Maintaining account records for such beneficial owners of the Fund's
     shares.

  .  Opening and closing accounts.

  .  Answering questions and handling correspondence from shareholders about
     their accounts.

  .  Processing shareholder orders to purchase, redeem and exchange shares.

  .  Handling the transmission of funds representing the purchase price or
     redemption proceeds.

  .  Issuing confirmations for transactions in the Fund's shares by
     shareholders.

  .  Distributing current copies of prospectuses, statements of additional
     information and shareholder reports.

  .  Assisting customers in completing application forms, selecting dividend and
     other account options and opening any necessary custody accounts.

  .  Providing account maintenance and accounting support for all transactions.

  .  Performing such additional shareholder services as may be agreed upon by
     the Fund and the Service Agent, provided that any such additional
     shareholder services must constitute a permissible non-banking activity in
     accordance with the then current regulations of, and interpretations
     thereof by, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, if
     applicable.

Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan

  The Distribution Plan permits the portfolio to pay UAMFDI or others for
  certain distribution, promotional and related expenses involved in marketing
  its Institutional Service Class Shares. Under the Distribution Plan,
  Institutional Service Class Shares may pay distribution fees at the maximum
  annual rate of 0.75% of the average daily net asset value of such shares held
  by the Service Agent for the benefit of its customers.  These expenses
  include, among other things:

  .  Advertising the availability of services and products.

  .  Designing materials to send to customers and developing methods of making
     such materials accessible to customers.

  .  Providing information about the product needs of customers.

                                     II-28
<PAGE>

  .  Providing facilities to solicit Fund sales and to answer questions from
     prospective and existing investors about the Fund.

  .  Receiving and answering correspondence from prospective investors,
     including requests for sales literature, prospectuses and statements of
     additional information.

  .  Displaying and making available sales literature and prospectuses.

  .  Acting as liaison between shareholders and the Fund, including obtaining
     information from the Fund and providing performance and other information
     about the Fund.

  In addition, the Service Class Shares may make payments directly to other
  unaffiliated parties, who either aid in the distribution of their shares or
  provide services to the Class.

Fees Paid under the Service and Distribution Plans

  The Plans permit Institutional Service Class shares to pay distribution and
  service fees at the maximum annual rate of 1.00% of the class' average daily
  net assets for the year.  The Fund's governing board has limited the amount
  the Institutional Service Class may pay under the Plans to 0.40% of the class'
  average daily net assets for the year, and may increase such amount to the
  plan maximum at any time.

  The Fund will not reimburse the Distributor or others for distribution
  expenses incurred in excess of the amount permitted by the Plans.

  Subject to seeking best price and execution, the Fund may buy or sell
  portfolio securities through firms that receive payments under the Plans.
  UAMFDI, at its own expense, may pay dealers for aid in distribution or for aid
  in providing administrative services to shareholders.

Approving, Amending and Terminating the Fund's Distribution Arrangements

  Shareholders of the portfolio have approved the Plans. The Plans also were
  approved by the governing board of the Fund, including a majority of the
  members of the board who are not interested persons of the Fund and who have
  no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans (Plan
  Members), by votes cast in person at meetings called for the purpose of voting
  on these Plans.

  Continuing the Plans

  The Plans continue in effect from year to year so long as they are approved
  annually by a majority of the Fund's board members and its Plan Members.  To
  continue the Plans, the board must determine whether such continuation is in
  the best interest of the Institutional Service Class shareholders and that
  there is a reasonable likelihood of the Plans providing a benefit to the
  Class.  The Fund's board has determined that the Fund's distribution
  arrangements are likely to benefit the Fund and its shareholders by enhancing
  the Fund's ability to efficiently service the accounts of its Institutional
  Service Class shareholders.

  Amending the Plans

  A majority of the Fund's governing board and a majority of its the Plan
  Members must approve any material amendment to the Plans.  Likewise, any
  amendment materially increasing the maximum percentage payable under the Plans
  must be approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the
  Class, as well as by a majority of the Plan Members.

                                     II-29
<PAGE>

  Terminating the Plans

  A majority of the Plan Members or a majority of the outstanding voting
  securities of the Class may terminate the Plans at any time without penalty.
  In addition, the Plans will terminate automatically upon their assignment.

  Miscellaneous

  So long as the Plans are in effect, the non-interested board members will
  select and nominate the Plan Members of the Fund.

  The Fund and UAMFDI intend to comply with the Conduct Rules of the National
  Association of Securities Dealers relating to investment company sales
  charges. with these rules.

  Pursuant to the Plans, the board reviews, at least quarterly, a written report
  of the amounts expended under each agreement with Service Agents and the
  purposes for which the expenditures were made.

Additional Non-12b-1 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements

  In addition to payments by the Fund under the Plans, UAM and any of its
  affiliates, may, at its own expense, compensate a Service Agent or other
  person for marketing, shareholder servicing, record-keeping and/or other
  services performed with respect to the Fund, the portfolio or any class of
  shares of the portfolio. The person making such payments may do so out of its
  revenues, its profits or any other source available to it. Such services
  arrangements, when in effect, are made generally available to all qualified
  service providers. The adviser may also compensate its affiliated companies
  for referring investors to the portfolio.



ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrator

  Pursuant to a Fund Administration Agreement with the Fund, UAMFSI manages,
  administers and conducts the general business activities of the Fund.  As a
  part of its responsibilities, UAMFSI provides and oversees the provision by
  various third parties of administrative, fund accounting, dividend disbursing
  and transfer agent services for the Fund.  UAMFSI, an affiliate of UAM, has
  its principal office at 211 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

  UAMFSI will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its
  services under the Fund Administration Agreement.  Other expenses to be
  incurred in the operation of the Fund will be borne by the Fund or other
  parties, including:

  .  Taxes, interest, brokerage fees and commissions;

  .  Salaries and fees of officers and members of the board who are not
     officers, directors, shareholders or employees of an affiliate of UAM,
     including UAMFSI, UAMFDI or the adviser;

  .  SEC fees and state Blue-Sky fees;

  .  EDGAR filing fees;

  .  Processing services and related fees;

  .  Advisory and administration fees;

  .  Charges and expenses of pricing and data services, independent public
     accountants and custodians;

  .  Insurance premiums including fidelity bond premiums;

  .  Outside legal expenses;

                                     II-30
<PAGE>

     .  Costs of maintenance of corporate existence;

     .  Typesetting and printing of prospectuses for regulatory purposes and for
        distribution to current shareholders of the Fund;

     .  Printing and production costs of shareholders' reports and corporate
        meetings;

     .  Cost and expenses of Fund stationery and forms;

     .  Costs of special telephone and data lines and devices;

     .  Trade association dues and expenses; and

     .  Any extraordinary expenses and other customary Fund expenses.

     The Fund Administration Agreement continues in effect from year to year if
     the board specifically approves such continuance every year. The fund or
     UAMFSI may terminate the Fund Administration Agreement, without penalty, on
     not less than ninety (90) days' written notice. The Fund Administration
     Agreement automatically terminates upon its assignment by UAMFSI without
     the prior written consent of the Fund.

     UAMFSI will from time to time employ other people to assist it in
     performing its duties under the Fund Administration Agreement. Such people
     may be officers and employees who are employed by both UAMFSI and the Fund.
     UAMFSI will pay such people for such employment. The Fund will not incur
     any obligations with respect to such people.

Sub-Administrator
     UAMFSI has subcontracted some of the its administrative and fund accounting
     services to CGFSC, an affiliate of The Chase Manhattan Bank, under a Mutual
     Funds Service Agreement dated October 26, 1998. CGFSC is located at 73
     Tremont Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent
     UAMFSI has subcontracted its transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent
     services to DST Systems, Inc. under an Agency Agreement between UAMFSI and
     DST Systems Inc. DST Systems, Inc., is located at P.O. Box 419534, Kansas
     City, Missouri 64141-6534.

     UAMSSC serves as sub-shareholder servicing agent for the Fund under an
     agreement between UAMSSC and UAMFSI. The principal place of business of
     UAMSSC is 825 Duportail Road, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087.

Administrative Fees
     Each portfolio pays UAMFSI and CGFSC for the administrative services they
     provide. For more information concerning these fees, see "How Much does the
     Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?" in Part I of this SAI.


CUSTODIAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Chase Manhattan Bank, 3 Chase MatroTech Center, Brooklyn, New York,
     11245, provides for the custody of the Fund's assets pursuant to the terms
     of a custodian agreement with the Fund.


INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts
     02110, serves as independent accountant for the Fund.


                                     II-31
<PAGE>

Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices


SELECTION OF BROKERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Advisory Agreement authorizes the adviser to select the brokers or
     dealers that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities
     for the portfolio. The Advisory Agreement also directs the adviser to use
     its best efforts to obtain the best execution with respect to all
     transactions for the portfolio. The adviser may select brokers based on
     research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the adviser.
     Information and research provided by a broker will be in addition to, and
     not instead of, the services the adviser is required to perform under the
     Advisory Agreement. In so doing, the portfolio may pay higher commission
     rates than the lowest rate available when the adviser believes it is
     reasonable to do so in light of the value of the research, statistical, and
     pricing services provided by the broker effecting the transaction.

     It is not the practice of the Fund to allocate brokerage or effect
     principal transactions with dealers based on sales of shares that a broker-
     dealer firm makes. However, the Fund may place trades with qualified
     broker-dealers who recommend the Fund or who act as agents in the purchase
     of Fund shares for their clients.


SIMULTANEOUS TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The adviser makes investment decisions for the portfolio independently of
     decisions made for its other clients. When a security is suitable for the
     investment objective of more than one client, it may be prudent for the
     adviser to engage in a simultaneous transaction, that is, buy or sell the
     same security for more than one client. The adviser strives to allocate
     such transactions among its clients, including the portfolio, in a fair and
     reasonable manner. Although there is no specified formula for allocating
     such transactions, the Fund's governing board periodically reviews the
     various allocation methods used by the adviser.



BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Equity Securities
     Generally, equity securities are bought and sold through brokerage
     transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters
     will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from
     dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer's mark-up or reflect
     a dealer's mark-down.

Debt Securities
     Debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an
     underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, a portfolio will
     not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases. When a debt security is
     bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an
     underwriting commission or concession. The purchase price for securities
     bought from dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the
     dealer's mark up or reflect a dealer's mark down. When the portfolio
     executes transactions in the over-the-counter market, it will deal with
     primary market makers unless prices that are more favorable are otherwise
     obtainable.


                                     II-32
<PAGE>

Capital Stock and Other Securities


THE FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Fund was organized under the name "The Regis Fund II" as a Delaware
     business trust on May 18, 1994. On October 31, 1995, the Fund changed its
     name to "UAM Funds Trust." The Fund's principal executive office is located
     at 211 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02110; however, shareholders should
     direct all correspondence to the address listed on the cover of this SAI.


DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND VOTING RIGHTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an
     unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, without par value. The
     Board has the power to designate one or more series (portfolios) or classes
     of shares of beneficial interest without shareholder approval. The Board
     has authorized three classes of shares: Institutional Class, Institutional
     Service Class, and Advisor Class. Not all of the portfolios issue all of
     the classes.

Description of Shares
     When issued and paid for, the shares of each series and class of the Fund
     are fully paid and nonassessable, and have no pre-emptive rights or
     preference as to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other
     features. The shares of the Fund have noncumulative voting rights, which
     means that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the
     election of board members can elect 100% of the board if they choose to do
     so. On each matter submitted to a vote of the shareholders, a shareholder
     is entitled to one vote for each full share held (and a fractional vote for
     each fractional share held), then standing in his name on the books of the
     Fund. Shares of all classes will vote together as a single class except
     when otherwise required by law or as determined by the Board.

     If the Fund is liquidated, the shareholders of each portfolio or any class
     thereof are entitled to receive the net assets belonging to that portfolio,
     or in the case of a class, belonging to that portfolio and allocable to
     that class. The Fund will distribute is net assets to its shareholders in
     proportion to the number of shares of that portfolio or class thereof held
     by them and recorded on the books of the Fund. A majority of the Board may
     authorize the liquidation of any portfolio or class at any time.

     The Fund will not hold annual meetings except when required to by the 1940
     Act or other applicable law.

Class Differences
     The Board has authorized three classes of shares, Institutional,
     Institutional Service and Advisor. The three classes represent interests in
     the same assets of the portfolio and, except as discussed below, are
     identical in all respects.

     .  Institutional Service Shares bear certain expenses related to
        shareholder servicing and the distribution of such shares and have
        exclusive voting rights with respect to matters relating to such
        distribution expenditures.

     .  Advisor Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder servicing
        and the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting rights
        with respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures.
        Advisor Shares also charge a sales load on purchases.

     .  Each class of shares has different exchange privileges.

     Distribution and shareholder servicing fees reduce a class's:

     .  Net income


                                     II-33
<PAGE>

     .  Dividends

     .  NAV to the extent the portfolio has undistributed net income.


DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividend and Distribution Options
     There are three ways for shareholders to receive dividends and capital
     gains:

     .  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are reinvested in
        additional shares at net asset value;

     .  Income dividends are paid in cash and capital gains distributions are
        reinvested in additional shares at NAV; and

     .  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash.

     Unless the shareholder elects otherwise in writing, the fund will
     automatically reinvest all dividends in additional shares of the portfolio
     at NAV (as of the business day following the record date). Shareholders may
     change their dividend and distributions option by writing to the fund at
     least three days before the record date for income dividend or capital gain
     distribution.

     The fund sends account statements to shareholders whenever it pays an
     income dividend or capital gains distribution.

Taxes on Distributions
     Each portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of its net
     investment income and net realized capital gains so as to avoid income
     taxes on its dividends and distributions and the imposition of the federal
     excise tax on undistributed income and capital gains. However, a portfolio
     cannot predict the time or amount of any such dividends or distributions.

     Each portfolio will be treated as a separate entity (and hence as a
     separate "regulated investment company") for federal tax purposes. The
     capital gains/losses of one portfolio will not be offset against the
     capital gains/losses of another portfolio.

"Buying a Dividend"
     Distributions by the portfolio reduce its NAV. A distribution that reduces
     the NAV of the portfolio below its cost basis is taxable as described in
     the prospectus of the portfolio, although from an investment standpoint, it
     is a return of capital. If you buy shares of the portfolio on or just
     before the "record date" (the date that establishes which shareholders will
     receive an upcoming distribution) for a distribution, you will receive some
     of the money you invested as a taxable distribution.


                                     II-34
<PAGE>

Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares


NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating NAV
     The purchase and redemption price of the shares of a portfolio is equal to
     the NAV of the portfolio. The Fund calculates the NAV of a portfolio by
     subtracting its liabilities from its total assets and dividing the result
     by the total number of shares outstanding. For purposes of this
     calculation:

     .  Liabilities include accrued expenses and dividends payable; and

     .  Total assets include the market value of the securities held by the
        portfolio, plus cash and other assets plus income accrued but not yet
        received.

     Each portfolio normally calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on
     the NYSE every day the NYSE is open for trading. The NYSE usually closes at
     4:00 p.m. The NYSE is closed on the following days: New Year's Day, Dr.
     Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day,
     Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

How the Fund Values it Assets

     Equity Securities
     Equity securities listed on a securities exchange for which market
     quotations are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price
     of the day. Price information on listed securities is taken from the
     exchange where the security is primarily traded. Unlisted equity securities
     and listed securities not traded on the valuation date for which market
     quotations are readily available are valued neither exceeding the asked
     prices nor less than the bid prices. Quotations of foreign securities in a
     foreign currency are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents. The converted
     value is based upon the bid price of the foreign currency against U.S.
     dollars quoted by any major bank or by a broker.

     Debt Securities
     Debt securities are valued according to the broadest and most
     representative market, which will ordinarily be the over-the-counter
     market. Debt securities may be valued based on prices provided by a pricing
     service when such prices are believed to reflect the fair market value of
     such securities. Securities purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days
     or less are valued at amortized cost when the governing board determines
     that amortized cost reflects fair value.

     Other Assets
     The value of other assets and securities for which no quotations are
     readily available (including restricted securities) is determined in good
     faith at fair value using methods determined by the governing board.


PURCHASE OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Service Agents may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of their
     customers. To do so, the Service Agent must receive your investment order
     before the close of trading on the NYSE and must transmit it to the fund
     before the close of its business day to receive that day's share price. The
     fund must receive proper payment for the order by the time the portfolio
     calculates its NAV on the following business day. Service Agents are
     responsible to their customers and the Fund for timely


                                     II-35
<PAGE>

     transmission of all subscription and redemption requests, investment
     information, documentation and money.

     Shareholders can buy full and fractional (calculated to three decimal
     places) shares of a portfolio. The fund will not issue certificates for
     fractional shares and will only issue certificates for whole shares upon
     the written request of a shareholder.

     The Fund may reduce or waive the minimum for initial and subsequent
     investment for certain fiduciary accounts, such as employee benefit plans
     or under circumstances, where certain economies can be achieved in sales of
     the portfolio's shares.

In-Kind Purchases
     At its discretion, the Fund may permit shareholders to purchase shares of
     the portfolio with securities, instead of cash. If the Fund allows a
     shareholder to make an in-kind purchase, it will value such securities
     according to the policies described under "VALUATION OF SHARES" at the next
     determination of net asset value after acceptance. The Fund will issue
     shares of the portfolio at the NAV of the portfolio determined as of the
     same time.

     The Fund will only acquire securities through an in-kind purchase for
     investment and not for immediate resale. The Fund will only accept in-kind
     purchases if the transaction meets the following conditions:

     .  The securities are eligible investments for the portfolio;

     .  The securities have readily available market quotations;

     .  The investor represents and agrees that the securities are liquid and
        that there are no restrictions on their resale imposed by the 1933 Act
        or otherwise;

     .  All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to
        such securities become the property of the portfolio and are delivered
        to the fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer; and

     .  Immediately after the transaction is complete, the value of all
        securities of the same issuer held by the portfolio cannot exceed 5% of
        the net assets of the portfolio. This condition does not apply to U.S.
        government securities.

     Investors who are subject to Federal taxation upon exchange may realize a
     gain or loss for federal income tax purposes depending upon the cost of
     securities or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such
     exchanges should contact the adviser.


REDEMPTION OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     When you redeem, your shares may be worth more or less than the price you
     paid for them depending on the market value of the investments held by the
     portfolio.

By Mail
     Requests to redeem shares must include:

     .  Share certificates, if issued;

     .  A letter of instruction or an assignment specifying the number of shares
        or dollar amount the shareholder wishes to redeem signed by all
        registered owners of the shares in the exact names in which they are
        registered;

     .  Any required signature guarantees (see "Signature Guarantees"); and


                                     II-36
<PAGE>

     .  Estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension
        and profit sharing plans and other organizations must submit any other
        necessary legal documents.

By Telephone
     Shareholders may not do the following by telephone:

     .  Change the name of the commercial bank or the account designated to
        receive redemption proceeds. To change an account in this manner, you
        must submit a written request signed by each shareholder, with each
        signature guaranteed).

     .  Redeem shares represented by a certificate.

     The fund and its UAMSSC will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that
     instructions communicated by telephone are genuine, and they may be liable
     for any losses if they fail to do so. These procedures include requiring
     the investor to provide certain personal identification at the time an
     account is opened and before effecting each transaction requested by
     telephone. In addition, all telephone transaction requests will be recorded
     and investors may be required to provide additional telecopied written
     instructions of such transaction requests. The Fund or UAMSSC may be liable
     for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if
     the Fund or the UAMSSC does not employ the procedures described above.
     Neither the Fund nor the UAMSSC will be responsible for any loss,
     liability, cost or expense for following instructions received by telephone
     that it reasonably believes to be genuine.

Redemptions-In-Kind
     If the governing board determines that it would be detrimental to the best
     interests of remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or
     partly in cash, the Fund may pay redemption proceeds in whole or in part by
     a distribution in-kind of liquid securities held by the portfolio in lieu
     of cash in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC. Investors may incur
     brokerage charges on the sale of portfolio securities received in payment
     of redemptions.

     However, the Fund has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all
     redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during
     any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the
     Fund at the beginning of such period. Such commitment is irrevocable
     without the prior approval of the SEC. Redemptions in excess of the above
     limits may be paid in whole or in part, in investment securities or in
     cash, as the Board may deem advisable; however, payment will be made wholly
     in cash unless the governing board believes that economic or market
     conditions exist which would make such a practice detrimental to the best
     interests of the Fund. If redemptions are paid in investment securities,
     such securities will be valued as set forth under "Valuation of Shares." A
     redeeming shareholder would normally incur brokerage expenses if these
     securities were converted to cash.

Signature Guarantees
     The Fund requires signature guarantees for certain types of documents,
     including.

     .  Written requests for redemption;

     .  Separate instruments for assignment ("stock power"), which should
        specify the total number of shares to be redeemed; and

     .  On all stock certificates tendered for redemption.

     The purpose of signature guarantees is to verify the identity of the person
     who has authorized a redemption from your account and to protect your
     account, the Fund and its sub-transfer agent from fraud.


                                     II-37
<PAGE>

     The Fund will accept signature guarantees from any eligible guarantor
     institution, as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
     participates in a signature guarantee program. Eligible guarantor
     institutions include banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national
     securities exchanges, registered securities associations, clearing agencies
     and savings associations. You can get a complete definition of eligible
     guarantor institutions by calling 1-877-826-5465. Broker-dealers
     guaranteeing signatures must be a member of a clearing corporation or
     maintain net capital of at least $100,000. Credit unions must be authorized
     to issue signature guarantees.

Other Redemption Information
     Normally, the Fund will pay for all shares redeemed under proper procedures
     within seven days after it received your request. However, the Fund will
     pay your redemption proceeds earlier as applicable law so requires.

     The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment:

     .  When the NYSE and custodian bank are closed.

     .  Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

     .  During any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of
        the Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for
        the portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it, or to fairly
        determine the value of its assets.

     .  For such other periods as the Commission may permit.


EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The exchange privilege is only available with respect to portfolios that
     are qualified for sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges
     are based on the respective net asset values of the shares involved. The
     Institutional Class and Institutional Service Class shares of UAM Funds do
     not charge a sales commission or charge of any kind for exchanges.

     Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be responsible for
     the authenticity of the exchange instructions received by telephone. The
     governing board of the Fund may restrict the exchange privilege at any
     time. Such instructions may include limiting the amount or frequency of
     exchanges and may be for the purpose of assuring such exchanges do not
     disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders.


TRANSFER OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Shareholders may transfer shares of the portfolio to another person by
     making a written request to the Fund. Your request should clearly identify
     the account and number of shares you wish to transfer. All registered
     owners should sign the request and all stock certificates, if any, which
     are subject to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the
     stock certificate or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner
     as described under "Signature Guarantees." As in the case of redemptions,
     the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can
     be made.


Performance Calculations

     A portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
     return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
     are not intended to indicate future performance. The SEC has adopted rules
     that require mutual funds to present performance quotations in a standard
     manner. Mutual funds can present non-standard performance quotations only
     if they also provide


                                     II-38
<PAGE>

     certain standardized performance information that they have computed
     according to the requirements of the SEC. Current yield and average annual
     compounded total return information are calculated using the method of
     computing performance mandated by the SEC.

     The performance is calculated separately for each Class of a portfolio.
     Dividends paid by a portfolio with respect to each Class will be calculated
     in the same manner at the same time on the same day and will be in the same
     amount, except that service fees, distribution charges and any incremental
     transfer agency costs relating to Advisor or Service Class Shares will be
     borne exclusively by that class.


TOTAL RETURN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total return is the change in value of an investment in the portfolio over
     a given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A
     cumulative or aggregate total return reflects actual performance over a
     stated period. An average annual total return is a hypothetical rate of
     return that, if achieved annually, would have produced the same cumulative
     total return if performance had been constant over the entire period.

     The fund calculates the average annual total return of a portfolio by
     finding the average annual compounded rates of return over one, five and
     ten-year periods that would equate an initial hypothetical $1,000
     investment to its ending redeemable value. The calculation assumes that all
     dividends and distributions are reinvested when paid. The quotation assumes
     the amount was completely redeemed at the end of each one, five and ten-
     year period and the deduction of all applicable Fund expenses on an annual
     basis. Since Institutional Service Class Shares bear additional service and
     distribution expenses, their average annual total return will generally be
     lower than that of the Institutional Class Shares.

     The fund calculates these figures according to the following formula:

          P (1 + T)/n/ = ERV

          Where:

          P   =   a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000
          T   =   average annual total return
          n   =   number of years
          ERV =   ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made
                  at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods at the end of
                  the 1, 5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion thereof).


YIELD
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the portfolio over
     a given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate. Yields are
     calculated according to a standard that is required for all mutual funds.
     As this differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may not
     equal the income actually paid to shareholders.

     The current yield is determined by dividing the net investment income per
     share earned during a 30-day base period by the maximum offering price per
     share on the last day of the period and annualizing the result. Expenses
     accrued for the period include any fees charged to all shareholders during
     the base period. Since Institutional Service Class shares bear additional
     service and distribution expenses, their yield will generally be lower than
     that of the Institutional Class Shares.

     Yield is obtained using the following formula:

          Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)/6/-1]

          Where:


                                     II-39
<PAGE>

          a = dividends and interest earned during the period

          b = expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

          c = the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period
              that were entitled to receive income distributions

          d = the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the
              period.


COMPARISONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio's performance may be compared to data prepared by independent
     services which monitor the performance of investment companies, data
     reported in financial and industry publications, and various indices as
     further described in this SAI. This information may also be included in
     sales literature and advertising.

     To help investors better evaluate how an investment in the portfolio of the
     Fund might satisfy their investment objective, advertisements regarding the
     Fund may discuss various measures of Fund performance as reported by
     various financial publications. Advertisements may also compare performance
     (as calculated above) to performance as reported by other investments,
     indices and averages. Please see Appendix B for publications, indices and
     averages that may be used.

     In assessing such comparisons of performance, an investor should keep in
     mind that the composition of the investments in the reported indices and
     averages is not identical to the composition of investments in the
     portfolio, that the averages are generally unmanaged, and that the items
     included in the calculations of such averages may not be identical to the
     formula used by the portfolio to calculate its performance. In addition,
     there can be no assurance that the portfolio will continue this performance
     as compared to such other averages.


Financial Statements

     The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of each
     portfolio, other than the FPA Crescent Portfolio:

     .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999.

     .  Financial highlights for the respective periods presented.

     .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

     The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of FPA Crescent
     Portfolio:

     .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

     .  Financial highlights for the periods presented.

     .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

     Each of the above-referenced documents is incorporated by reference into
     this SAI. However, no other parts of the portfolios' Annual Reports are
     incorporated by reference herein. Shareholders may get copies of the
     portfolios' Annual Reports free of charge by calling the UAM Funds at the
     telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.


                                     II-40
<PAGE>





                                 III: Glossary





                                     III-1


<PAGE>

  1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

  1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

  1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

  Adviser means the investment adviser of the portfolio.

  All terms that this SAI does not otherwise define, have the same meaning in
  the SAI as they do in the prospectus(es) of the portfolios.

  Board member refers to a single member of the Fund's Board.

  Board refers to the Fund's Board of Trustees as a group.

  CGFSC is Chase Global Funds Service Company, the Fund's sub-administrator.

  Distribution Plan refers to the Distribution Plan the Fund has adopted for its
  Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

  Fund refers to UAM Funds Trust.

  Governing Board, see Board.

  NAV is the net asset value per share of a portfolio. You can find information
  on how the fund calculates this number under "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing
  of Shares."

  NYSE is the New York Stock Exchange. Also known as "The Exchange" or "The Big
  Board," the NYSE is located on Wall Street and is the largest exchange in the
  United States.

  Plan member refers to members of the board who are not interested persons of
  the Fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the
  operation of the Plans.

  Plans refers to the Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plans the Fund has
  adopted for its Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940
  Act.

  Portfolio refers to a single series of the Fund, while portfolios refer to all
  of the series of the Fund.

  SEC is the Securities and Exchange Commission. The SEC is the federal agency
  that administers most of the federal securities laws in the United States. In
  particular, the SEC administers the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the 1934 Act.

  Service Plan refers to the Shareholder Servicing Plan the Fund has adopted for
  its Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

  Service Class means the Institutional Service Class shares of a portfolio.

  UAM Funds Complex includes UAM Funds, Inc., UAM Funds Trust, UAM Funds Inc. II
  and all of their portfolios.

  UAM is United Asset Management Corporation.

  UAMFDI is UAM Fund Distributors, Inc., the Fund's distributor.

  UAMFSI is UAM Fund Services, Inc., the Fund's administrator.

  UAMSSC is UAM Fund Shareholder Servicing Center, the Fund's
  sub-shareholder-servicing agent.


                                     III-2
<PAGE>









                              IV: Appendix A ---
                           Description of Securities
                                  and Rating







                                     IV-1
<PAGE>

Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>
  aaa               An issue which is rated "aaa" is considered to be a top-quality preferred stock.  This rating indicates good
                    asset protection and the least risk of dividend impairment within the universe of preferred stock.

  aa                An issue which is rated "aa" is considered a high-grade preferred stock.  This rating indicates that there is
                    a reasonable assurance the earnings and asset protection will remain relatively well maintained in the
                    foreseeable future.

  a                 An issue which is rated "a" is considered to be an upper-medium grade preferred stock.  While risks are
                    judged to be somewhat greater than in the "aaa" and "aa" classification, earnings and asset protection are,
                    nevertheless, expected to be maintained at adequate levels.

  baa               An issue which is rated "baa" is considered to be a medium-grade preferred stock, neither highly protected
                    nor poorly secured.  Earnings and asset protection appear adequate at present but may be questionable over
                    any great length of time.

  ba                An issue which is rated "ba" is considered to have speculative elements and its future cannot be considered
                    well assured.  Earnings and asset protection may be very moderate and not well safeguarded during adverse
                    periods.  Uncertainty of position characterizes preferred stocks in this class.

  b                 An issue which is rated "b" generally lacks the characteristics of a desirable investment.  Assurance of
                    dividend payments and maintenance of other terms of the issue over any long periods of time may be small.

  caa               An issue which is rated "caa" is likely to be in arrears on dividend payments.  This rating designation does
                    not purport to indicate the future status of payments.

  ca                An issue which is rated "ca" is speculative in a high degree and is likely to be in arrears on dividends with
                    little likelihood of eventual payments.

  c                 This is the lowest rated class of preferred or preference stock.  Issues so rated can thus be regarded as
                    having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each rating classification: the modifier 1 indicates that the security
ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking and the modifier 3 indicates
that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.


DEBT RATINGS - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Aaa               Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment
                    risk and are generally referred to as "gilt-edged." Interest payments are protected by a large or by an
                    exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change,
                    such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

  Aa                Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. They are rated lower than the best
                    bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective
                    elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks
                    appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

  A                 Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium
                    grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may
                    be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-2

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>
  Baa               Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations, (i.e., they are neither highly protected
                    nor poorly secured). Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain
                    protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such
                    bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

  Ba                Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well-
                    assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate, and thereby not well
                    safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this
                    class.

  B                 Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and
                    principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

  Caa               Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements
                    of danger with respect to principal or interest.

  Ca                Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in
                    default or have other marked shortcomings.

  C                 Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so rated can be regarded as having
                    extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.
</TABLE>

  Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating
  classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the
  obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category;  modifier 2
  indicates a mid-range ranking;  and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the
  lower end of that generic rating category.



SHORT-TERM PRIME RATING SYSTEM - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
  repay punctually senior debt obligations.  These obligations have an original
  maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

  Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment
  grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>
  Prime-1           Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institution) have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term
                    debt obligations.  Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the following characteristics:
</TABLE>
  . High rates of return on funds employed.

  . Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and
    ample asset protection.

  . Broad leading market positions in well-established industries.

  . margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal
    cash generation.

  . Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources
    of alternate liquidity.

<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>
  Prime-2           Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong ability for repayment of senior short-term
                    debt obligations.  This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser
                    degree.  Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation.  Capitalization
                    characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions.  Ample alternate
                    liquidity is maintained.

  Prime-3           Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an acceptable ability for repayment of senior
                    short-term obligation.  The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions may be more
                    pronounced.  Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt protection
                    measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage.  Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

  Not Prime         Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-3
<PAGE>

Standard & Poor's Ratings Services


PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>                <C>
  AAA              This is the highest rating that may be assigned by Standard & Poor's to a preferred stock issue and indicates an
                   extremely strong capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.

  AA               A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a high-quality, fixed-income security. The capacity to pay
                   preferred stock obligations is very strong, although not as overwhelming as for issues rated AAA.

  A                An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations, although it is somewhat
                   more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions.

  BBB              An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations. Whereas
                   it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are
                   more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make payments for a preferred stock in this category than for
                   issues in the A category.

  BB, B, CCC       Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded, on balance, as predominantly speculative with respect to the
                   issuer's capacity to pay preferred stock obligations. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and CCC the
                   highest. While such issues will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by
                   large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

  CC               The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue that is in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments,
                   but that is currently paying.

  C                A preferred stock rated C is a nonpaying issue.

  D                A preferred stock rated D is a nonpaying issue with the issuer in default on debt instruments.

  N.R.             This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a
                   rating, or that Standard & Poor's does not rate a particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.

  Plus (+) or      To provide more detailed indications of preferred stock quality, ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by
  minus (-)        the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

</TABLE>


LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
  considerations:

  Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its
  financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
  obligation;

  Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

  Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event
  of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of
  bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>
  AAA               An obligation rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet
                    its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

  AA                An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only in small degree. The obligor's capacity
                    to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

  A                 An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and
                    economic conditions than obligations in higher- rated categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its
                    financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

  BBB               An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or
                    changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligator to meet its financial
                    commitment on the obligation.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-4
<PAGE>

  Obligations rated BB, B, CCC , CC and C are regarded as having significant
  speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and
  C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and
  protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or
  major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>
  BB                An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues.  However, it faces
                    major ongoing uncertainties or exposures to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could
                    lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

  B                 An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently
                    has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  Adverse business, financial, or
                    economic conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment
                    on the obligation.

  CCC               An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to non-payment, and is dependent upon favorable business,
                    financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  In
                    the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the
                    capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligations.

  CC                An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

  C                 The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action
                    has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.

  D                 An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are
                    not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's
                    believes that such payments will be made during such grace period.  The D rating also will be used upon the
                    filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are
                    jeopardized.
</TABLE>

  Plus (+) or minus (-)  The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
  addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major
  rating categories.

  r  This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant
  noncredit risks.  It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected
  returns which are not addressed in the credit rating.  Examples include:
  obligation linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or commodities;
  obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as interest-only or
  principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with unusually risky
  interest terms, such as inverse floaters.

SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered
  short-term in the relevant market.  In the U.S., for example, that means
  obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days - including
  commercial paper.  Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the
  creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term
  obligations.  The result is a dual rating in which the short-term rating
  addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.  Medium-
  term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>
  A-1               A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor's.  The obligor's
                    capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong.  Within this category, certain
                    obligations are designated with a plus sign (+).  This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its
                    financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

  A-2               A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
                    circumstances and economic conditions than obligation in higher rating categories.  However, the obligor's
                    capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

  A-3               A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters.  However, adverse economic
                    conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet
                    its financial commitment on the obligation.

  B                 A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics.  The obligor
                    currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major
                    ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment
                    on the obligation.
</TABLE>
                                     IV-5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<C>                <S>

  C                 A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable
                    business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the
                    obligation.

  D                 A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default.  The D rating category is used when payments on an
                    obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard
                    & Poors' believes that such payments will be made during such grace period.  The D rating also will be used
                    upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are
                    jeopardized.
</TABLE>

Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <C>               <S>
  AAA               Highest credit quality.  The risk factors are negligible, being only slightly more than for risk-free U.S.
                    Treasury debt.

  AA+/AA            High credit quality.  Protection factors are strong.  Risk is modest but may vary slightly from time to time
                    because of economic conditions.

  A+/A/A-           Protection factors are average but adequate.  However, risk factors are more variable in periods of greater
                    economic stress.

  BBB+/BBB          Below-average protection factors but still considered sufficient for prudent investment.  Considerable
  BBB-              variability in risk during economic cycles.

  BB+/BB/BB-        Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations when due.  Present or prospective financial
                    protection factors fluctuate according to industry conditions.  Overall quality may move up or down
                    frequently within this category.

  B+/B/B-           Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligation will not be net when due.  Financial protection
                    factors will fluctuate widely according to economic cycles, industry conditions and/or company fortunes.
                    Potential exists for frequent changes in the rating within this category or into a higher or lower rating
                    grade.

  CCC               Well below investment-grade securities.  Considerable uncertainty exists as to timely payment of principal,
                    interest or preferred dividends.  Protection factors are narrow and risk can be substantial with unfavorable
                    economic/industry conditions, and/or with unfavorable company developments.

  DD                Defaulted debt obligations.  Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.  Issuer
                    failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

  DP                Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
SHORT-TERM DEBT
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

High Grade
<C>                 <S>
  D-1+              Highest certainty of timely payment.  Short-term liquidity, including internal operating factors and/or
                    access to alternative sources of funds, is outstanding, and safety is just below risk-free U.S. Treasury
                    short-term obligations.

  D-1               Very high certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors are excellent and supported by good fundamental
                    protection factors.  Risk factors are minor.

  D-1-              High certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors are strong and supported by good fundamental protection
                    factors.  Risk factors are very small.
</TABLE>
                                     IV-6
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
Good Grade
  <S>                <C>
  D-2                Good certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors and company fundamentals are sound.  Although ongoing
                     funding needs may enlarge total financing requirements, access to capital markets is good.  Risk factors are
                     small.

Satisfactory Grade
  D-3                Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify issues as to investment grade.  Risk factors are
                     larger and subject to more variation.  Nevertheless, timely payment is expected.

Non-Investment Grade
  D-4                Speculative investment characteristics.  Liquidity is not sufficient to insure against disruption in debt
                     service.  Operating factors and market access may be subject to a high degree of variation.

Default
  D-5                Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.
</TABLE>

Fitch IBCA Ratings

<TABLE>
INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Grade
<S>                  <C>
  AAA                Highest credit quality.  `AAA' ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk.  They are assigned only
                     in case of exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment for financial commitments.  This capacity is
                     highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

  AA                 Very high credit quality.  `AA' ratings denote a very low expectation of credit risk.  They indicate very
                     strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.  This capacity is not significantly vulnerable
                     to foreseeable events.

  A                  High credit quality.   `A' ratings denote a low expectation of credit risk.  The capacity for timely payment
                     of financial commitments is considered strong.  This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to
                     changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

  B                  Good credit quality.  `BBB' ratings indicate that there is currently a low expectation of credit risk.  The
                     capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in
                     circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.  This is the lowest
                     investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade
  BB                 Speculative.  `BB' ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as
                     the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be
                     available to allow financial commitments to be met.  Securities rated in this category are not investment
                     grade.

  B                  Highly speculative.  `B' ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of
                     safety remains.  Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is
                     contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.
</TABLE>
                                     IV-7
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
  <C>                <S>
  CCC,CC,C           High default risk.  Default is a real possibility.  Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely
                     reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments.  A `CC' rating indicates that default
                     of some kind appears probable.  `C' ratings signal imminent default.

  DDD,DD,D           Default.  Securities are not meeting current obligations and are extremely speculative.  `DDD' designates
                     the highest potential for recovery of amounts outstanding on any securities involved.  For U.S. corporates,
                     for example, `DD' indicates expected recovery of 50% - 90% of such outstandings, and `D' the lowest recovery
                     potential, i.e. below 50%.

International Short-Term Credit Ratings

  F1                 Highest credit quality.  Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may
                     have an added "+" to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

  F2                 Good credit quality.  A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of
                     safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

  F3                 Fair credit quality.  The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however,
                     near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

  B                  Speculative.  Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term
                     adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

  C                  High default risk.  Default is a real possibility.  Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely
                     reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

  D                  Default.  Denotes actual or imminent payment default.
</TABLE>

Notes

  "+" or "-"  may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major
  rating categories.  Such suffixes are not added to the `AAA' long-term rating
  category, to categories below `CCC', or to short-term ratings other than `F1'.

  `NR'  indicates that Fitch IBCA does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

  `Withdrawn':  A rating is withdrawn when Fitch IBCA deems the amount of
  information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an
  obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

  RatingAlert:  Ratings are placed on RatingAlert to notify investors that there
  is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of
  such change.  These are designated as "Positive", indicating a potential
  upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving", if ratings may
  be raised, lowered or maintained.  RatingAlert is typically resolved over a
  relatively short period.

                                     IV-8
<PAGE>


                         V:  Appendix B -- Comparisons

                                      V-1
<PAGE>

  CDA Mutual Fund Report, published by CDA Investment Technologies, Inc. --
  analyzes price, current yield, risk, total return and average rate of return
  (average annual compounded growth rate) over specified time periods for the
  mutual fund industry.

  Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the U.S. Bureau
  of Labor Statistics -- a statistical measure of change, over time in the price
  of goods and services in major expenditure groups.

  Donoghue's Money Fund Average -- is an average of all major money market fund
  yields, published weekly for 7 and 30-day yields.

  Dow Jones Industrial Average -- a price-weighted average of thirty blue-chip
  stocks that are generally the leaders in their industry and are listed on the
  New York Stock Exchange.  It has been a widely followed indicator of the stock
  market since October 1, 1928.

  Financial publications: Business Week, Changing Times, Financial World,
  Forbes, Fortune, Money, Barron's, Consumer's Digest, Financial Times, Global
  Investor, Investor's Daily, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Morningstar,
  Inc., New York Times, Personal Investor, Wall Street Journal and Weisenberger
  Investment Companies Service -- publications that rate fund performance over
  specified time periods.

  Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
  Corporation, J.P. Morgan & Co, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Merrill Lynch &
  Co., Inc., Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Bloomberg L.P.

  IBC's Money Fund Average/All Taxable -- an average of all major money market
  fund yields, published weekly for 7- and 30-day yields.

  IFC Investable Index -- an unmanaged index maintained by the International
  Finance Corporation.  This index consists of 890 companies in 25 emerging
  equity markets, and is designed to measure more precisely the returns
  portfolio managers might receive from investment in emerging markets equity
  securities by focusing on companies and markets that are legally and
  practically accessible to foreign investors.

  Lehman Aggregate Bond Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market value-weighted
  index that combines the Lehman Government/Corporate Index and the Lehman
  Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and includes treasury issues, agency issues,
  corporate bond issues and mortgage backed securities.  It includes fixed rate
  issuers of investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least one
  year and outstanding par values of at least $200 million for U.S. government
  issues and $25 million for others.

  Lehman Corporate Bond Index -- an unmanaged indices of all publicly issues,
  fixed-rate, nonconvertible investment grade domestic corporate debt.  Also
  included are yankee bonds, which are dollar-denominated SEC registered public,
  noncovertible debt issued or guaranteed by foreign sovereign governments,
  municipalities, or governmental agencies, or international agencies.

  Lehman Government Bond Index -- an unmanaged treasury bond index including all
  public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and foreign-
  targeted issues, and the Agency Bond Index (all publicly issued debt of U.S.
  government agencies and quasi-federal corporation, and corporate debt
  guaranteed by the U.S. government).  In addition to the aggregate index, sub-
  indices cover intermediate and long term issues.

  Lehman Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market value-
  weighted index that combines the Government and Corporate Bond Indices,
  including U.S. government treasury securities, corporate and yankee bonds.
  All issues are investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least
  one year and outstanding par value of at least $100 million of r U.S.
  government issues and $25 million for others.  Any security downgraded during
  the month is held in the index until month end and then removed.  All returns
  are market value weighted inclusive of accrued income.

                                      V-2
<PAGE>

  Lehman High Yield Bond Index -- an unmanaged index of fixed rate, non-
  investment grade debt.  All bonds included in the index are dollar
  denominated, noncovertible, have at least one year remaining to maturity and
  an outstanding par value of at least $100 million.

  Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income
  market value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government Bond Index
  (intermediate-term sub-index) and Lehman Corporate Bond Index.

  Lipper 1-5 Year Short Investment Grade Debt Funds Average -- is an average of
  100 funds that invest at least 65% of assets in investment grade debt issues
  (BBB or higher) with dollar-weighted average maturities of 5 years or less.

  Lipper Balanced Fund Index -- an unmanaged index of open-end equity funds
  whose primary objective is to conserve principal by maintaining at all time a
  balanced portfolio of both stocks and bonds. Typically, the stock/bond ratio
  ranges around 60%/40%.

  Lipper Equity Income Fund Index -- an unmanaged index of equity funds which
  seek relatively high current income and growth of income through investing 60%
  or more of the portfolio in equities.

  Lipper Equity Mid Cap Fund Index -- an unmanaged index of funds which by
  prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Equity Small Cap Fund Index -- an unmanaged index of funds by
  prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $1 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Growth Fund Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 30 largest
  funds by asset size in this investment objective.

  Lipper Mutual Fund Performance Analysis and Lipper -- Fixed Income Fund
  Performance Analysis -- measures total return and average current yield for
  the mutual fund industry.  Rank individual mutual fund performance over
  specified time periods, assuming reinvestments of all distributions, exclusive
  of any applicable sales charges.

  Merrill Lynch 1-4.99 Year Corporate/Government Bond Index -- is an unmanaged
  index composed of U.S. treasuries, agencies and corporates with maturities
  from 1 to 4.99 years.  Corporates are investment grade only (BBB or higher).

  Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index -- arithmetic, market value-
  weighted averages of the performance of over 900 securities listed on the
  stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.

  Mutual Fund Source Book, published by Morningstar, Inc. -- analyzes price,
  yield, risk and total return for equity funds.

  NASDAQ Composite Index -- is a market capitalization, price only, unmanaged
  index that tracks the performance of domestic common stocks traded on the
  regular NASDAQ market as well as national market System traded foreign common
  stocks and ADRs..

  New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices -- unmanaged indices of
  all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance stocks listed on the New
  York Stock Exchange.

  Russell 1000 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 1000 largest stocks
  in the Russell 3000 Index.

  Russell 2000 Growth Index -- contains those Russell 2000 securities with
  higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.

  Russell 2000 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,000 smallest stocks
  in the Russell 3000 Index.

                                      V-3
<PAGE>

  Russell 2000 Value Index -- contains those Russell 2000 securities with a
  less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values than the growth universe.

  Russell 2500 Growth Index -- contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
  greater-than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to
  exhibit higher price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, lower dividend yields
  and higher forecasted growth values than the value universe.

  Russell 2500 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,5000 smallest
  stocks in the Russell 3000.

  Russell 2500 Value Index -- contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
  less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values then the Growth universe.

  Russell 3000 Index -- composed of the 3,000 largest U.S. publicly traded
  companies based on total market capitalization, which represents approximately
  98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

  Russell Mid-Cap Index -- is composed of the 800 smallest stocks in the Russell
  1000 Index, with an average capitalization of $1.96 billion.

  Salomon Smith Barney Global excluding U.S. Equity Index -- an comprised of the
  smallest stocks (less than $1 billion market capitalization) of the Extended
  Market Index, of both developed and emerging markets.

  Salomon Smith Barney One to Three Year Treasury Index -- an unmanaged index
  comprised of U.S. treasury notes and bonds with maturities one year or
  greater, but less than three years.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month T-Bill Average -- the average for all
  treasury bills for the previous three-month period.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index -- a return
  equivalent yield average based on the last three 3-month Treasury bill issues.

  Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates -- as published by the U.S. Savings
  and Loan League Fact Book.

  Standard & Poor's 600 Small Cap Index -- an unmanaged index comprised of 600
  domestic stocks chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry group
  representation.  The index is comprised of stocks from the industrial,
  utility, financial, and transportation sectors.

  Standard & Poor's Midcap 400 Index -- consists of 400 domestic stocks chosen
  for market size (medium market capitalization of approximately $700 million),
  liquidity, and industry group representation.  It is a market-value weighted
  index with each stock affecting the index in proportion to its market value.

  Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index -- an unmanaged index composed of 400
  industrial stocks, 40 financial stocks, 40 utilities stocks and 20
  transportation stocks.

  Standard & Poor's Barra Value Index -- is constructed by dividing the
  securities in the S&P 500 Index according to price-to-book ratio.  This index
  contains the securities with the lower price-to-book ratios;  the securities
  with the higher price-to-book ratios are contained in the Standard & Poor's
  Barra Growth Index.

  Standard & Poor's Utilities Stock Price Index -- a market capitalization
  weighted index representing three utility groups and, with the three groups,
  43 of the largest utility companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange,
  including 23 electric power companies, 12 natural gas distributors and 8
  telephone companies.

  Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Ibbotson Associates --
  historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and small
  company stock, long-term government bonds, U.S. treasury bills and inflation.

                                      V-4
<PAGE>

                                UAM Funds Trust
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO  64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)





                         Cambiar Opportunity Portfolio

                          Institutional Class Shares


                      Statement of Additional Information
                                August 9, 1999







This statement of additional information is not a prospectus. However, you
should read it in conjunction with the prospectuses of the fund dated August 9,
1999, as supplemented from time to time. You may obtain the fund's prospectuses
by contacting the fund at the address listed above.
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Table Of Contents
<S>                                                                                    <C>
I: Portfolio Summary                                                                     I-1
    Cambiar Opportunity Portfolio....................................................    I-2
        What Investment Strategies May The Portfolio Use?............................    I-2
        What Are The Investment Policies Of The Portfolio?...........................    I-2
        Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?..............................    I-3
        How Much Does The Portfolio Pay For Administrative Services?.................    I-4
        Who Are The Principal Holders Of The Securities Of The Portfolio?............    I-4
        What Was The Portfolio's Performance As Of Its Most Recent Fiscal Year End?..    I-4
        What Were The Expenses Of The Portfolio?.....................................    I-5
II: The UAM Funds in Detail                                                             II-1
    Description of Permitted Investments.............................................   II-2
        Debt Securities..............................................................   II-2
        Derivatives..................................................................   II-8
        Equity Securities............................................................  II-16
        Foreign Securities...........................................................  II-18
        Investment Companies.........................................................  II-22
        Repurchase Agreements........................................................  II-22
        Restricted Securities........................................................  II-22
        Securities Lending...........................................................  II-23
        Short Sales..................................................................  II-23
        When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Delivery Transactions............  II-24
    Management Of The Fund...........................................................  II-25
    Investment Advisory and Other Services...........................................  II-26
        Investment Adviser...........................................................  II-26
        Distributor..................................................................  II-27
        Service And Distribution Plans...............................................  II-28
        Administrative Services......................................................  II-30
        Custodian....................................................................  II-31
        Independent Public Accountant................................................  II-31
    Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices.........................................  II-32
        Selection of Brokers.........................................................  II-32
        Simultaneous Transactions....................................................  II-32
        Brokerage Commissions........................................................  II-32
    Capital Stock and Other Securities...............................................  II-33
        The Fund.....................................................................  II-33
        Description Of Shares And Voting Rights......................................  II-33
        Dividends and Capital Gains Distributions....................................  II-34
    Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares.......................................  II-35
        Net Asset Value Per Share....................................................  II-35
        Purchase of Shares...........................................................  II-35
        Redemption of Shares.........................................................  II-36
        Exchange Privilege...........................................................  II-38
        Transfer Of Shares...........................................................  II-38
    Performance Calculations.........................................................  II-38
        Total Return.................................................................  II-39
        Yield........................................................................  II-39
        Comparisons..................................................................  II-40
    Financial Statements.............................................................  II-40
III: Glossary                                                                          III-1
IV: Appendix A --  Description of Securities and Ratings                                IV-1
    Moody's Investors Service, Inc...................................................   IV-2
        Preferred Stock Ratings......................................................   IV-2
        Debt Ratings - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally..............................   IV-2
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                    <C>
        Short-Term Prime Rating System - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally............   IV-3
    Standard & Poor's Ratings Services...............................................   IV-4
        Preferred Stock Ratings......................................................   IV-4
        Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings...............................................   IV-4
        Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings..............................................   IV-5
    Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co...................................................   IV-6
        Long-Term Debt and Preferred Stock...........................................   IV-6
        Short-Term Debt..............................................................   IV-6
    Fitch IBCA Ratings...............................................................   IV-7
        International Long-Term Credit Ratings.......................................   IV-7
V: Appendix B--Comparisons                                                               V-1
</TABLE>
<PAGE>





                             I:  Portfolio Summary





                                      I-1
<PAGE>

Cambiar Opportunity


WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed below
     in seeking its objective. This SAI describes each of these
     investments/strategies and their risks in Part II under "Description of
     Permitted Investments." The investments that are italicized are principal
     strategies and you can find more information on these techniques in the
     prospectus of the portfolio. You can find more information concerning the
     limits on the ability of the portfolio to use these investments in "What
     Are the Investment Policies of the Portfolio?"

     Equity securities (at least 65% in companies with market capitalizations
     over $500 million at the time of purchase).

     .  American Depositary Receipts (up to 25%)

     .  Futures (to remain fully invested and reduce transaction costs).

     .  Options (to remain fully invested and reduce transaction costs).

     .  Investment company securities.

     .  Repurchase agreements.

     .  Restricted securities.

     .  Securities lending.

     .  When-issued securities.


WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a
     limitation relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the
     portfolio's acquisition of such security or other asset. Accordingly, the
     portfolio will not consider changes in values, net assets or other
     circumstances when determining whether the investment complies with its
     investment limitations.

Fundamental Policies
     The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
     portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of
     the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the 1940
     Act. The portfolio will not:

     .  With respect to 75% of its assets, invest more than 5% of its total
        assets at the time of purchase in the securities of any single issuer
        (other than obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and
        interest by the U.S. government or any if its agencies or
        instrumentalities).

     .  With respect to 75% of its assets, purchase more than 10% of any class
        of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer.

     .  Invest more than 25% of its assets in companies within a single
        industry; however, there are no limitations on investments made in
        instruments issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and its
        agencies.


                                      I-2
<PAGE>

     .  Borrow, except from banks and as a temporary measure for extraordinary
        or emergency purposes and then, in no event, in excess of 33-1/3% of the
        portfolio's gross assets valued at the lower of market or cost.

     .  Invest in physical commodities or contracts on physical commodities.

     .  Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships,
        although it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal in
        real estate and may purchase and sell securities which are secured by
        interests in real estate.

     .  Make loans except (i) by purchasing debt securities in accordance with
        its investment objectives, (ii) entering into repurchase agreements or
        (iii) by lending its portfolio securities to banks, brokers, dealers and
        other financial institutions so long as such loans are not inconsistent
        with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations or interpretations of the
        SEC thereunder.

     .  Underwrite the securities of other issuers.

     .  Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except that this
        restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the Portfolio from (i)
        making any permitted borrowings, mortgages or pledges, or (ii) entering
        into repurchase transactions.

Non-Fundamental Policies
     The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio
     may change them without shareholder approval.

     The portfolio will not:

     .  Invest in futures and/or options on futures unless not more than 5% of
        its assets are required as deposit to secure obligations under such
        futures and/or options on futures contracts. The portfolio may exclude
        from this calculation, options that are in-the-money at the time of
        purchase.

     .  Invest more than 20% of its assets in futures and/or options on futures.

     .  Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
        investment companies.

     .  Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
        investment company.

     .  Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment
        company.

     .  Purchase on margin or sell short except as specified herein.

     .  Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities
        that are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale
        (restricted securities) or securities for which there are no readily
        available markets (illiquid securities).

     .  Purchase additional securities when its borrowings exceed 5% of its
        total assets.

     .  Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent greater
        than 33-1/3% of its total assets at fair market value.


WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Cambiar Investors, Inc. is the investment adviser of the portfolio. For its
     services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal to 1.00% of the
     average daily net assets of the portfolio. Due to the effect of fee waivers
     by the adviser, the actual percentage of average net assets that the
     portfolio pays in any given year may be different from the rate set forth
     in its contract with the adviser. For more information concerning the
     adviser, see "Investment Advisory and Other Services" in Part II of this
     SAI.


                                      I-3
<PAGE>

HOW MUCH DOES THE PORTFOLIO PAY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to UAMFSI
     calculated at the annual rate of:

     .  $14,500 for the first operational class; plus

     .  $3,000 for each additional class; plus

     .  0.04% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio.

     The portfolio also pays a fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and other
     services provided by CGFSC. The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC, is
     calculated at the annual rate of:

     .  Not more than $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

     .  $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus

     .  0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the Fund, UAM
        Funds, Inc. and UAM Funds Trust II.


WHO ARE THE PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     As of July 20, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of record
     or beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:

     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
     Name and Address of Shareholder                  Percentage of Shares Owned
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     <S>                                              <C>
     Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                                 20.25%
     Reinvest Account
     Attn Mutual Funds
     101 Montgomery Street
     San Francisco, CA 94104-4122
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Norwest Bank Colorado NA Cust                              24.41%
     FBO Mike Barish
     1740 Broadway #8751
     Denver, CO 80274-0001
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Norwest Bank Colorado NA Cust                              22.69%
     U/A 03/02/1994 FBO WACO Employee
     Profit Sharing Plan MT
     1740 Broadway #8751
     Denver, CO 80274-0001
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Leo L. Block                                               9.15%
     1814 La Sombra Dr
     San Antonio, TX 78209-3350
     </TABLE>

     Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding
     shares of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is defined
     in the 1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling the portfolio
     could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio on
     any matter requiring the approval of shareholders of the portfolio.


WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
     return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
     are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio calculates
     its current yield and average annual total return information according to
     the methods required by the SEC. For more information concerning the
     performance of the portfolio, including the way it calculates its
     performance figures, see "Performance Calculations" in Part II of this SAI.


                                      I-4
<PAGE>

Average Annual Total Return
     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
     For the Periods                                      Shorter of 10 Years
     Ended April 30,       One Year       Five Years      or Since Inception       Inception Date
     ============================================================================================
     <S>                   <C>            <C>             <C>                      <C>
          1999               N/A             N/A                 23.44%               6/30/98
     </TABLE>


WHAT WERE THE EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
                    Investment      Investment                          Sub-
     For the FYE   Advisory Fees   Advisory Fees    Administrator   Administrator     Brokerage
      April 30,        Paid           Waived             Fee             Fee         Commissions
     ============================================================================================
     <S>           <C>             <C>              <C>             <C>             <C>
        1999            $0            $12,984          $12,949         $36,132          $6,585
     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     </TABLE>


                                     I-5
<PAGE>




                          II: The UAM Funds in Detail




                                     II-1
<PAGE>

Description of Permitted Investments

DEBT SECURITIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from
  investors.  Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return
  and repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity.  Some debt securities, such
  as zero-coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased at a
  discount from their face value.  Debt securities may include, among other
  things, all types of bills, notes, bonds, mortgage-backed securities or asset-
  backed securities.

Types of Debt Securities

  U.S. Government Securities

  U.S. government securities are securities that the United States Treasury has
  issued (treasury securities) and securities that a federal agency or a
  government-sponsored entity has issued (agency securities). Treasury
  securities include treasury notes, which have initial maturities of one to ten
  years and treasury bonds, which have initial maturities of at least ten years
  and certain types of mortgage-backed securities that are described under
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities." This SAI discusses
  mortgage-backed treasury and agency securities in detail in the section called
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities."

  The full faith and credit of the U.S. government supports treasury securities.
  Unlike treasury securities, the full faith and credit of the United States
  government generally do not back agency securities.  Agency securities are
  typically supported in one of three ways:

  .  by the right of the issuer to borrow from the United States Treasury;

  .  by the discretionary authority of the United States government to buy the
     obligations of the agency; or

  .  by the credit of the sponsoring agency.

  While U.S. government securities are guaranteed as to principal and interest,
  their market value is not guaranteed.  U.S. government securities are subject
  to the same interest rate and credit risks as other fixed income securities.
  However, since U.S. government securities are of the highest quality, the
  credit risk is minimal.  The U.S. government does not guarantee the net asset
  value of the assets of the portfolio.

  Corporate Bonds

  Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or for
  capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases and
  expansion.  In return for the money loaned to the corporation by investors,
  the corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay the principal
  amount of the bond or note.

  Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that
  various governmental, government-related and private organizations assemble as
  securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities, which pay
  interest periodically and repay principal maturity specified call dates,
  mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist of both interest
  and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a "pass-through" of the
  monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their mortgage loans, net
  of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such

                                      II-2
<PAGE>

  securities. Since homeowners usually have the option of paying either part or
  all of the loan balance before maturity, the effective maturity of a mortgage
  backed security is often shorter than is stated.

  Governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers may insure or
  guaranty the timely payment of interest and principal of these pools through
  various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title,
  pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit.  The adviser will consider
  such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof
  in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets its investment
  quality standards. It is possible that the private insurers or guarantors will
  not meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee
  arrangements.

  Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid,
  securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily
  marketable.

  Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA)

  GNMA is the principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities.
  GNMA is a wholly owned corporation of the U.S. government and it falls within
  the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Securities issued by GNMA are
  treasury securities, which means the faith and credit of the U.S. government
  backs them.  GNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on
  securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA and backed by pools of FHA-
  insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages. GNMA does not guarantee the market value
  or yield of mortgage-backed securities or the value of portfolio shares. To
  buy GNMA securities, the portfolio may have to pay a premium over the maturity
  value of the underlying mortgages, which the portfolio may lose if prepayment
  occurs.

  Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)

  FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private
  stockholders.  FNMA is regulated by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
  development.  FNMA purchases conventional mortgages from a list of approved
  sellers and service providers, including state and federally-chartered savings
  and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit
  unions and mortgage bankers. Securities issued by FNMA are agency securities,
  which means FNMA, but not the U.S. government, guarantees their timely payment
  of principal and interest.

  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)

  FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government whose stock is
  owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks.  Congress created FHLMC in 1970
  to increase the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. FHLMC
  issues Participation Certificates (PCs) which represent interests in
  conventional mortgages from its national portfolio. Like FNMA, FHLMC
  guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of
  principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
  government.

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create
  pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans.  In addition to
  guaranteeing the mortgage-related security, such issuers may service and/or
  have originated the underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by these issuers
  generally offer a higher rate of interest than pools created by GNMA, FNMA &
  FHLMC because they are not guaranteed by a government agency.


                                      II-3
<PAGE>

  Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of
  traditional debt securities in a variety of ways, the most significant
  differences are mortgage-backed securities:

  .  payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually monthly);

  .  they usually have adjustable interest rates; and

  .  they may pay off their entire principal substantially earlier than their
     final distribution dates so that the price of the security will generally
     decline when interest rates rise.

  In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates described in
  "Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities," a variety of economic,
  geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the underlying
  property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to repay the loans
  underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than expected. If the prepayment
  rates increase, the portfolio may have to reinvest its principal at a rate of
  interest that is lower than the rate on existing mortgage-backed securities.

  Other Asset-Backed Securities

  These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other than
  mortgage, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card
  receivables.  Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are pass-
  through. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of shorter
  maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience substantial
  prepayments with interest rate fluctuations.

  Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by
  mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the
  benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the
  possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to
  support payments on these securities.  For example, credit card receivables
  are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a
  number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which allow debtors
  to reduce their balances by offsetting certain amounts owed on the credit
  cards. Most issuers of asset-backed securities backed by automobile
  receivables permit the servicers of such receivables to retain possession of
  the underlying obligations.  If the servicer were to sell these obligations to
  another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest
  superior to that of the holders of the related asset-backed securities.  Due
  to the quantity of vehicles involved and requirements under state laws, asset-
  backed securities backed by automobile receivables may not have a proper
  security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables.

  To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make
  payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure the
  receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion
  ("liquidity protection").  In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain
  insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by the
  issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in the
  pool ("credit support"). Delinquency or loss more than that anticipated or
  failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an
  investment in such a security.

  The portfolio may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed
  securities, which is the excess cash flow remaining after making required
  payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The
  amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed
  securities depends in part on the characteristics of the underlying assets,
  the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of
  administrative expenses and the actual prepayment experience on the underlying
  assets.

  Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

  CMOs are hybrids between mortgage-backed bonds and mortgage pass-through
  securities. Similar to a bond, CMOs usually pay interest and prepay principal
  semiannually. While whole mortgage loans

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

  may collateralize CMOs, portfolios of mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by
  GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA and their income streams more typically collateralize
  them.

  A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Internal
  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and invests in certain mortgages primarily
  secured by interests in real property and other permitted investments.

  CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated
  maturity. Each class of CMO or REMIC certificate, often referred to as a
  "tranche," is issued at a specific interest rate and must be fully retired by
  its final distribution date. Generally, all classes of CMOs or REMIC
  certificates pay or accrue interest monthly.  Investing in the lowest tranche
  of CMOs and REMIC certificates involves risks similar to those associated with
  investing in equity securities.

  Short-Term Investments

  To earn a return on uninvested assets, meet anticipated redemptions, or for
  temporary defensive purposes, a portfolio may invest a portion of its assets
  in the short-term securities listed below, U.S. government securities and
  Investment-grade corporate debt securities. Unless otherwise specified, a
  short-term debt security has a maturity of one year or less.

  Bank Obligations

  The portfolio will only invest in a security issued by a commercial bank if
  the bank:

  .  has total assets of at least $1 billion, or the equivalent in other
     currencies;

  .  is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
     and

  .  is a foreign branch of a U.S. bank and the adviser believes the security is
     of an investment quality comparable with other debt securities that the
     portfolio may purchase.

  Time Deposits

  Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits, such as savings accounts or
  certificates of deposit, held by a financial institution for a fixed term with
  the understanding that the depositor can withdraw its money only by giving
  notice to the institution. However, there may be early withdrawal penalties
  depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation.
  The portfolio may only purchase time deposits maturing from two business days
  through seven calendar days.

  Certificates of Deposit

  Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
  deposited in a commercial bank or savings and loan association for a definite
  period of time and earning a specified return.

  Banker's Acceptance

  A banker's acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a
  borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction
  (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods).

  Commercial Paper

  Commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a maturity ranging from 1 to
  270 days issued by banks, corporations and other borrowers.  Such investments
  are unsecured and usually discounted.  A portfolio may invest in commercial
  paper rated A-1 or A-2 by S&P or Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's, or, if not
  rated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue
  rated A or better by Moody's or by S&P. See Appendix A for a description of
  commercial paper ratings.

                                      II-5
<PAGE>

  Yankee Bonds

  Yankee bonds are dollar-denominated bonds issued inside the United States by
  foreign entities.  Investment in these securities involve certain risks which
  are not typically associated with investing in domestic securities.  See
  "FOREIGN SECURITIES".

  Zero Coupon Bonds

  These securities make no periodic payments of interest, but instead are sold
  at a discount from their face value. When held to maturity, their entire
  income, which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the difference
  between the issue price and their value at maturity. The amount of the
  discount rate varies depending on factors including the time remaining until
  maturity, prevailing interest rates, the security's liquidity and the issuer's
  credit quality. The market value of zero coupon securities may exhibit greater
  price volatility than ordinary debt securities because a stripped security
  will have a longer duration than an ordinary debt security with the same
  maturity. The portfolio's investments in pay-in-kind, delayed and zero coupon
  bonds may require it to sell certain of its portfolio securities to generate
  sufficient cash to satisfy certain income distribution requirements.

  These securities may include treasury securities that have had their interest
  payments ("coupons") separated from the underlying principal ("corpus") by
  their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment brokerage firm. Once
  the holder of the security has stripped or separated corpus and coupons, it
  may sell each component separately. The principal or corpus is then sold at a
  deep discount because the buyer receives only the right to receive a future
  fixed payment on the security and does not receive any rights to periodic
  interest (cash) payments.  Typically, the coupons are sold separately or
  grouped with other coupons with like maturity dates and sold bundled in such
  form. The underlying treasury security is held in book-entry form at the
  Federal Reserve Bank or, in the case of bearer securities (i.e., unregistered
  securities which are owned ostensibly by the bearer or holder thereof), in
  trust on behalf of the owners thereof. Purchasers of stripped obligations
  acquire, in effect, discount obligations that are economically identical to
  the zero coupon securities that the Treasury sells itself.

  The United States Treasury has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero
  coupon securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of
  particular interest coupon and corpus payments on Treasury securities through
  the Federal Reserve book-entry record keeping system. Under a Federal Reserve
  program known as "STRIPS" or "Separate Trading of Registered Interest and
  Principal of Securities," the portfolio can record its beneficial ownership of
  the coupon or corpus directly in the book-entry record-keeping system.

Terms to Understand

  Maturity

  Every debt security has a stated maturity date when the issuer must repay the
  amount it borrowed (principal) from investors.  Some debt securities, however,
  are callable, meaning the issuer can repay the principal earlier, on or after
  specified dates (call dates).  Debt securities are most likely to be called
  when interest rates are falling because the issuer can refinance at a lower
  rate, similar to a homeowner refinancing a mortgage.  The effective maturity
  of a debt security is usually its nearest call date.

  A portfolio that invests in debt securities has no real maturity.  Instead, it
  calculates its weighted average maturity.  This number is an average of the
  stated maturity of each debt security held by the portfolio, with the maturity
  of each security weighted by the percentage of the assets of the portfolio it
  represents.

                                      II-6
<PAGE>

  Duration

  Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity of a
  debt security, or a portfolio that invests in debt securities, to changes in
  interest rates.  It measures sensitivity more accurately than maturity because
  it takes into account the time value of cash flows generated over the life of
  a debt security.   Future interest payments and principal payments are
  discounted to reflect their present value and then are multiplied by the
  number of years they will be received to produce a value expressed in years --
  the duration.  Effective duration takes into account call features and sinking
  fund prepayments that may shorten the life of a debt security.

  An effective duration of 4 years, for example, would suggest that for each 1%
  reduction in interest rates at all maturity levels, the price of a security is
  estimated to increase by 4%.  An increase in rates by the same magnitude is
  estimated to reduce the price of the security by 4%.  By knowing the yield and
  the effective duration of a debt security, one can estimate total return based
  on an expectation of how much interest rates, in general, will change. While
  serving as a good estimator of prospective returns, effective duration is an
  imperfect measure.

Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities

  The total return of a debt instrument is composed of two elements: the
  percentage change in the security's price and interest income earned.  The
  yield to maturity of a debt security estimates its total return only if the
  price of the debt security remains unchanged during the holding period and
  coupon interest is reinvested at the same yield to maturity.  The total return
  of a debt instrument, therefore, will be determined not only by how much
  interest is earned, but also by how much the price of the security and
  interest rates change.

  Interest Rates

  The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction from
  interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up, the value of the bond will go
  down, and vice versa).

  Prepayment Risk

  This risk effects mainly mortgage-backed securities.  Unlike other debt
  securities, falling interest rates can hurt mortgage-backed securities, which
  may cause your share price to fall.  Lower rates motivate people to pay off
  mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier than expected.  The
  portfolio may then have to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayments at
  lower interest rates, which can reduce its yield. The unexpected timing of
  mortgage and asset-backed prepayments caused by the variations in interest
  rates may also shorten or lengthen the average maturity of the portfolio.  If
  left unattended, drifts in the average maturity of the portfolio can have the
  unintended effect of increasing or reducing the effective duration of the
  portfolio, which may adversely affect the expected performance of the
  portfolio.

  Extension Risk

  The other side of prepayment risk occurs when interest rates are rising.
  Rising interest rates can cause a portfolio's average maturity to lengthen
  unexpectedly due to a drop in mortgage prepayments.  This would increase the
  sensitivity of a portfolio to rising rates and its potential for price
  declines.  Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security increases
  the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market interest rates. For
  these reasons, mortgage-backed securities may be less effective than other
  types of U.S. government securities as a means of "locking in" interest rates.

  Credit Rating

  Coupon interest is offered to investors of debt securities as compensation for
  assuming risk, although short-term treasury securities, such as 3-month
  treasury bills, are considered "risk free." Corporate

                                      II-7
<PAGE>

  securities offer higher yields than treasury because their payment of interest
  and complete repayment of principal is less certain. The credit rating or
  financial condition of an issuer may affect the value of a debt security.
  Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security, the greater the risks
  that the issuer will fail to pay interest and return principal. To compensate
  investors for taking on increased risk, issuers with lower credit ratings
  usually offer their investors a higher "risk premium" in the form of higher
  interest rates above comparable treasuries securities.

  Changes in investor confidence regarding the certainty of interest and
  principal payments of a corporate debt security will result in an adjustment
  to this "risk premium."  Since an issuer's outstanding debt carries a fixed
  coupon, adjustments to the risk premium must occur in the price, which effects
  the yield to maturity of the bond. If an issuer defaults or becomes unable to
  honor its financial obligations, the bond may lose some or all of its value.

  A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating agency
  is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay interest
  and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond.  Adverse economic
  conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the capacity of the
  issuer to pay interest and repay principal.  If a security is not rated or is
  rated under a different system, the adviser may determine that it is of
  investment-grade.  The adviser may retain securities that are downgraded, if
  it believes that keeping those securities is warranted.

  Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly
  speculative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit worthy
  and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies.  A corporation may issue a junk
  bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar event.  Compared
  with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater degree of risk and are
  less likely to make payments of interest and principal.  Market developments
  and the financial and business condition of the corporation issuing these
  securities influences their price and liquidity more than changes in interest
  rates, when compared to investment-grade debt securities.  Insufficient
  liquidity in the junk bond market may make it more difficult to dispose of
  junk bonds and may cause the portfolio to experience sudden and substantial
  price declines.  A lack of reliable, objective data or market quotations may
  make it more difficult to value junk bonds accurately.

  Rating agencies are organizations that assign ratings to securities based
  primarily on the rating agency's assessment of the issuer's financial
  strength.  The portfolios currently use ratings compiled by Moody's Investor
  Services ("Moody's"), Standard and Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P"), Duff &
  Phelps Rating Co. and Fitch IBCA. Credit ratings are only an agency's opinion,
  not an absolute standard of quality, and they do not reflect an evaluation of
  market risk. Appendix A contains further information concerning the ratings of
  certain rating agencies and their significance.

  The adviser may use ratings produced by ratings agencies as guidelines to
  determine the rating of a security at the time the portfolio buys it. A rating
  agency may change its credit ratings at any time. The adviser monitors the
  rating of the security and will take appropriate actions if a rating agency
  reduces the security's rating. The portfolio is not obligated to dispose of
  securities whose issuers subsequently are in default or which are downgraded
  below the above-stated ratings.


DERIVATIVES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying
  asset, such as a stock or a bond, an underlying economic factor, such as an
  interest rate or a market benchmark, such as an index. A portfolio may use
  derivatives to gain exposure to various markets in a cost efficient manner, to
  reduce transaction costs or to remain fully invested.  A portfolio may also
  try to minimize its loss by investing in derivatives to protect it from broad
  fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange
  rates. Investing in derivatives for these purposes is known as "hedging." When
  hedging is successful, the portfolio will have offset any depreciation in the
  value of its portfolio securities by the appreciation in the value of the
  derivative position. Although techniques other than the sale and purchase of
  derivatives could be used to control the exposure of the portfolio to market
  fluctuations, the use of derivatives may be a more effective means of hedging
  this exposure.

                                      II-8
<PAGE>

Types of Derivatives

  Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

  A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell
  a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a specific
  price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the
  unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee.
  Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency
  futures contracts in certain respects.  Unlike futures contracts, forward
  contracts:

  .  Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to the
     contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).

  .  Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between currency
     traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers, as opposed to
     futures contracts which are traded in only on exchanges regulated by the
     CFTC.


  .  Do not require an initial margin deposit.

  .  May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency
     trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to a
     commodities exchange.

  Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies

  A "settlement hedge" or "transaction hedge" is designed to protect the
  portfolio against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the
  date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or
  received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of the
  amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security transaction for
  a fixed amount of U.S. dollars "locks in" the U.S. dollar price of the
  security. The portfolio may also use forward contracts to purchase or sell a
  foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or selling securities
  denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet selected the specific
  investments.

  The portfolio may also use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in the
  value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a hedge,
  sometimes referred to as a "position hedge," would tend to offset both
  positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in
  security values caused by other factors. The portfolio could also hedge the
  position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the
  currency in which the portfolio's investment is denominated. This type of
  hedge, sometimes referred to as a "proxy hedge," could offer advantages in
  terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency
  exposure as effectively as a direct hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may
  result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to
  the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

  Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the
  underlying prices of the securities that the portfolio owns or intends to
  purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can
  achieve at some future point in time.  Additionally, these techniques tend to
  minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency
  and to limit any potential gain that might result from the increase in value
  of such currency.

  The portfolio may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment
  exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the
  delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency,
  including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This
  may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or from
  one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of strategy,
  sometimes known as a "cross-hedge," will tend to reduce or eliminate exposure
  to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to the currency that is
  purchased. Cross-hedges protect against losses resulting from a decline in the
  hedged currency, but will cause the portfolio to assume the risk of
  fluctuations in the value of the currency it purchases. Cross hedging
  transactions also involve the risk of imperfect correlation between changes in
  the values of the currencies involved.


                                      II-9
<PAGE>

  It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio
  securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract.
  Accordingly, the portfolio may have to purchase additional foreign currency on
  the spot market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less than
  the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely, the
  portfolio may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency it
  received upon the sale of a security if the market value of such security
  exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver.

  Futures

  A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party sells
  and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial instrument
  at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument underlying the
  contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index, interest rate, foreign
  exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing to buy the underlying
  financial information is called buying a futures contract or taking a long
  position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to sell the underlying financial
  instrument is called selling a futures contract or taking a short position in
  the contract.

  Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges or
  boards of trade -- known as "contract markets" -- approved for such trading
  and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, a federal agency.
  These contract markets standardize the terms, including the maturity date and
  underlying financial instrument, of all futures contracts.

  Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to pay
  for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future date (the
  delivery date). Contract markets require both the purchaser and seller to
  deposit "initial margin" with a futures broker, known as a futures commission
  merchant, when they enter into the contract. Initial margin deposits are
  typically equal to a percentage of the contract's value. After they open a
  futures contract, the parties to the transaction must compare the purchase
  price of the contract to its daily market value. If the value of the futures
  contract changes in such a way that a party's position declines, that party
  must make additional "variation margin" payments so that the margin payment is
  adequate. On the other hand, the value of the contract may change in such a
  way that there is excess margin on deposit, possibly entitling the party that
  has a gain to receive all or a portion of this amount.  This process is known
  as "marking to the market."

  Although the actual terms of a futures contract calls for the actual delivery
  of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the parties may
  close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an identical
  contract. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the original purchase
  price, the party closing the contract would realize a gain; if it is more, it
  would realize a loss. The opposite is also true for a sale, that is, if the
  offsetting sale price is more than the original sale price, the party closing
  the contract would realize a gain; if it is less, it would realize a loss.

  The portfolio will incur commission expenses in both opening and closing
  futures positions.

  Options

  An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a
  financial instrument for a specified price (known as the "strike price" or
  "exercise price") at any time during the option period.  Unlike a futures
  contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a
  financial instrument.  Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer two
  kinds of rights: a "call" (the right to buy the security) or a "put" (the
  right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying
  instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices,
  foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts.  Options may be
  traded on an exchange (exchange-traded-options) or may be customized
  agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or "OTC options").  Like
  futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation,
  financially backs exchange-traded options.  However, OTC options have no such
  intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counter-party will not
  fulfill its obligations under the contract.

                                      II-10
<PAGE>

  Purchasing Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the
  instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price.  In return for this
  right, the portfolio pays the current market price for the option (known as
  the "option premium"). The portfolio may purchase put options to offset or
  hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities ("protective
  puts") or to benefit from a decline in the price of securities that it does
  not own.  The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise
  price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs. However, if the
  price of the underlying instrument does not fall enough to offset the cost of
  purchasing the option, a put buyer would lose the premium and related
  transaction costs.

  Call options are similar to put options, except that the portfolio obtains the
  right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the option's
  strike price. The portfolio would normally purchase call options in
  anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns or wants
  to buy. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the exercise price
  plus the premium paid and related transaction costs.  Otherwise, the portfolio
  would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the call option.

  The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

  .  Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;

  .  Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put option) or
     buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying instrument at the
     strike price; or

  .  Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.

  Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell
  specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the
  option is exercised at any time before the expiration date.  Similarly, when
  the portfolio writes a put option it assumes an obligation to purchase
  specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the option
  is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The portfolio may
  terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option before exercise by
  buying an option identical to the one it has written.  Similarly, it may
  cancel an over-the-counter option by entering into an offsetting transaction
  with the counter-party to the option.

  The portfolio could try to hedge against an increase in the value of
  securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those
  securities.  If security prices rise, the portfolio would expect the put
  option to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the
  security's value.   If security prices remain the same over time, the
  portfolio would hope to profit by closing out the put option at a lower price.
  If security prices fall, the portfolio may lose an amount of money equal to
  the difference between the value of the security and the premium it received.
  Writing covered put options may deprive the portfolio of the opportunity to
  profit from a decrease in the market price of the securities it would like to
  acquire.

  The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing
  put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices remain the
  same or fall.  The portfolio could try to hedge against a decline in the value
  of securities it already owns by writing a call option.  If the price of that
  security falls as expected, the portfolio would expect the option to expire
  and the premium it received to offset the decline of the security's value.
  However, the portfolio must be prepared to deliver the underlying instrument
  in return for the strike price, which may deprive it of the opportunity to
  profit from an increase in the market price of the securities it holds.

  The portfolio is permitted only to write covered options.  The portfolio can
  cover a call option by owning, at the time of selling the option:

                                      II-11
<PAGE>

 .  The underlying security (or securities convertible into the underlying
   security without additional consideration), index, interest rate, foreign
   currency or futures contract;

 .  A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser exercise
   price;

 .  A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise price and
   segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the difference
   between the exercise prices;

 .  Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the optioned
   securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract; or

 .  In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that corresponds to the
   index.

The portfolio can cover a put option by, at the time of selling the option:

 .  Entering into a short position in the underlying security;

 .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
   currency or futures contract with the same or greater exercise price;

 .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
   currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price and segregating
   cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the difference between the
   exercise prices; or

 .  Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

Options on Securities Indices

Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except that
the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement payments and
does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In addition,
securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group
of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price fluctuations
in a single security.

Options on Futures

An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a
futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract (in
the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price. Upon exercise of the option
by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a corresponding
short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a call option) or a
corresponding long position (in the case of a put option). If the option is
exercised, the parties will be subject to the futures contracts. In addition,
the writer of an option on a futures contract is subject to initial and
variation margin requirements on the option position. Options on futures
contracts are traded on the same contract market as the underlying futures
contract.

The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the option
early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e., the same
exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously purchased or sold.
The difference between the premiums paid and received represents the trader's
profit or loss on the transaction.

The portfolio may purchase put and call options on futures contracts instead of
selling or buying futures contracts. The portfolio may buy a put option on a
futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a futures contract. It also
may purchase such put options in order to hedge a long position in the
underlying futures contract. The portfolio may buy call options on futures
contracts for the same purpose as the actual purchase of the futures contracts,
such as in anticipation of favorable market conditions.

The portfolio may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a
decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures contracts. If the
price of the futures contract at expiration were below the exercise price, the
portfolio would retain the option premium, which would offset, in part, any
decline in the value of its portfolio securities.

                                      II-12
<PAGE>

  The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase
  of the futures contracts, except that, if market price declines, the portfolio
  would pay more than the market price for the underlying instrument. The
  premium received on the sale of the put option, less any transaction costs,
  would reduce the net cost to the portfolio.

  Swaps, Caps, Collars and Floors

  Swap Agreements

  A swap is a financial instrument that typically involves the exchange of cash
  flows between two parties on specified dates (settlement dates), where the
  cash flows are based on agreed-upon prices, rates, indices, etc. The nominal
  amount on which the cash flows are calculated is called the notional amount.
  Swaps are individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a
  variety of different types of investments or market factors, such as interest
  rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates,
  security prices or inflation rates.

  Swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the
  investments of the portfolio and its share price. The performance of swap
  agreements may be affected by a change in the specific interest rate,
  currency, or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and
  from the portfolio. If a swap agreement calls for payments by the portfolio,
  the portfolio must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if
  the counter-party's creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement
  would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.

  Generally, swap agreements have a fixed maturity date that will be agreed upon
  by the parties.  The agreement can be terminated before the maturity date only
  under limited circumstances, such as default by one of the parties or
  insolvency, among others, and can be transferred by a party only with the
  prior written consent of the other party.  The portfolio may be able to
  eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement either by assignment or by other
  disposition, or by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same
  party or a similarly creditworthy party. If the counter-party is unable to
  meet its obligations under the contract, declares bankruptcy, defaults or
  becomes insolvent, the portfolio may not be able to recover the money it
  expected to receive under the contract.

  A swap agreement can be a form of leverage, which can magnify a portfolio's
  gains or losses.  In order to reduce the risk associated with leveraging, a
  portfolio will cover its current obligations under swap agreements according
  to guidelines established by the SEC. If the portfolio enters into a swap
  agreement on a net basis, it will segregate assets with a daily value at least
  equal to the excess, if any, of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the
  swap agreement over the accrued amount the portfolio is entitled to receive
  under the agreement. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on other
  than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full
  amount of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the agreement.

  Equity Swaps -- In a typical equity index swap, one party agrees to pay
  another party the return on a stock, stock index or basket of stocks in return
  for a specified interest rate.  By entering into an equity index swap, for
  example, the index receiver can gain exposure to stocks making up the index of
  securities without actually purchasing those stocks.   Equity index swaps
  involve not only the risk associated with investment in the securities
  represented in the index, but also the risk that the performance of such
  securities, including dividends, will not exceed the return on the interest
  rate that the portfolio will be committed to pay.

  Interest Rate Swaps -- Interest rate swaps are financial instruments that
  involve the exchange on one type of interest rate for another type of interest
  rate cash flow on specified dates in the future.  Some of the different types
  of interest rate swaps are "fixed-for floating rate swaps," "termed basis
  swaps" and "index amortizing swaps."  Fixed-for floating rate swap involve the
  exchange of fixed interest rate cash flows for floating rate cash flows.
  Termed basis swaps entail cash flows to both parties based on floating
  interest rates, where the interest rate indices are different.  Index
  amortizing swaps are typically fixed-for floating swaps where the notional
  amount changes if certain conditions are met.

                                      II-13
<PAGE>

  Like a traditional investment in a debt security, a portfolio could lose money
  by investing in an interest rate swap if interest rates change adversely.  For
  example, if the portfolio enters into a swap where it agrees to exchange a
  floating rate of interest for a fixed rate of interest, the portfolio may have
  to pay more money than it receives.  Similarly, if the portfolio enters into a
  swap where it agrees to exchange a fixed rate of interest for a floating rate
  of interest, the portfolio may receive less money than it has agreed to pay.

  Currency Swaps -- A currency swap is an agreement between two parties in which
  one party agrees to make interest rate payments in one currency and the other
  promises to make interest rate payments in another currency. A portfolio may
  enter into a currency swap when it has one currency and desires a different
  currency. Typically the interest rates that determine the currency swap
  payments are fixed, although occasionally one or both parties may pay a
  floating rate of interest.  Unlike an interest rate swap, however, the
  principal amounts are exchanged at the beginning of the contract and returned
  at the end of the contract.  Changes in foreign exchange rates and changes in
  interest rates, as described above may negatively affect currency swaps.

  Caps, Collars and Floors

  Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.  In a
  typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under
  specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other
  party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to
  receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an
  agreed-upon level.  The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make
  payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-
  upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and
  selling a floor.

  Combined Positions

  The portfolio may purchase and write options in combination with each other,
  or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and
  return characteristics of the overall position. For example, the portfolio
  could construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are
  similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a put option and writing a
  call option on the same underlying instrument. Alternatively, the portfolio
  could write a call option at one strike price and buy a call option at a lower
  price to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a
  substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve
  multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more
  difficult to open and close out.

Risks of Derivatives

  While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these transactions
  themselves entail certain other risks. For example, unanticipated changes in
  interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates may result in a
  poorer overall performance of the portfolio than if it had not entered into
  any derivatives transactions.  Derivatives may magnify the portfolio's gains
  or losses, causing it to make or lose substantially more than it invested.

  When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities the
  portfolio holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses incurred with a
  derivative.  Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than hedging could
  expose the portfolio to greater risks.

  Correlation of Prices

  The portfolio's ability to hedge its securities through derivatives depends on
  the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or instrument
  correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In the case of poor
  correlation, the price of the securities the portfolio is hedging may not move
  in the same amount, or even in the same direction as the hedging instrument.
  The adviser will try to minimize this risk by investing only in those
  contracts whose behavior it expects to resemble the

                                      II-14
<PAGE>

  portfolio securities it is trying to hedge. However, if the portfolio's
  prediction of interest and currency rates, market value, volatility or other
  economic factors is incorrect, the portfolio may lose money, or may not make
  as much money as it expected.

  Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments,
  even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are very similar to
  the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that may cause such a
  divergence.

  .  current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of
     the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the
     contract;

  .  a difference between the derivatives and securities markets, including
     different levels of demand, how the instruments are traded, the imposition
     of daily price fluctuation limits or trading of an instrument stops; and

  .  differences between the derivatives, such as different margin requirements,
     different liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in
     such markets.

  Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a
  particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based on
  a broad market index.  Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller number
  of securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price
  fluctuations because of changes in the value of those securities.

  While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with
  exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value of
  the investments of the portfolio. A currency hedge, for example, should
  protect a yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not
  protect the portfolio against a price decline resulting from deterioration in
  the issuer's creditworthiness. Because the value of the portfolio's foreign-
  denominated investments changes in response to many factors other than
  exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of currency options
  and futures to the value of the portfolio's investments precisely over time.

  Lack of Liquidity

  Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, the portfolio can
  terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale transaction.
  Moreover, a portfolio may close out a futures contract only on the exchange
  the contract was initially traded.  Although a portfolio intends to purchase
  options and futures only where there appears to be an active market, there is
  no guarantee that such a liquid market will exist.  If there is no secondary
  market for the contract, or the market is illiquid, the portfolio may not be
  able to close out its position.  In an illiquid market, the portfolio may:

  .  have to sell securities to meet its daily margin requirements at a time
     when it is disadvantageous to do so;

  .  have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract;

  .  not be able to hedge its investments; and

  .  not be able realize profits or limit its losses.

  Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time and
  price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

  .  an exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative
     instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives, which
     sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility;

  .  unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations of an
     exchange;

  .  the facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current
     trading volume;

                                      II-15
<PAGE>

  .  equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage firm
     or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt normal trading
     activity; or

  .  investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category of
     derivatives.

  Management Risk

  If the adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends, the
  portfolio may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if the
  portfolio were to write a call option based on its adviser's expectation that
  the price of the underlying security would fall, but the price were to rise
  instead, the portfolio could be required to sell the security upon exercise at
  a price below the current market price.  Similarly, if the portfolio were to
  write a put option based on the adviser's expectation that the price of the
  underlying security would rise, but the price were to fall instead, the
  portfolio could be required to purchase the security upon exercise at a price
  higher than the current market price.

  Volatility and Leverage
  The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly,
  substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of factors,
  including

  .  actual and anticipated changes in interest rates;

  .  fiscal and monetary policies; and

  .  national and international political events.

  Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can change
  during a single trading day.  Daily trading limits establish the maximum
  amount that the price of a derivative may vary from the settlement price of
  that derivative at the end of trading on the previous day.  Once the price of
  a derivative reaches this value, a portfolio may not trade that derivative at
  a price beyond that limit.  The daily limit governs only price movements
  during a given day and does not limit potential gains or losses.  Derivative
  prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive
  trading days, preventing prompt liquidation of the derivative.

  Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a derivative
  position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of leverage.
  Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative may result in
  an immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the portfolio and it
  may lose more than it originally invested in the derivative.

  If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, the portfolio may have
  to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to meet its
  minimum daily margin requirement.  The portfolio may lose its margin deposits
  if a broker-dealer with whom it has an open futures contract or related option
  becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.


EQUITY SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Types of Equity Securities

  Common Stocks

  Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company.  Common stocks
  usually carry voting rights and earn dividends.  Unlike preferred stocks,
  which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are
  declared at the discretion of the company's board of directors.

                                     II-16
<PAGE>

  Preferred Stocks

  Preferred stocks are also units of ownership in a company. Preferred stocks
  normally have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the
  liquidation of the company.  However, in all other resects, preferred stocks
  are subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer.  Unlike common stocks,
  preferred stocks are generally not entitled to vote on corporate matters.
  Types of preferred stocks include adjustable-rate preferred stock, fixed
  dividend preferred stock, perpetual preferred stock, and sinking fund
  preferred stock. Generally, the market values of preferred stock with a fixed
  dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates
  and perceived credit risk.

  Convertible Securities

  Convertible securities are debt securities and preferred stocks that are
  convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio.  In
  exchange for the conversion feature, many corporations will pay a lower rate
  of interest on convertible securities than debt securities of the same
  corporation. Their market price tends to go up if the stock price moves up.

  Convertible securities are subject to the same risks as similar securities
  without the convertible feature. The price of a convertible security is more
  volatile during times of steady interest rates than other types of debt
  securities.

  Rights and Warrants

  A right is a privilege granted to exiting shareholders of a corporation to
  subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued.
  Rights normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely
  transferable and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower
  price than the public offering price.  Warrants are securities that are
  usually issued together with a debt security or preferred stock and that give
  the holder the right to buy proportionate amount of common stock at a
  specified price.  Warrants are freely transferable and are traded on major
  exchanges.  Unlike rights, warrants normally have a life that measured in
  years and entitle the holder to buy common stock of a company at a price that
  is usually higher than the market price at the time the warrant is issued.
  Corporations often issue warrants to make the accompanying debt security more
  attractive.

  An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain
  other types of investments.  Generally, rights and warrants do not carry the
  right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the
  underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of
  the issuer. In addition, their value does not necessarily change with the
  value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if they are
  not exercised on or before their expiration date.  Investing in rights and
  warrants increases the potential profit or loss to be realized from the
  investment as compared with investing the same amount in the underlying
  securities.

Risks of Investing in Equity Securities

  General Risks of Investing in Stocks

  While investing in stocks allows a portfolio to participate in the benefits of
  owning a company, the portfolio must accept the risks of ownership.  Unlike
  bondholders, who have preference to a company's earnings and cash flow,
  preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in order of priority,
  are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets its other
  obligations. For this reason, the value of a company's stock will usually
  react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company's financial
  condition or prospects than its debt obligations.  Stockholders of a company
  that fares poorly can lose money.

  Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of rising
  and falling stock prices.  The value of a company's stock may fall because of:

  .  Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made by its
     management or lower demand for the company's products or services;

                                      II-17
<PAGE>

  .  Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production
     costs; and

  .  Changes in financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated to the
     company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates, currency
     exchange rates or inflation rates.

  Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other
  obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the
  issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in
  a more senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

  Small and Medium-Sized Companies

  A small or medium-sized company is a company whose market capitalization falls
  with the range specified in the prospectus of the portfolio.  Investors in
  small and medium-sized companies typically take on greater risk and price
  volatility than they would by investing in larger, more established companies.
  This increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of their small or
  medium size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and
  frequent lack of management depth.  The securities of small and medium
  companies are often traded in the over-the-counter market and might not be
  traded in volumes typical of securities traded on a national securities
  exchange.  Thus, the securities of small and medium capitalization companies
  are likely to be less liquid, and subject to more abrupt or erratic market
  movements, than securities of larger, more established companies.

  Technology Companies

  Stocks of technology companies have tended to be subject to greater volatility
  than securities of companies that are not dependent upon or associated with
  technological issues.  Technology companies operate in various industries.
  Since these industries frequently share common characteristics, an event or
  issue affecting one industry may significantly influence other, related
  industries.  For example, technology companies may be strongly affected by
  worldwide scientific or technological developments and their products and
  services may be subject to governmental regulation or adversely affected by
  governmental policies.


FOREIGN SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Types of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities are debt and equity securities that are traded in markets
  outside of the United States.  The markets in which these securities are
  located can be developed or emerging.  People can invest in foreign securities
  in a number of ways:

  .  They can invest directly in foreign securities denominated in a foreign
     currency;

  .  They can invest in American Depositary Receipts; and

  .  They can invest in investment funds.

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership of
  shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository banks
  and generally trade on an established market in the United States or
  elsewhere. A custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer's
  home country holds the underlying shares in trust. The depository bank may not
  have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge
  fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and
  corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying
  foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs
  continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly
  in foreign securities.

                                      II-18
<PAGE>

  Emerging Markets

  An "emerging country" is generally country that the International Bank for
  Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Finance
  Corporation would consider to be an emerging or developing country. Typically,
  emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of
  industrialization, with lower gross national products (GNP) than more
  developed countries.  There are currently over 130 countries that the
  international financial community generally considers to be emerging or
  developing countries, approximately 40 of which currently have stock markets.
  These countries generally include every nation in the world except the United
  States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most nations located in
  Western Europe.

  Investment Funds

  Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the
  securities of their companies.  Certain emerging countries, however, permit
  indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and traded
  on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have specifically
  authorized.  The portfolio may invest in these investment funds subject to the
  provisions of the 1940 Act.  If a portfolio invests in such investment funds,
  its shareholders will bear not only their proportionate share of the expenses
  of the portfolio (including operating expenses and the fees of the adviser),
  but also will bear indirectly bear similar expenses of the underlying
  investment funds.  In addition, these investment funds may trade at a premium
  over their net asset value.

Risks of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S. entities
  with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks in addition
  to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

  Political and Economic Factors

  Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military action
  or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value of foreign
  investments.  Listed below are some of the more important political and
  economic factors that could negatively affect a portfolio's investments.

  .  The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of the
     United States in such areas as growth of gross national product, rate of
     inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, budget deficits
     and national debt;

  .  Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree, through
     ownership interests or regulation, in their respective economies. Actions
     by these governments could significantly influence the market prices of
     securities and payment of dividends;

  .  The economies of many foreign countries are dependent on international
     trade and their trading partners and they could be severely affected if
     their trading partners were to enact protective trade barriers and economic
     conditions;

  .  The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less stable
     than in the United States. Other countries face significant external
     political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by other countries
     or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes; and

  .  A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S. investors,
     including expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation
     and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A country may restrict or
     control foreign investments in its securities markets. These restrictions
     could limit ability of a portfolio to invest a particular country or make
     it very expensive for the portfolio to invest in that country. Some
     countries require prior governmental approval, limit the types or amount of
     securities or companies in which a foreigner can invest. Other countries
     may restrict the ability of foreign investors to repatriate their
     investment income and capital gains.

                                      II-19
<PAGE>

  Information and Supervision

  There is generally less publicly available information about foreign companies
  than companies based in the United States.  For example, there are often no
  reports and ratings published about foreign companies comparable to the ones
  written about United States companies.  Foreign companies are typically not
  subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards,
  practices and requirements comparable to those applicable United States
  companies.   The lack of comparable information makes investment decisions
  concerning foreign countries more difficult and less reliable than domestic
  companies.

  Stock Exchange and Market Risk

  The adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter
  (OTC) market located outside of the United States will be the best available
  market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume
  and sophistication, are generally not as developed as the markets in the
  United States.  Foreign stocks markets tend to differ from those in the United
  States in a number of ways:

  .  They are generally not as developed or efficient as, and more volatile,
     than those in the United States;

  .  They have substantially less volume;

  .  Their securities tend to be less liquid and to experience rapid and erratic
     price movements;

  .  Commissions on foreign stocks are generally higher and subject to set
     minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates;

  .  Foreign security trading, settlement and custodial practices are often less
     developed than those in U.S. markets; and

  .  They may have different settlement practices, which may cause delays and
     increase the potential for failed settlements.

  Foreign Currency Risk

  While, the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in United States
  dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in
  foreign currencies. Thus, a change in a the value of a foreign currency
  against the United States dollar will result in a corresponding change in
  value of the securities held by a portfolio.   Some of the factors that may
  impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

  .  It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into United States
     dollars and vice versa;

  .  Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the values
     of various currencies, including United States dollars, and their exchange
     rates;

  .  Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or
     selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts,
     since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other
     market forces;

  .  There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign
     currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available through
     dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis;

  .  Available quotation information is generally representative of very large
     round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not reflect
     exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1 million)
     where rates may be less favorable; and

                                      II-20
<PAGE>

  .  The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock
     market. To the extent that a market is closed while the markets for the
     underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may not always reflect
     significant price and rate movements.

  Taxes

  Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest
  income. Although in some countries the portfolio may recover a portion of
  these taxes, the portion it cannot recover will reduce the income the
  portfolio receives from its investments.  The portfolio does not expect such
  foreign withholding taxes to have a significant impact on performance.

  Emerging Markets

  Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
  Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than
  those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties of
  investing in less established markets and economies. In particular, countries
  with emerging markets may:

  .  Have relatively unstable governments;

  .  Present greater risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions on
     foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets; and

  .  Offer less protection of property rights than more developed countries.

  .  Have economies that are based on only a few industries, may be highly
     vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may suffer
     from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates.

  .  Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may be
     unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume, potentially
     making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impossible at times.

The Euro

  The single currency for the European Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU"), the
  Euro, is scheduled to replace the national currencies for participating member
  countries over a period that began on January 1, 1999 and ends in July 2002.
  At the end of that period, use of the Euro will be compulsory and countries in
  the EMU will no longer maintain separate currencies in any form. Until then,
  however, each country and issuers within each country are free to choose
  whether to use the Euro.

  On January 1, 1999, existing national currencies became denominations of the
  Euro at fixed rates according to practices prescribed by the European Monetary
  Institute and the Euro became available as a book-entry currency.  On or about
  that date, member states began conducting financial market transactions in
  Euros and redenominating many investments, currency balances and transfer
  mechanisms into Euros.  The portfolio also anticipates pricing, trading,
  settling and valuing investments whose nominal values remain in their existing
  domestic currencies in Euros.  Accordingly, the portfolio expects the
  conversion to the Euro to impact investments in countries that will adopt the
  Euro in all aspects of the investment process, including trading, foreign
  exchange, payments, settlements, cash accounts, custody and accounting. Some
  of the uncertainties surrounding the conversion to the Euro include:

  .  Will the payment and operational systems of banks and other financial
     institutions be ready by the scheduled launch date?

  .  Will the conversion to the Euro have legal consequences on outstanding
     financial contracts that refer to existing currencies rather than Euro?

                                      II-21
<PAGE>

  .  How will existing currencies be exchanged into Euro?

  .  Will suitable clearing and settlement payment systems for the new currency
     be created?


INVESTMENT COMPANIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A portfolio may buy and sell shares of other investment companies.  Such
  investment companies may pay management and other fees that are similar to the
  fees currently paid by a portfolio.  Like other shareholders, each portfolio
  would pay its proportionate share those fees.  Consequently, shareholders of a
  portfolio would pay not only the management fees of the portfolio, but also
  the management fees of the investment company in which the portfolio invests.

  The SEC has granted an order that allows a portfolio to invest the greater of
  5% of its total assets or $2.5 million in the UAM DSI Money Market Portfolio,
  provided that the investment is:

 .  For cash management purposes;

 .  Consistent with a portfolio's investment policies and restrictions; and

 .  The adviser to the investing portfolio waives any fees it earns on the assets
   of the portfolio that are invested in the UAM DSI Money Market Portfolio. The
   investing portfolio will bear expenses of the UAM DSI Money Market Portfolio
   on the same basis as all of its other shareholders.



REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  In a repurchase agreement, an investor agrees to buy a security (underlying
  security) from a securities dealer or bank that is a member of the Federal
  Reserve System (counter-party).  At the time, the counter-party agrees to
  repurchase the underlying security for the same price, plus interest.
  Repurchase agreements are generally for a relatively short period (usually not
  more than 7 days).  The portfolios normally use repurchase agreements to earn
  income on assets that are not invested.

  When it enters into a repurchase agreement, a portfolio will:

  .  Pay for the underlying securities only upon physically receiving them or
     upon evidence of their receipt in book-entry form; and

  .  Require the counter party to add to the collateral whenever the price of
     the repurchase agreement rises above the value of the underlying security
     (i.e., it will require the borrower "mark to the market" on a daily basis).

  If the seller of the security declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes
  financially unable to buy back the security, a portfolio's right to sell the
  security may be restricted.  In addition, the value of the security might
  decline before a portfolio can sell it and a portfolio might incur expenses in
  enforcing its rights.


RESTRICTED SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A portfolio may purchase restricted securities that are not registered for
  sale to the general public but which are eligible for resale to qualified
  institutional investors under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933.  Under
  the supervision of the Fund's board, the adviser determines the liquidity of
  such investments by considering all relevant factors.  Provided that a dealer
  or institutional trading market in such securities exists, these restricted
  securities are not treated as illiquid securities for purposes of the
  portfolio's investment limitations.  The price realized from the sales of
  these securities could be more or less than those originally paid by a
  portfolio or less than what may be considered the fair value of such
  securities.

                                       II-22
<PAGE>

SECURITIES LENDING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A portfolio may lend a portion of its total assets to broker- dealers or other
  financial institutions. It may then reinvest the collateral it receives in
  short-term securities and money market funds. When a portfolio lends its
  securities, it will follow the following guidelines:

  .  The borrower must provide collateral at least equal to the market value of
     the securities loaned;

  .  The collateral must consist of cash, an irrevocable letter of credit issued
     by a domestic U.S. bank or securities issued or guaranteed by the U. S.
     government;

  .  The borrower must add to the collateral whenever the price of the
     securities loaned rises (i.e., the borrower "marks to the market" on a
     daily basis);

  .  It must be able to terminate the loan at any time;

  .  It must receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may include the
     portfolio investing any cash collateral in interest bearing short-term
     investments); and

  .  It must determine that the borrower is an acceptable credit risk.

  These risks are similar to the ones involved with repurchase agreements. When
  the portfolio lends securities, there is a risk that the borrower fails
  financially become financially unable to honor its contractual obligations.
  If this happens, the portfolio could:

  .  Lose its rights in the collateral and not be able to retrieve the
     securities it lent to the borrower; and

  .  Experience delays in recovering its securities.


SHORT SALES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description of Short Sales

  Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not own.
  To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from someone
  else to deliver to the buyer.  The investor then replaces the security it
  borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the time of
  replacement. Until it replaces the security, the investor repays the person
  that lent it the security for any interest or dividends that may have accrued
  during the period of the loan.

  Investors typically sell securities short to:

  .  Take advantage of an anticipated decline in prices.

  .  Protect a profit in a security it already owns.

  A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short
  increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the
  portfolio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit if
  the price of the security declines between those dates.

  To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
  which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
  transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
  will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
  premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to pay
  in connection with a short sale.

  The broker will retain the net proceeds of the short sale, to the extent
  necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.

                                      II-23
<PAGE>

Short Sales Against the Box

  In addition, a portfolio may engage in short sales  "against the box".  In a
  short sale against the box, the portfolio agrees to sell at a future date a
  security that it either contemporaneously owns or has the right to acquire at
  no extra cost. A portfolio will incur transaction costs to open, maintain and
  close short sales against the box.

Restrictions on Short Sales

  A portfolio will not short sell a security if:

  .  After giving effect to such short sale, the total market value of all
     securities sold short would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio net
     assets.

  .  The market value of the securities of any single issuer that have been sold
     short by the portfolio would exceed the two percent (2%) of the value of
     the portfolio's net assets.

  .  Such securities would constitute more than two percent (2%) of any class of
     the issuer's securities.

  Whenever a portfolio sells a security short, its custodian segregates an
  amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the difference between (a) the
  market value of the securities sold short at the time they were sold short and
  (b) any cash or U.S. Government securities the portfolio is required to
  deposit with the broker in connection with the short sale (not including the
  proceeds from the short sale). The segregated assets are marked to market
  daily in an attempt to ensure that the amount deposited in the segregated
  account plus the amount deposited with the broker is at least equal to the
  market value of the securities at the time they were sold short.


WHEN-ISSUED, FORWARD COMMITMENT AND DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a market
  exists, but which have not been issued.  In a forward delivery transaction, a
  portfolio contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date
  beyond customary settlement time.  "Delayed delivery" refers to securities
  transactions on the secondary market where settlement occurs in the future. In
  each of these transactions, the parties fix the payment obligation and the
  interest rate that they will receive on the securities at the time the parties
  enter the commitment; however, they do not pay money or deliver securities
  until a later date.  Typically, no income accrues on securities a portfolio
  has committed to purchase before the securities are delivered, although the
  portfolio may earn income on securities it has in a segregated account. A
  portfolio will only enter into these types of transactions with the intention
  of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before the settlement
  date.

  A portfolio uses when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward delivery
  transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield at
  the time of purchase. When a portfolio engages in when-issued, delayed-
  delivery and forward delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to
  consummate the sale.  If the other party fails to complete the sale, a
  portfolio may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a favorable price
  or yield.

  When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward
  delivery basis, the portfolio assumes the rights and risks of ownership of the
  security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of
  settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the
  purchase price.  The yield available in the market when the delivery takes
  place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
  Because a portfolio does not pay for the security until the delivery date,
  these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other
  investments.

  A portfolio will segregate cash and liquid securities equal in value to
  commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery
  transaction.  A portfolio will segregate additional liquid assets daily so
  that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of its commitments.

                                     II-24
<PAGE>

Management Of The Fund

  The governing board manages the business of the Fund. The governing board
  elects officers to manage the day-to-day operations of the Fund and to execute
  policies the board has formulated. The Fund pays each board member who is not
  also an officer or affiliated person (independent board member) a $150
  quarterly retainer fee per active portfolio per quarter and a $2,000 meeting
  fee. In addition, the Fund reimburses each independent board member for travel
  and other expenses incurred while attending board meetings. The $2,000 meeting
  fee and expense reimbursements are aggregated for all of the board members and
  allocated proportionately among the portfolios of the UAM Funds Complex. The
  Fund does not pay board members that are affiliated with the fund for their
  services as board members. UAM, its affiliates or SEI pay the Fund's officers.

  The following table lists the board members and officers of the Fund and
  provides information regarding their present positions, date of birth,
  address, principal occupations during the past five years, aggregate
  compensation received from the Fund and total compensation received from the
  UAM Funds Complex. The UAM Funds Complex is currently comprised of 48
  portfolios. Those people with an asterisk beside their name are "interested
  persons" of the Fund as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. Mr. English does
  have an investment advisory relationship with Investment Counselors of
  Maryland, an investment adviser to one of the portfolios in the UAM Funds
  Complex. However, the Fund does not believe that the relationship is a
  material business relationship, and, therefore, does not consider him to be an
  "interested person" of the Fund. If these circumstances change, the Board will
  determine whether any action is required to change the composition of the
  Board.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                        Total
                                                                                                    Aggregate        Compensation
                                                                                                   Compensation        From UAM
                           Position                                                                from Fund as     Funds Complex
Name, Address, DOB         with Fund         Principal Occupations During the Past 5 years          of 4/30/99      as of 12/31/98
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>                        <S>               <C>                                                   <C>              <C>
John T. Bennett, Jr.       Board Member      President of Squam Investment Management Company,        $8,094           $39,900
College Road -- RFD 3                        Inc. and Great Island Investment Company, Inc.;
Meredith, NH 03253                           President of Bennett Management Company from 1988
1/26/29                                      to 1993.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nancy J. Dunn              Board Member      Financial Officer of World Wildlife Fund since           $8,094           $40,575
10 Garden Street                             January 1999; Vice President for Finance and
Cambridge, MA 02138                          Administration and Treasurer of Radcliffe College
8/14/51                                      from 1991 to 1999.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William A. Humenuk         Board Member      Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative        $8,094           $40,936
100 King Street West                         Officer of Philip Services Corp.; Formerly, a
P.O. Box 2440, LCD-1                         Partner in the Philadelphia office of the law firm
Hamilton  Ontario,                           Dechert Price & Rhoads and a Director of Hofler
Canada L8N-4J6                               Corp.
4/21/42
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Philip D. English          Board Member      President and Chief Executive Officer of                 $8,094           $40,702
16 West Madison Street                       Broventure Company, Inc.; Chairman of the Board of
Baltimore, MD 21201                          Chektec Corporation and Cyber Scientific, Inc.
8/5/48
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
James P. Pappas*           Board Member      President of UAM Investment Services, Inc. since            0                 0
211 Congress Street                          March 1999; Vice President UAM Trust Company since
Boston, MA  02110                            January 1996; Principal of UAM Fund Distributors,
2/24/53                                      Inc. since December 1995; Vice President of UAM
                                             Investment Services, Inc. from January 1996 to
                                             March 1999 and a Director and Chief Operating
                                             Officer of CS First Boston Investment Management
                                             from 1993-1995.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Norton H. Reamer*          Board Member;     Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a Director            0                 0
One International Place    President and     of United Asset Management Corporation; Director,
Boston, MA 02110           Chairman          Partner or Trustee of each of the Investment
3/21/35                                      Companies of the Eaton Vance Group of Mutual Funds.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                      II-25
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                        Total
                                                                                                    Aggregate        Compensation
                                                                                                   Compensation        From UAM
                           Position                                                                from Fund as     Funds Complex
Name, Address, DOB         with Fund         Principal Occupations During the Past 5 years          of 4/30/99      as of 12/31/98
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>                        <S>               <C>                                                   <C>              <C>
Peter M. Whitman, Jr.*     Board Member      President and Chief Investment Officer of Dewey             0                 0
One Financial Center                         Square Investors Corporation since 1988; Director
Boston, MA 02111                             and Chief Executive Officer of H.T. Investors,
7/1/43                                       Inc., formerly a subsidiary of Dewey Square.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William H. Park            Vice President    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial                0                 0
One International Place                      Officer of United Asset Management Corporation.
Boston, MA 02110
9/19/47
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gary L. French             Treasurer         President of UAMFSI and UAMFDI; Treasurer of the            0                 0
211 Congress Street                          Fidelity Group of Mutual Funds from 1991 to 1995;
Boston, MA 02110                             held various other offices with Fidelity
7/4/51                                       Investments from November 1990 to March 1995.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael E. DeFao           Secretary         Vice President and General Counsel of UAMFSI and            0                 0
211 Congress Street                          UAMFDI; Associate Attorney of Ropes & Gray (a law
Boston, MA 02110                             firm) from 1993 to 1995.
2/28/68
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert R. Flaherty         Assistant         Vice President of UAMFSI; Manager of Fund                   0                 0
211 Congress Street        Treasurer         Administration and Compliance of CGFSC from 1995
Boston, MA 02110                             to 1996; Senior Manager of Deloitte & Touche LLP
9/18/63                                      from 1985 to 1995.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael J. Leary           Assistant         Vice President of Chase Global Funds Services               0                 0
73 Tremont Street          Treasurer         Company since 1993.  Manager of Audit at Ernst &
Boston, MA  02108                            Young from 1988 to 1993.
11/23/65
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michelle Azrialy           Assistant         Assistant Treasurer of Chase Global Funds Services          0                 0
73 Tremont Street          Secretary         Company since 1996.  Senior Public Accountant with
Boston, MA 02108                             Price Waterhouse LLP from 1991 to 1994.
4/12/69
</TABLE>

Investment Advisory and Other Services

INVESTMENT ADVISER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Control Of Adviser

  Each adviser is a subsidiary of UAM. UAM is a holding company incorporated in
  Delaware in December 1980 for the purpose of acquiring and owning firms
  engaged primarily in institutional investment management. Since its first
  acquisition in August 1983, UAM has acquired or organized more than 50 UAM
  Affiliated Firms. UAM believes that permitting UAM Affiliated Firms to retain
  control over their investment advisory decisions is necessary to allow them to
  continue to provide investment management services that are intended to meet
  the particular needs of their respective clients. Accordingly, after
  acquisition by UAM, UAM Affiliated Firms continue to operate under their own
  firm name, with their own leadership and individual investment philosophy and
  approach. Each UAM Affiliated Firm manages its own business independently on a
  day-to-day basis. Investment strategies employed and securities selected by
  UAM Affiliated Firms are separately chosen by each of them. Several UAM
  Affiliated Firms also act as investment advisers to separate series or
  portfolios of the UAM Funds Complex.


                                     II-26
<PAGE>

Investment Advisory Agreement
  This section summarizes some of the important provisions of each of the
  portfolio's Investment Advisory Agreements.  The Fund has filed each agreement
  with the SEC as part of its registration statement on Form N-1A.


  Service Performed by Adviser

  Each adviser:

  .  Manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the portfolios;

  .  Continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment program of
     the portfolios; and

  .  Determines what portion of portfolio's assets will be invested in
     securities and what portion will consist of cash.

  Limitation of Liability
  In the absence of (1) willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence on
  the part of the adviser in the performance of its obligations and duties under
  the Advisory Agreement, (2) reckless disregard by the adviser of its
  obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement, or (3) a loss resulting
  from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation
  for services, the adviser shall not be subject to any liability whatsoever to
  the Fund, for any error of judgment, mistake of law or any other act or
  omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services under the
  Advisory Agreement.

  Continuing an Advisory Agreement
  An Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect for periods of one year
  so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a:

  .  Majority of those Members who are not parties to the Investment Advisory
     Agreement or interested persons of any such party;

  .  (2) (a) majority of the Members or (b) a majority of the shareholders of
     the portfolio.

  Terminating an Advisory Agreement
  The Fund may terminate an Investment Advisory Agreement at any time, without
  the payment of any penalty if:

  .  A majority of the portfolio's shareholders vote to do so; and

  .  It gives the adviser 60 days' written notice.

  .  The adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreements at any time, without the
     payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' written notice to the Fund. An
     Advisory Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate if it is
     assigned.


DISTRIBUTOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  UAMFDI is the Fund's distributor. The Fund offers its shares continuously.
  While UAMFDI will use its best efforts to sell shares of the Fund, it is not
  obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. UAMFDI receives no
  compensation for its services, and any amounts it may receive under a Service
  and Distribution Plan are passed through in their entirety to third parties.
  UAMFDI, an affiliate of UAM, is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston,
  Massachusetts 02110.

                                      II-27
<PAGE>

SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PLANS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Fund has adopted a Distribution Plan and a Shareholder Servicing Plan (the
  "Plans") for their Institutional Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1
  under the 1940 Act.

Shareholder Servicing Plan
  The Shareholder Servicing Plan (Service Plan) permits the Fund to compensate
  broker-dealers or other financial institutions (Service Agents) that have
  agreed with UAMFDI to provide administrative support services to Institutional
  Service Class shareholders that are their customers. Under the Service Plan,
  Institutional Service Class Shares may pay service fees at the maximum annual
  rate of 0.25% of the average daily net asset value of such shares held by the
  Service Agent for the benefit of its customers. The Fund pays these fees out
  of the assets allocable to Institutional Service Class Shares to UAMFDI, to
  the Service Agent directly or through UAMFDI. Each item for which a payment
  may be made under the Service Plan constitutes personal service and/or
  shareholder account maintenance and may constitute an expense of distributing
  Fund Service Class Shares as the SEC construes such term under Rule 12b-1.
  Services for which Institutional Service Class Shares may compensate Service
  Agents include:

  .  Acting as the sole shareholder of record and nominee for beneficial owners.

  .  Maintaining account records for such beneficial owners of the Fund's
     shares.

  .  Opening and closing accounts.

  .  Answering questions and handling correspondence from shareholders about
     their accounts.

  .  Processing shareholder orders to purchase, redeem and exchange shares.

  .  Handling the transmission of funds representing the purchase price or
     redemption proceeds.

  .  Issuing confirmations for transactions in the Fund's shares by
     shareholders.

  .  Distributing current copies of prospectuses, statements of additional
     information and shareholder reports.

  .  Assisting customers in completing application forms, selecting dividend and
     other account options and opening any necessary custody accounts.

  .  Providing account maintenance and accounting support for all transactions.

  .  Performing such additional shareholder services as may be agreed upon by
     the Fund and the Service Agent, provided that any such additional
     shareholder services must constitute a permissible non-banking activity in
     accordance with the then current regulations of, and interpretations
     thereof by, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, if
     applicable.

Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan
  The Distribution Plan permits the portfolio to pay UAMFDI or others for
  certain distribution, promotional and related expenses involved in marketing
  its Institutional Service Class Shares. Under the Distribution Plan,
  Institutional Service Class Shares may pay distribution fees at the maximum
  annual rate of 0.75% of the average daily net asset value of such shares held
  by the Service Agent for the benefit of its customers. These expenses include,
  among other things:

  .  Advertising the availability of services and products.

  .  Designing materials to send to customers and developing methods of making
     such materials accessible to customers.

  .  Providing information about the product needs of customers.

                                     II-28
<PAGE>

  .  Providing facilities to solicit Fund sales and to answer questions from
     prospective and existing investors about the Fund.

  .  Receiving and answering correspondence from prospective investors,
     including requests for sales literature, prospectuses and statements of
     additional information.

  .  Displaying and making available sales literature and prospectuses.

  .  Acting as liaison between shareholders and the Fund, including obtaining
     information from the Fund and providing performance and other information
     about the Fund.

  In addition, the Service Class Shares may make payments directly to other
  unaffiliated parties, who either aid in the distribution of their shares or
  provide services to the Class.

Fees Paid under the Service and Distribution Plans
  The Plans permit Institutional Service Class shares to pay distribution and
  service fees at the maximum annual rate of 1.00% of the class' average daily
  net assets for the year.  The Fund's governing board has limited the amount
  the Institutional Service Class may pay under the Plans to 0.40% of the class'
  average daily net assets for the year, and may increase such amount to the
  plan maximum at any time.

  The Fund will not reimburse the Distributor or others for distribution
  expenses incurred in excess of the amount permitted by the Plans.

  Subject to seeking best price and execution, the Fund may buy or sell
  portfolio securities through firms that receive payments under the Plans.
  UAMFDI, at its own expense, may pay dealers for aid in distribution or for aid
  in providing administrative services to shareholders.

Approving, Amending and Terminating the Fund's Distribution Arrangements
  Shareholders of the portfolio have approved the Plans. The Plans also were
  approved by the governing board of the Fund, including a majority of the
  members of the board who are not interested persons of the Fund and who have
  no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans (Plan
  Members), by votes cast in person at meetings called for the purpose of voting
  on these Plans.

  Continuing the Plans
  The Plans continue in effect from year to year so long as they are approved
  annually by a majority of the Fund's board members and its Plan Members. To
  continue the Plans, the board must determine whether such continuation is in
  the best interest of the Institutional Service Class shareholders and that
  there is a reasonable likelihood of the Plans providing a benefit to the
  Class. The Fund's board has determined that the Fund's distribution
  arrangements are likely to benefit the Fund and its shareholders by enhancing
  the Fund's ability to efficiently service the accounts of its Institutional
  Service Class shareholders.

  Amending the Plans
  A majority of the Fund's governing board and a majority of its the Plan
  Members must approve any material amendment to the Plans. Likewise, any
  amendment materially increasing the maximum percentage payable under the Plans
  must be approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the
  Class, as well as by a majority of the Plan Members.

                                      II-29
<PAGE>

  Terminating the Plans

  A majority of the Plan Members or a majority of the outstanding voting
  securities of the Class may terminate the Plans at any time without penalty.
  In addition, the Plans will terminate automatically upon their assignment.

  Miscellaneous
  So long as the Plans are in effect, the non-interested board members will
  select and nominate the Plan Members of the Fund.

  The Fund and UAMFDI intend to comply with the Conduct Rules of the National
  Association of Securities Dealers relating to investment company sales
  charges. with these rules.

  Pursuant to the Plans, the board reviews, at least quarterly, a written report
  of the amounts expended under each agreement with Service Agents and the
  purposes for which the expenditures were made.

Additional Non-12b-1 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements

  In addition to payments by the Fund under the Plans, UAM and any of its
  affiliates, may, at its own expense, compensate a Service Agent or other
  person for marketing, shareholder servicing, record-keeping and/or other
  services performed with respect to the Fund, the portfolio or any class of
  shares of the portfolio. The person making such payments may do so out of its
  revenues, its profits or any other source available to it. Such services
  arrangements, when in effect, are made generally available to all qualified
  service providers. The adviser may also compensate its affiliated companies
  for referring investors to the portfolio.



ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrator

  Pursuant to a Fund Administration Agreement with the Fund, UAMFSI manages,
  administers and conducts the general business activities of the Fund.  As a
  part of its responsibilities, UAMFSI provides and oversees the provision by
  various third parties of administrative, fund accounting, dividend disbursing
  and transfer agent services for the Fund. UAMFSI, an affiliate of UAM, has its
  principal office at 211 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

  UAMFSI will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its
  services under the Fund Administration Agreement.  Other expenses to be
  incurred in the operation of the Fund will be borne by the Fund or other
  parties, including:

  . Taxes, interest, brokerage fees and commissions;

  . Salaries and fees of officers and members of the board who are not officers,
    directors, shareholders or employees of an affiliate of UAM, including
    UAMFSI, UAMFDI or the adviser;

  . SEC fees and state Blue-Sky fees;

  . EDGAR filing fees;

  . Processing services and related fees;

  . Advisory and administration fees;

  . Charges and expenses of pricing and data services, independent public
    accountants and custodians;

  . Insurance premiums including fidelity bond premiums;

  . Outside legal expenses;


                                      II-30
<PAGE>

  . Costs of maintenance of corporate existence;

  . Typesetting and printing of prospectuses for regulatory purposes and for
    distribution to current shareholders of the Fund;

  . Printing and production costs of shareholders' reports and corporate
    meetings;

  . Cost and expenses of Fund stationery and forms;

  . Costs of special telephone and data lines and devices;

  . Trade association dues and expenses; and

  . Any extraordinary expenses and other customary Fund expenses.

  The Fund Administration Agreement continues in effect from year to year if the
  board specifically approves such continuance every year. The fund or UAMFSI
  may terminate the Fund Administration Agreement, without penalty, on not less
  than ninety (90) days' written notice. The Fund Administration Agreement
  automatically terminates upon its assignment by UAMFSI without the prior
  written consent of the Fund.

  UAMFSI will from time to time employ other people to assist it in performing
  its duties under the Fund Administration Agreement. Such people may be
  officers and employees who are employed by both UAMFSI and the Fund. UAMFSI
  will pay such people for such employment. The Fund will not incur any
  obligations with respect to such people.

Sub-Administrator

  UAMFSI has subcontracted some of the its administrative and fund accounting
  services to CGFSC, an affiliate of The Chase Manhattan Bank, under a Mutual
  Funds Service Agreement dated October 26, 1998. CGFSC is located at 73 Tremont
  Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent

  UAMFSI has subcontracted its transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent
  services to DST Systems, Inc. under an Agency Agreement between UAMFSI and DST
  Systems Inc. DST Systems, Inc., is located at P.O. Box 419534, Kansas City,
  Missouri 64141-6534.

  UAMSSC serves as sub-shareholder servicing agent for the Fund under an
  agreement between UAMSSC and UAMFSI. The principal place of business of UAMSSC
  is 825 Duportail Road, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087.

Administrative Fees

  Each portfolio pays UAMFSI and CGFSC for the administrative services they
  provide. For more information concerning these fees, see "How Much does the
  Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?" in Part I of this SAI.


CUSTODIAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Chase Manhattan Bank, 3 Chase MatroTech Center, Brooklyn, New York, 11245,
  provides for the custody of the Fund's assets pursuant to the terms of a
  custodian agreement with the Fund.


INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110,
  serves as independent accountant for the Fund.



                                      II-31
<PAGE>

Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices


SELECTION OF BROKERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Advisory Agreement authorizes the adviser to select the brokers or dealers
  that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities for the
  portfolio. The Advisory Agreement also directs the adviser to use its best
  efforts to obtain the best execution with respect to all transactions for the
  portfolio. The adviser may select brokers based on research, statistical and
  pricing services they provide to the adviser. Information and research
  provided by a broker will be in addition to, and not instead of, the services
  the adviser is required to perform under the Advisory Agreement. In so doing,
  the portfolio may pay higher commission rates than the lowest rate available
  when the adviser believes it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of
  the research, statistical, and pricing services provided by the broker
  effecting the transaction.

  It is not the practice of the Fund to allocate brokerage or effect principal
  transactions with dealers based on sales of shares that a broker-dealer firm
  makes. However, the Fund may place trades with qualified broker-dealers who
  recommend the Fund or who act as agents in the purchase of Fund shares for
  their clients.


SIMULTANEOUS TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The adviser makes investment decisions for the portfolio independently of
  decisions made for its other clients. When a security is suitable for the
  investment objective of more than one client, it may be prudent for the
  adviser to engage in a simultaneous transaction, that is, buy or sell the same
  security for more than one client. The adviser strives to allocate such
  transactions among its clients, including the portfolio, in a fair and
  reasonable manner. Although there is no specified formula for allocating such
  transactions, the Fund's governing board periodically reviews the various
  allocation methods used by the adviser.


BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Equity Securities

  Generally, equity securities are bought and sold through brokerage
  transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters
  will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from
  dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer's mark-up or reflect a
  dealer's mark-down.

Debt Securities

  Debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an
  underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, a portfolio will
  not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases. When a debt security is
  bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an
  underwriting commission or concession. The purchase price for securities
  bought from dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the
  dealer's mark up or reflect a dealer's mark down. When the portfolio executes
  transactions in the over-the-counter market, it will deal with primary market
  makers unless prices that are more favorable are otherwise obtainable.

                                      II-32
<PAGE>

Capital Stock and Other Securities



THE FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Fund was organized under the name "The Regis Fund II" as a Delaware
  business trust on May 18, 1994. On October 31, 1995, the Fund changed its name
  to "UAM Funds Trust." The Fund's principal executive office is located at 211
  Congress Street, Boston, MA 02110; however, shareholders should direct all
  correspondence to the address listed on the cover of this SAI.



DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND VOTING RIGHTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an
  unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, without par value. The
  Board has the power to designate one or more series (portfolios) or classes of
  shares of beneficial interest without shareholder approval. The Board has
  authorized three classes of shares: Institutional Class, Institutional Service
  Class, and Advisor Class. Not all of the portfolios issue all of the classes.

  Description of Shares

  When issued and paid for, the shares of each series and class of the Fund are
  fully paid and nonassessable, and have no pre-emptive rights or preference as
  to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other features. The shares
  of the Fund have noncumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of
  more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of board members can elect
  100% of the board if they choose to do so. On each matter submitted to a vote
  of the shareholders, a shareholder is entitled to one vote for each full share
  held (and a fractional vote for each fractional share held), then standing in
  his name on the books of the Fund. Shares of all classes will vote together as
  a single class except when otherwise required by law or as determined by the
  Board.

  If the Fund is liquidated, the shareholders of each portfolio or any class
  thereof are entitled to receive the net assets belonging to that portfolio, or
  in the case of a class, belonging to that portfolio and allocable to that
  class. The Fund will distribute is net assets to its shareholders in
  proportion to the number of shares of that portfolio or class thereof held by
  them and recorded on the books of the Fund. A majority of the Board may
  authorize the liquidation of any portfolio or class at any time.

  The Fund will not hold annual meetings except when required to by the 1940 Act
  or other applicable law.

  Class Differences

  The Board has authorized three classes of shares, Institutional, Institutional
  Service and Advisor. The three classes represent interests in the same assets
  of the portfolio and, except as discussed below, are identical in all
  respects.

  . Institutional Service Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder
    servicing and the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting
    rights with respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures.

  . Advisor Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder servicing and
    the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting rights with
    respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures. Advisor
    Shares also charge a sales load on purchases.

  . Each class of shares has different exchange privileges.

  Distribution and shareholder servicing fees reduce a class's:

  . Net income

                                      II-33
<PAGE>

  . Dividends

  . NAV to the extent the portfolio has undistributed net income.


DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Dividend and Distribution Options

  There are three ways for shareholders to receive dividends and capital gains:

  . Income dividends and capital gains distributions are reinvested in
    additional shares at net asset value;

  . Income dividends are paid in cash and capital gains distributions are
    reinvested in additional shares at NAV; and

  . Income dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash.

  Unless the shareholder elects otherwise in writing, the fund will
  automatically reinvest all dividends in additional shares of the portfolio at
  NAV (as of the business day following the record date). Shareholders may
  change their dividend and distributions option by writing to the fund at least
  three days before the record date for income dividend or capital gain
  distribution.

  The fund sends account statements to shareholders whenever it pays an income
  dividend or capital gains distribution.

Taxes on Distributions

  Each portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment
  income and net realized capital gains so as to avoid income taxes on its
  dividends and distributions and the imposition of the federal excise tax on
  undistributed income and capital gains.  However, a portfolio cannot predict
  the time or amount of any such dividends or distributions.

  Each portfolio will be treated as a separate entity (and hence as a separate
  "regulated investment company") for federal tax purposes. The capital
  gains/losses of one portfolio will not be offset against the capital
  gains/losses of another portfolio.

"Buying a Dividend"

  Distributions by the portfolio reduce its NAV.  A distribution that reduces
  the NAV of the portfolio below its cost basis is taxable as described in the
  prospectus of the portfolio, although from an investment standpoint, it is a
  return of capital.  If you buy shares of the portfolio on or just before the
  "record date" (the date that establishes which shareholders will receive an
  upcoming distribution) for a distribution, you will receive some of the money
  you invested as a taxable distribution.


                                      II-34
<PAGE>

Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares


NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Calculating NAV

  The purchase and redemption price of the shares of a portfolio is equal to the
  NAV of the portfolio. The Fund calculates the NAV of a portfolio by
  subtracting its liabilities from its total assets and dividing the result by
  the total number of shares outstanding. For purposes of this calculation:

  . Liabilities include accrued expenses and dividends payable; and

  . Total assets include the market value of the securities held by the
    portfolio, plus cash and other assets plus income accrued but not yet
    received.

  Each portfolio normally calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  NYSE every day the NYSE is open for trading. The NYSE usually closes at 4:00
  p.m. The NYSE is closed on the following days: New Year's Day, Dr. Martin
  Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence
  Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

How the Fund Values it Assets

  Equity Securities

  Equity securities listed on a securities exchange for which market quotations
  are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price of the day.
  Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the
  security is primarily traded. Unlisted equity securities and listed securities
  not traded on the valuation date for which market quotations are readily
  available are valued neither exceeding the asked prices nor less than the bid
  prices. Quotations of foreign securities in a foreign currency are converted
  to U.S. dollar equivalents. The converted value is based upon the bid price of
  the foreign currency against U.S. dollars quoted by any major bank or by a
  broker.

  Debt Securities

  Debt securities are valued according to the broadest and most representative
  market, which will ordinarily be the over-the-counter market. Debt securities
  may be valued based on prices provided by a pricing service when such prices
  are believed to reflect the fair market value of such securities. Securities
  purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days or less are valued at amortized
  cost when the governing board determines that amortized cost reflects fair
  value.

  Other Assets

  The value of other assets and securities for which no quotations are readily
  available (including restricted securities) is determined in good faith at
  fair value using methods determined by the governing board.



PURCHASE OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Service Agents may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of their
  customers. To do so, the Service Agent must receive your investment order
  before the close of trading on the NYSE and must transmit it to the fund
  before the close of its business day to receive that day's share price. The
  fund must receive proper payment for the order by the time the portfolio
  calculates its NAV on the following business day. Service Agents are
  responsible to their customers and the Fund for timely


                                      II-35
<PAGE>

  transmission of all subscription and redemption requests, investment
  information, documentation and money.

  Shareholders can buy full and fractional (calculated to three decimal places)
  shares of a portfolio. The fund will not issue certificates for fractional
  shares and will only issue certificates for whole shares upon the written
  request of a shareholder.

  The Fund may reduce or waive the minimum for initial and subsequent investment
  for certain fiduciary accounts, such as employee benefit plans or under
  circumstances, where certain economies can be achieved in sales of the
  portfolio's shares.

In-Kind Purchases

  At its discretion, the Fund may permit shareholders to purchase shares of the
  portfolio with securities, instead of cash. If the Fund allows a shareholder
  to make an in-kind purchase, it will value such securities according to the
  policies described under "VALUATION OF SHARES" at the next determination of
  net asset value after acceptance. The Fund will issue shares of the portfolio
  at the NAV of the portfolio determined as of the same time.

  The Fund will only acquire securities through an in-kind purchase for
  investment and not for immediate resale. The Fund will only accept in-kind
  purchases if the transaction meets the following conditions:

  . The securities are eligible investments for the portfolio;

  . The securities have readily available market quotations;

  . The investor represents and agrees that the securities are liquid and that
    there are no restrictions on their resale imposed by the 1933 Act or
    otherwise;

  . All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to such
    securities become the property of the portfolio and are delivered to the
    fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer; and

  . Immediately after the transaction is complete, the value of all securities
    of the same issuer held by the portfolio cannot exceed 5% of the net assets
    of the portfolio. This condition does not apply to U.S. government
    securities.

  Investors who are subject to Federal taxation upon exchange may realize a gain
  or loss for federal income tax purposes depending upon the cost of securities
  or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such exchanges should
  contact the adviser.



REDEMPTION OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  When you redeem, your shares may be worth more or less than the price you paid
  for them depending on the market value of the investments held by the
  portfolio.

By Mail
  Requests to redeem shares must include:

  . Share certificates, if issued;

  . A letter of instruction or an assignment specifying the number of shares or
    dollar amount the shareholder wishes to redeem signed by all registered
    owners of the shares in the exact names in which they are registered;

  . Any required signature guarantees (see "Signature Guarantees"); and


                                      II-36
<PAGE>

  . Estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension and
    profit sharing plans and other organizations must submit any other necessary
    legal documents.

By Telephone
  Shareholders may not do the following by telephone:

  . Change the name of the commercial bank or the account designated to receive
    redemption proceeds. To change an account in this manner, you must submit a
    written request signed by each shareholder, with each signature guaranteed).

  . Redeem shares represented by a certificate.

  The fund and its UAMSSC will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that
  instructions communicated by telephone are genuine, and they may be liable for
  any losses if they fail to do so. These procedures include requiring the
  investor to provide certain personal identification at the time an account is
  opened and before effecting each transaction requested by telephone. In
  addition, all telephone transaction requests will be recorded and investors
  may be required to provide additional telecopied written instructions of such
  transaction requests. The Fund or UAMSSC may be liable for any losses due to
  unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if the Fund or the UAMSSC
  does not employ the procedures described above. Neither the Fund nor the
  UAMSSC will be responsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for
  following instructions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be
  genuine.

Redemptions-In-Kind

  If the governing board determines that it would be detrimental to the best
  interests of remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or
  partly in cash, the Fund may pay redemption proceeds in whole or in part by a
  distribution in-kind of liquid securities held by the portfolio in lieu of
  cash in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC. Investors may incur
  brokerage charges on the sale of portfolio securities received in payment of
  redemptions.

  However, the Fund has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all
  redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during
  any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the
  Fund at the beginning of such period. Such commitment is irrevocable without
  the prior approval of the SEC. Redemptions in excess of the above limits may
  be paid in whole or in part, in investment securities or in cash, as the Board
  may deem advisable; however, payment will be made wholly in cash unless the
  governing board believes that economic or market conditions exist which would
  make such a practice detrimental to the best interests of the Fund. If
  redemptions are paid in investment securities, such securities will be valued
  as set forth under "Valuation of Shares." A redeeming shareholder would
  normally incur brokerage expenses if these securities were converted to cash.

Signature Guarantees
  The Fund requires signature guarantees for certain types of documents,
  including.

  . Written requests for redemption;

  . Separate instruments for assignment ("stock power"), which should specify
    the total number of shares to be redeemed; and

  . On all stock certificates tendered for redemption.

  The purpose of signature guarantees is to verify the identity of the person
  who has authorized a redemption from your account and to protect your account,
  the Fund and its sub-transfer agent from fraud.


                                      II-37
<PAGE>

  The Fund will accept signature guarantees from any eligible guarantor
  institution, as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
  participates in a signature guarantee program. Eligible guarantor institutions
  include banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national securities exchanges,
  registered securities associations, clearing agencies and savings
  associations. You can get a complete definition of eligible guarantor
  institutions by calling 1-877-826-5465. Broker-dealers guaranteeing signatures
  must be a member of a clearing corporation or maintain net capital of at least
  $100,000. Credit unions must be authorized to issue signature guarantees.

Other Redemption Information

  Normally, the Fund will pay for all shares redeemed under proper procedures
  within seven days after it received your request. However, the Fund will pay
  your redemption proceeds earlier as applicable law so requires.

  The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment:

  . When the NYSE and custodian bank are closed

  . Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  . During any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the
    Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the
    portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it, or to fairly determine the
    value of its assets.

  . For such other periods as the Commission may permit.


EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The exchange privilege is only available with respect to portfolios that are
  qualified for sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges are
  based on the respective net asset values of the shares involved. The
  Institutional Class and Institutional Service Class shares of UAM Funds do not
  charge a sales commission or charge of any kind for exchanges.

  Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be responsible for the
  authenticity of the exchange instructions received by telephone. The governing
  board of the Fund may restrict the exchange privilege at any time. Such
  instructions may include limiting the amount or frequency of exchanges and may
  be for the purpose of assuring such exchanges do not disadvantage the Fund and
  its shareholders.


TRANSFER OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Shareholders may transfer shares of the portfolio to another person by making
  a written request to the Fund. Your request should clearly identify the
  account and number of shares you wish to transfer.  All registered owners
  should sign the request and all stock certificates, if any, which are subject
  to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the stock certificate
  or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner as described under
  "Signature Guarantees." As in the case of redemptions, the written request
  must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.


Performance Calculations

  A portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
  return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
  are not intended to indicate future performance. The SEC has adopted rules
  that require mutual funds to present performance quotations in a standard
  manner. Mutual funds can present non-standard performance quotations only if
  they also provide


                                      II-38
<PAGE>

  certain standardized performance information that they have computed according
  to the requirements of the SEC. Current yield and average annual compounded
  total return information are calculated using the method of computing
  performance mandated by the SEC.

  The performance is calculated separately for each Class of a portfolio.
  Dividends paid by a portfolio with respect to each Class will be calculated in
  the same manner at the same time on the same day and will be in the same
  amount, except that service fees, distribution charges and any incremental
  transfer agency costs relating to Advisor or Service Class Shares will be
  borne exclusively by that class.


TOTAL RETURN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total return is the change in value of an investment in the portfolio over a
  given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A
  cumulative or aggregate total return reflects actual performance over a stated
  period. An average annual total return is a hypothetical rate of return that,
  if achieved annually, would have produced the same cumulative total return if
  performance had been constant over the entire period.

  The fund calculates the average annual total return of a portfolio by finding
  the average annual compounded rates of return over one, five and ten-year
  periods that would equate an initial hypothetical $1,000 investment to its
  ending redeemable value. The calculation assumes that all dividends and
  distributions are reinvested when paid. The quotation assumes the amount was
  completely redeemed at the end of each one, five and ten-year period and the
  deduction of all applicable Fund expenses on an annual basis. Since
  Institutional Service Class Shares bear additional service and distribution
  expenses, their average annual total return will generally be lower than that
  of the Institutional Class Shares.

  The fund calculates these figures according to the following formula:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
P (1 + T)n = ERV
<S>             <C> <C>
     Where:
     P          =   a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

     T          =   average annual total return

     n          =   number of years

     ERV        =   ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment
                    made at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods at the
                    end of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion
                    thereof).
</TABLE>


YIELD
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the portfolio over a
  given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate. Yields are
  calculated according to a standard that is required for all mutual funds. As
  this differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may not equal the
  income actually paid to shareholders.

  The current yield is determined by dividing the net investment income per
  share earned during a 30-day base period by the maximum offering price per
  share on the last day of the period and annualizing the result.  Expenses
  accrued for the period include any fees charged to all shareholders during the
  base period. Since Institutional Service Class shares bear additional service
  and distribution expenses, their yield will generally be lower than that of
  the Institutional Class Shares.

  Yield is obtained using the following formula:

     Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)6-1]

     Where:

                                      II-39
<PAGE>

     a = dividends and interest earned during the period

     b = expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

     c = the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period that
         were entitled to receive income distributions

     d = the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.


COMPARISONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio's performance may be compared to data prepared by independent
     services which monitor the performance of investment companies, data
     reported in financial and industry publications, and various indices as
     further described in this SAI. This information may also be included in
     sales literature and advertising.

     To help investors better evaluate how an investment in the portfolio of the
     Fund might satisfy their investment objective, advertisements regarding the
     Fund may discuss various measures of Fund performance as reported by
     various financial publications. Advertisements may also compare performance
     (as calculated above) to performance as reported by other investments,
     indices and averages. Please see Appendix B for publications, indices and
     averages that may be used.

     In assessing such comparisons of performance, an investor should keep in
     mind that the composition of the investments in the reported indices and
     averages is not identical to the composition of investments in the
     portfolio, that the averages are generally unmanaged, and that the items
     included in the calculations of such averages may not be identical to the
     formula used by the portfolio to calculate its performance. In addition,
     there can be no assurance that the portfolio will continue this performance
     as compared to such other averages.


Financial Statements

     The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of each
     portfolio, other than the FPA Crescent Portfolio:

     .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999.

     .  Financial highlights for the respective periods presented

     .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

     The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of FPA Crescent
     Portfolio:

     .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

     .  Financial highlights for the periods presented

     .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

     Each of the above-referenced documents is incorporated by reference into
     this SAI. However, no other parts of the portfolios' Annual Reports are
     incorporated by reference herein. Shareholders may get copies of the
     portfolios' Annual Reports free of charge by calling the UAM Funds at the
     telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.


                                      II-40
<PAGE>





                                III:  Glossary





                                     III-1
<PAGE>

1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Adviser means the investment adviser of the portfolio.

All terms that this SAI does not otherwise define, have the same meaning in the
SAI as they do in the prospectus(es) of the portfolios.

Board member refers to a single member of the Fund's Board.

Board refers to the Fund's Board of Trustees as a group.

CGFSC is Chase Global Funds Service Company, the Fund's sub-administrator.

Distribution Plan refers to the Distribution Plan the Fund has adopted for its
Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

Fund refers to UAM Funds Trust.

Governing Board, see Board.

NAV is the net asset value per share of a portfolio. You can find information on
how the fund calculates this number under "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of
Shares."

NYSE is the New York Stock Exchange. Also known as "The Exchange" or "The Big
Board," the NYSE is located on Wall Street and is the largest exchange in the
United States.

Plan member refers to members of the board who are not interested persons of the
Fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of
the Plans.

Plans refers to the Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plans the Fund has
adopted for its Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

Portfolio refers to a single series of the Fund, while portfolios refer to all
of the series of the Fund.

SEC is the Securities and Exchange Commission. The SEC is the federal agency
that administers most of the federal securities laws in the United States. In
particular, the SEC administers the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the 1934 Act.

Service Plan refers to the Shareholder Servicing Plan the Fund has adopted for
its Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

Service Class means the Institutional Service Class shares of a portfolio.

UAM Funds Complex includes UAM Funds, Inc., UAM Funds Trust, UAM Funds Inc. II
and all of their portfolios.

UAM is United Asset Management Corporation.

UAMFDI is UAM Fund Distributors, Inc., the Fund's distributor.

UAMSSC is UAM Fund Shareholder Servicing Center, the Fund's sub-shareholder-
servicing agent.


                                     III-2
<PAGE>





                               IV: Appendix A --

                           Description of Securities

                                  and Ratings






                                     IV-1
<PAGE>

Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
<TABLE>
PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>                 <S>
  aaa               An issue which is rated "aaa" is considered to be a top-quality preferred stock.  This rating indicates good
                    asset protection and the least risk of dividend impairment within the universe of preferred stock.

  aa                An issue which is rated "aa" is considered a high-grade preferred stock.  This rating indicates that there is
                    a reasonable assurance the earnings and asset protection will remain relatively well maintained in the
                    foreseeable future.

  a                 An issue which is rated "a" is considered to be an upper-medium grade preferred stock.  While risks are
                    judged to be somewhat greater than in the "aaa" and "aa" classification, earnings and asset protection are,
                    nevertheless, expected to be maintained at adequate levels.

  baa               An issue which is rated "baa" is considered to be a medium-grade preferred stock, neither highly protected
                    nor poorly secured.  Earnings and asset protection appear adequate at present but may be questionable over
                    any great length of time.

  ba                An issue which is rated "ba" is considered to have speculative elements and its future cannot be considered
                    well assured.  Earnings and asset protection may be very moderate and not well safeguarded during adverse
                    periods.  Uncertainty of position characterizes preferred stocks in this class.

  b                 An issue which is rated "b" generally lacks the characteristics of a desirable investment.  Assurance of
                    dividend payments and maintenance of other terms of the issue over any long periods of time may be small.

  caa               An issue which is rated "caa" is likely to be in arrears on dividend payments.  This rating designation does
                    not purport to indicate the future status of payments.

  ca                An issue which is rated "ca" is speculative in a high degree and is likely to be in arrears on dividends with
                    little likelihood of eventual payments.

  c                 This is the lowest rated class of preferred or preference stock.  Issues so rated can thus be regarded as
                    having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

  Note: Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each rating classification: the modifier 1 indicates that the security
  ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking and the modifier 3 indicates
  that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.


DEBT RATINGS - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Aaa               Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.  They carry the smallest degree of investment
                    risk and are generally referred to as "gilt-edged."  Interest payments are protected by a large or by an
                    exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure.  While the various protective elements are likely to
                    change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of
                    such issues.

  Aa                Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. They are rated lower than the
                    best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of
                    protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the
                    long-term risks appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

  A                 Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium
                    grade obligations.  Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate,  but elements
                    may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.
</TABLE>
                                     IV-2
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<C>                 <S>
  Baa               Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations, (i.e., they are neither highly
                    protected nor poorly secured).  Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but
                    certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of
                    time.  Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as
                    well.

  Ba                Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as
                    well-assured.  Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate, and thereby not
                    well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future.  Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds
                    in this class.

  B                 Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment.  Assurance of interest
                    and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be
                    small.

  Caa               Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing.  Such issues may be in default or there may be present
                    elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

  Ca                Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high degree.  Such issues are often
                    in default or have other marked shortcomings.

  C                 Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so rated can be regarded as having
                    extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.
</TABLE>
  Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating
  classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the
  obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category;  modifier 2
  indicates a mid-range ranking;  and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the
  lower end of that generic rating category.

<TABLE>

SHORT-TERM PRIME RATING SYSTEM - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to repay punctually senior debt obligations. These
  obligations have an original maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

  Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of
  rated issuers:

<C>                 <S>
  Prime-1           Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institution) have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term
                    debt obligations.  Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the following characteristics:

    .  High rates of return on funds employed.

    .  Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and ample asset protection.

    .  Broad leading market positions in well-established industries.

    .  margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal cash generation.

    .  Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources
       of alternate liquidity.

  Prime-2           Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong ability for repayment of senior short-term
                    debt obligations.  This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser
                    degree.  Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation.  Capitalization
                    characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions.  Ample alternate
                    liquidity is maintained.

  Prime 3           Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an acceptable ability for repayment of senior
                    short-term obligation.  The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions may be more
                    pronounced.  Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt protection
                    measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage.  Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

  Not Prime         Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-3
<PAGE>

Standard & Poor's Ratings Services

<TABLE>
PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>                <S>
  AAA              This is the highest rating that may be assigned by Standard & Poor's to a preferred stock issue and indicates
                   an extremely strong capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.

  AA               A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a high-quality, fixed-income security. The capacity to pay
                   preferred stock obligations is very strong, although not as overwhelming as for issues rated AAA.

  A                An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations, although it is
                   somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions.

  BBB              An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.
                   Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing
                   circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make payments for a preferred stock in this
                   category than for issues in the A category.

  BB, B, CCC       Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded, on balance, as predominantly speculative with respect to
                   the issuer's capacity to pay preferred stock obligations. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and
                   CCC the highest. While such issues will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are
                   outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

  CC               The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue that is in arrears on dividends or sinking fund
                   payments, but that is currently paying.

  C                A preferred stock rated C is a nonpaying issue.

  D                A preferred stock rated D is a nonpaying issue with the issuer in default on debt instruments.

  N.R.             This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a
                   rating, or that Standard & Poor's does not rate a particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.

  Plus (+) or      To provide more detailed indications of preferred stock quality, ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by
  minus (-)        the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.


LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:

  Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with
  the terms of the obligation;

  Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

  Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement
  under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

  AAA               An obligation rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's.  The obligor's capacity to
                    meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

  AA                An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only in small degree.  The obligor's
                    capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

  A                 An obligation  rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and
                    economic conditions than obligations in higher- rated categories.  However, the obligor's capacity to meet
                    its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

  BBB               An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters.  However, adverse economic conditions or
                    changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligator to meet its financial
                    commitment on the obligation.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-4
<PAGE>

  Obligations rated BB, B, CCC , CC and C are regarded as having significant
  speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and
  C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and
  protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or
  major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

<TABLE>
<C>                 <S>
  BB                An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues.  However, it faces
                    major ongoing uncertainties or exposures to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could
                    lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

  B                 An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently
                    has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  Adverse business, financial, or
                    economic conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment
                    on the obligation.

  CCC               An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to non-payment, and is dependent upon favorable business,
                    financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  In
                    the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the
                    capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligations.

  CC                An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

  C                 The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action
                    has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.

  D                 An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are
                    not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's
                    believes that such payments will be made during such grace period.  The D rating also will be used upon the
                    filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are
                    jeopardized.
</TABLE>

  Plus (+) or minus (-)  The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
  addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major
  rating categories.

  r  This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant
  noncredit risks.  It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected
  returns which are not addressed in the credit rating.  Examples include:
  obligation linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or commodities;
  obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as interest-only or
  principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with unusually risky
  interest terms, such as inverse floaters.

SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered
  short-term in the relevant market.  In the U.S., for example, that means
  obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days - including
  commercial paper.  Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the
  creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term
  obligations.  The result is a dual rating in which the short-term rating
  addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.  Medium-
  term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

<TABLE>
<C>                 <S>
  A-1               A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor's.  The obligor's
                    capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong.  Within this category, certain
                    obligations are designated with a plus sign (+).  This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its
                    financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

  A-2               A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
                    circumstances and economic conditions than obligation in higher rating categories.  However, the obligor's
                    capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

  A-3               A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters.  However, adverse economic
                    conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet
                    its financial commitment on the obligation.

  B                 A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics.  The obligor
                    currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major
                    ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment
                    on the obligation.
</TABLE>
                                     IV-5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<C>                 <S>
  C                 A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable
                    business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the
                    obligation.

  D                 A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default.  The D rating category is used when payments on an
                    obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard
                    & Poors' believes that such payments will be made during such grace period.  The D rating also will be used
                    upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are
                    jeopardized.

Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.

LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  AAA               Highest credit quality.  The risk factors are negligible, being only slightly more than for risk-free U.S.
                    Treasury debt.

  AA+/AA            High credit quality.  Protection factors are strong.  Risk is modest but may vary slightly from time to time
                    because of economic conditions.

  A+/A/A-           Protection factors are average but adequate.  However, risk factors are more variable in periods of greater
                    economic stress.

  BBB+/BBB          Below-average protection factors but still considered sufficient for prudent investment.  Considerable
  BBB-              variability in risk during economic cycles.

  BB+/BB/BB-        Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations when due.  Present or prospective financial
                    protection factors fluctuate according to industry conditions.  Overall quality may move up or down
                    frequently within this category.

  B+/B/B-           Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligation will not be net when due.  Financial protection
                    factors will fluctuate widely according to economic cycles, industry conditions and/or company fortunes.
                    Potential exists for frequent changes in the rating within this category or into a higher or lower rating
                    grade.

  CCC               Well below investment-grade securities.  Considerable uncertainty exists as to timely payment of principal,
                    interest or preferred dividends.  Protection factors are narrow and risk can be substantial with unfavorable
                    economic/industry conditions, and/or with unfavorable company developments.

  DD                Defaulted debt obligations.  Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.  Issuer
                    failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

  DP                Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.

SHORT-TERM DEBT
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  High Grade
  D-1+               Highest certainty of timely payment.  Short-term liquidity, including internal operating factors and/or
                     access to alternative sources of funds, is outstanding, and safety is just below risk-free U.S. Treasury
                     short-term obligations.

  D-1                Very high certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors are excellent and supported by good fundamental
                     protection factors.  Risk factors are minor.

  D-1-               High certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors are strong and supported by good fundamental protection
                     factors.  Risk factors are very small.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-6
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
Good Grade
<S>                  <C>
  D-2                Good certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors and company fundamentals are sound.  Although ongoing
                     funding needs may enlarge total financing requirements, access to capital markets is good.  Risk factors are
                     small.

Satisfactory Grade
  D-3                Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify issues as to investment grade.  Risk factors are
                     larger and subject to more variation.  Nevertheless, timely payment is expected.

Non-Investment Grade
  D-4                Speculative investment characteristics.  Liquidity is not sufficient to insure against disruption in debt
                     service.  Operating factors and market access may be subject to a high degree of variation.

Default
  D-5                Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

Fitch IBCA Ratings

INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Grade
  AAA                Highest credit quality.  `AAA' ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk.  They are assigned only
                     in case of exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment for financial commitments.  This capacity is
                     highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

  AA                 Very high credit quality.  `AA' ratings denote a very low expectation of credit risk.  They indicate very
                     strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.  This capacity is not significantly vulnerable
                     to foreseeable events.

  A                  High credit quality.   `A' ratings denote a low expectation of credit risk.  The capacity for timely payment
                     of financial commitments is considered strong.  This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to
                     changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

  B                  Good credit quality.  `BBB' ratings indicate that there is currently a low expectation of credit risk.  The
                     capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in
                     circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.  This is the lowest
                     investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade
  BB                 Speculative.  `BB' ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as
                     the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be
                     available to allow financial commitments to be met.  Securities rated in this category are not investment
                     grade.

  B                  Highly speculative.  `B' ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of
                     safety remains.  Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is
                     contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.
</TABLE>
                                     IV-7
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                  <C>
  CCC,CC,C           High default risk.  Default is a real possibility.  Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely
                     reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments.  A `CC' rating indicates that default
                     of some kind appears probable.  `C' ratings signal imminent default.

  DDD,DD,D           Default.  Securities are not meeting current obligations and are extremely speculative.  `DDD' designates
                     the highest potential for recovery of amounts outstanding on any securities involved.  For U.S. corporates,
                     for example, `DD' indicates expected recovery of 50% - 90% of such outstandings, and `D' the lowest recovery
                     potential, i.e. below 50%.

International Short-Term Credit Ratings

  F1                 Highest credit quality.  Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may
                     have an added "+" to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

  F2                 Good credit quality.  A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of
                     safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

  F3                 Fair credit quality.  The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however,
                     near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

  B                  Speculative.  Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term
                     adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

  C                  High default risk.  Default is a real possibility.  Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely
                     reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

  D                  Default.  Denotes actual or imminent payment default.
</TABLE>

Notes
  "+" or "-"  may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major
  rating categories.  Such suffixes are not added to the `AAA' long-term rating
  category, to categories below `CCC', or to short-term ratings other than `F1'.

  `NR'  indicates that Fitch IBCA does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

  `Withdrawn':  A rating is withdrawn when Fitch IBCA deems the amount of
  information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an
  obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

  RatingAlert:  Ratings are placed on RatingAlert to notify investors that there
  is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of
  such change.  These are designated as "Positive", indicating a potential
  upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving", if ratings may
  be raised, lowered or maintained.  RatingAlert is typically resolved over a
  relatively short period.

                                     IV-8
<PAGE>

                         V:  Appendix B - Comparisons






                                      V-1
<PAGE>

  CDA Mutual Fund Report, published by CDA Investment Technologies, Inc. --
  analyzes price, current yield, risk, total return and average rate of return
  (average annual compounded growth rate) over specified time periods for the
  mutual fund industry.

  Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the U.S. Bureau
  of Labor Statistics -- a statistical measure of change, over time in the price
  of goods and services in major expenditure groups.

  Donoghue's Money Fund Average -- is an average of all major money market fund
  yields, published weekly for 7 and 30-day yields.

  Dow Jones Industrial Average -- a price-weighted average of thirty blue-chip
  stocks that are generally the leaders in their industry and are listed on the
  New York Stock Exchange.  It has been a widely followed indicator of the stock
  market since October 1, 1928.

  Financial publications: Business Week, Changing Times, Financial World,
  Forbes, Fortune, Money, Barron's, Consumer's Digest, Financial Times, Global
  Investor, Investor's Daily, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Morningstar,
  Inc., New York Times, Personal Investor, Wall Street Journal and Weisenberger
  Investment Companies Service -- publications that rate fund performance over
  specified time periods.

  Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
  Corporation, J.P. Morgan & Co, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Merrill Lynch &
  Co., Inc., Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Bloomberg L.P.

  IBC's Money Fund Average/All Taxable -- an average of all major money market
  fund yields, published weekly for 7- and 30-day yields.

  IFC Investable Index -- an unmanaged index maintained by the International
  Finance Corporation.  This index consists of 890 companies in 25 emerging
  equity markets, and is designed to measure more precisely the returns
  portfolio managers might receive from investment in emerging markets equity
  securities by focusing on companies and markets that are legally and
  practically accessible to foreign investors.

  Lehman Aggregate Bond Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market value-weighted
  index that combines the Lehman Government/Corporate Index and the Lehman
  Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and includes treasury issues, agency issues,
  corporate bond issues and mortgage backed securities.  It includes fixed rate
  issuers of investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least one
  year and outstanding par values of at least $200 million for U.S. government
  issues and $25 million for others.

  Lehman Corporate Bond Index -- an unmanaged indices of all publicly issues,
  fixed-rate, nonconvertible investment grade domestic corporate debt.  Also
  included are yankee bonds, which are dollar-denominated SEC registered public,
  noncovertible debt issued or guaranteed by foreign sovereign governments,
  municipalities, or governmental agencies, or international agencies.

  Lehman Government Bond Index -- an unmanaged treasury bond index including all
  public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and foreign-
  targeted issues, and the Agency Bond Index (all publicly issued debt of U.S.
  government agencies and quasi-federal corporation, and corporate debt
  guaranteed by the U.S. government).  In addition to the aggregate index, sub-
  indices cover intermediate and long term issues.

  Lehman Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market value-
  weighted index that combines the Government and Corporate Bond Indices,
  including U.S. government treasury securities, corporate and yankee bonds.
  All issues are investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least
  one year and outstanding par value of at least $100 million of r U.S.
  government issues and $25 million for others.  Any security downgraded during
  the month is held in the index until month end and then removed.  All returns
  are market value weighted inclusive of accrued income.

                                      V-2
<PAGE>

  Lehman High Yield Bond Index -- an unmanaged index of fixed rate, non-
  investment grade debt.  All bonds included in the index are dollar
  denominated, noncovertible, have at least one year remaining to maturity and
  an outstanding par value of at least $100 million.

  Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income
  market value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government Bond Index
  (intermediate-term sub-index) and Lehman Corporate Bond Index.

  Lipper 1-5 Year Short Investment Grade Debt Funds Average -- is an average of
  100 funds that invest at least 65% of assets in investment grade debt issues
  (BBB or higher) with dollar-weighted average maturities of 5 years or less.

  Lipper Balanced Fund Index -- an unmanaged index of open-end equity funds
  whose primary objective is to conserve principal by maintaining at all time a
  balanced portfolio of both stocks and bonds. Typically, the stock/bond ratio
  ranges around 60%/40%.

  Lipper Equity Income Fund Index -- an unmanaged index of equity funds which
  seek relatively high current income and growth of income through investing 60%
  or more of the portfolio in equities.

  Lipper Equity Mid Cap Fund Index -- an unmanaged index of funds which by
  prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Equity Small Cap Fund Index -- an unmanaged index of funds by
  prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $1 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Growth Fund Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 30 largest
  funds by asset size in this investment objective.

  Lipper Mutual Fund Performance Analysis and Lipper -Fixed Income Fund
  Performance Analysis -- measures total return and average current yield for
  the mutual fund industry.  Rank individual mutual fund performance over
  specified time periods, assuming reinvestments of all distributions, exclusive
  of any applicable sales charges.

  Merrill Lynch 1-4.99 Year Corporate/Government Bond Index -- is an unmanaged
  index composed of U.S. treasuries, agencies and corporates with maturities
  from 1 to 4.99 years.  Corporates are investment grade only (BBB or higher).

  Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index -- arithmetic, market value-
  weighted averages of the performance of over 900 securities listed on the
  stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.

  Mutual Fund Source Book, published by Morningstar, Inc.  analyzes price,
  yield, risk and total return for equity funds.

  NASDAQ Composite Index -- is a market capitalization, price only, unmanaged
  index that tracks the performance of domestic common stocks traded on the
  regular NASDAQ market as well as national market System traded foreign common
  stocks and ADRs.

  New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices -- unmanaged indices of
  all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance stocks listed on the New
  York Stock Exchange.

  Russell 1000 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 1000 largest stocks
  in the Russell 3000 Index.

  Russell 2000 Growth Index -- contains those Russell 2000 securities with
  higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.

  Russell 2000 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,000 smallest stocks
  in the Russell 3000 Index.

                                      V-3
<PAGE>

  Russell 2000 Value Index -- contains those Russell 2000 securities with a
  less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values than the growth universe.

  Russell 2500 Growth Index -- contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
  greater-than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to
  exhibit higher price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, lower dividend yields
  and higher forecasted growth values than the value universe.

  Russell 2500 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,5000 smallest
  stocks in the Russell 3000.

  Russell 2500 Value Index -- contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
  less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values then the Growth universe.

  Russell 3000 Index -- composed of the 3,000 largest U.S. publicly traded
  companies based on total market capitalization, which represents approximately
  98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

  Russell Mid-Cap Index -- is composed of the 800 smallest stocks in the Russell
  1000 Index, with an average capitalization of $1.96 billion.

  Salomon Smith Barney Global excluding U.S. Equity Index -- an comprised of the
  smallest stocks (less than $1 billion market capitalization) of the Extended
  Market Index, of both developed and emerging markets.

  Salomon Smith Barney One to Three Year Treasury Index -- an unmanaged index
  comprised of U.S. treasury notes and bonds with maturities one year or
  greater, but less than three years.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month T-Bill Average -- the average for all
  treasury bills for the previous three-month period.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index -- a return
  equivalent yield average based on the last three 3-month Treasury bill issues.

  Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates -- as published by the U.S. Savings
  and Loan League Fact Book.

  Standard & Poor's 600 Small Cap Index -- an unmanaged index comprised of 600
  domestic stocks chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry group
  representation.  The index is comprised of stocks from the industrial,
  utility, financial, and transportation sectors.

  Standard & Poor's Midcap 400 Index -- consists of 400 domestic stocks chosen
  for market size (medium market capitalization of approximately $700 million),
  liquidity, and industry group representation.  It is a market-value weighted
  index with each stock affecting the index in proportion to its market value.

  Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index -- an unmanaged index composed of 400
  industrial stocks, 40 financial stocks, 40 utilities stocks and 20
  transportation stocks.

  Standard & Poor's Barra Value Index -- is constructed by dividing the
  securities in the S&P 500 Index according to price-to-book ratio.  This index
  contains the securities with the lower price-to-book ratios;  the securities
  with the higher price-to-book ratios are contained in the Standard & Poor's
  Barra Growth Index.

  Standard & Poor's Utilities Stock Price Index -- a market capitalization
  weighted index representing three utility groups and, with the three groups,
  43 of the largest utility companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange,
  including 23 electric power companies, 12 natural gas distributors and 8
  telephone companies.

  Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Ibbotson Associates --
  historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and small
  company stock, long-term government bonds, U.S. treasury bills and inflation.

                                      V-4
<PAGE>

                                UAM Funds Trust
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO  64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)




                            Clipper Focus Portfolio

                           Institutional Class Shares



                      Statement of Additional Information
                                 August 9, 1999



  This statement of additional information is not a prospectus. However, you
  should read it in conjunction with the prospectuses of the fund dated August
  9, 1999, as supplemented from time to time.  You may obtain the fund's
  prospectuses by contacting the fund at the address listed above.
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Table Of Contents
<S>                                                                               <C>
I: Portfolio Summary                                                               I-1
   Clipper Focus Portfolio........................................................ I-2
     What Investment Strategies May The Portfolio Use?............................ I-2
     What Are The Investment Policies Of The Portfolio?........................... I-2
     Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?.............................. I-3
     How Much Does The Portfolio Pay For Administrative Services?................. I-3
     Who Are The Principal Holders Of The Securities Of The Portfolio?............ I-4
     What Was The Portfolio's Performance As Of Its Most Recent Fiscal Year End?.. I-4
     What Were The Expenses Of The Portfolio?..................................... I-4
II: The UAM Funds in Detail                                                       II-1
   Description of Permitted Investments...........................................II-2
     Debt Securities..............................................................II-2
     Derivatives..................................................................II-8
     Equity Securities............................................................II-16
     Foreign Securities...........................................................II-18
     Investment Companies.........................................................II-22
     Repurchase Agreements........................................................II-22
     Restricted Securities........................................................II-22
     Securities Lending...........................................................II-23
     Short Sales..................................................................II-23
     When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Delivery Transactions............II-24
   Management Of The Fund.........................................................II-25
   Investment Advisory and Other Services.........................................II-26
     Investment Adviser...........................................................II-26
     Distributor..................................................................II-27
     Service And Distribution Plans...............................................II-28
     Administrative Services......................................................II-30
     Custodian....................................................................II-31
     Independent Public Accountant................................................II-31
   Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices.......................................II-32
     Selection of Brokers.........................................................II-32
     Simultaneous Transactions....................................................II-32
     Brokerage Commissions........................................................II-32
   Capital Stock and Other Securities.............................................II-33
     The Fund.....................................................................II-33
     Description Of Shares And Voting Rights......................................II-33
     Dividends and Capital Gains Distributions....................................II-34
   Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares.................................... II-35
     Net Asset Value Per Share....................................................II-35
     Purchase of Shares...........................................................II-35
     Redemption of Shares.........................................................II-36
     Exchange Privilege...........................................................II-38
     Transfer Of Shares...........................................................II-38
   Performance Calculations...................................................... II-38
     Total Return.................................................................II-39
     Yield........................................................................II-39
     Comparisons..................................................................II-40
   Financial Statements...........................................................II-40
III: Glossary                                                                     III-1
IV: Appendix A --  Description of Securities and Ratings                           IV-1
   Moody's Investors Service, Inc................................................. IV-2
     Preferred Stock Ratings...................................................... IV-2
     Debt Ratings - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally.............................. IV-2
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                              <C>
    Short-Term Prime Rating System - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally............IV-3
  Standard & Poor's Ratings Services.............................................IV-4
    Preferred Stock Ratings......................................................IV-4
    Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings...............................................IV-4
    Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings..............................................IV-5
  Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.................................................IV-6
    Long-Term Debt and Preferred Stock...........................................IV-6
    Short-Term Debt..............................................................IV-6
  Fitch IBCA Ratings.............................................................IV-7
    International Long-Term Credit Ratings.......................................IV-7
V: Appendix B - Comparisons                                                       V-1
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                             I:  Portfolio Summary



                                      I-1
<PAGE>

Clipper Focus Portfolio



WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed below in
  seeking its objective.  This SAI describes each of these investments/
  strategies and their risks in Part II under "Description of Permitted
  Investments." The investments that are italicized are principal strategies and
  you can find more information on these techniques in the prospectus of the
  portfolio. You can find more information concerning the ability of the
  portfolio to use these investments in "What Are the Investment Policies of the
  Portfolio?"

  .  Equity securities.

  .  Investment company securities.

  .  Repurchase agreements.

  .  Restricted securities.

  .  Securities lending.

  .  When-issued securities.


WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a limitation
  relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the portfolio's
  acquisition of such security or other asset.  Accordingly, the portfolio will
  not consider changes in values, net assets or other circumstances when
  determining whether the investment complies with its investment limitations.

Fundamental Policies

  The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
  portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of the
  outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the 1940 Act.
  The portfolio will not:

  .  Invest in physical commodities or contracts on physical commodities.

  .  Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships, although
     it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal in real estate
     and may purchase and sell securities which are secured by interests in real
     estate.

  .  Make loans except (i) by purchasing debt securities in accordance with its
     investment objectives; and (ii) by lending its portfolio securities to
     banks, brokers, dealers and other financial institutions so long as such
     loans are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act, or the rules and regulations
     or interpretations of the Commission thereunder.

  .  Underwrite the securities of other issuers.

  .  Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except that this
     restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the portfolio from (i) making
     any permitted borrowings, mortgages or pledges, or (ii) entering into
     repurchase transactions.

  .  Borrow, except from banks and as a temporary measure for extraordinary or
     emergency purposes and then, in no event, in excess of 33 1/3% of the
     portfolio's gross assets valued at the lower of market or cost.

                                      I-2
<PAGE>

Non-Fundamental Policies
  The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio may
  change them without shareholder approval.

  The portfolio will not:

  .  Purchase on margin or sell short.

  .  Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities that
     are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale (restricted
     securities) or securities for which there are no readily available markets
     (illiquid securities).

  .  Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
     investment companies.

  .  Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
     investment company.

  .  Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment
     company.

  .  With respect to 50% of its total assets, purchase the securities of any
     issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government
     or its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result, (i) more than 5% of
     the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any
     single issuer, or (ii) it would hold more than 10% of the outstanding
     voting securities of such issuer, or (iii) with respect to the remaining
     50% of its total assets, more than 25% of the value of its total assets
     would be invested in the securities of any single issuer.

  .  Purchase additional securities when its borrowings exceed 5% of its total
     assets.

  .  Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent greater than
     33 1/3% of its total assets at fair market value.

  .  The portfolio is a non-diversified" mutual fund and therefore is not
     required to meet any diversification requirements under the 1940 Act. The
     portfolio nevertheless intends to comply with the diversification standards
     applicable to regulated investment companies under the Internal Revenue
     Code of 1986, as amended.


WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Pacific Financial Research, Inc.is the investment adviser of the portfolio.
  For its services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal to:

  .  1.00% on the first $500 million in average daily net assets, plus

  .  0.95% of the next $500 million in average daily net assets, plus

  .  0.90% on average daily net assets in excess of $1 billion.

  Due to the effect of fee waivers by the adviser, the actual percentage of
  average net assets that the portfolio pays in any given year may be different
  from the rate set forth in its contract with the adviser. For more information
  concerning the adviser, see "Investment Advisory and Other Services" in Part
  II of this SAI.


HOW MUCH DOES THE PORTFOLIO PAY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to UAMFSI
  calculated at the annual rate of:


  .  $14,500 for the first operational class; plus

  .  $3,000 for each additional class; plus

  .  0.04% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio.

                                      I-3
<PAGE>

  The portfolio also pays a fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and other
  services provided by CGFSC. The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC, is calculated
  at the annual rate of:

 .  Not more than $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

 .  $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus

 .  0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the Fund, UAM Funds,
   Inc. and UAM Funds Trust II.

WHO ARE THE PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  As of July 20, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of record or
  beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Name and Address of Shareholder                     Percentage of Shares Owned
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <S>                                                 <C>
  Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                                    64.28%
  Reinvest Account
  Attn Mutual Funds
  101 Montgomery Street
  San Francisco, CA 94104-4122
</TABLE>

  Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding shares
  of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is defined in the
  1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling the portfolio could have the
  ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio on any matter
  requiring the approval of shareholders of the portfolio.

WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
  return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
  are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio calculates its
  current yield and average annual total return information according to the
  methods required by the SEC. For more information concerning the performance
  of the portfolio, including the way it calculates its performance figures, see
  "Performance Calculations" in Part II of this SAI.

Average Annual Total Return
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   For the Periods                       Shorter of 10 Years or
   Ended April 30,   1 Year    5 Years      Since Inception       Inception Date
================================================================================
<S>                  <C>       <C>       <C>                      <C>
     1999             N/A        N/A             22.33%              9/10/98
</TABLE>


WHAT WERE THE EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 For the FYE   Investment     Investment
    Ended     Advisory Fees  Advisory Fees                     Sub-Administrator   Brokerage
  April 30,       Paid          Waived      Administrator Fee         Fee         Commissions
=============================================================================================
<S>           <C>            <C>            <C>                <C>                <C>
    1999         $53,694       $113,048          $30,487            $42,024         $77,072
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                      I-4
<PAGE>

                             II: The UAM Funds in
                                    Detail

                                     II-1
<PAGE>

Description of Permitted Investments

DEBT SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from
  investors. Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return and
  repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity. Some debt securities, such as
  zero-coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased at a discount
  from their face value. Debt securities may include, among other things, all
  types of bills, notes, bonds, mortgage-backed securities or asset-backed
  securities.

Types of Debt Securities

  U.S. Government Securities

  U.S. government securities are securities that the United States Treasury has
  issued (treasury securities) and securities that a federal agency or a
  government-sponsored entity has issued (agency securities). Treasury
  securities include treasury notes, which have initial maturities of one to ten
  years and treasury bonds, which have initial maturities of at least ten years
  and certain types of mortgage-backed securities that are described under
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities." This SAI discusses
  mortgage-backed treasury and agency securities in detail in the section called
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities."

  The full faith and credit of the U.S. government supports treasury securities.
  Unlike treasury securities, the full faith and credit of the United States
  government generally do not back agency securities. Agency securities are
  typically supported in one of three ways:

  .  by the right of the issuer to borrow from the United States Treasury;

  .  by the discretionary authority of the United States government to buy the
     obligations of the agency; or

  .  by the credit of the sponsoring agency.

  While U.S. government securities are guaranteed as to principal and interest,
  their market value is not guaranteed. U.S. government securities are subject
  to the same interest rate and credit risks as other fixed income securities.
  However, since U.S. government securities are of the highest quality, the
  credit risk is minimal. The U.S. government does not guarantee the net asset
  value of the assets of the portfolio.

  Corporate Bonds

  Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or for
  capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases and
  expansion. In return for the money loaned to the corporation by investors, the
  corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay the principal amount
  of the bond or note.

  Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that
  various governmental, government-related and private organizations assemble as
  securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities, which pay
  interest periodically and repay principal maturity specified call dates,
  mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist of both interest
  and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a "pass-through" of the
  monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their mortgage loans, net
  of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such

                                     II-2
<PAGE>

  securities. Since homeowners usually have the option of paying either part or
  all of the loan balance before maturity, the effective maturity of a mortgage
  backed security is often shorter than is stated.

  Governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers may insure or
  guaranty the timely payment of interest and principal of these pools through
  various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title,
  pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The adviser will consider
  such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof
  in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets its investment
  quality standards. It is possible that the private insurers or guarantors will
  not meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee
  arrangements.

  Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid,
  securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily
  marketable.

  Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA)

  GNMA is the principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities.
  GNMA is a wholly owned corporation of the U.S. government and it falls within
  the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Securities issued by GNMA are
  treasury securities, which means the faith and credit of the U.S. government
  backs them. GNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on
  securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA and backed by pools of FHA-
  insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages. GNMA does not guarantee the market value
  or yield of mortgage-backed securities or the value of portfolio shares. To
  buy GNMA securities, the portfolio may have to pay a premium over the maturity
  value of the underlying mortgages, which the portfolio may lose if prepayment
  occurs.

  Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)

  FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private
  stockholders. FNMA is regulated by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
  development. FNMA purchases conventional mortgages from a list of approved
  sellers and service providers, including state and federally-chartered savings
  and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit
  unions and mortgage bankers. Securities issued by FNMA are agency securities,
  which means FNMA, but not the U.S. government, guarantees their timely payment
  of principal and interest.

  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)

  FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government whose stock is
  owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks. Congress created FHLMC in 1970 to
  increase the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. FHLMC
  issues Participation Certificates (PCs) which represent interests in
  conventional mortgages from its national portfolio. Like FNMA, FHLMC
  guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of
  principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
  government.

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create
  pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans. In addition to guaranteeing
  the mortgage-related security, such issuers may service and/or have originated
  the underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by these issuers generally offer
  a higher rate of interest than pools created by GNMA, FNMA & FHLMC because
  they are not guaranteed by a government agency.

                                     II-3
<PAGE>

  Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of
  traditional debt securities in a variety of ways, the most significant
  differences are mortgage-backed securities:

  .  payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually monthly);

  .  they usually have adjustable interest rates; and

  .  they may pay off their entire principal substantially earlier than their
     final distribution dates so that the price of the security will generally
     decline when interest rates rise.

  In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates described in
  "Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities," a variety of economic,
  geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the underlying
  property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to repay the loans
  underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than expected. If the prepayment
  rates increase, the portfolio may have to reinvest its principal at a rate of
  interest that is lower than the rate on existing mortgage-backed securities.

  Other Asset-Backed Securities

  These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other than
  mortgage, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card
  receivables. Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are pass-
  through. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of shorter
  maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience substantial
  prepayments with interest rate fluctuations.

  Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by
  mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the
  benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the
  possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to
  support payments on these securities. For example, credit card receivables are
  generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number
  of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which allow debtors to
  reduce their balances by offsetting certain amounts owed on the credit cards.
  Most issuers of asset-backed securities backed by automobile receivables
  permit the servicers of such receivables to retain possession of the
  underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to
  another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest
  superior to that of the holders of the related asset-backed securities. Due to
  the quantity of vehicles involved and requirements under state laws, asset-
  backed securities backed by automobile receivables may not have a proper
  security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables.

  To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make
  payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure the
  receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion
  ("liquidity protection"). In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain
  insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by the
  issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in the
  pool ("credit support"). Delinquency or loss more than that anticipated or
  failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an
  investment in such a security.

  The portfolio may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed
  securities, which is the excess cash flow remaining after making required
  payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The
  amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed
  securities depends in part on the characteristics of the underlying assets,
  the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of
  administrative expenses and the actual prepayment experience on the underlying
  assets.

  Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

  CMOs are hybrids between mortgage-backed bonds and mortgage pass-through
  securities. Similar to a bond, CMOs usually pay interest and prepay principal
  semiannually. While whole mortgage loans

                                     II-4
<PAGE>

  may collateralize CMOs, portfolios of mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by
  GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA and their income streams more typically collateralize
  them.

  A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Internal
  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and invests in certain mortgages primarily
  secured by interests in real property and other permitted investments.

  CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated
  maturity. Each class of CMO or REMIC certificate, often referred to as a
  "tranche," is issued at a specific interest rate and must be fully retired by
  its final distribution date. Generally, all classes of CMOs or REMIC
  certificates pay or accrue interest monthly. Investing in the lowest tranche
  of CMOs and REMIC certificates involves risks similar to those associated with
  investing in equity securities.

  Short-Term Investments

  To earn a return on uninvested assets, meet anticipated redemptions, or for
  temporary defensive purposes, a portfolio may invest a portion of its assets
  in the short-term securities listed below, U.S. government securities and
  Investment-grade corporate debt securities. Unless otherwise specified, a
  short-term debt security has a maturity of one year or less.

  Bank Obligations

  The portfolio will only invest in a security issued by a commercial bank if
  the bank:

  .  has total assets of at least $1 billion, or the equivalent in other
     currencies;

  .  is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
     and

  .  is a foreign branch of a U.S. bank and the adviser believes the security is
     of an investment quality comparable with other debt securities that the
     portfolio may purchase.

  Time Deposits

  Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits, such as savings accounts or
  certificates of deposit, held by a financial institution for a fixed term with
  the understanding that the depositor can withdraw its money only by giving
  notice to the institution. However, there may be early withdrawal penalties
  depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation.
  The portfolio may only purchase time deposits maturing from two business days
  through seven calendar days.

  Certificates of Deposit

  Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
  deposited in a commercial bank or savings and loan association for a definite
  period of time and earning a specified return.

  Banker's Acceptance

  A banker's acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a
  borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction
  (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods).

  Commercial Paper

  Commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a maturity ranging from 1 to
  270 days issued by banks, corporations and other borrowers. Such investments
  are unsecured and usually discounted. A portfolio may invest in commercial
  paper rated A-1 or A-2 by S&P or Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's, or, if not
  rated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue
  rated A or better by Moody's or by S&P. See Appendix A for a description of
  commercial paper ratings.

                                     II-5
<PAGE>

  Yankee Bonds

  Yankee bonds are dollar-denominated bonds issued inside the United States by
  foreign entities. Investment in these securities involve certain risks which
  are not typically associated with investing in domestic securities. See
  "FOREIGN SECURITIES".

  Zero Coupon Bonds

  These securities make no periodic payments of interest, but instead are sold
  at a discount from their face value. When held to maturity, their entire
  income, which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the difference
  between the issue price and their value at maturity. The amount of the
  discount rate varies depending on factors including the time remaining until
  maturity, prevailing interest rates, the security's liquidity and the issuer's
  credit quality. The market value of zero coupon securities may exhibit greater
  price volatility than ordinary debt securities because a stripped security
  will have a longer duration than an ordinary debt security with the same
  maturity. The portfolio's investments in pay-in-kind, delayed and zero coupon
  bonds may require it to sell certain of its portfolio securities to generate
  sufficient cash to satisfy certain income distribution requirements.

  These securities may include treasury securities that have had their interest
  payments ("coupons") separated from the underlying principal ("corpus") by
  their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment brokerage firm. Once
  the holder of the security has stripped or separated corpus and coupons, it
  may sell each component separately. The principal or corpus is then sold at a
  deep discount because the buyer receives only the right to receive a future
  fixed payment on the security and does not receive any rights to periodic
  interest (cash) payments. Typically, the coupons are sold separately or
  grouped with other coupons with like maturity dates and sold bundled in such
  form. The underlying treasury security is held in book-entry form at the
  Federal Reserve Bank or, in the case of bearer securities (i.e., unregistered
  securities which are owned ostensibly by the bearer or holder thereof), in
  trust on behalf of the owners thereof. Purchasers of stripped obligations
  acquire, in effect, discount obligations that are economically identical to
  the zero coupon securities that the Treasury sells itself.

  The United States Treasury has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero
  coupon securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of
  particular interest coupon and corpus payments on Treasury securities through
  the Federal Reserve book-entry record keeping system. Under a Federal Reserve
  program known as "STRIPS" or "Separate Trading of Registered Interest and
  Principal of Securities," the portfolio can record its beneficial ownership of
  the coupon or corpus directly in the book-entry record-keeping system.

Terms to Understand

  Maturity

  Every debt security has a stated maturity date when the issuer must repay the
  amount it borrowed (principal) from investors. Some debt securities, however,
  are callable, meaning the issuer can repay the principal earlier, on or after
  specified dates (call dates). Debt securities are most likely to be called
  when interest rates are falling because the issuer can refinance at a lower
  rate, similar to a homeowner refinancing a mortgage. The effective maturity of
  a debt security is usually its nearest call date.

  A portfolio that invests in debt securities has no real maturity. Instead, it
  calculates its weighted average maturity. This number is an average of the
  stated maturity of each debt security held by the portfolio, with the maturity
  of each security weighted by the percentage of the assets of the portfolio it
  represents.

                                     II-6
<PAGE>

  Duration

  Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity of a
  debt security, or a portfolio that invests in debt securities, to changes in
  interest rates. It measures sensitivity more accurately than maturity because
  it takes into account the time value of cash flows generated over the life of
  a debt security. Future interest payments and principal payments are
  discounted to reflect their present value and then are multiplied by the
  number of years they will be received to produce a value expressed in years --
  the duration. Effective duration takes into account call features and sinking
  fund prepayments that may shorten the life of a debt security.

  An effective duration of 4 years, for example, would suggest that for each 1%
  reduction in interest rates at all maturity levels, the price of a security is
  estimated to increase by 4%. An increase in rates by the same magnitude is
  estimated to reduce the price of the security by 4%. By knowing the yield and
  the effective duration of a debt security, one can estimate total return based
  on an expectation of how much interest rates, in general, will change. While
  serving as a good estimator of prospective returns, effective duration is an
  imperfect measure.

Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities

  The total return of a debt instrument is composed of two elements: the
  percentage change in the security's price and interest income earned. The
  yield to maturity of a debt security estimates its total return only if the
  price of the debt security remains unchanged during the holding period and
  coupon interest is reinvested at the same yield to maturity. The total return
  of a debt instrument, therefore, will be determined not only by how much
  interest is earned, but also by how much the price of the security and
  interest rates change.

  Interest Rates

  The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction from
  interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up, the value of the bond will go
  down, and vice versa).

  Prepayment Risk

  This risk effects mainly mortgage-backed securities. Unlike other debt
  securities, falling interest rates can hurt mortgage-backed securities, which
  may cause your share price to fall. Lower rates motivate people to pay off
  mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier than expected. The
  portfolio may then have to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayments at
  lower interest rates, which can reduce its yield. The unexpected timing of
  mortgage and asset-backed prepayments caused by the variations in interest
  rates may also shorten or lengthen the average maturity of the portfolio. If
  left unattended, drifts in the average maturity of the portfolio can have the
  unintended effect of increasing or reducing the effective duration of the
  portfolio, which may adversely affect the expected performance of the
  portfolio.

  Extension Risk

  The other side of prepayment risk occurs when interest rates are rising.
  Rising interest rates can cause a portfolio's average maturity to lengthen
  unexpectedly due to a drop in mortgage prepayments. This would increase the
  sensitivity of a portfolio to rising rates and its potential for price
  declines. Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security increases
  the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market interest rates. For
  these reasons, mortgage-backed securities may be less effective than other
  types of U.S. government securities as a means of "locking in" interest rates.

  Credit Rating

  Coupon interest is offered to investors of debt securities as compensation for
  assuming risk, although short-term treasury securities, such as 3-month
  treasury bills, are considered "risk free." Corporate

                                     II-7
<PAGE>

     securities offer higher yields than treasury because their payment of
     interest and complete repayment of principal is less certain. The credit
     rating or financial condition of an issuer may affect the value of a debt
     security. Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security, the
     greater the risks that the issuer will fail to pay interest and return
     principal. To compensate investors for taking on increased risk, issuers
     with lower credit ratings usually offer their investors a higher "risk
     premium" in the form of higher interest rates above comparable treasuries
     securities.

     Changes in investor confidence regarding the certainty of interest and
     principal payments of a corporate debt security will result in an
     adjustment to this "risk premium." Since an issuer's outstanding debt
     carries a fixed coupon, adjustments to the risk premium must occur in the
     price, which effects the yield to maturity of the bond. If an issuer
     defaults or becomes unable to honor its financial obligations, the bond may
     lose some or all of its value.

     A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating
     agency is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay
     interest and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond. Adverse
     economic conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the
     capacity of the issuer to pay interest and repay principal. If a security
     is not rated or is rated under a different system, the adviser may
     determine that it is of investment-grade. The adviser may retain securities
     that are downgraded, if it believes that keeping those securities is
     warranted.

     Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly
     speculative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit
     worthy and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies. A corporation may
     issue a junk bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar
     event. Compared with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater
     degree of risk and are less likely to make payments of interest and
     principal. Market developments and the financial and business condition of
     the corporation issuing these securities influences their price and
     liquidity more than changes in interest rates, when compared to investment-
     grade debt securities. Insufficient liquidity in the junk bond market may
     make it more difficult to dispose of junk bonds and may cause the portfolio
     to experience sudden and substantial price declines. A lack of reliable,
     objective data or market quotations may make it more difficult to value
     junk bonds accurately.

     Rating agencies are organizations that assign ratings to securities based
     primarily on the rating agency's assessment of the issuer's financial
     strength. The portfolios currently use ratings compiled by Moody's Investor
     Services ("Moody's"), Standard and Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P"), Duff &
     Phelps Rating Co. and Fitch IBCA. Credit ratings are only an agency's
     opinion, not an absolute standard of quality, and they do not reflect an
     evaluation of market risk. Appendix A contains further information
     concerning the ratings of certain rating agencies and their significance.

     The adviser may use ratings produced by ratings agencies as guidelines to
     determine the rating of a security at the time the portfolio buys it. A
     rating agency may change its credit ratings at any time. The adviser
     monitors the rating of the security and will take appropriate actions if a
     rating agency reduces the security's rating. The portfolio is not obligated
     to dispose of securities whose issuers subsequently are in default or which
     are downgraded below the above-stated ratings.


DERIVATIVES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying
     asset, such as a stock or a bond, an underlying economic factor, such as an
     interest rate or a market benchmark, such as an index. A portfolio may use
     derivatives to gain exposure to various markets in a cost efficient manner,
     to reduce transaction costs or to remain fully invested. A portfolio may
     also try to minimize its loss by investing in derivatives to protect it
     from broad fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or foreign
     currency exchange rates. Investing in derivatives for these purposes is
     known as "hedging." When hedging is successful, the portfolio will have
     offset any depreciation in the value of its portfolio securities by the
     appreciation in the value of the derivative position. Although techniques
     other than the sale and purchase of derivatives could be used to control
     the exposure of the portfolio to market fluctuations, the use of
     derivatives may be a more effective means of hedging this exposure.


                                     II-8
<PAGE>

Types of Derivatives

     Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts
     A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or
     sell a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a
     specific price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder
     has the unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a
     specified fee. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from
     foreign currency futures contracts in certain respects. Unlike futures
     contracts, forward contracts:

     .  Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to the
        contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).

     .  Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between currency
        traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers, as opposed
        to futures contracts which are traded in only on exchanges regulated by
        the CFTC.

     .  Do not require an initial margin deposit.

     .  May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency
        trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to a
        commodities exchange.

     Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies
     A "settlement hedge" or "transaction hedge" is designed to protect the
     portfolio against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the
     date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made
     or received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of
     the amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security
     transaction for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars "locks in" the U.S. dollar
     price of the security. The portfolio may also use forward contracts to
     purchase or sell a foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or
     selling securities denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet
     selected the specific investments.

     The portfolio may also use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in
     the value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a
     hedge, sometimes referred to as a "position hedge," would tend to offset
     both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset
     changes in security values caused by other factors. The portfolio could
     also hedge the position by selling another currency expected to perform
     similarly to the currency in which the portfolio's investment is
     denominated. This type of hedge, sometimes referred to as a "proxy hedge,"
     could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but
     generally would not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a direct
     hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may result in losses if the currency
     used to hedge does not perform similarly to the currency in which the
     hedged securities are denominated.

     Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the
     underlying prices of the securities that the portfolio owns or intends to
     purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can
     achieve at some future point in time. Additionally, these techniques tend
     to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged
     currency and to limit any potential gain that might result from the
     increase in value of such currency.

     The portfolio may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment
     exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the
     delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency,
     including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This
     may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or
     from one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of
     strategy, sometimes known as a "cross-hedge," will tend to reduce or
     eliminate exposure to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to
     the currency that is purchased. Cross-hedges protect against losses
     resulting from a decline in the hedged currency, but will cause the
     portfolio to assume the risk of fluctuations in the value of the currency
     it purchases. Cross hedging transactions also involve the risk of imperfect
     correlation between changes in the values of the currencies involved.


                                     II-9
<PAGE>

     It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio
     securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract.
     Accordingly, the portfolio may have to purchase additional foreign currency
     on the spot market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less
     than the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely,
     the portfolio may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign
     currency it received upon the sale of a security if the market value of
     such security exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to
     deliver.

     Futures
     A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party
     sells and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial
     instrument at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument
     underlying the contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index,
     interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing
     to buy the underlying financial information is called buying a futures
     contract or taking a long position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to
     sell the underlying financial instrument is called selling a futures
     contract or taking a short position in the contract.

     Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges or
     boards of trade -- known as "contract markets" -- approved for such trading
     and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, a federal
     agency. These contract markets standardize the terms, including the
     maturity date and underlying financial instrument, of all futures
     contracts.

     Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to
     pay for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future
     date (the delivery date). Contract markets require both the purchaser and
     seller to deposit "initial margin" with a futures broker, known as a
     futures commission merchant, when they enter into the contract. Initial
     margin deposits are typically equal to a percentage of the contract's
     value. After they open a futures contract, the parties to the transaction
     must compare the purchase price of the contract to its daily market value.
     If the value of the futures contract changes in such a way that a party's
     position declines, that party must make additional "variation margin"
     payments so that the margin payment is adequate. On the other hand, the
     value of the contract may change in such a way that there is excess margin
     on deposit, possibly entitling the party that has a gain to receive all or
     a portion of this amount. This process is known as "marking to the market."

     Although the actual terms of a futures contract calls for the actual
     delivery of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the
     parties may close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an
     identical contract. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the
     original purchase price, the party closing the contract would realize a
     gain; if it is more, it would realize a loss. The opposite is also true for
     a sale, that is, if the offsetting sale price is more than the original
     sale price, the party closing the contract would realize a gain; if it is
     less, it would realize a loss.

     The portfolio will incur commission expenses in both opening and closing
     futures positions.

     Options
     An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a
     financial instrument for a specified price (known as the "strike price" or
     "exercise price") at any time during the option period. Unlike a futures
     contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a
     financial instrument. Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer
     two kinds of rights: a "call" (the right to buy the security) or a "put"
     (the right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying
     instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices,
     foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts. Options may be
     traded on an exchange (exchange-traded-options) or may be customized
     agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or "OTC options"). Like
     futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation,
     financially backs exchange-traded options. However, OTC options have no
     such intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counter-party will
     not fulfill its obligations under the contract.


                                     II-10
<PAGE>

     Purchasing Put and Call Options
     When the portfolio purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the
     instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price. In return for
     this right, the portfolio pays the current market price for the option
     (known as the "option premium"). The portfolio may purchase put options to
     offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities
     ("protective puts") or to benefit from a decline in the price of securities
     that it does not own. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if,
     during the option period, the value of the underlying securities decreased
     below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction
     costs. However, if the price of the underlying instrument does not fall
     enough to offset the cost of purchasing the option, a put buyer would lose
     the premium and related transaction costs.

     Call options are similar to put options, except that the portfolio obtains
     the right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the
     option's strike price. The portfolio would normally purchase call options
     in anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns or
     wants to buy. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the
     option period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the exercise
     price plus the premium paid and related transaction costs. Otherwise, the
     portfolio would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the
     call option.

     The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

     .  Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;

     .  Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put option)
        or buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying instrument at
        the strike price; or

     .  Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.

     Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options
     When the portfolio writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell
     specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if
     the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. Similarly,
     when the portfolio writes a put option it assumes an obligation to purchase
     specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the
     option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The portfolio
     may terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option before exercise
     by buying an option identical to the one it has written. Similarly, it may
     cancel an over-the-counter option by entering into an offsetting
     transaction with the counter-party to the option.

     The portfolio could try to hedge against an increase in the value of
     securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those
     securities. If security prices rise, the portfolio would expect the put
     option to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the
     security's value. If security prices remain the same over time, the
     portfolio would hope to profit by closing out the put option at a lower
     price. If security prices fall, the portfolio may lose an amount of money
     equal to the difference between the value of the security and the premium
     it received. Writing covered put options may deprive the portfolio of the
     opportunity to profit from a decrease in the market price of the securities
     it would like to acquire.

     The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing
     put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices remain the
     same or fall. The portfolio could try to hedge against a decline in the
     value of securities it already owns by writing a call option. If the price
     of that security falls as expected, the portfolio would expect the option
     to expire and the premium it received to offset the decline of the
     security's value. However, the portfolio must be prepared to deliver the
     underlying instrument in return for the strike price, which may deprive it
     of the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the
     securities it holds.

     The portfolio is permitted only to write covered options. The portfolio can
     cover a call option by owning, at the time of selling the option:


                                     II-11
<PAGE>

     .  The underlying security (or securities convertible into the underlying
        security without additional consideration), index, interest rate,
        foreign currency or futures contract;

     .  A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser
        exercise price;

     .  A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise
        price and segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to
        the difference between the exercise prices;

     .  Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the
        optioned securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures
        contract; or

     .  In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that corresponds to
        the index.

     The portfolio can cover a put option by, at the time of selling the option:

     .  Entering into a short position in the underlying security;

     .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate,
        foreign currency or futures contract with the same or greater exercise
        price;

     .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate,
        foreign currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price and
        segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the
        difference between the exercise prices; or

     .  Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

     Options on Securities Indices
     Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except
     that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement
     payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In
     addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price
     fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market
     rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

     Options on Futures
     An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a
     futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract
     (in the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price. Upon exercise of
     the option by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a
     corresponding short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a
     call option) or a corresponding long position (in the case of a put
     option). If the option is exercised, the parties will be subject to the
     futures contracts. In addition, the writer of an option on a futures
     contract is subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the
     option position. Options on futures contracts are traded on the same
     contract market as the underlying futures contract.

     The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the
     option early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e.,
     the same exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously
     purchased or sold. The difference between the premiums paid and received
     represents the trader's profit or loss on the transaction.

     The portfolio may purchase put and call options on futures contracts
     instead of selling or buying futures contracts. The portfolio may buy a put
     option on a futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a futures
     contract. It also may purchase such put options in order to hedge a long
     position in the underlying futures contract. The portfolio may buy call
     options on futures contracts for the same purpose as the actual purchase of
     the futures contracts, such as in anticipation of favorable market
     conditions.

     The portfolio may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge
     against a decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures
     contracts. If the price of the futures contract at expiration were below
     the exercise price, the portfolio would retain the option premium, which
     would offset, in part, any decline in the value of its portfolio
     securities.


                                     II-12
<PAGE>

     The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the
     purchase of the futures contracts, except that, if market price declines,
     the portfolio would pay more than the market price for the underlying
     instrument. The premium received on the sale of the put option, less any
     transaction costs, would reduce the net cost to the portfolio.

     Swaps, Caps, Collars and Floors

     Swap Agreements
     A swap is a financial instrument that typically involves the exchange of
     cash flows between two parties on specified dates (settlement dates), where
     the cash flows are based on agreed-upon prices, rates, indices, etc. The
     nominal amount on which the cash flows are calculated is called the
     notional amount. Swaps are individually negotiated and structured to
     include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market
     factors, such as interest rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage
     securities, corporate borrowing rates, security prices or inflation rates.

     Swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the
     investments of the portfolio and its share price. The performance of swap
     agreements may be affected by a change in the specific interest rate,
     currency, or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to
     and from the portfolio. If a swap agreement calls for payments by the
     portfolio, the portfolio must be prepared to make such payments when due.
     In addition, if the counter-party's creditworthiness declined, the value of
     a swap agreement would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in
     losses.

     Generally, swap agreements have a fixed maturity date that will be agreed
     upon by the parties. The agreement can be terminated before the maturity
     date only under limited circumstances, such as default by one of the
     parties or insolvency, among others, and can be transferred by a party only
     with the prior written consent of the other party. The portfolio may be
     able to eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement either by assignment
     or by other disposition, or by entering into an offsetting swap agreement
     with the same party or a similarly creditworthy party. If the counter-party
     is unable to meet its obligations under the contract, declares bankruptcy,
     defaults or becomes insolvent, the portfolio may not be able to recover the
     money it expected to receive under the contract.

     A swap agreement can be a form of leverage, which can magnify a portfolio's
     gains or losses. In order to reduce the risk associated with leveraging, a
     portfolio will cover its current obligations under swap agreements
     according to guidelines established by the SEC. If the portfolio enters
     into a swap agreement on a net basis, it will segregate assets with a daily
     value at least equal to the excess, if any, of the portfolio's accrued
     obligations under the swap agreement over the accrued amount the portfolio
     is entitled to receive under the agreement. If the portfolio enters into a
     swap agreement on other than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a
     value equal to the full amount of the portfolio's accrued obligations under
     the agreement.

     Equity Swaps -- In a typical equity index swap, one party agrees to pay
     another party the return on a stock, stock index or basket of stocks in
     return for a specified interest rate. By entering into an equity index
     swap, for example, the index receiver can gain exposure to stocks making up
     the index of securities without actually purchasing those stocks. Equity
     index swaps involve not only the risk associated with investment in the
     securities represented in the index, but also the risk that the performance
     of such securities, including dividends, will not exceed the return on the
     interest rate that the portfolio will be committed to pay.

     Interest Rate Swaps -- Interest rate swaps are financial instruments that
     involve the exchange on one type of interest rate for another type of
     interest rate cash flow on specified dates in the future. Some of the
     different types of interest rate swaps are "fixed-for floating rate swaps,"
     "termed basis swaps" and "index amortizing swaps." Fixed-for floating rate
     swap involve the exchange of fixed interest rate cash flows for floating
     rate cash flows. Termed basis swaps entail cash flows to both parties based
     on floating interest rates, where the interest rate indices are different.
     Index amortizing swaps are typically fixed-for floating swaps where the
     notional amount changes if certain conditions are met.


                                     II-13
<PAGE>

     Like a traditional investment in a debt security, a portfolio could lose
     money by investing in an interest rate swap if interest rates change
     adversely. For example, if the portfolio enters into a swap where it agrees
     to exchange a floating rate of interest for a fixed rate of interest, the
     portfolio may have to pay more money than it receives. Similarly, if the
     portfolio enters into a swap where it agrees to exchange a fixed rate of
     interest for a floating rate of interest, the portfolio may receive less
     money than it has agreed to pay.

     Currency Swaps -- A currency swap is an agreement between two parties in
     which one party agrees to make interest rate payments in one currency and
     the other promises to make interest rate payments in another currency. A
     portfolio may enter into a currency swap when it has one currency and
     desires a different currency. Typically the interest rates that determine
     the currency swap payments are fixed, although occasionally one or both
     parties may pay a floating rate of interest. Unlike an interest rate swap,
     however, the principal amounts are exchanged at the beginning of the
     contract and returned at the end of the contract. Changes in foreign
     exchange rates and changes in interest rates, as described above may
     negatively affect currency swaps.

     Caps, Collars and Floors
     Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. In a
     typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only
     under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by
     the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the
     right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate
     exceeds an agreed-upon level. The seller of an interest rate floor is
     obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate
     falls below an agreed-upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements
     of buying a cap and selling a floor.

     Combined Positions
     The portfolio may purchase and write options in combination with each
     other, or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the
     risk and return characteristics of the overall position. For example, the
     portfolio could construct a combined position whose risk and return
     characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a
     put option and writing a call option on the same underlying instrument.
     Alternatively, the portfolio could write a call option at one strike price
     and buy a call option at a lower price to reduce the risk of the written
     call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined
     options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher
     transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

Risks of Derivatives
    While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these
    transactions themselves entail certain other risks. For example,
    unanticipated changes in interest rates, securities prices or currency
    exchange rates may result in a poorer overall performance of the portfolio
    than if it had not entered into any derivatives transactions. Derivatives
    may magnify the portfolio's gains or losses, causing it to make or lose
    substantially more than it invested.

    When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities the
    portfolio holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses incurred with
    a derivative. Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than hedging could
    expose the portfolio to greater risks.

    Correlation of Prices
    The portfolio's ability to hedge its securities through derivatives depends
    on the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or instrument
    correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In the case of
    poor correlation, the price of the securities the portfolio is hedging may
    not move in the same amount, or even in the same direction as the hedging
    instrument. The adviser will try to minimize this risk by investing only in
    those contracts whose behavior it expects to resemble the


                                     II-14
<PAGE>

     portfolio securities it is trying to hedge. However, if the portfolio's
     prediction of interest and currency rates, market value, volatility or
     other economic factors is incorrect, the portfolio may lose money, or may
     not make as much money as it expected.

     Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying
     instruments, even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are
     very similar to the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that
     may cause such a divergence.

     .  current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility
        of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of
        the contract;

     .  a difference between the derivatives and securities markets, including
        different levels of demand, how the instruments are traded, the
        imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading of an instrument
        stops; and

     .  differences between the derivatives, such as different margin
        requirements, different liquidity of such markets and the participation
        of speculators in such markets.

     Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a
     particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based
     on a broad market index. Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller
     number of securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price
     fluctuations because of changes in the value of those securities.

     While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with
     exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value of
     the investments of the portfolio. A currency hedge, for example, should
     protect a yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not
     protect the portfolio against a price decline resulting from deterioration
     in the issuer's creditworthiness. Because the value of the portfolio's
     foreign-denominated investments changes in response to many factors other
     than exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of currency
     options and futures to the value of the portfolio's investments precisely
     over time.

     Lack of Liquidity
     Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, the portfolio
     can terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale
     transaction. Moreover, a portfolio may close out a futures contract only on
     the exchange the contract was initially traded. Although a portfolio
     intends to purchase options and futures only where there appears to be an
     active market, there is no guarantee that such a liquid market will exist.
     If there is no secondary market for the contract, or the market is
     illiquid, the portfolio may not be able to close out its position. In an
     illiquid market, the portfolio may:

     .  have to sell securities to meet its daily margin requirements at a time
        when it is disadvantageous to do so;

     .  have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract;

     .  not be able to hedge its investments; and

     .  not be able realize profits or limit its losses.

     Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time
     and price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

     .  an exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative
        instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives, which
        sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility;

     .  unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations of
        an exchange;

     .  the facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current
        trading volume;


                                     II-15
<PAGE>

     .  equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage
        firm or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt normal trading
        activity; or

     .  investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category of
        derivatives.

     Management Risk
     If the adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends,
     the portfolio may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if
     the portfolio were to write a call option based on its adviser's
     expectation that the price of the underlying security would fall, but the
     price were to rise instead, the portfolio could be required to sell the
     security upon exercise at a price below the current market price.
     Similarly, if the portfolio were to write a put option based on the
     adviser's expectation that the price of the underlying security would rise,
     but the price were to fall instead, the portfolio could be required to
     purchase the security upon exercise at a price higher than the current
     market price.

     Volatility and Leverage
     The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly,
     substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of
     factors, including

     .  actual and anticipated changes in interest rates;

     .  fiscal and monetary policies; and

     .  national and international political events.

     Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can
     change during a single trading day. Daily trading limits establish the
     maximum amount that the price of a derivative may vary from the settlement
     price of that derivative at the end of trading on the previous day. Once
     the price of a derivative reaches this value, a portfolio may not trade
     that derivative at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only
     price movements during a given day and does not limit potential gains or
     losses. Derivative prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for
     several consecutive trading days, preventing prompt liquidation of the
     derivative.

     Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a
     derivative position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of
     leverage. Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative
     may result in an immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the
     portfolio and it may lose more than it originally invested in the
     derivative.

     If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, the portfolio may
     have to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to
     meet its minimum daily margin requirement. The portfolio may lose its
     margin deposits if a broker-dealer with whom it has an open futures
     contract or related option becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.


EQUITY SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Equity Securities

     Common Stocks
     Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company. Common stocks
     usually carry voting rights and earn dividends. Unlike preferred stocks,
     which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are
     declared at the discretion of the company's board of directors.


                                     II-16
<PAGE>

     Preferred Stocks
     Preferred stocks are also units of ownership in a company. Preferred stocks
     normally have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and
     the liquidation of the company. However, in all other resects, preferred
     stocks are subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer. Unlike common
     stocks, preferred stocks are generally not entitled to vote on corporate
     matters. Types of preferred stocks include adjustable-rate preferred stock,
     fixed dividend preferred stock, perpetual preferred stock, and sinking fund
     preferred stock. Generally, the market values of preferred stock with a
     fixed dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with
     interest rates and perceived credit risk.

     Convertible Securities
     Convertible securities are debt securities and preferred stocks that are
     convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio. In
     exchange for the conversion feature, many corporations will pay a lower
     rate of interest on convertible securities than debt securities of the same
     corporation. Their market price tends to go up if the stock price moves up.

     Convertible securities are subject to the same risks as similar securities
     without the convertible feature. The price of a convertible security is
     more volatile during times of steady interest rates than other types of
     debt securities.

     Rights and Warrants
     A right is a privilege granted to exiting shareholders of a corporation to
     subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued.
     Rights normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely
     transferable and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower
     price than the public offering price. Warrants are securities that are
     usually issued together with a debt security or preferred stock and that
     give the holder the right to buy proportionate amount of common stock at a
     specified price. Warrants are freely transferable and are traded on major
     exchanges. Unlike rights, warrants normally have a life that measured in
     years and entitle the holder to buy common stock of a company at a price
     that is usually higher than the market price at the time the warrant is
     issued. Corporations often issue warrants to make the accompanying debt
     security more attractive.

     An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain
     other types of investments. Generally, rights and warrants do not carry the
     right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the
     underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets
     of the issuer. In addition, their value does not necessarily change with
     the value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if
     they are not exercised on or before their expiration date. Investing in
     rights and warrants increases the potential profit or loss to be realized
     from the investment as compared with investing the same amount in the
     underlying securities.


Risks of Investing in Equity Securities

     General Risks of Investing in Stocks
     While investing in stocks allows a portfolio to participate in the benefits
     of owning a company, the portfolio must accept the risks of ownership.
     Unlike bondholders, who have preference to a company's earnings and cash
     flow, preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in order of
     priority, are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets
     its other obligations. For this reason, the value of a company's stock will
     usually react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company's
     financial condition or prospects than its debt obligations. Stockholders of
     a company that fares poorly can lose money.

     Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of
     rising and falling stock prices. The value of a company's stock may fall
     because of:

     .  Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made by
        its management or lower demand for the company's products or services;


                                     II-17
<PAGE>

  .  Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production
     costs; and

  .  Changes in financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated to the
     company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates, currency
     exchange rates or inflation rates.

  Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other
  obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer
  will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more
  senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

  Small and Medium-Sized Companies

  A small or medium-sized company is a company whose market capitalization falls
  with the range specified in the prospectus of the portfolio.  Investors in
  small and medium-sized companies typically take on greater risk and price
  volatility than they would by investing in larger, more established companies.
  This increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of their small or
  medium size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and
  frequent lack of management depth.  The securities of small and medium
  companies are often traded in the over-the-counter market and might not be
  traded in volumes typical of securities traded on a national securities
  exchange.  Thus, the securities of small and medium capitalization companies
  are likely to be less liquid, and subject to more abrupt or erratic market
  movements, than securities of larger, more established companies.

  Technology Companies

  Stocks of technology companies have tended to be subject to greater volatility
  than securities of companies that are not dependent upon or associated with
  technological issues.  Technology companies operate in various industries.
  Since these industries frequently share common characteristics, an event or
  issue affecting one industry may significantly influence other, related
  industries.  For example, technology companies may be strongly affected by
  worldwide scientific or technological developments and their products and
  services may be subject to governmental regulation or adversely affected by
  governmental policies.



FOREIGN SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities are debt and equity securities that are traded in markets
  outside of the United States.  The markets in which these securities are
  located can be developed or emerging.  People can invest in foreign securities
  in a number of ways:

  .  They can invest directly in foreign securities denominated in a foreign
     currency;

  .  They can invest in American Depositary Receipts; and

  .  They can invest in investment funds.

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership of
  shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository banks
  and generally trade on an established market in the United States or
  elsewhere. A custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer's
  home country holds the underlying shares in trust. The depository bank may not
  have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge
  fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and
  corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying
  foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs
  continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly
  in foreign securities.

                                     II-18
<PAGE>

  Emerging Markets

  An "emerging country" is generally country that the International Bank for
  Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Finance
  Corporation would consider to be an emerging or developing country. Typically,
  emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of
  industrialization, with lower gross national products (GNP) than more
  developed countries.  There are currently over 130 countries that the
  international financial community generally considers to be emerging or
  developing countries, approximately 40 of which currently have stock markets.
  These countries generally include every nation in the world except the United
  States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most nations located in
  Western Europe.

  Investment Funds

  Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the
  securities of their companies.  Certain emerging countries, however, permit
  indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and traded
  on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have specifically
  authorized.  The portfolio may invest in these investment funds subject to the
  provisions of the 1940 Act.  If a portfolio invests in such investment funds,
  its shareholders will bear not only their proportionate share of the expenses
  of the portfolio (including operating expenses and the fees of the adviser),
  but also will bear indirectly bear similar expenses of the underlying
  investment funds.  In addition, these investment funds may trade at a premium
  over their net asset value.

Risks of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S. entities
  with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks in addition
  to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

  Political and Economic Factors

  Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military action
  or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value of foreign
  investments.  Listed below are some of the more important political and
  economic factors that could negatively affect a portfolio's investments.

  .  The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of the
     United States in such areas as growth of gross national product, rate of
     inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, budget deficits
     and national debt;

  .  Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree, through
     ownership interests or regulation, in their respective economies. Actions
     by these governments could significantly influence the market prices of
     securities and payment of dividends;

  .  The economies of many foreign countries are dependent on international
     trade and their trading partners and they could be severely affected if
     their trading partners were to enact protective trade barriers and economic
     conditions;

  .  The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less stable
     than in the United States. Other countries face significant external
     political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by other countries
     or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes; and

  .  A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S. investors,
     including expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation
     and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A country may restrict or
     control foreign investments in its securities markets. These restrictions
     could limit ability of a portfolio to invest a particular country or make
     it very expensive for the portfolio to invest in that country. Some
     countries require prior governmental approval, limit the types or amount of
     securities or companies in which a foreigner can invest. Other countries
     may restrict the ability of foreign investors to repatriate their
     investment income and capital gains.

                                     II-19
<PAGE>

  Information and Supervision

  There is generally less publicly available information about foreign companies
  than companies based in the United States.  For example, there are often no
  reports and ratings published about foreign companies comparable to the ones
  written about United States companies.  Foreign companies are typically not
  subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards,
  practices and requirements comparable to those applicable United States
  companies.   The lack of comparable information makes investment decisions
  concerning foreign countries more difficult and less reliable than domestic
  companies.

  Stock Exchange and Market Risk

  The adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter
  (OTC) market located outside of the United States will be the best available
  market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume
  and sophistication, are generally not as developed as the markets in the
  United States.  Foreign stocks markets tend to differ from those in the United
  States in a number of ways:

  .  They are generally not as developed or efficient as, and more volatile,
     than those in the United States;

  .  They have substantially less volume;

  .  Their securities tend to be less liquid and to experience rapid and erratic
     price movements;

  .  Commissions on foreign stocks are generally higher and subject to set
     minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates;

  .  Foreign security trading, settlement and custodial practices are often less
     developed than those in U.S. markets; and

  .  They may have different settlement practices, which may cause delays and
     increase the potential for failed settlements.

  Foreign Currency Risk

  While, the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in United States
  dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in
  foreign currencies. Thus, a change in a the value of a foreign currency
  against the United States dollar will result in a corresponding change in
  value of the securities held by a portfolio.   Some of the factors that may
  impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

  .  It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into United States
     dollars and vice versa;

  .  Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the values
     of various currencies, including United States dollars, and their exchange
     rates;

  .  Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or
     selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts,
     since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other
     market forces;

  .  There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign
     currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available through
     dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis;

  .  Available quotation information is generally representative of very large
     round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not reflect
     exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1 million)
     where rates may be less favorable; and

                                     II-20
<PAGE>

  .  The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock
     market. To the extent that a market is closed while the markets for the
     underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may not always reflect
     significant price and rate movements.

  Taxes

  Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest
  income. Although in some countries the portfolio may recover a portion of
  these taxes, the portion it cannot recover will reduce the income the
  portfolio receives from its investments.  The portfolio does not expect such
  foreign withholding taxes to have a significant impact on performance.

  Emerging Markets

  Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
  Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than
  those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties of
  investing in less established markets and economies. In particular, countries
  with emerging markets may:

  .  Have relatively unstable governments;

  .  Present greater risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions on
     foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets; and

  .  Offer less protection of property rights than more developed countries.

  .  Have economies that are based on only a few industries, may be highly
     vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may suffer
     from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates.

  .  Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may be
     unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume, potentially
     making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impossible at times.

The Euro

  The single currency for the European Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU"), the
  Euro, is scheduled to replace the national currencies for participating member
  countries over a period that began on January 1, 1999 and ends in July 2002.
  At the end of that period, use of the Euro will be compulsory and countries in
  the EMU will no longer maintain separate currencies in any form. Until then,
  however, each country and issuers within each country are free to choose
  whether to use the Euro.

  On January 1, 1999, existing national currencies became denominations of the
  Euro at fixed rates according to practices prescribed by the European Monetary
  Institute and the Euro became available as a book-entry currency.  On or about
  that date, member states began conducting financial market transactions in
  Euros and redenominating many investments, currency balances and transfer
  mechanisms into Euros.  The portfolio also anticipates pricing, trading,
  settling and valuing investments whose nominal values remain in their existing
  domestic currencies in Euros.  Accordingly, the portfolio expects the
  conversion to the Euro to impact investments in countries that will adopt the
  Euro in all aspects of the investment process, including trading, foreign
  exchange, payments, settlements, cash accounts, custody and accounting. Some
  of the uncertainties surrounding the conversion to the Euro include:

  .  Will the payment and operational systems of banks and other financial
     institutions be ready by the scheduled launch date?

  .  Will the conversion to the Euro have legal consequences on outstanding
     financial contracts that refer to existing currencies rather than Euro?

                                     II-21
<PAGE>

  .  How will existing currencies be exchanged into Euro?

  .  Will suitable clearing and settlement payment systems for the new currency
     be created?


INVESTMENT COMPANIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A portfolio may buy and sell shares of other investment companies.  Such
  investment companies may pay management and other fees that are similar to the
  fees currently paid by a portfolio.  Like other shareholders, each portfolio
  would pay its proportionate share those fees.  Consequently, shareholders of a
  portfolio would pay not only the management fees of the portfolio, but also
  the management fees of the investment company in which the portfolio invests.

  The SEC has granted an order that allows a portfolio to invest the greater of
  5% of its total assets or $2.5 million in the UAM DSI Money Market Portfolio,
  provided that the investment is:

  .  For cash management purposes;

  .  Consistent with a portfolio's investment policies and restrictions; and

  .  The adviser to the investing portfolio waives any fees it earns on the
     assets of the portfolio that are invested in the UAM DSI Money Market
     Portfolio.

  The investing portfolio will bear expenses of the UAM DSI Money Market
  Portfolio on the same basis as all of its other shareholders.


REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  In a repurchase agreement, an investor agrees to buy a security (underlying
  security) from a securities dealer or bank that is a member of the Federal
  Reserve System (counter-party).  At the time, the counter-party agrees to
  repurchase the underlying security for the same price, plus interest.
  Repurchase agreements are generally for a relatively short period (usually not
  more than 7 days).  The portfolios normally use repurchase agreements to earn
  income on assets that are not invested.

  When it enters into a repurchase agreement, a portfolio will:

  .  Pay for the underlying securities only upon physically receiving them or
     upon evidence of their receipt in book-entry form; and

  .  Require the counter party to add to the collateral whenever the price of
     the repurchase agreement rises above the value of the underlying security
     (i.e., it will require the borrower "mark to the market" on a daily basis).

  If the seller of the security declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes
  financially unable to buy back the security, a portfolio's right to sell the
  security may be restricted.  In addition, the value of the security might
  decline before a portfolio can sell it and a portfolio might incur expenses in
  enforcing its rights.


RESTRICTED SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A portfolio may purchase restricted securities that are not registered for
  sale to the general public but which are eligible for resale to qualified
  institutional investors under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933.  Under
  the supervision of the Fund's board, the adviser determines the liquidity of
  such investments by considering all relevant factors.  Provided that a dealer
  or institutional trading market in such securities exists, these restricted
  securities are not treated as illiquid securities for purposes of the
  portfolio's investment limitations.  The price realized from the sales of
  these securities could be more or less than those originally paid by a
  portfolio or less than what may be considered the fair value of such
  securities.

                                     II-22
<PAGE>

SECURITIES LENDING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A portfolio may lend a portion of its total assets to broker- dealers or other
  financial institutions. It may then reinvest the collateral it receives in
  short-term securities and money market funds. When a portfolio lends its
  securities, it will follow the following guidelines:

  .  The borrower must provide collateral at least equal to the market value of
the securities loaned;

  .  The collateral must consist of cash, an irrevocable letter of credit issued
     by a domestic U.S. bank or securities issued or guaranteed by the U. S.
     government;

  .  The borrower must add to the collateral whenever the price of the
     securities loaned rises (i.e., the borrower "marks to the market" on a
     daily basis);

  .  It must be able to terminate the loan at any time;

  .  It must receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may include the
     portfolio investing any cash collateral in interest bearing short-term
     investments); and

  .  It must determine that the borrower is an acceptable credit risk.

  These risks are similar to the ones involved with repurchase agreements. When
  the portfolio lends securities, there is a risk that the borrower fails
  financially become financially unable to honor its contractual obligations.
  If this happens, the portfolio could:

  .  Lose its rights in the collateral and not be able to retrieve the
     securities it lent to the borrower; and

  .  Experience delays in recovering its securities.


SHORT SALES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Description of Short Sales

  Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not own.
  To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from someone
  else to deliver to the buyer.  The investor then replaces the security it
  borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the time of
  replacement. Until it replaces the security, the investor repays the person
  that lent it the security for any interest or dividends that may have accrued
  during the period of the loan.

  Investors typically sell securities short to:

  .  Take advantage of an anticipated decline in prices.

  .  Protect a profit in a security it already owns.

  A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short
  increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the
  portfolio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit if
  the price of the security declines between those dates.

  To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
  which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
  transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
  will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
  premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to pay
  in connection with a short sale.

  The broker will retain the net proceeds of the short sale, to the extent
  necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.

                                     II-23
<PAGE>

Short Sales Against the Box

  In addition, a portfolio may engage in short sales  "against the box".  In a
  short sale against the box, the portfolio agrees to sell at a future date a
  security that it either contemporaneously owns or has the right to acquire at
  no extra cost. A portfolio will incur transaction costs to open, maintain and
  close short sales against the box.

Restrictions on Short Sales

  A portfolio will not short sell a security if:

  .  After giving effect to such short sale, the total market value of all
     securities sold short would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio net
     assets.

  .  The market value of the securities of any single issuer that have been sold
     short by the portfolio would exceed the two percent (2%) of the value of
     the portfolio's net assets.

  .  Such securities would constitute more than two percent (2%) of any class of
     the issuer's securities.

  Whenever a portfolio sells a security short, its custodian segregates an
  amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the difference between (a) the
  market value of the securities sold short at the time they were sold short and
  (b) any cash or U.S. Government securities the portfolio is required to
  deposit with the broker in connection with the short sale (not including the
  proceeds from the short sale). The segregated assets are marked to market
  daily in an attempt to ensure that the amount deposited in the segregated
  account plus the amount deposited with the broker is at least equal to the
  market value of the securities at the time they were sold short.


WHEN-ISSUED, FORWARD COMMITMENT AND DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a market
  exists, but which have not been issued.  In a forward delivery transaction, a
  portfolio contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date
  beyond customary settlement time.  "Delayed delivery" refers to securities
  transactions on the secondary market where settlement occurs in the future. In
  each of these transactions, the parties fix the payment obligation and the
  interest rate that they will receive on the securities at the time the parties
  enter the commitment; however, they do not pay money or deliver securities
  until a later date.  Typically, no income accrues on securities a portfolio
  has committed to purchase before the securities are delivered, although the
  portfolio may earn income on securities it has in a segregated account. A
  portfolio will only enter into these types of transactions with the intention
  of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before the settlement
  date.

  A portfolio uses when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward delivery
  transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield at
  the time of purchase. When a portfolio engages in when-issued, delayed-
  delivery and forward delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to
  consummate the sale.  If the other party fails to complete the sale, a
  portfolio may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a favorable price
  or yield.

  When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward
  delivery basis, the portfolio assumes the rights and risks of ownership of the
  security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of
  settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the
  purchase price.  The yield available in the market when the delivery takes
  place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
  Because a portfolio does not pay for the security until the delivery date,
  these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other
  investments.

  A portfolio will segregate cash and liquid securities equal in value to
  commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery
  transaction.  A portfolio will segregate additional liquid assets daily so
  that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of its commitments.

                                     II-24
<PAGE>

Management Of The Fund

  The governing board manages the business of the Fund.  The governing board
  elects officers to manage the day-to-day operations of the Fund and to execute
  policies the board has formulated.  The Fund pays each board member who is not
  also an officer or affiliated person (independent board member) a $150
  quarterly retainer fee per active portfolio per quarter and a $2,000 meeting
  fee.  In addition, the Fund reimburses each independent board member for
  travel and other expenses incurred while attending board meetings.  The $2,000
  meeting fee and expense reimbursements are aggregated for all of the board
  members and allocated proportionately among the portfolios of the UAM Funds
  Complex. The Fund does not pay board members that are affiliated with the fund
  for their services as board members. UAM, its affiliates or SEI pay the Fund's
  officers.

  The following table lists the board members and officers of the Fund and
  provides information regarding their present positions, date of birth,
  address, principal occupations during the past five years, aggregate
  compensation received from the Fund and total compensation received from the
  UAM Funds Complex.  The UAM Funds Complex is currently comprised of 48
  portfolios. Those people with an asterisk beside their name are "interested
  persons" of the Fund as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. Mr. English does
  have an investment advisory relationship with Investment Counselors of
  Maryland, an investment adviser to one of the portfolios in the UAM Funds
  Complex.  However, the Fund does not believe that the relationship is a
  material business relationship, and, therefore, does not consider him to be an
  "interested person" of the Fund.  If these circumstances change, the Board
  will determine whether any action is required to change the composition of the
  Board.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                        Total
                                                                                                    Aggregate        Compensation
                                                                                                   Compensation        From UAM
                           Position                                                                from Fund as     Funds Complex
Name, Address, DOB         with Fund         Principal Occupations During the Past 5 years          of 4/30/99      as of 12/31/98
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>                        <S>               <C>                                                   <C>              <C>
John T. Bennett, Jr.       Board Member      President of Squam Investment Management Company,        $8,094           $39,900
College Road -- RFD 3                        Inc. and Great Island Investment Company, Inc.;
Meredith, NH 03253                           President of Bennett Management Company from 1988
1/26/29                                      to 1993.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nancy J. Dunn              Board Member      Financial Officer of World Wildlife Fund since           $8,094           $40,575
10 Garden Street                             January 1999; Vice President for Finance and
Cambridge, MA 02138                          Administration and Treasurer of Radcliffe College
8/14/51                                      from 1991 to 1999.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William A. Humenuk         Board Member      Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative        $8,094           $40,936
100 King Street West                         Officer of Philip Services Corp.; Formerly, a
P.O. Box 2440, LCD-1                         Partner in the Philadelphia office of the law firm
Hamilton  Ontario,                           Dechert Price & Rhoads and a Director of Hofler
Canada L8N-4J6                               Corp.
4/21/42
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Philip D. English          Board Member      President and Chief Executive Officer of                 $8,094           $40,702
16 West Madison Street                       Broventure Company, Inc.; Chairman of the Board of
Baltimore, MD 21201                          Chektec Corporation and Cyber Scientific, Inc.
8/5/48
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
James P. Pappas*           Board Member      President of UAM Investment Services, Inc. since            0                 0
211 Congress Street                          March 1999; Vice President UAM Trust Company since
Boston, MA  02110                            January 1996; Principal of UAM Fund Distributors,
2/24/53                                      Inc. since December 1995; Vice President of UAM
                                             Investment Services, Inc. from January 1996 to
                                             March 1999 and a Director and Chief Operating
                                             Officer of CS First Boston Investment Management
                                             from 1993-1995.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Norton H. Reamer*          Board Member;     Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a Director            0                 0
One International Place    President and     of United Asset Management Corporation; Director,
Boston, MA 02110           Chairman          Partner or Trustee of each of the Investment
3/21/35                                      Companies of the Eaton Vance Group of Mutual Funds.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                     II-25
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                        Total
                                                                                                    Aggregate        Compensation
                                                                                                   Compensation        From UAM
                           Position                                                                from Fund as     Funds Complex
Name, Address, DOB         with Fund         Principal Occupations During the Past 5 years          of 4/30/99      as of 12/31/98
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>                        <S>               <C>                                                   <C>              <C>
Peter M. Whitman, Jr.*     Board Member      President and Chief Investment Officer of Dewey             0                 0
One Financial Center                         Square Investors Corporation since 1988; Director
Boston, MA 02111                             and Chief Executive Officer of H.T. Investors,
7/1/43                                       Inc., formerly a subsidiary of Dewey Square.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William H. Park            Vice President    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial                0                 0
One International Place                      Officer of United Asset Management Corporation.
Boston, MA 02110
9/19/47
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gary L. French             Treasurer         President of UAMFSI and UAMFDI; Treasurer of the            0                 0
211 Congress Street                          Fidelity Group of Mutual Funds from 1991 to 1995;
Boston, MA 02110                             held various other offices with Fidelity
7/4/51                                       Investments from November 1990 to March 1995.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael E. DeFao           Secretary         Vice President and General Counsel of UAMFSI and            0                 0
211 Congress Street                          UAMFDI; Associate Attorney of Ropes & Gray (a law
Boston, MA 02110                             firm) from 1993 to 1995.
2/28/68
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert R. Flaherty         Assistant         Vice President of UAMFSI; Manager of Fund                   0                 0
211 Congress Street        Treasurer         Administration and Compliance of CGFSC from 1995
Boston, MA 02110                             to 1996; Senior Manager of Deloitte & Touche LLP
9/18/63                                      from 1985 to 1995,
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael J. Leary           Assistant         Vice President of Chase Global Funds Services               0                 0
73 Tremont Street          Treasurer         Company since 1993.  Manager of Audit at Ernst &
Boston, MA  02108                            Young from 1988 to 1993.
11/23/65
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michelle Azrialy           Assistant         Assistant Treasurer of Chase Global Funds Services          0                 0
73 Tremont Street          Secretary         Company since 1996.  Senior Public Accountant with
Boston, MA 02108                             Price Waterhouse LLP from 1991 to 1994.
4/12/69
</TABLE>


Investment Advisory and Other Services


INVESTMENT ADVISER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Control Of Adviser

  Each adviser is a subsidiary of UAM. UAM is a holding company incorporated in
  Delaware in December 1980 for the purpose of acquiring and owning firms
  engaged primarily in institutional investment management. Since its first
  acquisition in August 1983, UAM has acquired or organized more than 50 UAM
  Affiliated Firms. UAM believes that permitting UAM Affiliated Firms to retain
  control over their investment advisory decisions is necessary to allow them to
  continue to provide investment management services that are intended to meet
  the particular needs of their respective clients. Accordingly, after
  acquisition by UAM, UAM Affiliated Firms continue to operate under their own
  firm name, with their own leadership and individual investment philosophy and
  approach. Each UAM Affiliated Firm manages its own business independently on a
  day-to-day basis. Investment strategies employed and securities selected by
  UAM Affiliated Firms are separately chosen by each of them. Several UAM
  Affiliated Firms also act as investment advisers to separate series or
  portfolios of the UAM Funds Complex.

                                     II-26
<PAGE>

Investment Advisory Agreement

  This section summarizes some of the important provisions of each of the
  portfolio's Investment Advisory Agreements.  The Fund has filed each agreement
  with the SEC as part of its registration statement on Form N-1A.

  Service Performed by Adviser
  Each adviser:

  .  Manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the portfolios;

  .  Continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment program of
     the portfolios; and

  .  Determines what portion of portfolio's assets will be invested in
     securities and what portion will consist of cash.

  Limitation of Liability

  In the absence of (1) willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence on
  the part of the adviser in the performance of its obligations and duties under
  the Advisory Agreement, (2) reckless disregard by the adviser of its
  obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement, or (3) a loss resulting
  from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation
  for services, the adviser shall not be subject to any liability whatsoever to
  the Fund, for any error of judgment, mistake of law or any other act or
  omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services under the
  Advisory Agreement.

  Continuing an Advisory Agreement
  An Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect for periods of one year
  so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a:

  .  Majority of those Members who are not parties to the Investment Advisory
     Agreement or interested persons of any such party;

  .  (2) (a) majority of the Members or (b) a majority of the shareholders of
     the portfolio.

  Terminating an Advisory Agreement

  The Fund may terminate an Investment Advisory Agreement at any time, without
  the payment of any penalty if:

  .  A majority of the portfolio's shareholders vote to do so; and

  .  It gives the adviser 60 days' written notice.

  .  The adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreements at any time, without the
     payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' written notice to the Fund. An
     Advisory Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate if it is
     assigned.

DISTRIBUTOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  UAMFDI is the Fund's distributor.  The Fund offers its shares continuously.
  While UAMFDI will use its best efforts to sell shares of the Fund, it is not
  obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. UAMFDI receives no
  compensation for its services, and any amounts it may receive under a Service
  and Distribution Plan are passed through in their entirety to third parties.
  UAMFDI, an affiliate of UAM, is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston,
  Massachusetts 02110.

                                     II-27
<PAGE>

SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PLANS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Fund has adopted a Distribution Plan and a Shareholder Servicing Plan (the
  "Plans") for their Institutional Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1
  under the 1940 Act.

Shareholder Servicing Plan

  The Shareholder Servicing Plan (Service Plan) permits the Fund to compensate
  broker-dealers or other financial institutions (Service Agents) that have
  agreed with UAMFDI to provide administrative support services to Institutional
  Service Class shareholders that are their customers. Under the Service Plan,
  Institutional Service Class Shares may pay service fees at the maximum annual
  rate of 0.25% of the average daily net asset value of such shares held by the
  Service Agent for the benefit of its customers. The Fund pays these fees out
  of the assets allocable to Institutional Service Class Shares to UAMFDI, to
  the Service Agent directly or through UAMFDI. Each item for which a payment
  may be made under the Service Plan constitutes personal service and/or
  shareholder account maintenance and may constitute an expense of distributing
  Fund Service Class Shares as the SEC construes such term under Rule 12b-1.
  Services for which Institutional Service Class Shares may compensate Service
  Agents include:

  .  Acting as the sole shareholder of record and nominee for beneficial owners.

  .  Maintaining account records for such beneficial owners of the Fund's
     shares.

  .  Opening and closing accounts.

  .  Answering questions and handling correspondence from shareholders about
     their accounts.

  .  Processing shareholder orders to purchase, redeem and exchange shares.

  .  Handling the transmission of funds representing the purchase price or
     redemption proceeds.

  .  Issuing confirmations for transactions in the Fund's shares by
     shareholders.

  .  Distributing current copies of prospectuses, statements of additional
     information and shareholder reports.

  .  Assisting customers in completing application forms, selecting dividend and
     other account options and opening any necessary custody accounts.

  .  Providing account maintenance and accounting support for all transactions.

  .  Performing such additional shareholder services as may be agreed upon by
     the Fund and the Service Agent, provided that any such additional
     shareholder services must constitute a permissible non-banking activity in
     accordance with the then current regulations of, and interpretations
     thereof by, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, if
     applicable.

Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan

  The Distribution Plan permits the portfolio to pay UAMFDI or others for
  certain distribution, promotional and related expenses involved in marketing
  its Institutional Service Class Shares. Under the Distribution Plan,
  Institutional Service Class Shares may pay distribution fees at the maximum
  annual rate of 0.75% of the average daily net asset value of such shares held
  by the Service Agent for the benefit of its customers.  These expenses
  include, among other things:

  .  Advertising the availability of services and products.

  .  Designing materials to send to customers and developing methods of making
     such materials accessible to customers.

  .  Providing information about the product needs of customers.

                                     II-28
<PAGE>

  .  Providing facilities to solicit Fund sales and to answer questions from
     prospective and existing investors about the Fund.

  .  Receiving and answering correspondence from prospective investors,
     including requests for sales literature, prospectuses and statements of
     additional information.

  .  Displaying and making available sales literature and prospectuses.

  .  Acting as liaison between shareholders and the Fund, including obtaining
     information from the Fund and providing performance and other information
     about the Fund.

  In addition, the Service Class Shares may make payments directly to other
  unaffiliated parties, who either aid in the distribution of their shares or
  provide services to the Class.

Fees Paid under the Service and Distribution Plans

  The Plans permit Institutional Service Class shares to pay distribution and
  service fees at the maximum annual rate of 1.00% of the class' average daily
  net assets for the year.  The Fund's governing board has limited the amount
  the Institutional Service Class may pay under the Plans to 0.40% of the class'
  average daily net assets for the year, and may increase such amount to the
  plan maximum at any time.

  The Fund will not reimburse the Distributor or others for distribution
  expenses incurred in excess of the amount permitted by the Plans.

  Subject to seeking best price and execution, the Fund may buy or sell
  portfolio securities through firms that receive payments under the Plans.
  UAMFDI, at its own expense, may pay dealers for aid in distribution or for aid
  in providing administrative services to shareholders.

Approving, Amending and Terminating the Fund's Distribution Arrangements

  Shareholders of the portfolio have approved the Plans. The Plans also were
  approved by the governing board of the Fund, including a majority of the
  members of the board who are not interested persons of the Fund and who have
  no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans (Plan
  Members), by votes cast in person at meetings called for the purpose of voting
  on these Plans.

  Continuing the Plans

  The Plans continue in effect from year to year so long as they are approved
  annually by a majority of the Fund's board members and its Plan Members.  To
  continue the Plans, the board must determine whether such continuation is in
  the best interest of the Institutional Service Class shareholders and that
  there is a reasonable likelihood of the Plans providing a benefit to the
  Class.  The Fund's board has determined that the Fund's distribution
  arrangements are likely to benefit the Fund and its shareholders by enhancing
  the Fund's ability to efficiently service the accounts of its Institutional
  Service Class shareholders.

  Amending the Plans

  A majority of the Fund's governing board and a majority of its the Plan
  Members must approve any material amendment to the Plans.  Likewise, any
  amendment materially increasing the maximum percentage payable under the Plans
  must be approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the
  Class, as well as by a majority of the Plan Members.

                                     II-29
<PAGE>

  Terminating the Plans

  A majority of the Plan Members or a majority of the outstanding voting
  securities of the Class may terminate the Plans at any time without penalty.
  In addition, the Plans will terminate automatically upon their assignment.

  Miscellaneous
  So long as the Plans are in effect, the non-interested board members will
  select and nominate the Plan Members of the Fund.

  The Fund and UAMFDI intend to comply with the Conduct Rules of the National
  Association of Securities Dealers relating to investment company sales
  charges. with these rules.

  Pursuant to the Plans, the board reviews, at least quarterly, a written report
  of the amounts expended under each agreement with Service Agents and the
  purposes for which the expenditures were made.

Additional Non-12b-1 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements

  In addition to payments by the Fund under the Plans, UAM and any of its
  affiliates, may, at its own expense, compensate a Service Agent or other
  person for marketing, shareholder servicing, record-keeping and/or other
  services performed with respect to the Fund, the portfolio or any class of
  shares of the portfolio. The person making such payments may do so out of its
  revenues, its profits or any other source available to it. Such services
  arrangements, when in effect, are made generally available to all qualified
  service providers. The adviser may also compensate its affiliated companies
  for referring investors to the portfolio.

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrator

  Pursuant to a Fund Administration Agreement with the Fund, UAMFSI manages,
  administers and conducts the general business activities of the Fund.  As a
  part of its responsibilities, UAMFSI provides and oversees the provision by
  various third parties of administrative, fund accounting, dividend disbursing
  and transfer agent services for the Fund. UAMFSI, an affiliate of UAM, has its
  principal office at 211 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

  UAMFSI will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its
  services under the Fund Administration Agreement.  Other expenses to be
  incurred in the operation of the Fund will be borne by the Fund or other
  parties, including:

  .  Taxes, interest, brokerage fees and commissions;

  .  Salaries and fees of officers and members of the board who are not
     officers, directors, shareholders or employees of an affiliate of UAM,
     including UAMFSI, UAMFDI or the adviser;

  .  SEC fees and state Blue-Sky fees;

  .  EDGAR filing fees;

  .  Processing services and related fees;

  .  Advisory and administration fees;

  .  Charges and expenses of pricing and data services, independent public
     accountants and custodians;

  .  Insurance premiums including fidelity bond premiums;

  .  Outside legal expenses;

                                     II-30
<PAGE>

  .  Costs of maintenance of corporate existence;

  .  Typesetting and printing of prospectuses for regulatory purposes and for
     distribution to current shareholders of the Fund;

  .  Printing and production costs of shareholders' reports and corporate
     meetings;

  .  Cost and expenses of Fund stationery and forms;

  .  Costs of special telephone and data lines and devices;

  .  Trade association dues and expenses; and

  .  Any extraordinary expenses and other customary Fund expenses.

  The Fund Administration Agreement continues in effect from year to year if the
  board specifically approves such continuance every year. The fund or UAMFSI
  may terminate the Fund Administration Agreement, without penalty, on not less
  than ninety (90) days' written notice.  The Fund Administration Agreement
  automatically terminates upon its assignment by UAMFSI without the prior
  written consent of the Fund.

  UAMFSI will from time to time employ other people to assist it in performing
  its duties under the Fund Administration Agreement.  Such people may be
  officers and employees who are employed by both UAMFSI and the Fund. UAMFSI
  will pay such people for such employment.  The Fund will not incur any
  obligations with respect to such people.

Sub-Administrator

  UAMFSI has subcontracted some of the its administrative and fund accounting
  services to CGFSC, an affiliate of The Chase Manhattan Bank, under a Mutual
  Funds Service Agreement dated October 26, 1998. CGFSC is located at 73 Tremont
  Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent

  UAMFSI has subcontracted its transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent
  services to DST Systems, Inc. under an Agency Agreement between UAMFSI and DST
  Systems Inc. DST Systems, Inc., is located at P.O. Box 419534, Kansas City,
  Missouri 64141-6534.

  UAMSSC serves as sub-shareholder servicing agent for the Fund under an
  agreement between UAMSSC and UAMFSI. The principal place of business of UAMSSC
  is 825 Duportail Road, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087.

Administrative Fees

  Each portfolio pays UAMFSI and CGFSC for the administrative services they
  provide.  For more information concerning these fees, see "How Much does the
  Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?" in Part I of this SAI.

CUSTODIAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Chase Manhattan Bank, 3 Chase MatroTech Center, Brooklyn, New York, 11245,
  provides for the custody of the Fund's assets pursuant to the terms of a
  custodian agreement with the Fund.


INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110,
  serves as independent accountant for the Fund.

                                     II-31
<PAGE>

Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices


SELECTION OF BROKERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Advisory Agreement authorizes the adviser to select the brokers or dealers
  that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities for the
  portfolio. The Advisory Agreement also directs the adviser to use its best
  efforts to obtain the best execution with respect to all transactions for the
  portfolio. The adviser may select brokers based on research, statistical and
  pricing services they provide to the adviser. Information and research
  provided by a broker will be in addition to, and not instead of, the services
  the adviser is required to perform under the Advisory Agreement. In so doing,
  the portfolio may pay higher commission rates than the lowest rate available
  when the adviser believes it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of
  the research, statistical, and pricing services provided by the broker
  effecting the transaction.

  It is not the practice of the Fund to allocate brokerage or effect principal
  transactions with dealers based on sales of shares that a broker-dealer firm
  makes. However, the Fund may place trades with qualified broker-dealers who
  recommend the Fund or who act as agents in the purchase of Fund shares for
  their clients.


SIMULTANEOUS TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The adviser makes investment decisions for the portfolio independently of
  decisions made for its other clients. When a security is suitable for the
  investment objective of more than one client, it may be prudent for the
  adviser to engage in a simultaneous transaction, that is, buy or sell the same
  security for more than one client. The adviser strives to allocate such
  transactions among its clients, including the portfolio, in a fair and
  reasonable manner. Although there is no specified formula for allocating such
  transactions, the Fund's governing board periodically reviews the various
  allocation methods used by the adviser.


BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Equity Securities

  Generally, equity securities are bought and sold through brokerage
  transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters
  will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from
  dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer's mark-up or reflect a
  dealer's mark-down.

Debt Securities

  Debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an
  underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, a portfolio will
  not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases. When a debt security is
  bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an
  underwriting commission or concession. The purchase price for securities
  bought from dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the
  dealer's mark up or reflect a dealer's mark down. When the portfolio executes
  transactions in the over-the-counter market, it will deal with primary market
  makers unless prices that are more favorable are otherwise obtainable.

                                     II-32
<PAGE>

Capital Stock and Other Securities


THE FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Fund was organized under the name "The Regis Fund II" as a Delaware
  business trust on May 18, 1994. On October 31, 1995, the Fund changed its name
  to "UAM Funds Trust." The Fund's principal executive office is located at 211
  Congress Street, Boston, MA 02110; however, shareholders should direct all
  correspondence to the address listed on the cover of this SAI.


DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND VOTING RIGHTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an
  unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, without par value. The
  Board has the power to designate one or more series (portfolios) or classes of
  shares of beneficial interest without shareholder approval. The Board has
  authorized three classes of shares: Institutional Class, Institutional Service
  Class, and Advisor Class. Not all of the portfolios issue all of the classes.

Description of Shares

  When issued and paid for, the shares of each series and class of the Fund are
  fully paid and nonassessable, and have no pre-emptive rights or preference as
  to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other features. The shares
  of the Fund have noncumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of
  more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of board members can elect
  100% of the board if they choose to do so. On each matter submitted to a vote
  of the shareholders, a shareholder is entitled to one vote for each full share
  held (and a fractional vote for each fractional share held), then standing in
  his name on the books of the Fund. Shares of all classes will vote together as
  a single class except when otherwise required by law or as determined by the
  Board.

  If the Fund is liquidated, the shareholders of each portfolio or any class
  thereof are entitled to receive the net assets belonging to that portfolio, or
  in the case of a class, belonging to that portfolio and allocable to that
  class. The Fund will distribute is net assets to its shareholders in
  proportion to the number of shares of that portfolio or class thereof held by
  them and recorded on the books of the Fund. A majority of the Board may
  authorize the liquidation of any portfolio or class at any time.

  The Fund will not hold annual meetings except when required to by the 1940 Act
  or other applicable law.

Class Differences

  The Board has authorized three classes of shares, Institutional, Institutional
  Service and Advisor. The three classes represent interests in the same assets
  of the portfolio and, except as discussed below, are identical in all
  respects.

 .  Institutional Service Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder
   servicing and the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting
   rights with respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures.

 .  Advisor Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder servicing and the
   distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting rights with respect to
   matters relating to such distribution expenditures. Advisor Shares also
   charge a sales load on purchases.

 .  Each class of shares has different exchange privileges.

Distribution and shareholder servicing fees reduce a class's:

 .  Net income

                                     II-33
<PAGE>

     .  Dividends

     .  NAV to the extent the portfolio has undistributed net income.


DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividend and Distribution Options

  There are three ways for shareholders to receive dividends and capital gains:

     .  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are reinvested in
        additional shares at net asset value;

     .  Income dividends are paid in cash and capital gains distributions are
        reinvested in additional shares at NAV; and

     .  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash.

  Unless the shareholder elects otherwise in writing, the fund will
  automatically reinvest all dividends in additional shares of the portfolio at
  NAV (as of the business day following the record date). Shareholders may
  change their dividend and distributions option by writing to the fund at least
  three days before the record date for income dividend or capital gain
  distribution.

  The fund sends account statements to shareholders whenever it pays an income
  dividend or capital gains distribution.

Taxes on Distributions

  Each portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment
  income and net realized capital gains so as to avoid income taxes on its
  dividends and distributions and the imposition of the federal excise tax on
  undistributed income and capital gains. However, a portfolio cannot predict
  the time or amount of any such dividends or distributions.

  Each portfolio will be treated as a separate entity (and hence as a separate
  "regulated investment company") for federal tax purposes. The capital
  gains/losses of one portfolio will not be offset against the capital
  gains/losses of another portfolio.

"Buying a Dividend"

  Distributions by the portfolio reduce its NAV.  A distribution that reduces
  the NAV of the portfolio below its cost basis is taxable as described in the
  prospectus of the portfolio, although from an investment standpoint, it is a
  return of capital.  If you buy shares of the portfolio on or just before the
  "record date" (the date that establishes which shareholders will receive an
  upcoming distribution) for a distribution, you will receive some of the money
  you invested as a taxable distribution.

                                     II-34
<PAGE>

Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating NAV

  The purchase and redemption price of the shares of a portfolio is equal to the
  NAV of the portfolio.  The Fund calculates the NAV of a portfolio by
  subtracting its liabilities from its total assets and dividing the result by
  the total number of shares outstanding.  For purposes of this calculation:

     .  Liabilities include accrued expenses and dividends payable; and

     .  Total assets include the market value of the securities held by the
        portfolio, plus cash and other assets plus income accrued but not yet
        received.

  Each portfolio normally calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  NYSE every day the NYSE is open for trading.  The NYSE usually closes at 4:00
  p.m.  The NYSE is closed on the following days: New Year's Day, Dr. Martin
  Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence
  Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

How the Fund Values its Assets

  Equity Securities

  Equity securities listed on a securities exchange for which market quotations
  are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price of the day.
  Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the
  security is primarily traded.  Unlisted equity securities and listed
  securities not traded on the valuation date for which market quotations are
  readily available are valued neither exceeding the asked prices nor less than
  the bid prices.  Quotations of foreign securities in a foreign currency are
  converted to U.S. dollar equivalents.  The converted value is based upon the
  bid price of the foreign currency against U.S. dollars quoted by any major
  bank or by a broker.

  Debt Securities

  Debt securities are valued according to the broadest and most representative
  market, which will ordinarily be the over-the-counter market.  Debt securities
  may be valued based on prices provided by a pricing service when such prices
  are believed to reflect the fair market value of such securities.  Securities
  purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days or less are valued at amortized
  cost when the governing board determines that amortized cost reflects fair
  value.

  Other Assets

  The value of other assets and securities for which no quotations are readily
  available (including restricted securities) is determined in good faith at
  fair value using methods determined by the governing board.


PURCHASE OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Service Agents may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of their
  customers. To do so, the Service Agent must receive your investment order
  before the close of trading on the NYSE and must transmit it to the fund
  before the close of its business day to receive that day's share price. The
  fund must receive proper payment for the order by the time the portfolio
  calculates its NAV on the following business day. Service Agents are
  responsible to their customers and the Fund for timely

                                     II-35
<PAGE>

  transmission of all subscription and redemption requests, investment
  information, documentation and money.

  Shareholders can buy full and fractional (calculated to three decimal places)
  shares of a portfolio. The fund will not issue certificates for fractional
  shares and will only issue certificates for whole shares upon the written
  request of a shareholder.

  The Fund may reduce or waive the minimum for initial and subsequent investment
  for certain fiduciary accounts, such as employee benefit plans or under
  circumstances, where certain economies can be achieved in sales of the
  portfolio's shares.

In-Kind Purchases

  At its discretion, the Fund may permit shareholders to purchase shares of the
  portfolio with securities, instead of cash.  If the Fund allows a shareholder
  to make an in-kind purchase, it will value such securities according to the
  policies described under "VALUATION OF SHARES" at the next determination of
  net asset value after acceptance. The Fund will issue shares of the portfolio
  at the NAV of the portfolio determined as of the same time.

  The Fund will only acquire securities through an in-kind purchase for
  investment and not for immediate resale. The Fund will only accept in-kind
  purchases if the transaction meets the following conditions:

  .  The securities are eligible investments for the portfolio;

  .  The securities have readily available market quotations;

  .  The investor represents and agrees that the securities are liquid and that
     there are no restrictions on their resale imposed by the 1933 Act or
     otherwise;

  .  All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to such
     securities become the property of the portfolio and are delivered to the
     fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer; and

  .  Immediately after the transaction is complete, the value of all securities
     of the same issuer held by the portfolio cannot exceed 5% of the net assets
     of the portfolio. This condition does not apply to U.S. government
     securities.

  Investors who are subject to Federal taxation upon exchange may realize a gain
  or loss for federal income tax purposes depending upon the cost of securities
  or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such exchanges should
  contact the adviser.


REDEMPTION OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  When you redeem, your shares may be worth more or less than the price you paid
  for them depending on the market value of the investments held by the
  portfolio.

By Mail
  Requests to redeem shares must include:

  .  Share certificates, if issued;

  .  A letter of instruction or an assignment specifying the number of shares or
     dollar amount the shareholder wishes to redeem signed by all registered
     owners of the shares in the exact names in which they are registered;

  .  Any required signature guarantees (see "Signature Guarantees"); and

                                     II-36
<PAGE>

  .  Estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension and
     profit sharing plans and other organizations must submit any other
     necessary legal documents.

By Telephone
  Shareholders may not do the following by telephone:

  .  Change the name of the commercial bank or the account designated to receive
     redemption proceeds. To change an account in this manner, you must submit a
     written request signed by each shareholder, with each signature
     guaranteed).

  .  Redeem shares represented by a certificate.

  The fund and its UAMSSC will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that
  instructions communicated by telephone are genuine, and they may be liable for
  any losses if they fail to do so. These procedures include requiring the
  investor to provide certain personal identification at the time an account is
  opened and before effecting each transaction requested by telephone. In
  addition, all telephone transaction requests will be recorded and investors
  may be required to provide additional telecopied written instructions of such
  transaction requests. The Fund or UAMSSC may be liable for any losses due to
  unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if the Fund or the UAMSSC
  does not employ the procedures described above. Neither the Fund nor the
  UAMSSC will be responsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for
  following instructions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be
  genuine.

Redemptions-In-Kind

  If the governing board determines that it would be detrimental to the best
  interests of remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or
  partly in cash, the Fund may pay redemption proceeds in whole or in part by a
  distribution in-kind of liquid securities held by the portfolio in lieu of
  cash in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC. Investors may incur
  brokerage charges on the sale of portfolio securities received in payment of
  redemptions.

  However, the Fund has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all
  redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during
  any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the
  Fund at the beginning of such period.  Such commitment is irrevocable without
  the prior approval of the SEC.  Redemptions in excess of the above limits may
  be paid in whole or in part, in investment securities or in cash, as the Board
  may deem advisable; however, payment will be made wholly in cash unless the
  governing board believes that economic or market conditions exist which would
  make such a practice detrimental to the best interests of the Fund.  If
  redemptions are paid in investment securities, such securities will be valued
  as set forth under "Valuation of Shares."  A redeeming shareholder would
  normally incur brokerage expenses if these securities were converted to cash.

Signature Guarantees

  The Fund requires signature guarantees for certain types of documents,
  including.

  .  Written requests for redemption;

  .  Separate instruments for assignment ("stock power"), which should specify
     the total number of shares to be redeemed; and

  .  On all stock certificates tendered for redemption.

  The purpose of signature guarantees is to verify the identity of the person
  who has authorized a redemption from your account and to protect your account,
  the Fund and its sub-transfer agent from fraud.

                                     II-37
<PAGE>

  The Fund will accept signature guarantees from any eligible guarantor
  institution, as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
  participates in a signature guarantee program. Eligible guarantor institutions
  include banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national securities exchanges,
  registered securities associations, clearing agencies and savings
  associations. You can get a complete definition of eligible guarantor
  institutions by calling 1-877-826-5465. Broker-dealers guaranteeing signatures
  must be a member of a clearing corporation or maintain net capital of at least
  $100,000. Credit unions must be authorized to issue signature guarantees.

Other Redemption Information

  Normally, the Fund will pay for all shares redeemed under proper procedures
  within seven days after it received your request. However, the Fund will pay
  your redemption proceeds earlier as applicable law so requires.

  The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment:

  .  When the NYSE and custodian bank are closed

  .  Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  .  During any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the
     Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the
     portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it, or to fairly determine the
     value of its assets.

  .  For such other periods as the Commission may permit.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The exchange privilege is only available with respect to portfolios that are
  qualified for sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges are
  based on the respective net asset values of the shares involved. The
  Institutional Class and Institutional Service Class shares of UAM Funds do not
  charge a sales commission or charge of any kind for exchanges.

  Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be responsible for the
  authenticity of the exchange instructions received by telephone. The governing
  board of the Fund may restrict the exchange privilege at any time. Such
  instructions may include limiting the amount or frequency of exchanges and may
  be for the purpose of assuring such exchanges do not disadvantage the Fund and
  its shareholders.

TRANSFER OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Shareholders may transfer shares of the portfolio to another person by making
  a written request to the Fund. Your request should clearly identify the
  account and number of shares you wish to transfer. All registered owners
  should sign the request and all stock certificates, if any, which are subject
  to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the stock certificate
  or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner as described under
  "Signature Guarantees." As in the case of redemptions, the written request
  must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

Performance Calculations

  A portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
  return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
  are not intended to indicate future performance. The SEC has adopted rules
  that require mutual funds to present performance quotations in a standard
  manner. Mutual funds can present non-standard performance quotations only if
  they also provide

                                     II-38
<PAGE>

  certain standardized performance information that they have computed according
  to the requirements of the SEC. Current yield and average annual compounded
  total return information are calculated using the method of computing
  performance mandated by the SEC.

  The performance is calculated separately for each Class of a portfolio.
  Dividends paid by a portfolio with respect to each Class will be calculated in
  the same manner at the same time on the same day and will be in the same
  amount, except that service fees, distribution charges and any incremental
  transfer agency costs relating to Advisor or Service Class Shares will be
  borne exclusively by that class.

TOTAL RETURN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Total return is the change in value of an investment in the portfolio over a
  given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A
  cumulative or aggregate total return reflects actual performance over a stated
  period. An average annual total return is a hypothetical rate of return that,
  if achieved annually, would have produced the same cumulative total return if
  performance had been constant over the entire period.

  The fund calculates the average annual total return of a portfolio by finding
  the average annual compounded rates of return over one, five and ten-year
  periods that would equate an initial hypothetical $1,000 investment to its
  ending redeemable value. The calculation assumes that all dividends and
  distributions are reinvested when paid. The quotation assumes the amount was
  completely redeemed at the end of each one, five and ten-year period and the
  deduction of all applicable Fund expenses on an annual basis. Since
  Institutional Service Class Shares bear additional service and distribution
  expenses, their average annual total return will generally be lower than that
  of the Institutional Class Shares.

  The fund calculates these figures according to the following formula:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      P (1 + T)/n/ = ERV
      <C>     <C><S>
      Where:

      P       =  a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

      T       =  average annual total return

      n       =  number of years

      ERV     =  ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made
                 at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods at the end of
                 the 1, 5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion thereof).
</TABLE>

YIELD
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the portfolio over a
  given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate. Yields are
  calculated according to a standard that is required for all mutual funds. As
  this differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may not equal the
  income actually paid to shareholders.

  The current yield is determined by dividing the net investment income per
  share earned during a 30-day base period by the maximum offering price per
  share on the last day of the period and annualizing the result. Expenses
  accrued for the period include any fees charged to all shareholders during the
  base period. Since Institutional Service Class shares bear additional service
  and distribution expenses, their yield will generally be lower than that of
  the Institutional Class Shares.

  Yield is obtained using the following formula:

     Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)/6/-1]

     Where:

                                     II-39
<PAGE>

     a =  dividends and interest earned during the period

     b =  expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

     c =  the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period that
          were entitled to receive income distributions

     d =  the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.

COMPARISONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio's performance may be compared to data prepared by independent
  services which monitor the performance of investment companies, data reported
  in financial and industry publications, and various indices as further
  described in this SAI. This information may also be included in sales
  literature and advertising.

  To help investors better evaluate how an investment in the portfolio of the
  Fund might satisfy their investment objective, advertisements regarding the
  Fund may discuss various measures of Fund performance as reported by various
  financial publications. Advertisements may also compare performance (as
  calculated above) to performance as reported by other investments, indices and
  averages. Please see Appendix B for publications, indices and averages that
  may be used.

  In assessing such comparisons of performance, an investor should keep in mind
  that the composition of the investments in the reported indices and averages
  is not identical to the composition of investments in the portfolio, that the
  averages are generally unmanaged, and that the items included in the
  calculations of such averages may not be identical to the formula used by the
  portfolio to calculate its performance. In addition, there can be no assurance
  that the portfolio will continue this performance as compared to such other
  averages.

Financial Statements

  The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of each portfolio,
  other than the FPA Crescent Portfolio:

  .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999.

  .  Financial highlights for the respective periods presented

  .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

  The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of FPA Crescent
  Portfolio:

  .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

  .  Financial highlights for the periods presented

  .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

  Each of the above-referenced documents is incorporated by reference into this
  SAI. However, no other parts of the portfolios' Annual Reports are
  incorporated by reference herein. Shareholders may get copies of the
  portfolios' Annual Reports free of charge by calling the UAM Funds at the
  telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.

                                     II-40
<PAGE>

                                 III: Glossary

                                     III-1
<PAGE>

  1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

  1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

  1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

  Adviser means the investment adviser of the portfolio.

  All terms that this SAI does not otherwise define, have the same meaning in
  the SAI as they do in the prospectus(es) of the portfolios.

  Board member refers to a single member of the Fund's Board.

  Board refers to the Fund's Board of Trustees as a group.

  CGFSC is Chase Global Funds Service Company, the Fund's sub-administrator.

  Distribution Plan refers to the Distribution Plan the Fund has adopted for its
  Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

  Fund refers to UAM Funds Trust.

  Governing Board, see Board.

  NAV is the net asset value per share of a portfolio. You can find information
  on how the fund calculates this number under "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing
  of Shares."

  NYSE is the New York Stock Exchange. Also known as "The Exchange" or "The Big
  Board," the NYSE is located on Wall Street and is the largest exchange in the
  United States.

  Plan member refers to members of the board who are not interested persons of
  the Fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the
  operation of the Plans.

  Plans refers to the Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plans the Fund has
  adopted for its Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940
  Act.

  Portfolio refers to a single series of the Fund, while portfolios refer to all
  of the series of the Fund.

  SEC is the Securities and Exchange Commission. The SEC is the federal agency
  that administers most of the federal securities laws in the United States. In
  particular, the SEC administers the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the 1934 Act.

  Service Plan refers to the Shareholder Servicing Plan the Fund has adopted for
  its Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

  Service Class means the Institutional Service Class shares of a portfolio.

  UAM Funds Complex includes UAM Funds, Inc., UAM Funds Trust, UAM Funds Inc. II
  and all of their portfolios.

  UAM is United Asset Management Corporation.

  UAMFDI is UAM Fund Distributors, Inc., the Fund's distributor.

  UAMFSI is UAM Fund Services, Inc., the Fund's administrator.

  UAMSSC is UAM Fund Shareholder Servicing Center, the Fund's sub-shareholder-
  servicing agent.

                                     III-2
<PAGE>

                               IV: Appendix A --
                           Description of Securities
                                  and Ratings


                                     IV-1
<PAGE>

Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<C>       <S>
  aaa     An issue which is rated "aaa" is considered to be a top-quality
          preferred stock. This rating indicates good asset protection and the
          least risk of dividend impairment within the universe of preferred
          stock.

  aa      An issue which is rated "aa" is considered a high-grade preferred
          stock. This rating indicates that there is a reasonable assurance the
          earnings and asset protection will remain relatively well maintained
          in the foreseeable future.

  a       An issue which is rated "a" is considered to be an upper-medium grade
          preferred stock. While risks are judged to be somewhat greater than in
          the "aaa" and "aa" classification, earnings and asset protection are,
          nevertheless, expected to be maintained at adequate levels.

  baa     An issue which is rated "baa" is considered to be a medium-grade
          preferred stock, neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Earnings
          and asset protection appear adequate at present but may be
          questionable over any great length of time.

  ba      An issue which is rated "ba" is considered to have speculative
          elements and its future cannot be considered well assured. Earnings
          and asset protection may be very moderate and not well safeguarded
          during adverse periods. Uncertainty of position characterizes
          preferred stocks in this class.

  b       An issue which is rated "b" generally lacks the characteristics of a
          desirable investment. Assurance of dividend payments and maintenance
          of other terms of the issue over any long periods of time may be
          small.

  caa     An issue which is rated "caa" is likely to be in arrears on dividend
          payments. This rating designation does not purport to indicate the
          future status of payments.

  ca      An issue which is rated "ca" is speculative in a high degree and is
          likely to be in arrears on dividends with little likelihood of
          eventual payments.

  c       This is the lowest rated class of preferred or preference stock.
          Issues so rated can thus be regarded as having extremely poor
          prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.
</TABLE>

  Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each rating
  classification:  the modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the
  higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-
  range ranking and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower
  end of its generic rating category.


DEBT RATINGS - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<C>       <S>
  Aaa     Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They
          carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally
          referred to as "gilt-edged." Interest payments are protected by a
          large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure.
          While the various protective elements are likely to change, such
          changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the
          fundamentally strong position of such issues.

  Aa      Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
          standards. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of
          protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of
          protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other
          elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger
          than the Aaa securities.

  A       Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes
          and are to be considered as upper-medium grade obligations. Factors
          giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but
          elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment
          sometime in the future.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-2
<PAGE>

  Baa      Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations,
           (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured).
           Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the
           present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be
           characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such
           bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have
           speculative characteristics as well.
  Ba       Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements;
           their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the
           protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate,
           and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over
           the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this
           class.
  B        Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the
           desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or
           of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of
           time may be small.
  Caa      Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in
           default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to
           principal or interest.
  Ca       Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative
           in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other
           marked shortcomings.
  C        Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and
           issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of
           ever attaining any real investment standing.

  Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating
  classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the
  obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category;  modifier 2
  indicates a mid-range ranking;  and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the
  lower end of that generic rating category.

 SHORT-TERM PRIME RATING SYSTEM - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
  repay punctually senior debt obligations.  These obligations have an original
  maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

  Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment
  grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

  Prime-1      Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institution) have a superior
               ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.
               Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the
               following characteristics:

 .  High rates of return on funds employed.
 .  Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and
   ample asset protection.
 .  Broad leading market positions in well-established industries.
 .  margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal
   cash generation.
 .  Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources
   of alternate liquidity.

Prime-2        Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong
               ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. This
               will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited
               above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage
               ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation.
               Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be
               more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity
               is maintained.

Prime 3        Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an
               acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term obligation.
               The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions
               may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability
               may result in changes in the level of debt protection
               measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage.
               Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

Not Prime      Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime
               rating categories.

                                     IV-3
<PAGE>

Standard & Poor's Ratings Services

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  AAA          This is the highest rating that may be assigned by Standard &
               Poor's to a preferred stock issue and indicates an extremely
               strong capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.

  AA           A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a high-
               quality, fixed-income security. The capacity to pay preferred
               stock obligations is very strong, although not as overwhelming as
               for issues rated AAA.

  A            An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the
               preferred stock obligations, although it is somewhat more
               susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances
               and economic conditions.

  BBB          An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate capacity
               to pay the preferred stock obligations. Whereas it normally
               exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic
               conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a
               weakened capacity to make payments for a preferred stock in this
               category than for issues in the A category.

  BB, B, CCC   Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded, on balance, as
               predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity
               to pay preferred stock obligations. BB indicates the lowest
               degree of speculation and CCC the highest. While such issues will
               likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these
               are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to
               adverse conditions.

  CC           The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue that is in
               arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is
               currently paying.

  C            A preferred stock rated C is a nonpaying issue.

  D            A preferred stock rated D is a nonpaying issue with the issuer in
               default on debt instruments.

  N.R.         This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is
               insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that
               Standard & Poor's does not rate a particular type of obligation
               as a matter of policy.

  Plus (+) or  To provide more detailed indications of preferred stock quality,
  minus (-)    ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus
               or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating
               categories.

LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
  considerations:

  Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its
  financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
  obligation;

  Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

  Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event
  of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of
  bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

  AAA          An obligation rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by
               Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

  AA           An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations
               only in small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its
               financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

  A            An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse
               effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than
               obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor's
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is
               still strong.

  BBB          An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters.
               However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances
               are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligator
               to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

                                     IV-4
<PAGE>

  Obligations rated BB, B, CCC , CC and C are regarded as having significant
  speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and
  C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and
  protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or
  major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

  BB           An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than
               other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing
               uncertainties or exposures to adverse business, financial, or
               economic conditions which could lead to the obligor's inadequate
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
  B            An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than
               obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity
               to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse
               business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair
               the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation.
  CCC          An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to non-payment,
               and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic
               conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on
               the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or
               economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligations.
  CC           An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to
               nonpayment.
  C            The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy
               petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but
               payments on this obligation are being continued.
  D            An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating
               category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on
               the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired,
               unless Standard & Poor's believes that such payments will be made
               during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the
               filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action
               if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

  Plus (+) or minus (-)  The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
  addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major
  rating categories.

  r  This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant
  noncredit risks.  It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected
  returns which are not addressed in the credit rating.  Examples include:
  obligation linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or commodities;
  obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as interest-only or
  principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with unusually risky
  interest terms, such as inverse floaters.


SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered
  short-term in the relevant market.  In the U.S., for example, that means
  obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days - including
  commercial paper.  Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the
  creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term
  obligations.  The result is a dual rating in which the short-term rating
  addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.  Medium-
  term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

  A-1          A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest
               category by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its
               financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this
               category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign
               (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its
               financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
  A-2          A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to
               the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic
               conditions than obligation in higher rating categories. However,
               the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
               obligation is satisfactory.
  A-3          A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection
               parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing
               circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of
               the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
  B            A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having significant
               speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the
               capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation;
               however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to
               the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation.

                                     IV-5
<PAGE>

  C            A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to
               nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial,
               and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial
               commitment on the obligation.
  D            A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default. The D
               rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not
               made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not
               expired, unless Standard & Poors' believes that such payments
               will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be
               used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a
               similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.


LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AAA            Highest credit quality. The risk factors are negligible, being
               only slightly more than for risk-free U.S. Treasury debt.
AA+/AA         High credit quality. Protection factors are strong. Risk is
               modest but may vary slightly from time to time because of
               economic conditions.
A+/A/A-        Protection factors are average but adequate. However, risk
               factors are more variable in periods of greater economic stress.
BBB+/BBB       Below-average protection factors but still considered sufficient
               for prudent investment. Considerable BBB- variability in risk
               during economic cycles.
BB+/BB/BB-     Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations when
               due. Present or prospective financial protection factors
               fluctuate according to industry conditions. Overall quality may
               move up or down frequently within this category.
B+/B/B-        Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligation will
               not be net when due. Financial protection factors will fluctuate
               widely according to economic cycles, industry conditions and/or
               company fortunes. Potential exists for frequent changes in the
               rating within this category or into a higher or lower rating
               grade.
CCC            Well below investment-grade securities. Considerable uncertainty
               exists as to timely payment of principal, interest or preferred
               dividends. Protection factors are narrow and risk can be
               substantial with unfavorable economic/industry conditions, and/or
               with unfavorable company developments.
DD             Defaulted debt obligations. Issuer failed to meet scheduled
               principal and/or interest payments. Issuer failed to meet
               scheduled principal and/or interest payments.
DP             Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.

SHORT-TERM DEBT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High Grade
D-1+           Highest certainty of timely payment. Short-term liquidity,
               including internal operating factors and/or access to alternative
               sources of funds, is outstanding, and safety is just below risk-
               free U.S. Treasury short-term obligations.
D-1            Very high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are
               excellent and supported by good fundamental protection factors.
               Risk factors are minor.
D-1-           High certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are strong
               and supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk
               factors are very small.

                                     IV-6
<PAGE>

Good Grade
D-2            Good certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors and company
               fundamentals are sound. Although ongoing funding needs may
               enlarge total financing requirements, access to capital markets
               is good. Risk factors are small.

Satisfactory Grade
D-3            Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify
               issues as to investment grade. Risk factors are larger and
               subject to more variation. Nevertheless, timely payment is
               expected.

Non-Investment Grade
D-4            Speculative investment characteristics. Liquidity is not
               sufficient to insure against disruption in debt service.
               Operating factors and market access may be subject to a high
               degree of variation.

Default
D-5            Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest
               payments.

Fitch IBCA Ratings

INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Grade
AAA            Highest credit quality. `AAA' ratings denote the lowest
               expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of
               exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment for financial
               commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely
               affected by foreseeable events.
AA             Very high credit quality. `AA' ratings denote a very low
               expectation of credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity
               for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not
               significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A              High credit quality. `A' ratings denote a low expectation of
               credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial
               commitments is considered strong. This capacity may,
               nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or
               in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
B              Good credit quality. `BBB' ratings indicate that there is
               currently a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for
               timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate,
               but adverse changes in circumstances and in economic conditions
               are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest
               investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade
BB             Speculative. `BB' ratings indicate that there is a possibility of
               credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse
               economic change over time; however, business or financial
               alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to
               be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment
               grade.
B              Highly speculative. `B' ratings indicate that significant credit
               risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains.
               Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity
               for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable
               business and economic environment.

                                     IV-7
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<C>            <S>
  CCC,CC,C     High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for
               meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained,
               favorable business or economic developments. A `CC' rating
               indicates that default of some kind appears probable. `C' ratings
               signal imminent default.

  DDD,DD,D     Default. Securities are not meeting current obligations and are
               extremely speculative. `DDD' designates the highest potential for
               recovery of amounts outstanding on any securities involved. For
               U.S. corporates, for example, `DD' indicates expected recovery of
               50% - 90% of such outstandings, and `D' the lowest recovery
               potential, i.e. below 50%.
</TABLE>

International Short-Term Credit Ratings
<TABLE>
<S>            <C>
  F1           Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for
               timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added "+" to
               denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

  F2           Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment
               of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as
               great as in the case of the higher ratings.

  F3           Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial
               commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could
               result in a reduction  to non-investment grade.

  B            Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial
               commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in
               financial and economic conditions.

  C            High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for
               meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained,
               favorable business and economic environment.

  D            Default. Denotes actual or imminent payment default.
</TABLE>

Notes

  "+" or "-" may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major
  rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the `AAA' long-term rating
  category, to categories below `CCC', or to short-term ratings other than `F1'.

  'NR' indicates that Fitch IBCA does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

  'Withdrawn': A rating is withdrawn when Fitch IBCA deems the amount of
  information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an
  obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

  RatingAlert: Ratings are placed on RatingAlert to notify investors that there
  is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of
  such change. These are designated as "Positive", indicating a potential
  upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving", if ratings may
  be raised, lowered or maintained. RatingAlert is typically resolved over a
  relatively short period.

                                     IV-8
<PAGE>

                         V: Appendix B -- Comparisons


                                      V-1
<PAGE>

  CDA Mutual Fund Report, published by CDA Investment Technologies, Inc. --
  analyzes price, current yield, risk, total return and average rate of return
  (average annual compounded growth rate) over specified time periods for the
  mutual fund industry.

  Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the U.S. Bureau
  of Labor Statistics -- a statistical measure of change, over time in the price
  of goods and services in major expenditure groups.

  Donoghue's Money Fund Average -- is an average of all major money market fund
  yields, published weekly for 7 and 30-day yields.

  Dow Jones Industrial Average -- a price-weighted average of thirty blue-chip
  stocks that are generally the leaders in their industry and are listed on the
  New York Stock Exchange. It has been a widely followed indicator of the stock
  market since October 1, 1928.

  Financial publications: Business Week, Changing Times, Financial World,
  Forbes, Fortune, Money, Barron's, Consumer's Digest, Financial Times, Global
  Investor, Investor's Daily, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Morningstar,
  Inc., New York Times, Personal Investor, Wall Street Journal and Weisenberger
  Investment Companies Service -- publications that rate fund performance over
  specified time periods.

  Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
  Corporation, J.P. Morgan & Co, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Merrill Lynch &
  Co., Inc., Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Bloomberg L.P.

  IBC's Money Fund Average/All Taxable -- an average of all major money market
  fund yields, published weekly for 7- and 30-day yields.

  IFC Investable Index -- an unmanaged index maintained by the International
  Finance Corporation. This index consists of 890 companies in 25 emerging
  equity markets, and is designed to measure more precisely the returns
  portfolio managers might receive from investment in emerging markets equity
  securities by focusing on companies and markets that are legally and
  practically accessible to foreign investors.

  Lehman Aggregate Bond Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market value-weighted
  index that combines the Lehman Government/Corporate Index and the Lehman
  Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and includes treasury issues, agency issues,
  corporate bond issues and mortgage backed securities. It includes fixed rate
  issuers of investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least one
  year and outstanding par values of at least $200 million for U.S. government
  issues and $25 million for others.

  Lehman Corporate Bond Index -- an unmanaged indices of all publicly issues,
  fixed-rate, nonconvertible investment grade domestic corporate debt. Also
  included are yankee bonds, which are dollar-denominated SEC registered public,
  noncovertible debt issued or guaranteed by foreign sovereign governments,
  municipalities, or governmental agencies, or international agencies.

  Lehman Government Bond Index -- an unmanaged treasury bond index including all
  public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and foreign-
  targeted issues, and the Agency Bond Index (all publicly issued debt of U.S.
  government agencies and quasi-federal corporation, and corporate debt
  guaranteed by the U.S. government). In addition to the aggregate index, sub-
  indices cover intermediate and long term issues.

  Lehman Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market value-
  weighted index that combines the Government and Corporate Bond Indices,
  including U.S. government treasury securities, corporate and yankee bonds. All
  issues are investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least one
  year and outstanding par value of at least $100 million of our U.S. government
  issues and $25 million for others. Any security downgraded during the month is
  held in the index until month end and then removed. All returns are market
  value weighted inclusive of accrued income.

                                      V-2
<PAGE>

  Lehman High Yield Bond Index - an unmanaged index of fixed rate, non-
  investment grade debt. All bonds included in the index are dollar denominated,
  noncovertible, have at least one year remaining to maturity and an outstanding
  par value of at least $100 million.

  Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index - an unmanaged fixed income
  market value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government Bond Index
  (intermediate-term sub-index) and Lehman Corporate Bond Index.

  Lipper 1-5 Year Short Investment Grade Debt Funds Average -- is an average of
  100 funds that invest at least 65% of assets in investment grade debt issues
  (BBB or higher) with dollar-weighted average maturities of 5 years or less.

  Lipper Balanced Fund Index -- an unmanaged index of open-end equity funds
  whose primary objective is to conserve principal by maintaining at all time a
  balanced portfolio of both stocks and bonds. Typically, the stock/bond ratio
  ranges around 60%/40%.

  Lipper Equity Income Fund Index -- an unmanaged index of equity funds which
  seek relatively high current income and growth of income through investing 60%
  or more of the portfolio in equities.

  Lipper Equity Mid Cap Fund Index -- an unmanaged index of funds which by
  prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Equity Small Cap Fund Index -- an unmanaged index of funds by
  prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $1 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Growth Fund Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 30 largest
  funds by asset size in this investment objective.

  Lipper Mutual Fund Performance Analysis and Lipper -- Fixed Income Fund
  Performance Analysis -- measures total return and average current yield for
  the mutual fund industry. Rank individual mutual fund performance over
  specified time periods, assuming reinvestments of all distributions, exclusive
  of any applicable sales charges.

  Merrill Lynch 1-4.99 Year Corporate/Government Bond Index -- is an unmanaged
  index composed of U.S. treasuries, agencies and corporates with maturities
  from 1 to 4.99 years. Corporates are investment grade only (BBB or higher).

  Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index -- arithmetic, market value-
  weighted averages of the performance of over 900 securities listed on the
  stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.

  Mutual Fund Source Book, published by Morningstar, Inc. -- analyzes price,
  yield, risk and total return for equity funds.

  NASDAQ Composite Index -- is a market capitalization, price only, unmanaged
  index that tracks the performance of domestic common stocks traded on the
  regular NASDAQ market as well as national market System traded foreign common
  stocks and ADRs.

  New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices -- unmanaged indices of
  all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance stocks listed on the New
  York Stock Exchange.

  Russell 1000 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 1000 largest stocks in
  the Russell 3000 Index.

  Russell 2000 Growth Index -- contains those Russell 2000 securities with
  higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.

  Russell 2000 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,000 smallest stocks
  in the Russell 3000 Index.

                                      V-3
<PAGE>

  Russell 2000 Value Index -- contains those Russell 2000 securities with a
  less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values than the growth universe.

  Russell 2500 Growth Index -- contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
  greater-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to
  exhibit higher price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, lower dividend yields
  and higher forecasted growth values than the value universe.

  Russell 2500 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,5000 smallest
  stocks in the Russell 3000.

  Russell 2500 Value Index -- contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
  less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values then the Growth universe.

  Russell 3000 Index -- composed of the 3,000 largest U.S. publicly traded
  companies based on total market capitalization, which represents approximately
  98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

  Russell Mid-Cap Index -- is composed of the 800 smallest stocks in the Russell
  1000 Index, with an average capitalization of $1.96 billion.

  Salomon Smith Barney Global excluding U.S. Equity Index -- an comprised of the
  smallest stocks (less than $1 billion market capitalization) of the Extended
  Market Index, of both developed and emerging markets.

  Salomon Smith Barney One to Three Year Treasury Index -- an unmanaged index
  comprised of U.S. treasury notes and bonds with maturities one year or
  greater, but less than three years.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month T-Bill Average -- the average for all
  treasury bills for the previous three-month period.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index -- a return
  equivalent yield average based on the last three 3-month Treasury bill issues.

  Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates -- as published by the U.S. Savings
  and Loan League Fact Book.

  Standard & Poor's 600 Small Cap Index -- an unmanaged index comprised of 600
  domestic stocks chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry group
  representation. The index is comprised of stocks from the industrial, utility,
  financial, and transportation sectors.

  Standard & Poor's Midcap 400 Index -- consists of 400 domestic stocks chosen
  for market size (medium market capitalization of approximately $700 million),
  liquidity, and industry group representation. It is a market-value weighted
  index with each stock affecting the index in proportion to its market value.

  Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index -- an unmanaged index composed of 400
  industrial stocks, 40 financial stocks, 40 utilities stocks and 20
  transportation stocks.

  Standard & Poor's Barra Value Index -- is constructed by dividing the
  securities in the S&P 500 Index according to price-to-book ratio. This index
  contains the securities with the lower price-to-book ratios; the securities
  with the higher price-to-book ratios are contained in the Standard & Poor's
  Barra Growth Index.

  Standard & Poor's Utilities Stock Price Index -- a market capitalization
  weighted index representing three utility groups and, with the three groups,
  43 of the largest utility companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange,
  including 23 electric power companies, 12 natural gas distributors and 8
  telephone companies.

  Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Ibbotson Associates --
  historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and small
  company stock, long-term government bonds, U.S. treasury bills and inflation.

                                      V-4
<PAGE>

                                UAM Funds Trust
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO  64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)




                            Hanson Equity Portfolio

                          Institutional Class Shares


                      Statement of Additional Information
                                August 9, 1999





  This statement of additional information is not a prospectus. However, you
  should read it in conjunction with the prospectuses of the fund dated August
  9, 1999, as supplemented from time to time.  You may obtain the fund's
  prospectuses by contacting the fund at the address listed above.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Table Of Contents
<S>                                                                                    <C>
I:   Portfolio Summary                                                                   I-1
     Hanson Equity Portfolio.........................................................    I-2
        What Investment Strategies May The Portfolio Use?............................    I-2
        What Are The Investment Policies Of The Portfolio?...........................    I-2
        Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?..............................    I-4
        How Much Does The Portfolio Pay For Administrative Services?.................    I-4
        Who Are The Principal Holders Of The Securities Of The Portfolio?............    I-4
        What Was The Portfolio's Performance As Of Its Most Recent Fiscal Year End?..    I-4
        What Were The Expenses Of The Portfolio?.....................................    I-5
II:  The UAM Funds in Detail                                                            II-1
     Description of Permitted Investments............................................   II-2
        Debt Securities..............................................................   II-2
        Derivatives..................................................................   II-8
        Equity Securities............................................................  II-16
        Foreign Securities...........................................................  II-18
        Investment Companies.........................................................  II-22
        Repurchase Agreements........................................................  II-22
        Restricted Securities........................................................  II-22
        Securities Lending...........................................................  II-23
        Short Sales..................................................................  II-23
        When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Delivery Transactions............  II-24
     Management Of The Fund..........................................................  II-25
     Investment Advisory and Other Services..........................................  II-26
        Investment Adviser...........................................................  II-26
        Distributor..................................................................  II-27
        Service And Distribution Plans...............................................  II-28
        Administrative Services......................................................  II-30
        Custodian....................................................................  II-31
        Independent Public Accountant................................................  II-31
     Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices........................................  II-32
        Selection of Brokers.........................................................  II-32
        Simultaneous Transactions....................................................  II-32
        Brokerage Commissions........................................................  II-32
     Capital Stock and Other Securities..............................................  II-33
        The Fund.....................................................................  II-33
        Description Of Shares And Voting Rights......................................  II-33
        Dividends and Capital Gains Distributions....................................  II-34
     Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares......................................  II-35
        Net Asset Value Per Share....................................................  II-35
        Purchase of Shares...........................................................  II-35
        Redemption of Shares.........................................................  II-36
        Exchange Privilege...........................................................  II-38
        Transfer Of Shares...........................................................  II-38
     Performance Calculations........................................................  II-38
        Total Return.................................................................  II-39
        Yield........................................................................  II-39
        Comparisons..................................................................  II-40
     Financial Statements............................................................  II-40
III: Glossary                                                                          III-1
IV:  Appendix A --  Description of Securities and Ratings                               IV-1
     Moody's Investors Service, Inc..................................................   IV-2
        Preferred Stock Ratings......................................................   IV-2
        Debt Ratings - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally..............................   IV-2
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
        Short-Term Prime Rating System - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally............   IV-3
     Standard & Poor's Ratings Services..............................................   IV-4
        Preferred Stock Ratings......................................................   IV-4
        Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings...............................................   IV-4
        Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings..............................................   IV-5
     Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co..................................................   IV-6
        Long-Term Debt and Preferred Stock...........................................   IV-6
        Short-Term Debt..............................................................   IV-6
     Fitch IBCA Ratings..............................................................   IV-7
        International Long-Term Credit Ratings.......................................   IV-7
V:   Appendix B  Comparisons                                                             V-1
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                             I: Portfolio Summary


                                      I-1
<PAGE>

Hanson Equity Portfolio


WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed below
     in seeking its objective. This SAI describes each of these investments/
     strategies and their risks in Part II under "Description of Permitted
     Investments." The investments that are italicized are principal strategies
     and you can find more information on these techniques in the prospectus of
     the portfolio. You can find more information concerning the limits on the
     ability of the portfolio to use these investments in "What Are the
     Investment Policies of the Portfolio?"

     .  Equity securities (at least 80% in companies with market capitalizations
        over $1 billion at the time of purchase).

     .  American depositary receipts (up to 20% of its total assets).

     .  Investment company securities.

     .  Repurchase agreements.

     .  Restricted securities.

     .  Securities lending.

     .  When-issued securities.


WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a
     limitation relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the
     portfolio's acquisition of such security or other asset. Accordingly, the
     portfolio will not consider changes in values, net assets or other
     circumstances when determining whether the investment complies with its
     investment limitations.

Fundamental Policies
     The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
     portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of
     the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the 1940
     Act. The portfolio will not:

     .  With respect to 75% of its assets, invest more than 5% of its total
        assets at the time of purchase in the securities of any single issuer
        (other than obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and
        interest by the U.S. government or any if its agencies or
        instrumentalities).

     .  With respect to 75% of its assets, purchase more than 10% of any class
        of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer.

     .  Invest more than 25% of its assets in companies within a single
        industry; however, there are no limitations on investments made in
        instruments issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and its
        agencies.

     .  Borrow, except from banks and as a temporary measure for extraordinary
        or emergency purposes and then, in no event, in excess of 33-1/3% of the
        portfolio's gross assets valued at the lower of market or cost.

     .  Invest in physical commodities or contracts on physical commodities.


                                      I-2
<PAGE>

     .  Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships,
        although it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal in
        real estate and may purchase and sell securities which are secured by
        interests in real estate.

     .  Make loans except (i) by purchasing debt securities in accordance with
        its investment objectives, (ii) entering into repurchase agreements or
        (iii) by lending its portfolio securities to banks, brokers, dealers and
        other financial institutions so long as such loans are not inconsistent
        with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations or interpretations of the
        SEC thereunder.

     .  Underwrite the securities of other issuers.

     .  Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except that this
        restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the Portfolio from (i)
        making any permitted borrowings, mortgages or pledges, or (ii) entering
        into repurchase transactions.

Non-Fundamental Policies
     The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio
     may change them without shareholder approval.

     The portfolio will not:

     .  Purchase on margin or sell short except that the portfolio may purchase
        futures as described in the prospectus and this SAI.

     .  Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
        investment companies.

     .  Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
        investment company.

     .  Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment
        company.

     .  Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities
        that are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale
        (restricted securities) or securities for which there are no readily
        available markets (illiquid securities).

Borrowing
     The portfolio may borrow from banks and enter into reverse repurchase
     agreements in an amount up to 33 1/3% of its total assets, taken at market
     value. The portfolio may also borrow an additional 5% of its total assets
     from banks or others for temporary or emergency purposes, such as the
     redemption of portfolio shares. The portfolio may purchase additional
     securities so long as borrowings do not exceed 5% of its total assets. The
     portfolio may obtain such short-term credit as may be necessary for the
     clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities. The portfolio may
     purchase securities on margin and engage in short sales to the extent
     permitted by applicable law.

Asset Coverage
     The portfolio will cover its derivatives according to guidelines
     established by the SEC so as to avoid creating a "senior security" (as
     defined in the 1940 act) in connection with use of such instruments.
     Accordingly, the portfolio will either own the securities underlying the
     derivative or will segregate with its custodian cash or liquid securities
     in an amount at all times equal to the portfolio's commitment with respect
     to these instruments or contracts. Assets that are segregated for purposes
     of proving cover need not be physically segregated in a separate account
     provided that the custodian notes on its books that such securities are
     segregated.


                                      I-3
<PAGE>

WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Hanson Investment Management Company is the investment adviser of the
     portfolio. For its services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal to
     0.70% its average daily net assets. Due to the effect of fee waivers by
     the adviser, the actual percentage of average net assets that the portfolio
     pays in any given year may be different from the rate set forth in its
     contract with the adviser. For more information concerning the adviser, see
     "Investment Advisory and Other Services" in Part II of this SAI.


HOW MUCH DOES THE PORTFOLIO PAY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to UAMFSI
     calculated at the annual rate of:

     .  $14,500 for the first operational class; plus

     .  $3,000 for each additional class; plus

     .  0.04% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio.

     The portfolio also pays a fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and other
     services provided by CGFSC. The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC, is
     calculated at the annual rate of:

     .  Not more than $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

     .  $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus

     .  0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the Fund, UAM
        Funds, Inc. and UAM Funds Trust II.


WHO ARE THE PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     As of July 20, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of record
     or beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:

     Name and Address of Shareholder                  Percentage of Shares Owned
     ===========================================================================
     Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                                 99.71%
     Reinvest Account
     Attn Mutual Funds
     101 Montgomery Street
     San Francisco, CA 94104-4122

     Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding
     shares of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is defined
     in the 1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling the portfolio
     could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio on
     any matter requiring the approval of shareholders of the portfolio.


WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
     return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
     are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio calculates
     its current yield and average annual total return information according to
     the methods required by the SEC. For more information concerning the
     performance of the portfolio, including the way it calculates its
     performance figures, see "Performance Calculations" in Part II of this SAI.


                                      I-4
<PAGE>

Average Annual Total Return
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    For the Periods                                 Shorter of 10 Years or
    Ended April 30,      1 Year         5 Years      Since Inception            Inception Date
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    <S>                  <C>            <C>                 <C>                <C>
         1999            16.52%           N/A               19.62%                 10/3/97
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WHAT WERE THE EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    For the FYE       Investment             Investment                              Sub-Administrator  Brokerage
    April 30,     Advisory Fees Paid    Advisory Fees Waived    Administrator Fee           Fee        Commissions
    ==============================================================================================================
    <S>           <C>                   <C>                     <C>                  <C>               <C>
       1999            $171,247                  $0                  $23,531              $51,233        $18,977
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       1998            $ 83,786                  $0                  $22,082                 $0          $33,367
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                      I-5
<PAGE>
















                             II: The UAM Funds in
                                    Detail





















                                     II-1
<PAGE>

Description of Permitted Investments

DEBT SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from
  investors. Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return and
  repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity. Some debt securities, such as
  zero-coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased at a discount
  from their face value. Debt securities may include, among other things, all
  types of bills, notes, bonds, mortgage-backed securities or asset-backed
  securities.

Types of Debt Securities

  U.S. Government Securities

  U.S. government securities are securities that the United States Treasury has
  issued (treasury securities) and securities that a federal agency or a
  government-sponsored entity has issued (agency securities). Treasury
  securities include treasury notes, which have initial maturities of one to ten
  years and treasury bonds, which have initial maturities of at least ten years
  and certain types of mortgage-backed securities that are described under
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities." This SAI discusses
  mortgage-backed treasury and agency securities in detail in the section called
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities."

  The full faith and credit of the U.S. government supports treasury securities.
  Unlike treasury securities, the full faith and credit of the United States
  government generally do not back agency securities. Agency securities are
  typically supported in one of three ways:

  .  by the right of the issuer to borrow from the United States Treasury;

  .  by the discretionary authority of the United States government to buy the
     obligations of the agency; or

  .  by the credit of the sponsoring agency.

  While U.S. government securities are guaranteed as to principal and interest,
  their market value is not guaranteed. U.S. government securities are subject
  to the same interest rate and credit risks as other fixed income securities.
  However, since U.S. government securities are of the highest quality, the
  credit risk is minimal. The U.S. government does not guarantee the net asset
  value of the assets of the portfolio.

  Corporate Bonds

  Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or for
  capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases and
  expansion. In return for the money loaned to the corporation by investors, the
  corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay the principal amount
  of the bond or note.

  Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that
  various governmental, government-related and private organizations assemble as
  securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities, which pay
  interest periodically and repay principal maturity specified call dates,
  mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist of both interest
  and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a "pass-through" of the
  monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their mortgage loans, net
  of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such

                                     II-2
<PAGE>

  securities. Since homeowners usually have the option of paying either part or
  all of the loan balance before maturity, the effective maturity of a mortgage
  backed security is often shorter than is stated.

  Governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers may insure or
  guaranty the timely payment of interest and principal of these pools through
  various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title,
  pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The adviser will consider
  such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof
  in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets its investment
  quality standards. It is possible that the private insurers or guarantors will
  not meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee
  arrangements.

  Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid,
  securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily
  marketable.

  Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA)

  GNMA is the principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities.
  GNMA is a wholly owned corporation of the U.S. government and it falls within
  the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Securities issued by GNMA are
  treasury securities, which means the faith and credit of the U.S. government
  backs them. GNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on
  securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA and backed by pools of FHA-
  insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages. GNMA does not guarantee the market value
  or yield of mortgage-backed securities or the value of portfolio shares. To
  buy GNMA securities, the portfolio may have to pay a premium over the maturity
  value of the underlying mortgages, which the portfolio may lose if prepayment
  occurs.

  Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)

  FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private
  stockholders. FNMA is regulated by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
  development. FNMA purchases conventional mortgages from a list of approved
  sellers and service providers, including state and federally-chartered savings
  and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit
  unions and mortgage bankers. Securities issued by FNMA are agency securities,
  which means FNMA, but not the U.S. government, guarantees their timely payment
  of principal and interest.

  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)

  FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government whose stock is
  owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks. Congress created FHLMC in 1970 to
  increase the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. FHLMC
  issues Participation Certificates (PCs) which represent interests in
  conventional mortgages from its national portfolio. Like FNMA, FHLMC
  guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of
  principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
  government.

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create
  pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans. In addition to guaranteeing
  the mortgage-related security, such issuers may service and/or have originated
  the underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by these issuers generally offer
  a higher rate of interest than pools created by GNMA, FNMA & FHLMC because
  they are not guaranteed by a government agency.

                                     II-3
<PAGE>

  Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of
  traditional debt securities in a variety of ways, the most significant
  differences are mortgage-backed securities:

  .  payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually monthly);

  .  they usually have adjustable interest rates; and

  .  they may pay off their entire principal substantially earlier than their
     final distribution dates so that the price of the security will generally
     decline when interest rates rise.

  In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates described in
  "Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities," a variety of economic,
  geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the underlying
  property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to repay the loans
  underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than expected. If the prepayment
  rates increase, the portfolio may have to reinvest its principal at a rate of
  interest that is lower than the rate on existing mortgage-backed securities.

  Other Asset-Backed Securities

  These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other than
  mortgage, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card
  receivables. Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are pass-
  through. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of shorter
  maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience substantial
  prepayments with interest rate fluctuations.

  Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by
  mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the
  benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the
  possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to
  support payments on these securities. For example, credit card receivables are
  generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number
  of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which allow debtors to
  reduce their balances by offsetting certain amounts owed on the credit cards.
  Most issuers of asset-backed securities backed by automobile receivables
  permit the servicers of such receivables to retain possession of the
  underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to
  another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest
  superior to that of the holders of the related asset-backed securities. Due to
  the quantity of vehicles involved and requirements under state laws, asset-
  backed securities backed by automobile receivables may not have a proper
  security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables.

  To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make
  payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure the
  receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion
  ("liquidity protection"). In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain
  insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by the
  issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in the
  pool ("credit support"). Delinquency or loss more than that anticipated or
  failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an
  investment in such a security.

  The portfolio may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed
  securities, which is the excess cash flow remaining after making required
  payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The
  amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed
  securities depends in part on the characteristics of the underlying assets,
  the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of
  administrative expenses and the actual prepayment experience on the underlying
  assets.

  Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

  CMOs are hybrids between mortgage-backed bonds and mortgage pass-through
  securities. Similar to a bond, CMOs usually pay interest and prepay principal
  semiannually. While whole mortgage loans

                                     II-4
<PAGE>

  may collateralize CMOs, portfolios of mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by
  GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA and their income streams more typically collateralize
  them.

  A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Internal
  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and invests in certain mortgages primarily
  secured by interests in real property and other permitted investments.

  CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated
  maturity. Each class of CMO or REMIC certificate, often referred to as a
  "tranche," is issued at a specific interest rate and must be fully retired by
  its final distribution date. Generally, all classes of CMOs or REMIC
  certificates pay or accrue interest monthly. Investing in the lowest tranche
  of CMOs and REMIC certificates involves risks similar to those associated with
  investing in equity securities.

  Short-Term Investments

  To earn a return on uninvested assets, meet anticipated redemptions, or for
  temporary defensive purposes, a portfolio may invest a portion of its assets
  in the short-term securities listed below, U.S. government securities and
  Investment-grade corporate debt securities. Unless otherwise specified, a
  short-term debt security has a maturity of one year or less.

  Bank Obligations

  The portfolio will only invest in a security issued by a commercial bank if
  the bank:


  .  has total assets of at least $1 billion, or the equivalent in other
     currencies;

  .  is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
     and

  .  is a foreign branch of a U.S. bank and the adviser believes the security is
     of an investment quality comparable with other debt securities that the
     portfolio may purchase.

  Time Deposits

  Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits, such as savings accounts or
  certificates of deposit, held by a financial institution for a fixed term with
  the understanding that the depositor can withdraw its money only by giving
  notice to the institution. However, there may be early withdrawal penalties
  depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation.
  The portfolio may only purchase time deposits maturing from two business days
  through seven calendar days.

  Certificates of Deposit

  Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
  deposited in a commercial bank or savings and loan association for a definite
  period of time and earning a specified return.

  Banker's Acceptance

  A banker's acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a
  borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction
  (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods).

  Commercial Paper

  Commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a maturity ranging from 1 to
  270 days issued by banks, corporations and other borrowers. Such investments
  are unsecured and usually discounted. A portfolio may invest in commercial
  paper rated A-1 or A-2 by S&P or Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's, or, if not
  rated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue
  rated A or better by Moody's or by S&P. See Appendix A for a description of
  commercial paper ratings.

                                     II-5
<PAGE>

  Yankee Bonds

  Yankee bonds are dollar-denominated bonds issued inside the United States by
  foreign entities. Investment in these securities involve certain risks which
  are not typically associated with investing in domestic securities. See
  "FOREIGN SECURITIES".

  Zero Coupon Bonds

  These securities make no periodic payments of interest, but instead are sold
  at a discount from their face value. When held to maturity, their entire
  income, which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the difference
  between the issue price and their value at maturity. The amount of the
  discount rate varies depending on factors including the time remaining until
  maturity, prevailing interest rates, the security's liquidity and the issuer's
  credit quality. The market value of zero coupon securities may exhibit greater
  price volatility than ordinary debt securities because a stripped security
  will have a longer duration than an ordinary debt security with the same
  maturity. The portfolio's investments in pay-in-kind, delayed and zero coupon
  bonds may require it to sell certain of its portfolio securities to generate
  sufficient cash to satisfy certain income distribution requirements.

  These securities may include treasury securities that have had their interest
  payments ("coupons") separated from the underlying principal ("corpus") by
  their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment brokerage firm. Once
  the holder of the security has stripped or separated corpus and coupons, it
  may sell each component separately. The principal or corpus is then sold at a
  deep discount because the buyer receives only the right to receive a future
  fixed payment on the security and does not receive any rights to periodic
  interest (cash) payments. Typically, the coupons are sold separately or
  grouped with other coupons with like maturity dates and sold bundled in such
  form. The underlying treasury security is held in book-entry form at the
  Federal Reserve Bank or, in the case of bearer securities (i.e., unregistered
  securities which are owned ostensibly by the bearer or holder thereof), in
  trust on behalf of the owners thereof. Purchasers of stripped obligations
  acquire, in effect, discount obligations that are economically identical to
  the zero coupon securities that the Treasury sells itself.

  The United States Treasury has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero
  coupon securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of
  particular interest coupon and corpus payments on Treasury securities through
  the Federal Reserve book-entry record keeping system. Under a Federal Reserve
  program known as "STRIPS" or "Separate Trading of Registered Interest and
  Principal of Securities," the portfolio can record its beneficial ownership of
  the coupon or corpus directly in the book-entry record-keeping system.

Terms to Understand

  Maturity

  Every debt security has a stated maturity date when the issuer must repay the
  amount it borrowed (principal) from investors. Some debt securities, however,
  are callable, meaning the issuer can repay the principal earlier, on or after
  specified dates (call dates). Debt securities are most likely to be called
  when interest rates are falling because the issuer can refinance at a lower
  rate, similar to a homeowner refinancing a mortgage. The effective maturity of
  a debt security is usually its nearest call date.

  A portfolio that invests in debt securities has no real maturity. Instead, it
  calculates its weighted average maturity. This number is an average of the
  stated maturity of each debt security held by the portfolio, with the maturity
  of each security weighted by the percentage of the assets of the portfolio it
  represents.

                                     II-6
<PAGE>

  Duration

  Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity of a
  debt security, or a portfolio that invests in debt securities, to changes in
  interest rates. It measures sensitivity more accurately than maturity because
  it takes into account the time value of cash flows generated over the life of
  a debt security. Future interest payments and principal payments are
  discounted to reflect their present value and then are multiplied by the
  number of years they will be received to produce a value expressed in years --
  the duration. Effective duration takes into account call features and sinking
  fund prepayments that may shorten the life of a debt security.

  An effective duration of 4 years, for example, would suggest that for each 1%
  reduction in interest rates at all maturity levels, the price of a security is
  estimated to increase by 4%. An increase in rates by the same magnitude is
  estimated to reduce the price of the security by 4%. By knowing the yield and
  the effective duration of a debt security, one can estimate total return based
  on an expectation of how much interest rates, in general, will change. While
  serving as a good estimator of prospective returns, effective duration is an
  imperfect measure.

Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities

  The total return of a debt instrument is composed of two elements: the
  percentage change in the security's price and interest income earned. The
  yield to maturity of a debt security estimates its total return only if the
  price of the debt security remains unchanged during the holding period and
  coupon interest is reinvested at the same yield to maturity. The total return
  of a debt instrument, therefore, will be determined not only by how much
  interest is earned, but also by how much the price of the security and
  interest rates change.

  Interest Rates

  The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction from
  interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up, the value of the bond will go
  down, and vice versa).

  Prepayment Risk

  This risk effects mainly mortgage-backed securities. Unlike other debt
  securities, falling interest rates can hurt mortgage-backed securities, which
  may cause your share price to fall. Lower rates motivate people to pay off
  mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier than expected. The
  portfolio may then have to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayments at
  lower interest rates, which can reduce its yield. The unexpected timing of
  mortgage and asset-backed prepayments caused by the variations in interest
  rates may also shorten or lengthen the average maturity of the portfolio. If
  left unattended, drifts in the average maturity of the portfolio can have the
  unintended effect of increasing or reducing the effective duration of the
  portfolio, which may adversely affect the expected performance of the
  portfolio.

  Extension Risk

  The other side of prepayment risk occurs when interest rates are rising.
  Rising interest rates can cause a portfolio's average maturity to lengthen
  unexpectedly due to a drop in mortgage prepayments. This would increase the
  sensitivity of a portfolio to rising rates and its potential for price
  declines. Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security increases
  the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market interest rates. For
  these reasons, mortgage-backed securities may be less effective than other
  types of U.S. government securities as a means of "locking in" interest rates.

  Credit Rating

  Coupon interest is offered to investors of debt securities as compensation for
  assuming risk, although short-term treasury securities, such as 3-month
  treasury bills, are considered "risk free." Corporate

                                     II-7
<PAGE>

  securities offer higher yields than treasury because their payment of interest
  and complete repayment of principal is less certain. The credit rating or
  financial condition of an issuer may affect the value of a debt security.
  Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security, the greater the risks
  that the issuer will fail to pay interest and return principal. To compensate
  investors for taking on increased risk, issuers with lower credit ratings
  usually offer their investors a higher "risk premium" in the form of higher
  interest rates above comparable treasuries securities.

  Changes in investor confidence regarding the certainty of interest and
  principal payments of a corporate debt security will result in an adjustment
  to this "risk premium." Since an issuer's outstanding debt carries a fixed
  coupon, adjustments to the risk premium must occur in the price, which effects
  the yield to maturity of the bond. If an issuer defaults or becomes unable to
  honor its financial obligations, the bond may lose some or all of its value.

  A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating agency
  is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay interest
  and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond. Adverse economic
  conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the capacity of the
  issuer to pay interest and repay principal. If a security is not rated or is
  rated under a different system, the adviser may determine that it is of
  investment-grade. The adviser may retain securities that are downgraded, if it
  believes that keeping those securities is warranted.

  Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly
  speculative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit worthy
  and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies. A corporation may issue a junk
  bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar event. Compared
  with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater degree of risk and are
  less likely to make payments of interest and principal. Market developments
  and the financial and business condition of the corporation issuing these
  securities influences their price and liquidity more than changes in interest
  rates, when compared to investment-grade debt securities. Insufficient
  liquidity in the junk bond market may make it more difficult to dispose of
  junk bonds and may cause the portfolio to experience sudden and substantial
  price declines. A lack of reliable, objective data or market quotations may
  make it more difficult to value junk bonds accurately.

  Rating agencies are organizations that assign ratings to securities based
  primarily on the rating agency's assessment of the issuer's financial
  strength. The portfolios currently use ratings compiled by Moody's Investor
  Services ("Moody's"), Standard and Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P"), Duff &
  Phelps Rating Co. and Fitch IBCA. Credit ratings are only an agency's opinion,
  not an absolute standard of quality, and they do not reflect an evaluation of
  market risk. Appendix A contains further information concerning the ratings of
  certain rating agencies and their significance.

  The adviser may use ratings produced by ratings agencies as guidelines to
  determine the rating of a security at the time the portfolio buys it. A rating
  agency may change its credit ratings at any time. The adviser monitors the
  rating of the security and will take appropriate actions if a rating agency
  reduces the security's rating. The portfolio is not obligated to dispose of
  securities whose issuers subsequently are in default or which are downgraded
  below the above-stated ratings.

DERIVATIVES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying
  asset, such as a stock or a bond, an underlying economic factor, such as an
  interest rate or a market benchmark, such as an index. A portfolio may use
  derivatives to gain exposure to various markets in a cost efficient manner, to
  reduce transaction costs or to remain fully invested. A portfolio may also try
  to minimize its loss by investing in derivatives to protect it from broad
  fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange
  rates. Investing in derivatives for these purposes is known as "hedging." When
  hedging is successful, the portfolio will have offset any depreciation in the
  value of its portfolio securities by the appreciation in the value of the
  derivative position. Although techniques other than the sale and purchase of
  derivatives could be used to control the exposure of the portfolio to market
  fluctuations, the use of derivatives may be a more effective means of hedging
  this exposure.

                                     II-8
<PAGE>

Types of Derivatives

  Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

  A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell
  a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a specific
  price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the
  unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee.
  Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency
  futures contracts in certain respects. Unlike futures contracts, forward
  contracts:

  .  Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to the
     contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).

  .  Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between currency
     traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers, as opposed to
     futures contracts which are traded in only on exchanges regulated by the
     CFTC.

  .  Do not require an initial margin deposit.

  .  May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency
     trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to a
     commodities exchange.

  Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies

  A "settlement hedge" or "transaction hedge" is designed to protect the
  portfolio against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the
  date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or
  received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of the
  amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security transaction for
  a fixed amount of U.S. dollars "locks in" the U.S. dollar price of the
  security. The portfolio may also use forward contracts to purchase or sell a
  foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or selling securities
  denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet selected the specific
  investments.

  The portfolio may also use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in the
  value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a hedge,
  sometimes referred to as a "position hedge," would tend to offset both
  positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in
  security values caused by other factors. The portfolio could also hedge the
  position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the
  currency in which the portfolio's investment is denominated. This type of
  hedge, sometimes referred to as a "proxy hedge," could offer advantages in
  terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency
  exposure as effectively as a direct hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may
  result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to
  the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

  Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the
  underlying prices of the securities that the portfolio owns or intends to
  purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can
  achieve at some future point in time. Additionally, these techniques tend to
  minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency
  and to limit any potential gain that might result from the increase in value
  of such currency.

  The portfolio may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment
  exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the
  delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency,
  including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This
  may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or from
  one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of strategy,
  sometimes known as a "cross-hedge," will tend to reduce or eliminate exposure
  to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to the currency that is
  purchased. Cross-hedges protect against losses resulting from a decline in the
  hedged currency, but will cause the portfolio to assume the risk of
  fluctuations in the value of the currency it purchases. Cross hedging
  transactions also involve the risk of imperfect correlation between changes in
  the values of the currencies involved.

                                     II-9
<PAGE>

  It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio
  securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract.
  Accordingly, the portfolio may have to purchase additional foreign currency on
  the spot market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less than
  the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely, the
  portfolio may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency it
  received upon the sale of a security if the market value of such security
  exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver.

  Futures

  A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party sells
  and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial instrument
  at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument underlying the
  contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index, interest rate, foreign
  exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing to buy the underlying
  financial information is called buying a futures contract or taking a long
  position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to sell the underlying financial
  instrument is called selling a futures contract or taking a short position in
  the contract.

  Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges or
  boards of trade -- known as "contract markets" -- approved for such trading
  and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, a federal agency.
  These contract markets standardize the terms, including the maturity date and
  underlying financial instrument, of all futures contracts.

  Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to pay
  for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future date (the
  delivery date). Contract markets require both the purchaser and seller to
  deposit "initial margin" with a futures broker, known as a futures commission
  merchant, when they enter into the contract. Initial margin deposits are
  typically equal to a percentage of the contract's value. After they open a
  futures contract, the parties to the transaction must compare the purchase
  price of the contract to its daily market value. If the value of the futures
  contract changes in such a way that a party's position declines, that party
  must make additional "variation margin" payments so that the margin payment is
  adequate. On the other hand, the value of the contract may change in such a
  way that there is excess margin on deposit, possibly entitling the party that
  has a gain to receive all or a portion of this amount. This process is known
  as "marking to the market."

  Although the actual terms of a futures contract calls for the actual delivery
  of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the parties may
  close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an identical
  contract. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the original purchase
  price, the party closing the contract would realize a gain; if it is more, it
  would realize a loss. The opposite is also true for a sale, that is, if the
  offsetting sale price is more than the original sale price, the party closing
  the contract would realize a gain; if it is less, it would realize a loss.

  The portfolio will incur commission expenses in both opening and closing
  futures positions.

  Options

  An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a
  financial instrument for a specified price (known as the "strike price" or
  "exercise price") at any time during the option period. Unlike a futures
  contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a
  financial instrument. Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer two
  kinds of rights: a "call" (the right to buy the security) or a "put" (the
  right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying
  instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices,
  foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts. Options may be
  traded on an exchange (exchange-traded-options) or may be customized
  agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or "OTC options"). Like
  futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation,
  financially backs exchange-traded options. However, OTC options have no such
  intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counter-party will not
  fulfill its obligations under the contract.

                                     II-10
<PAGE>

  Purchasing Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the
  instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price. In return for this
  right, the portfolio pays the current market price for the option (known as
  the "option premium"). The portfolio may purchase put options to offset or
  hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities ("protective
  puts") or to benefit from a decline in the price of securities that it does
  not own. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise
  price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs. However, if the
  price of the underlying instrument does not fall enough to offset the cost of
  purchasing the option, a put buyer would lose the premium and related
  transaction costs.

  Call options are similar to put options, except that the portfolio obtains the
  right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the option's
  strike price. The portfolio would normally purchase call options in
  anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns or wants
  to buy. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the exercise price
  plus the premium paid and related transaction costs. Otherwise, the portfolio
  would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the call option.

  The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

  .  Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;

  .  Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put option) or
     buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying instrument at the
     strike price; or

  .  Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.

  Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell
  specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the
  option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. Similarly, when
  the portfolio writes a put option it assumes an obligation to purchase
  specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the option
  is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The portfolio may
  terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option before exercise by
  buying an option identical to the one it has written. Similarly, it may cancel
  an over-the-counter option by entering into an offsetting transaction with the
  counter-party to the option.

  The portfolio could try to hedge against an increase in the value of
  securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those
  securities. If security prices rise, the portfolio would expect the put option
  to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the security's
  value. If security prices remain the same over time, the portfolio would hope
  to profit by closing out the put option at a lower price. If security prices
  fall, the portfolio may lose an amount of money equal to the difference
  between the value of the security and the premium it received. Writing covered
  put options may deprive the portfolio of the opportunity to profit from a
  decrease in the market price of the securities it would like to acquire.

  The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing
  put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices remain the
  same or fall. The portfolio could try to hedge against a decline in the value
  of securities it already owns by writing a call option. If the price of that
  security falls as expected, the portfolio would expect the option to expire
  and the premium it received to offset the decline of the security's value.
  However, the portfolio must be prepared to deliver the underlying instrument
  in return for the strike price, which may deprive it of the opportunity to
  profit from an increase in the market price of the securities it holds.

  The portfolio is permitted only to write covered options. The portfolio can
  cover a call option by owning, at the time of selling the option:

                                     II-11
<PAGE>

  .  The underlying security (or securities convertible into the underlying
     security without additional consideration), index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract;

  .  A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser
     exercise price;

  .  A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise price
     and segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the
     difference between the exercise prices;

  .  Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the
     optioned securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract;
     or

  .  In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that corresponds to
     the index.

  The portfolio can cover a put option by, at the time of selling the option:

  .  Entering into a short position in the underlying security;

  .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract with the same or greater exercise price;

  .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price and segregating
     cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the difference between the
     exercise prices; or

  .  Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

  Options on Securities Indices

  Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except
  that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement
  payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In
  addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations
  in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price
  fluctuations in a single security.

  Options on Futures

  An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a
  futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract (in
  the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price. Upon exercise of the
  option by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a
  corresponding short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a
  call option) or a corresponding long position (in the case of a put option).
  If the option is exercised, the parties will be subject to the futures
  contracts. In addition, the writer of an option on a futures contract is
  subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the option position.
  Options on futures contracts are traded on the same contract market as the
  underlying futures contract.

  The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the
  option early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e., the
  same exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously purchased or
  sold. The difference between the premiums paid and received represents the
  trader's profit or loss on the transaction.

  The portfolio may purchase put and call options on futures contracts instead
  of selling or buying futures contracts. The portfolio may buy a put option on
  a futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a futures contract. It
  also may purchase such put options in order to hedge a long position in the
  underlying futures contract. The portfolio may buy call options on futures
  contracts for the same purpose as the actual purchase of the futures
  contracts, such as in anticipation of favorable market conditions.

  The portfolio may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a
  decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures contracts. If
  the price of the futures contract at expiration were below the exercise price,
  the portfolio would retain the option premium, which would offset, in part,
  any decline in the value of its portfolio securities.

                                     II-12
<PAGE>

  The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase
  of the futures contracts, except that, if market price declines, the portfolio
  would pay more than the market price for the underlying instrument. The
  premium received on the sale of the put option, less any transaction costs,
  would reduce the net cost to the portfolio.

  Swaps, Caps, Collars and Floors

  Swap Agreements

  A swap is a financial instrument that typically involves the exchange of cash
  flows between two parties on specified dates (settlement dates), where the
  cash flows are based on agreed-upon prices, rates, indices, etc. The nominal
  amount on which the cash flows are calculated is called the notional amount.
  Swaps are individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a
  variety of different types of investments or market factors, such as interest
  rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates,
  security prices or inflation rates.

  Swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the
  investments of the portfolio and its share price. The performance of swap
  agreements may be affected by a change in the specific interest rate,
  currency, or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and
  from the portfolio. If a swap agreement calls for payments by the portfolio,
  the portfolio must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if
  the counter-party's creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement
  would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.

  Generally, swap agreements have a fixed maturity date that will be agreed upon
  by the parties. The agreement can be terminated before the maturity date only
  under limited circumstances, such as default by one of the parties or
  insolvency, among others, and can be transferred by a party only with the
  prior written consent of the other party. The portfolio may be able to
  eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement either by assignment or by other
  disposition, or by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same
  party or a similarly creditworthy party. If the counter-party is unable to
  meet its obligations under the contract, declares bankruptcy, defaults or
  becomes insolvent, the portfolio may not be able to recover the money it
  expected to receive under the contract.

  A swap agreement can be a form of leverage, which can magnify a portfolio's
  gains or losses. In order to reduce the risk associated with leveraging, a
  portfolio will cover its current obligations under swap agreements according
  to guidelines established by the SEC. If the portfolio enters into a swap
  agreement on a net basis, it will segregate assets with a daily value at least
  equal to the excess, if any, of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the
  swap agreement over the accrued amount the portfolio is entitled to receive
  under the agreement. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on other
  than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full
  amount of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the agreement.

  Equity Swaps -- In a typical equity index swap, one party agrees to pay
  another party the return on a stock, stock index or basket of stocks in return
  for a specified interest rate. By entering into an equity index swap, for
  example, the index receiver can gain exposure to stocks making up the index of
  securities without actually purchasing those stocks. Equity index swaps
  involve not only the risk associated with investment in the securities
  represented in the index, but also the risk that the performance of such
  securities, including dividends, will not exceed the return on the interest
  rate that the portfolio will be committed to pay.

  Interest Rate Swaps -- Interest rate swaps are financial instruments that
  involve the exchange on one type of interest rate for another type of interest
  rate cash flow on specified dates in the future. Some of the different types
  of interest rate swaps are "fixed-for floating rate swaps," "termed basis
  swaps" and "index amortizing swaps." Fixed-for floating rate swap involve the
  exchange of fixed interest rate cash flows for floating rate cash flows.
  Termed basis swaps entail cash flows to both parties based on floating
  interest rates, where the interest rate indices are different. Index
  amortizing swaps are typically fixed-for floating swaps where the notional
  amount changes if certain conditions are met.

                                     II-13
<PAGE>

  Like a traditional investment in a debt security, a portfolio could lose money
  by investing in an interest rate swap if interest rates change adversely. For
  example, if the portfolio enters into a swap where it agrees to exchange a
  floating rate of interest for a fixed rate of interest, the portfolio may have
  to pay more money than it receives. Similarly, if the portfolio enters into a
  swap where it agrees to exchange a fixed rate of interest for a floating rate
  of interest, the portfolio may receive less money than it has agreed to pay.

  Currency Swaps -- A currency swap is an agreement between two parties in which
  one party agrees to make interest rate payments in one currency and the other
  promises to make interest rate payments in another currency. A portfolio may
  enter into a currency swap when it has one currency and desires a different
  currency. Typically the interest rates that determine the currency swap
  payments are fixed, although occasionally one or both parties may pay a
  floating rate of interest. Unlike an interest rate swap, however, the
  principal amounts are exchanged at the beginning of the contract and returned
  at the end of the contract. Changes in foreign exchange rates and changes in
  interest rates, as described above may negatively affect currency swaps.

  Caps, Collars and Floors

  Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. In a
  typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under
  specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other
  party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to
  receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an
  agreed-upon level. The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make
  payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-
  upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and
  selling a floor.

  Combined Positions

  The portfolio may purchase and write options in combination with each other,
  or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and
  return characteristics of the overall position. For example, the portfolio
  could construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are
  similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a put option and writing a
  call option on the same underlying instrument. Alternatively, the portfolio
  could write a call option at one strike price and buy a call option at a lower
  price to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a
  substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve
  multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more
  difficult to open and close out.

  Risks of Derivatives

  While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these transactions
  themselves entail certain other risks. For example, unanticipated changes in
  interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates may result in a
  poorer overall performance of the portfolio than if it had not entered into
  any derivatives transactions. Derivatives may magnify the portfolio's gains or
  losses, causing it to make or lose substantially more than it invested.

  When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities the
  portfolio holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses incurred with a
  derivative. Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than hedging could
  expose the portfolio to greater risks.

  Correlation of Prices

  The portfolio's ability to hedge its securities through derivatives depends on
  the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or instrument
  correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In the case of poor
  correlation, the price of the securities the portfolio is hedging may not move
  in the same amount, or even in the same direction as the hedging instrument.
  The adviser will try to minimize this risk by investing only in those
  contracts whose behavior it expects to resemble the

                                     II-14
<PAGE>

  portfolio securities it is trying to hedge. However, if the portfolio's
  prediction of interest and currency rates, market value, volatility or other
  economic factors is incorrect, the portfolio may lose money, or may not make
  as much money as it expected.

  Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments,
  even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are very similar to
  the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that may cause such a
  divergence.

  .  current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of
     the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the
     contract;

  .  a difference between the derivatives and securities markets, including
     different levels of demand, how the instruments are traded, the imposition
     of daily price fluctuation limits or trading of an instrument stops; and

  .  differences between the derivatives, such as different margin requirements,
     different liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in
     such markets.

  Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a
  particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based on
  a broad market index. Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller number
  of securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price
  fluctuations because of changes in the value of those securities.

  While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with
  exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value of
  the investments of the portfolio. A currency hedge, for example, should
  protect a yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not
  protect the portfolio against a price decline resulting from deterioration in
  the issuer's creditworthiness. Because the value of the portfolio's foreign-
  denominated investments changes in response to many factors other than
  exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of currency options
  and futures to the value of the portfolio's investments precisely over time.

  Lack of Liquidity

  Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, the portfolio can
  terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale transaction.
  Moreover, a portfolio may close out a futures contract only on the exchange
  the contract was initially traded. Although a portfolio intends to purchase
  options and futures only where there appears to be an active market, there is
  no guarantee that such a liquid market will exist. If there is no secondary
  market for the contract, or the market is illiquid, the portfolio may not be
  able to close out its position. In an illiquid market, the portfolio may:

  .  have to sell securities to meet its daily margin requirements at a time
     when it is disadvantageous to do so;

  .  have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract;

  .  not be able to hedge its investments; and

  .  not be able realize profits or limit its losses.

  Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time and
  price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

  .  an exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative
     instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives, which
     sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility;

  .  unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations of an
     exchange;

  .  the facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current
     trading volume;

                                     II-15
<PAGE>

  .  equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage firm
     or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt normal trading activity;
     or

  .  investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category of
     derivatives.

  Management Risk

  If the adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends, the
  portfolio may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if the
  portfolio were to write a call option based on its adviser's expectation that
  the price of the underlying security would fall, but the price were to rise
  instead, the portfolio could be required to sell the security upon exercise at
  a price below the current market price. Similarly, if the portfolio were to
  write a put option based on the adviser's expectation that the price of the
  underlying security would rise, but the price were to fall instead, the
  portfolio could be required to purchase the security upon exercise at a price
  higher than the current market price.

  Volatility and Leverage

  The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly,
  substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of factors,
  including

  .  actual and anticipated changes in interest rates;

  .  fiscal and monetary policies; and

  .  national and international political events.

  Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can change
  during a single trading day. Daily trading limits establish the maximum amount
  that the price of a derivative may vary from the settlement price of that
  derivative at the end of trading on the previous day. Once the price of a
  derivative reaches this value, a portfolio may not trade that derivative at a
  price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a
  given day and does not limit potential gains or losses. Derivative prices have
  occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days,
  preventing prompt liquidation of the derivative.

  Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a derivative
  position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of leverage.
  Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative may result in
  an immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the portfolio and it
  may lose more than it originally invested in the derivative.

  If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, the portfolio may have
  to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to meet its
  minimum daily margin requirement. The portfolio may lose its margin deposits
  if a broker-dealer with whom it has an open futures contract or related option
  becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.

 EQUITY SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Equity Securities

  Common Stocks

  Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company. Common stocks usually
  carry voting rights and earn dividends. Unlike preferred stocks, which are
  described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are declared at
  the discretion of the company's board of directors.

                                     II-16
<PAGE>

  Preferred Stocks

  Preferred stocks are also units of ownership in a company. Preferred stocks
  normally have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the
  liquidation of the company. However, in all other resects, preferred stocks
  are subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer. Unlike common stocks,
  preferred stocks are generally not entitled to vote on corporate matters.
  Types of preferred stocks include adjustable-rate preferred stock, fixed
  dividend preferred stock, perpetual preferred stock, and sinking fund
  preferred stock. Generally, the market values of preferred stock with a fixed
  dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates
  and perceived credit risk.

  Convertible Securities

  Convertible securities are debt securities and preferred stocks that are
  convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio. In
  exchange for the conversion feature, many corporations will pay a lower rate
  of interest on convertible securities than debt securities of the same
  corporation. Their market price tends to go up if the stock price moves up.

  Convertible securities are subject to the same risks as similar securities
  without the convertible feature. The price of a convertible security is more
  volatile during times of steady interest rates than other types of debt
  securities.

  Rights and Warrants

  A right is a privilege granted to exiting shareholders of a corporation to
  subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued. Rights
  normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely transferable
  and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower price than the
  public offering price. Warrants are securities that are usually issued
  together with a debt security or preferred stock and that give the holder the
  right to buy proportionate amount of common stock at a specified price.
  Warrants are freely transferable and are traded on major exchanges. Unlike
  rights, warrants normally have a life that measured in years and entitle the
  holder to buy common stock of a company at a price that is usually higher than
  the market price at the time the warrant is issued. Corporations often issue
  warrants to make the accompanying debt security more attractive.

  An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain
  other types of investments. Generally, rights and warrants do not carry the
  right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the
  underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of
  the issuer. In addition, their value does not necessarily change with the
  value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if they are
  not exercised on or before their expiration date. Investing in rights and
  warrants increases the potential profit or loss to be realized from the
  investment as compared with investing the same amount in the underlying
  securities.

Risks of Investing in Equity Securities

  General Risks of Investing in Stocks

  While investing in stocks allows a portfolio to participate in the benefits of
  owning a company, the portfolio must accept the risks of ownership. Unlike
  bondholders, who have preference to a company's earnings and cash flow,
  preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in order of priority,
  are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets its other
  obligations. For this reason, the value of a company's stock will usually
  react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company's financial
  condition or prospects than its debt obligations. Stockholders of a company
  that fares poorly can lose money.

  Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of rising
  and falling stock prices. The value of a company's stock may fall because of:

  .  Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made by its
     management or lower demand for the company's products or services;

                                     II-17
<PAGE>

  .  Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production
     costs; and

  .  Changes in financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated to the
     company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates, currency
     exchange rates or inflation rates.

  Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other
  obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer
  will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more
  senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

  Small and Medium-Sized Companies

  A small or medium-sized company is a company whose market capitalization falls
  with the range specified in the prospectus of the portfolio. Investors in
  small and medium-sized companies typically take on greater risk and price
  volatility than they would by investing in larger, more established companies.
  This increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of their small or
  medium size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and
  frequent lack of management depth. The securities of small and medium
  companies are often traded in the over-the-counter market and might not be
  traded in volumes typical of securities traded on a national securities
  exchange. Thus, the securities of small and medium capitalization companies
  are likely to be less liquid, and subject to more abrupt or erratic market
  movements, than securities of larger, more established companies.

  Technology Companies

  Stocks of technology companies have tended to be subject to greater volatility
  than securities of companies that are not dependent upon or associated with
  technological issues.  Technology companies operate in various industries.
  Since these industries frequently share common characteristics, an event or
  issue affecting one industry may significantly influence other, related
  industries.  For example, technology companies may be strongly affected by
  worldwide scientific or technological developments and their products and
  services may be subject to governmental regulation or adversely affected by
  governmental policies.


FOREIGN SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities are debt and equity securities that are traded in markets
  outside of the United States.  The markets in which these securities are
  located can be developed or emerging.  People can invest in foreign securities
  in a number of ways:

  .  They can invest directly in foreign securities denominated in a foreign
     currency;

  .  They can invest in American Depositary Receipts; and

  .  They can invest in investment funds.

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership of
  shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository banks
  and generally trade on an established market in the United States or
  elsewhere. A custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer's
  home country holds the underlying shares in trust. The depository bank may not
  have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge
  fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and
  corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying
  foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs
  continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly
  in foreign securities.

                                     II-18
<PAGE>

  Emerging Markets

  An "emerging country" is generally country that the International Bank for
  Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Finance
  Corporation would consider to be an emerging or developing country. Typically,
  emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of
  industrialization, with lower gross national products (GNP) than more
  developed countries. There are currently over 130 countries that the
  international financial community generally considers to be emerging or
  developing countries, approximately 40 of which currently have stock markets.
  These countries generally include every nation in the world except the United
  States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most nations located in
  Western Europe.

  Investment Funds

  Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the
  securities of their companies.  Certain emerging countries, however, permit
  indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and traded
  on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have specifically
  authorized.  The portfolio may invest in these investment funds subject to the
  provisions of the 1940 Act.  If a portfolio invests in such investment funds,
  its shareholders will bear not only their proportionate share of the expenses
  of the portfolio (including operating expenses and the fees of the adviser),
  but also will bear indirectly bear similar expenses of the underlying
  investment funds.  In addition, these investment funds may trade at a premium
  over their net asset value.

Risks of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S. entities
  with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks in addition
  to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

  Political and Economic Factors

  Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military action
  or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value of foreign
  investments.  Listed below are some of the more important political and
  economic factors that could negatively affect a portfolio's investments.

  .  The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of the
     United States in such areas as growth of gross national product, rate of
     inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, budget deficits
     and national debt;

  .  Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree, through
     ownership interests or regulation, in their respective economies. Actions
     by these governments could significantly influence the market prices of
     securities and payment of dividends;

  .  The economies of many foreign countries are dependent on international
     trade and their trading partners and they could be severely affected if
     their trading partners were to enact protective trade barriers and economic
     conditions;

  .  The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less stable
     than in the United States. Other countries face significant external
     political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by other countries
     or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes; and

  .  A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S. investors,
     including expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation
     and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A country may restrict or
     control foreign investments in its securities markets. These restrictions
     could limit ability of a portfolio to invest a particular country or make
     it very expensive for the portfolio to invest in that country. Some
     countries require prior governmental approval, limit the types or amount of
     securities or companies in which a foreigner can invest. Other countries
     may restrict the ability of foreign investors to repatriate their
     investment income and capital gains.

                                     II-19
<PAGE>

  Information and Supervision

  There is generally less publicly available information about foreign companies
  than companies based in the United States. For example, there are often no
  reports and ratings published about foreign companies comparable to the ones
  written about United States companies. Foreign companies are typically not
  subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards,
  practices and requirements comparable to those applicable United States
  companies. The lack of comparable information makes investment decisions
  concerning foreign countries more difficult and less reliable than domestic
  companies.

  Stock Exchange and Market Risk

  The adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter
  (OTC) market located outside of the United States will be the best available
  market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume
  and sophistication, are generally not as developed as the markets in the
  United States. Foreign stocks markets tend to differ from those in the United
  States in a number of ways:

  .  They are generally not as developed or efficient as, and more volatile,
     than those in the United States;

  .  They have substantially less volume;

  .  Their securities tend to be less liquid and to experience rapid and erratic
     price movements;

  .  Commissions on foreign stocks are generally higher and subject to set
     minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates;

  .  Foreign security trading, settlement and custodial practices are often less
     developed than those in U.S. markets; and

  .  They may have different settlement practices, which may cause delays and
     increase the potential for failed settlements.

  Foreign Currency Risk

  While, the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in United States
  dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in
  foreign currencies. Thus, a change in a the value of a foreign currency
  against the United States dollar will result in a corresponding change in
  value of the securities held by a portfolio. Some of the factors that may
  impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

  .  It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into United States
     dollars and vice versa;

  .  Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the values
     of various currencies, including United States dollars, and their exchange
     rates;

  .  Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or
     selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts,
     since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other
     market forces;

  .  There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign
     currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available through
     dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis;

  .  Available quotation information is generally representative of very large
     round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not reflect
     exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1 million)
     where rates may be less favorable; and

                                     II-20
<PAGE>

  .  The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock
     market. To the extent that a market is closed while the markets for the
     underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may not always reflect
     significant price and rate movements.

  Taxes

  Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest
  income. Although in some countries the portfolio may recover a portion of
  these taxes, the portion it cannot recover will reduce the income the
  portfolio receives from its investments. The portfolio does not expect such
  foreign withholding taxes to have a significant impact on performance.

  Emerging Markets

  Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
  Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than
  those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties of
  investing in less established markets and economies. In particular, countries
  with emerging markets may:

  .  Have relatively unstable governments;

  .  Present greater risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions on
     foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets; and

  .  Offer less protection of property rights than more developed countries.

  .  Have economies that are based on only a few industries, may be highly
     vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may suffer
     from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates.

  .  Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may be
     unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume, potentially
     making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impossible at times.

The Euro

  The single currency for the European Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU"), the
  Euro, is scheduled to replace the national currencies for participating member
  countries over a period that began on January 1, 1999 and ends in July 2002.
  At the end of that period, use of the Euro will be compulsory and countries in
  the EMU will no longer maintain separate currencies in any form. Until then,
  however, each country and issuers within each country are free to choose
  whether to use the Euro.

  On January 1, 1999, existing national currencies became denominations of the
  Euro at fixed rates according to practices prescribed by the European Monetary
  Institute and the Euro became available as a book-entry currency. On or about
  that date, member states began conducting financial market transactions in
  Euros and redenominating many investments, currency balances and transfer
  mechanisms into Euros. The portfolio also anticipates pricing, trading,
  settling and valuing investments whose nominal values remain in their existing
  domestic currencies in Euros. Accordingly, the portfolio expects the
  conversion to the Euro to impact investments in countries that will adopt the
  Euro in all aspects of the investment process, including trading, foreign
  exchange, payments, settlements, cash accounts, custody and accounting. Some
  of the uncertainties surrounding the conversion to the Euro include:

  .  Will the payment and operational systems of banks and other financial
     institutions be ready by the scheduled launch date?

  .  Will the conversion to the Euro have legal consequences on outstanding
     financial contracts that refer to existing currencies rather than Euro?

                                     II-21
<PAGE>

  .  How will existing currencies be exchanged into Euro?

  .  Will suitable clearing and settlement payment systems for the new currency
     be created?


INVESTMENT COMPANIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A portfolio may buy and sell shares of other investment companies.  Such
  investment companies may pay management and other fees that are similar to the
  fees currently paid by a portfolio.  Like other shareholders, each portfolio
  would pay its proportionate share those fees.  Consequently, shareholders of a
  portfolio would pay not only the management fees of the portfolio, but also
  the management fees of the investment company in which the portfolio invests.

  The SEC has granted an order that allows a portfolio to invest the greater of
  5% of its total assets or $2.5 million in the UAM DSI Money Market Portfolio,
  provided that the investment is:

  .  For cash management purposes;

  .  Consistent with a portfolio's investment policies and restrictions; and

  .  The adviser to the investing portfolio waives any fees it earns on the
     assets of the portfolio that are invested in the UAM DSI Money Market
     Portfolio.

  The investing portfolio will bear expenses of the UAM DSI Money Market
  Portfolio on the same basis as all of its other shareholders.


REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  In a repurchase agreement, an investor agrees to buy a security (underlying
  security) from a securities dealer or bank that is a member of the Federal
  Reserve System (counter-party). At the time, the counter-party agrees to
  repurchase the underlying security for the same price, plus interest.
  Repurchase agreements are generally for a relatively short period (usually not
  more than 7 days). The portfolios normally use repurchase agreements to earn
  income on assets that are not invested.

  When it enters into a repurchase agreement, a portfolio will:

  .  Pay for the underlying securities only upon physically receiving them or
     upon evidence of their receipt in book-entry form; and

  .  Require the counter party to add to the collateral whenever the price of
     the repurchase agreement rises above the value of the underlying security
     (i.e., it will require the borrower "mark to the market" on a daily basis).

  If the seller of the security declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes
  financially unable to buy back the security, a portfolio's right to sell the
  security may be restricted.  In addition, the value of the security might
  decline before a portfolio can sell it and a portfolio might incur expenses in
  enforcing its rights.


RESTRICTED SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A portfolio may purchase restricted securities that are not registered for
  sale to the general public but which are eligible for resale to qualified
  institutional investors under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933. Under
  the supervision of the Fund's board, the adviser determines the liquidity of
  such investments by considering all relevant factors. Provided that a dealer
  or institutional trading market in such securities exists, these restricted
  securities are not treated as illiquid securities for purposes of the
  portfolio's investment limitations. The price realized from the sales of these
  securities could be more or less than those originally paid by a portfolio or
  less than what may be considered the fair value of such securities.

                                     II-22
<PAGE>

SECURITIES LENDING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A portfolio may lend a portion of its total assets to broker- dealers or other
  financial institutions. It may then reinvest the collateral it receives in
  short-term securities and money market funds. When a portfolio lends its
  securities, it will follow the following guidelines:

  .  The borrower must provide collateral at least equal to the market value of
     the securities loaned;

  .  The collateral must consist of cash, an irrevocable letter of credit issued
     by a domestic U.S. bank or securities issued or guaranteed by the U. S.
     government;

  .  The borrower must add to the collateral whenever the price of the
     securities loaned rises (i.e., the borrower "marks to the market" on a
     daily basis);

  .  It must be able to terminate the loan at any time;

  .  It must receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may include the
     portfolio investing any cash collateral in interest bearing short-term
     investments); and

  .  It must determine that the borrower is an acceptable credit risk.

  These risks are similar to the ones involved with repurchase agreements. When
  the portfolio lends securities, there is a risk that the borrower fails
  financially become financially unable to honor its contractual obligations.
  If this happens, the portfolio could:

  .  Lose its rights in the collateral and not be able to retrieve the
     securities it lent to the borrower; and

  .  Experience delays in recovering its securities.


SHORT SALES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Description of Short Sales

  Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not own.
  To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from someone
  else to deliver to the buyer.  The investor then replaces the security it
  borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the time of
  replacement. Until it replaces the security, the investor repays the person
  that lent it the security for any interest or dividends that may have accrued
  during the period of the loan.

  Investors typically sell securities short to:

  .  Take advantage of an anticipated decline in prices.

  .  Protect a profit in a security it already owns.

  A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short
  increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the
  portfolio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit if
  the price of the security declines between those dates.

  To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
  which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
  transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
  will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
  premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to pay
  in connection with a short sale.

  The broker will retain the net proceeds of the short sale, to the extent
  necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.

                                     II-23
<PAGE>

Short Sales Against the Box

  In addition, a portfolio may engage in short sales  "against the box".  In a
  short sale against the box, the portfolio agrees to sell at a future date a
  security that it either contemporaneously owns or has the right to acquire at
  no extra cost. A portfolio will incur transaction costs to open, maintain and
  close short sales against the box.

Restrictions on Short Sales

  A portfolio will not short sell a security if:

  .  After giving effect to such short sale, the total market value of all
     securities sold short would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio net
     assets.

  .  The market value of the securities of any single issuer that have been sold
     short by the portfolio would exceed the two percent (2%) of the value of
     the portfolio's net assets.

  .  Such securities would constitute more than two percent (2%) of any class of
     the issuer's securities.

  Whenever a portfolio sells a security short, its custodian segregates an
  amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the difference between (a) the
  market value of the securities sold short at the time they were sold short and
  (b) any cash or U.S. Government securities the portfolio is required to
  deposit with the broker in connection with the short sale (not including the
  proceeds from the short sale). The segregated assets are marked to market
  daily in an attempt to ensure that the amount deposited in the segregated
  account plus the amount deposited with the broker is at least equal to the
  market value of the securities at the time they were sold short.


WHEN-ISSUED, FORWARD COMMITMENT AND DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a market
  exists, but which have not been issued.  In a forward delivery transaction, a
  portfolio contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date
  beyond customary settlement time.  "Delayed delivery" refers to securities
  transactions on the secondary market where settlement occurs in the future. In
  each of these transactions, the parties fix the payment obligation and the
  interest rate that they will receive on the securities at the time the parties
  enter the commitment; however, they do not pay money or deliver securities
  until a later date.  Typically, no income accrues on securities a portfolio
  has committed to purchase before the securities are delivered, although the
  portfolio may earn income on securities it has in a segregated account. A
  portfolio will only enter into these types of transactions with the intention
  of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before the settlement
  date.

  A portfolio uses when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward delivery
  transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield at
  the time of purchase. When a portfolio engages in when-issued, delayed-
  delivery and forward delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to
  consummate the sale.  If the other party fails to complete the sale, a
  portfolio may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a favorable price
  or yield.

  When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward
  delivery basis, the portfolio assumes the rights and risks of ownership of the
  security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of
  settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the
  purchase price.  The yield available in the market when the delivery takes
  place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
  Because a portfolio does not pay for the security until the delivery date,
  these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other
  investments.

  A portfolio will segregate cash and liquid securities equal in value to
  commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery
  transaction.  A portfolio will segregate additional liquid assets daily so
  that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of its commitments.

                                     II-24
<PAGE>

Management Of The Fund

  The governing board manages the business of the Fund. The governing board
  elects officers to manage the day-to-day operations of the Fund and to execute
  policies the board has formulated. The Fund pays each board member who is not
  also an officer or affiliated person (independent board member) a $150
  quarterly retainer fee per active portfolio per quarter and a $2,000 meeting
  fee. In addition, the Fund reimburses each independent board member for travel
  and other expenses incurred while attending board meetings. The $2,000 meeting
  fee and expense reimbursements are aggregated for all of the board members and
  allocated proportionately among the portfolios of the UAM Funds Complex. The
  Fund does not pay board members that are affiliated with the fund for their
  services as board members. UAM, its affiliates or SEI pay the Fund's officers.

  The following table lists the board members and officers of the Fund and
  provides information regarding their present positions, date of birth,
  address, principal occupations during the past five years, aggregate
  compensation received from the Fund and total compensation received from the
  UAM Funds Complex. The UAM Funds Complex is currently comprised of 48
  portfolios. Those people with an asterisk beside their name are "interested
  persons" of the Fund as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. Mr. English does
  have an investment advisory relationship with Investment Counselors of
  Maryland, an investment adviser to one of the portfolios in the UAM Funds
  Complex. However, the Fund does not believe that the relationship is a
  material business relationship, and, therefore, does not consider him to be an
  "interested person" of the Fund. If these circumstances change, the Board will
  determine whether any action is required to change the composition of the
  Board.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                        Total
                                                                                                    Aggregate        Compensation
                                                                                                   Compensation        From UAM
                           Position                                                                from Fund as     Funds Complex
Name, Address, DOB         with Fund         Principal Occupations During the Past 5 years          of 4/30/99      as of 12/31/98
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>                        <S>               <C>                                                   <C>              <C>
John T. Bennett, Jr.       Board Member      President of Squam Investment Management Company,        $8,094           $39,900
College Road -- RFD 3                        Inc. and Great Island Investment Company, Inc.;
Meredith, NH 03253                           President of Bennett Management Company from 1988
1/26/29                                      to 1993.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nancy J. Dunn              Board Member      Financial Officer of World Wildlife Fund since           $8,094           $40,575
10 Garden Street                             January 1999; Vice President for Finance and
Cambridge, MA 02138                          Administration and Treasurer of Radcliffe College
8/14/51                                      from 1991 to 1999.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William A. Humenuk         Board Member      Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative        $8,094           $40,936
100 King Street West                         Officer of Philip Services Corp.; Formerly, a
P.O. Box 2440, LCD-1                         Partner in the Philadelphia office of the law firm
Hamilton  Ontario,                           Dechert Price & Rhoads and a Director of Hofler
Canada L8N-4J6                               Corp.
4/21/42
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Philip D. English          Board Member      President and Chief Executive Officer of                 $8,094           $40,702
16 West Madison Street                       Broventure Company, Inc.; Chairman of the Board of
Baltimore, MD 21201                          Chektec Corporation and Cyber Scientific, Inc.
8/5/48
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
James P. Pappas*           Board Member      President of UAM Investment Services, Inc. since            0                 0
211 Congress Street                          March 1999; Vice President UAM Trust Company since
Boston, MA  02110                            January 1996; Principal of UAM Fund Distributors,
2/24/53                                      Inc. since December 1995; Vice President of UAM
                                             Investment Services, Inc. from January 1996 to
                                             March 1999 and a Director and Chief Operating
                                             Officer of CS First Boston Investment Management
                                             from 1993-1995.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Norton H. Reamer*          Board Member;     Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a Director            0                 0
One International Place    President and     of United Asset Management Corporation; Director,
Boston, MA 02110           Chairman          Partner or Trustee of each of the Investment
3/21/35                                      Companies of the Eaton Vance Group of Mutual Funds.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                     II-25
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                        Total
                                                                                                    Aggregate        Compensation
                                                                                                   Compensation        From UAM
                           Position                                                                from Fund as     Funds Complex
Name, Address, DOB         with Fund         Principal Occupations During the Past 5 years          of 4/30/99      as of 12/31/98
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>                        <S>               <C>                                                   <C>              <C>
Peter M. Whitman, Jr.*     Board Member      President and Chief Investment Officer of Dewey             0                 0
One Financial Center                         Square Investors Corporation since 1988; Director
Boston, MA 02111                             and Chief Executive Officer of H.T. Investors,
7/1/43                                       Inc., formerly a subsidiary of Dewey Square.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William H. Park            Vice President    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial                0                 0
One International Place                      Officer of United Asset Management Corporation.
Boston, MA 02110
9/19/47
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gary L. French             Treasurer         President of UAMFSI and UAMFDI; Treasurer of the            0                 0
211 Congress Street                          Fidelity Group of Mutual Funds from 1991 to 1995;
Boston, MA 02110                             held various other offices with Fidelity
7/4/51                                       Investments from November 1990 to March 1995.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael E. DeFao           Secretary         Vice President and General Counsel of UAMFSI and            0                 0
211 Congress Street                          UAMFDI; Associate Attorney of Ropes & Gray (a law
Boston, MA 02110                             firm) from 1993 to 1995.
2/28/68
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert R. Flaherty         Assistant         Vice President of UAMFSI; Manager of Fund                   0                 0
211 Congress Street        Treasurer         Administration and Compliance of CGFSC from 1995
Boston, MA 02110                             to 1996; Senior Manager of Deloitte & Touche LLP
9/18/63                                      from 1985 to 1995.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael J. Leary           Assistant         Vice President of Chase Global Funds Services               0                 0
73 Tremont Street          Treasurer         Company since 1993.  Manager of Audit at Ernst &
Boston, MA  02108                            Young from 1988 to 1993.
11/23/65
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michelle Azrialy           Assistant         Assistant Treasurer of Chase Global Funds Services          0                 0
73 Tremont Street          Secretary         Company since 1996.  Senior Public Accountant with
Boston, MA 02108                             Price Waterhouse LLP from 1991 to 1994.
4/12/69
</TABLE>


Investment Advisory and Other Services


INVESTMENT ADVISER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Control Of Adviser

  Each adviser is a subsidiary of UAM. UAM is a holding company incorporated in
  Delaware in December 1980 for the purpose of acquiring and owning firms
  engaged primarily in institutional investment management. Since its first
  acquisition in August 1983, UAM has acquired or organized more than 50 UAM
  Affiliated Firms. UAM believes that permitting UAM Affiliated Firms to retain
  control over their investment advisory decisions is necessary to allow them to
  continue to provide investment management services that are intended to meet
  the particular needs of their respective clients. Accordingly, after
  acquisition by UAM, UAM Affiliated Firms continue to operate under their own
  firm name, with their own leadership and individual investment philosophy and
  approach. Each UAM Affiliated Firm manages its own business independently on a
  day-to-day basis. Investment strategies employed and securities selected by
  UAM Affiliated Firms are separately chosen by each of them. Several UAM
  Affiliated Firms also act as investment advisers to separate series or
  portfolios of the UAM Funds Complex.

                                     II-26
<PAGE>

Investment Advisory Agreement

   This section summarizes some of the important provisions of each of the
   portfolio's Investment Advisory Agreements. The Fund has filed each agreement
   with the SEC as part of its registration statement on Form N-1A.

   Service Performed by Adviser

   Each adviser:

   .  Manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the portfolios;

   .  Continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment program of
      the portfolios; and

   .  Determines what portion of portfolio's assets will be invested in
      securities and what portion will consist of cash.

   Limitation of Liability

   In the absence of (1) willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence on
   the part of the adviser in the performance of its obligations and duties
   under the Advisory Agreement, (2) reckless disregard by the adviser of its
   obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement, or (3) a loss resulting
   from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation
   for services, the adviser shall not be subject to any liability whatsoever to
   the Fund, for any error of judgment, mistake of law or any other act or
   omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services under the
   Advisory Agreement.

   Continuing an Advisory Agreement

   An Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect for periods of one year
   so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a:

   .  Majority of those Members who are not parties to the Investment Advisory
      Agreement or interested persons of any such party;

   .  (2) (a) majority of the Members or (b) a majority of the shareholders of
      the portfolio.

   Terminating an Advisory Agreement

   The Fund may terminate an Investment Advisory Agreement at any time, without
   the payment of any penalty if:

   .  A majority of the portfolio's shareholders vote to do so; and

   .  It gives the adviser 60 days' written notice.

   .  The adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreements at any time, without the
      payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' written notice to the Fund. An
      Advisory Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate if it is
      assigned.

DISTRIBUTOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   UAMFDI is the Fund's distributor. The Fund offers its shares continuously.
   While UAMFDI will use its best efforts to sell shares of the Fund, it is not
   obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. UAMFDI receives no
   compensation for its services, and any amounts it may receive under a Service
   and Distribution Plan are passed through in their entirety to third parties.
   UAMFDI, an affiliate of UAM, is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston,
   Massachusetts 02110.

                                     II-27
<PAGE>

SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PLANS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   The Fund has adopted a Distribution Plan and a Shareholder Servicing Plan
   (the "Plans") for their Institutional Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule
   12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

Shareholder Servicing Plan

   The Shareholder Servicing Plan (Service Plan) permits the Fund to compensate
   broker-dealers or other financial institutions (Service Agents) that have
   agreed with UAMFDI to provide administrative support services to
   Institutional Service Class shareholders that are their customers. Under the
   Service Plan, Institutional Service Class Shares may pay service fees at the
   maximum annual rate of 0.25% of the average daily net asset value of such
   shares held by the Service Agent for the benefit of its customers. The Fund
   pays these fees out of the assets allocable to Institutional Service Class
   Shares to UAMFDI, to the Service Agent directly or through UAMFDI. Each item
   for which a payment may be made under the Service Plan constitutes personal
   service and/or shareholder account maintenance and may constitute an expense
   of distributing Fund Service Class Shares as the SEC construes such term
   under Rule 12b-1. Services for which Institutional Service Class Shares may
   compensate Service Agents include:

   .  Acting as the sole shareholder of record and nominee for beneficial
      owners.

   .  Maintaining account records for such beneficial owners of the Fund's
      shares.

   .  Opening and closing accounts.

   .  Answering questions and handling correspondence from shareholders about
      their accounts.

   .  Processing shareholder orders to purchase, redeem and exchange shares.

   .  Handling the transmission of funds representing the purchase price or
      redemption proceeds.

   .  Issuing confirmations for transactions in the Fund's shares by
      shareholders.

   .  Distributing current copies of prospectuses, statements of additional
      information and shareholder reports.

   .  Assisting customers in completing application forms, selecting dividend
      and other account options and opening any necessary custody accounts.

   .  Providing account maintenance and accounting support for all transactions.

   .  Performing such additional shareholder services as may be agreed upon by
      the Fund and the Service Agent, provided that any such additional
      shareholder services must constitute a permissible non-banking activity in
      accordance with the then current regulations of, and interpretations
      thereof by, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, if
      applicable.

Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan

   The Distribution Plan permits the portfolio to pay UAMFDI or others for
   certain distribution, promotional and related expenses involved in marketing
   its Institutional Service Class Shares. Under the Distribution Plan,
   Institutional Service Class Shares may pay distribution fees at the maximum
   annual rate of 0.75% of the average daily net asset value of such shares held
   by the Service Agent for the benefit of its customers. These expenses
   include, among other things:

   .  Advertising the availability of services and products.

   .  Designing materials to send to customers and developing methods of making
      such materials accessible to customers.

   .  Providing information about the product needs of customers.

                                     II-28
<PAGE>

   *  Providing facilities to solicit Fund sales and to answer questions from
      prospective and existing investors about the Fund.

   *  Receiving and answering correspondence from prospective investors,
      including requests for sales literature, prospectuses and statements of
      additional information.

   *  Displaying and making available sales literature and prospectuses.

   *  Acting as liaison between shareholders and the Fund, including obtaining
      information from the Fund and providing performance and other information
      about the Fund.

   In addition, the Service Class Shares may make payments directly to other
   unaffiliated parties, who either aid in the distribution of their shares or
   provide services to the Class.

Fees Paid under the Service and Distribution Plans

   The Plans permit Institutional Service Class shares to pay distribution and
   service fees at the maximum annual rate of 1.00% of the class' average daily
   net assets for the year. The Fund's governing board has limited the amount
   the Institutional Service Class may pay under the Plans to 0.40% of the
   class' average daily net assets for the year, and may increase such amount to
   the plan maximum at any time.

   The Fund will not reimburse the Distributor or others for distribution
   expenses incurred in excess of the amount permitted by the Plans.

   Subject to seeking best price and execution, the Fund may buy or sell
   portfolio securities through firms that receive payments under the Plans.
   UAMFDI, at its own expense, may pay dealers for aid in distribution or for
   aid in providing administrative services to shareholders.

Approving, Amending and Terminating the Fund's Distribution Arrangements

   Shareholders of the portfolio have approved the Plans. The Plans also were
   approved by the governing board of the Fund, including a majority of the
   members of the board who are not interested persons of the Fund and who have
   no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans (Plan
   Members), by votes cast in person at meetings called for the purpose of
   voting on these Plans.

   Continuing the Plans

   The Plans continue in effect from year to year so long as they are approved
   annually by a majority of the Fund's board members and its Plan Members. To
   continue the Plans, the board must determine whether such continuation is in
   the best interest of the Institutional Service Class shareholders and that
   there is a reasonable likelihood of the Plans providing a benefit to the
   Class. The Fund's board has determined that the Fund's distribution
   arrangements are likely to benefit the Fund and its shareholders by enhancing
   the Fund's ability to efficiently service the accounts of its Institutional
   Service Class shareholders.

   Amending the Plans

   A majority of the Fund's governing board and a majority of its the Plan
   Members must approve any material amendment to the Plans. Likewise, any
   amendment materially increasing the maximum percentage payable under the
   Plans must be approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of
   the Class, as well as by a majority of the Plan Members.

                                     II-29
<PAGE>

   Terminating the Plans

   A majority of the Plan Members or a majority of the outstanding voting
   securities of the Class may terminate the Plans at any time without penalty.
   In addition, the Plans will terminate automatically upon their assignment.

   Miscellaneous

   So long as the Plans are in effect, the non-interested board members will
   select and nominate the Plan Members of the Fund.

   The Fund and UAMFDI intend to comply with the Conduct Rules of the National
   Association of Securities Dealers relating to investment company sales
   charges. with these rules.

   Pursuant to the Plans, the board reviews, at least quarterly, a written
   report of the amounts expended under each agreement with Service Agents and
   the purposes for which the expenditures were made.

Additional Non-12b-1 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements

   In addition to payments by the Fund under the Plans, UAM and any of its
   affiliates, may, at its own expense, compensate a Service Agent or other
   person for marketing, shareholder servicing, record-keeping and/or other
   services performed with respect to the Fund, the portfolio or any class of
   shares of the portfolio. The person making such payments may do so out of its
   revenues, its profits or any other source available to it. Such services
   arrangements, when in effect, are made generally available to all qualified
   service providers. The adviser may also compensate its affiliated companies
   for referring investors to the portfolio.


ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

Administrator

   Pursuant to a Fund Administration Agreement with the Fund, UAMFSI manages,
   administers and conducts the general business activities of the Fund. As a
   part of its responsibilities, UAMFSI provides and oversees the provision by
   various third parties of administrative, fund accounting, dividend disbursing
   and transfer agent services for the Fund. UAMFSI, an affiliate of UAM, has
   its principal office at 211 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

   UAMFSI will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its
   services under the Fund Administration Agreement. Other expenses to be
   incurred in the operation of the Fund will be borne by the Fund or other
   parties, including:

   *  Taxes, interest, brokerage fees and commissions;

   *  Salaries and fees of officers and members of the board who are not
      officers, directors, shareholders or employees of an affiliate of UAM,
      including UAMFSI, UAMFDI or the adviser;

   *  SEC fees and state Blue-Sky fees;

   *  EDGAR filing fees;

   *  Processing services and related fees;

   *  Advisory and administration fees;

   *  Charges and expenses of pricing and data services, independent public
      accountants and custodians;

   *  Insurance premiums including fidelity bond premiums;

   *  Outside legal expenses;

                                     II-30
<PAGE>

   *  Costs of maintenance of corporate existence;

   *  Typesetting and printing of prospectuses for regulatory purposes and for
      distribution to current shareholders of the Fund;

   *  Printing and production costs of shareholders' reports and corporate
      meetings;

   *  Cost and expenses of Fund stationery and forms;

   *  Costs of special telephone and data lines and devices;

   *  Trade association dues and expenses; and

   *  Any extraordinary expenses and other customary Fund expenses.

   The Fund Administration Agreement continues in effect from year to year if
   the board specifically approves such continuance every year. The fund or
   UAMFSI may terminate the Fund Administration Agreement, without penalty, on
   not less than ninety (90) days' written notice. The Fund Administration
   Agreement automatically terminates upon its assignment by UAMFSI without the
   prior written consent of the Fund.

   UAMFSI will from time to time employ other people to assist it in performing
   its duties under the Fund Administration Agreement. Such people may be
   officers and employees who are employed by both UAMFSI and the Fund. UAMFSI
   will pay such people for such employment. The Fund will not incur any
   obligations with respect to such people.

Sub-Administrator

   UAMFSI has subcontracted some of the its administrative and fund accounting
   services to CGFSC, an affiliate of The Chase Manhattan Bank, under a Mutual
   Funds Service Agreement dated October 26, 1998. CGFSC is located at 73
   Tremont Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent

   UAMFSI has subcontracted its transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent
   services to DST Systems, Inc. under an Agency Agreement between UAMFSI and
   DST Systems Inc. DST Systems, Inc., is located at P.O. Box 419534, Kansas
   City, Missouri 64141-6534.

   UAMSSC serves as sub-shareholder servicing agent for the Fund under an
   agreement between UAMSSC and UAMFSI. The principal place of business of
   UAMSSC is 825 Duportail Road, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087.

Administrative Fees

   Each portfolio pays UAMFSI and CGFSC for the administrative services they
   provide. For more information concerning these fees, see "How Much does the
   Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?" in Part I of this SAI.


CUSTODIAN

   The Chase Manhattan Bank, 3 Chase MatroTech Center, Brooklyn, New York,
   11245, provides for the custody of the Fund's assets pursuant to the terms of
   a custodian agreement with the Fund.



INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT

   PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110,
   serves as independent accountant for the Fund.

                                     II-31
<PAGE>

Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices



SELECTION OF BROKERS

   The Advisory Agreement authorizes the adviser to select the brokers or
   dealers that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities
   for the portfolio. The Advisory Agreement also directs the adviser to use its
   best efforts to obtain the best execution with respect to all transactions
   for the portfolio. The adviser may select brokers based on research,
   statistical and pricing services they provide to the adviser. Information and
   research provided by a broker will be in addition to, and not instead of, the
   services the adviser is required to perform under the Advisory Agreement. In
   so doing, the portfolio may pay higher commission rates than the lowest rate
   available when the adviser believes it is reasonable to do so in light of the
   value of the research, statistical, and pricing services provided by the
   broker effecting the transaction.

   It is not the practice of the Fund to allocate brokerage or effect principal
   transactions with dealers based on sales of shares that a broker-dealer firm
   makes. However, the Fund may place trades with qualified broker-dealers who
   recommend the Fund or who act as agents in the purchase of Fund shares for
   their clients.


SIMULTANEOUS TRANSACTIONS

   The adviser makes investment decisions for the portfolio independently of
   decisions made for its other clients. When a security is suitable for the
   investment objective of more than one client, it may be prudent for the
   adviser to engage in a simultaneous transaction, that is, buy or sell the
   same security for more than one client. The adviser strives to allocate such
   transactions among its clients, including the portfolio, in a fair and
   reasonable manner. Although there is no specified formula for allocating such
   transactions, the Fund's governing board periodically reviews the various
   allocation methods used by the adviser.


BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS

Equity Securities

   Generally, equity securities are bought and sold through brokerage
   transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters
   will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from
   dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer's mark-up or reflect a
   dealer's mark-down.

Debt Securities

   Debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an
   underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, a portfolio will
   not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases. When a debt security is
   bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an
   underwriting commission or concession. The purchase price for securities
   bought from dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the
   dealer's mark up or reflect a dealer's mark down. When the portfolio executes
   transactions in the over-the-counter market, it will deal with primary market
   makers unless prices that are more favorable are otherwise obtainable.

                                     II-32
<PAGE>

Capital Stock and Other Securities


THE FUND

   The Fund was organized under the name "The Regis Fund II" as a Delaware
   business trust on May 18, 1994. On October 31, 1995, the Fund changed its
   name to "UAM Funds Trust." The Fund's principal executive office is located
   at 211 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02110; however, shareholders should direct
   all correspondence to the address listed on the cover of this SAI.


DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND VOTING RIGHTS

   The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an
   unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, without par value. The
   Board has the power to designate one or more series (portfolios) or classes
   of shares of beneficial interest without shareholder approval. The Board has
   authorized three classes of shares: Institutional Class, Institutional
   Service Class, and Advisor Class. Not all of the portfolios issue all of the
   classes.

Description of Shares

   When issued and paid for, the shares of each series and class of the Fund are
   fully paid and nonassessable, and have no pre-emptive rights or preference as
   to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other features. The shares
   of the Fund have noncumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of
   more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of board members can
   elect 100% of the board if they choose to do so. On each matter submitted to
   a vote of the shareholders, a shareholder is entitled to one vote for each
   full share held (and a fractional vote for each fractional share held), then
   standing in his name on the books of the Fund. Shares of all classes will
   vote together as a single class except when otherwise required by law or as
   determined by the Board.

   If the Fund is liquidated, the shareholders of each portfolio or any class
   thereof are entitled to receive the net assets belonging to that portfolio,
   or in the case of a class, belonging to that portfolio and allocable to that
   class. The Fund will distribute is net assets to its shareholders in
   proportion to the number of shares of that portfolio or class thereof held by
   them and recorded on the books of the Fund. A majority of the Board may
   authorize the liquidation of any portfolio or class at any time.

   The Fund will not hold annual meetings except when required to by the 1940
   Act or other applicable law.

Class Differences

   The Board has authorized three classes of shares, Institutional,
   Institutional Service and Advisor. The three classes represent interests in
   the same assets of the portfolio and, except as discussed below, are
   identical in all respects.

   *  Institutional Service Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder
      servicing and the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting
      rights with respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures.

   *  Advisor Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder servicing and
      the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting rights with
      respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures. Advisor
      Shares also charge a sales load on purchases.

   *  Each class of shares has different exchange privileges.

   Distribution and shareholder servicing fees reduce a class's:

   *  Net income

                                     II-33
<PAGE>

   *  Dividends

   *  NAV to the extent the portfolio has undistributed net income.


DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS

Dividend and Distribution Options

   There are three ways for shareholders to receive dividends and capital gains:

   *  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are reinvested in
      additional shares at net asset value;

   *  Income dividends are paid in cash and capital gains distributions are
      reinvested in additional shares at NAV; and

   *  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash.

   Unless the shareholder elects otherwise in writing, the fund will
   automatically reinvest all dividends in additional shares of the portfolio at
   NAV (as of the business day following the record date). Shareholders may
   change their dividend and distributions option by writing to the fund at
   least three days before the record date for income dividend or capital gain
   distribution.

   The fund sends account statements to shareholders whenever it pays an income
   dividend or capital gains distribution.

Taxes on Distributions

   Each portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment
   income and net realized capital gains so as to avoid income taxes on its
   dividends and distributions and the imposition of the federal excise tax on
   undistributed income and capital gains. However, a portfolio cannot predict
   the time or amount of any such dividends or distributions.

   Each portfolio will be treated as a separate entity (and hence as a separate
   "regulated investment company") for federal tax purposes. The capital
   gains/losses of one portfolio will not be offset against the capital
   gains/losses of another portfolio.

"Buying a Dividend"

   Distributions by the portfolio reduce its NAV. A distribution that reduces
   the NAV of the portfolio below its cost basis is taxable as described in the
   prospectus of the portfolio, although from an investment standpoint, it is a
   return of capital. If you buy shares of the portfolio on or just before the
   "record date" (the date that establishes which shareholders will receive an
   upcoming distribution) for a distribution, you will receive some of the money
   you invested as a taxable distribution.

                                     II-34
<PAGE>

Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares


NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating NAV
     The purchase and redemption price of the shares of a portfolio is equal to
     the NAV of the portfolio. The Fund calculates the NAV of a portfolio by
     subtracting its liabilities from its total assets and dividing the result
     by the total number of shares outstanding. For purposes of this
     calculation:

     .  Liabilities include accrued expenses and dividends payable; and

     .  Total assets include the market value of the securities held by the
        portfolio, plus cash and other assets plus income accrued but not yet
        received.

     Each portfolio normally calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on
     the NYSE every day the NYSE is open for trading. The NYSE usually closes at
     4:00 p.m. The NYSE is closed on the following days: New Year's Day, Dr.
     Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day,
     Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

How the Fund Values it Assets

     Equity Securities
     Equity securities listed on a securities exchange for which market
     quotations are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price
     of the day. Price information on listed securities is taken from the
     exchange where the security is primarily traded. Unlisted equity securities
     and listed securities not traded on the valuation date for which market
     quotations are readily available are valued neither exceeding the asked
     prices nor less than the bid prices. Quotations of foreign securities in a
     foreign currency are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents. The converted
     value is based upon the bid price of the foreign currency against U.S.
     dollars quoted by any major bank or by a broker.

     Debt Securities
     Debt securities are valued according to the broadest and most
     representative market, which will ordinarily be the over-the-counter
     market. Debt securities may be valued based on prices provided by a pricing
     service when such prices are believed to reflect the fair market value of
     such securities. Securities purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days
     or less are valued at amortized cost when the governing board determines
     that amortized cost reflects fair value.

     Other Assets
     The value of other assets and securities for which no quotations are
     readily available (including restricted securities) is determined in good
     faith at fair value using methods determined by the governing board.


PURCHASE OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Service Agents may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of their
     customers. To do so, the Service Agent must receive your investment order
     before the close of trading on the NYSE and must transmit it to the fund
     before the close of its business day to receive that day's share price. The
     fund must receive proper payment for the order by the time the portfolio
     calculates its NAV on the following business day. Service Agents are
     responsible to their customers and the Fund for timely

                                     II-35
<PAGE>

     transmission of all subscription and redemption requests, investment
     information, documentation and money.

     Shareholders can buy full and fractional (calculated to three decimal
     places) shares of a portfolio. The fund will not issue certificates for
     fractional shares and will only issue certificates for whole shares upon
     the written request of a shareholder.

     The Fund may reduce or waive the minimum for initial and subsequent
     investment for certain fiduciary accounts, such as employee benefit plans
     or under circumstances, where certain economies can be achieved in sales of
     the portfolio's shares.

In-Kind Purchases
     At its discretion, the Fund may permit shareholders to purchase shares of
     the portfolio with securities, instead of cash. If the Fund allows a
     shareholder to make an in-kind purchase, it will value such securities
     according to the policies described under "VALUATION OF SHARES" at the next
     determination of net asset value after acceptance. The Fund will issue
     shares of the portfolio at the NAV of the portfolio determined as of the
     same time.

     The Fund will only acquire securities through an in-kind purchase for
     investment and not for immediate resale. The Fund will only accept in-kind
     purchases if the transaction meets the following conditions:

     .  The securities are eligible investments for the portfolio;

     .  The securities have readily available market quotations;

     .  The investor represents and agrees that the securities are liquid and
        that there are no restrictions on their resale imposed by the 1933 Act
        or otherwise;

     .  All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to
        such securities become the property of the portfolio and are delivered
        to the fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer; and

     .  Immediately after the transaction is complete, the value of all
        securities of the same issuer held by the portfolio cannot exceed 5% of
        the net assets of the portfolio. This condition does not apply to U.S.
        government securities.

     Investors who are subject to Federal taxation upon exchange may realize a
     gain or loss for federal income tax purposes depending upon the cost of
     securities or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such
     exchanges should contact the adviser.


REDEMPTION OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     When you redeem, your shares may be worth more or less than the price you
     paid for them depending on the market value of the investments held by the
     portfolio.

By Mail
     Requests to redeem shares must include:

     .  Share certificates, if issued;

     .  A letter of instruction or an assignment specifying the number of shares
        or dollar amount the shareholder wishes to redeem signed by all
        registered owners of the shares in the exact names in which they are
        registered;

     .  Any required signature guarantees (see "Signature Guarantees"); and


                                     II-36
<PAGE>

     .  Estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension
        and profit sharing plans and other organizations must submit any other
        necessary legal documents.

By Telephone
     Shareholders may not do the following by telephone:

     .  Change the name of the commercial bank or the account designated to
        receive redemption proceeds. To change an account in this manner, you
        must submit a written request signed by each shareholder, with each
        signature guaranteed).

     .  Redeem shares represented by a certificate.

     The fund and its UAMSSC will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that
     instructions communicated by telephone are genuine, and they may be liable
     for any losses if they fail to do so. These procedures include requiring
     the investor to provide certain personal identification at the time an
     account is opened and before effecting each transaction requested by
     telephone. In addition, all telephone transaction requests will be recorded
     and investors may be required to provide additional telecopied written
     instructions of such transaction requests. The Fund or UAMSSC may be liable
     for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if
     the Fund or the UAMSSC does not employ the procedures described above.
     Neither the Fund nor the UAMSSC will be responsible for any loss,
     liability, cost or expense for following instructions received by telephone
     that it reasonably believes to be genuine.

Redemptions-In-Kind
     If the governing board determines that it would be detrimental to the best
     interests of remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or
     partly in cash, the Fund may pay redemption proceeds in whole or in part by
     a distribution in-kind of liquid securities held by the portfolio in lieu
     of cash in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC. Investors may incur
     brokerage charges on the sale of portfolio securities received in payment
     of redemptions.

     However, the Fund has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all
     redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during
     any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the
     Fund at the beginning of such period. Such commitment is irrevocable
     without the prior approval of the SEC. Redemptions in excess of the above
     limits may be paid in whole or in part, in investment securities or in
     cash, as the Board may deem advisable; however, payment will be made wholly
     in cash unless the governing board believes that economic or market
     conditions exist which would make such a practice detrimental to the best
     interests of the Fund. If redemptions are paid in investment securities,
     such securities will be valued as set forth under "Valuation of Shares." A
     redeeming shareholder would normally incur brokerage expenses if these
     securities were converted to cash.

Signature Guarantees
     The Fund requires signature guarantees for certain types of documents,
     including.

     .  Written requests for redemption;

     .  Separate instruments for assignment ("stock power"), which should
        specify the total number of shares to be redeemed; and

     .  On all stock certificates tendered for redemption.

     The purpose of signature guarantees is to verify the identity of the person
     who has authorized a redemption from your account and to protect your
     account, the Fund and its sub-transfer agent from fraud.


                                     II-37
<PAGE>

     The Fund will accept signature guarantees from any eligible guarantor
     institution, as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
     participates in a signature guarantee program. Eligible guarantor
     institutions include banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national
     securities exchanges, registered securities associations, clearing agencies
     and savings associations. You can get a complete definition of eligible
     guarantor institutions by calling 1-877-826-5465. Broker-dealers
     guaranteeing signatures must be a member of a clearing corporation or
     maintain net capital of at least $100,000. Credit unions must be authorized
     to issue signature guarantees.


Other Redemption Information
     Normally, the Fund will pay for all shares redeemed under proper procedures
     within seven days after it received your request. However, the Fund will
     pay your redemption proceeds earlier as applicable law so requires.

     The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment:

     .  When the NYSE and custodian bank are closed

     .  Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

     .  During any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of
        the Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for
        the portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it, or to fairly
        determine the value of its assets.

     .  For such other periods as the Commission may permit.


EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The exchange privilege is only available with respect to portfolios that
     are qualified for sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges
     are based on the respective net asset values of the shares involved. The
     Institutional Class and Institutional Service Class shares of UAM Funds do
     not charge a sales commission or charge of any kind for exchanges.

     Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be responsible for
     the authenticity of the exchange instructions received by telephone. The
     governing board of the Fund may restrict the exchange privilege at any
     time. Such instructions may include limiting the amount or frequency of
     exchanges and may be for the purpose of assuring such exchanges do not
     disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders.


TRANSFER OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Shareholders may transfer shares of the portfolio to another person by
     making a written request to the Fund. Your request should clearly identify
     the account and number of shares you wish to transfer. All registered
     owners should sign the request and all stock certificates, if any, which
     are subject to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the
     stock certificate or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner
     as described under "Signature Guarantees." As in the case of redemptions,
     the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can
     be made.



Performance Calculations

     A portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
     return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
     are not intended to indicate future performance. The SEC has adopted rules
     that require mutual funds to present performance quotations in a standard
     manner. Mutual funds can present non-standard performance quotations only
     if they also provide


                                     II-38
<PAGE>

     certain standardized performance information that they have computed
     according to the requirements of the SEC. Current yield and average annual
     compounded total return information are calculated using the method of
     computing performance mandated by the SEC.

     The performance is calculated separately for each Class of a portfolio.
     Dividends paid by a portfolio with respect to each Class will be calculated
     in the same manner at the same time on the same day and will be in the same
     amount, except that service fees, distribution charges and any incremental
     transfer agency costs relating to Advisor or Service Class Shares will be
     borne exclusively by that class.


TOTAL RETURN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total return is the change in value of an investment in the portfolio over
     a given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A
     cumulative or aggregate total return reflects actual performance over a
     stated period. An average annual total return is a hypothetical rate of
     return that, if achieved annually, would have produced the same cumulative
     total return if performance had been constant over the entire period.

     The fund calculates the average annual total return of a portfolio by
     finding the average annual compounded rates of return over one, five and
     ten-year periods that would equate an initial hypothetical $1,000
     investment to its ending redeemable value. The calculation assumes that all
     dividends and distributions are reinvested when paid. The quotation assumes
     the amount was completely redeemed at the end of each one, five and ten-
     year period and the deduction of all applicable Fund expenses on an annual
     basis. Since Institutional Service Class Shares bear additional service and
     distribution expenses, their average annual total return will generally be
     lower than that of the Institutional Class Shares.

     The fund calculates these figures according to the following formula:

          P (1 + T)/n/ = ERV

          Where:

          P   =  a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000
          T   =  average annual total return
          n   =  number of years
          ERV =  ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made
                 at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods at the end of
                 the 1, 5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion thereof).


YIELD
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the portfolio over
     a given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate. Yields are
     calculated according to a standard that is required for all mutual funds.
     As this differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may not
     equal the income actually paid to shareholders.

     The current yield is determined by dividing the net investment income per
     share earned during a 30-day base period by the maximum offering price per
     share on the last day of the period and annualizing the result. Expenses
     accrued for the period include any fees charged to all shareholders during
     the base period. Since Institutional Service Class shares bear additional
     service and distribution expenses, their yield will generally be lower than
     that of the Institutional Class Shares.

     Yield is obtained using the following formula:

          Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)/6/-1]

          Where:


                                     II-39
<PAGE>

          a = dividends and interest earned during the period

          b = expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

          c = the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period
              that were entitled to receive income distributions

          d = the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the
              period.


COMPARISONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio's performance may be compared to data prepared by independent
     services which monitor the performance of investment companies, data
     reported in financial and industry publications, and various indices as
     further described in this SAI. This information may also be included in
     sales literature and advertising.

     To help investors better evaluate how an investment in the portfolio of the
     Fund might satisfy their investment objective, advertisements regarding the
     Fund may discuss various measures of Fund performance as reported by
     various financial publications. Advertisements may also compare performance
     (as calculated above) to performance as reported by other investments,
     indices and averages. Please see Appendix B for publications, indices and
     averages that may be used.

     In assessing such comparisons of performance, an investor should keep in
     mind that the composition of the investments in the reported indices and
     averages is not identical to the composition of investments in the
     portfolio, that the averages are generally unmanaged, and that the items
     included in the calculations of such averages may not be identical to the
     formula used by the portfolio to calculate its performance. In addition,
     there can be no assurance that the portfolio will continue this performance
     as compared to such other averages.



Financial Statements

     The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of each
     portfolio, other than the FPA Crescent Portfolio:

     .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999.

     .  Financial highlights for the respective periods presented.

     .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

     The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of FPA Crescent
     Portfolio:

     .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

     .  Financial highlights for the periods presented.

     .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

     Each of the above-referenced documents is incorporated by reference into
     this SAI. However, no other parts of the portfolios' Annual Reports are
     incorporated by reference herein. Shareholders may get copies of the
     portfolios' Annual Reports free of charge by calling the UAM Funds at the
     telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.


                                     II-40
<PAGE>




                                III:  Glossary





                                     III-1
<PAGE>

1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Adviser means the investment adviser of the portfolio.

All terms that this SAI does not otherwise define, have the same meaning in the
SAI as they do in the prospectus(es) of the portfolios.

Board member refers to a single member of the Fund's Board.

Board refers to the Fund's Board of Trustees as a group.

CGFSC is Chase Global Funds Service Company, the Fund's sub-administrator.

Distribution Plan refers to the Distribution Plan the Fund has adopted for its
Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

Fund refers to UAM Funds Trust.

Governing Board, see Board.

NAV is the net asset value per share of a portfolio. You can find information on
how the fund calculates this number under "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of
Shares."

NYSE is the New York Stock Exchange. Also known as "The Exchange" or "The Big
Board," the NYSE is located on Wall Street and is the largest exchange in the
United States.

Plan member refers to members of the board who are not interested persons of the
Fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of
the Plans.

Plans refers to the Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plans the Fund has
adopted for its Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

Portfolio refers to a single series of the Fund, while portfolios refer to all
of the series of the Fund.

SEC is the Securities and Exchange Commission. The SEC is the federal agency
that administers most of the federal securities laws in the United States. In
particular, the SEC administers the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the 1934 Act.

Service Plan refers to the Shareholder Servicing Plan the Fund has adopted for
its Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

Service Class means the Institutional Service Class shares of a portfolio.

UAM Funds Complex includes UAM Funds, Inc., UAM Funds Trust, UAM Funds Inc. II
and all of their portfolios.

UAM is United Asset Management Corporation.

UAMFDI is UAM Fund Distributors, Inc., the Fund's distributor.

UAMFSI is UAM Fund Services, Inc., the Fund's administrator.

UAMSSC is UAM Fund Shareholder Servicing Center, the Fund's sub-shareholder-
servicing agent.



                                     III-2
<PAGE>




                               IV: Appendix A --
                           Description of Securities
                                  and Ratings





                                     IV-1
<PAGE>

Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
<TABLE>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>                 <S>
  aaa               An issue which is rated "aaa" is considered to be a top-quality preferred stock.  This rating indicates good
                    asset protection and the least risk of dividend impairment within the universe of preferred stock.

  aa                An issue which is rated "aa" is considered a high-grade preferred stock.  This rating indicates that there is
                    a reasonable assurance the earnings and asset protection will remain relatively well maintained in the
                    foreseeable future.

  a                 An issue which is rated "a" is considered to be an upper-medium grade preferred stock.  While risks are
                    judged to be somewhat greater than in the "aaa" and "aa" classification, earnings and asset protection are,
                    nevertheless, expected to be maintained at adequate levels.

  baa               An issue which is rated "baa" is considered to be a medium-grade preferred stock, neither highly protected
                    nor poorly secured.  Earnings and asset protection appear adequate at present but may be questionable over
                    any great length of time.

  ba                An issue which is rated "ba" is considered to have speculative elements and its future cannot be considered
                    well assured.  Earnings and asset protection may be very moderate and not well safeguarded during adverse
                    periods.  Uncertainty of position characterizes preferred stocks in this class.

  b                 An issue which is rated "b" generally lacks the characteristics of a desirable investment.  Assurance of
                    dividend payments and maintenance of other terms of the issue over any long periods of time may be small.

  caa               An issue which is rated "caa" is likely to be in arrears on dividend payments.  This rating designation does
                    not purport to indicate the future status of payments.

  ca                An issue which is rated "ca" is speculative in a high degree and is likely to be in arrears on dividends with
                    little likelihood of eventual payments.

  c                 This is the lowest rated class of preferred or preference stock.  Issues so rated can thus be regarded as
                    having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

  Note: Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each rating classification: the modifier 1 indicates that the security
  ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking and the modifier 3 indicates
  that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.


DEBT RATINGS - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Aaa               Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.  They carry the smallest degree of investment
                    risk and are generally referred to as "gilt-edged."  Interest payments are protected by a large or by an
                    exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure.  While the various protective elements are likely to
                    change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of
                    such issues.

  Aa                Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. They are rated lower than the
                    best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of
                    protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the
                    long-term risks appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

  A                 Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium
                    grade obligations.  Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate,  but elements
                    may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-2
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<C>                 <S>
  Baa               Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations, (i.e., they are neither highly
                    protected nor poorly secured).  Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but
                    certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of
                    time.  Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as
                    well.

  Ba                Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as
                    well-assured.  Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate, and thereby not
                    well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future.  Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds
                    in this class.

  B                 Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment.  Assurance of interest
                    and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be
                    small.

  Caa               Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing.  Such issues may be in default or there may be present
                    elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

  Ca                Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high degree.  Such issues are often
                    in default or have other marked shortcomings.

  C                 Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so rated can be regarded as having
                    extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

  Note: Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1
  indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking;
  and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

SHORT-TERM PRIME RATING SYSTEM - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to repay punctually senior debt obligations. These
  obligations have an original maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

  Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of
  rated issuers:

  Prime-1           Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institution) have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term
                    debt obligations.  Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the following characteristics:
  .  High rates of return on funds employed.

  .  Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and ample asset protection.

  .  Broad leading market positions in well-established industries.

  .  margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal cash generation.

  .  Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

  Prime-2           Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong ability for repayment of senior short-term
                    debt obligations.  This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser
                    degree.  Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation.  Capitalization
                    characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions.  Ample alternate
                    liquidity is maintained.

  Prime 3           Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an acceptable ability for repayment of senior
                    short-term obligation.  The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions may be more
                    pronounced.  Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt protection
                    measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage.  Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

  Not Prime         Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-3
<PAGE>

Standard & Poor's Ratings Services

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                <C>
  AAA              This is the highest rating that may be assigned by Standard & Poor's to a preferred stock issue and indicates
                   an extremely strong capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.

  AA               A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a high-quality, fixed-income security. The capacity to pay
                   preferred stock obligations is very strong, although not as overwhelming as for issues rated AAA.

  A                An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations, although it is
                   somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions.

  BBB              An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.
                   Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing
                   circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make payments for a preferred stock in this
                   category than for issues in the A category.

  BB, B, CCC       Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded, on balance, as predominantly speculative with respect to
                   the issuer's capacity to pay preferred stock obligations. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and
                   CCC the highest. While such issues will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are
                   outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

  CC               The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue that is in arrears on dividends or sinking fund
                   payments, but that is currently paying.

  C                A preferred stock rated C is a nonpaying issue.

  D                A preferred stock rated D is a nonpaying issue with the issuer in default on debt instruments.

  N.R.             This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a
                   rating, or that Standard & Poor's does not rate a particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.

  Plus (+) or      To provide more detailed indications of preferred stock quality, ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by
  minus (-)        the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:

  Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with
  the terms of the obligation;

  Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

  Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement
  under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

  AAA               An obligation rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's.  The obligor's capacity to
                    meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

  AA                An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only in small degree.  The obligor's
                    capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

  A                 An obligation  rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and
                    economic conditions than obligations in higher- rated categories.  However, the obligor's capacity to meet
                    its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

  BBB               An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters.  However, adverse economic conditions or
                    changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligator to meet its financial
                    commitment on the obligation.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-4
<PAGE>

  Obligations rated BB, B, CCC , CC and C are regarded as having significant
  speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and
  C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and
  protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or
  major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

<TABLE>
<C>                 <S>
  BB                An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues.  However, it faces
                    major ongoing uncertainties or exposures to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could
                    lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

  B                 An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently
                    has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  Adverse business, financial, or
                    economic conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment
                    on the obligation.

  CCC               An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to non-payment, and is dependent upon favorable business,
                    financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  In
                    the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the
                    capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligations.

  CC                An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

  C                 The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action
                    has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.

  D                 An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are
                    not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's
                    believes that such payments will be made during such grace period.  The D rating also will be used upon the
                    filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are
                    jeopardized.

  Plus (+) or minus (-) The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing
  within the major rating categories.

  r  This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant   noncredit risks.  It highlights risks to principal
  or volatility of expected returns which are not addressed in the credit rating. Examples include: obligation linked or indexed to
  equities, currencies, or commodities; obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as interest-only or principal-only
  mortgage securities; and obligations with unusually risky interest terms, such as inverse floaters.


SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for
  example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days - including commercial paper. Short-term
  ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The
  result is a dual rating in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.
  Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

  A-1               A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor's.  The obligor's
                    capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong.  Within this category, certain
                    obligations are designated with a plus sign (+).  This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its
                    financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

  A-2               A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
                    circumstances and economic conditions than obligation in higher rating categories.  However, the obligor's
                    capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

  A-3               A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters.  However, adverse economic
                    conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet
                    its financial commitment on the obligation.

  B                 A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics.  The obligor
                    currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major
                    ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment
                    on the obligation.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<C>                 <S>
  C                 A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable
                    business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the
                    obligation.

  D                 A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default.  The D rating category is used when payments on an
                    obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard
                    & Poors' believes that such payments will be made during such grace period.  The D rating also will be used
                    upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are
                    jeopardized.

Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.

LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  AAA               Highest credit quality.  The risk factors are negligible, being only slightly more than for risk-free U.S.
                    Treasury debt.

  AA+/AA            High credit quality.  Protection factors are strong.  Risk is modest but may vary slightly from time to time
                    because of economic conditions.

  A+/A/A-           Protection factors are average but adequate.  However, risk factors are more variable in periods of greater
                    economic stress.

  BBB+/BBB          Below-average protection factors but still considered sufficient for prudent investment.  Considerable
  BBB-              variability in risk during economic cycles.

  BB+/BB/BB-        Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations when due.  Present or prospective financial
                    protection factors fluctuate according to industry conditions.  Overall quality may move up or down
                    frequently within this category.

  B+/B/B-           Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligation will not be net when due.  Financial protection
                    factors will fluctuate widely according to economic cycles, industry conditions and/or company fortunes.
                    Potential exists for frequent changes in the rating within this category or into a higher or lower rating
                    grade.

  CCC               Well below investment-grade securities.  Considerable uncertainty exists as to timely payment of principal,
                    interest or preferred dividends.  Protection factors are narrow and risk can be substantial with unfavorable
                    economic/industry conditions, and/or with unfavorable company developments.

  DD                Defaulted debt obligations.  Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.  Issuer
                    failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

  DP                Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.

SHORT-TERM DEBT
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  High Grade
  D-1+              Highest certainty of timely payment.  Short-term liquidity, including internal operating factors and/or
                    access to alternative sources of funds, is outstanding, and safety is just below risk-free U.S. Treasury
                    short-term obligations.

  D-1               Very high certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors are excellent and supported by good fundamental
                    protection factors.  Risk factors are minor.

  D-1-              High certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors are strong and supported by good fundamental protection
                    factors.  Risk factors are very small.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-6
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
Good Grade
<C>                  <S>
  D-2                Good certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors and company fundamentals are sound.  Although ongoing
                     funding needs may enlarge total financing requirements, access to capital markets is good.  Risk factors are
                     small.

Satisfactory Grade
  D-3                Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify issues as to investment grade.  Risk factors are
                     larger and subject to more variation.  Nevertheless, timely payment is expected.

Non-Investment Grade
  D-4                Speculative investment characteristics.  Liquidity is not sufficient to insure against disruption in debt
                     service.  Operating factors and market access may be subject to a high degree of variation.

Default
  D-5                Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

Fitch IBCA Ratings

INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Grade
  AAA                Highest credit quality.  `AAA' ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk.  They are assigned only
                     in case of exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment for financial commitments.  This capacity is
                     highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

  AA                 Very high credit quality.  `AA' ratings denote a very low expectation of credit risk.  They indicate very
                     strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.  This capacity is not significantly vulnerable
                     to foreseeable events.

  A                  High credit quality.   `A' ratings denote a low expectation of credit risk.  The capacity for timely payment
                     of financial commitments is considered strong.  This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to
                     changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

  B                  Good credit quality.  `BBB' ratings indicate that there is currently a low expectation of credit risk.  The
                     capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in
                     circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.  This is the lowest
                     investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade
  BB                 Speculative.  `BB' ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as
                     the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be
                     available to allow financial commitments to be met.  Securities rated in this category are not investment
                     grade.

  B                  Highly speculative.  `B' ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of
                     safety remains.  Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is
                     contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.
</TABLE>
                                     IV-7
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  <C>                <S>
  CCC,CC,C           High default risk.  Default is a real possibility.  Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely
                     reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments.  A `CC' rating indicates that default
                     of some kind appears probable.  `C' ratings signal imminent default.

  DDD,DD,D           Default.  Securities are not meeting current obligations and are extremely speculative.  `DDD' designates
                     the highest potential for recovery of amounts outstanding on any securities involved.  For U.S. corporates,
                     for example, `DD' indicates expected recovery of 50% - 90% of such outstandings, and `D' the lowest recovery
                     potential, i.e. below 50%.

International Short-Term Credit Ratings

  F1                 Highest credit quality.  Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may
                     have an added "+" to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

  F2                 Good credit quality.  A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of
                     safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

  F3                 Fair credit quality.  The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however,
                     near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

  B                  Speculative.  Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term
                     adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

  C                  High default risk.  Default is a real possibility.  Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely
                     reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

  D                  Default.  Denotes actual or imminent payment default.
</TABLE>
Notes
  "+" or "-"  may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major
  rating categories.  Such suffixes are not added to the `AAA' long-term rating
  category, to categories below `CCC', or to short-term ratings other than `F1'.

  `NR'  indicates that Fitch IBCA does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

  `Withdrawn':  A rating is withdrawn when Fitch IBCA deems the amount of
  information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an
  obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

  RatingAlert:  Ratings are placed on RatingAlert to notify investors that there
  is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of
  such change.  These are designated as "Positive", indicating a potential
  upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving", if ratings may
  be raised, lowered or maintained.  RatingAlert is typically resolved over a
  relatively short period.

                                     IV-8
<PAGE>

                         V:  Appendix B -- Comparisons



                                      V-1
<PAGE>

  CDA Mutual Fund Report, published by CDA Investment Technologies, Inc. --
  analyzes price, current yield, risk, total return and average rate of return
  (average annual compounded growth rate) over specified time periods for the
  mutual fund industry.

  Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the U.S. Bureau
  of Labor Statistics -- a statistical measure of change, over time in the price
  of goods and services in major expenditure groups.

  Donoghue's Money Fund Average -- is an average of all major money market fund
  yields, published weekly for 7 and 30-day yields.

  Dow Jones Industrial Average -- a price-weighted average of thirty blue-chip
  stocks that are generally the leaders in their industry and are listed on the
  New York Stock Exchange.  It has been a widely followed indicator of the stock
  market since October 1, 1928.

  Financial publications: Business Week, Changing Times, Financial World,
  Forbes, Fortune, Money, Barron's, Consumer's Digest, Financial Times, Global
  Investor, Investor's Daily, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Morningstar,
  Inc., New York Times, Personal Investor, Wall Street Journal and Weisenberger
  Investment Companies Service -- publications that rate fund performance over
  specified time periods.

  Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
  Corporation, J.P. Morgan & Co, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Merrill Lynch &
  Co., Inc., Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Bloomberg L.P.

  IBC's Money Fund Average/All Taxable -- an average of all major money market
  fund yields, published weekly for 7- and 30-day yields.

  IFC Investable Index -- an unmanaged index maintained by the International
  Finance Corporation.  This index consists of 890 companies in 25 emerging
  equity markets, and is designed to measure more precisely the returns
  portfolio managers might receive from investment in emerging markets equity
  securities by focusing on companies and markets that are legally and
  practically accessible to foreign investors.

  Lehman Aggregate Bond Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market value-weighted
  index that combines the Lehman Government/Corporate Index and the Lehman
  Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and includes treasury issues, agency issues,
  corporate bond issues and mortgage backed securities.  It includes fixed rate
  issuers of investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least one
  year and outstanding par values of at least $200 million for U.S. government
  issues and $25 million for others.

  Lehman Corporate Bond Index -- an unmanaged indices of all publicly issues,
  fixed-rate, nonconvertible investment grade domestic corporate debt.  Also
  included are yankee bonds, which are dollar-denominated SEC registered public,
  noncovertible debt issued or guaranteed by foreign sovereign governments,
  municipalities, or governmental agencies, or international agencies.

  Lehman Government Bond Index -- an unmanaged treasury bond index including all
  public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and foreign-
  targeted issues, and the Agency Bond Index (all publicly issued debt of U.S.
  government agencies and quasi-federal corporation, and corporate debt
  guaranteed by the U.S. government).  In addition to the aggregate index, sub-
  indices cover intermediate and long term issues.

  Lehman Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market value-
  weighted index that combines the Government and Corporate Bond Indices,
  including U.S. government treasury securities, corporate and yankee bonds.
  All issues are investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least
  one year and outstanding par value of at least $100 million of r U.S.
  government issues and $25 million for others.  Any security downgraded during
  the month is held in the index until month end and then removed.  All returns
  are market value weighted inclusive of accrued income.

                                      V-2
<PAGE>

  Lehman High Yield Bond Index - an unmanaged index of fixed rate, non-
  investment grade debt.  All bonds included in the index are dollar
  denominated, noncovertible, have at least one year remaining to maturity and
  an outstanding par value of at least $100 million.

  Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index - an unmanaged fixed income
  market value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government Bond Index
  (intermediate-term sub-index) and Lehman Corporate Bond Index.

  Lipper 1-5 Year Short Investment Grade Debt Funds Average - is an average of
  100 funds that invest at least 65% of assets in investment grade debt issues
  (BBB or higher) with dollar-weighted average maturities of 5 years or less.

  Lipper Balanced Fund Index - an unmanaged index of open-end equity funds whose
  primary objective is to conserve principal by maintaining at all time a
  balanced portfolio of both stocks and bonds.  Typically, the stock/bond ratio
  ranges around 60%/40%.

  Lipper Equity Income Fund Index - an unmanaged index of equity funds which
  seek relatively high current income and growth of income through investing 60%
  or more of the portfolio in equities.

  Lipper Equity Mid Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds which by
  prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Equity Small Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds by prospectus
  or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $1 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Growth Fund Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 30 largest funds
  by asset size in this investment objective.

  Lipper Mutual Fund Performance Analysis and Lipper - Fixed Income Fund
  Performance Analysis - measures total return and average current yield for
  the mutual fund industry.  Rank individual mutual fund performance over
  specified time periods, assuming reinvestments of all distributions, exclusive
  of any applicable sales charges.

  Merrill Lynch 1-4.99 Year Corporate/Government Bond Index - is an unmanaged
  index composed of U.S. treasuries, agencies and corporates with maturities
  from 1 to 4.99 years.  Corporates are investment grade only (BBB or higher).

  Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index - arithmetic, market value-
  weighted averages of the performance of over 900 securities listed on the
  stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.

  Mutual Fund Source Book, published by Morningstar, Inc. - analyzes price,
  yield, risk and total return for equity funds.

  NASDAQ Composite Index - is a market capitalization, price only, unmanaged
  index that tracks the performance of domestic common stocks traded on the
  regular NASDAQ market as well as national market System traded foreign common
  stocks and ADRs.

  New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices - unmanaged indices of
  all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance stocks listed on the New
  York Stock Exchange.

  Russell 1000 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 1000 largest stocks in
  the Russell 3000 Index.

  Russell 2000 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with higher
  price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.

  Russell 2000 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 2,000 smallest stocks
  in the Russell 3000 Index.

                                      V-3
<PAGE>

  Russell 2000 Value Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with a less-
  than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values than the growth universe.

  Russell 2500 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
  greater-than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to
  exhibit higher price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, lower dividend yields
  and higher forecasted growth values than the value universe.

  Russell 2500 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 2,5000 smallest stocks
  in the Russell 3000.

  Russell 2500 Value Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a less-
  than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values then the Growth universe.

  Russell 3000 Index - composed of the 3,000 largest U.S. publicly traded
  companies based on total market capitalization, which represents approximately
  98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

  Russell Mid-Cap Index - is composed of the 800 smallest stocks in the Russell
  1000 Index, with an average capitalization of $1.96 billion.

  Salomon Smith Barney Global excluding U.S. Equity Index - an comprised of the
  smallest stocks (less than $1 billion market capitalization) of the Extended
  Market Index, of both developed and emerging markets.

  Salomon Smith Barney One to Three Year Treasury Index - an unmanaged index
  comprised of U.S. treasury notes and bonds with maturities one year or
  greater, but less than three years.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month T-Bill Average - the average for all
  treasury bills for the previous three-month period.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index - a return
  equivalent yield average based on the last three 3-month Treasury bill issues.

  Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates - as published by the U.S. Savings
  and Loan League Fact Book.

  Standard & Poor's 600 Small Cap Index - an unmanaged index comprised of 600
  domestic stocks chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry group
  representation.  The index is comprised of stocks from the industrial,
  utility, financial, and transportation sectors.

  Standard & Poor's Midcap 400 Index - consists of 400 domestic stocks chosen
  for market size (medium market capitalization of approximately $700 million),
  liquidity, and industry group representation.  It is a market-value weighted
  index with each stock affecting the index in proportion to its market value.

  Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index - an unmanaged index composed of 400
  industrial stocks, 40 financial stocks, 40 utilities stocks and 20
  transportation stocks.

  Standard & Poor's Barra Value Index - is constructed by dividing the
  securities in the S&P 500 Index according to price-to-book ratio.  This index
  contains the securities with the lower price-to-book ratios;  the securities
  with the higher price-to-book ratios are contained in the Standard & Poor's
  Barra Growth Index.

  Standard & Poor's Utilities Stock Price Index - a market capitalization
  weighted index representing three utility groups and, with the three groups,
  43 of the largest utility companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange,
  including 23 electric power companies, 12 natural gas distributors and 8
  telephone companies.

  Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Ibbotson Associates -
  historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and small
  company stock, long-term government bonds, U.S. treasury bills and inflation.

                                      V-4
<PAGE>

                                UAM Funds Trust

                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO  64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)

                         Jacobs International Octagon
                                   Portfolio

                           Institutional Class Shares

                      Statement of Additional Information
                                 August 9, 1999



  This statement of additional information is not a prospectus. However, you
  should read it in conjunction with the prospectuses of the fund dated August
  9, 1999, as supplemented from time to time.  You may obtain the fund's
  prospectuses by contacting the fund at the address listed above.
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Table Of Contents
<S>                                                                                    <C>
I: Portfolio Summary                                                                      I-1
   Jacobs International Octagon Portfolio.............................................    I-2
     What Investment Strategies May The Portfolio Use?................................    I-2
     What Are The Investment Policies Of The Portfolio?...............................    I-2
     Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?..................................    I-3
     How Much Does The Portfolio Pay For Administrative Services?.....................    I-4
     Who Are The Principal Holders Of The Securities Of The Portfolio?................    I-4
     What Was The Portfolio's Performance As Of Its Most Recent Fiscal Year End?......    I-4
     What Were The Expenses Of The Portfolio?.........................................    I-5
II: The UAM Funds in Detail                                                              II-1
     Description of Permitted Investments.............................................   II-2
     Debt Securities..................................................................   II-2
     Derivatives......................................................................   II-8
     Equity Securities................................................................  II-16
     Foreign Securities...............................................................  II-18
     Investment Companies.............................................................  II-22
     Repurchase Agreements............................................................  II-22
     Restricted Securities............................................................  II-22
     Securities Lending...............................................................  II-23
     Short Sales......................................................................  II-23
     When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Delivery Transactions................  II-24
   Management Of The Fund.............................................................  II-25
   Investment Advisory and Other Services.............................................  II-26
     Investment Adviser...............................................................  II-26
     Distributor......................................................................  II-27
     Service And Distribution Plans...................................................  II-28
     Administrative Services..........................................................  II-30
     Custodian........................................................................  II-31
     Independent Public Accountant....................................................  II-31
   Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices...........................................  II-32
     Selection of Brokers.............................................................  II-32
     Simultaneous Transactions........................................................  II-32
     Brokerage Commissions............................................................  II-32
   Capital Stock and Other Securities.................................................  II-33
     The Fund.........................................................................  II-33
     Description Of Shares And Voting Rights..........................................  II-33
     Dividends and Capital Gains Distributions........................................  II-34
   Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares.........................................  II-35
     Net Asset Value Per Share........................................................  II-35
     Purchase of Shares...............................................................  II-35
     Redemption of Shares.............................................................  II-36
     Exchange Privilege...............................................................  II-38
     Transfer Of Shares...............................................................  II-38
   Performance Calculations...........................................................  II-38
     Total Return.....................................................................  II-39
     Yield............................................................................  II-39
     Comparisons......................................................................  II-40
   Financial Statements...............................................................  II-40
III: Glossary                                                                           III-1
IV: Appendix A --  Description of Securities and Ratings                                 IV-1
   Moody's Investors Service, Inc.....................................................   IV-2
     Preferred Stock Ratings..........................................................   IV-2
     Debt Ratings - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally..................................   IV-2
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
     <S>                                                                                 <C>
     Short-Term Prime Rating System - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally................   IV-3
   Standard & Poor's Ratings Services.................................................   IV-4
     Preferred Stock Ratings..........................................................   IV-4
     Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings...................................................   IV-4
     Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings..................................................   IV-5
   Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.....................................................   IV-6
     Long-Term Debt and Preferred Stock...............................................   IV-6
     Short-Term Debt..................................................................   IV-6
   Fitch IBCA Ratings.................................................................   IV-7
     International Long-Term Credit Ratings...........................................   IV-7
V: Appendix B  Comparisons                                                                V-1
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                             I:  Portfolio Summary


                                      I-1
<PAGE>

Jacobs International Octagon Portfolio

WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed below in
  seeking its objective.  This SAI describes each of these
  investments/strategies and their risks in Part II under "Description of
  Permitted Investments."   The investments that are italicized are principal
  strategies and you can find more information on these techniques in the
  prospectus of the portfolio. You can find more information concerning the
  limits on the ability of the portfolio to use these investments in "What Are
  the Investment Policies of the Portfolio?"

  .  Equity securities (at least 85% of its total assets).

  .  Equity securities of companies with market capitalizations of less than
     $1.5 billion at the time of purchase (between 20% and 40% of its total
     assets).

  .  Foreign Securities (at least 85% of its total assets).

  .  Securities of issuers located in emerging markets (10% to 40% of its total
     assets).

  .  Foreign currency exchange contracts (for hedging purposes only).

  .  Investment company securities.

  .  Repurchase agreements.

  .  Restricted securities.

  .  Securities lending.

  .  When-issued securities.

WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a limitation
  relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the portfolio's
  acquisition of such security or other asset.  Accordingly, the portfolio will
  not consider changes in values, net assets or other circumstances when
  determining whether the investment complies with its investment limitations.

  Fundamental Policies

  The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
  portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of the
  outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the 1940 Act.
  The portfolio will not:

  .  With respect to 75% of its assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets
     at the time of purchase in securities of any single issuer (other than
     obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the of the
     U.S. government or any if its agencies or instrumentalities).

  .  With respect to 75% of its assets, purchase more than 10% of any class of
     the outstanding voting securities of any issuer.

  .  Invest more than 25% of its assets in companies within a single industry;
     however, there are no limitations on investments made in instruments issued
     or guaranteed by the U.S. government, and its agencies when a portfolio
     adopts a temporary defensive position.

                                      I-2
<PAGE>

  .  Borrow, except from banks and as a temporary measure for extraordinary or
     emergency purposes and then, in no event, in excess of 331/3% of the
     portfolio's gross assets valued at the lower of market or cost.

  .  Invest in physical commodities or contracts on physical commodities.

  .  Purchase or sell real estate limited partnerships, although it may purchase
     and sell securities of companies which deal in real estate and may purchase
     and sell securities which are secured by interests in real estate.

  .  Make loans except (i) by purchasing debt securities in accordance with its
     investment objectives and (ii) by lending its portfolio securities in
     banks, brokers, dealers and other financial institutions so long as such
     loans are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations
     or interpretations of the SEC thereunder.

  .  Underwrite the securities of other issuers.

Non-Fundamental Policies

  The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio may
  change them without shareholder approval.

  The portfolio will not:

  .  Invest in futures and/or options on futures unless not more than 5% of its
     assets are required as deposit to secure obligations under such futures
     and/or options on futures contracts. The portfolio may exclude from this
     calculation, options that are in-the-money at the time of purchase.

  .  Invest more than 20% of its assets in futures and/or options on futures.

  .  Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
     investment companies.

  .  Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
     investment company.

  .  Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment
     company.

  .  Purchase on margin or sell short except as specified herein.

  .  Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities that
     are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale (restricted
     securities) or securities for which there are no readily available markets
     (illiquid securities).

  .  Purchase additional securities when its borrowings exceed 5% of its total
     assets.

  .  Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent greater than
     33 1/3% of its total assets at fair market value.

  .  Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except that this
     restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the portfolio from (i) making
     any permitted borrowings, mortgages or pledges, or (ii) entering into
     repurchase transactions.

WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Jacobs Asset Management is the investment adviser of the portfolio. For its
  services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal to 1.00% of its average
  daily net assets. Due to the effect of fee waivers by the adviser, the actual
  percentage of average net assets that the portfolio pays in any given year may
  be different from the rate set forth in its contract with the adviser. For
  more information concerning the adviser, see "Investment Advisory and Other
  Services" in Part II of this SAI.

                                      I-3
<PAGE>

HOW MUCH DOES THE PORTFOLIO PAY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to UAMFSI
  calculated at the annual rate of:

  .  $14,500 for the first operational class; plus

  .  $3,000 for each additional class; plus

  .  0.04% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio.

  The portfolio also pays a fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and other
  services provided by CGFSC.  The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC, is
  calculated at the annual rate of:

  .  Not more than $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

  .  $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus

  .  0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the Fund, UAM
     Funds, Inc. and UAM Funds Trust II.


WHO ARE THE PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  As of July 20, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of record or
  beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name and Address of Shareholder                                                                Percentage of Shares Owned
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                                                                                  7.08%
Reinvest Account
Attn Mutual Funds
101 Montgomery Street
San Francisco, CA 94104-4122
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHEMBACO                                                                                                   11.95%
FBO H H & Grace A Dow Foundation
C/o Chem Bank & Trust
333 E Bank St
Midland, MI 48640
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michigan State University Foundation                                                                       26.73%
4700 S Hagadorn Rd Ste 220
East Lansing, MI 48823-5354
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Miami University Foundation                                                                                 7.77%
202 Roudbrush Hall
Oxford, OH 45056
</TABLE>

  Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding shares
  of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is defined in the
  1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling the portfolio could have the
  ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio on any matter
  requiring the approval of shareholders of the portfolio.



WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
  return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
  are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio calculates its
  current yield and average annual total return information according to the
  methods required by the SEC.  For more information concerning the performance
  of the portfolio, including the way it calculates its performance figures, see
  "Performance Calculations" in Part II of this SAI.
<PAGE>

  Average Annual Total Return
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   For the Periods Ended                          Shorter of 10 Years or
        April 30,             1 Year   5 Years       Since Inception         Inception Date
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>       <C>       <C>                         <C>
        1999                 -11.51%   N/A              3.06%                   1/2/97
</TABLE>


WHAT WERE THE EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 For the FYE            Investment Advisory     Investment Advisory                         Sub-Administrator       Brokerage
  April 30,                  Fees Paid              Fees Waived         Administrator Fee         Fee               Commisions
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>                      <C>                   <C>                   <C>                  <C>
   1999                    $991,649                    $0                   $81,645            $109,646              $601,391
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   1998                    $730,085                    $0                   $29,248             $78,772              $344,507
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   1997                     $35,743                 $29,838                  $2,339             $11,212               $74,683
</TABLE>


                                      I-5
<PAGE>

                            II:  The UAM Funds in
                                   Detail


                                     II-1
<PAGE>

DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS


DEBT SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from
  investors.  Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return
  and repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity.  Some debt securities, such
  as zero-coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased at a
  discount from their face value.  Debt securities may include, among other
  things, all types of bills, notes, bonds, mortgage-backed securities or asset-
  backed securities.

Types of Debt Securities

  U.S. Government Securities

  U.S. government securities are securities that the United States Treasury has
  issued (treasury securities) and securities that a federal agency or a
  government-sponsored entity has issued (agency securities). Treasury
  securities include treasury notes, which have initial maturities of one to ten
  years and treasury bonds, which have initial maturities of at least ten years
  and certain types of mortgage-backed securities that are described under
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities." This SAI discusses
  mortgage-backed treasury and agency securities in detail in the section called
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities."

  The full faith and credit of the U.S. government supports treasury securities.
  Unlike treasury securities, the full faith and credit of the United States
  government generally do not back agency securities.  Agency securities are
  typically supported in one of three ways:

  .  by the right of the issuer to borrow from the United States Treasury;

  .  by the discretionary authority of the United States government to buy the
     obligations of the agency; or

  .  by the credit of the sponsoring agency.

  While U.S. government securities are guaranteed as to principal and interest,
  their market value is not guaranteed.  U.S. government securities are subject
  to the same interest rate and credit risks as other fixed income securities.
  However, since U.S. government securities are of the highest quality, the
  credit risk is minimal.  The U.S. government does not guarantee the net asset
  value of the assets of the portfolio.

  Corporate Bonds

  Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or for
  capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases and
  expansion.  In return for the money loaned to the corporation by investors,
  the corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay the principal
  amount of the bond or note.

  Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that
  various governmental, government-related and private organizations assemble as
  securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities, which pay
  interest periodically and repay principal maturity specified call dates,
  mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist of both interest
  and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a "pass-through" of the
  monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their mortgage loans, net
  of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such

                                     II-2
<PAGE>

  securities. Since homeowners usually have the option of paying either part or
  all of the loan balance before maturity, the effective maturity of a mortgage
  backed security is often shorter than is stated.

  Governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers may insure or
  guaranty the timely payment of interest and principal of these pools through
  various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title,
  pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit.  The adviser will consider
  such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof
  in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets its investment
  quality standards. It is possible that the private insurers or guarantors will
  not meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee
  arrangements.

  Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid,
  securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily
  marketable.

  Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA)

  GNMA is the principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities.
  GNMA is a wholly owned corporation of the U.S. government and it falls within
  the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Securities issued by GNMA are
  treasury securities, which means the faith and credit of the U.S. government
  backs them.  GNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on
  securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA and backed by pools of FHA-
  insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages. GNMA does not guarantee the market value
  or yield of mortgage-backed securities or the value of portfolio shares. To
  buy GNMA securities, the portfolio may have to pay a premium over the maturity
  value of the underlying mortgages, which the portfolio may lose if prepayment
  occurs.

  Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)

  FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private
  stockholders.  FNMA is regulated by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
  development.  FNMA purchases conventional mortgages from a list of approved
  sellers and service providers, including state and federally-chartered savings
  and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit
  unions and mortgage bankers. Securities issued by FNMA are agency securities,
  which means FNMA, but not the U.S. government, guarantees their timely payment
  of principal and interest.

  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)

  FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government whose stock is
  owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks.  Congress created FHLMC in 1970
  to increase the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. FHLMC
  issues Participation Certificates (PCs) which represent interests in
  conventional mortgages from its national portfolio. Like FNMA, FHLMC
  guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of
  principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
  government.

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create
  pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans.  In addition to
  guaranteeing the mortgage-related security, such issuers may service and/or
  have originated the underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by these issuers
  generally offer a higher rate of interest than pools created by GNMA, FNMA &
  FHLMC because they are not guaranteed by a government agency.

                                     II-3
<PAGE>

  Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of
  traditional debt securities in a variety of ways, the most significant
  differences are mortgage-backed securities:

  .  payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually monthly);

  .  they usually have adjustable interest rates; and

  .  they may pay off their entire principal substantially earlier than their
     final distribution dates so that the price of the security will generally
     decline when interest rates rise.

  In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates described in
  "Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities," a variety of economic,
  geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the underlying
  property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to repay the loans
  underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than expected. If the prepayment
  rates increase, the portfolio may have to reinvest its principal at a rate of
  interest that is lower than the rate on existing mortgage-backed securities.

  Other Asset-Backed Securities

  These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other than
  mortgage, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card
  receivables.  Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are pass-
  through. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of shorter
  maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience substantial
  prepayments with interest rate fluctuations.

  Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by
  mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the
  benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the
  possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to
  support payments on these securities.  For example, credit card receivables
  are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a
  number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which allow debtors
  to reduce their balances by offsetting certain amounts owed on the credit
  cards. Most issuers of asset-backed securities backed by automobile
  receivables permit the servicers of such receivables to retain possession of
  the underlying obligations.  If the servicer were to sell these obligations to
  another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest
  superior to that of the holders of the related asset-backed securities.  Due
  to the quantity of vehicles involved and requirements under state laws, asset-
  backed securities backed by automobile receivables may not have a proper
  security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables.

  To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make
  payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure the
  receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion
  ("liquidity protection").  In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain
  insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by the
  issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in the
  pool ("credit support"). Delinquency or loss more than that anticipated or
  failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an
  investment in such a security.

  The portfolio may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed
  securities, which is the excess cash flow remaining after making required
  payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The
  amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed
  securities depends in part on the characteristics of the underlying assets,
  the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of
  administrative expenses and the actual prepayment experience on the underlying
  assets.

  Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

  CMOs are hybrids between mortgage-backed bonds and mortgage pass-through
  securities. Similar to a bond, CMOs usually pay interest and prepay principal
  semiannually. While whole mortgage loans

                                     II-4
<PAGE>

  may collateralize CMOs, portfolios of mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by
  GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA and their income streams more typically collateralize
  them.

  A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Internal
  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and invests in certain mortgages primarily
  secured by interests in real property and other permitted investments.

  CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated
  maturity. Each class of CMO or REMIC certificate, often referred to as a
  "tranche," is issued at a specific interest rate and must be fully retired by
  its final distribution date. Generally, all classes of CMOs or REMIC
  certificates pay or accrue interest monthly.  Investing in the lowest tranche
  of CMOs and REMIC certificates involves risks similar to those associated with
  investing in equity securities.

  Short-Term Investments

  To earn a return on uninvested assets, meet anticipated redemptions, or for
  temporary defensive purposes, a portfolio may invest a portion of its assets
  in the short-term securities listed below, U.S. government securities and
  Investment-grade corporate debt securities. Unless otherwise specified, a
  short-term debt security has a maturity of one year or less.

  Bank Obligations

  The portfolio will only invest in a security issued by a commercial bank if
  the bank:

  .  has total assets of at least $1 billion, or the equivalent in other
     currencies;

  .  is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
     and

  .  is a foreign branch of a U.S. bank and the adviser believes the security is
     of an investment quality comparable with other debt securities that the
     portfolio may purchase.

  Time Deposits

  Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits, such as savings accounts or
  certificates of deposit, held by a financial institution for a fixed term with
  the understanding that the depositor can withdraw its money only by giving
  notice to the institution. However, there may be early withdrawal penalties
  depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation.
  The portfolio may only purchase time deposits maturing from two business days
  through seven calendar days.

  Certificates of Deposit

  Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
  deposited in a commercial bank or savings and loan association for a definite
  period of time and earning a specified return.

  Banker's Acceptance

  A banker's acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a
  borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction
  (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods).

  Commercial Paper

  Commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a maturity ranging from 1 to
  270 days issued by banks, corporations and other borrowers.  Such investments
  are unsecured and usually discounted.  A portfolio may invest in commercial
  paper rated A-1 or A-2 by S&P or Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's, or, if not
  rated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue
  rated A or better by Moody's or by S&P. See Appendix A for a description of
  commercial paper ratings.

                                     II-5
<PAGE>

  Yankee Bonds

  Yankee bonds are dollar-denominated bonds issued inside the United States by
  foreign entities.  Investment in these securities involve certain risks which
  are not typically associated with investing in domestic securities.  See
  "FOREIGN SECURITIES".

  Zero Coupon Bonds

  These securities make no periodic payments of interest, but instead are sold
  at a discount from their face value. When held to maturity, their entire
  income, which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the difference
  between the issue price and their value at maturity. The amount of the
  discount rate varies depending on factors including the time remaining until
  maturity, prevailing interest rates, the security's liquidity and the issuer's
  credit quality. The market value of zero coupon securities may exhibit greater
  price volatility than ordinary debt securities because a stripped security
  will have a longer duration than an ordinary debt security with the same
  maturity. The portfolio's investments in pay-in-kind, delayed and zero coupon
  bonds may require it to sell certain of its portfolio securities to generate
  sufficient cash to satisfy certain income distribution requirements.

  These securities may include treasury securities that have had their interest
  payments ("coupons") separated from the underlying principal ("corpus") by
  their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment brokerage firm. Once
  the holder of the security has stripped or separated corpus and coupons, it
  may sell each component separately. The principal or corpus is then sold at a
  deep discount because the buyer receives only the right to receive a future
  fixed payment on the security and does not receive any rights to periodic
  interest (cash) payments.  Typically, the coupons are sold separately or
  grouped with other coupons with like maturity dates and sold bundled in such
  form. The underlying treasury security is held in book-entry form at the
  Federal Reserve Bank or, in the case of bearer securities (i.e., unregistered
  securities which are owned ostensibly by the bearer or holder thereof), in
  trust on behalf of the owners thereof. Purchasers of stripped obligations
  acquire, in effect, discount obligations that are economically identical to
  the zero coupon securities that the Treasury sells itself.

  The United States Treasury has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero
  coupon securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of
  particular interest coupon and corpus payments on Treasury securities through
  the Federal Reserve book-entry record keeping system. Under a Federal Reserve
  program known as "STRIPS" or "Separate Trading of Registered Interest and
  Principal of Securities," the portfolio can record its beneficial ownership of
  the coupon or corpus directly in the book-entry record-keeping system.

Terms to Understand

  Maturity

  Every debt security has a stated maturity date when the issuer must repay the
  amount it borrowed (principal) from investors.  Some debt securities, however,
  are callable, meaning the issuer can repay the principal earlier, on or after
  specified dates (call dates).  Debt securities are most likely to be called
  when interest rates are falling because the issuer can refinance at a lower
  rate, similar to a homeowner refinancing a mortgage.  The effective maturity
  of a debt security is usually its nearest call date.

  A portfolio that invests in debt securities has no real maturity.  Instead, it
  calculates its weighted average maturity.  This number is an average of the
  stated maturity of each debt security held by the portfolio, with the maturity
  of each security weighted by the percentage of the assets of the portfolio it
  represents.

                                     II-6
<PAGE>

  Duration

  Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity of a
  debt security, or a portfolio that invests in debt securities, to changes in
  interest rates.  It measures sensitivity more accurately than maturity because
  it takes into account the time value of cash flows generated over the life of
  a debt security.   Future interest payments and principal payments are
  discounted to reflect their present value and then are multiplied by the
  number of years they will be received to produce a value expressed in years --
  the duration.  Effective duration takes into account call features and sinking
  fund prepayments that may shorten the life of a debt security.

  An effective duration of 4 years, for example, would suggest that for each 1%
  reduction in interest rates at all maturity levels, the price of a security is
  estimated to increase by 4%.  An increase in rates by the same magnitude is
  estimated to reduce the price of the security by 4%.  By knowing the yield and
  the effective duration of a debt security, one can estimate total return based
  on an expectation of how much interest rates, in general, will change. While
  serving as a good estimator of prospective returns, effective duration is an
  imperfect measure.

Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities

  The total return of a debt instrument is composed of two elements: the
  percentage change in the security's price and interest income earned.  The
  yield to maturity of a debt security estimates its total return only if the
  price of the debt security remains unchanged during the holding period and
  coupon interest is reinvested at the same yield to maturity.  The total return
  of a debt instrument, therefore, will be determined not only by how much
  interest is earned, but also by how much the price of the security and
  interest rates change.

  Interest Rates

  The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction from
  interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up, the value of the bond will go
  down, and vice versa).

  Prepayment Risk

  This risk effects mainly mortgage-backed securities.  Unlike other debt
  securities, falling interest rates can hurt mortgage-backed securities, which
  may cause your share price to fall.  Lower rates motivate people to pay off
  mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier than expected.  The
  portfolio may then have to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayments at
  lower interest rates, which can reduce its yield. The unexpected timing of
  mortgage and asset-backed prepayments caused by the variations in interest
  rates may also shorten or lengthen the average maturity of the portfolio.  If
  left unattended, drifts in the average maturity of the portfolio can have the
  unintended effect of increasing or reducing the effective duration of the
  portfolio, which may adversely affect the expected performance of the
  portfolio.

  Extension Risk

  The other side of prepayment risk occurs when interest rates are rising.
  Rising interest rates can cause a portfolio's average maturity to lengthen
  unexpectedly due to a drop in mortgage prepayments.  This would increase the
  sensitivity of a portfolio to rising rates and its potential for price
  declines.  Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security increases
  the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market interest rates. For
  these reasons, mortgage-backed securities may be less effective than other
  types of U.S. government securities as a means of "locking in" interest rates.

  Credit Rating

  Coupon interest is offered to investors of debt securities as compensation for
  assuming risk, although short-term treasury securities, such as 3-month
  treasury bills, are considered "risk free." Corporate

                                     II-7
<PAGE>

  securities offer higher yields than treasury because their payment of interest
  and complete repayment of principal is less certain. The credit rating or
  financial condition of an issuer may affect the value of a debt security.
  Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security, the greater the risks
  that the issuer will fail to pay interest and return principal. To compensate
  investors for taking on increased risk, issuers with lower credit ratings
  usually offer their investors a higher "risk premium" in the form of higher
  interest rates above comparable treasuries securities.

  Changes in investor confidence regarding the certainty of interest and
  principal payments of a corporate debt security will result in an adjustment
  to this "risk premium."  Since an issuer's outstanding debt carries a fixed
  coupon, adjustments to the risk premium must occur in the price, which effects
  the yield to maturity of the bond. If an issuer defaults or becomes unable to
  honor its financial obligations, the bond may lose some or all of its value

  A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating agency
  is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay interest
  and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond.  Adverse economic
  conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the capacity of the
  issuer to pay interest and repay principal.  If a security is not rated or is
  rated under a different system, the adviser may determine that it is of
  investment-grade.  The adviser may retain securities that are downgraded, if
  it believes that keeping those securities is warranted.

  Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly
  speculative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit worthy
  and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies.  A corporation may issue a junk
  bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar event.  Compared
  with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater degree of risk and are
  less likely to make payments of interest and principal.  Market developments
  and the financial and business condition of the corporation issuing these
  securities influences their price and liquidity more than changes in interest
  rates, when compared to investment-grade debt securities.  Insufficient
  liquidity in the junk bond market may make it more difficult to dispose of
  junk bonds and may cause the portfolio to experience sudden and substantial
  price declines.  A lack of reliable, objective data or market quotations may
  make it more difficult to value junk bonds accurately.

  Rating agencies are organizations that assign ratings to securities based
  primarily on the rating agency's assessment of the issuer's financial
  strength.  The portfolios currently use ratings compiled by Moody's Investor
  Services ("Moody's"), Standard and Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P"), Duff &
  Phelps Rating Co. and Fitch IBCA. Credit ratings are only an agency's opinion,
  not an absolute standard of quality, and they do not reflect an evaluation of
  market risk. Appendix A contains further information concerning the ratings of
  certain rating agencies and their significance.

  The adviser may use ratings produced by ratings agencies as guidelines to
  determine the rating of a security at the time the portfolio buys it. A rating
  agency may change its credit ratings at any time. The adviser monitors the
  rating of the security and will take appropriate actions if a rating agency
  reduces the security's rating. The portfolio is not obligated to dispose of
  securities whose issuers subsequently are in default or which are downgraded
  below the above-stated ratings.


DERIVATIVES
- -----------

  Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying
  asset, such as a stock or a bond, an underlying economic factor, such as an
  interest rate or a market benchmark, such as an index. A portfolio may use
  derivatives to gain exposure to various markets in a cost efficient manner, to
  reduce transaction costs or to remain fully invested.  A portfolio may also
  try to minimize its loss by investing in derivatives to protect it from broad
  fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange
  rates. Investing in derivatives for these purposes is known as "hedging." When
  hedging is successful, the portfolio will have offset any depreciation in the
  value of its portfolio securities by the appreciation in the value of the
  derivative position. Although techniques other than the sale and purchase of
  derivatives could be used to control the exposure of the portfolio to market
  fluctuations, the use of derivatives may be a more effective means of hedging
  this exposure.

                                     II-8
<PAGE>

Types of Derivatives

  Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

  A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell
  a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a specific
  price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the
  unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee.
  Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency
  futures contracts in certain respects.  Unlike futures contracts, forward
  contracts:

  .  Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to the
     contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).

  .  Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between currency
     traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers, as opposed to
     futures contracts which are traded in only on exchanges regulated by the
     CFTC.

  .  Do not require an initial margin deposit.

  .  May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency
     trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to a
     commodities exchange.

  Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies

  A "settlement hedge" or "transaction hedge" is designed to protect the
  portfolio against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the
  date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or
  received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of the
  amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security transaction for
  a fixed amount of U.S. dollars "locks in" the U.S. dollar price of the
  security. The portfolio may also use forward contracts to purchase or sell a
  foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or selling securities
  denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet selected the specific
  investments.

  The portfolio may also use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in the
  value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a hedge,
  sometimes referred to as a "position hedge," would tend to offset both
  positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in
  security values caused by other factors. The portfolio could also hedge the
  position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the
  currency in which the portfolio's investment is denominated. This type of
  hedge, sometimes referred to as a "proxy hedge," could offer advantages in
  terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency
  exposure as effectively as a direct hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may
  result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to
  the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

  Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the
  underlying prices of the securities that the portfolio owns or intends to
  purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can
  achieve at some future point in time.  Additionally, these techniques tend to
  minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency
  and to limit any potential gain that might result from the increase in value
  of such currency.

  The portfolio may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment
  exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the
  delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency,
  including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This
  may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or from
  one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of strategy,
  sometimes known as a "cross-hedge," will tend to reduce or eliminate exposure
  to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to the currency that is
  purchased. Cross-hedges protect against losses resulting from a decline in the
  hedged currency, but will cause the portfolio to assume the risk of
  fluctuations in the value of the currency it purchases. Cross hedging
  transactions also involve the risk of imperfect correlation between changes in
  the values of the currencies involved.

                                     II-9
<PAGE>

  It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio
  securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract.
  Accordingly, the portfolio may have to purchase additional foreign currency on
  the spot market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less than
  the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely, the
  portfolio may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency it
  received upon the sale of a security if the market value of such security
  exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver.

  Futures

  A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party sells
  and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial instrument
  at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument underlying the
  contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index, interest rate, foreign
  exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing to buy the underlying
  financial information is called buying a futures contract or taking a long
  position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to sell the underlying financial
  instrument is called selling a futures contract or taking a short position in
  the contract.

  Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges or
  boards of trade -- known as "contract markets" -- approved for such trading
  and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, a federal agency.
  These contract markets standardize the terms, including the maturity date and
  underlying financial instrument, of all futures contracts.

  Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to pay
  for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future date (the
  delivery date). Contract markets require both the purchaser and seller to
  deposit "initial margin" with a futures broker, known as a futures commission
  merchant, when they enter into the contract. Initial margin deposits are
  typically equal to a percentage of the contract's value. After they open a
  futures contract, the parties to the transaction must compare the purchase
  price of the contract to its daily market value. If the value of the futures
  contract changes in such a way that a party's position declines, that party
  must make additional "variation margin" payments so that the margin payment is
  adequate. On the other hand, the value of the contract may change in such a
  way that there is excess margin on deposit, possibly entitling the party that
  has a gain to receive all or a portion of this amount.  This process is known
  as "marking to the market."

  Although the actual terms of a futures contract calls for the actual delivery
  of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the parties may
  close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an identical
  contract. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the original purchase
  price, the party closing the contract would realize a gain; if it is more, it
  would realize a loss. The opposite is also true for a sale, that is, if the
  offsetting sale price is more than the original sale price, the party closing
  the contract would realize a gain; if it is less, it would realize a loss.

  The portfolio will incur commission expenses in both opening and closing
  futures positions.

  Options

  An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a
  financial instrument for a specified price (known as the "strike price" or
  "exercise price") at any time during the option period.  Unlike a futures
  contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a
  financial instrument.  Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer two
  kinds of rights: a "call" (the right to buy the security) or a "put" (the
  right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying
  instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices,
  foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts.  Options may be
  traded on an exchange (exchange-traded-options) or may be customized
  agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or "OTC options").  Like
  futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation,
  financially backs exchange-traded options.  However, OTC options have no such
  intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counter-party will not
  fulfill its obligations under the contract.

                                     II-10
<PAGE>

  Purchasing Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the
  instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price.  In return for this
  right, the portfolio pays the current market price for the option (known as
  the "option premium"). The portfolio may purchase put options to offset or
  hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities ("protective
  puts") or to benefit from a decline in the price of securities that it does
  not own.  The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise
  price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs. However, if the
  price of the underlying instrument does not fall enough to offset the cost of
  purchasing the option, a put buyer would lose the premium and related
  transaction costs.

  Call options are similar to put options, except that the portfolio obtains the
  right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the option's
  strike price. The portfolio would normally purchase call options in
  anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns or wants
  to buy. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the exercise price
  plus the premium paid and related transaction costs.  Otherwise, the portfolio
  would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the call option.

  The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

  .  Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;

  .  Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put option) or
     buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying instrument at the
     strike price; or

  .  Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.

  Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell
  specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the
  option is exercised at any time before the expiration date.  Similarly, when
  the portfolio writes a put option it assumes an obligation to purchase
  specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the option
  is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The portfolio may
  terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option before exercise by
  buying an option identical to the one it has written.  Similarly, it may
  cancel an over-the-counter option by entering into an offsetting transaction
  with the counter-party to the option.

  The portfolio could try to hedge against an increase in the value of
  securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those
  securities.  If security prices rise, the portfolio would expect the put
  option to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the
  security's value.   If security prices remain the same over time, the
  portfolio would hope to profit by closing out the put option at a lower price.
  If security prices fall, the portfolio may lose an amount of money equal to
  the difference between the value of the security and the premium it received.
  Writing covered put options may deprive the portfolio of the opportunity to
  profit from a decrease in the market price of the securities it would like to
  acquire.

  The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing
  put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices remain the
  same or fall.  The portfolio could try to hedge against a decline in the value
  of securities it already owns by writing a call option.  If the price of that
  security falls as expected, the portfolio would expect the option to expire
  and the premium it received to offset the decline of the security's value.
  However, the portfolio must be prepared to deliver the underlying instrument
  in return for the strike price, which may deprive it of the opportunity to
  profit from an increase in the market price of the securities it holds.

  The portfolio is permitted only to write covered options.  The portfolio can
  cover a call option by owning, at the time of selling the option:

                                     II-11
<PAGE>

  .  The underlying security (or securities convertible into the underlying
     security without additional consideration), index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract;

  .  A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser
     exercise price;

  .  A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise price
     and segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the
     difference between the exercise prices;

  .  Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the
     optioned securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract;
     or

  .  In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that corresponds to
     the index.

  The portfolio can cover a put option by, at the time of selling the option:

  .  Entering into a short position in the underlying security;

  .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract with the same or greater exercise price;

  .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price and segregating
     cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the difference between the
     exercise prices; or

  .  Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

  Options on Securities Indices

  Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except
  that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement
  payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities.  In
  addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations
  in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price
  fluctuations in a single security.

  Options on Futures

  An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a
  futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract (in
  the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price.   Upon exercise of the
  option by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a
  corresponding short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a
  call option) or a corresponding long position (in the case of a put option).
  If the option is exercised, the parties will be subject to the futures
  contracts. In addition, the writer of an option on a futures contract is
  subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the option position.
  Options on futures contracts are traded on the same contract market as the
  underlying futures contract.

  The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the
  option early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e., the
  same exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously purchased or
  sold. The difference between the premiums paid and received represents the
  trader's profit or loss on the transaction.

  The portfolio may purchase put and call options on futures contracts instead
  of selling or buying futures contracts.  The portfolio may buy a put option on
  a futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a futures contract. It
  also may purchase such put options in order to hedge a long position in the
  underlying futures contract. The portfolio may buy call options on futures
  contracts for the same purpose as the actual purchase of the futures
  contracts, such as in anticipation of favorable market conditions.

  The portfolio may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a
  decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures contracts. If
  the price of the futures contract at expiration were below the exercise price,
  the portfolio would retain the option premium, which would offset, in part,
  any decline in the value of its portfolio securities.

                                     II-12
<PAGE>

  The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase
  of the futures contracts, except that, if market price declines, the portfolio
  would pay more than the market price for the underlying instrument. The
  premium received on the sale of the put option, less any transaction costs,
  would reduce the net cost to the portfolio.

  Swaps, Caps, Collars and Floors

  Swap Agreements

  A swap is a financial instrument that typically involves the exchange of cash
  flows between two parties on specified dates (settlement dates), where the
  cash flows are based on agreed-upon prices, rates, indices, etc. The nominal
  amount on which the cash flows are calculated is called the notional amount.
  Swaps are individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a
  variety of different types of investments or market factors, such as interest
  rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates,
  security prices or inflation rates.

  Swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the
  investments of the portfolio and its share price. The performance of swap
  agreements may be affected by a change in the specific interest rate,
  currency, or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and
  from the portfolio. If a swap agreement calls for payments by the portfolio,
  the portfolio must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if
  the counter-party's creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement
  would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.

  Generally, swap agreements have a fixed maturity date that will be agreed upon
  by the parties.  The agreement can be terminated before the maturity date only
  under limited circumstances, such as default by one of the parties or
  insolvency, among others, and can be transferred by a party only with the
  prior written consent of the other party.  The portfolio may be able to
  eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement either by assignment or by other
  disposition, or by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same
  party or a similarly creditworthy party. If the counter-party is unable to
  meet its obligations under the contract, declares bankruptcy, defaults or
  becomes insolvent, the portfolio may not be able to recover the money it
  expected to receive under the contract.

  A swap agreement can be a form of leverage, which can magnify a portfolio's
  gains or losses.  In order to reduce the risk associated with leveraging, a
  portfolio will cover its current obligations under swap agreements according
  to guidelines established by the SEC. If the portfolio enters into a swap
  agreement on a net basis, it will segregate assets with a daily value at least
  equal to the excess, if any, of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the
  swap agreement over the accrued amount the portfolio is entitled to receive
  under the agreement. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on other
  than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full
  amount of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the agreement.

  Equity Swaps -- In a typical equity index swap, one party agrees to pay
  another party the return on a stock, stock index or basket of stocks in return
  for a specified interest rate.  By entering into an equity index swap, for
  example, the index receiver can gain exposure to stocks making up the index of
  securities without actually purchasing those stocks.   Equity index swaps
  involve not only the risk associated with investment in the securities
  represented in the index, but also the risk that the performance of such
  securities, including dividends, will not exceed the return on the interest
  rate that the portfolio will be committed to pay.

  Interest Rate Swaps -- Interest rate swaps are financial instruments that
  involve the exchange on one type of interest rate for another type of interest
  rate cash flow on specified dates in the future.  Some of the different types
  of interest rate swaps are "fixed-for floating rate swaps," "termed basis
  swaps" and "index amortizing swaps."  Fixed-for floating rate swap involve the
  exchange of fixed interest rate cash flows for floating rate cash flows.
  Termed basis swaps entail cash flows to both parties based on floating
  interest rates, where the interest rate indices are different.  Index
  amortizing swaps are typically fixed-for floating swaps where the notional
  amount changes if certain conditions are met.

                                     II-13
<PAGE>

  Like a traditional investment in a debt security, a portfolio could lose money
  by investing in an interest rate swap if interest rates change adversely.  For
  example, if the portfolio enters into a swap where it agrees to exchange a
  floating rate of interest for a fixed rate of interest, the portfolio may have
  to pay more money than it receives.  Similarly, if the portfolio enters into a
  swap where it agrees to exchange a fixed rate of interest for a floating rate
  of interest, the portfolio may receive less money than it has agreed to pay.

  Currency Swaps -- A currency swap is an agreement between two parties in which
  one party agrees to make interest rate payments in one currency and the other
  promises to make interest rate payments in another currency. A portfolio may
  enter into a currency swap when it has one currency and desires a different
  currency. Typically the interest rates that determine the currency swap
  payments are fixed, although occasionally one or both parties may pay a
  floating rate of interest.  Unlike an interest rate swap, however, the
  principal amounts are exchanged at the beginning of the contract and returned
  at the end of the contract.  Changes in foreign exchange rates and changes in
  interest rates, as described above may negatively affect currency swaps.

  Caps, Collars and Floors

  Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.  In a
  typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under
  specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other
  party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to
  receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an
  agreed-upon level.  The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make
  payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-
  upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and
  selling a floor.

  Combined Positions

  The portfolio may purchase and write options in combination with each other,
  or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and
  return characteristics of the overall position. For example, the portfolio
  could construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are
  similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a put option and writing a
  call option on the same underlying instrument. Alternatively, the portfolio
  could write a call option at one strike price and buy a call option at a lower
  price to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a
  substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve
  multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more
  difficult to open and close out.

Risks of Derivatives

  While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these transactions
  themselves entail certain other risks. For example, unanticipated changes in
  interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates may result in a
  poorer overall performance of the portfolio than if it had not entered into
  any derivatives transactions.  Derivatives may magnify the portfolio's gains
  or losses, causing it to make or lose substantially more than it invested.

  When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities the
  portfolio holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses incurred with a
  derivative.  Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than hedging could
  expose the portfolio to greater risks.

  Correlation of Prices

  The portfolio's ability to hedge its securities through derivatives depends on
  the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or instrument
  correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In the case of poor
  correlation, the price of the securities the portfolio is hedging may not move
  in the same amount, or even in the same direction as the hedging instrument.
  The adviser will try to minimize this risk by investing only in those
  contracts whose behavior it expects to resemble the

                                     II-14
<PAGE>

  portfolio securities it is trying to hedge. However, if the portfolio's
  prediction of interest and currency rates, market value, volatility or other
  economic factors is incorrect, the portfolio may lose money, or may not make
  as much money as it expected.

  Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments,
  even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are very similar to
  the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that may cause such a
  divergence.

  .  current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of
     the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the
     contract;

  .  a difference between the derivatives and securities markets, including
     different levels of demand, how the instruments are traded, the imposition
     of daily price fluctuation limits or trading of an instrument stops; and

  .  differences between the derivatives, such as different margin requirements,
     different liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in
     such markets.

  Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a
  particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based on
  a broad market index.  Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller number
  of securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price
  fluctuations because of changes in the value of those securities.

  While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with
  exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value of
  the investments of the portfolio. A currency hedge, for example, should
  protect a yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not
  protect the portfolio against a price decline resulting from deterioration in
  the issuer's creditworthiness. Because the value of the portfolio's foreign-
  denominated investments changes in response to many factors other than
  exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of currency options
  and futures to the value of the portfolio's investments precisely over time.

  Lack of Liquidity

  Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, the portfolio can
  terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale transaction.
  Moreover, a portfolio may close out a futures contract only on the exchange
  the contract was initially traded.  Although a portfolio intends to purchase
  options and futures only where there appears to be an active market, there is
  no guarantee that such a liquid market will exist.  If there is no secondary
  market for the contract, or the market is illiquid, the portfolio may not be
  able to close out its position.  In an illiquid market, the portfolio may:

  .  have to sell securities to meet its daily margin requirements at a time
     when it is disadvantageous to do so;

  .  have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract;

  .  not be able to hedge its investments; and

  .  not be able realize profits or limit its losses.

  Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time and
  price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

  .  an exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative
     instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives, which
     sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility;

  .  unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations of an
     exchange;

  .  the facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current
     trading volume;

                                     II-15
<PAGE>

  .  equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage firm
     or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt normal trading activity;
     or

  .  investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category of
     derivatives.

  Management Risk

  If the adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends, the
  portfolio may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if the
  portfolio were to write a call option based on its adviser's expectation that
  the price of the underlying security would fall, but the price were to rise
  instead, the portfolio could be required to sell the security upon exercise at
  a price below the current market price.  Similarly, if the portfolio were to
  write a put option based on the adviser's expectation that the price of the
  underlying security would rise, but the price were to fall instead, the
  portfolio could be required to purchase the security upon exercise at a price
  higher than the current market price.

  Volatility and Leverage

  The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly,
  substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of factors,
  including

  .  actual and anticipated changes in interest rates;

  .  fiscal and monetary policies; and

  .  national and international political events.

  Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can change
  during a single trading day.  Daily trading limits establish the maximum
  amount that the price of a derivative may vary from the settlement price of
  that derivative at the end of trading on the previous day.  Once the price of
  a derivative reaches this value, a portfolio may not trade that derivative at
  a price beyond that limit.  The daily limit governs only price movements
  during a given day and does not limit potential gains or losses.  Derivative
  prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive
  trading days, preventing prompt liquidation of the derivative.

  Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a derivative
  position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of leverage.
  Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative may result in
  an immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the portfolio and it
  may lose more than it originally invested in the derivative.

  If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, the portfolio may have
  to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to meet its
  minimum daily margin requirement.  The portfolio may lose its margin deposits
  if a broker-dealer with whom it has an open futures contract or related option
  becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.


EQUITY SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Equity Securities

  Common Stocks

  Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company.  Common stocks
  usually carry voting rights and earn dividends.  Unlike preferred stocks,
  which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are
  declared at the discretion of the company's board of directors.

                                     II-16
<PAGE>

  Preferred Stocks

  Preferred stocks are also units of ownership in a company. Preferred stocks
  normally have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the
  liquidation of the company.  However, in all other resects, preferred stocks
  are subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer.  Unlike common stocks,
  preferred stocks are generally not entitled to vote on corporate matters.
  Types of preferred stocks include adjustable-rate preferred stock, fixed
  dividend preferred stock, perpetual preferred stock, and sinking fund
  preferred stock. Generally, the market values of preferred stock with a fixed
  dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates
  and perceived credit risk.

  Convertible Securities

  Convertible securities are debt securities and preferred stocks that are
  convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio.  In
  exchange for the conversion feature, many corporations will pay a lower rate
  of interest on convertible securities than debt securities of the same
  corporation. Their market price tends to go up if the stock price moves up.

  Convertible securities are subject to the same risks as similar securities
  without the convertible feature. The price of a convertible security is more
  volatile during times of steady interest rates than other types of debt
  securities.

  Rights and Warrants

  A right is a privilege granted to exiting shareholders of a corporation to
  subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued.
  Rights normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely
  transferable and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower
  price than the public offering price.  Warrants are securities that are
  usually issued together with a debt security or preferred stock and that give
  the holder the right to buy proportionate amount of common stock at a
  specified price.  Warrants are freely transferable and are traded on major
  exchanges.  Unlike rights, warrants normally have a life that measured in
  years and entitle the holder to buy common stock of a company at a price that
  is usually higher than the market price at the time the warrant is issued.
  Corporations often issue warrants to make the accompanying debt security more
  attractive.

  An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain
  other types of investments.  Generally, rights and warrants do not carry the
  right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the
  underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of
  the issuer. In addition, their value does not necessarily change with the
  value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if they are
  not exercised on or before their expiration date.  Investing in rights and
  warrants increases the potential profit or loss to be realized from the
  investment as compared with investing the same amount in the underlying
  securities.

Risks of Investing in Equity Securities

  General Risks of Investing in Stocks

  While investing in stocks allows a portfolio to participate in the benefits of
  owning a company, the portfolio must accept the risks of ownership.  Unlike
  bondholders, who have preference to a company's earnings and cash flow,
  preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in order of priority,
  are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets its other
  obligations. For this reason, the value of a company's stock will usually
  react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company's financial
  condition or prospects than its debt obligations.  Stockholders of a company
  that fares poorly can lose money.

  Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of rising
  and falling stock prices.  The value of a company's stock may fall because of:

  .  Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made by its
     management or lower demand for the company's products or services;

                                     II-17
<PAGE>

  .  Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production
     costs; and

  .  Changes in financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated to the
     company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates, currency
     exchange rates or inflation rates.

  Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other
  obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer
  will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more
  senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

  Small and Medium-Sized Companies

  A small or medium-sized company is a company whose market capitalization falls
  with the range specified in the prospectus of the portfolio.  Investors in
  small and medium-sized companies typically take on greater risk and price
  volatility than they would by investing in larger, more established companies.
  This increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of their small or
  medium size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and
  frequent lack of management depth.  The securities of small and medium
  companies are often traded in the over-the-counter market and might not be
  traded in volumes typical of securities traded on a national securities
  exchange.  Thus, the securities of small and medium capitalization companies
  are likely to be less liquid, and subject to more abrupt or erratic market
  movements, than securities of larger, more established companies.

  Technology Companies

  Stocks of technology companies have tended to be subject to greater volatility
  than securities of companies that are not dependent upon or associated with
  technological issues.  Technology companies operate in various industries.
  Since these industries frequently share common characteristics, an event or
  issue affecting one industry may significantly influence other, related
  industries.  For example, technology companies may be strongly affected by
  worldwide scientific or technological developments and their products and
  services may be subject to governmental regulation or adversely affected by
  governmental policies.


FOREIGN SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities are debt and equity securities that are traded in markets
  outside of the United States.  The markets in which these securities are
  located can be developed or emerging.  People can invest in foreign securities
  in a number of ways:

  .  They can invest directly in foreign securities denominated in a foreign
     currency;

  .  They can invest in American Depositary Receipts; and

  .  They can invest in investment funds.

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership of
  shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository banks
  and generally trade on an established market in the United States or
  elsewhere. A custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer's
  home country holds the underlying shares in trust. The depository bank may not
  have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge
  fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and
  corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying
  foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs
  continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly
  in foreign securities.

                                     II-18
<PAGE>

  Emerging Markets

  An "emerging country" is generally country that the International Bank for
  Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Finance
  Corporation would consider to be an emerging or developing country. Typically,
  emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of
  industrialization, with lower gross national products (GNP) than more
  developed countries.  There are currently over 130 countries that the
  international financial community generally considers to be emerging or
  developing countries, approximately 40 of which currently have stock markets.
  These countries generally include every nation in the world except the United
  States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most nations located in
  Western Europe.

  Investment Funds

  Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the
  securities of their companies.  Certain emerging countries, however, permit
  indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and traded
  on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have specifically
  authorized.  The portfolio may invest in these investment funds subject to the
  provisions of the 1940 Act.  If a portfolio invests in such investment funds,
  its shareholders will bear not only their proportionate share of the expenses
  of the portfolio (including operating expenses and the fees of the adviser),
  but also will bear indirectly bear similar expenses of the underlying
  investment funds.  In addition, these investment funds may trade at a premium
  over their net asset value.

Risks of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S. entities
  with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks in addition
  to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

  Political and Economic Factors

  Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military action
  or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value of foreign
  investments.  Listed below are some of the more important political and
  economic factors that could negatively affect a portfolio's investments.

  .  The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of the
     United States in such areas as growth of gross national product, rate of
     inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, budget deficits
     and national debt;

  .  Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree, through
     ownership interests or regulation, in their respective economies. Actions
     by these governments could significantly influence the market prices of
     securities and payment of dividends;

  .  The economies of many foreign countries are dependent on international
     trade and their trading partners and they could be severely affected if
     their trading partners were to enact protective trade barriers and economic
     conditions;

  .  The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less stable
     than in the United States. Other countries face significant external
     political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by other countries
     or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes; and

  .  A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S. investors,
     including expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation
     and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A country may restrict or
     control foreign investments in its securities markets. These restrictions
     could limit ability of a portfolio to invest a particular country or make
     it very expensive for the portfolio to invest in that country. Some
     countries require prior governmental approval, limit the types or amount of
     securities or companies in which a foreigner can invest. Other countries
     may restrict the ability of foreign investors to repatriate their
     investment income and capital gains.

                                     II-19
<PAGE>

  Information and Supervision

  There is generally less publicly available information about foreign companies
  than companies based in the United States.  For example, there are often no
  reports and ratings published about foreign companies comparable to the ones
  written about United States companies.  Foreign companies are typically not
  subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards,
  practices and requirements comparable to those applicable United States
  companies.   The lack of comparable information makes investment decisions
  concerning foreign countries more difficult and less reliable than domestic
  companies.

  Stock Exchange and Market Risk

  The adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter
  (OTC) market located outside of the United States will be the best available
  market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume
  and sophistication, are generally not as developed as the markets in the
  United States.  Foreign stocks markets tend to differ from those in the United
  States in a number of ways:

  .  They are generally not as developed or efficient as, and more volatile,
     than those in the United States;

  .  They have substantially less volume;

  .  Their securities tend to be less liquid and to experience rapid and erratic
     price movements;

  .  Commissions on foreign stocks are generally higher and subject to set
     minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates;

  .  Foreign security trading, settlement and custodial practices are often less
     developed than those in U.S. markets; and

  .  They may have different settlement practices, which may cause delays and
     increase the potential for failed settlements.

  Foreign Currency Risk

  While, the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in United States
  dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in
  foreign currencies. Thus, a change in a the value of a foreign currency
  against the United States dollar will result in a corresponding change in
  value of the securities held by a portfolio.   Some of the factors that may
  impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

  .  It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into United States
     dollars and vice versa;

  .  Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the values
     of various currencies, including United States dollars, and their exchange
     rates;

  .  Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or
     selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts,
     since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other
     market forces;

  .  There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign
     currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available through
     dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis;

  .  Available quotation information is generally representative of very large
     round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not reflect
     exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1 million)
     where rates may be less favorable; and

                                     II-20
<PAGE>

  .  The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock
     market. To the extent that a market is closed while the markets for the
     underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may not always reflect
     significant price and rate movements.

  Taxes

  Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest
  income. Although in some countries the portfolio may recover a portion of
  these taxes, the portion it cannot recover will reduce the income the
  portfolio receives from its investments.  The portfolio does not expect such
  foreign withholding taxes to have a significant impact on performance.

  Emerging Markets

  Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
  Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than
  those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties of
  investing in less established markets and economies. In particular, countries
  with emerging markets may:

  .  Have relatively unstable governments;

  .  Present greater risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions on
     foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets; and

  .  Offer less protection of property rights than more developed countries.

  .  Have economies that are based on only a few industries, may be highly
     vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may suffer
     from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates.

  .  Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may be
     unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume, potentially
     making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impossible at times.

The Euro

  The single currency for the European Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU"), the
  Euro, is scheduled to replace the national currencies for participating member
  countries over a period that began on January 1, 1999 and ends in July 2002.
  At the end of that period, use of the Euro will be compulsory and countries in
  the EMU will no longer maintain separate currencies in any form. Until then,
  however, each country and issuers within each country are free to choose
  whether to use the Euro.

  On January 1, 1999, existing national currencies became denominations of the
  Euro at fixed rates according to practices prescribed by the European Monetary
  Institute and the Euro became available as a book-entry currency.  On or about
  that date, member states began conducting financial market transactions in
  Euros and redenominating many investments, currency balances and transfer
  mechanisms into Euros.  The portfolio also anticipates pricing, trading,
  settling and valuing investments whose nominal values remain in their existing
  domestic currencies in Euros.  Accordingly, the portfolio expects the
  conversion to the Euro to impact investments in countries that will adopt the
  Euro in all aspects of the investment process, including trading, foreign
  exchange, payments, settlements, cash accounts, custody and accounting. Some
  of the uncertainties surrounding the conversion to the Euro include:

  .  Will the payment and operational systems of banks and other financial
     institutions be ready by the scheduled launch date?

  .  Will the conversion to the Euro have legal consequences on outstanding
     financial contracts that refer to existing currencies rather than Euro?

                                     II-21
<PAGE>

  .  How will existing currencies be exchanged into Euro?

  .  Will suitable clearing and settlement payment systems for the new currency
     be created?

INVESTMENT COMPANIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  A portfolio may buy and sell shares of other investment companies.  Such
  investment companies may pay management and other fees that are similar to the
  fees currently paid by a portfolio.  Like other shareholders, each portfolio
  would pay its proportionate share those fees.  Consequently, shareholders of a
  portfolio would pay not only the management fees of the portfolio, but also
  the management fees of the investment company in which the portfolio invests.

  The SEC has granted an order that allows a portfolio to invest the greater of
  5% of its total assets or $2.5 million in the UAM DSI Money Market Portfolio,
  provided that the investment is:

  .  For cash management purposes;

  .  Consistent with a portfolio's investment policies and restrictions; and

  .  The adviser to the investing portfolio waives any fees it earns on the
     assets of the portfolio that are invested in the UAM DSI Money Market
     Portfolio.

  The investing portfolio will bear expenses of the UAM DSI Money Market
  Portfolio on the same basis as all of its other shareholders.


REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  In a repurchase agreement, an investor agrees to buy a security (underlying
  security) from a securities dealer or bank that is a member of the Federal
  Reserve System (counter-party).  At the time, the counter-party agrees to
  repurchase the underlying security for the same price, plus interest.
  Repurchase agreements are generally for a relatively short period (usually not
  more than 7 days).  The portfolios normally use repurchase agreements to earn
  income on assets that are not invested.

  When it enters into a repurchase agreement, a portfolio will:

  .  Pay for the underlying securities only upon physically receiving them or
     upon evidence of their receipt in book-entry form; and

  .  Require the counter party to add to the collateral whenever the price of
     the repurchase agreement rises above the value of the underlying security
     (i.e., it will require the borrower "mark to the market" on a daily basis).

  If the seller of the security declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes
  financially unable to buy back the security, a portfolio's right to sell the
  security may be restricted.  In addition, the value of the security might
  decline before a portfolio can sell it and a portfolio might incur expenses in
  enforcing its rights.


RESTRICTED SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  A portfolio may purchase restricted securities that are not registered for
  sale to the general public but which are eligible for resale to qualified
  institutional investors under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933.  Under
  the supervision of the Fund's board, the adviser determines the liquidity of
  such investments by considering all relevant factors.  Provided that a dealer
  or institutional trading market in such securities exists, these restricted
  securities are not treated as illiquid securities for purposes of the
  portfolio's investment limitations.  The price realized from the sales of
  these securities could be more or less than those originally paid by a
  portfolio or less than what may be considered the fair value of such
  securities.

                                    II-22
<PAGE>

SECURITIES LENDING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  A portfolio may lend a portion of its total assets to broker- dealers or other
  financial institutions. It may then reinvest the collateral it receives in
  short-term securities and money market funds. When a portfolio lends its
  securities, it will follow the following guidelines:

  .  The borrower must provide collateral at least equal to the market value of
     the securities loaned;

  .  The collateral must consist of cash, an irrevocable letter of credit issued
     by a domestic U.S. bank or securities issued or guaranteed by the U. S.
     government;

  .  The borrower must add to the collateral whenever the price of the
     securities loaned rises (i.e., the borrower "marks to the market" on a
     daily basis);

  .  It must be able to terminate the loan at any time;

  .  It must receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may include the
     portfolio investing any cash collateral in interest bearing short-term
     investments); and

  .  It must determine that the borrower is an acceptable credit risk.

  These risks are similar to the ones involved with repurchase agreements. When
  the portfolio lends securities, there is a risk that the borrower fails
  financially become financially unable to honor its contractual obligations.
  If this happens, the portfolio could:

  .  Lose its rights in the collateral and not be able to retrieve the
     securities it lent to the borrower; and

  .  Experience delays in recovering its securities.


SHORT SALES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Description of Short Sales

  Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not own.
  To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from someone
  else to deliver to the buyer.  The investor then replaces the security it
  borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the time of
  replacement. Until it replaces the security, the investor repays the person
  that lent it the security for any interest or dividends that may have accrued
  during the period of the loan.

  Investors typically sell securities short to:

  .  Take advantage of an anticipated decline in prices.

  .  Protect a profit in a security it already owns.

  A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short
  increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the
  portfolio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit if
  the price of the security declines between those dates.

  To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
  which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
  transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
  will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
  premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to pay
  in connection with a short sale.

  The broker will retain the net proceeds of the short sale, to the extent
  necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.

                                     II-23
<PAGE>

Short Sales Against the Box

  In addition, a portfolio may engage in short sales  "against the box".  In a
  short sale against the box, the portfolio agrees to sell at a future date a
  security that it either contemporaneously owns or has the right to acquire at
  no extra cost. A portfolio will incur transaction costs to open, maintain and
  close short sales against the box.

Restrictions on Short Sales

  A portfolio will not short sell a security if:

  .  After giving effect to such short sale, the total market value of all
     securities sold short would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio net
     assets.

  .  The market value of the securities of any single issuer that have been sold
     short by the portfolio would exceed the two percent (2%) of the value of
     the portfolio's net assets.

  .  Such securities would constitute more than two percent (2%) of any class of
     the issuer's securities.

  Whenever a portfolio sells a security short, its custodian segregates an
  amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the difference between (a) the
  market value of the securities sold short at the time they were sold short and
  (b) any cash or U.S. Government securities the portfolio is required to
  deposit with the broker in connection with the short sale (not including the
  proceeds from the short sale). The segregated assets are marked to market
  daily in an attempt to ensure that the amount deposited in the segregated
  account plus the amount deposited with the broker is at least equal to the
  market value of the securities at the time they were sold short.


WHEN-ISSUED, FORWARD COMMITMENT AND DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a market
  exists, but which have not been issued.  In a forward delivery transaction, a
  portfolio contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date
  beyond customary settlement time.  "Delayed delivery" refers to securities
  transactions on the secondary market where settlement occurs in the future. In
  each of these transactions, the parties fix the payment obligation and the
  interest rate that they will receive on the securities at the time the parties
  enter the commitment; however, they do not pay money or deliver securities
  until a later date.  Typically, no income accrues on securities a portfolio
  has committed to purchase before the securities are delivered, although the
  portfolio may earn income on securities it has in a segregated account. A
  portfolio will only enter into these types of transactions with the intention
  of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before the settlement
  date.

  A portfolio uses when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward delivery
  transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield at
  the time of purchase. When a portfolio engages in when-issued, delayed-
  delivery and forward delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to
  consummate the sale.  If the other party fails to complete the sale, a
  portfolio may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a favorable price
  or yield.

  When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward
  delivery basis, the portfolio assumes the rights and risks of ownership of the
  security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of
  settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the
  purchase price.  The yield available in the market when the delivery takes
  place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
  Because a portfolio does not pay for the security until the delivery date,
  these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other
  investments.

  A portfolio will segregate cash and liquid securities equal in value to
  commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery
  transaction.  A portfolio will segregate additional liquid assets daily so
  that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of its commitments.

                                     II-24
<PAGE>

Management Of The Fund

  The governing board manages the business of the Fund.  The governing board
  elects officers to manage the day-to-day operations of the Fund and to execute
  policies the board has formulated.  The Fund pays each board member who is not
  also an officer or affiliated person (independent board member) a $150
  quarterly retainer fee per active portfolio per quarter and a $2,000 meeting
  fee.  In addition, the Fund reimburses each independent board member for
  travel and other expenses incurred while attending board meetings.  The $2,000
  meeting fee and expense reimbursements are aggregated for all of the board
  members and allocated proportionately among the portfolios of the UAM Funds
  Complex. The Fund does not pay board members that are affiliated with the fund
  for their services as board members. UAM, its affiliates or SEI pay the Fund's
  officers.

  The following table lists the board members and officers of the Fund and
  provides information regarding their present positions, date of birth,
  address, principal occupations during the past five years, aggregate
  compensation received from the Fund and total compensation received from the
  UAM Funds Complex.  The UAM Funds Complex is currently comprised of 48
  portfolios. Those people with an asterisk beside their name are "interested
  persons" of the Fund as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. Mr. English does
  have an investment advisory relationship with Investment Counselors of
  Maryland, an investment adviser to one of the portfolios in the UAM Funds
  Complex.  However, the Fund does not believe that the relationship is a
  material business relationship, and, therefore, does not consider him to be an
  "interested person" of the Fund.  If these circumstances change, the Board
  will determine whether any action is required to change the composition of the
  Board.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                        Total
                                                                                                    Aggregate        Compensation
                                                                                                   Compensation        From UAM
Name, Address, DOB        Position         Principal Occupations During the Past 5                 from Fund as      Funds Complex
                          with Fund        years                                                    of 4/30/99       as of 12/31/98
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>              <C>                                                     <C>               <C>
John T. Bennett, Jr.      Board Member     President of Squam Investment Management Company,         $8,094             $39,900
College Road -- RFD 3                      Inc. and Great Island Investment Company, Inc.;
Meredith, NH 03253                         President of Bennett Management Company from 1988
1/26/29                                    to 1993.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nancy J. Dunn             Board Member     Financial Officer of World Wildlife Fund since            $8,094             $40,575
10 Garden Street                           January 1999; Vice President for Finance and
Cambridge, MA 02138                        Administration and Treasurer of Radcliffe College
8/14/51                                    from 1991 to 1999.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William A. Humenuk        Board Member     Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative         $8,094             $40,936
100 King Street West                       Officer of Philip Services Corp.; Formerly, a
P.O. Box 2440, LCD-1                       Partner in the Philadelphia office of the law firm
Hamilton  Ontario,                         Dechert Price & Rhoads and a Director of Hofler
Canada L8N-4J6                             Corp.
4/21/42
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Philip D. English         Board Member     President and Chief Executive Officer of                  $8,094             $40,702
16 West Madison Street                     Broventure Company, Inc.; Chairman of the Board of
Baltimore, MD 21201                        Chektec Corporation and Cyber Scientific, Inc.
8/5/48
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
James P. Pappas*          Board Member     President of UAM Investment Services, Inc. since             0                  0
211 Congress Street                        March 1999; Vice President UAM Trust Company since
Boston, MA  02110                          January 1996; Principal of UAM Fund Distributors,
2/24/53                                    Inc. since December 1995; Vice President of UAM
                                           Investment Services, Inc. from January 1996 to
                                           March 1999 and a Director and Chief Operating
                                           Officer of CS First Boston Investment Management
                                           from 1993-1995.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Norton H. Reamer*         Board Member;    Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a Director             0                  0
One International Place   President and    of United Asset Management Corporation; Director,
Boston, MA 02110          Chairman         Partner or Trustee of each of the Investment
3/21/35                                    Companies of the Eaton Vance Group of Mutual Funds.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                                               II-25
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                        Total
                                                                                                    Aggregate        Compensation
                                                                                                   Compensation        From UAM
Name, Address, DOB        Position         Principal Occupations During the Past 5                 from Fund as      Funds Complex
                          with Fund        years                                                    of 4/30/99       as of 12/31/98
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>              <C>                                                     <C>               <C>
Peter M. Whitman, Jr.*    Board Member     President and Chief Investment Officer of Dewey              0                  0
One Financial Center                       Square Investors Corporation since 1988; Director
Boston, MA 02111                           and Chief Executive Officer of H.T. Investors,
7/1/43                                     Inc., formerly a subsidiary of Dewey Square.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

William H. Park           Vice President   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial                 0                  0
One International Place                    Officer of United Asset Management Corporation.
Boston, MA 02110
9/19/47
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gary L. French            Treasurer        President of UAMFSI and UAMFDI; Treasurer of the              0                 0
211 Congress Street                        Fidelity Group of Mutual Funds from 1991 to 1995;
Boston, MA 02110                           held various other offices with Fidelity
7/4/51                                     Investments from November 1990 to March 1995.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael E. DeFao          Secretary        Vice President and General Counsel of UAMFSI and             0                  0
211 Congress Street                        UAMFDI; Associate Attorney of Ropes & Gray (a law
Boston, MA 02110                           firm) from 1993 to 1995.
2/28/68
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Robert R. Flaherty        Assistant        Vice President of UAMFSI; Manager of Fund                    0                  0
211 Congress Street       Treasurer        Administration and Compliance of CGFSC from 1995
Boston, MA 02110                           to 1996; Senior Manager of Deloitte & Touche LLP
9/18/63                                    from 1985 to 1995,
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Michael J. Leary          Assistant        Vice President of Chase Global Funds Services                0                  0
73 Tremont Street         Treasurer        Company since 1993.  Manager of Audit at Ernst &
Boston, MA  02108                          Young from 1988 to 1993.
11/23/65
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michelle Azrialy          Assistant        Assistant Treasurer of Chase Global Funds Services           0                  0
73 Tremont Street         Secretary        Company since 1996.  Senior Public Accountant with
Boston, MA 02108                           Price Waterhouse LLP from 1991 to 1994.
4/12/69
</TABLE>

Investment Advisory and Other Services

INVESTMENT ADVISER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Control Of Adviser

  Each adviser is a subsidiary of UAM.  UAM is a holding company incorporated in
  Delaware in December 1980 for the purpose of acquiring and owning firms
  engaged primarily in institutional investment management. Since its first
  acquisition in August 1983, UAM has acquired or organized more than 50 UAM
  Affiliated Firms. UAM believes that permitting UAM Affiliated Firms to retain
  control over their investment advisory decisions is necessary to allow them to
  continue to provide investment management services that are intended to meet
  the particular needs of their respective clients.  Accordingly, after
  acquisition by UAM, UAM Affiliated Firms continue to operate under their own
  firm name, with their own leadership and individual investment philosophy and
  approach. Each UAM Affiliated Firm manages its own business independently on a
  day-to-day basis. Investment strategies employed and securities selected by
  UAM Affiliated Firms are separately chosen by each of them. Several UAM
  Affiliated Firms also act as investment advisers to separate series or
  portfolios of the UAM Funds Complex.

                                     II-26
<PAGE>

Investment Advisory Agreement

  This section summarizes some of the important provisions of each of the
  portfolio's Investment Advisory Agreements.  The Fund has filed each agreement
  with the SEC as part of its registration statement on Form N-1A.

  Service Performed by Adviser
  Each adviser:

  .  Manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the portfolios;

  .  Continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment program of
     the portfolios; and

  .  Determines what portion of portfolio's assets will be invested in
     securities and what portion will consist of cash.

  Limitation of Liability

  In the absence of (1) willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence on
  the part of the adviser in the performance of its obligations and duties under
  the Advisory Agreement, (2) reckless disregard by the adviser of its
  obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement, or (3) a loss resulting
  from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation
  for services, the adviser shall not be subject to any liability whatsoever to
  the Fund, for any error of judgment, mistake of law or any other act or
  omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services under the
  Advisory Agreement.

  Continuing an Advisory Agreement

  An Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect for periods of one year
  so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a:

  .  Majority of those Members who are not parties to the Investment Advisory
     Agreement or interested persons of any such party;

  .  (2) (a) majority of the Members or (b) a majority of the shareholders of
     the portfolio.

  Terminating an Advisory Agreement

  The Fund may terminate an Investment Advisory Agreement at any time, without
  the payment of any penalty if:

  .  A majority of the portfolio's shareholders vote to do so; and

  .  It gives the adviser 60 days' written notice.

  .  The adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreements at any time, without the
     payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' written notice to the Fund. An
     Advisory Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate if it is
     assigned.


DISTRIBUTOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  UAMFDI is the Fund's distributor.  The Fund offers its shares continuously.
  While UAMFDI will use its best efforts to sell shares of the Fund, it is not
  obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. UAMFDI receives no
  compensation for its services, and any amounts it may receive under a Service
  and Distribution Plan are passed through in their entirety to third parties.
  UAMFDI, an affiliate of UAM, is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston,
  Massachusetts 02110.

                                     II-27
<PAGE>

SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PLANS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The Fund has adopted a Distribution Plan and a Shareholder Servicing Plan (the
  "Plans") for their Institutional Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1
  under the 1940 Act.

Shareholder Servicing Plan

  The Shareholder Servicing Plan (Service Plan) permits the Fund to compensate
  broker-dealers or other financial institutions (Service Agents) that have
  agreed with UAMFDI to provide administrative support services to Institutional
  Service Class shareholders that are their customers. Under the Service Plan,
  Institutional Service Class Shares may pay service fees at the maximum annual
  rate of 0.25% of the average daily net asset value of such shares held by the
  Service Agent for the benefit of its customers. The Fund pays these fees out
  of the assets allocable to Institutional Service Class Shares to UAMFDI, to
  the Service Agent directly or through UAMFDI. Each item for which a payment
  may be made under the Service Plan constitutes personal service and/or
  shareholder account maintenance and may constitute an expense of distributing
  Fund Service Class Shares as the SEC construes such term under Rule 12b-1.
  Services for which Institutional Service Class Shares may compensate Service
  Agents include:

  .  Acting as the sole shareholder of record and nominee for beneficial owners.

  .  Maintaining account records for such beneficial owners of the Fund's
     shares.

  .  Opening and closing accounts.

  .  Answering questions and handling correspondence from shareholders about
     their accounts.

  .  Processing shareholder orders to purchase, redeem and exchange shares.

  .  Handling the transmission of funds representing the purchase price or
     redemption proceeds.

  .  Issuing confirmations for transactions in the Fund's shares by
     shareholders.

  .  Distributing current copies of prospectuses, statements of additional
     information and shareholder reports.

  .  Assisting customers in completing application forms, selecting dividend and
     other account options and opening any necessary custody accounts.

  .  Providing account maintenance and accounting support for all transactions.

  .  Performing such additional shareholder services as may be agreed upon by
     the Fund and the Service Agent, provided that any such additional
     shareholder services must constitute a permissible non-banking activity in
     accordance with the then current regulations of, and interpretations
     thereof by, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, if
     applicable.

Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan

  The Distribution Plan permits the portfolio to pay UAMFDI or others for
  certain distribution, promotional and related expenses involved in marketing
  its Institutional Service Class Shares. Under the Distribution Plan,
  Institutional Service Class Shares may pay distribution fees at the maximum
  annual rate of 0.75% of the average daily net asset value of such shares held
  by the Service Agent for the benefit of its customers.  These expenses
  include, among other things:

  .  Advertising the availability of services and products.

  .  Designing materials to send to customers and developing methods of making
     such materials accessible to customers.

  .  Providing information about the product needs of customers.

                                     II-28
<PAGE>

  .  Providing facilities to solicit Fund sales and to answer questions from
     prospective and existing investors about the Fund.

  .  Receiving and answering correspondence from prospective investors,
     including requests for sales literature, prospectuses and statements of
     additional information.

  .  Displaying and making available sales literature and prospectuses.

  .  Acting as liaison between shareholders and the Fund, including obtaining
     information from the Fund and providing performance and other information
     about the Fund.

  In addition, the Service Class Shares may make payments directly to other
  unaffiliated parties, who either aid in the distribution of their shares or
  provide services to the Class.

Fees Paid under the Service and Distribution Plans

  The Plans permit Institutional Service Class shares to pay distribution and
  service fees at the maximum annual rate of 1.00% of the class' average daily
  net assets for the year.  The Fund's governing board has limited the amount
  the Institutional Service Class may pay under the Plans to 0.40% of the class'
  average daily net assets for the year, and may increase such amount to the
  plan maximum at any time.

  The Fund will not reimburse the Distributor or others for distribution
  expenses incurred in excess of the amount permitted by the Plans.

  Subject to seeking best price and execution, the Fund may buy or sell
  portfolio securities through firms that receive payments under the Plans.
  UAMFDI, at its own expense, may pay dealers for aid in distribution or for aid
  in providing administrative services to shareholders.

Approving, Amending and Terminating the Fund's Distribution Arrangements

  Shareholders of the portfolio have approved the Plans. The Plans also were
  approved by the governing board of the Fund, including a majority of the
  members of the board who are not interested persons of the Fund and who have
  no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans (Plan
  Members), by votes cast in person at meetings called for the purpose of voting
  on these Plans.

  Continuing the Plans

  The Plans continue in effect from year to year so long as they are approved
  annually by a majority of the Fund's board members and its Plan Members.  To
  continue the Plans, the board must determine whether such continuation is in
  the best interest of the Institutional Service Class shareholders and that
  there is a reasonable likelihood of the Plans providing a benefit to the
  Class.  The Fund's board has determined that the Fund's distribution
  arrangements are likely to benefit the Fund and its shareholders by enhancing
  the Fund's ability to efficiently service the accounts of its Institutional
  Service Class shareholders.

  Amending the Plans

  A majority of the Fund's governing board and a majority of its the Plan
  Members must approve any material amendment to the Plans.  Likewise, any
  amendment materially increasing the maximum percentage payable under the Plans
  must be approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the
  Class, as well as by a majority of the Plan Members.

                                     II-29
<PAGE>

  Terminating the Plans

  A majority of the Plan Members or a majority of the outstanding voting
  securities of the Class may terminate the Plans at any time without penalty.
  In addition, the Plans will terminate automatically upon their assignment.

  Miscellaneous
  So long as the Plans are in effect, the non-interested board members will
  select and nominate the Plan Members of the Fund.

  The Fund and UAMFDI intend to comply with the Conduct Rules of the National
  Association of Securities Dealers relating to investment company sales
  charges. with these rules.

  Pursuant to the Plans, the board reviews, at least quarterly, a written report
  of the amounts expended under each agreement with Service Agents and the
  purposes for which the expenditures were made.

Additional Non-12b-1 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements

  In addition to payments by the Fund under the Plans, UAM and any of its
  affiliates, may, at its own expense, compensate a Service Agent or other
  person for marketing, shareholder servicing, record-keeping and/or other
  services performed with respect to the Fund, the portfolio or any class of
  shares of the portfolio. The person making such payments may do so out of its
  revenues, its profits or any other source available to it. Such services
  arrangements, when in effect, are made generally available to all qualified
  service providers. The adviser may also compensate its affiliated companies
  for referring investors to the portfolio.


ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrator

  Pursuant to a Fund Administration Agreement with the Fund, UAMFSI manages,
  administers and conducts the general business activities of the Fund.  As a
  part of its responsibilities, UAMFSI provides and oversees the provision by
  various third parties of administrative, fund accounting, dividend disbursing
  and transfer agent services for the Fund. UAMFSI, an affiliate of UAM, has its
  principal office at 211 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

  UAMFSI will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its
  services under the Fund Administration Agreement.  Other expenses to be
  incurred in the operation of the Fund will be borne by the Fund or other
  parties, including:

  .  Taxes, interest, brokerage fees and commissions;

  .  Salaries and fees of officers and members of the board who are not
     officers, directors, shareholders or employees of an affiliate of UAM,
     including UAMFSI, UAMFDI or the adviser;

  .  SEC fees and state Blue-Sky fees;

  .  EDGAR filing fees;

  .  Processing services and related fees;

  .  Advisory and administration fees;

  .  Charges and expenses of pricing and data services, independent public
     accountants and custodians;

  .  Insurance premiums including fidelity bond premiums;

  .  Outside legal expenses;

                                     II-30
<PAGE>

  .  Costs of maintenance of corporate existence;

  .  Typesetting and printing of prospectuses for regulatory purposes and for
     distribution to current shareholders of the Fund;

  .  Printing and production costs of shareholders' reports and corporate
     meetings;

  .  Cost and expenses of Fund stationery and forms;

  .  Costs of special telephone and data lines and devices;

  .  Trade association dues and expenses; and

  .  Any extraordinary expenses and other customary Fund expenses.

  The Fund Administration Agreement continues in effect from year to year if the
  board specifically approves such continuance every year. The fund or UAMFSI
  may terminate the Fund Administration Agreement, without penalty, on not less
  than ninety (90) days' written notice.  The Fund Administration Agreement
  automatically terminates upon its assignment by UAMFSI without the prior
  written consent of the Fund.

  UAMFSI will from time to time employ other people to assist it in performing
  its duties under the Fund Administration Agreement.  Such people may be
  officers and employees who are employed by both UAMFSI and the Fund. UAMFSI
  will pay such people for such employment.  The Fund will not incur any
  obligations with respect to such people.

Sub-Administrator

  UAMFSI has subcontracted some of the its administrative and fund accounting
  services to CGFSC, an affiliate of The Chase Manhattan Bank, under a Mutual
  Funds Service Agreement dated October 26, 1998. CGFSC is located at 73 Tremont
  Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent

  UAMFSI has subcontracted its transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent
  services to DST Systems, Inc. under an Agency Agreement between UAMFSI and DST
  Systems Inc. DST Systems, Inc., is located at P.O. Box 419534, Kansas City,
  Missouri 64141-6534.

  UAMSSC serves as sub-shareholder servicing agent for the Fund under an
  agreement between UAMSSC and UAMFSI. The principal place of business of UAMSSC
  is 825 Duportail Road, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087.

Administrative Fees

  Each portfolio pays UAMFSI and CGFSC for the administrative services they
  provide.  For more information concerning these fees, see "How Much does the
  Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?" in Part I of this SAI.


CUSTODIAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The Chase Manhattan Bank, 3 Chase MatroTech Center, Brooklyn, New York, 11245,
  provides for the custody of the Fund's assets pursuant to the terms of a
  custodian agreement with the Fund.


INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110,
  serves as independent accountant for the Fund.

                                     II-31
<PAGE>

Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

SELECTION OF BROKERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The Advisory Agreement authorizes the adviser to select the brokers or dealers
  that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities for the
  portfolio.  The Advisory Agreement also directs the adviser to use its best
  efforts to obtain the best execution with respect to all transactions for the
  portfolio.  The adviser may select brokers based on research, statistical and
  pricing services they provide to the adviser. Information and research
  provided by a broker will be in addition to, and not instead of, the services
  the adviser is required to perform under the Advisory Agreement.  In so doing,
  the portfolio may pay higher commission rates than the lowest rate available
  when the adviser believes it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of
  the research, statistical, and pricing services provided by the broker
  effecting the transaction.

  It is not the practice of the Fund to allocate brokerage or effect principal
  transactions with dealers based on sales of shares that a broker-dealer firm
  makes.  However, the Fund may place trades with qualified broker-dealers who
  recommend the Fund or who act as agents in the purchase of Fund shares for
  their clients.

SIMULTANEOUS TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The adviser makes investment decisions for the portfolio independently of
  decisions made for its other clients.  When a security is suitable for the
  investment objective of more than one client, it may be prudent for the
  adviser to engage in a simultaneous transaction, that is, buy or sell the same
  security for more than one client.  The adviser strives to allocate such
  transactions among its clients, including the portfolio, in a fair and
  reasonable manner. Although there is no specified formula for allocating such
  transactions, the Fund's governing board periodically reviews the various
  allocation methods used by the adviser.

BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Equity Securities

  Generally, equity securities are bought and sold through brokerage
  transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters
  will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from
  dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer's mark-up or reflect a
  dealer's mark-down.

Debt Securities

  Debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an
  underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, a portfolio will
  not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases.  When a debt security is
  bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an
  underwriting commission or concession.  The purchase price for securities
  bought from dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the
  dealer's mark up or reflect a dealer's mark down.  When the portfolio executes
  transactions in the over-the-counter market, it will deal with primary market
  makers unless prices that are more favorable are otherwise obtainable.

                                     II-32
<PAGE>

Capital Stock and Other Securities

THE FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The Fund was organized under the name "The Regis Fund II" as a Delaware
  business trust on May 18, 1994. On October 31, 1995, the Fund changed its name
  to "UAM Funds Trust."  The Fund's principal executive office is located at 211
  Congress Street, Boston, MA  02110; however, shareholders should direct all
  correspondence to the address listed on the cover of this SAI.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND VOTING RIGHTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an
  unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, without par value. The
  Board has the power to designate one or more series (portfolios) or classes of
  shares of beneficial interest without shareholder approval.  The Board has
  authorized three classes of shares: Institutional Class, Institutional Service
  Class, and Advisor Class.  Not all of the portfolios issue all of the classes.

Description of Shares

  When issued and paid for, the shares of each series and class of the Fund are
  fully paid and nonassessable, and have no pre-emptive rights or preference as
  to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other features. The shares
  of the Fund have noncumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of
  more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of board members can elect
  100% of the board if they choose to do so. On each matter submitted to a vote
  of the shareholders, a shareholder is entitled to one vote for each full share
  held (and a fractional vote for each fractional share held), then standing in
  his name on the books of the Fund. Shares of all classes will vote together as
  a single class except when otherwise required by law or as determined by the
  Board.

  If the Fund is liquidated, the shareholders of each portfolio or any class
  thereof are entitled to receive the net assets belonging to that portfolio, or
  in the case of a class, belonging to that portfolio and allocable to that
  class. The Fund will distribute is net assets to its shareholders in
  proportion to the number of shares of that portfolio or class thereof held by
  them and recorded on the books of the Fund. A majority of the Board may
  authorize the liquidation of any portfolio or class at any time.

  The Fund will not hold annual meetings except when required to by the 1940 Act
  or other applicable law.

Class Differences

  The Board has authorized three classes of shares, Institutional, Institutional
  Service and Advisor.  The three classes represent interests in the same assets
  of the portfolio and, except as discussed below, are identical in all
  respects.

  .  Institutional Service Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder
     servicing and the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting
     rights with respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures.

  .  Advisor Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder servicing and
     the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting rights with
     respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures. Advisor
     Shares also charge a sales load on purchases.

  .  Each class of shares has different exchange privileges.

  Distribution and shareholder servicing fees reduce a class's:

  .  Net income

                                     II-33
<PAGE>

  .  Dividends

  .  NAV to the extent the portfolio has undistributed net income.


DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividend and Distribution Options

  There are three ways for shareholders to receive dividends and capital gains:

     .  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are reinvested in
     additional shares at net asset value;

     .  Income dividends are paid in cash and capital gains distributions are
     reinvested in additional shares at NAV; and

     .  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash.

  Unless the shareholder elects otherwise in writing, the fund will
  automatically reinvest all dividends in additional shares of the portfolio at
  NAV (as of the business day following the record date).  Shareholders may
  change their dividend and distributions option by writing to the fund at least
  three days before the record date for income dividend or capital gain
  distribution.

  The fund sends account statements to shareholders whenever it pays an income
  dividend or capital gains distribution.

Taxes on Distributions

  Each portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment
  income and net realized capital gains so as to avoid income taxes on its
  dividends and distributions and the imposition of the federal excise tax on
  undistributed income and capital gains.  However, a portfolio cannot predict
  the time or amount of any such dividends or distributions.

  Each portfolio will be treated as a separate entity (and hence as a separate
  "regulated investment company") for federal tax purposes. The capital
  gains/losses of one portfolio will not be offset against the capital
  gains/losses of another portfolio.

"Buying a Dividend"

  Distributions by the portfolio reduce its NAV.  A distribution that reduces
  the NAV of the portfolio below its cost basis is taxable as described in the
  prospectus of the portfolio, although from an investment standpoint, it is a
  return of capital.  If you buy shares of the portfolio on or just before the
  "record date" (the date that establishes which shareholders will receive an
  upcoming distribution) for a distribution, you will receive some of the money
  you invested as a taxable distribution.

                                     II-34
<PAGE>

Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares


NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating NAV

  The purchase and redemption price of the shares of a portfolio is equal to the
  NAV of the portfolio.  The Fund calculates the NAV of a portfolio by
  subtracting its liabilities from its total assets and dividing the result by
  the total number of shares outstanding.  For purposes of this calculation:

  .  Liabilities include accrued expenses and dividends payable; and

  .  Total assets include the market value of the securities held by the
     portfolio, plus cash and other assets plus income accrued but not yet
     received.

  Each portfolio normally calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  NYSE every day the NYSE is open for trading.  The NYSE usually closes at 4:00
  p.m.  The NYSE is closed on the following days: New Year's Day, Dr. Martin
  Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence
  Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

How the Fund Values it Assets

  Equity Securities

  Equity securities listed on a securities exchange for which market quotations
  are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price of the day.
  Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the
  security is primarily traded.  Unlisted equity securities and listed
  securities not traded on the valuation date for which market quotations are
  readily available are valued neither exceeding the asked prices nor less than
  the bid prices.  Quotations of foreign securities in a foreign currency are
  converted to U.S. dollar equivalents.  The converted value is based upon the
  bid price of the foreign currency against U.S. dollars quoted by any major
  bank or by a broker.

  Debt Securities

  Debt securities are valued according to the broadest and most representative
  market, which will ordinarily be the over-the-counter market.  Debt securities
  may be valued based on prices provided by a pricing service when such prices
  are believed to reflect the fair market value of such securities.  Securities
  purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days or less are valued at amortized
  cost when the governing board determines that amortized cost reflects fair
  value.

  Other Assets

  The value of other assets and securities for which no quotations are readily
  available (including restricted securities) is determined in good faith at
  fair value using methods determined by the governing board.


PURCHASE OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Service Agents may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of their
  customers. To do so, the Service Agent must receive your investment order
  before the close of trading on the NYSE and must transmit it to the fund
  before the close of its business day to receive that day's share price. The
  fund must receive proper payment for the order by the time the portfolio
  calculates its NAV on the following business day. Service Agents are
  responsible to their customers and the Fund for timely

                                     II-35
<PAGE>

  transmission of all subscription and redemption requests, investment
  information, documentation and money.

  Shareholders can buy full and fractional (calculated to three decimal places)
  shares of a portfolio. The fund will not issue certificates for fractional
  shares and will only issue certificates for whole shares upon the written
  request of a shareholder.

  The Fund may reduce or waive the minimum for initial and subsequent investment
  for certain fiduciary accounts, such as employee benefit plans or under
  circumstances, where certain economies can be achieved in sales of the
  portfolio's shares.

In-Kind Purchases

  At its discretion, the Fund may permit shareholders to purchase shares of the
  portfolio with securities, instead of cash.  If the Fund allows a shareholder
  to make an in-kind purchase, it will value such securities according to the
  policies described under "VALUATION OF SHARES" at the next determination of
  net asset value after acceptance. The Fund will issue shares of the portfolio
  at the NAV of the portfolio determined as of the same time.

  The Fund will only acquire securities through an in-kind purchase for
  investment and not for immediate resale. The Fund will only accept in-kind
  purchases if the transaction meets the following conditions:

  .  The securities are eligible investments for the portfolio;

  .  The securities have readily available market quotations;

  .  The investor represents and agrees that the securities are liquid and that
     there are no restrictions on their resale imposed by the 1933 Act or
     otherwise;

  .  All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to such
     securities become the property of the portfolio and are delivered to the
     fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer; and

  .  Immediately after the transaction is complete, the value of all securities
     of the same issuer held by the portfolio cannot exceed 5% of the net assets
     of the portfolio. This condition does not apply to U.S. government
     securities.

  Investors who are subject to Federal taxation upon exchange may realize a gain
  or loss for federal income tax purposes depending upon the cost of securities
  or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such exchanges should
  contact the adviser.



REDEMPTION OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  When you redeem, your shares may be worth more or less than the price you paid
  for them depending on the market value of the investments held by the
  portfolio.

By Mail

  Requests to redeem shares must include:

  .  Share certificates, if issued;

  .  A letter of instruction or an assignment specifying the number of shares or
     dollar amount the shareholder wishes to redeem signed by all registered
     owners of the shares in the exact names in which they are registered;

  .  Any required signature guarantees (see "Signature Guarantees"); and

                                     II-36
<PAGE>

  .  Estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension and
     profit sharing plans and other organizations must submit any other
     necessary legal documents.

By Telephone

  Shareholders may not do the following by telephone:

  .  Change the name of the commercial bank or the account designated to receive
     redemption proceeds. To change an account in this manner, you must submit a
     written request signed by each shareholder, with each signature
     guaranteed).

  .  Redeem shares represented by a certificate.

  The fund and its UAMSSC will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that
  instructions communicated by telephone are genuine, and they may be liable for
  any losses if they fail to do so. These procedures include requiring the
  investor to provide certain personal identification at the time an account is
  opened and before effecting each transaction requested by telephone. In
  addition, all telephone transaction requests will be recorded and investors
  may be required to provide additional telecopied written instructions of such
  transaction requests. The Fund or UAMSSC may be liable for any losses due to
  unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if the Fund or the UAMSSC
  does not employ the procedures described above. Neither the Fund nor the
  UAMSSC will be responsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for
  following instructions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be
  genuine.

Redemptions-In-Kind

  If the governing board determines that it would be detrimental to the best
  interests of remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or
  partly in cash, the Fund may pay redemption proceeds in whole or in part by a
  distribution in-kind of liquid securities held by the portfolio in lieu of
  cash in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC. Investors may incur
  brokerage charges on the sale of portfolio securities received in payment of
  redemptions.

  However, the Fund has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all
  redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during
  any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the
  Fund at the beginning of such period.  Such commitment is irrevocable without
  the prior approval of the SEC.  Redemptions in excess of the above limits may
  be paid in whole or in part, in investment securities or in cash, as the Board
  may deem advisable; however, payment will be made wholly in cash unless the
  governing board believes that economic or market conditions exist which would
  make such a practice detrimental to the best interests of the Fund.  If
  redemptions are paid in investment securities, such securities will be valued
  as set forth under "Valuation of Shares."  A redeeming shareholder would
  normally incur brokerage expenses if these securities were converted to cash.

  Signature Guarantees

  The Fund requires signature guarantees for certain types of documents,
  including.

  .  Written requests for redemption;

  .  Separate instruments for assignment ("stock power"), which should specify
     the total number of shares to be redeemed; and

  .  On all stock certificates tendered for redemption.

  The purpose of signature guarantees is to verify the identity of the person
  who has authorized a redemption from your account and to protect your account,
  the Fund and its sub-transfer agent from fraud.

                                     II-37
<PAGE>

  The Fund will accept signature guarantees from any eligible guarantor
  institution, as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
  participates in a signature guarantee program. Eligible guarantor institutions
  include banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national securities exchanges,
  registered securities associations, clearing agencies and savings
  associations.  You can get a complete definition of eligible guarantor
  institutions by calling 1-877-826-5465.  Broker-dealers guaranteeing
  signatures must be a member of a clearing corporation or maintain net capital
  of at least $100,000.  Credit unions must be authorized to issue signature
  guarantees.

Other Redemption Information

  Normally, the Fund will pay for all shares redeemed under proper procedures
  within seven days after it received your request.  However, the Fund will pay
  your redemption proceeds earlier as applicable law so requires.

  The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment:

  .  When the NYSE and custodian bank are closed

  .  Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  .  During any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the
     Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the
     portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it, or to fairly determine the
     value of its assets.

  .  For such other periods as the Commission may permit.


EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The exchange privilege is only available with respect to portfolios that are
  qualified for sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges are
  based on the respective net asset values of the shares involved. The
  Institutional Class and Institutional Service Class shares of UAM Funds do not
  charge a sales commission or charge of any kind for exchanges.

  Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be responsible for the
  authenticity of the exchange instructions received by telephone.  The
  governing board of the Fund may restrict the exchange privilege at any time.
  Such instructions may include limiting the amount or frequency of exchanges
  and may be for the purpose of assuring such exchanges do not disadvantage the
  Fund and its shareholders.


TRANSFER OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Shareholders may transfer shares of the portfolio to another person by making
  a written request to the Fund. Your request should clearly identify the
  account and number of shares you wish to transfer.  All registered owners
  should sign the request and all stock certificates, if any, which are subject
  to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the stock certificate
  or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner as described under
  "Signature Guarantees." As in the case of redemptions, the written request
  must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

Performance Calculations

  A portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
  return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
  are not intended to indicate future performance.  The SEC has adopted rules
  that require mutual funds to present performance quotations in a standard
  manner. Mutual funds can present non-standard performance quotations only if
  they also provide

                                     II-38
<PAGE>

  certain standardized performance information that they have computed according
  to the requirements of the SEC. Current yield and average annual compounded
  total return information are calculated using the method of computing
  performance mandated by the SEC.

  The performance is calculated separately for each Class of a portfolio.
  Dividends paid by a portfolio with respect to each Class will be calculated in
  the same manner at the same time on the same day and will be in the same
  amount, except that service fees, distribution charges and any incremental
  transfer agency costs relating to Advisor or Service Class Shares will be
  borne exclusively by that class.


TOTAL RETURN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Total return is the change in value of an investment in the portfolio over a
  given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A
  cumulative or aggregate total return reflects actual performance over a stated
  period. An average annual total return is a hypothetical rate of return that,
  if achieved annually, would have produced the same cumulative total return if
  performance had been constant over the entire period.

  The fund calculates the average annual total return of a portfolio by finding
  the average annual compounded rates of return over one, five and ten-year
  periods that would equate an initial hypothetical $1,000 investment to its
  ending redeemable value. The calculation assumes that all dividends and
  distributions are reinvested when paid. The quotation assumes the amount was
  completely redeemed at the end of each one, five and ten-year period and the
  deduction of all applicable Fund expenses on an annual basis. Since
  Institutional Service Class Shares bear additional service and distribution
  expenses, their average annual total return will generally be lower than that
  of the Institutional Class Shares.

  The fund calculates these figures according to the following formula:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     P(1 + T)/n/ = ERV
<S>               <C>
     Where:

     P      =     a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

     T      =     average annual total return

     n      =     number of years

     ERV    =     ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made
                  at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods at the end of
                  the 1, 5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion thereof).
</TABLE>


YIELD
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the portfolio over a
  given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate. Yields are
  calculated according to a standard that is required for all mutual funds. As
  this differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may not equal the
  income actually paid to shareholders.

  The current yield is determined by dividing the net investment income per
  share earned during a 30-day base period by the maximum offering price per
  share on the last day of the period and annualizing the result.  Expenses
  accrued for the period include any fees charged to all shareholders during the
  base period. Since Institutional Service Class shares bear additional service
  and distribution expenses, their yield will generally be lower than that of
  the Institutional Class Shares.

  Yield is obtained using the following formula:

     Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)/6/-1]

     Where:

                                     II-39
<PAGE>

     a =  dividends and interest earned during the period

     b =  expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

     c =  the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period that
     were entitled to receive income distributions

     d =  the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.


COMPARISONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio's performance may be compared to data prepared by independent
  services which monitor the performance of investment companies, data reported
  in financial and industry publications, and various indices as further
  described in this SAI. This information may also be included in sales
  literature and advertising.

  To help investors better evaluate how an investment in the portfolio of the
  Fund might satisfy their investment objective, advertisements regarding the
  Fund may discuss various measures of Fund performance as reported by various
  financial publications. Advertisements may also compare performance (as
  calculated above) to performance as reported by other investments, indices and
  averages. Please see Appendix B for publications, indices and averages that
  may be used.

  In assessing such comparisons of performance, an investor should keep in mind
  that the composition of the investments in the reported indices and averages
  is not identical to the composition of investments in the portfolio, that the
  averages are generally unmanaged, and that the items included in the
  calculations of such averages may not be identical to the formula used by the
  portfolio to calculate its performance. In addition, there can be no assurance
  that the portfolio will continue this performance as compared to such other
  averages.


Financial Statements

  The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of each portfolio,
  other than the FPA Crescent Portfolio:

  .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999.

  .  Financial highlights for the respective periods presented

  .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

  The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of FPA Crescent
  Portfolio:

  .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

  .  Financial highlights for the periods presented

  .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

  Each of the above-referenced documents is incorporated by reference into this
  SAI.  However, no other parts of the portfolios' Annual Reports are
  incorporated by reference herein.  Shareholders may get copies of the
  portfolios' Annual Reports free of charge by calling the UAM Funds at the
  telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.

                                     II-40
<PAGE>

                                III:  Glossary

                                     III-1
<PAGE>

  1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

  1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

  1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

  Adviser means the investment adviser of the portfolio.

  All terms that this SAI does not otherwise define, have the same meaning in
  the SAI as they do in the prospectus(es) of the portfolios.

  Board member refers to a single member of the Fund's Board.

  Board refers to the Fund's Board of Trustees as a group.

  CGFSC is Chase Global Funds Service Company, the Fund's sub-administrator.

  Distribution Plan refers to the Distribution Plan the Fund has adopted for its
  Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

  Fund refers to UAM Funds Trust.

  Governing Board, see Board.

  NAV is the net asset value per share of a portfolio.  You can find information
  on how the fund calculates this number under "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing
  of Shares."

  NYSE is the New York Stock Exchange.  Also known as "The Exchange" or "The Big
  Board," the NYSE is located on Wall Street and is the largest exchange in the
  United States.

  Plan member refers to members of the board who are not interested persons of
  the Fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the
  operation of the Plans.

  Plans refers to the Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plans the Fund has
  adopted for its Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940
  Act.

  Portfolio refers to a single series of the Fund, while portfolios refer to all
  of the series of the Fund.

  SEC is the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The SEC is the federal agency
  that administers most of the federal securities laws in the United States.  In
  particular, the SEC administers the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the 1934 Act.

  Service Plan refers to the Shareholder Servicing Plan the Fund has adopted for
  its Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

  Service Class means the Institutional Service Class shares of a portfolio.

  UAM Funds Complex includes UAM Funds, Inc., UAM Funds Trust, UAM Funds Inc. II
  and all of their portfolios.

  UAM is United Asset Management Corporation.

  UAMFDI is UAM Fund Distributors, Inc., the Fund's distributor.

  UAMFSI is UAM Fund Services, Inc., the Fund's administrator.

  UAMSSC is UAM Fund Shareholder Servicing Center, the Fund's
  sub-shareholder-servicing agent.


                                     III-2
<PAGE>

                               IV: Appendix A --
                          Description of Securities
                                  and Ratings


                                     IV-1
<PAGE>

Moody's Investors Service, Inc.


PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
  aaa                An issue which is rated "aaa" is considered to be a top-quality preferred stock.  This rating indicates good
                     asset protection and the least risk of dividend impairment within the universe of preferred stock.

  aa                 An issue which is rated "aa" is considered a high-grade preferred stock.  This rating indicates that there is
                     a reasonable assurance the earnings and asset protection will remain relatively well maintained in the
                     foreseeable future.

  a                  An issue which is rated "a" is considered to be an upper-medium grade preferred stock.  While risks are
                     judged to be somewhat greater than in the "aaa" and "aa" classification, earnings and asset protection are,
                     nevertheless, expected to be maintained at adequate levels.

  baa                An issue which is rated "baa" is considered to be a medium-grade preferred stock, neither highly protected
                     nor poorly secured.  Earnings and asset protection appear adequate at present but may be questionable over
                     any great length of time.

  ba                 An issue which is rated "ba" is considered to have speculative elements and its future cannot be considered
                     well assured.  Earnings and asset protection may be very moderate and not well safeguarded during adverse
                     periods.  Uncertainty of position characterizes preferred stocks in this class.

  b                  An issue which is rated "b" generally lacks the characteristics of a desirable investment.  Assurance of
                     dividend payments and maintenance of other terms of the issue over any long periods of time may be small.

  caa                An issue which is rated "caa" is likely to be in arrears on dividend payments.  This rating designation does
                     not purport to indicate the future status of payments.

  ca                 An issue which is rated "ca" is speculative in a high degree and is likely to be in arrears on dividends with
                     little likelihood of eventual payments.

  c                  This is the lowest rated class of preferred or preference stock.  Issues so rated can thus be regarded as
                     having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.
</TABLE>

  Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each rating
  classification:  the modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the
  higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-
  range ranking and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower
  end of its generic rating category.


DEBT RATINGS - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- -----------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
  Aaa                Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.  They carry the smallest degree of investment
                     risk and are generally referred to as "gilt-edged."  Interest payments are protected by a large or by an
                     exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure.  While the various protective elements are likely to
                     change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of
                     such issues.

  Aa                 Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. They are rated lower than the
                     best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of
                     protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the
                     long-term risks appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

  A                  Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium
                     grade obligations.  Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate,  but elements
                     may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.
</TABLE>

                                                               IV-2
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
  Baa                Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations, (i.e., they are neither highly
                     protected nor poorly secured).  Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but
                     certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of
                     time.  Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as
                     well.

  Ba                 Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as
                     well-assured.  Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate, and thereby not
                     well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future.  Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds
                     in this class.

  B                  Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment.  Assurance of interest
                     and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be
                     small.

  Caa                Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing.  Such issues may be in default or there may be present
                     elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

  Ca                 Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high degree.  Such issues are often
                     in default or have other marked shortcomings.

  C                  Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so rated can be regarded as having
                     extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.
</TABLE>

  Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating
  classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the
  obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category;  modifier 2
  indicates a mid-range ranking;  and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the
  lower end of that generic rating category.


SHORT-TERM PRIME RATING SYSTEM - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
  repay punctually senior debt obligations.  These obligations have an original
  maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

  Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment
  grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
  Prime-1            Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institution) have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term
                     debt obligations.  Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the following characteristics:
</TABLE>

  .  High rates of return on funds employed.

  .  Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and
     ample asset protection.

  .  Broad leading market positions in well-established industries.

  .  margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal
     cash generation.

  .  Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources
     of alternate liquidity.

<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
  Prime-2            Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong ability for repayment of senior short-term
                     debt obligations.  This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser
                     degree.  Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation.  Capitalization
                     characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions.  Ample alternate
                     liquidity is maintained.

  Prime 3            Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an acceptable ability for repayment of senior
                     short-term obligation.  The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions may be more
                     pronounced.  Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt protection
                     measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage.  Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

  Not Prime          Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
</TABLE>


                                     IV-3
<PAGE>

Standard & Poor's Ratings Services


PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>
  AAA               This is the highest rating that may be assigned by Standard & Poor's to a preferred stock issue and indicates
                    an extremely strong capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.

  AA                A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a high-quality, fixed-income security. The capacity to pay
                    preferred stock obligations is very strong, although not as overwhelming as for issues rated AAA.

  A                 An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations, although it is
                    somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions.

  BBB               An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.
                    Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing
                    circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make payments for a preferred stock in this
                    category than for issues in the A category.

  BB, B, CCC        Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded, on balance, as predominantly speculative with respect to
                    the issuer's capacity to pay preferred stock obligations. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and
                    CCC the highest. While such issues will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are
                    outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

  CC                The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue that is in arrears on dividends or sinking fund
                    payments, but that is currently paying.

  C                 A preferred stock rated C is a nonpaying issue.

  D                 A preferred stock rated D is a nonpaying issue with the issuer in default on debt instruments.

  N.R.              This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a
                    rating, or that Standard & Poor's does not rate a particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.

  Plus (+) or       To provide more detailed indications of preferred stock quality, ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by
  minus (-)         the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
</TABLE>


LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
  considerations:

  Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its
  financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
  obligation;

  Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

  Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event
  of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of
  bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
  AAA                An obligation rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's.  The obligor's capacity to
                     meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

  AA                 An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only in small degree.  The obligor's
                     capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

  A                  An obligation  rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and
                     economic conditions than obligations in higher- rated categories.  However, the obligor's capacity to meet
                     its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

  BBB                An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters.  However, adverse economic conditions or
                     changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligator to meet its financial
                     commitment on the obligation.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-4
<PAGE>

  Obligations rated BB, B, CCC , CC and C are regarded as having significant
  speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and
  C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and
  protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or
  major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
  BB                 An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues.  However, it faces
                     major ongoing uncertainties or exposures to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could
                     lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

  B                  An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently
                     has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  Adverse business, financial, or
                     economic conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment
                     on the obligation.

  CCC                An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to non-payment, and is dependent upon favorable business,
                     financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  In
                     the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the
                     capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligations.

  CC                 An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

  C                  The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action
                     has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.

  D                  An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are
                     not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's
                     believes that such payments will be made during such grace period.  The D rating also will be used upon the
                     filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are
                     jeopardized.
</TABLE>

  Plus (+) or minus (-)  The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
  addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major
  rating categories.

  r  This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant
  noncredit risks.  It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected
  returns which are not addressed in the credit rating.  Examples include:
  obligation linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or commodities;
  obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as interest-only or
  principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with unusually risky
  interest terms, such as inverse floaters.


SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered
  short-term in the relevant market.  In the U.S., for example, that means
  obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days - including
  commercial paper.  Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the
  creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term
  obligations.  The result is a dual rating in which the short-term rating
  addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.  Medium-
  term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
  A-1                A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor's.  The obligor's
                     capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong.  Within this category, certain
                     obligations are designated with a plus sign (+).  This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its
                     financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

  A-2                A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
                     circumstances and economic conditions than obligation in higher rating categories.  However, the obligor's
                     capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

  A-3                A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters.  However, adverse economic
                     conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet
                     its financial commitment on the obligation.

  B                  A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics.  The obligor
                     currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major
                     ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment
                     on the obligation.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
  C                  A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable
                     business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the
                     obligation.

  D                  A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default.  The D rating category is used when payments on an
                     obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard
                     & Poors' believes that such payments will be made during such grace period.  The D rating also will be used
                     upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are
                     jeopardized.
</TABLE>

Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.


LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>
  AAA                Highest credit quality.  The risk factors are negligible, being only slightly more than for risk-free U.S.
                     Treasury debt.

  AA+/AA             High credit quality.  Protection factors are strong.  Risk is modest but may vary slightly from time to time
                     because of economic conditions.

  A+/A/A-            Protection factors are average but adequate.  However, risk factors are more variable in periods of greater
                     economic stress.

  BBB+/BBB           Below-average protection factors but still considered sufficient for prudent investment.  Considerable
  BBB-               variability in risk during economic cycles.

  BB+/BB/BB-         Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations when due.  Present or prospective financial
                     protection factors fluctuate according to industry conditions.  Overall quality may move up or down
                     frequently within this category.

  B+/B/B-            Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligation will not be net when due.  Financial protection
                     factors will fluctuate widely according to economic cycles, industry conditions and/or company fortunes.
                     Potential exists for frequent changes in the rating within this category or into a higher or lower rating
                     grade.

  CCC                Well below investment-grade securities.  Considerable uncertainty exists as to timely payment of principal,
                     interest or preferred dividends.  Protection factors are narrow and risk can be substantial with unfavorable
                     economic/industry conditions, and/or with unfavorable company developments.

  DD                 Defaulted debt obligations.  Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.  Issuer
                     failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

  DP                 Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.
</TABLE>


SHORT-TERM DEBT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High Grade
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
  D-1+                Highest certainty of timely payment.  Short-term liquidity, including internal operating factors and/or
                      access to alternative sources of funds, is outstanding, and safety is just below risk-free U.S. Treasury
                      short-term obligations.

  D-1                 Very high certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors are excellent and supported by good fundamental
                      protection factors.  Risk factors are minor.

  D-1-                High certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors are strong and supported by good fundamental protection
                      factors.  Risk factors are very small.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-6
<PAGE>

Good Grade
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
  D-2                 Good certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors and company fundamentals are sound.  Although ongoing
                      funding needs may enlarge total financing requirements, access to capital markets is good.  Risk factors are
                      small.

Satisfactory Grade

  D-3                 Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify issues as to investment grade. Risk factors are
                      larger and subject to more variation. Nevertheless, timely payment is expected.

Non-Investment Grade

  D-4                 Speculative investment characteristics. Liquidity is not sufficient to insure against disruption in debt
                      service. Operating factors and market access may be subject to a high degree of variation.

Default

 D-5                  Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.
</TABLE>

Fitch IBCA Ratings


INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Grade
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
  AAA                 Highest credit quality.  'AAA' ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk.  They are assigned only
                      in case of exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment for financial commitments.  This capacity is
                      highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

  AA                  Very high credit quality.  'AA' ratings denote a very low expectation of credit risk.  They indicate very
                      strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.  This capacity is not significantly vulnerable
                      to foreseeable events.

  A                   High credit quality.   'A' ratings denote a low expectation of credit risk.  The capacity for timely payment
                      of financial commitments is considered strong.  This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to
                      changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

  B                   Good credit quality.  'BBB' ratings indicate that there is currently a low expectation of credit risk.  The
                      capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in
                      circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.  This is the lowest
                      investment-grade category.
</TABLE>

Speculative Grade
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
  BB                  Speculative.  'BB' ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as
                      the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be
                      available to allow financial commitments to be met.  Securities rated in this category are not investment
                      grade.

  B                   Highly speculative.  'B' ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of
                      safety remains.  Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is
                      contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-7
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
  CCC,CC,C            High default risk.  Default is a real possibility.  Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely
                      reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments.  A `CC' rating indicates that default
                      of some kind appears probable.  `C' ratings signal imminent default.

  DDD,DD,D            Default.  Securities are not meeting current obligations and are extremely speculative.  `DDD' designates
                      the highest potential for recovery of amounts outstanding on any securities involved.  For U.S. corporates,
                      for example, `DD' indicates expected recovery of 50% - 90% of such outstandings, and `D' the lowest recovery
                      potential, i.e. below 50%.
</TABLE>

International Short-Term Credit Ratings
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
  F1                  Highest credit quality.  Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may
                      have an added "+" to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

  F2                  Good credit quality.  A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of
                      safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

  F3                  Fair credit quality.  The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however,
                      near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

  B                   Speculative.  Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term
                      adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

  C                   High default risk.  Default is a real possibility.  Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely
                      reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

  D                   Default.  Denotes actual or imminent payment default.
</TABLE>

Notes

  "+" or "-"  may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major
  rating categories.  Such suffixes are not added to the `AAA' long-term rating
  category, to categories below `CCC', or to short-term ratings other than `F1'.

  `NR'  indicates that Fitch IBCA does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

  `Withdrawn':  A rating is withdrawn when Fitch IBCA deems the amount of
  information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an
  obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

  RatingAlert:  Ratings are placed on RatingAlert to notify investors that there
  is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of
  such change.  These are designated as "Positive", indicating a potential
  upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving", if ratings may
  be raised, lowered or maintained.  RatingAlert is typically resolved over a
  relatively short period.

                                     IV-8
<PAGE>

                          V:  Appendix B - Comparisons

                                      V-1
<PAGE>

  CDA Mutual Fund Report, published by CDA Investment Technologies, Inc. --
  analyzes price, current yield, risk, total return and average rate of return
  (average annual compounded growth rate) over specified time periods for the
  mutual fund industry.

  Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the U.S. Bureau
  of Labor Statistics -- a statistical measure of change, over time in the price
  of goods and services in major expenditure groups.

  Donoghue's Money Fund Average -- is an average of all major money market fund
  yields, published weekly for 7 and 30-day yields.

  Dow Jones Industrial Average -- a price-weighted average of thirty blue-chip
  stocks that are generally the leaders in their industry and are listed on the
  New York Stock Exchange.  It has been a widely followed indicator of the stock
  market since October 1, 1928.

  Financial publications: Business Week, Changing Times, Financial World,
  Forbes, Fortune, Money, Barron's, Consumer's Digest, Financial Times, Global
  Investor, Investor's Daily, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Morningstar,
  Inc., New York Times, Personal Investor, Wall Street Journal and Weisenberger
  Investment Companies Service -- publications that rate fund performance over
  specified time periods.

  Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
  Corporation, J.P. Morgan & Co, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Merrill Lynch &
  Co., Inc., Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Bloomberg L.P.

  IBC's Money Fund Average/All Taxable -- an average of all major money market
  fund yields, published weekly for 7- and 30-day yields.

  IFC Investable Index -- an unmanaged index maintained by the International
  Finance Corporation.  This index consists of 890 companies in 25 emerging
  equity markets, and is designed to measure more precisely the returns
  portfolio managers might receive from investment in emerging markets equity
  securities by focusing on companies and markets that are legally and
  practically accessible to foreign investors.

  Lehman Aggregate Bond Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market value-weighted
  index that combines the Lehman Government/Corporate Index and the Lehman
  Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and includes treasury issues, agency issues,
  corporate bond issues and mortgage backed securities.  It includes fixed rate
  issuers of investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least one
  year and outstanding par values of at least $200 million for U.S. government
  issues and $25 million for others.

  Lehman Corporate Bond Index -- an unmanaged indices of all publicly issues,
  fixed-rate, nonconvertible investment grade domestic corporate debt.  Also
  included are yankee bonds, which are dollar-denominated SEC registered public,
  noncovertible debt issued or guaranteed by foreign sovereign governments,
  municipalities, or governmental agencies, or international agencies.

  Lehman Government Bond Index -- an unmanaged treasury bond index including all
  public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and foreign-
  targeted issues, and the Agency Bond Index (all publicly issued debt of U.S.
  government agencies and quasi-federal corporation, and corporate debt
  guaranteed by the U.S. government).  In addition to the aggregate index, sub-
  indices cover intermediate and long term issues.

  Lehman Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market value-
  weighted index that combines the Government and Corporate Bond Indices,
  including U.S. government treasury securities, corporate and yankee bonds.
  All issues are investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least
  one year and outstanding par value of at least $100 million of r U.S.
  government issues and $25 million for others.  Any security downgraded during
  the month is held in the index until month end and then removed.  All returns
  are market value weighted inclusive of accrued income.

                                      V-2
<PAGE>

  Lehman High Yield Bond Index -- an unmanaged index of fixed rate, non-
  investment grade debt.  All bonds included in the index are dollar
  denominated, noncovertible, have at least one year remaining to maturity and
  an outstanding par value of at least $100 million.

  Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income
  market value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government Bond Index
  (intermediate-term sub-index) and Lehman Corporate Bond Index.

  Lipper 1-5 Year Short Investment Grade Debt Funds Average -- is an average of
  100 funds that invest at least 65% of assets in investment grade debt issues
  (BBB or higher) with dollar-weighted average maturities of 5 years or less.

  Lipper Balanced Fund Index -- an unmanaged index of open-end equity funds
  whose primary objective is to conserve principal by maintaining at all time a
  balanced portfolio of both stocks and bonds. Typically, the stock/bond ratio
  ranges around 60%/40%.

  Lipper Equity Income Fund Index -- an unmanaged index of equity funds which
  seek relatively high current income and growth of income through investing 60%
  or more of the portfolio in equities.

  Lipper Equity Mid Cap Fund Index -- an unmanaged index of funds which by
  prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Equity Small Cap Fund Index -- an unmanaged index of funds by
  prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $1 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Growth Fund Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 30 largest
  funds by asset size in this investment objective.

  Lipper Mutual Fund Performance Analysis and Lipper -- Fixed Income Fund
  Performance Analysis -- measures total return and average current yield for
  the mutual fund industry.  Rank individual mutual fund performance over
  specified time periods, assuming reinvestments of all distributions, exclusive
  of any applicable sales charges.

  Merrill Lynch 1-4.99 Year Corporate/Government Bond Index -- is an unmanaged
  index composed of U.S. treasuries, agencies and corporates with maturities
  from 1 to 4.99 years.  Corporates are investment grade only (BBB or higher).

  Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index -- arithmetic, market value-
  weighted averages of the performance of over 900 securities listed on the
  stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.

  Mutual Fund Source Book, published by Morningstar, Inc. -- analyzes price,
  yield, risk and total return for equity funds.

  NASDAQ Composite Index -- is a market capitalization, price only, unmanaged
  index that tracks the performance of domestic common stocks traded on the
  regular NASDAQ market as well as national market System traded foreign common
  stocks and ADRs..

  New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices -- unmanaged indices of
  all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance stocks listed on the New
  York Stock Exchange.

  Russell 1000 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 1000 largest stocks
  in the Russell 3000 Index.

  Russell 2000 Growth Index -- contains those Russell 2000 securities with
  higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.

  Russell 2000 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,000 smallest stocks
  in the Russell 3000 Index.

                                      V-3
<PAGE>

  Russell 2000 Value Index -- contains those Russell 2000 securities with a
  less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values than the growth universe.

  Russell 2500 Growth Index -- contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
  greater-than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to
  exhibit higher price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, lower dividend yields
  and higher forecasted growth values than the value universe.

  Russell 2500 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,5000 smallest
  stocks in the Russell 3000.

  Russell 2500 Value Index -- contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
  less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values then the Growth universe.

  Russell 3000 Index -- composed of the 3,000 largest U.S. publicly traded
  companies based on total market capitalization, which represents approximately
  98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

  Russell Mid-Cap Index -- is composed of the 800 smallest stocks in the Russell
  1000 Index, with an average capitalization of $1.96 billion.

  Salomon Smith Barney Global excluding U.S. Equity Index -- an comprised of the
  smallest stocks (less than $1 billion market capitalization) of the Extended
  Market Index, of both developed and emerging markets.

  Salomon Smith Barney One to Three Year Treasury Index -- an unmanaged index
  comprised of U.S. treasury notes and bonds with maturities one year or
  greater, but less than three years.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month T-Bill Average -- the average for all
  treasury bills for the previous three-month period.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index -- a return
  equivalent yield average based on the last three 3-month Treasury bill issues.

  Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates -- as published by the U.S. Savings
  and Loan League Fact Book.

  Standard & Poor's 600 Small Cap Index -- an unmanaged index comprised of 600
  domestic stocks chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry group
  representation.  The index is comprised of stocks from the industrial,
  utility, financial, and transportation sectors.

  Standard & Poor's Midcap 400 Index -- consists of 400 domestic stocks chosen
  for market size (medium market capitalization of approximately $700 million),
  liquidity, and industry group representation.  It is a market-value weighted
  index with each stock affecting the index in proportion to its market value.

  Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index -- an unmanaged index composed of 400
  industrial stocks, 40 financial stocks, 40 utilities stocks and 20
  transportation stocks.

  Standard & Poor's Barra Value Index -- is constructed by dividing the
  securities in the S&P 500 Index according to price-to-book ratio.  This index
  contains the securities with the lower price-to-book ratios;  the securities
  with the higher price-to-book ratios are contained in the Standard & Poor's
  Barra Growth Index.

  Standard & Poor's Utilities Stock Price Index -- a market capitalization
  weighted index representing three utility groups and, with the three groups,
  43 of the largest utility companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange,
  including 23 electric power companies, 12 natural gas distributors and 8
  telephone companies.

  Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Ibbotson Associates --
  historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and small
  company stock, long-term government bonds, U.S. treasury bills and inflation.

                                      V-4
<PAGE>

  U.S. Three-Month Treasury Bill Average -- the average return for all treasury
  bills for the previous three month period.

  Value Line -- composed of over 1,600 stocks in the Value Line Investment
  Survey.

  Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index -- a market capitalization weighted
  index of publicly traded real estate securities, including real estate
  investment trusts, real estate operating companies and partnerships. The index
  is used by he institutional investment community as a broad measure of the
  performance of public real estate equity for asset allocation and performance
  comparison.

  Wilshire REIT Index -- includes 112 real estate investment trusts (REITs) but
  excludes seven real estate operating companies that are included in the
  Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index..


  Note:  With respect to the comparative measures of performance for equity
  securities described herein, comparisons of performance assume reinvestment of
  dividends, except as otherwise stated.


                                      V-5
<PAGE>

                                UAM Funds Trust
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO  64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)






                       MJI International Equity Portfolio


                           Institutional Class Shares
                       Institutional Service Class Shares

                      Statement of Additional Information
                                 August 9, 1999



  This statement of additional information is not a prospectus. However, you
  should read it in conjunction with the prospectuses of the fund dated August
  9, 1999, as supplemented from time to time.  You may obtain the fund's
  prospectuses by contacting the fund at the address listed above.
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Table Of Contents
<S>                                                                                <C>
I: Portfolio Summary                                                                  I-1
 MJI International Equity Portfolio.............................................      I-2
  What Investment Strategies May The Portfolio Use?.............................      I-2
  What Are The Investment Policies Of The Portfolio?............................      I-2
  Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?...............................      I-3
  How Much Does The Portfolio Pay For Administrative Services?..................      I-4
  Who Are The Principal Holders Of The Securities Of The Portfolio?.............      I-4
  What Was The Portfolio's Performance As Of Its Most Recent Fiscal Year End?...      I-5
  What Were The Expenses Of The Portfolio?......................................      I-5
II: The UAM Funds in Detail                                                          II-1
 Description of Permitted Investments...........................................     II-2
  Debt Securities...............................................................     II-2
  Derivatives...................................................................     II-8
  Equity Securities.............................................................    II-16
  Foreign Securities............................................................    II-18
  Investment Companies..........................................................    II-22
  Repurchase Agreements.........................................................    II-22
  Restricted Securities.........................................................    II-22
  Securities Lending............................................................    II-23
  Short Sales...................................................................    II-23
  When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Delivery Transactions.............    II-24
 Management Of The Fund.........................................................    II-25
 Investment Advisory and Other Services.........................................    II-26
  Investment Adviser............................................................    II-26
  Distributor...................................................................    II-27
  Service And Distribution Plans................................................    II-28
  Administrative Services.......................................................    II-30
  Custodian.....................................................................    II-31
  Independent Public Accountant.................................................    II-31
 Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices.......................................    II-32
  Selection of Brokers..........................................................    II-32
  Simultaneous Transactions.....................................................    II-32
  Brokerage Commissions.........................................................    II-32
 Capital Stock and Other Securities.............................................    II-33
  The Fund......................................................................    II-33
  Description Of Shares And Voting Rights.......................................    II-33
  Dividends and Capital Gains Distributions.....................................    II-34
 Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares.....................................    II-35
  Net Asset Value Per Share.....................................................    II-35
  Purchase of Shares............................................................    II-35
  Redemption of Shares..........................................................    II-36
  Exchange Privilege............................................................    II-38
  Transfer Of Shares............................................................    II-38
 Performance Calculations.......................................................    II-38
  Total Return..................................................................    II-39
  Yield.........................................................................    II-39
  Comparisons...................................................................    II-40
 Financial Statements...........................................................    II-40
III: Glossary                                                                       III-1
IV: Appendix A --  Description of Securities and Ratings                             IV-1
 Moody's Investors Service, Inc.................................................     IV-2
  Preferred Stock Ratings.......................................................     IV-2
  Debt Ratings - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally...............................     IV-2
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                <C>
  Short-Term Prime Rating System - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally.............     IV-3
 Standard & Poor's Ratings Services.............................................     IV-4
  Preferred Stock Ratings.......................................................     IV-4
  Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings................................................     IV-4
  Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings...............................................     IV-5
 Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.................................................     IV-6
  Long-Term Debt and Preferred Stock............................................     IV-6
  Short-Term Debt...............................................................     IV-6
 Fitch IBCA Ratings.............................................................     IV-7
  International Long-Term Credit Ratings........................................     IV-7
V: Appendix B - Comparisons                                                            V-1
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                             I:  Portfolio Summary


                                      I-1
<PAGE>

MJI International Equity Portfolio



WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed below in
  seeking its objective.  This SAI describes each of these
  investments/strategies and their risks in Part II under "Description of
  Permitted Investments."   The investments that are italicized are principal
  strategies and you can find more information on these techniques in the
  prospectus of the portfolio. You can find more information concerning the
  limits on the ability of the portfolio to use these investments in "What Are
  the Investment Policies of the Portfolio?"

  .  Foreign securities (at least 65% of its total assets).

  .  Equity Securities (at least 65% of its total assets).

  .  Futures (for hedging purposes only).

  .  Forward currency exchange contracts (for hedging purposes only).

  .  Options (to enhance income or hedge risk).

  .  Swaps, caps, collars and floors (hedging purposes only).

  .  Investment company securities.

  .  Repurchase agreements.

  .  Restricted securities.

  .  Securities lending.

  .  When-issued securities.



WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a limitation
  relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the portfolio's
  acquisition of such security or other asset.  Accordingly, the portfolio will
  not consider changes in values, net assets or other circumstances when
  determining whether the investment complies with its investment limitations.

Fundamental Policies

  The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
  portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of the
  outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the 1940 Act.
  The portfolio will not:

  .  With respect to 75% of its assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets
     at the time of purchase in securities of any single issuer (other than
     obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the of the
     U.S. government or any if its agencies or instrumentalities).

  .  With respect to 75% of its assets, purchase more than 10% of any class of
     the outstanding voting securities of any issuer.

  .  Invest more than 25% of its assets in companies within a single industry;
     however, there are no limitations on investments made in instruments issued
     or guaranteed by the u.s. government, and its agencies when a portfolio
     adopts a temporary defensive position.

                                      I-2
<PAGE>

  .  Borrow, except from banks and as a temporary measure for extraordinary or
     emergency purposes and then, in no event, in excess of 331/3% of the
     portfolio's gross assets valued at the lower of market or cost.

  .  Invest in physical commodities or contracts on physical commodities.

  .  Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships, although
     it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal in real estate
     and may purchase and sell securities which are secured by interests in real
     estate.

  .  Make loans except (i) by purchasing debt securities in accordance with its
     investment objectives and (ii) by lending its portfolio securities to
     banks, brokers, dealers and other financial institutions so long as such
     loans are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act, or the rules and regulations
     or interpretations of the SEC thereunder.

  .  Underwrite the securities of other issuers.

  .  Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except that this
     restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the Portfolio from (i) making
     any permitted borrowings mortgages or pledges or (ii) entering into option,
     futures or repurchase transactions.

Non-Fundamental Policies
  The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio may
  change them without shareholder approval.

  The portfolio will not:

  .  Purchase on margin or sell short.

  .  Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
     investment companies.

  .  Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
     investment company.

  .  Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment
     company.

  .  Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities that
     are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale (restricted
     securities) or securities for which there are no readily available markets
     (illiquid securities).


WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Murray Johnstone International Limited is the investment adviser of the
  portfolio. For its services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal to
  0.75% of its average age daily net assets. Due to the effect of fee waivers by
  the adviser, the actual percentage of average net assets that the portfolio
  pays in any given year may be different from the rate set forth in its
  contract with the adviser. For more information concerning the adviser, see
  "Investment Advisory and Other Services" in Part II of this SAI.

What is the Investment Philosophy and Style of the Adviser?

  A value orientation for country, currency and stock selection is key to the
  adviser's investment philosophy. The adviser's management structure centers
  around regional research teams which are specialized by geography. The
  individuals within each team are responsible for conducting research within
  each region as well as identifying particular stocks for possible inclusion
  within portfolios. On-site, fundamental research is a primary component of the
  evaluation process.

                                      I-3
<PAGE>

Who Are Some Representative Institutional Clients Of The Adviser?

  As of the date of this SAI, the adviser's representative institutional clients
  included: Ace Hardware, American Cancer Society, Royal Caribbean Cruises,
  Siemens, Levitz, Franciscan Sisters, Rhode Island School of Design, Government
  of Guam, City of Albany and Arkansas Police & Fire Retirement Systems.

  In compiling this client list, the Adviser used objective criteria such as
  account size, geographic location and client classification. The adviser did
  not use any performance based criteria. The fund doesnot know whether these
  clients approve or disapprove of the adviser or the advisory services
  provided.



HOW MUCH DOES THE PORTFOLIO PAY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to UAMFSI
  calculated at the annual rate of:

  .  $14,500 for the first operational class; plus

  .  $3,000 for each additional class; plus

  .  0.06% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio.

  The portfolio also pays a fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and other
  services provided by CGFSC. The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC, is calculated
  at the annual rate of:

  .  Not more than $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

  .  $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus

  .  0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the Fund, UAM
     Funds, Inc. and UAM Funds Trust II.


WHO ARE THE PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  As of July 20, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of record or
  beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name and Address of Shareholder                                   Class of Portfolio     Percentage of Shares Owned
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>                     <C>
Freya Fanning & Compny                                           Institutional           48.65%
400 Essex St Box 5600
Beverly Farms, MA 01915-1957
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UMBSC & Co                                                       Institutional           11.30%
FBO Interstate Brands
Moderate Growth
A/C 340419142
PO Box 419175
Kansas City, MO 64141-6175
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UMBSC & Co                                                       Institutional           21.40%
FBO Interstate Brands
Aggressive Growth
A/C 340419159
PO Box 419175
Kansas City, MO 64141-6175
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sisters of Mercy Corp                                            Institutional Service   70.95%
2300 Adeline Dr
Burlingame, CA 94010-5599
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UMBSC & Co                                                       Institutional Service   13.44%
FBO Lillick & Charles MJI
A/C 340942010
C/o Trust Department
PO Box 419175
Kansas City, MO 64141-6175
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                      I-4
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name and Address of Shareholder                                   Class of Portfolio     Percentage of Shares Owned
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                             <C>                      <C>
Wilmington Trust Co Tr                                           Institutional Service   5.39%
FBO Catholic Healthcare W Med FNDTN
Money Purch Pension Pl 10-01-97
C/o Mutual Funds A/C 427853
PO Box 8971
Wilmington, DE 19899-8971
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wilmington Trust Co Tr                                           Institutional Service   6.40%
FBO Catholic Healthcare W Med FNDTN
Deferred Compensation A/C 43092-1
C/o Mutual Funds/UAM
PO Box 8971
Wilmington, DE 19899-8971
</TABLE>

  Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding shares
  of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is defined in the
  1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling the portfolio could have the
  ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio on any matter
  requiring the approval of shareholders of the portfolio.



WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
  return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
  are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio calculates its
  current yield and average annual total return information according to the
  methods required by the SEC.  For more information concerning the performance
  of the portfolio, including the way it calculates its performance figures, see
  "Performance Calculations" in Part II of this SAI.

Average Annual Total Return For Periods Ended April 30, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Shorter of 10 Years or
                                    1 Year           5 Years           Since  Inception        Inception Date
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>             <C>                <C>                      <C>
Institutional Class                 7.17%              N/A                7.45%                   9/16/94
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Institutional Service Class         6.90%              N/A               11.86%                  12/31/96
</TABLE>


WHAT WERE THE EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  Investment     Investment                         Sub-                        Distribution
 For the FYE       Advisory       Advisory      Administrator   Administrator     Brokerage     Fees (Service
 April 30,        Fees Paid      Fees Waived         Fee             Fee         Commissions     Class Only)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>              <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>              <C>            <C>
   1999          $ 220,570        $  40,503      $  45,751       $  95,969        $ 120,104      $  35,431
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   1998          $ 284,464        $       0      $  22,754       $ 105,743        $ 173,063      $  15,037
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   1997          $  41,961        $  99,017      $  11,239       $  96,855        $ 102,419      $   1,542
</TABLE>

                                      I-5
<PAGE>

                            II:  The UAM Funds in
                                   Detail

                                     II-1
<PAGE>

Description of Permitted Investments

DEBT SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from
  investors.  Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return
  and repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity.  Some debt securities, such
  as zero-coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased at a
  discount from their face value.  Debt securities may include, among other
  things, all types of bills, notes, bonds, mortgage-backed securities or asset-
  backed securities.

Types of Debt Securities

  U.S. Government Securities

  U.S. government securities are securities that the United States Treasury has
  issued (treasury securities) and securities that a federal agency or a
  government-sponsored entity has issued (agency securities). Treasury
  securities include treasury notes, which have initial maturities of one to ten
  years and treasury bonds, which have initial maturities of at least ten years
  and certain types of mortgage-backed securities that are described under
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities." This SAI discusses
  mortgage-backed treasury and agency securities in detail in the section called
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities."

  The full faith and credit of the U.S. government supports treasury securities.
  Unlike treasury securities, the full faith and credit of the United States
  government generally do not back agency securities.  Agency securities are
  typically supported in one of three ways:

  .  by the right of the issuer to borrow from the United States Treasury;

  .  by the discretionary authority of the United States government to buy the
     obligations of the agency; or

  .  by the credit of the sponsoring agency.

  While U.S. government securities are guaranteed as to principal and interest,
  their market value is not guaranteed.  U.S. government securities are subject
  to the same interest rate and credit risks as other fixed income securities.
  However, since U.S. government securities are of the highest quality, the
  credit risk is minimal.  The U.S. government does not guarantee the net asset
  value of the assets of the portfolio.

  Corporate Bonds

  Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or for
  capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases and
  expansion.  In return for the money loaned to the corporation by investors,
  the corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay the principal
  amount of the bond or note.

  Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that
  various governmental, government-related and private organizations assemble as
  securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities, which pay
  interest periodically and repay principal maturity specified call dates,
  mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist of both interest
  and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a "pass-through" of the
  monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their mortgage loans, net
  of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such

                                     II-2
<PAGE>

  securities. Since homeowners usually have the option of paying either part or
  all of the loan balance before maturity, the effective maturity of a mortgage
  backed security is often shorter than is stated.

  Governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers may insure or
  guaranty the timely payment of interest and principal of these pools through
  various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title,
  pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit.  The adviser will consider
  such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof
  in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets its investment
  quality standards. It is possible that the private insurers or guarantors will
  not meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee
  arrangements.

  Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid,
  securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily
  marketable.

  Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA)

  GNMA is the principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities.
  GNMA is a wholly owned corporation of the U.S. government and it falls within
  the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Securities issued by GNMA are
  treasury securities, which means the faith and credit of the U.S. government
  backs them.  GNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on
  securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA and backed by pools of FHA-
  insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages. GNMA does not guarantee the market value
  or yield of mortgage-backed securities or the value of portfolio shares. To
  buy GNMA securities, the portfolio may have to pay a premium over the maturity
  value of the underlying mortgages, which the portfolio may lose if prepayment
  occurs.

  Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)

  FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private
  stockholders.  FNMA is regulated by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
  development.  FNMA purchases conventional mortgages from a list of approved
  sellers and service providers, including state and federally-chartered savings
  and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit
  unions and mortgage bankers. Securities issued by FNMA are agency securities,
  which means FNMA, but not the U.S. government, guarantees their timely payment
  of principal and interest.

  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)

  FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government whose stock is
  owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks.  Congress created FHLMC in 1970
  to increase the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. FHLMC
  issues Participation Certificates (PCs) which represent interests in
  conventional mortgages from its national portfolio. Like FNMA, FHLMC
  guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of
  principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
  government.

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create
  pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans.  In addition to
  guaranteeing the mortgage-related security, such issuers may service and/or
  have originated the underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by these issuers
  generally offer a higher rate of interest than pools created by GNMA, FNMA &
  FHLMC because they are not guaranteed by a government agency.

                                     II-3
<PAGE>

  Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of
  traditional debt securities in a variety of ways, the most significant
  differences are mortgage-backed securities:

  .  payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually monthly);

  .  they usually have adjustable interest rates; and

  .  they may pay off their entire principal substantially earlier than their
     final distribution dates so that the price of the security will generally
     decline when interest rates rise.

  In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates described in
  "Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities," a variety of economic,
  geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the underlying
  property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to repay the loans
  underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than expected. If the prepayment
  rates increase, the portfolio may have to reinvest its principal at a rate of
  interest that is lower than the rate on existing mortgage-backed securities.

  Other Asset-Backed Securities

  These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other than
  mortgage, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card
  receivables.  Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are pass-
  through. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of shorter
  maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience substantial
  prepayments with interest rate fluctuations.

  Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by
  mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the
  benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the
  possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to
  support payments on these securities.  For example, credit card receivables
  are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a
  number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which allow debtors
  to reduce their balances by offsetting certain amounts owed on the credit
  cards. Most issuers of asset-backed securities backed by automobile
  receivables permit the servicers of such receivables to retain possession of
  the underlying obligations.  If the servicer were to sell these obligations to
  another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest
  superior to that of the holders of the related asset-backed securities.  Due
  to the quantity of vehicles involved and requirements under state laws, asset-
  backed securities backed by automobile receivables may not have a proper
  security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables.

  To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make
  payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure the
  receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion
  ("liquidity protection").  In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain
  insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by the
  issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in the
  pool ("credit support"). Delinquency or loss more than that anticipated or
  failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an
  investment in such a security.

  The portfolio may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed
  securities, which is the excess cash flow remaining after making required
  payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The
  amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed
  securities depends in part on the characteristics of the underlying assets,
  the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of
  administrative expenses and the actual prepayment experience on the underlying
  assets.

  Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

  CMOs are hybrids between mortgage-backed bonds and mortgage pass-through
  securities. Similar to a bond, CMOs usually pay interest and prepay principal
  semiannually. While whole mortgage loans

                                     II-4
<PAGE>

  may collateralize CMOs, portfolios of mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by
  GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA and their income streams more typically collateralize
  them.

  A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Internal
  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and invests in certain mortgages primarily
  secured by interests in real property and other permitted investments.

  CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated
  maturity. Each class of CMO or REMIC certificate, often referred to as a
  "tranche," is issued at a specific interest rate and must be fully retired by
  its final distribution date. Generally, all classes of CMOs or REMIC
  certificates pay or accrue interest monthly.  Investing in the lowest tranche
  of CMOs and REMIC certificates involves risks similar to those associated with
  investing in equity securities.

  Short-Term Investments

  To earn a return on uninvested assets, meet anticipated redemptions, or for
  temporary defensive purposes, a portfolio may invest a portion of its assets
  in the short-term securities listed below, U.S. government securities and
  Investment-grade corporate debt securities. Unless otherwise specified, a
  short-term debt security has a maturity of one year or less.

  Bank Obligations
  The portfolio will only invest in a security issued by a commercial bank if
  the bank:

  .  has total assets of at least $1 billion, or the equivalent in other
     currencies;

  .  is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
     and

  .  is a foreign branch of a U.S. bank and the adviser believes the security is
     of an investment quality comparable with other debt securities that the
     portfolio may purchase.

  Time Deposits

  Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits, such as savings accounts or
  certificates of deposit, held by a financial institution for a fixed term with
  the understanding that the depositor can withdraw its money only by giving
  notice to the institution. However, there may be early withdrawal penalties
  depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation.
  The portfolio may only purchase time deposits maturing from two business days
  through seven calendar days.

  Certificates of Deposit

  Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
  deposited in a commercial bank or savings and loan association for a definite
  period of time and earning a specified return.

  Banker's Acceptance

  A banker's acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a
  borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction
  (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods).

  Commercial Paper

  Commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a maturity ranging from 1 to
  270 days issued by banks, corporations and other borrowers.  Such investments
  are unsecured and usually discounted.  A portfolio may invest in commercial
  paper rated A-1 or A-2 by S&P or Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's, or, if not
  rated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue
  rated A or better by Moody's or by S&P. See Appendix A for a description of
  commercial paper ratings.

                                     II-5
<PAGE>

  Yankee Bonds

  Yankee bonds are dollar-denominated bonds issued inside the United States by
  foreign entities.  Investment in these securities involve certain risks which
  are not typically associated with investing in domestic securities.  See
  "FOREIGN SECURITIES".

  Zero Coupon Bonds

  These securities make no periodic payments of interest, but instead are sold
  at a discount from their face value. When held to maturity, their entire
  income, which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the difference
  between the issue price and their value at maturity. The amount of the
  discount rate varies depending on factors including the time remaining until
  maturity, prevailing interest rates, the security's liquidity and the issuer's
  credit quality. The market value of zero coupon securities may exhibit greater
  price volatility than ordinary debt securities because a stripped security
  will have a longer duration than an ordinary debt security with the same
  maturity. The portfolio's investments in pay-in-kind, delayed and zero coupon
  bonds may require it to sell certain of its portfolio securities to generate
  sufficient cash to satisfy certain income distribution requirements.

  These securities may include treasury securities that have had their interest
  payments ("coupons") separated from the underlying principal ("corpus") by
  their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment brokerage firm. Once
  the holder of the security has stripped or separated corpus and coupons, it
  may sell each component separately. The principal or corpus is then sold at a
  deep discount because the buyer receives only the right to receive a future
  fixed payment on the security and does not receive any rights to periodic
  interest (cash) payments.  Typically, the coupons are sold separately or
  grouped with other coupons with like maturity dates and sold bundled in such
  form. The underlying treasury security is held in book-entry form at the
  Federal Reserve Bank or, in the case of bearer securities (i.e., unregistered
  securities which are owned ostensibly by the bearer or holder thereof), in
  trust on behalf of the owners thereof. Purchasers of stripped obligations
  acquire, in effect, discount obligations that are economically identical to
  the zero coupon securities that the Treasury sells itself.

  The United States Treasury has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero
  coupon securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of
  particular interest coupon and corpus payments on Treasury securities through
  the Federal Reserve book-entry record keeping system. Under a Federal Reserve
  program known as "STRIPS" or "Separate Trading of Registered Interest and
  Principal of Securities," the portfolio can record its beneficial ownership of
  the coupon or corpus directly in the book-entry record-keeping system.

Terms to Understand

  Maturity

  Every debt security has a stated maturity date when the issuer must repay the
  amount it borrowed (principal) from investors.  Some debt securities, however,
  are callable, meaning the issuer can repay the principal earlier, on or after
  specified dates (call dates).  Debt securities are most likely to be called
  when interest rates are falling because the issuer can refinance at a lower
  rate, similar to a homeowner refinancing a mortgage.  The effective maturity
  of a debt security is usually its nearest call date.

  A portfolio that invests in debt securities has no real maturity.  Instead, it
  calculates its weighted average maturity.  This number is an average of the
  stated maturity of each debt security held by the portfolio, with the maturity
  of each security weighted by the percentage of the assets of the portfolio it
  represents.

                                     II-6
<PAGE>

  Duration

  Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity of a
  debt security, or a portfolio that invests in debt securities, to changes in
  interest rates.  It measures sensitivity more accurately than maturity because
  it takes into account the time value of cash flows generated over the life of
  a debt security.   Future interest payments and principal payments are
  discounted to reflect their present value and then are multiplied by the
  number of years they will be received to produce a value expressed in years --
  the duration.  Effective duration takes into account call features and sinking
  fund prepayments that may shorten the life of a debt security.

  An effective duration of 4 years, for example, would suggest that for each 1%
  reduction in interest rates at all maturity levels, the price of a security is
  estimated to increase by 4%.  An increase in rates by the same magnitude is
  estimated to reduce the price of the security by 4%.  By knowing the yield and
  the effective duration of a debt security, one can estimate total return based
  on an expectation of how much interest rates, in general, will change. While
  serving as a good estimator of prospective returns, effective duration is an
  imperfect measure.

Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities

  The total return of a debt instrument is composed of two elements: the
  percentage change in the security's price and interest income earned.  The
  yield to maturity of a debt security estimates its total return only if the
  price of the debt security remains unchanged during the holding period and
  coupon interest is reinvested at the same yield to maturity.  The total return
  of a debt instrument, therefore, will be determined not only by how much
  interest is earned, but also by how much the price of the security and
  interest rates change.

  Interest Rates

  The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction from
  interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up, the value of the bond will go
  down, and vice versa).

  Prepayment Risk

  This risk effects mainly mortgage-backed securities.  Unlike other debt
  securities, falling interest rates can hurt mortgage-backed securities, which
  may cause your share price to fall.  Lower rates motivate people to pay off
  mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier than expected.  The
  portfolio may then have to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayments at
  lower interest rates, which can reduce its yield. The unexpected timing of
  mortgage and asset-backed prepayments caused by the variations in interest
  rates may also shorten or lengthen the average maturity of the portfolio.  If
  left unattended, drifts in the average maturity of the portfolio can have the
  unintended effect of increasing or reducing the effective duration of the
  portfolio, which may adversely affect the expected performance of the
  portfolio.

  Extension Risk

  The other side of prepayment risk occurs when interest rates are rising.
  Rising interest rates can cause a portfolio's average maturity to lengthen
  unexpectedly due to a drop in mortgage prepayments.  This would increase the
  sensitivity of a portfolio to rising rates and its potential for price
  declines.  Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security increases
  the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market interest rates. For
  these reasons, mortgage-backed securities may be less effective than other
  types of U.S. government securities as a means of "locking in" interest rates.

  Credit Rating

  Coupon interest is offered to investors of debt securities as compensation for
  assuming risk, although short-term treasury securities, such as 3-month
  treasury bills, are considered "risk free." Corporate

                                     II-7
<PAGE>

  securities offer higher yields than treasury because their payment of interest
  and complete repayment of principal is less certain. The credit rating or
  financial condition of an issuer may affect the value of a debt security.
  Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security, the greater the risks
  that the issuer will fail to pay interest and return principal. To compensate
  investors for taking on increased risk, issuers with lower credit ratings
  usually offer their investors a higher "risk premium" in the form of higher
  interest rates above comparable treasuries securities.

  Changes in investor confidence regarding the certainty of interest and
  principal payments of a corporate debt security will result in an adjustment
  to this "risk premium."  Since an issuer's outstanding debt carries a fixed
  coupon, adjustments to the risk premium must occur in the price, which effects
  the yield to maturity of the bond. If an issuer defaults or becomes unable to
  honor its financial obligations, the bond may lose some or all of its value.

  A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating agency
  is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay interest
  and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond.  Adverse economic
  conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the capacity of the
  issuer to pay interest and repay principal.  If a security is not rated or is
  rated under a different system, the adviser may determine that it is of
  investment-grade.  The adviser may retain securities that are downgraded, if
  it believes that keeping those securities is warranted.

  Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly
  speculative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit worthy
  and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies.  A corporation may issue a junk
  bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar event.  Compared
  with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater degree of risk and are
  less likely to make payments of interest and principal.  Market developments
  and the financial and business condition of the corporation issuing these
  securities influences their price and liquidity more than changes in interest
  rates, when compared to investment-grade debt securities.  Insufficient
  liquidity in the junk bond market may make it more difficult to dispose of
  junk bonds and may cause the portfolio to experience sudden and substantial
  price declines.  A lack of reliable, objective data or market quotations may
  make it more difficult to value junk bonds accurately.

  Rating agencies are organizations that assign ratings to securities based
  primarily on the rating agency's assessment of the issuer's financial
  strength.  The portfolios currently use ratings compiled by Moody's Investor
  Services ("Moody's"), Standard and Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P"), Duff &
  Phelps Rating Co. and Fitch IBCA. Credit ratings are only an agency's opinion,
  not an absolute standard of quality, and they do not reflect an evaluation of
  market risk. Appendix A contains further information concerning the ratings of
  certain rating agencies and their significance.

  The adviser may use ratings produced by ratings agencies as guidelines to
  determine the rating of a security at the time the portfolio buys it. A rating
  agency may change its credit ratings at any time. The adviser monitors the
  rating of the security and will take appropriate actions if a rating agency
  reduces the security's rating. The portfolio is not obligated to dispose of
  securities whose issuers subsequently are in default or which are downgraded
  below the above-stated ratings.


DERIVATIVES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying
  asset, such as a stock or a bond, an underlying economic factor, such as an
  interest rate or a market benchmark, such as an index. A portfolio may use
  derivatives to gain exposure to various markets in a cost efficient manner, to
  reduce transaction costs or to remain fully invested.  A portfolio may also
  try to minimize its loss by investing in derivatives to protect it from broad
  fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange
  rates. Investing in derivatives for these purposes is known as "hedging." When
  hedging is successful, the portfolio will have offset any depreciation in the
  value of its portfolio securities by the appreciation in the value of the
  derivative position. Although techniques other than the sale and purchase of
  derivatives could be used to control the exposure of the portfolio to market
  fluctuations, the use of derivatives may be a more effective means of hedging
  this exposure.

                                     II-8
<PAGE>

Types of Derivatives

  Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

  A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell
  a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a specific
  price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the
  unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee.
  Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency
  futures contracts in certain respects.  Unlike futures contracts, forward
  contracts:

  .  Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to the
     contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).

  .  Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between currency
     traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers, as opposed to
     futures contracts which are traded in only on exchanges regulated by the
     CFTC.

  .  Do not require an initial margin deposit.

  .  May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency
     trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to a
     commodities exchange.

  Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies

  A "settlement hedge" or "transaction hedge" is designed to protect the
  portfolio against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the
  date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or
  received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of the
  amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security transaction for
  a fixed amount of U.S. dollars "locks in" the U.S. dollar price of the
  security. The portfolio may also use forward contracts to purchase or sell a
  foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or selling securities
  denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet selected the specific
  investments.

  The portfolio may also use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in the
  value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a hedge,
  sometimes referred to as a "position hedge," would tend to offset both
  positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in
  security values caused by other factors. The portfolio could also hedge the
  position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the
  currency in which the portfolio's investment is denominated. This type of
  hedge, sometimes referred to as a "proxy hedge," could offer advantages in
  terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency
  exposure as effectively as a direct hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may
  result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to
  the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

  Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the
  underlying prices of the securities that the portfolio owns or intends to
  purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can
  achieve at some future point in time.  Additionally, these techniques tend to
  minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency
  and to limit any potential gain that might result from the increase in value
  of such currency.

  The portfolio may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment
  exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the
  delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency,
  including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This
  may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or from
  one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of strategy,
  sometimes known as a "cross-hedge," will tend to reduce or eliminate exposure
  to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to the currency that is
  purchased. Cross-hedges protect against losses resulting from a decline in the
  hedged currency, but will cause the portfolio to assume the risk of
  fluctuations in the value of the currency it purchases. Cross hedging
  transactions also involve the risk of imperfect correlation between changes in
  the values of the currencies involved.

                                     II-9
<PAGE>

  It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio
  securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract.
  Accordingly, the portfolio may have to purchase additional foreign currency on
  the spot market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less than
  the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely, the
  portfolio may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency it
  received upon the sale of a security if the market value of such security
  exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver.

  Futures

  A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party sells
  and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial instrument
  at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument underlying the
  contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index, interest rate, foreign
  exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing to buy the underlying
  financial information is called buying a futures contract or taking a long
  position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to sell the underlying financial
  instrument is called selling a futures contract or taking a short position in
  the contract.

  Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges or
  boards of trade -- known as "contract markets" -- approved for such trading
  and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, a federal agency.
  These contract markets standardize the terms, including the maturity date and
  underlying financial instrument, of all futures contracts.

  Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to pay
  for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future date (the
  delivery date). Contract markets require both the purchaser and seller to
  deposit "initial margin" with a futures broker, known as a futures commission
  merchant, when they enter into the contract. Initial margin deposits are
  typically equal to a percentage of the contract's value. After they open a
  futures contract, the parties to the transaction must compare the purchase
  price of the contract to its daily market value. If the value of the futures
  contract changes in such a way that a party's position declines, that party
  must make additional "variation margin" payments so that the margin payment is
  adequate. On the other hand, the value of the contract may change in such a
  way that there is excess margin on deposit, possibly entitling the party that
  has a gain to receive all or a portion of this amount.  This process is known
  as "marking to the market."

  Although the actual terms of a futures contract calls for the actual delivery
  of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the parties may
  close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an identical
  contract. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the original purchase
  price, the party closing the contract would realize a gain; if it is more, it
  would realize a loss. The opposite is also true for a sale, that is, if the
  offsetting sale price is more than the original sale price, the party closing
  the contract would realize a gain; if it is less, it would realize a loss.

  The portfolio will incur commission expenses in both opening and closing
  futures positions.

  Options

  An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a
  financial instrument for a specified price (known as the "strike price" or
  "exercise price") at any time during the option period.  Unlike a futures
  contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a
  financial instrument.  Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer two
  kinds of rights: a "call" (the right to buy the security) or a "put" (the
  right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying
  instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices,
  foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts.  Options may be
  traded on an exchange (exchange-traded-options) or may be customized
  agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or "OTC options").  Like
  futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation,
  financially backs exchange-traded options.  However, OTC options have no such
  intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counter-party will not
  fulfill its obligations under the contract.

                                     II-10
<PAGE>

  Purchasing Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the
  instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price.  In return for this
  right, the portfolio pays the current market price for the option (known as
  the "option premium"). The portfolio may purchase put options to offset or
  hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities ("protective
  puts") or to benefit from a decline in the price of securities that it does
  not own.  The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise
  price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs. However, if the
  price of the underlying instrument does not fall enough to offset the cost of
  purchasing the option, a put buyer would lose the premium and related
  transaction costs.

  Call options are similar to put options, except that the portfolio obtains the
  right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the option's
  strike price. The portfolio would normally purchase call options in
  anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns or wants
  to buy. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the exercise price
  plus the premium paid and related transaction costs.  Otherwise, the portfolio
  would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the call option.

  The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

  .  Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;

  .  Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put option) or
     buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying instrument at the
     strike price; or

  .  Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.

  Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell
  specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the
  option is exercised at any time before the expiration date.  Similarly, when
  the portfolio writes a put option it assumes an obligation to purchase
  specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the option
  is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The portfolio may
  terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option before exercise by
  buying an option identical to the one it has written.  Similarly, it may
  cancel an over-the-counter option by entering into an offsetting transaction
  with the counter-party to the option.

  The portfolio could try to hedge against an increase in the value of
  securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those
  securities.  If security prices rise, the portfolio would expect the put
  option to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the
  security's value.   If security prices remain the same over time, the
  portfolio would hope to profit by closing out the put option at a lower price.
  If security prices fall, the portfolio may lose an amount of money equal to
  the difference between the value of the security and the premium it received.
  Writing covered put options may deprive the portfolio of the opportunity to
  profit from a decrease in the market price of the securities it would like to
  acquire.

  The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing
  put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices remain the
  same or fall.  The portfolio could try to hedge against a decline in the value
  of securities it already owns by writing a call option.  If the price of that
  security falls as expected, the portfolio would expect the option to expire
  and the premium it received to offset the decline of the security's value.
  However, the portfolio must be prepared to deliver the underlying instrument
  in return for the strike price, which may deprive it of the opportunity to
  profit from an increase in the market price of the securities it holds.

  The portfolio is permitted only to write covered options.  The portfolio can
  cover a call option by owning, at the time of selling the option:

                                     II-11
<PAGE>

  .  The underlying security (or securities convertible into the underlying
     security without additional consideration), index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract;

  .  A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser
     exercise price;

  .  A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise price
     and segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the
     difference between the exercise prices;

  .  Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the
     optioned securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract;
     or

  .  In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that corresponds to
     the index.

  The portfolio can cover a put option by, at the time of selling the option:

  .  Entering into a short position in the underlying security;

  .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract with the same or greater exercise price;

  .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price and segregating
     cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the difference between the
     exercise prices; or

  .  Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

  Options on Securities Indices

  Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except
  that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement
  payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities.  In
  addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations
  in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price
  fluctuations in a single security.

  Options on Futures

  An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a
  futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract (in
  the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price.   Upon exercise of the
  option by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a
  corresponding short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a
  call option) or a corresponding long position (in the case of a put option).
  If the option is exercised, the parties will be subject to the futures
  contracts. In addition, the writer of an option on a futures contract is
  subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the option position.
  Options on futures contracts are traded on the same contract market as the
  underlying futures contract.

  The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the
  option early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e., the
  same exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously purchased or
  sold. The difference between the premiums paid and received represents the
  trader's profit or loss on the transaction.

  The portfolio may purchase put and call options on futures contracts instead
  of selling or buying futures contracts.  The portfolio may buy a put option on
  a futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a futures contract. It
  also may purchase such put options in order to hedge a long position in the
  underlying futures contract. The portfolio may buy call options on futures
  contracts for the same purpose as the actual purchase of the futures
  contracts, such as in anticipation of favorable market conditions.

  The portfolio may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a
  decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures contracts. If
  the price of the futures contract at expiration were below the exercise price,
  the portfolio would retain the option premium, which would offset, in part,
  any decline in the value of its portfolio securities.

                                     II-12
<PAGE>

  The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase
  of the futures contracts, except that, if market price declines, the portfolio
  would pay more than the market price for the underlying instrument. The
  premium received on the sale of the put option, less any transaction costs,
  would reduce the net cost to the portfolio.

  Swaps, Caps, Collars and Floors

  Swap Agreements

  A swap is a financial instrument that typically involves the exchange of cash
  flows between two parties on specified dates (settlement dates), where the
  cash flows are based on agreed-upon prices, rates, indices, etc. The nominal
  amount on which the cash flows are calculated is called the notional amount.
  Swaps are individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a
  variety of different types of investments or market factors, such as interest
  rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates,
  security prices or inflation rates.

  Swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the
  investments of the portfolio and its share price. The performance of swap
  agreements may be affected by a change in the specific interest rate,
  currency, or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and
  from the portfolio. If a swap agreement calls for payments by the portfolio,
  the portfolio must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if
  the counter-party's creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement
  would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.

  Generally, swap agreements have a fixed maturity date that will be agreed upon
  by the parties.  The agreement can be terminated before the maturity date only
  under limited circumstances, such as default by one of the parties or
  insolvency, among others, and can be transferred by a party only with the
  prior written consent of the other party.  The portfolio may be able to
  eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement either by assignment or by other
  disposition, or by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same
  party or a similarly creditworthy party. If the counter-party is unable to
  meet its obligations under the contract, declares bankruptcy, defaults or
  becomes insolvent, the portfolio may not be able to recover the money it
  expected to receive under the contract.

  A swap agreement can be a form of leverage, which can magnify a portfolio's
  gains or losses.  In order to reduce the risk associated with leveraging, a
  portfolio will cover its current obligations under swap agreements according
  to guidelines established by the SEC. If the portfolio enters into a swap
  agreement on a net basis, it will segregate assets with a daily value at least
  equal to the excess, if any, of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the
  swap agreement over the accrued amount the portfolio is entitled to receive
  under the agreement. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on other
  than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full
  amount of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the agreement.

  Equity Swaps -- In a typical equity index swap, one party agrees to pay
  another party the return on a stock, stock index or basket of stocks in return
  for a specified interest rate.  By entering into an equity index swap, for
  example, the index receiver can gain exposure to stocks making up the index of
  securities without actually purchasing those stocks.   Equity index swaps
  involve not only the risk associated with investment in the securities
  represented in the index, but also the risk that the performance of such
  securities, including dividends, will not exceed the return on the interest
  rate that the portfolio will be committed to pay.

  Interest Rate Swaps -- Interest rate swaps are financial instruments that
  involve the exchange on one type of interest rate for another type of interest
  rate cash flow on specified dates in the future.  Some of the different types
  of interest rate swaps are "fixed-for floating rate swaps," "termed basis
  swaps" and "index amortizing swaps."  Fixed-for floating rate swap involve the
  exchange of fixed interest rate cash flows for floating rate cash flows.
  Termed basis swaps entail cash flows to both parties based on floating
  interest rates, where the interest rate indices are different.  Index
  amortizing swaps are typically fixed-for floating swaps where the notional
  amount changes if certain conditions are met.

                                     II-13
<PAGE>

  Like a traditional investment in a debt security, a portfolio could lose money
  by investing in an interest rate swap if interest rates change adversely.  For
  example, if the portfolio enters into a swap where it agrees to exchange a
  floating rate of interest for a fixed rate of interest, the portfolio may have
  to pay more money than it receives.  Similarly, if the portfolio enters into a
  swap where it agrees to exchange a fixed rate of interest for a floating rate
  of interest, the portfolio may receive less money than it has agreed to pay.

  Currency Swaps -- A currency swap is an agreement between two parties in which
  one party agrees to make interest rate payments in one currency and the other
  promises to make interest rate payments in another currency. A portfolio may
  enter into a currency swap when it has one currency and desires a different
  currency. Typically the interest rates that determine the currency swap
  payments are fixed, although occasionally one or both parties may pay a
  floating rate of interest.  Unlike an interest rate swap, however, the
  principal amounts are exchanged at the beginning of the contract and returned
  at the end of the contract.  Changes in foreign exchange rates and changes in
  interest rates, as described above may negatively affect currency swaps.

  Caps, Collars and Floors

  Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.  In a
  typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under
  specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other
  party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to
  receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an
  agreed-upon level.  The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make
  payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-
  upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and
  selling a floor.

  Combined Positions

  The portfolio may purchase and write options in combination with each other,
  or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and
  return characteristics of the overall position. For example, the portfolio
  could construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are
  similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a put option and writing a
  call option on the same underlying instrument. Alternatively, the portfolio
  could write a call option at one strike price and buy a call option at a lower
  price to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a
  substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve
  multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more
  difficult to open and close out.

Risks of Derivatives

  While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these transactions
  themselves entail certain other risks. For example, unanticipated changes in
  interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates may result in a
  poorer overall performance of the portfolio than if it had not entered into
  any derivatives transactions.  Derivatives may magnify the portfolio's gains
  or losses, causing it to make or lose substantially more than it invested.

  When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities the
  portfolio holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses incurred with a
  derivative.  Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than hedging could
  expose the portfolio to greater risks.

  Correlation of Prices

  The portfolio's ability to hedge its securities through derivatives depends on
  the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or instrument
  correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In the case of poor
  correlation, the price of the securities the portfolio is hedging may not move
  in the same amount, or even in the same direction as the hedging instrument.
  The adviser will try to minimize this risk by investing only in those
  contracts whose behavior it expects to resemble the

                                     II-14
<PAGE>

  portfolio securities it is trying to hedge. However, if the portfolio's
  prediction of interest and currency rates, market value, volatility or other
  economic factors is incorrect, the portfolio may lose money, or may not make
  as much money as it expected.

  Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments,
  even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are very similar to
  the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that may cause such a
  divergence.

  .  current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of
     the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the
     contract;

  .  a difference between the derivatives and securities markets, including
     different levels of demand, how the instruments are traded, the imposition
     of daily price fluctuation limits or trading of an instrument stops; and

  .  differences between the derivatives, such as different margin requirements,
     different liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in
     such markets.

  Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a
  particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based on
  a broad market index.  Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller number
  of securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price
  fluctuations because of changes in the value of those securities.

  While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with
  exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value of
  the investments of the portfolio. A currency hedge, for example, should
  protect a yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not
  protect the portfolio against a price decline resulting from deterioration in
  the issuer's creditworthiness. Because the value of the portfolio's foreign-
  denominated investments changes in response to many factors other than
  exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of currency options
  and futures to the value of the portfolio's investments precisely over time.

  Lack of Liquidity

  Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, the portfolio can
  terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale transaction.
  Moreover, a portfolio may close out a futures contract only on the exchange
  the contract was initially traded.  Although a portfolio intends to purchase
  options and futures only where there appears to be an active market, there is
  no guarantee that such a liquid market will exist.  If there is no secondary
  market for the contract, or the market is illiquid, the portfolio may not be
  able to close out its position.  In an illiquid market, the portfolio may:

  .  have to sell securities to meet its daily margin requirements at a time
     when it is disadvantageous to do so;

  .  have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract;

  .  not be able to hedge its investments; and

  .  not be able realize profits or limit its losses.

  Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time and
  price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

  .  an exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative
     instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives, which
     sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility;

  .  unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations of an
     exchange;

  .  the facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current
     trading volume;

                                     II-15
<PAGE>

  .  equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage firm
     or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt normal trading activity;
     or

  .  investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category of
     derivatives.

  Management Risk

  If the adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends, the
  portfolio may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if the
  portfolio were to write a call option based on its adviser's expectation that
  the price of the underlying security would fall, but the price were to rise
  instead, the portfolio could be required to sell the security upon exercise at
  a price below the current market price.  Similarly, if the portfolio were to
  write a put option based on the adviser's expectation that the price of the
  underlying security would rise, but the price were to fall instead, the
  portfolio could be required to purchase the security upon exercise at a price
  higher than the current market price.

  Volatility and Leverage

  The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly,
  substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of factors,
  including

  .  actual and anticipated changes in interest rates;

  .  fiscal and monetary policies; and

  .  national and international political events.

  Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can change
  during a single trading day.  Daily trading limits establish the maximum
  amount that the price of a derivative may vary from the settlement price of
  that derivative at the end of trading on the previous day.  Once the price of
  a derivative reaches this value, a portfolio may not trade that derivative at
  a price beyond that limit.  The daily limit governs only price movements
  during a given day and does not limit potential gains or losses.  Derivative
  prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive
  trading days, preventing prompt liquidation of the derivative.

  Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a derivative
  position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of leverage.
  Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative may result in
  an immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the portfolio and it
  may lose more than it originally invested in the derivative.

  If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, the portfolio may have
  to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to meet its
  minimum daily margin requirement.  The portfolio may lose its margin deposits
  if a broker-dealer with whom it has an open futures contract or related option
  becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.


EQUITY SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Equity Securities

  Common Stocks

  Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company.  Common stocks
  usually carry voting rights and earn dividends.  Unlike preferred stocks,
  which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are
  declared at the discretion of the company's board of directors.

                                     II-16
<PAGE>

  Preferred Stocks

  Preferred stocks are also units of ownership in a company. Preferred stocks
  normally have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the
  liquidation of the company.  However, in all other resects, preferred stocks
  are subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer.  Unlike common stocks,
  preferred stocks are generally not entitled to vote on corporate matters.
  Types of preferred stocks include adjustable-rate preferred stock, fixed
  dividend preferred stock, perpetual preferred stock, and sinking fund
  preferred stock. Generally, the market values of preferred stock with a fixed
  dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates
  and perceived credit risk.

  Convertible Securities

  Convertible securities are debt securities and preferred stocks that are
  convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio.  In
  exchange for the conversion feature, many corporations will pay a lower rate
  of interest on convertible securities than debt securities of the same
  corporation. Their market price tends to go up if the stock price moves up.

  Convertible securities are subject to the same risks as similar securities
  without the convertible feature. The price of a convertible security is more
  volatile during times of steady interest rates than other types of debt
  securities.

  Rights and Warrants

  A right is a privilege granted to exiting shareholders of a corporation to
  subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued.
  Rights normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely
  transferable and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower
  price than the public offering price.  Warrants are securities that are
  usually issued together with a debt security or preferred stock and that give
  the holder the right to buy proportionate amount of common stock at a
  specified price.  Warrants are freely transferable and are traded on major
  exchanges.  Unlike rights, warrants normally have a life that measured in
  years and entitle the holder to buy common stock of a company at a price that
  is usually higher than the market price at the time the warrant is issued.
  Corporations often issue warrants to make the accompanying debt security more
  attractive.

  An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain
  other types of investments.  Generally, rights and warrants do not carry the
  right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the
  underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of
  the issuer. In addition, their value does not necessarily change with the
  value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if they are
  not exercised on or before their expiration date.  Investing in rights and
  warrants increases the potential profit or loss to be realized from the
  investment as compared with investing the same amount in the underlying
  securities.

Risks of Investing in Equity Securities

  General Risks of Investing in Stocks

  While investing in stocks allows a portfolio to participate in the benefits of
  owning a company, the portfolio must accept the risks of ownership.  Unlike
  bondholders, who have preference to a company's earnings and cash flow,
  preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in order of priority,
  are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets its other
  obligations. For this reason, the value of a company's stock will usually
  react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company's financial
  condition or prospects than its debt obligations.  Stockholders of a company
  that fares poorly can lose money.

  Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of rising
  and falling stock prices.  The value of a company's stock may fall because of:

  .  Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made by its
     management or lower demand for the company's products or services;

                                     II-17
<PAGE>

  .  Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production
     costs; and

  .  Changes in financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated to the
     company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates, currency
     exchange rates or inflation rates.

  Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other
  obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer
  will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more
  senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

  Small and Medium-Sized Companies

  A small or medium-sized company is a company whose market capitalization falls
  with the range specified in the prospectus of the portfolio.  Investors in
  small and medium-sized companies typically take on greater risk and price
  volatility than they would by investing in larger, more established companies.
  This increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of their small or
  medium size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and
  frequent lack of management depth.  The securities of small and medium
  companies are often traded in the over-the-counter market and might not be
  traded in volumes typical of securities traded on a national securities
  exchange.  Thus, the securities of small and medium capitalization companies
  are likely to be less liquid, and subject to more abrupt or erratic market
  movements, than securities of larger, more established companies.

  Technology Companies

  Stocks of technology companies have tended to be subject to greater volatility
  than securities of companies that are not dependent upon or associated with
  technological issues.  Technology companies operate in various industries.
  Since these industries frequently share common characteristics, an event or
  issue affecting one industry may significantly influence other, related
  industries.  For example, technology companies may be strongly affected by
  worldwide scientific or technological developments and their products and
  services may be subject to governmental regulation or adversely affected by
  governmental policies.



FOREIGN SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities are debt and equity securities that are traded in markets
  outside of the United States.  The markets in which these securities are
  located can be developed or emerging.  People can invest in foreign securities
  in a number of ways:

  .  They can invest directly in foreign securities denominated in a foreign
     currency;

  .  They can invest in American Depositary Receipts; and

  .  They can invest in investment funds.

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership of
  shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository banks
  and generally trade on an established market in the United States or
  elsewhere. A custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer's
  home country holds the underlying shares in trust. The depository bank may not
  have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge
  fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and
  corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying
  foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs
  continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly
  in foreign securities.

                                     II-18
<PAGE>

  Emerging Markets

  An "emerging country" is generally country that the International Bank for
  Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Finance
  Corporation would consider to be an emerging or developing country. Typically,
  emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of
  industrialization, with lower gross national products (GNP) than more
  developed countries.  There are currently over 130 countries that the
  international financial community generally considers to be emerging or
  developing countries, approximately 40 of which currently have stock markets.
  These countries generally include every nation in the world except the United
  States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most nations located in
  Western Europe.

  Investment Funds

  Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the
  securities of their companies.  Certain emerging countries, however, permit
  indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and traded
  on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have specifically
  authorized.  The portfolio may invest in these investment funds subject to the
  provisions of the 1940 Act.  If a portfolio invests in such investment funds,
  its shareholders will bear not only their proportionate share of the expenses
  of the portfolio (including operating expenses and the fees of the adviser),
  but also will bear indirectly bear similar expenses of the underlying
  investment funds.  In addition, these investment funds may trade at a premium
  over their net asset value.

Risks of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S. entities
  with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks in addition
  to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

  Political and Economic Factors

  Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military action
  or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value of foreign
  investments.  Listed below are some of the more important political and
  economic factors that could negatively affect a portfolio's investments.

  .  The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of the
     United States in such areas as growth of gross national product, rate of
     inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, budget deficits
     and national debt;

  .  Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree, through
     ownership interests or regulation, in their respective economies. Actions
     by these governments could significantly influence the market prices of
     securities and payment of dividends;

  .  The economies of many foreign countries are dependent on international
     trade and their trading partners and they could be severely affected if
     their trading partners were to enact protective trade barriers and economic
     conditions;

  .  The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less stable
     than in the United States. Other countries face significant external
     political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by other countries
     or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes; and

  .  A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S. investors,
     including expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation
     and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A country may restrict or
     control foreign investments in its securities markets. These restrictions
     could limit ability of a portfolio to invest a particular country or make
     it very expensive for the portfolio to invest in that country. Some
     countries require prior governmental approval, limit the types or amount of
     securities or companies in which a foreigner can invest. Other countries
     may restrict the ability of foreign investors to repatriate their
     investment income and capital gains.

                                     II-19
<PAGE>

  Information and Supervision

  There is generally less publicly available information about foreign companies
  than companies based in the United States.  For example, there are often no
  reports and ratings published about foreign companies comparable to the ones
  written about United States companies.  Foreign companies are typically not
  subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards,
  practices and requirements comparable to those applicable United States
  companies.   The lack of comparable information makes investment decisions
  concerning foreign countries more difficult and less reliable than domestic
  companies.

  Stock Exchange and Market Risk

  The adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter
  (OTC) market located outside of the United States will be the best available
  market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume
  and sophistication, are generally not as developed as the markets in the
  United States.  Foreign stocks markets tend to differ from those in the United
  States in a number of ways:

  .  They are generally not as developed or efficient as, and more volatile,
     than those in the United States;

  .  They have substantially less volume;

  .  Their securities tend to be less liquid and to experience rapid and erratic
     price movements;

  .  Commissions on foreign stocks are generally higher and subject to set
     minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates;

  .  Foreign security trading, settlement and custodial practices are often less
     developed than those in U.S. markets; and

  .  They may have different settlement practices, which may cause delays and
     increase the potential for failed settlements.

  Foreign Currency Risk

  While, the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in United States
  dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in
  foreign currencies. Thus, a change in a the value of a foreign currency
  against the United States dollar will result in a corresponding change in
  value of the securities held by a portfolio.   Some of the factors that may
  impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

  .  It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into United States
     dollars and vice versa;

  .  Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the values
     of various currencies, including United States dollars, and their exchange
     rates;

  .  Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or
     selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts,
     since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other
     market forces;

  .  There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign
     currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available through
     dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis;

  .  Available quotation information is generally representative of very large
     round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not reflect
     exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1 million)
     where rates may be less favorable; and

                                     II-20
<PAGE>

  .  The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock
     market. To the extent that a market is closed while the markets for the
     underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may not always reflect
     significant price and rate movements.

  Taxes

  Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest
  income. Although in some countries the portfolio may recover a portion of
  these taxes, the portion it cannot recover will reduce the income the
  portfolio receives from its investments.  The portfolio does not expect such
  foreign withholding taxes to have a significant impact on performance.

  Emerging Markets

  Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
  Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than
  those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties of
  investing in less established markets and economies. In particular, countries
  with emerging markets may:

  .  Have relatively unstable governments;

  .  Present greater risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions on
     foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets; and

  .  Offer less protection of property rights than more developed countries.

  .  Have economies that are based on only a few industries, may be highly
     vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may suffer
     from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates.

  .  Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may be
     unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume, potentially
     making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impossible at times.

The Euro

  The single currency for the European Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU"), the
  Euro, is scheduled to replace the national currencies for participating member
  countries over a period that began on January 1, 1999 and ends in July 2002.
  At the end of that period, use of the Euro will be compulsory and countries in
  the EMU will no longer maintain separate currencies in any form. Until then,
  however, each country and issuers within each country are free to choose
  whether to use the Euro.

  On January 1, 1999, existing national currencies became denominations of the
  Euro at fixed rates according to practices prescribed by the European Monetary
  Institute and the Euro became available as a book-entry currency.  On or about
  that date, member states began conducting financial market transactions in
  Euros and redenominating many investments, currency balances and transfer
  mechanisms into Euros.  The portfolio also anticipates pricing, trading,
  settling and valuing investments whose nominal values remain in their existing
  domestic currencies in Euros.  Accordingly, the portfolio expects the
  conversion to the Euro to impact investments in countries that will adopt the
  Euro in all aspects of the investment process, including trading, foreign
  exchange, payments, settlements, cash accounts, custody and accounting. Some
  of the uncertainties surrounding the conversion to the Euro include:

  .  Will the payment and operational systems of banks and other financial
     institutions be ready by the scheduled launch date?

  .  Will the conversion to the Euro have legal consequences on outstanding
     financial contracts that refer to existing currencies rather than Euro?

                                     II-21
<PAGE>

  .  How will existing currencies be exchanged into Euro?

  .  Will suitable clearing and settlement payment systems for the new currency
     be created?

INVESTMENT COMPANIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  A portfolio may buy and sell shares of other investment companies.  Such
  investment companies may pay management and other fees that are similar to the
  fees currently paid by a portfolio.  Like other shareholders, each portfolio
  would pay its proportionate share those fees.  Consequently, shareholders of a
  portfolio would pay not only the management fees of the portfolio, but also
  the management fees of the investment company in which the portfolio invests.

  The SEC has granted an order that allows a portfolio to invest the greater of
  5% of its total assets or $2.5 million in the UAM DSI Money Market Portfolio,
  provided that the investment is:

  .  For cash management purposes;

  .  Consistent with a portfolio's investment policies and restrictions; and

  .  The adviser to the investing portfolio waives any fees it earns on the
     assets of the portfolio that are invested in the UAM DSI Money Market
     Portfolio.

  The investing portfolio will bear expenses of the UAM DSI Money Market
  Portfolio on the same basis as all of its other shareholders.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  In a repurchase agreement, an investor agrees to buy a security (underlying
  security) from a securities dealer or bank that is a member of the Federal
  Reserve System (counter-party).  At the time, the counter-party agrees to
  repurchase the underlying security for the same price, plus interest.
  Repurchase agreements are generally for a relatively short period (usually not
  more than 7 days).  The portfolios normally use repurchase agreements to earn
  income on assets that are not invested.

  When it enters into a repurchase agreement, a portfolio will:

  .  Pay for the underlying securities only upon physically receiving them or
     upon evidence of their receipt in book-entry form; and

  .  Require the counter party to add to the collateral whenever the price of
     the repurchase agreement rises above the value of the underlying security
     (i.e., it will require the borrower "mark to the market" on a daily basis).

  If the seller of the security declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes
  financially unable to buy back the security, a portfolio's right to sell the
  security may be restricted.  In addition, the value of the security might
  decline before a portfolio can sell it and a portfolio might incur expenses in
  enforcing its rights.

RESTRICTED SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  A portfolio may purchase restricted securities that are not registered for
  sale to the general public but which are eligible for resale to qualified
  institutional investors under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933.  Under
  the supervision of the Fund's board, the adviser determines the liquidity of
  such investments by considering all relevant factors.  Provided that a dealer
  or institutional trading market in such securities exists, these restricted
  securities are not treated as illiquid securities for purposes of the
  portfolio's investment limitations.  The price realized from the sales of
  these securities could be more or less than those originally paid by a
  portfolio or less than what may be considered the fair value of such
  securities.

                                     II-22
<PAGE>

SECURITIES LENDING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  A portfolio may lend a portion of its total assets to broker- dealers or other
  financial institutions. It may then reinvest the collateral it receives in
  short-term securities and money market funds. When a portfolio lends its
  securities, it will follow the following guidelines:

  .  The borrower must provide collateral at least equal to the market value of
     the securities loaned;

  .  The collateral must consist of cash, an irrevocable letter of credit issued
     by a domestic U.S. bank or securities issued or guaranteed by the U. S.
     government;

  .  The borrower must add to the collateral whenever the price of the
     securities loaned rises (i.e., the borrower "marks to the market" on a
     daily basis);

  .  It must be able to terminate the loan at any time;

  .  It must receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may include the
     portfolio investing any cash collateral in interest bearing short-term
     investments); and

  .  It must determine that the borrower is an acceptable credit risk.

  These risks are similar to the ones involved with repurchase agreements. When
  the portfolio lends securities, there is a risk that the borrower fails
  financially become financially unable to honor its contractual obligations.
  If this happens, the portfolio could:

  .  Lose its rights in the collateral and not be able to retrieve the
     securities it lent to the borrower; and

  .  Experience delays in recovering its securities.


SHORT SALES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Description of Short Sales

  Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not own.
  To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from someone
  else to deliver to the buyer.  The investor then replaces the security it
  borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the time of
  replacement. Until it replaces the security, the investor repays the person
  that lent it the security for any interest or dividends that may have accrued
  during the period of the loan.

  Investors typically sell securities short to:

  .  Take advantage of an anticipated decline in prices.

  .  Protect a profit in a security it already owns.

  A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short
  increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the
  portfolio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit if
  the price of the security declines between those dates.

  To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
  which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
  transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
  will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
  premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to pay
  in connection with a short sale.

  The broker will retain the net proceeds of the short sale, to the extent
  necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.

                                     II-23
<PAGE>

Short Sales Against the Box

  In addition, a portfolio may engage in short sales  "against the box".  In a
  short sale against the box, the portfolio agrees to sell at a future date a
  security that it either contemporaneously owns or has the right to acquire at
  no extra cost. A portfolio will incur transaction costs to open, maintain and
  close short sales against the box.

Restrictions on Short Sales

  A portfolio will not short sell a security if:

  .  After giving effect to such short sale, the total market value of all
     securities sold short would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio net
     assets.

  .  The market value of the securities of any single issuer that have been sold
     short by the portfolio would exceed the two percent (2%) of the value of
     the portfolio's net assets.

  .  Such securities would constitute more than two percent (2%) of any class of
     the issuer's securities.

  Whenever a portfolio sells a security short, its custodian segregates an
  amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the difference between (a) the
  market value of the securities sold short at the time they were sold short and
  (b) any cash or U.S. Government securities the portfolio is required to
  deposit with the broker in connection with the short sale (not including the
  proceeds from the short sale). The segregated assets are marked to market
  daily in an attempt to ensure that the amount deposited in the segregated
  account plus the amount deposited with the broker is at least equal to the
  market value of the securities at the time they were sold short.



WHEN-ISSUED, FORWARD COMMITMENT AND DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a market
  exists, but which have not been issued.  In a forward delivery transaction, a
  portfolio contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date
  beyond customary settlement time.  "Delayed delivery" refers to securities
  transactions on the secondary market where settlement occurs in the future. In
  each of these transactions, the parties fix the payment obligation and the
  interest rate that they will receive on the securities at the time the parties
  enter the commitment; however, they do not pay money or deliver securities
  until a later date.  Typically, no income accrues on securities a portfolio
  has committed to purchase before the securities are delivered, although the
  portfolio may earn income on securities it has in a segregated account. A
  portfolio will only enter into these types of transactions with the intention
  of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before the settlement
  date.

  A portfolio uses when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward delivery
  transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield at
  the time of purchase. When a portfolio engages in when-issued, delayed-
  delivery and forward delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to
  consummate the sale.  If the other party fails to complete the sale, a
  portfolio may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a favorable price
  or yield.

  When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward
  delivery basis, the portfolio assumes the rights and risks of ownership of the
  security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of
  settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the
  purchase price.  The yield available in the market when the delivery takes
  place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
  Because a portfolio does not pay for the security until the delivery date,
  these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other
  investments.

  A portfolio will segregate cash and liquid securities equal in value to
  commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery
  transaction.  A portfolio will segregate additional liquid assets daily so
  that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of its commitments.

                                     II-24
<PAGE>

Management Of The Fund

  The governing board manages the business of the Fund.  The governing board
  elects officers to manage the day-to-day operations of the Fund and to execute
  policies the board has formulated.  The Fund pays each board member who is not
  also an officer or affiliated person (independent board member) a $150
  quarterly retainer fee per active portfolio per quarter and a $2,000 meeting
  fee.  In addition, the Fund reimburses each independent board member for
  travel and other expenses incurred while attending board meetings.  The $2,000
  meeting fee and expense reimbursements are aggregated for all of the board
  members and allocated proportionately among the portfolios of the UAM Funds
  Complex. The Fund does not pay board members that are affiliated with the fund
  for their services as board members. UAM, its affiliates or SEI pay the Fund's
  officers.

  The following table lists the board members and officers of the Fund and
  provides information regarding their present positions, date of birth,
  address, principal occupations during the past five years, aggregate
  compensation received from the Fund and total compensation received from the
  UAM Funds Complex.  The UAM Funds Complex is currently comprised of 48
  portfolios. Those people with an asterisk beside their name are "interested
  persons" of the Fund as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. Mr. English does
  have an investment advisory relationship with Investment Counselors of
  Maryland, an investment adviser to one of the portfolios in the UAM Funds
  Complex.  However, the Fund does not believe that the relationship is a
  material business relationship, and, therefore, does not consider him to be an
  "interested person" of the Fund.  If these circumstances change, the Board
  will determine whether any action is required to change the composition of the
  Board.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                         Total
                                                                                                   Aggregate         Compensation
                                                                                                  Compensation         From UAM
                            Position         Principal Occupations During the Past 5              from Fund as       Funds Complex
Name, Address, DOB          with Fund        years                                                 of 4/30/99        as of 12/31/98
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<C>                        <S>              <C>                                                 <C>                  <C>
John T. Bennett, Jr.       Board Member     President of Squam Investment Management Company,        $ 8,094             $ 39,900
College Road -- RFD 3                       Inc. and Great Island Investment Company, Inc.;
Meredith, NH 03253                          President of Bennett Management Company from 1988
1/26/29                                     to 1993.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Nancy J. Dunn              Board Member     Financial Officer of World Wildlife Fund since           $ 8,094             $ 40,575
10 Garden Street                            January 1999; Vice President for Finance and
Cambridge, MA 02138                         Administration and Treasurer of Radcliffe College
8/14/51                                     from 1991 to 1999.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

William A. Humenuk         Board Member     Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative        $ 8,094             $ 40,936
100 King Street West                        Officer of Philip Services Corp.; Formerly, a
P.O. Box 2440, LCD-1                        Partner in the Philadelphia office of the law firm
Hamilton  Ontario,                          Dechert Price & Rhoads and a Director of Hofler
Canada L8N-4J6                              Corp.
4/21/42
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Philip D. English          Board Member     President and Chief Executive Officer of                 $ 8,094             $ 40,702
16 West Madison Street                      Broventure Company, Inc.; Chairman of the Board of
Baltimore, MD 21201                         Chektec Corporation and Cyber Scientific, Inc.
8/5/48
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

James P. Pappas*           Board Member     President of UAM Investment Services, Inc. since            0                    0
211 Congress Street                         March 1999; Vice President UAM Trust Company since
Boston, MA  02110                           January 1996; Principal of UAM Fund Distributors,
2/24/53                                     Inc. since December 1995; Vice President of UAM
                                            Investment Services, Inc. from January 1996 to
                                            March 1999 and a Director and Chief Operating
                                            Officer of CS First Boston Investment Management
                                            from 1993-1995.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Norton H. Reamer*          Board Member;    Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a Director            0                    0
One International Place    President and    of United Asset Management Corporation; Director,
Boston, MA 02110           Chairman         Partner or Trustee of each of the Investment
3/21/35                                     Companies of the Eaton Vance Group of Mutual Funds.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>
                                     II-25
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                         Total
                                                                                                   Aggregate         Compensation
                                                                                                  Compensation         From UAM
                            Position         Principal Occupations During the Past 5              from Fund as       Funds Complex
Name, Address, DOB          with Fund        years                                                 of 4/30/99        as of 12/31/98
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<C>                        <S>              <C>                                                 <C>                  <C>
Peter M. Whitman, Jr.*     Board Member     President and Chief Investment Officer of Dewey             0                    0
One Financial Center                        Square Investors Corporation since 1988; Director
Boston, MA 02111                            and Chief Executive Officer of H.T. Investors,
7/1/43                                      Inc., formerly a subsidiary of Dewey Square.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

William H. Park            Vice President   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial                0                    0
One International Place                     Officer of United Asset Management Corporation.
Boston, MA 02110
9/19/47
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gary L. French             Treasurer        President of UAMFSI and UAMFDI; Treasurer of the            0                    0
211 Congress Street                         Fidelity Group of Mutual Funds from 1991 to 1995;
Boston, MA 02110                            held various other offices with Fidelity
7/4/51                                      Investments from November 1990 to March 1995.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Michael E. DeFao           Secretary        Vice President and General Counsel of UAMFSI and            0                    0
211 Congress Street                         UAMFDI; Associate Attorney of Ropes & Gray (a law
Boston, MA 02110                            firm) from 1993 to 1995.
2/28/68
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Robert R. Flaherty         Assistant        Vice President of UAMFSI; Manager of Fund                   0                    0
211 Congress Street        Treasurer        Administration and Compliance of CGFSC from 1995
Boston, MA 02110                            to 1996; Senior Manager of Deloitte & Touche LLP
9/18/63                                     from 1985 to 1995,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Michael J. Leary           Assistant        Vice President of Chase Global Funds Services               0                    0
73 Tremont Street          Treasurer        Company since 1993.  Manager of Audit at Ernst &
Boston, MA  02108                           Young from 1988 to 1993.
11/23/65
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Michelle Azrialy           Assistant        Assistant Treasurer of Chase Global Funds Services          0                    0
73 Tremont Street          Secretary        Company since 1996.  Senior Public Accountant with
Boston, MA 02108                            Price Waterhouse LLP from 1991 to 1994.
4/12/69
</TABLE>

Investment Advisory and Other Services


INVESTMENT ADVISER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Control Of Adviser

  Each adviser is a subsidiary of UAM.  UAM is a holding company incorporated in
  Delaware in December 1980 for the purpose of acquiring and owning firms
  engaged primarily in institutional investment management. Since its first
  acquisition in August 1983, UAM has acquired or organized more than 50 UAM
  Affiliated Firms. UAM believes that permitting UAM Affiliated Firms to retain
  control over their investment advisory decisions is necessary to allow them to
  continue to provide investment management services that are intended to meet
  the particular needs of their respective clients.  Accordingly, after
  acquisition by UAM, UAM Affiliated Firms continue to operate under their own
  firm name, with their own leadership and individual investment philosophy and
  approach. Each UAM Affiliated Firm manages its own business independently on a
  day-to-day basis. Investment strategies employed and securities selected by
  UAM Affiliated Firms are separately chosen by each of them. Several UAM
  Affiliated Firms also act as investment advisers to separate series or
  portfolios of the UAM Funds Complex.

                                     II-26
<PAGE>

Investment Advisory Agreement

  This section summarizes some of the important provisions of each of the
  portfolio's Investment Advisory Agreements.  The Fund has filed each agreement
  with the SEC as part of its registration statement on Form N-1A.

  Service Performed by Adviser

  Each adviser:

  .  Manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the portfolios;

  .  Continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment program of
     the portfolios; and

  .  Determines what portion of portfolio's assets will be invested in
     securities and what portion will consist of cash.

  Limitation of Liability

  In the absence of (1) willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence on
  the part of the adviser in the performance of its obligations and duties under
  the Advisory Agreement, (2) reckless disregard by the adviser of its
  obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement, or (3) a loss resulting
  from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation
  for services, the adviser shall not be subject to any liability whatsoever to
  the Fund, for any error of judgment, mistake of law or any other act or
  omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services under the
  Advisory Agreement.

  Continuing an Advisory Agreement

  An Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect for periods of one year
  so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a:

  .  Majority of those Members who are not parties to the Investment Advisory
     Agreement or interested persons of any such party;

  .  (2) (a) majority of the Members or (b) a majority of the shareholders of
     the portfolio.

  Terminating an Advisory Agreement

  The Fund may terminate an Investment Advisory Agreement at any time, without
  the payment of any penalty if:

  .  A majority of the portfolio's shareholders vote to do so; and

  .  It gives the adviser 60 days' written notice.

  .  The adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreements at any time, without the
     payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' written notice to the Fund. An
     Advisory Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate if it is
     assigned.


DISTRIBUTOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  UAMFDI is the Fund's distributor.  The Fund offers its shares continuously.
  While UAMFDI will use its best efforts to sell shares of the Fund, it is not
  obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. UAMFDI receives no
  compensation for its services, and any amounts it may receive under a Service
  and Distribution Plan are passed through in their entirety to third parties.
  UAMFDI, an affiliate of UAM, is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston,
  Massachusetts 02110.

                                    II-27
<PAGE>

SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PLANS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Fund has adopted a Distribution Plan and a Shareholder Servicing Plan (the
  "Plans") for their Institutional Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1
  under the 1940 Act.

Shareholder Servicing Plan

  The Shareholder Servicing Plan (Service Plan) permits the Fund to compensate
  broker-dealers or other financial institutions (Service Agents) that have
  agreed with UAMFDI to provide administrative support services to Institutional
  Service Class shareholders that are their customers. Under the Service Plan,
  Institutional Service Class Shares may pay service fees at the maximum annual
  rate of 0.25% of the average daily net asset value of such shares held by the
  Service Agent for the benefit of its customers. The Fund pays these fees out
  of the assets allocable to Institutional Service Class Shares to UAMFDI, to
  the Service Agent directly or through UAMFDI. Each item for which a payment
  may be made under the Service Plan constitutes personal service and/or
  shareholder account maintenance and may constitute an expense of distributing
  Fund Service Class Shares as the SEC construes such term under Rule 12b-1.
  Services for which Institutional Service Class Shares may compensate Service
  Agents include:

  .  Acting as the sole shareholder of record and nominee for beneficial owners.

  .  Maintaining account records for such beneficial owners of the Fund's
     shares.

  .  Opening and closing accounts.

  .  Answering questions and handling correspondence from shareholders about
     their accounts.

  .  Processing shareholder orders to purchase, redeem and exchange shares.

  .  Handling the transmission of funds representing the purchase price or
     redemption proceeds.

  .  Issuing confirmations for transactions in the Fund's shares by
     shareholders.

  .  Distributing current copies of prospectuses, statements of additional
     information and shareholder reports.

  .  Assisting customers in completing application forms, selecting dividend and
     other account options and opening any necessary custody accounts.

  .  Providing account maintenance and accounting support for all transactions.

  .  Performing such additional shareholder services as may be agreed upon by
     the Fund and the Service Agent, provided that any such additional
     shareholder services must constitute a permissible non-banking activity in
     accordance with the then current regulations of, and interpretations
     thereof by, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, if
     applicable.

Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan

  The Distribution Plan permits the portfolio to pay UAMFDI or others for
  certain distribution, promotional and related expenses involved in marketing
  its Institutional Service Class Shares. Under the Distribution Plan,
  Institutional Service Class Shares may pay distribution fees at the maximum
  annual rate of 0.75% of the average daily net asset value of such shares held
  by the Service Agent for the benefit of its customers.  These expenses
  include, among other things:

  .  Advertising the availability of services and products.

  .  Designing materials to send to customers and developing methods of making
     such materials accessible to customers.

  .  Providing information about the product needs of customers.

                                     II-28
<PAGE>

  .  Providing facilities to solicit Fund sales and to answer questions from
     prospective and existing investors about the Fund.

  .  Receiving and answering correspondence from prospective investors,
     including requests for sales literature, prospectuses and statements of
     additional information.

  .  Displaying and making available sales literature and prospectuses.

  .  Acting as liaison between shareholders and the Fund, including obtaining
     information from the Fund and providing performance and other information
     about the Fund.

  In addition, the Service Class Shares may make payments directly to other
  unaffiliated parties, who either aid in the distribution of their shares or
  provide services to the Class.

Fees Paid under the Service and Distribution Plans

  The Plans permit Institutional Service Class shares to pay distribution and
  service fees at the maximum annual rate of 1.00% of the class' average daily
  net assets for the year.  The Fund's governing board has limited the amount
  the Institutional Service Class may pay under the Plans to 0.40% of the class'
  average daily net assets for the year, and may increase such amount to the
  plan maximum at any time.

  The Fund will not reimburse the Distributor or others for distribution
  expenses incurred in excess of the amount permitted by the Plans.

  Subject to seeking best price and execution, the Fund may buy or sell
  portfolio securities through firms that receive payments under the Plans.
  UAMFDI, at its own expense, may pay dealers for aid in distribution or for aid
  in providing administrative services to shareholders.

Approving, Amending and Terminating the Fund's Distribution Arrangements

  Shareholders of the portfolio have approved the Plans. The Plans also were
  approved by the governing board of the Fund, including a majority of the
  members of the board who are not interested persons of the Fund and who have
  no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans (Plan
  Members), by votes cast in person at meetings called for the purpose of voting
  on these Plans.

  Continuing the Plans

  The Plans continue in effect from year to year so long as they are approved
  annually by a majority of the Fund's board members and its Plan Members.  To
  continue the Plans, the board must determine whether such continuation is in
  the best interest of the Institutional Service Class shareholders and that
  there is a reasonable likelihood of the Plans providing a benefit to the
  Class.  The Fund's board has determined that the Fund's distribution
  arrangements are likely to benefit the Fund and its shareholders by enhancing
  the Fund's ability to efficiently service the accounts of its Institutional
  Service Class shareholders.

  Amending the Plans

  A majority of the Fund's governing board and a majority of its the Plan
  Members must approve any material amendment to the Plans.  Likewise, any
  amendment materially increasing the maximum percentage payable under the Plans
  must be approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the
  Class, as well as by a majority of the Plan Members.

                                     II-29
<PAGE>

  Terminating the Plans

  A majority of the Plan Members or a majority of the outstanding voting
  securities of the Class may terminate the Plans at any time without penalty.
  In addition, the Plans will terminate automatically upon their assignment.

  Miscellaneous

  So long as the Plans are in effect, the non-interested board members will
  select and nominate the Plan Members of the Fund.

  The Fund and UAMFDI intend to comply with the Conduct Rules of the National
  Association of Securities Dealers relating to investment company sales
  charges. with these rules.

  Pursuant to the Plans, the board reviews, at least quarterly, a written report
  of the amounts expended under each agreement with Service Agents and the
  purposes for which the expenditures were made.

Additional Non-12b-1 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements

  In addition to payments by the Fund under the Plans, UAM and any of its
  affiliates, may, at its own expense, compensate a Service Agent or other
  person for marketing, shareholder servicing, record-keeping and/or other
  services performed with respect to the Fund, the portfolio or any class of
  shares of the portfolio. The person making such payments may do so out of its
  revenues, its profits or any other source available to it. Such services
  arrangements, when in effect, are made generally available to all qualified
  service providers. The adviser may also compensate its affiliated companies
  for referring investors to the portfolio.


ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrator

  Pursuant to a Fund Administration Agreement with the Fund, UAMFSI manages,
  administers and conducts the general business activities of the Fund.  As a
  part of its responsibilities, UAMFSI provides and oversees the provision by
  various third parties of administrative, fund accounting, dividend disbursing
  and transfer agent services for the Fund. UAMFSI, an affiliate of UAM, has its
  principal office at 211 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

  UAMFSI will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its
  services under the Fund Administration Agreement.  Other expenses to be
  incurred in the operation of the Fund will be borne by the Fund or other
  parties, including:

  .  Taxes, interest, brokerage fees and commissions;

  .  Salaries and fees of officers and members of the board who are not
     officers, directors, shareholders or employees of an affiliate of UAM,
     including UAMFSI, UAMFDI or the adviser;

  .  SEC fees and state Blue-Sky fees;

  .  EDGAR filing fees;

  .  Processing services and related fees;

  .  Advisory and administration fees;

  .  Charges and expenses of pricing and data services, independent public
     accountants and custodians;

  .  Insurance premiums including fidelity bond premiums;

  .  Outside legal expenses;

                                     II-30
<PAGE>

  .  Costs of maintenance of corporate existence;

  .  Typesetting and printing of prospectuses for regulatory purposes and for
     distribution to current shareholders of the Fund;

  .  Printing and production costs of shareholders' reports and corporate
     meetings;

  .  Cost and expenses of Fund stationery and forms;

  .  Costs of special telephone and data lines and devices;

  .  Trade association dues and expenses; and

  .  Any extraordinary expenses and other customary Fund expenses.

  The Fund Administration Agreement continues in effect from year to year if the
  board specifically approves such continuance every year. The fund or UAMFSI
  may terminate the Fund Administration Agreement, without penalty, on not less
  than ninety (90) days' written notice.  The Fund Administration Agreement
  automatically terminates upon its assignment by UAMFSI without the prior
  written consent of the Fund.

  UAMFSI will from time to time employ other people to assist it in performing
  its duties under the Fund Administration Agreement.  Such people may be
  officers and employees who are employed by both UAMFSI and the Fund. UAMFSI
  will pay such people for such employment.  The Fund will not incur any
  obligations with respect to such people.

Sub-Administrator

  UAMFSI has subcontracted some of the its administrative and fund accounting
  services to CGFSC, an affiliate of The Chase Manhattan Bank, under a Mutual
  Funds Service Agreement dated October 26, 1998. CGFSC is located at 73 Tremont
  Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent

  UAMFSI has subcontracted its transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent
  services to DST Systems, Inc. under an Agency Agreement between UAMFSI and DST
  Systems Inc. DST Systems, Inc., is located at P.O. Box 419534, Kansas City,
  Missouri 64141-6534.

  UAMSSC serves as sub-shareholder servicing agent for the Fund under an
  agreement between UAMSSC and UAMFSI. The principal place of business of UAMSSC
  is 825 Duportail Road, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087.

Administrative Fees

  Each portfolio pays UAMFSI and CGFSC for the administrative services they
  provide.  For more information concerning these fees, see "How Much does the
  Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?" in Part I of this SAI.


CUSTODIAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Chase Manhattan Bank, 3 Chase MatroTech Center, Brooklyn, New York, 11245,
  provides for the custody of the Fund's assets pursuant to the terms of a
  custodian agreement with the Fund.


INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110,
  serves as independent accountant for the Fund.

                                     II-31
<PAGE>

Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices


SELECTION OF BROKERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Advisory Agreement authorizes the adviser to select the brokers or dealers
  that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities for the
  portfolio.  The Advisory Agreement also directs the adviser to use its best
  efforts to obtain the best execution with respect to all transactions for the
  portfolio.  The adviser may select brokers based on research, statistical and
  pricing services they provide to the adviser. Information and research
  provided by a broker will be in addition to, and not instead of, the services
  the adviser is required to perform under the Advisory Agreement.  In so doing,
  the portfolio may pay higher commission rates than the lowest rate available
  when the adviser believes it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of
  the research, statistical, and pricing services provided by the broker
  effecting the transaction.

  It is not the practice of the Fund to allocate brokerage or effect principal
  transactions with dealers based on sales of shares that a broker-dealer firm
  makes.  However, the Fund may place trades with qualified broker-dealers who
  recommend the Fund or who act as agents in the purchase of Fund shares for
  their clients.



SIMULTANEOUS TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The adviser makes investment decisions for the portfolio independently of
  decisions made for its other clients.  When a security is suitable for the
  investment objective of more than one client, it may be prudent for the
  adviser to engage in a simultaneous transaction, that is, buy or sell the same
  security for more than one client.  The adviser strives to allocate such
  transactions among its clients, including the portfolio, in a fair and
  reasonable manner. Although there is no specified formula for allocating such
  transactions, the Fund's governing board periodically reviews the various
  allocation methods used by the adviser.



BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Equity Securities

  Generally, equity securities are bought and sold through brokerage
  transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters
  will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from
  dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer's mark-up or reflect a
  dealer's mark-down.

Debt Securities

  Debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an
  underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, a portfolio will
  not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases.  When a debt security is
  bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an
  underwriting commission or concession.  The purchase price for securities
  bought from dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the
  dealer's mark up or reflect a dealer's mark down.  When the portfolio executes
  transactions in the over-the-counter market, it will deal with primary market
  makers unless prices that are more favorable are otherwise obtainable.

                                     II-32
<PAGE>

Capital Stock and Other Securities



THE FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The Fund was organized under the name "The Regis Fund II" as a Delaware
  business trust on May 18, 1994. On October 31, 1995, the Fund changed its name
  to "UAM Funds Trust."  The Fund's principal executive office is located at 211
  Congress Street, Boston, MA  02110; however, shareholders should direct all
  correspondence to the address listed on the cover of this SAI.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND VOTING RIGHTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an
  unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, without par value. The
  Board has the power to designate one or more series (portfolios) or classes of
  shares of beneficial interest without shareholder approval.  The Board has
  authorized three classes of shares: Institutional Class, Institutional Service
  Class, and Advisor Class.  Not all of the portfolios issue all of the classes.

Description of Shares

  When issued and paid for, the shares of each series and class of the Fund are
  fully paid and nonassessable, and have no pre-emptive rights or preference as
  to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other features. The shares
  of the Fund have noncumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of
  more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of board members can elect
  100% of the board if they choose to do so. On each matter submitted to a vote
  of the shareholders, a shareholder is entitled to one vote for each full share
  held (and a fractional vote for each fractional share held), then standing in
  his name on the books of the Fund. Shares of all classes will vote together as
  a single class except when otherwise required by law or as determined by the
  Board.

  If the Fund is liquidated, the shareholders of each portfolio or any class
  thereof are entitled to receive the net assets belonging to that portfolio, or
  in the case of a class, belonging to that portfolio and allocable to that
  class. The Fund will distribute is net assets to its shareholders in
  proportion to the number of shares of that portfolio or class thereof held by
  them and recorded on the books of the Fund. A majority of the Board may
  authorize the liquidation of any portfolio or class at any time.

  The Fund will not hold annual meetings except when required to by the 1940 Act
  or other applicable law.

Class Differences

  The Board has authorized three classes of shares, Institutional, Institutional
  Service and Advisor.  The three classes represent interests in the same assets
  of the portfolio and, except as discussed below, are identical in all
  respects.

  .  Institutional Service Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder
     servicing and the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting
     rights with respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures.

  .  Advisor Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder servicing and
     the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting rights with
     respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures. Advisor
     Shares also charge a sales load on purchases.

  .  Each class of shares has different exchange privileges.

  Distribution and shareholder servicing fees reduce a class's:

  .  Net income

                                     II-33
<PAGE>

  .  Dividends

  .  NAV to the extent the portfolio has undistributed net income.


DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividend and Distribution Options
  There are three ways for shareholders to receive dividends and capital gains:

      .  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are reinvested in
      additional shares at net asset value;

      .  Income dividends are paid in cash and capital gains distributions are
      reinvested in additional shares at NAV; and

      .  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash.

  Unless the shareholder elects otherwise in writing, the fund will
  automatically reinvest all dividends in additional shares of the portfolio at
  NAV (as of the business day following the record date).  Shareholders may
  change their dividend and distributions option by writing to the fund at least
  three days before the record date for income dividend or capital gain
  distribution.

  The fund sends account statements to shareholders whenever it pays an income
  dividend or capital gains distribution.

Taxes on Distributions

  Each portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment
  income and net realized capital gains so as to avoid income taxes on its
  dividends and distributions and the imposition of the federal excise tax on
  undistributed income and capital gains.  However, a portfolio cannot predict
  the time or amount of any such dividends or distributions.

  Each portfolio will be treated as a separate entity (and hence as a separate
  "regulated investment company") for federal tax purposes. The capital
  gains/losses of one portfolio will not be offset against the capital
  gains/losses of another portfolio.

"Buying a Dividend"

  Distributions by the portfolio reduce its NAV.  A distribution that reduces
  the NAV of the portfolio below its cost basis is taxable as described in the
  prospectus of the portfolio, although from an investment standpoint, it is a
  return of capital.  If you buy shares of the portfolio on or just before the
  "record date" (the date that establishes which shareholders will receive an
  upcoming distribution) for a distribution, you will receive some of the money
  you invested as a taxable distribution.

                                     II-34
<PAGE>

Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares


NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating NAV

  The purchase and redemption price of the shares of a portfolio is equal to the
  NAV of the portfolio.  The Fund calculates the NAV of a portfolio by
  subtracting its liabilities from its total assets and dividing the result by
  the total number of shares outstanding.  For purposes of this calculation:

  .  Liabilities include accrued expenses and dividends payable; and

  .  Total assets include the market value of the securities held by the
     portfolio, plus cash and other assets plus income accrued but not yet
     received.

  Each portfolio normally calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  NYSE every day the NYSE is open for trading.  The NYSE usually closes at 4:00
  p.m.  The NYSE is closed on the following days: New Year's Day, Dr. Martin
  Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence
  Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

How the Fund Values it Assets

  Equity Securities

  Equity securities listed on a securities exchange for which market quotations
  are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price of the day.
  Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the
  security is primarily traded.  Unlisted equity securities and listed
  securities not traded on the valuation date for which market quotations are
  readily available are valued neither exceeding the asked prices nor less than
  the bid prices.  Quotations of foreign securities in a foreign currency are
  converted to U.S. dollar equivalents.  The converted value is based upon the
  bid price of the foreign currency against U.S. dollars quoted by any major
  bank or by a broker.

  Debt Securities

  Debt securities are valued according to the broadest and most representative
  market, which will ordinarily be the over-the-counter market.  Debt securities
  may be valued based on prices provided by a pricing service when such prices
  are believed to reflect the fair market value of such securities.  Securities
  purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days or less are valued at amortized
  cost when the governing board determines that amortized cost reflects fair
  value.

  Other Assets

  The value of other assets and securities for which no quotations are readily
  available (including restricted securities) is determined in good faith at
  fair value using methods determined by the governing board.

PURCHASE OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Service Agents may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of their
  customers. To do so, the Service Agent must receive your investment order
  before the close of trading on the NYSE and must transmit it to the fund
  before the close of its business day to receive that day's share price. The
  fund must receive proper payment for the order by the time the portfolio
  calculates its NAV on the following business day. Service Agents are
  responsible to their customers and the Fund for timely

                                     II-35
<PAGE>

  transmission of all subscription and redemption requests, investment
  information, documentation and money.

  Shareholders can buy full and fractional (calculated to three decimal places)
  shares of a portfolio. The fund will not issue certificates for fractional
  shares and will only issue certificates for whole shares upon the written
  request of a shareholder.

  The Fund may reduce or waive the minimum for initial and subsequent investment
  for certain fiduciary accounts, such as employee benefit plans or under
  circumstances, where certain economies can be achieved in sales of the
  portfolio's shares.

In-Kind Purchases

  At its discretion, the Fund may permit shareholders to purchase shares of the
  portfolio with securities, instead of cash.  If the Fund allows a shareholder
  to make an in-kind purchase, it will value such securities according to the
  policies described under "VALUATION OF SHARES" at the next determination of
  net asset value after acceptance. The Fund will issue shares of the portfolio
  at the NAV of the portfolio determined as of the same time.

  The Fund will only acquire securities through an in-kind purchase for
  investment and not for immediate resale. The Fund will only accept in-kind
  purchases if the transaction meets the following conditions:

  .  The securities are eligible investments for the portfolio;

  .  The securities have readily available market quotations;

  .  The investor represents and agrees that the securities are liquid and that
     there are no restrictions on their resale imposed by the 1933 Act or
     otherwise;

  .  All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to such
     securities become the property of the portfolio and are delivered to the
     fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer; and

  .  Immediately after the transaction is complete, the value of all securities
     of the same issuer held by the portfolio cannot exceed 5% of the net assets
     of the portfolio. This condition does not apply to U.S. government
     securities.

  Investors who are subject to Federal taxation upon exchange may realize a gain
  or loss for federal income tax purposes depending upon the cost of securities
  or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such exchanges should
  contact the adviser.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  When you redeem, your shares may be worth more or less than the price you paid
  for them depending on the market value of the investments held by the
  portfolio.

By Mail
  Requests to redeem shares must include:

  .  Share certificates, if issued;

  .  A letter of instruction or an assignment specifying the number of shares or
     dollar amount the shareholder wishes to redeem signed by all registered
     owners of the shares in the exact names in which they are registered;

  .  Any required signature guarantees (see "Signature Guarantees"); and

                                     II-36
<PAGE>

  .  Estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension and
     profit sharing plans and other organizations must submit any other
     necessary legal documents.

By Telephone

  Shareholders may not do the following by telephone:

  .  Change the name of the commercial bank or the account designated to receive
     redemption proceeds. To change an account in this manner, you must submit a
     written request signed by each shareholder, with each signature
     guaranteed).

  .  Redeem shares represented by a certificate.

  The fund and its UAMSSC will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that
  instructions communicated by telephone are genuine, and they may be liable for
  any losses if they fail to do so. These procedures include requiring the
  investor to provide certain personal identification at the time an account is
  opened and before effecting each transaction requested by telephone. In
  addition, all telephone transaction requests will be recorded and investors
  may be required to provide additional telecopied written instructions of such
  transaction requests. The Fund or UAMSSC may be liable for any losses due to
  unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if the Fund or the UAMSSC
  does not employ the procedures described above. Neither the Fund nor the
  UAMSSC will be responsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for
  following instructions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be
  genuine.

Redemptions-In-Kind

  If the governing board determines that it would be detrimental to the best
  interests of remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or
  partly in cash, the Fund may pay redemption proceeds in whole or in part by a
  distribution in-kind of liquid securities held by the portfolio in lieu of
  cash in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC. Investors may incur
  brokerage charges on the sale of portfolio securities received in payment of
  redemptions.

  However, the Fund has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all
  redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during
  any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the
  Fund at the beginning of such period.  Such commitment is irrevocable without
  the prior approval of the SEC.  Redemptions in excess of the above limits may
  be paid in whole or in part, in investment securities or in cash, as the Board
  may deem advisable; however, payment will be made wholly in cash unless the
  governing board believes that economic or market conditions exist which would
  make such a practice detrimental to the best interests of the Fund.  If
  redemptions are paid in investment securities, such securities will be valued
  as set forth under "Valuation of Shares."  A redeeming shareholder would
  normally incur brokerage expenses if these securities were converted to cash.

Signature Guarantees

  The Fund requires signature guarantees for certain types of documents,
  including.

  .  Written requests for redemption;

  .  Separate instruments for assignment ("stock power"), which should specify
     the total number of shares to be redeemed; and

  .  On all stock certificates tendered for redemption.

  The purpose of signature guarantees is to verify the identity of the person
  who has authorized a redemption from your account and to protect your account,
  the Fund and its sub-transfer agent from fraud.

                                     II-37
<PAGE>

  The Fund will accept signature guarantees from any eligible guarantor
  institution, as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
  participates in a signature guarantee program. Eligible guarantor institutions
  include banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national securities exchanges,
  registered securities associations, clearing agencies and savings
  associations.  You can get a complete definition of eligible guarantor
  institutions by calling 1-877-826-5465.  Broker-dealers guaranteeing
  signatures must be a member of a clearing corporation or maintain net capital
  of at least $100,000.  Credit unions must be authorized to issue signature
  guarantees.

Other Redemption Information

  Normally, the Fund will pay for all shares redeemed under proper procedures
  within seven days after it received your request.  However, the Fund will pay
  your redemption proceeds earlier as applicable law so requires.

  The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment:

  .  When the NYSE and custodian bank are closed

  .  Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  .  During any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the
     Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the
     portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it, or to fairly determine the
     value of its assets.

  .  For such other periods as the Commission may permit.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The exchange privilege is only available with respect to portfolios that are
  qualified for sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges are
  based on the respective net asset values of the shares involved. The
  Institutional Class and Institutional Service Class shares of UAM Funds do not
  charge a sales commission or charge of any kind for exchanges.

  Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be responsible for the
  authenticity of the exchange instructions received by telephone.  The
  governing board of the Fund may restrict the exchange privilege at any time.
  Such instructions may include limiting the amount or frequency of exchanges
  and may be for the purpose of assuring such exchanges do not disadvantage the
  Fund and its shareholders.

TRANSFER OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Shareholders may transfer shares of the portfolio to another person by making
  a written request to the Fund. Your request should clearly identify the
  account and number of shares you wish to transfer.  All registered owners
  should sign the request and all stock certificates, if any, which are subject
  to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the stock certificate
  or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner as described under
  "Signature Guarantees." As in the case of redemptions, the written request
  must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

Performance Calculations

  A portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
  return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
  are not intended to indicate future performance.  The SEC has adopted rules
  that require mutual funds to present performance quotations in a standard
  manner. Mutual funds can present non-standard performance quotations only if
  they also provide

                                     II-38
<PAGE>

  certain standardized performance information that they have computed according
  to the requirements of the SEC. Current yield and average annual compounded
  total return information are calculated using the method of computing
  performance mandated by the SEC.

  The performance is calculated separately for each Class of a portfolio.
  Dividends paid by a portfolio with respect to each Class will be calculated in
  the same manner at the same time on the same day and will be in the same
  amount, except that service fees, distribution charges and any incremental
  transfer agency costs relating to Advisor or Service Class Shares will be
  borne exclusively by that class.

TOTAL RETURN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Total return is the change in value of an investment in the portfolio over a
  given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A
  cumulative or aggregate total return reflects actual performance over a stated
  period. An average annual total return is a hypothetical rate of return that,
  if achieved annually, would have produced the same cumulative total return if
  performance had been constant over the entire period.

  The fund calculates the average annual total return of a portfolio by finding
  the average annual compounded rates of return over one, five and ten-year
  periods that would equate an initial hypothetical $1,000 investment to its
  ending redeemable value. The calculation assumes that all dividends and
  distributions are reinvested when paid. The quotation assumes the amount was
  completely redeemed at the end of each one, five and ten-year period and the
  deduction of all applicable Fund expenses on an annual basis. Since
  Institutional Service Class Shares bear additional service and distribution
  expenses, their average annual total return will generally be lower than that
  of the Institutional Class Shares.

  The fund calculates these figures according to the following formula:

     P (1 + T)/11/ = ERV

     Where:

     P       =   a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

     T       =   average annual total return

     n       =   number of years

     ERV     =   ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made
                 at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods at the end of
                 the 1, 5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion thereof).


YIELD
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the portfolio over a
  given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate. Yields are
  calculated according to a standard that is required for all mutual funds. As
  this differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may not equal the
  income actually paid to shareholders.

  The current yield is determined by dividing the net investment income per
  share earned during a 30-day base period by the maximum offering price per
  share on the last day of the period and annualizing the result.  Expenses
  accrued for the period include any fees charged to all shareholders during the
  base period. Since Institutional Service Class shares bear additional service
  and distribution expenses, their yield will generally be lower than that of
  the Institutional Class Shares.

  Yield is obtained using the following formula:

     Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)/6/-1]

     Where:

                                     II-39
<PAGE>

     a =  dividends and interest earned during the period

     b =  expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

     c =  the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period that
          were entitled to receive income distributions

     d =  the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.

COMPARISONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio's performance may be compared to data prepared by independent
  services which monitor the performance of investment companies, data reported
  in financial and industry publications, and various indices as further
  described in this SAI. This information may also be included in sales
  literature and advertising.

  To help investors better evaluate how an investment in the portfolio of the
  Fund might satisfy their investment objective, advertisements regarding the
  Fund may discuss various measures of Fund performance as reported by various
  financial publications. Advertisements may also compare performance (as
  calculated above) to performance as reported by other investments, indices and
  averages. Please see Appendix B for publications, indices and averages that
  may be used.

  In assessing such comparisons of performance, an investor should keep in mind
  that the composition of the investments in the reported indices and averages
  is not identical to the composition of investments in the portfolio, that the
  averages are generally unmanaged, and that the items included in the
  calculations of such averages may not be identical to the formula used by the
  portfolio to calculate its performance. In addition, there can be no assurance
  that the portfolio will continue this performance as compared to such other
  averages.

Financial Statements

  The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of each portfolio,
  other than the FPA Crescent Portfolio:

  .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999.

  .  Financial highlights for the respective periods presented

  .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

  The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of FPA Crescent
  Portfolio:

  .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

  .  Financial highlights for the periods presented

  .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

  Each of the above-referenced documents is incorporated by reference into this
  SAI.  However, no other parts of the portfolios' Annual Reports are
  incorporated by reference herein.  Shareholders may get copies of the
  portfolios' Annual Reports free of charge by calling the UAM Funds at the
  telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.

                                     II-40
<PAGE>

                                III:  Glossary

                                     III-1
<PAGE>

  1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

  1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

  1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

  Adviser means the investment adviser of the portfolio.

  All terms that this SAI does not otherwise define, have the same meaning in
  the SAI as they do in the prospectus(es) of the portfolios.

  Board member refers to a single member of the Fund's Board.

  Board refers to the Fund's Board of Trustees as a group.

  CGFSC is Chase Global Funds Service Company, the Fund's sub-administrator.

  Distribution Plan refers to the Distribution Plan the Fund has adopted for its
  Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

  Fund refers to UAM Funds Trust.

  Governing Board, see Board.

  NAV is the net asset value per share of a portfolio.  You can find information
  on how the fund calculates this number under "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing
  of Shares."

  NYSE is the New York Stock Exchange.  Also known as "The Exchange" or "The Big
  Board," the NYSE is located on Wall Street and is the largest exchange in the
  United States.

  Plan member refers to members of the board who are not interested persons of
  the Fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the
  operation of the Plans.

  Plans refers to the Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plans the Fund has
  adopted for its Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940
  Act.

  Portfolio refers to a single series of the Fund, while portfolios refer to all
  of the series of the Fund.

  SEC is the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The SEC is the federal agency
  that administers most of the federal securities laws in the United States.  In
  particular, the SEC administers the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the 1934 Act.

  Service Plan refers to the Shareholder Servicing Plan the Fund has adopted for
  its Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

  Service Class means the Institutional Service Class shares of a portfolio.

  UAM Funds Complex includes UAM Funds, Inc., UAM Funds Trust, UAM Funds Inc. II
  and all of their portfolios.

  UAM is United Asset Management Corporation.

  UAMFDI is UAM Fund Distributors, Inc., the Fund's distributor.

  UAMFSI is UAM Fund Services, Inc., the Fund's administrator.

  UAMSSC is UAM Fund Shareholder Servicing Center, the Fund's
  sub-shareholder-servicing agent.

                                     III-2
<PAGE>

                               IV: Appendix A--
                           Description of Securities
                                  and Ratings

                                     IV-1
<PAGE>

Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
  aaa                An issue which is rated "aaa" is considered to be a top-quality preferred stock.  This rating indicates good
                     asset protection and the least risk of dividend impairment within the universe of preferred stock.

  aa                 An issue which is rated "aa" is considered a high-grade preferred stock.  This rating indicates that there is
                     a reasonable assurance the earnings and asset protection will remain relatively well maintained in the
                     foreseeable future.

  a                  An issue which is rated "a" is considered to be an upper-medium grade preferred stock.  While risks are
                     judged to be somewhat greater than in the "aaa" and "aa" classification, earnings and asset protection are,
                     nevertheless, expected to be maintained at adequate levels.

  baa                An issue which is rated "baa" is considered to be a medium-grade preferred stock, neither highly protected
                     nor poorly secured.  Earnings and asset protection appear adequate at present but may be questionable over
                     any great length of time.

  ba                 An issue which is rated "ba" is considered to have speculative elements and its future cannot be considered
                     well assured.  Earnings and asset protection may be very moderate and not well safeguarded during adverse
                     periods.  Uncertainty of position characterizes preferred stocks in this class.

  b                  An issue which is rated "b" generally lacks the characteristics of a desirable investment.  Assurance of
                     dividend payments and maintenance of other terms of the issue over any long periods of time may be small.

  caa                An issue which is rated "caa" is likely to be in arrears on dividend payments.  This rating designation does
                     not purport to indicate the future status of payments.

  ca                 An issue which is rated "ca" is speculative in a high degree and is likely to be in arrears on dividends with
                     little likelihood of eventual payments.

  c                  This is the lowest rated class of preferred or preference stock.  Issues so rated can thus be regarded as
                     having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.
</TABLE>

  Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each rating
  classification:  the modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the
  higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-
  range ranking and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower
  end of its generic rating category.


DEBT RATINGS - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
  Aaa                Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.  They carry the smallest degree of investment
                     risk and are generally referred to as "gilt-edged."  Interest payments are protected by a large or by an
                     exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure.  While the various protective elements are likely to
                     change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of
                     such issues.

  Aa                 Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. They are rated lower than the
                     best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of
                     protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the
                     long-term risks appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

  A                  Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium
                     grade obligations.  Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate,  but elements
                     may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-2
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
  Baa                Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations, (i.e., they are neither highly
                     protected nor poorly secured).  Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but
                     certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of
                     time.  Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as
                     well.

  Ba                 Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as
                     well-assured.  Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate, and thereby not
                     well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future.  Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds
                     in this class.

  B                  Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment.  Assurance of interest
                     and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be
                     small.

  Caa                Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing.  Such issues may be in default or there may be present
                     elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

  Ca                 Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high degree.  Such issues are often
                     in default or have other marked shortcomings.

  C                  Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so rated can be regarded as having
                     extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.
</TABLE>

  Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating
  classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the
  obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category;  modifier 2
  indicates a mid-range ranking;  and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the
  lower end of that generic rating category.



SHORT-TERM PRIME RATING SYSTEM - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
  repay punctually senior debt obligations.  These obligations have an original
  maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

  Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment
  grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
  Prime-1            Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institution) have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term
                     debt obligations.  Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the following characteristics:

    .  High rates of return on funds employed.

    .  Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and
       ample asset protection.

    .  Broad leading market positions in well-established industries.

    .  margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal
       cash generation.

    .  Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured
       sources of alternate liquidity.
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>           <C>
  Prime-2      Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong ability for repayment of senior short-term
               debt obligations.  This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser
               degree.  Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation.  Capitalization
               characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions.  Ample alternate
               liquidity is maintained.

  Prime 3      Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an acceptable ability for repayment of senior
               short-term obligation.  The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions may be more
               pronounced.  Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt protection
               measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage.  Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

  Not Prime    Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-3
<PAGE>

Standard & Poor's Ratings Services


PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>
  AAA               This is the highest rating that may be assigned by Standard & Poor's to a preferred stock issue and indicates
                    an extremely strong capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.

  AA                A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a high-quality, fixed-income security. The capacity to pay
                    preferred stock obligations is very strong, although not as overwhelming as for issues rated AAA.

  A                 An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations, although it is
                    somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions.

  BBB               An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.
                    Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing
                    circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make payments for a preferred stock in this
                    category than for issues in the A category.

  BB, B,            Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded, on balance, as predominantly speculative with respect to
  CCC               the issuer's capacity to pay preferred stock obligations. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and
                    CCC the highest. While such issues will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are
                    outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

  CC                The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue that is in arrears on dividends or sinking fund
                    payments, but that is currently paying.

  C                 A preferred stock rated C is a nonpaying issue.

  D                 A preferred stock rated D is a nonpaying issue with the issuer in default on debt instruments.

  N.R.              This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a
                    rating, or that Standard & Poor's does not rate a particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.

  Plus (+) or       To provide more detailed indications of preferred stock quality, ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by
  minus (-)         the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
</TABLE>


LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
  considerations:

  Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its
  financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
  obligation;

  Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

  Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event
  of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of
  bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
  AAA                An obligation rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's.  The obligor's capacity to
                     meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

  AA                 An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only in small degree.  The obligor's
                     capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

  A                  An obligation  rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and
                     economic conditions than obligations in higher- rated categories.  However, the obligor's capacity to meet
                     its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

  BBB                An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters.  However, adverse economic conditions or
                     changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligator to meet its financial
                     commitment on the obligation.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-4
<PAGE>

  Obligations rated BB, B, CCC , CC and C are regarded as having significant
  speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and
  C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and
  protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or
  major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
  BB                 An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues.  However, it faces
                     major ongoing uncertainties or exposures to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could
                     lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

  B                  An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently
                     has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  Adverse business, financial, or
                     economic conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment
                     on the obligation.

  CCC                An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to non-payment, and is dependent upon favorable business,
                     financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  In
                     the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the
                     capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligations.

  CC                 An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

  C                  The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action
                     has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.

  D                  An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are
                     not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's
                     believes that such payments will be made during such grace period.  The D rating also will be used upon the
                     filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are
                     jeopardized.
</TABLE>

  Plus (+) or minus (-)  The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
  addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major
  rating categories.

  r  This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant
  noncredit risks.  It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected
  returns which are not addressed in the credit rating.  Examples include:
  obligation linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or commodities;
  obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as interest-only or
  principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with unusually risky
  interest terms, such as inverse floaters.



SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered
  short-term in the relevant market.  In the U.S., for example, that means
  obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days - including
  commercial paper.  Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the
  creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term
  obligations.  The result is a dual rating in which the short-term rating
  addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.  Medium-
  term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
  A-1                A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor's.  The obligor's
                     capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong.  Within this category, certain
                     obligations are designated with a plus sign (+).  This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its
                     financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

  A-2                A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
                     circumstances and economic conditions than obligation in higher rating categories.  However, the obligor's
                     capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

  A-3                A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters.  However, adverse economic
                     conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet
                     its financial commitment on the obligation.

  B                  A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics.  The obligor
                     currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major
                     ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment
                     on the obligation.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
  C                  A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable
                     business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the
                     obligation.

  D                  A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default.  The D rating category is used when payments on an
                     obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard
                     & Poors' believes that such payments will be made during such grace period.  The D rating also will be used
                     upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are
                     jeopardized.
</TABLE>

Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.


LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
  AAA                Highest credit quality.  The risk factors are negligible, being only slightly more than for risk-free U.S.
                     Treasury debt.

  AA+/AA             High credit quality.  Protection factors are strong.  Risk is modest but may vary slightly from time to time
                     because of economic conditions.

  A+/A/A-            Protection factors are average but adequate.  However, risk factors are more variable in periods of greater
                     economic stress.

  BBB+/BBB           Below-average protection factors but still considered sufficient for prudent investment.  Considerable

  BBB-               variability in risk during economic cycles.

  BB+/BB/BB-         Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations when due.  Present or prospective financial
                     protection factors fluctuate according to industry conditions.  Overall quality may move up or down
                     frequently within this category.

  B+/B/B-            Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligation will not be net when due.  Financial protection
                     factors will fluctuate widely according to economic cycles, industry conditions and/or company fortunes.
                     Potential exists for frequent changes in the rating within this category or into a higher or lower rating
                     grade.

  CCC                Well below investment-grade securities.  Considerable uncertainty exists as to timely payment of principal,
                     interest or preferred dividends.  Protection factors are narrow and risk can be substantial with unfavorable
                     economic/industry conditions, and/or with unfavorable company developments.

  DD                 Defaulted debt obligations.  Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.  Issuer
                     failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

  DP                 Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.
</TABLE>


SHORT-TERM DEBT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High Grade
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
  D-1+                Highest certainty of timely payment.  Short-term liquidity, including internal operating factors and/or
                      access to alternative sources of funds, is outstanding, and safety is just below risk-free U.S. Treasury
                      short-term obligations.
  D-1                 Very high certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors are excellent and supported by good fundamental
                      protection factors.  Risk factors are minor.
  D-1-                High certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors are strong and supported by good fundamental protection
                      factors.  Risk factors are very small.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-6
<PAGE>

Good Grade
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
  D-2                 Good certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors and company fundamentals are sound.  Although ongoing
                      funding needs may enlarge total financing requirements, access to capital markets is good.  Risk factors are
                      small.


Satisfactory Grade

  D-3                 Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify issues as to investment grade.  Risk factors are
                      larger and subject to more variation.  Nevertheless, timely payment is expected.

Non-Investment Grade

  D-4                 Speculative investment characteristics.  Liquidity is not sufficient to insure against disruption in debt
                      service.  Operating factors and market access may be subject to a high degree of variation.

Default

  D-5                 Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.
</TABLE>

Fitch IBCA Ratings


INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Grade
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
  AAA                 Highest credit quality.  `AAA' ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk.  They are assigned only
                      in case of exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment for financial commitments.  This capacity is
                      highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

  AA                  Very high credit quality.  `AA' ratings denote a very low expectation of credit risk.  They indicate very
                      strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.  This capacity is not significantly vulnerable
                      to foreseeable events.

  A                   High credit quality.   `A' ratings denote a low expectation of credit risk.  The capacity for timely payment
                      of financial commitments is considered strong.  This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to
                      changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

  B                   Good credit quality.  `BBB' ratings indicate that there is currently a low expectation of credit risk.  The
                      capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in
                      circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.  This is the lowest
                      investment-grade category.


Speculative Grade
  BB                  Speculative.  `BB' ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as
                      the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be
                      available to allow financial commitments to be met.  Securities rated in this category are not investment
                      grade.

  B                   Highly speculative.  `B' ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of
                      safety remains.  Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is
                      contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.
</TABLE>

                                     IV-7
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
  CCC,CC,C            High default risk.  Default is a real possibility.  Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely
                      reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments.  A `CC' rating indicates that default
                      of some kind appears probable.  `C' ratings signal imminent default.

  DDD,DD,D            Default.  Securities are not meeting current obligations and are extremely speculative.  `DDD' designates
                      the highest potential for recovery of amounts outstanding on any securities involved.  For U.S. corporates,
                      for example, `DD' indicates expected recovery of 50% - 90% of such outstandings, and `D' the lowest recovery
                      potential, i.e. below 50%.
</TABLE>

International Short-Term Credit Ratings
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
  F1                  Highest credit quality.  Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may
                      have an added "+" to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

  F2                  Good credit quality.  A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of
                      safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

  F3                  Fair credit quality.  The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however,
                      near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

  B                   Speculative.  Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term
                      adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

  C                   High default risk.  Default is a real possibility.  Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely
                      reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

  D                   Default.  Denotes actual or imminent payment default.
</TABLE>

Notes
  "+" or "-"  may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major
  rating categories.  Such suffixes are not added to the `AAA' long-term rating
  category, to categories below `CCC', or to short-term ratings other than `F1'.

  `NR'  indicates that Fitch IBCA does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

  `Withdrawn':  A rating is withdrawn when Fitch IBCA deems the amount of
  information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an
  obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

  RatingAlert:  Ratings are placed on RatingAlert to notify investors that there
  is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of
  such change.  These are designated as "Positive", indicating a potential
  upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving", if ratings may
  be raised, lowered or maintained.  RatingAlert is typically resolved over a
  relatively short period.

                                     IV-8
<PAGE>

                         V:  Appendix B -- Comparisons

                                      V-1
<PAGE>

  CDA Mutual Fund Report, published by CDA Investment Technologies, Inc. -
  analyzes price, current yield, risk, total return and average rate of return
  (average annual compounded growth rate) over specified time periods for the
  mutual fund industry.

  Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the U.S. Bureau
  of Labor Statistics - a statistical measure of change, over time in the price
  of goods and services in major expenditure groups.

  Donoghue's Money Fund Average - is an average of all major money market fund
  yields, published weekly for 7 and 30-day yields.

  Dow Jones Industrial Average - a price-weighted average of thirty blue-chip
  stocks that are generally the leaders in their industry and are listed on the
  New York Stock Exchange.  It has been a widely followed indicator of the stock
  market since October 1, 1928.

  Financial publications: Business Week, Changing Times, Financial World,
  Forbes, Fortune, Money, Barron's, Consumer's Digest, Financial Times, Global
  Investor, Investor's Daily, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Morningstar,
  Inc., New York Times, Personal Investor, Wall Street Journal and Weisenberger
  Investment Companies Service - publications that rate fund performance over
  specified time periods.

  Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
  Corporation, J.P. Morgan & Co, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Merrill Lynch &
  Co., Inc., Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Bloomberg L.P.

  IBC's Money Fund Average/All Taxable - an average of all major money market
  fund yields, published weekly for 7- and 30-day yields.

  IFC Investable Index  an unmanaged index maintained by the International
  Finance Corporation.  This index consists of 890 companies in 25 emerging
  equity markets, and is designed to measure more precisely the returns
  portfolio managers might receive from investment in emerging markets equity
  securities by focusing on companies and markets that are legally and
  practically accessible to foreign investors.

  Lehman Aggregate Bond Index - an unmanaged fixed income market value-weighted
  index that combines the Lehman Government/Corporate Index and the Lehman
  Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and includes treasury issues, agency issues,
  corporate bond issues and mortgage backed securities.  It includes fixed rate
  issuers of investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least one
  year and outstanding par values of at least $200 million for U.S. government
  issues and $25 million for others.

  Lehman Corporate Bond Index - an unmanaged indices of all publicly issues,
  fixed-rate, nonconvertible investment grade domestic corporate debt.  Also
  included are yankee bonds, which are dollar-denominated SEC registered public,
  noncovertible debt issued or guaranteed by foreign sovereign governments,
  municipalities, or governmental agencies, or international agencies.

  Lehman Government Bond Index - an unmanaged treasury bond index including all
  public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and foreign-
  targeted issues, and the Agency Bond Index (all publicly issued debt of U.S.
  government agencies and quasi-federal corporation, and corporate debt
  guaranteed by the U.S. government).  In addition to the aggregate index, sub-
  indices cover intermediate and long term issues.

  Lehman Government/Corporate Index - an unmanaged fixed income market value-
  weighted index that combines the Government and Corporate Bond Indices,
  including U.S. government treasury securities, corporate and yankee bonds.
  All issues are investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least
  one year and outstanding par value of at least $100 million of r U.S.
  government issues and $25 million for others.  Any security downgraded during
  the month is held in the index until month end and then removed.  All returns
  are market value weighted inclusive of accrued income.

                                      V-2
<PAGE>

  Lehman High Yield Bond Index - an unmanaged index of fixed rate, non-
  investment grade debt.  All bonds included in the index are dollar
  denominated, noncovertible, have at least one year remaining to maturity and
  an outstanding par value of at least $100 million.

  Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index - an unmanaged fixed income
  market value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government Bond Index
  (intermediate-term sub-index) and Lehman Corporate Bond Index.

  Lipper 1-5 Year Short Investment Grade Debt Funds Average - is an average of
  100 funds that invest at least 65% of assets in investment grade debt issues
  (BBB or higher) with dollar-weighted average maturities of 5 years or less.

  Lipper Balanced Fund Index - an unmanaged index of open-end equity funds whose
  primary objective is to conserve principal by maintaining at all time a
  balanced portfolio of both stocks and bonds.  Typically, the stock/bond ratio
  ranges around 60%/40%.

  Lipper Equity Income Fund Index - an unmanaged index of equity funds which
  seek relatively high current income and growth of income through investing 60%
  or more of the portfolio in equities.

  Lipper Equity Mid Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds which by
  prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Equity Small Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds by prospectus
  or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $1 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Growth Fund Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 30 largest funds
  by asset size in this investment objective.

  Lipper Mutual Fund Performance Analysis and Lipper - Fixed Income Fund
  Performance Analysis - measures total return and average current yield for
  the mutual fund industry.  Rank individual mutual fund performance over
  specified time periods, assuming reinvestments of all distributions, exclusive
  of any applicable sales charges.

  Merrill Lynch 1-4.99 Year Corporate/Government Bond Index - is an unmanaged
  index composed of U.S. treasuries, agencies and corporates with maturities
  from 1 to 4.99 years.  Corporates are investment grade only (BBB or higher).

  Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index - arithmetic, market value-
  weighted averages of the performance of over 900 securities listed on the
  stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.

  Mutual Fund Source Book, published by Morningstar, Inc. - analyzes price,
  yield, risk and total return for equity funds.

  NASDAQ Composite Index - is a market capitalization, price only, unmanaged
  index that tracks the performance of domestic common stocks traded on the
  regular NASDAQ market as well as national market System traded foreign common
  stocks and ADRs..

  New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices - unmanaged indices of
  all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance stocks listed on the New
  York Stock Exchange.

  Russell 1000 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 1000 largest stocks in
  the Russell 3000 Index.

  Russell 2000 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with higher
  price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.

  Russell 2000 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 2,000 smallest stocks
  in the Russell 3000 Index.

                                      V-3
<PAGE>

  Russell 2000 Value Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with a less-
  than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values than the growth universe.

  Russell 2500 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
  greater-than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to
  exhibit higher price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, lower dividend yields
  and higher forecasted growth values than the value universe.

  Russell 2500 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 2,5000 smallest stocks
  in the Russell 3000.

  Russell 2500 Value Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a less-
  than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values then the Growth universe.

  Russell 3000 Index - composed of the 3,000 largest U.S. publicly traded
  companies based on total market capitalization, which represents approximately
  98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

  Russell Mid-Cap Index - is composed of the 800 smallest stocks in the Russell
  1000 Index, with an average capitalization of $1.96 billion.

  Salomon Smith Barney Global excluding U.S. Equity Index - an comprised of the
  smallest stocks (less than $1 billion market capitalization) of the Extended
  Market Index, of both developed and emerging markets.

  Salomon Smith Barney One to Three Year Treasury Index - an unmanaged index
  comprised of U.S. treasury notes and bonds with maturities one year or
  greater, but less than three years.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month T-Bill Average - the average for all
  treasury bills for the previous three-month period.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index - a return
  equivalent yield average based on the last three 3-month Treasury bill issues.

  Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates - as published by the U.S. Savings
  and Loan League Fact Book.

  Standard & Poor's 600 Small Cap Index - an unmanaged index comprised of 600
  domestic stocks chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry group
  representation.  The index is comprised of stocks from the industrial,
  utility, financial, and transportation sectors.

  Standard & Poor's Midcap 400 Index - consists of 400 domestic stocks chosen
  for market size (medium market capitalization of approximately $700 million),
  liquidity, and industry group representation.  It is a market-value weighted
  index with each stock affecting the index in proportion to its market value.

  Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index - an unmanaged index composed of 400
  industrial stocks, 40 financial stocks, 40 utilities stocks and 20
  transportation stocks.

  Standard & Poor's Barra Value Index - is constructed by dividing the
  securities in the S&P 500 Index according to price-to-book ratio.  This index
  contains the securities with the lower price-to-book ratios;  the securities
  with the higher price-to-book ratios are contained in the Standard & Poor's
  Barra Growth Index.

  Standard & Poor's Utilities Stock Price Index - a market capitalization
  weighted index representing three utility groups and, with the three groups,
  43 of the largest utility companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange,
  including 23 electric power companies, 12 natural gas distributors and 8
  telephone companies.

  Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Ibbotson Associates -
  historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and small
  company stock, long-term government bonds, U.S. treasury bills and inflation.

                                      V-4
<PAGE>

  U.S. Three-Month Treasury Bill Average - the average return for all treasury
  bills for the previous three month period.

  Value Line - composed of over 1,600 stocks in the Value Line Investment
  Survey.

  Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index - a market capitalization weighted index
  of publicly traded real estate securities, including real estate investment
  trusts, real estate operating companies and partnerships.  The index is used
  by he institutional investment community as a broad measure of the performance
  of public real estate equity for asset allocation and performance comparison.

  Wilshire REIT Index - includes 112 real estate investment trusts (REITs) but
  excludes seven real estate operating companies that are included in the
  Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index.


  Note:  With respect to the comparative measures of performance for equity
  securities described herein, comparisons of performance assume reinvestment of
  dividends, except as otherwise stated.

                                      V-5
<PAGE>

                                UAM Funds Trust
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO  64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)



                          Pell Rudman Mid-Cap Growth
                                   Portfolio


                          Institutional Class Shares

                      Statement of Additional Information
                                August 9, 1999



  This statement of additional information is not a prospectus. However, you
  should read it in conjunction with the prospectuses of the fund dated August
  9, 1999, as supplemented from time to time.  You may obtain the fund's
  prospectuses by contacting the fund at the address listed above.
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Table Of Contents
<S>                                                                                <C>
I: Portfolio Summary                                                                   I-1
   Pell Rudman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio...........................................     I-2
      What Investment Strategies May The Portfolio Use?...........................     I-2
      What Are The Investment Policies Of The Portfolio?..........................     I-2
      Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?.............................     I-4
      How Much Does The Portfolio Pay For Administrative Services?................     I-4
      Who Are The Principal Holders Of The Securities Of The Portfolio?...........     I-4
      What Was The Portfolio's Performance As Of Its Most Recent Fiscal Year End?.     I-5
      What Were The Expenses Of The Portfolio?....................................     I-5
II: The UAM Funds in Detail                                                           II-1
    Description of Permitted Investments...........................................   II-2
      Debt Securities..............................................................   II-2
      Derivatives..................................................................   II-8
      Equity Securities............................................................  II-16
      Foreign Securities...........................................................  II-18
      Investment Companies.........................................................  II-22
      Repurchase Agreements........................................................  II-22
      Restricted Securities........................................................  II-22
      Securities Lending...........................................................  II-23
      Short Sales..................................................................  II-23
      When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Delivery Transactions............  II-24
    Management Of The Fund.........................................................  II-25
    Investment Advisory and Other Services.........................................  II-26
      Investment Adviser...........................................................  II-26
      Distributor..................................................................  II-27
      Service And Distribution Plans...............................................  II-28
      Administrative Services......................................................  II-30
      Custodian....................................................................  II-31
      Independent Public Accountant................................................  II-31
    Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices.......................................  II-32
      Selection of Brokers.........................................................  II-32
      Simultaneous Transactions....................................................  II-32
      Brokerage Commissions........................................................  II-32
    Capital Stock and Other Securities.............................................  II-33
      The Fund.....................................................................  II-33
      Description Of Shares And Voting Rights......................................  II-33
      Dividends and Capital Gains Distributions....................................  II-34
    Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares.....................................  II-35
      Net Asset Value Per Share....................................................  II-35
      Purchase of Shares...........................................................  II-35
      Redemption of Shares.........................................................  II-36
      Exchange Privilege...........................................................  II-38
      Transfer Of Shares............................................................ II-38
    Performance Calculations........................................................ II-38
      Total Return.................................................................. II-39
      Yield......................................................................... II-39
      Comparisons................................................................... II-40
    Financial Statements............................................................ II-40
III: Glossary                                                                        III-1
IV: Appendix A --  Description of Securities and Ratings                              IV-1
    Moody's Investors Service, Inc..................................................  IV-2
      Preferred Stock Ratings.......................................................  IV-2
      Debt Ratings - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally...............................  IV-2
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>

<S>                                                                                   <C>
      Short-Term Prime Rating System - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally.............  IV-3
    Standard & Poor's Ratings Services..............................................  IV-4
      Preferred Stock Ratings.......................................................  IV-4
      Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings................................................  IV-4
      Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings...............................................  IV-5
    Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co..................................................  IV-6
      Long-Term Debt and Preferred Stock............................................  IV-6
      Short-Term Debt...............................................................  IV-6
    Fitch IBCA Ratings..............................................................  IV-7
      International Long-Term Credit Ratings........................................  IV-7
V: Appendix B  Comparisons                                                             V-1
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                             I:  Portfolio Summary







                                      I-1
<PAGE>

Pell Rudman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio


WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed below in
  seeking its objective. This SAI describes each of these investments/strategies
  and their risks in Part II under "Description of Permitted Investments." The
  investments that are italicized are principal strategies and you can find more
  information on these techniques in the prospectus of the portfolio. You can
  find more information concerning the limits on the ability of the portfolio to
  use these investments in "What Are the Investment Policies of the Portfolio?"

 .  Equity securities (at least 65% in companies with market capitalizations
   between $200 million and $10 billion at the time of purchase).

 .  Foreign securities.

 .  Investment company securities.

 .  Repurchase agreements.

 .  Restricted securities.

 .  Securities lending.

 .  When-issued securities.


WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a limitation
  relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the portfolio's
  acquisition of such security or other asset. Accordingly, the portfolio will
  not consider changes in values, net assets or other circumstances when
  determining whether the investment complies with its investment limitations.

Fundamental Policies

  The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
  portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of the
  outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the 1940 Act.
  The portfolio will not:

  .  With respect to 75% of its assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets
     at the time of purchase in securities of any single issuer (other than
     obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the of the
     U.S. government or any if its agencies or instrumentalities).

  .  With respect to 75% of its assets, purchase more than 10% of any class of
     the outstanding voting securities of any issuer.

  .  Invest more than 25% of its assets in companies within a single industry;
     however, there are no limitations on investments made in instruments issued
     or guaranteed by the U.S. government, and its agencies when a portfolio
     adopts a temporary defensive position.

  .  Borrow, except from banks and as a temporary measure for extraordinary or
     emergency purposes and then, in no event, in excess of 331/3% of the
     portfolio's gross assets valued at the lower of market or cost.

  .  Invest in physical commodities or contracts on physical commodities.

                                      I-2
<PAGE>

  .  Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships, although
     it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal in real estate
     and may purchase and sell securities which are secured by interests in real
     estate.

  .  Underwrite the securities of other issuers.

  .  Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except that this
     restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the Portfolio from (i) making
     any permitted borrowings, mortgages or pledges, or (ii) entering into
     repurchase transactions.

  .  Make loans except (i) by purchasing bonds, debentures or other similar
     obligations which are publicly distributed (including repurchase agreements
     provided however, that repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven
     days, together with securities which are not readily marketable, will not
     exceed 15% of the portfolio's total assets) and (ii) by lending its
     portfolio securities to banks, brokers, dealers and other financial
     institutions so long as such loans are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act
     or the rules and regulations or interpretations of the SEC thereunder.

Non-Fundamental Policies

  The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio may
  change them without shareholder approval.

  The portfolio will not:

  .  Purchase on margin or sell short except that the portfolio may purchase
     futures as described in the prospectus and this SAI.

  .  Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
     investment companies.

  .  Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
     investment company.

  .  Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment
     company.

  .  Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities that
     are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale (restricted
     securities)or securities for which there are no readily available markets
     (illiquid securities).

Borrowing

  The portfolio may borrow from banks and enter into reverse repurchase
  agreements in an amount up to 331/3% of its total assets, taken at market
  value. The portfolio may also borrow an additional 5% of its total assets from
  banks or others for temporary or emergency purposes, such as the redemption of
  portfolio shares. The portfolio may purchase additional securities so long as
  borrowings do not exceed 5% of its total assets. The portfolio may obtain such
  short-term credit as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales
  of portfolio securities. The portfolio may purchase securities on margin and
  engage in short sales to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Asset Coverage

  The portfolio will cover its derivatives according to guidelines established
  by the SEC so as to avoid creating a "senior security" (as defined in the 1940
  act) in connection with use of such instruments. Accordingly, the portfolio
  will either own the securities underlying the derivative or will segregate
  with its custodian cash or liquid securities in an amount at all times equal
  to the portfolio's commitment with respect to these instruments or contracts.
  Assets that are segregated for purposes of proving cover need not be
  physically segregated in a separate account provided that the custodian notes
  on its books that such securities are segregated.

                                      I-3
<PAGE>

WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Pell Rudman Trust Company, N.A. is the investment adviser of the portfolio.
  For its services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal to 1.00% of its
  average age daily net assets. Due to the effect of fee waivers by the adviser,
  the actual percentage of average net assets that the portfolio pays in any
  given year may be different from the rate set forth in its contract with the
  adviser. For more information concerning the adviser, see "Investment Advisory
  and Other Services" in Part II of this SAI.



HOW MUCH DOES THE PORTFOLIO PAY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to UAMFSI
  calculated at the annual rate of:

  .  $14,500 for the first operational class; plus

  .  $3,000 for each additional class; plus

  .  0.04% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio.

  The portfolio also pays a fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and other
  services provided by CGFSC. The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC, is calculated
  at the annual rate of:

  .  Not more than $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

  .  $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus

  .  0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the Fund, UAM
     Funds, Inc. and UAM Funds Trust II.

WHO ARE THE PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  As of July 20, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of record or
  beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Name and Address of Shareholder                                                                      Percentage of Shares Owned
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   <S>                                                                                              <C>

   Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                                                                                   37.13%
   Reinvest Account
   Attn Mutual Funds
   101 Montgomery Street
   San Francisco, CA 94104-4122
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Pell Rudman Trust Company N.A.                                                                               21.45
   100 Federal Street FL 37
   Boston, MA 02110-1802
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Southtrust Bank NA TTEE                                                                                      16.23%
   FBO Goodwin Investments LP
   Attn Susan Moon
   PO Box 830804
   Birmingham, AL 35283-0804
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   United Asset Management                                                                                      19.03%
   1 International Place
   Boston, MA 02110-2602
</TABLE>

  Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding shares
  of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is defined in the
  1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling the portfolio could have the
  ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio on any matter
  requiring the approval of shareholders of the portfolio.

                                      I-4
<PAGE>

WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
  return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
  are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio calculates its
  current yield and average annual total return information according to the
  methods required by the SEC. For more information concerning the performance
  of the portfolio, including the way it calculates its performance figures, see
  "Performance Calculations" in Part II of this SAI.

  Average Annual Total Return
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   For the Periods                                                       Shorter of 10 Years or
   Ended April 30,              1 Year                 5 Years             Since Inception          Inception Date
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>                    <C>                     <C>                      <C>
                                 N/A                     N/A                   27.50%                   9/10/98
</TABLE>


WHAT WERE THE EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the                 Investment         Investment
  FYE                   Advisory Fees      Advisory Fees                                   Sub-                  Brokerage
April 30,                   Paid             Waived           Administrator Fee       Administrator Fee         Commissions
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                          <C>               <C>                 <C>                      <C>                     <C>
1999                         $0              $16,812             $13,726                  $36,071                 $8,855
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

                                      I-6
<PAGE>

                            II:  The UAM Funds in
                                   Detail



                                      II-1
<PAGE>

Description of Permitted Investments


DEBT SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from
  investors.  Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return
  and repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity.  Some debt securities, such
  as zero-coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased at a
  discount from their face value.  Debt securities may include, among other
  things, all types of bills, notes, bonds, mortgage-backed securities or asset-
  backed securities.

Types of Debt Securities

  U.S. Government Securities

  U.S. government securities are securities that the United States Treasury has
  issued (treasury securities) and securities that a federal agency or a
  government-sponsored entity has issued (agency securities). Treasury
  securities include treasury notes, which have initial maturities of one to ten
  years and treasury bonds, which have initial maturities of at least ten years
  and certain types of mortgage-backed securities that are described under
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities." This SAI discusses
  mortgage-backed treasury and agency securities in detail in the section called
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities."

  The full faith and credit of the U.S. government supports treasury securities.
  Unlike treasury securities, the full faith and credit of the United States
  government generally do not back agency securities.  Agency securities are
  typically supported in one of three ways:

  .  by the right of the issuer to borrow from the United States Treasury;

  .  by the discretionary authority of the United States government to buy the
     obligations of the agency; or

  .  by the credit of the sponsoring agency.

  While U.S. government securities are guaranteed as to principal and interest,
  their market value is not guaranteed.  U.S. government securities are subject
  to the same interest rate and credit risks as other fixed income securities.
  However, since U.S. government securities are of the highest quality, the
  credit risk is minimal.  The U.S. government does not guarantee the net asset
  value of the assets of the portfolio.

  Corporate Bonds

  Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or for
  capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases and
  expansion.  In return for the money loaned to the corporation by investors,
  the corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay the principal
  amount of the bond or note.

  Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that
  various governmental, government-related and private organizations assemble as
  securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities, which pay
  interest periodically and repay principal maturity specified call dates,
  mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist of both interest
  and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a "pass-through" of the
  monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their mortgage loans, net
  of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such

                                      II-2
<PAGE>

  securities. Since homeowners usually have the option of paying either part or
  all of the loan balance before maturity, the effective maturity of a mortgage
  backed security is often shorter than is stated.

  Governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers may insure or
  guaranty the timely payment of interest and principal of these pools through
  various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title,
  pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit.  The adviser will consider
  such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof
  in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets its investment
  quality standards. It is possible that the private insurers or guarantors will
  not meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee
  arrangements.

  Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid,
  securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily
  marketable.

  Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA)

  GNMA is the principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities.
  GNMA is a wholly owned corporation of the U.S. government and it falls within
  the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Securities issued by GNMA are
  treasury securities, which means the faith and credit of the U.S. government
  backs them.  GNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on
  securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA and backed by pools of FHA-
  insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages. GNMA does not guarantee the market value
  or yield of mortgage-backed securities or the value of portfolio shares. To
  buy GNMA securities, the portfolio may have to pay a premium over the maturity
  value of the underlying mortgages, which the portfolio may lose if prepayment
  occurs.

  Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)

  FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private
  stockholders.  FNMA is regulated by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
  development.  FNMA purchases conventional mortgages from a list of approved
  sellers and service providers, including state and federally-chartered savings
  and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit
  unions and mortgage bankers. Securities issued by FNMA are agency securities,
  which means FNMA, but not the U.S. government, guarantees their timely payment
  of principal and interest.

  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)

  FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government whose stock is
  owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks.  Congress created FHLMC in 1970
  to increase the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. FHLMC
  issues Participation Certificates (PCs) which represent interests in
  conventional mortgages from its national portfolio. Like FNMA, FHLMC
  guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of
  principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
  government.

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create
  pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans.  In addition to
  guaranteeing the mortgage-related security, such issuers may service and/or
  have originated the underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by these issuers
  generally offer a higher rate of interest than pools created by GNMA, FNMA &
  FHLMC because they are not guaranteed by a government agency.

                                      II-3
<PAGE>

  Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of
  traditional debt securities in a variety of ways, the most significant
  differences are mortgage-backed securities:

  .  payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually monthly);

  .  they usually have adjustable interest rates; and

  .  they may pay off their entire principal substantially earlier than their
     final distribution dates so that the price of the security will generally
     decline when interest rates rise.

  In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates described in
  "Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities," a variety of economic,
  geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the underlying
  property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to repay the loans
  underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than expected. If the prepayment
  rates increase, the portfolio may have to reinvest its principal at a rate of
  interest that is lower than the rate on existing mortgage-backed securities.

  Other Asset-Backed Securities

  These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other than
  mortgage, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card
  receivables.  Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are pass-
  through. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of shorter
  maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience substantial
  prepayments with interest rate fluctuations.

  Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by
  mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the
  benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the
  possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to
  support payments on these securities.  For example, credit card receivables
  are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a
  number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which allow debtors
  to reduce their balances by offsetting certain amounts owed on the credit
  cards. Most issuers of asset-backed securities backed by automobile
  receivables permit the servicers of such receivables to retain possession of
  the underlying obligations.  If the servicer were to sell these obligations to
  another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest
  superior to that of the holders of the related asset-backed securities.  Due
  to the quantity of vehicles involved and requirements under state laws, asset-
  backed securities backed by automobile receivables may not have a proper
  security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables.

  To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make
  payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure the
  receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion
  ("liquidity protection").  In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain
  insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by the
  issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in the
  pool ("credit support"). Delinquency or loss more than that anticipated or
  failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an
  investment in such a security.

  The portfolio may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed
  securities, which is the excess cash flow remaining after making required
  payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The
  amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed
  securities depends in part on the characteristics of the underlying assets,
  the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of
  administrative expenses and the actual prepayment experience on the underlying
  assets.

  Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

  CMOs are hybrids between mortgage-backed bonds and mortgage pass-through
  securities. Similar to a bond, CMOs usually pay interest and prepay principal
  semiannually. While whole mortgage loans

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

  may collateralize CMOs, portfolios of mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by
  GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA and their income streams more typically collateralize
  them.

  A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Internal
  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and invests in certain mortgages primarily
  secured by interests in real property and other permitted investments.

  CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated
  maturity. Each class of CMO or REMIC certificate, often referred to as a
  "tranche," is issued at a specific interest rate and must be fully retired by
  its final distribution date. Generally, all classes of CMOs or REMIC
  certificates pay or accrue interest monthly.  Investing in the lowest tranche
  of CMOs and REMIC certificates involves risks similar to those associated with
  investing in equity securities.

  Short-Term Investments

  To earn a return on uninvested assets, meet anticipated redemptions, or for
  temporary defensive purposes, a portfolio may invest a portion of its assets
  in the short-term securities listed below, U.S. government securities and
  Investment-grade corporate debt securities. Unless otherwise specified, a
  short-term debt security has a maturity of one year or less.

  Bank Obligations
  The portfolio will only invest in a security issued by a commercial bank if
  the bank:

  .  has total assets of at least $1 billion, or the equivalent in other
     currencies;

  .  is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
     and

  .  is a foreign branch of a U.S. bank and the adviser believes the security is
     of an investment quality comparable with other debt securities that the
     portfolio may purchase.

  Time Deposits

  Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits, such as savings accounts or
  certificates of deposit, held by a financial institution for a fixed term with
  the understanding that the depositor can withdraw its money only by giving
  notice to the institution. However, there may be early withdrawal penalties
  depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation.
  The portfolio may only purchase time deposits maturing from two business days
  through seven calendar days.

  Certificates of Deposit

  Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
  deposited in a commercial bank or savings and loan association for a definite
  period of time and earning a specified return.

  Banker's Acceptance

  A banker's acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a
  borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction
  (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods).

  Commercial Paper

  Commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a maturity ranging from 1 to
  270 days issued by banks, corporations and other borrowers.  Such investments
  are unsecured and usually discounted.  A portfolio may invest in commercial
  paper rated A-1 or A-2 by S&P or Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's, or, if not
  rated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue
  rated A or better by Moody's or by S&P. See Appendix A for a description of
  commercial paper ratings.

                                      II-5
<PAGE>

  Yankee Bonds

  Yankee bonds are dollar-denominated bonds issued inside the United States by
  foreign entities.  Investment in these securities involve certain risks which
  are not typically associated with investing in domestic securities.  See
  "FOREIGN SECURITIES".

  Zero Coupon Bonds

  These securities make no periodic payments of interest, but instead are sold
  at a discount from their face value. When held to maturity, their entire
  income, which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the difference
  between the issue price and their value at maturity. The amount of the
  discount rate varies depending on factors including the time remaining until
  maturity, prevailing interest rates, the security's liquidity and the issuer's
  credit quality. The market value of zero coupon securities may exhibit greater
  price volatility than ordinary debt securities because a stripped security
  will have a longer duration than an ordinary debt security with the same
  maturity. The portfolio's investments in pay-in-kind, delayed and zero coupon
  bonds may require it to sell certain of its portfolio securities to generate
  sufficient cash to satisfy certain income distribution requirements.

  These securities may include treasury securities that have had their interest
  payments ("coupons") separated from the underlying principal ("corpus") by
  their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment brokerage firm. Once
  the holder of the security has stripped or separated corpus and coupons, it
  may sell each component separately. The principal or corpus is then sold at a
  deep discount because the buyer receives only the right to receive a future
  fixed payment on the security and does not receive any rights to periodic
  interest (cash) payments.  Typically, the coupons are sold separately or
  grouped with other coupons with like maturity dates and sold bundled in such
  form. The underlying treasury security is held in book-entry form at the
  Federal Reserve Bank or, in the case of bearer securities (i.e., unregistered
  securities which are owned ostensibly by the bearer or holder thereof), in
  trust on behalf of the owners thereof. Purchasers of stripped obligations
  acquire, in effect, discount obligations that are economically identical to
  the zero coupon securities that the Treasury sells itself.

  The United States Treasury has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero
  coupon securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of
  particular interest coupon and corpus payments on Treasury securities through
  the Federal Reserve book-entry record keeping system. Under a Federal Reserve
  program known as "STRIPS" or "Separate Trading of Registered Interest and
  Principal of Securities," the portfolio can record its beneficial ownership of
  the coupon or corpus directly in the book-entry record-keeping system.

Terms to Understand

  Maturity

  Every debt security has a stated maturity date when the issuer must repay the
  amount it borrowed (principal) from investors.  Some debt securities, however,
  are callable, meaning the issuer can repay the principal earlier, on or after
  specified dates (call dates).  Debt securities are most likely to be called
  when interest rates are falling because the issuer can refinance at a lower
  rate, similar to a homeowner refinancing a mortgage.  The effective maturity
  of a debt security is usually its nearest call date.

  A portfolio that invests in debt securities has no real maturity.  Instead, it
  calculates its weighted average maturity.  This number is an average of the
  stated maturity of each debt security held by the portfolio, with the maturity
  of each security weighted by the percentage of the assets of the portfolio it
  represents.

                                      II-6
<PAGE>

  Duration

  Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity of a
  debt security, or a portfolio that invests in debt securities, to changes in
  interest rates.  It measures sensitivity more accurately than maturity because
  it takes into account the time value of cash flows generated over the life of
  a debt security.   Future interest payments and principal payments are
  discounted to reflect their present value and then are multiplied by the
  number of years they will be received to produce a value expressed in years --
  the duration.  Effective duration takes into account call features and sinking
  fund prepayments that may shorten the life of a debt security.

  An effective duration of 4 years, for example, would suggest that for each 1%
  reduction in interest rates at all maturity levels, the price of a security is
  estimated to increase by 4%.  An increase in rates by the same magnitude is
  estimated to reduce the price of the security by 4%.  By knowing the yield and
  the effective duration of a debt security, one can estimate total return based
  on an expectation of how much interest rates, in general, will change. While
  serving as a good estimator of prospective returns, effective duration is an
  imperfect measure.

Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities

  The total return of a debt instrument is composed of two elements: the
  percentage change in the security's price and interest income earned.  The
  yield to maturity of a debt security estimates its total return only if the
  price of the debt security remains unchanged during the holding period and
  coupon interest is reinvested at the same yield to maturity.  The total return
  of a debt instrument, therefore, will be determined not only by how much
  interest is earned, but also by how much the price of the security and
  interest rates change.

  Interest Rates
  The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction from
  interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up, the value of the bond will go
  down, and vice versa).

  Prepayment Risk

  This risk effects mainly mortgage-backed securities.  Unlike other debt
  securities, falling interest rates can hurt mortgage-backed securities, which
  may cause your share price to fall.  Lower rates motivate people to pay off
  mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier than expected.  The
  portfolio may then have to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayments at
  lower interest rates, which can reduce its yield. The unexpected timing of
  mortgage and asset-backed prepayments caused by the variations in interest
  rates may also shorten or lengthen the average maturity of the portfolio.  If
  left unattended, drifts in the average maturity of the portfolio can have the
  unintended effect of increasing or reducing the effective duration of the
  portfolio, which may adversely affect the expected performance of the
  portfolio.

  Extension Risk

  The other side of prepayment risk occurs when interest rates are rising.
  Rising interest rates can cause a portfolio's average maturity to lengthen
  unexpectedly due to a drop in mortgage prepayments.  This would increase the
  sensitivity of a portfolio to rising rates and its potential for price
  declines.  Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security increases
  the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market interest rates. For
  these reasons, mortgage-backed securities may be less effective than other
  types of U.S. government securities as a means of "locking in" interest rates.

  Credit Rating

  Coupon interest is offered to investors of debt securities as compensation for
  assuming risk, although short-term treasury securities, such as 3-month
  treasury bills, are considered "risk free." Corporate

                                      II-7
<PAGE>

  securities offer higher yields than treasury because their payment of interest
  and complete repayment of principal is less certain. The credit rating or
  financial condition of an issuer may affect the value of a debt security.
  Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security, the greater the risks
  that the issuer will fail to pay interest and return principal. To compensate
  investors for taking on increased risk, issuers with lower credit ratings
  usually offer their investors a higher "risk premium" in the form of higher
  interest rates above comparable treasuries securities.

  Changes in investor confidence regarding the certainty of interest and
  principal payments of a corporate debt security will result in an adjustment
  to this "risk premium."  Since an issuer's outstanding debt carries a fixed
  coupon, adjustments to the risk premium must occur in the price, which effects
  the yield to maturity of the bond. If an issuer defaults or becomes unable to
  honor its financial obligations, the bond may lose some or all of its value

  A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating agency
  is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay interest
  and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond.  Adverse economic
  conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the capacity of the
  issuer to pay interest and repay principal.  If a security is not rated or is
  rated under a different system, the adviser may determine that it is of
  investment-grade.  The adviser may retain securities that are downgraded, if
  it believes that keeping those securities is warranted.

  Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly
  speculative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit worthy
  and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies.  A corporation may issue a junk
  bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar event.  Compared
  with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater degree of risk and are
  less likely to make payments of interest and principal.  Market developments
  and the financial and business condition of the corporation issuing these
  securities influences their price and liquidity more than changes in interest
  rates, when compared to investment-grade debt securities.  Insufficient
  liquidity in the junk bond market may make it more difficult to dispose of
  junk bonds and may cause the portfolio to experience sudden and substantial
  price declines.  A lack of reliable, objective data or market quotations may
  make it more difficult to value junk bonds accurately.

  Rating agencies are organizations that assign ratings to securities based
  primarily on the rating agency's assessment of the issuer's financial
  strength.  The portfolios currently use ratings compiled by Moody's Investor
  Services ("Moody's"), Standard and Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P"), Duff &
  Phelps Rating Co. and Fitch IBCA. Credit ratings are only an agency's opinion,
  not an absolute standard of quality, and they do not reflect an evaluation of
  market risk. Appendix A contains further information concerning the ratings of
  certain rating agencies and their significance.

  The adviser may use ratings produced by ratings agencies as guidelines to
  determine the rating of a security at the time the portfolio buys it. A rating
  agency may change its credit ratings at any time. The adviser monitors the
  rating of the security and will take appropriate actions if a rating agency
  reduces the security's rating. The portfolio is not obligated to dispose of
  securities whose issuers subsequently are in default or which are downgraded
  below the above-stated ratings.

DERIVATIVES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying
  asset, such as a stock or a bond, an underlying economic factor, such as an
  interest rate or a market benchmark, such as an index. A portfolio may use
  derivatives to gain exposure to various markets in a cost efficient manner, to
  reduce transaction costs or to remain fully invested.  A portfolio may also
  try to minimize its loss by investing in derivatives to protect it from broad
  fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange
  rates. Investing in derivatives for these purposes is known as "hedging." When
  hedging is successful, the portfolio will have offset any depreciation in the
  value of its portfolio securities by the appreciation in the value of the
  derivative position. Although techniques other than the sale and purchase of
  derivatives could be used to control the exposure of the portfolio to market
  fluctuations, the use of derivatives may be a more effective means of hedging
  this exposure.

                                      II-8
<PAGE>

Types of Derivatives

  Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

  A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell
  a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a specific
  price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the
  unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee.
  Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency
  futures contracts in certain respects.  Unlike futures contracts, forward
  contracts:

  .  Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to the
     contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).

  .  Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between currency
     traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers, as opposed to
     futures contracts which are traded in only on exchanges regulated by the
     CFTC.

  .  Do not require an initial margin deposit.

  .  May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency
     trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to a
     commodities exchange.

  Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies

  A "settlement hedge" or "transaction hedge" is designed to protect the
  portfolio against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the
  date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or
  received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of the
  amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security transaction for
  a fixed amount of U.S. dollars "locks in" the U.S. dollar price of the
  security. The portfolio may also use forward contracts to purchase or sell a
  foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or selling securities
  denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet selected the specific
  investments.

  The portfolio may also use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in the
  value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a hedge,
  sometimes referred to as a "position hedge," would tend to offset both
  positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in
  security values caused by other factors. The portfolio could also hedge the
  position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the
  currency in which the portfolio's investment is denominated. This type of
  hedge, sometimes referred to as a "proxy hedge," could offer advantages in
  terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency
  exposure as effectively as a direct hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may
  result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to
  the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

  Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the
  underlying prices of the securities that the portfolio owns or intends to
  purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can
  achieve at some future point in time.  Additionally, these techniques tend to
  minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency
  and to limit any potential gain that might result from the increase in value
  of such currency.

  The portfolio may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment
  exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the
  delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency,
  including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This
  may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or from
  one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of strategy,
  sometimes known as a "cross-hedge," will tend to reduce or eliminate exposure
  to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to the currency that is
  purchased. Cross-hedges protect against losses resulting from a decline in the
  hedged currency, but will cause the portfolio to assume the risk of
  fluctuations in the value of the currency it purchases. Cross hedging
  transactions also involve the risk of imperfect correlation between changes in
  the values of the currencies involved.

                                      II-9
<PAGE>

  It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio
  securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract.
  Accordingly, the portfolio may have to purchase additional foreign currency on
  the spot market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less than
  the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely, the
  portfolio may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency it
  received upon the sale of a security if the market value of such security
  exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver.

  Futures

  A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party sells
  and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial instrument
  at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument underlying the
  contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index, interest rate, foreign
  exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing to buy the underlying
  financial information is called buying a futures contract or taking a long
  position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to sell the underlying financial
  instrument is called selling a futures contract or taking a short position in
  the contract.

  Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges or
  boards of trade -- known as "contract markets" -- approved for such trading
  and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, a federal agency.
  These contract markets standardize the terms, including the maturity date and
  underlying financial instrument, of all futures contracts.

  Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to pay
  for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future date (the
  delivery date). Contract markets require both the purchaser and seller to
  deposit "initial margin" with a futures broker, known as a futures commission
  merchant, when they enter into the contract. Initial margin deposits are
  typically equal to a percentage of the contract's value. After they open a
  futures contract, the parties to the transaction must compare the purchase
  price of the contract to its daily market value. If the value of the futures
  contract changes in such a way that a party's position declines, that party
  must make additional "variation margin" payments so that the margin payment is
  adequate. On the other hand, the value of the contract may change in such a
  way that there is excess margin on deposit, possibly entitling the party that
  has a gain to receive all or a portion of this amount.  This process is known
  as "marking to the market."

  Although the actual terms of a futures contract calls for the actual delivery
  of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the parties may
  close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an identical
  contract. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the original purchase
  price, the party closing the contract would realize a gain; if it is more, it
  would realize a loss. The opposite is also true for a sale, that is, if the
  offsetting sale price is more than the original sale price, the party closing
  the contract would realize a gain; if it is less, it would realize a loss.

  The portfolio will incur commission expenses in both opening and closing
  futures positions.

  Options

  An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a
  financial instrument for a specified price (known as the "strike price" or
  "exercise price") at any time during the option period.  Unlike a futures
  contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a
  financial instrument.  Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer two
  kinds of rights: a "call" (the right to buy the security) or a "put" (the
  right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying
  instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices,
  foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts.  Options may be
  traded on an exchange (exchange-traded-options) or may be customized
  agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or "OTC options").  Like
  futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation,
  financially backs exchange-traded options.  However, OTC options have no such
  intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counter-party will not
  fulfill its obligations under the contract.

                                      II-10
<PAGE>

  Purchasing Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the
  instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price.  In return for this
  right, the portfolio pays the current market price for the option (known as
  the "option premium"). The portfolio may purchase put options to offset or
  hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities ("protective
  puts") or to benefit from a decline in the price of securities that it does
  not own.  The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise
  price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs. However, if the
  price of the underlying instrument does not fall enough to offset the cost of
  purchasing the option, a put buyer would lose the premium and related
  transaction costs.

  Call options are similar to put options, except that the portfolio obtains the
  right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the option's
  strike price. The portfolio would normally purchase call options in
  anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns or wants
  to buy. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the exercise price
  plus the premium paid and related transaction costs.  Otherwise, the portfolio
  would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the call option.

  The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

  .  Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;

  .  Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put option) or
     buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying instrument at the
     strike price; or

  .  Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.

  Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell
  specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the
  option is exercised at any time before the expiration date.  Similarly, when
  the portfolio writes a put option it assumes an obligation to purchase
  specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the option
  is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The portfolio may
  terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option before exercise by
  buying an option identical to the one it has written.  Similarly, it may
  cancel an over-the-counter option by entering into an offsetting transaction
  with the counter-party to the option.

  The portfolio could try to hedge against an increase in the value of
  securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those
  securities.  If security prices rise, the portfolio would expect the put
  option to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the
  security's value.   If security prices remain the same over time, the
  portfolio would hope to profit by closing out the put option at a lower price.
  If security prices fall, the portfolio may lose an amount of money equal to
  the difference between the value of the security and the premium it received.
  Writing covered put options may deprive the portfolio of the opportunity to
  profit from a decrease in the market price of the securities it would like to
  acquire.

  The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing
  put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices remain the
  same or fall.  The portfolio could try to hedge against a decline in the value
  of securities it already owns by writing a call option.  If the price of that
  security falls as expected, the portfolio would expect the option to expire
  and the premium it received to offset the decline of the security's value.
  However, the portfolio must be prepared to deliver the underlying instrument
  in return for the strike price, which may deprive it of the opportunity to
  profit from an increase in the market price of the securities it holds.

  The portfolio is permitted only to write covered options.  The portfolio can
  cover a call option by owning, at the time of selling the option:

                                      II-11
<PAGE>

  .  The underlying security (or securities convertible into the underlying
     security without additional consideration), index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract;

  .  A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser
     exercise price;

  .  A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise price
     and segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the
     difference between the exercise prices;

  .  Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the
     optioned securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract;
     or

  .  In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that corresponds to
     the index.

  The portfolio can cover a put option by, at the time of selling the option:

  .  Entering into a short position in the underlying security;

  .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract with the same or greater exercise price;

  .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price and segregating
     cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the difference between the
     exercise prices; or

  .  Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

  Options on Securities Indices

  Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except
  that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement
  payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities.  In
  addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations
  in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price
  fluctuations in a single security.

  Options on Futures

  An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a
  futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract (in
  the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price.   Upon exercise of the
  option by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a
  corresponding short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a
  call option) or a corresponding long position (in the case of a put option).
  If the option is exercised, the parties will be subject to the futures
  contracts. In addition, the writer of an option on a futures contract is
  subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the option position.
  Options on futures contracts are traded on the same contract market as the
  underlying futures contract.

  The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the
  option early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e., the
  same exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously purchased or
  sold. The difference between the premiums paid and received represents the
  trader's profit or loss on the transaction.

  The portfolio may purchase put and call options on futures contracts instead
  of selling or buying futures contracts.  The portfolio may buy a put option on
  a futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a futures contract. It
  also may purchase such put options in order to hedge a long position in the
  underlying futures contract. The portfolio may buy call options on futures
  contracts for the same purpose as the actual purchase of the futures
  contracts, such as in anticipation of favorable market conditions.

  The portfolio may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a
  decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures contracts. If
  the price of the futures contract at expiration were below the exercise price,
  the portfolio would retain the option premium, which would offset, in part,
  any decline in the value of its portfolio securities.

                                      II-12
<PAGE>

  The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase
  of the futures contracts, except that, if market price declines, the portfolio
  would pay more than the market price for the underlying instrument. The
  premium received on the sale of the put option, less any transaction costs,
  would reduce the net cost to the portfolio.

  Swaps, Caps, Collars and Floors

  Swap Agreements

  A swap is a financial instrument that typically involves the exchange of cash
  flows between two parties on specified dates (settlement dates), where the
  cash flows are based on agreed-upon prices, rates, indices, etc. The nominal
  amount on which the cash flows are calculated is called the notional amount.
  Swaps are individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a
  variety of different types of investments or market factors, such as interest
  rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates,
  security prices or inflation rates.

  Swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the
  investments of the portfolio and its share price. The performance of swap
  agreements may be affected by a change in the specific interest rate,
  currency, or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and
  from the portfolio. If a swap agreement calls for payments by the portfolio,
  the portfolio must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if
  the counter-party's creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement
  would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.

  Generally, swap agreements have a fixed maturity date that will be agreed upon
  by the parties.  The agreement can be terminated before the maturity date only
  under limited circumstances, such as default by one of the parties or
  insolvency, among others, and can be transferred by a party only with the
  prior written consent of the other party.  The portfolio may be able to
  eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement either by assignment or by other
  disposition, or by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same
  party or a similarly creditworthy party. If the counter-party is unable to
  meet its obligations under the contract, declares bankruptcy, defaults or
  becomes insolvent, the portfolio may not be able to recover the money it
  expected to receive under the contract.

  A swap agreement can be a form of leverage, which can magnify a portfolio's
  gains or losses.  In order to reduce the risk associated with leveraging, a
  portfolio will cover its current obligations under swap agreements according
  to guidelines established by the SEC. If the portfolio enters into a swap
  agreement on a net basis, it will segregate assets with a daily value at least
  equal to the excess, if any, of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the
  swap agreement over the accrued amount the portfolio is entitled to receive
  under the agreement. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on other
  than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full
  amount of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the agreement.

  Equity Swaps -- In a typical equity index swap, one party agrees to pay
  another party the return on a stock, stock index or basket of stocks in return
  for a specified interest rate.  By entering into an equity index swap, for
  example, the index receiver can gain exposure to stocks making up the index of
  securities without actually purchasing those stocks.   Equity index swaps
  involve not only the risk associated with investment in the securities
  represented in the index, but also the risk that the performance of such
  securities, including dividends, will not exceed the return on the interest
  rate that the portfolio will be committed to pay.

  Interest Rate Swaps -- Interest rate swaps are financial instruments that
  involve the exchange on one type of interest rate for another type of interest
  rate cash flow on specified dates in the future.  Some of the different types
  of interest rate swaps are "fixed-for floating rate swaps," "termed basis
  swaps" and "index amortizing swaps."  Fixed-for floating rate swap involve the
  exchange of fixed interest rate cash flows for floating rate cash flows.
  Termed basis swaps entail cash flows to both parties based on floating
  interest rates, where the interest rate indices are different.  Index
  amortizing swaps are typically fixed-for floating swaps where the notional
  amount changes if certain conditions are met.

                                      II-13
<PAGE>

  Like a traditional investment in a debt security, a portfolio could lose money
  by investing in an interest rate swap if interest rates change adversely.  For
  example, if the portfolio enters into a swap where it agrees to exchange a
  floating rate of interest for a fixed rate of interest, the portfolio may have
  to pay more money than it receives.  Similarly, if the portfolio enters into a
  swap where it agrees to exchange a fixed rate of interest for a floating rate
  of interest, the portfolio may receive less money than it has agreed to pay.

  Currency Swaps -- A currency swap is an agreement between two parties in which
  one party agrees to make interest rate payments in one currency and the other
  promises to make interest rate payments in another currency. A portfolio may
  enter into a currency swap when it has one currency and desires a different
  currency. Typically the interest rates that determine the currency swap
  payments are fixed, although occasionally one or both parties may pay a
  floating rate of interest.  Unlike an interest rate swap, however, the
  principal amounts are exchanged at the beginning of the contract and returned
  at the end of the contract.  Changes in foreign exchange rates and changes in
  interest rates, as described above may negatively affect currency swaps.

  Caps, Collars and Floors

  Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.  In a
  typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under
  specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other
  party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to
  receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an
  agreed-upon level.  The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make
  payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-
  upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and
  selling a floor.

  Combined Positions

  The portfolio may purchase and write options in combination with each other,
  or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and
  return characteristics of the overall position. For example, the portfolio
  could construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are
  similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a put option and writing a
  call option on the same underlying instrument. Alternatively, the portfolio
  could write a call option at one strike price and buy a call option at a lower
  price to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a
  substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve
  multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more
  difficult to open and close out.

  Risks of Derivatives

  While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these transactions
  themselves entail certain other risks. For example, unanticipated changes in
  interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates may result in a
  poorer overall performance of the portfolio than if it had not entered into
  any derivatives transactions.  Derivatives may magnify the portfolio's gains
  or losses, causing it to make or lose substantially more than it invested.

  When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities the
  portfolio holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses incurred with a
  derivative.  Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than hedging could
  expose the portfolio to greater risks.

  Correlation of Prices

  The portfolio's ability to hedge its securities through derivatives depends on
  the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or instrument
  correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In the case of poor
  correlation, the price of the securities the portfolio is hedging may not move
  in the same amount, or even in the same direction as the hedging instrument.
  The adviser will try to minimize this risk by investing only in those
  contracts whose behavior it expects to resemble the

                                      II-14
<PAGE>

  portfolio securities it is trying to hedge. However, if the portfolio's
  prediction of interest and currency rates, market value, volatility or other
  economic factors is incorrect, the portfolio may lose money, or may not make
  as much money as it expected.

  Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments,
  even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are very similar to
  the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that may cause such a
  divergence.

  .  current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of
     the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the
     contract;

  .  a difference between the derivatives and securities markets, including
     different levels of demand, how the instruments are traded, the imposition
     of daily price fluctuation limits or trading of an instrument stops; and

  .  differences between the derivatives, such as different margin requirements,
     different liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in
     such markets.

  Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a
  particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based on
  a broad market index.  Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller number
  of securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price
  fluctuations because of changes in the value of those securities.

  While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with
  exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value of
  the investments of the portfolio. A currency hedge, for example, should
  protect a yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not
  protect the portfolio against a price decline resulting from deterioration in
  the issuer's creditworthiness. Because the value of the portfolio's foreign-
  denominated investments changes in response to many factors other than
  exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of currency options
  and futures to the value of the portfolio's investments precisely over time.

  Lack of Liquidity

  Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, the portfolio can
  terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale transaction.
  Moreover, a portfolio may close out a futures contract only on the exchange
  the contract was initially traded.  Although a portfolio intends to purchase
  options and futures only where there appears to be an active market, there is
  no guarantee that such a liquid market will exist.  If there is no secondary
  market for the contract, or the market is illiquid, the portfolio may not be
  able to close out its position.  In an illiquid market, the portfolio may:

  .  have to sell securities to meet its daily mrgin requirements at a time when
     it is disdavantageous to do so;

  .  have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract;

  .  not be able to hedge its investments; and

  .  not be able realize profits or limit its losses.

  Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time and
  price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

  .  an exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative
     instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives, which
     sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility;

  .  unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations of an
     exchange;

  .  the facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current
     trading volume;

                                      II-15
<PAGE>

  .  equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage firm
     or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt normal trading activity;
     or

  .  investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category of
     derivatives.

  Management Risk

  If the adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends, the
  portfolio may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if the
  portfolio were to write a call option based on its adviser's expectation that
  the price of the underlying security would fall, but the price were to rise
  instead, the portfolio could be required to sell the security upon exercise at
  a price below the current market price.  Similarly, if the portfolio were to
  write a put option based on the adviser's expectation that the price of the
  underlying security would rise, but the price were to fall instead, the
  portfolio could be required to purchase the security upon exercise at a price
  higher than the current market price.

  Volatility and Leverage

  The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly,
  substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of factors,
  including

  .  actual and anticipated changes in interest rates;

  .  fiscal and monetary policies; and

  .  national and international political events.

  Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can change
  during a single trading day.  Daily trading limits establish the maximum
  amount that the price of a derivative may vary from the settlement price of
  that derivative at the end of trading on the previous day.  Once the price of
  a derivative reaches this value, a portfolio may not trade that derivative at
  a price beyond that limit.  The daily limit governs only price movements
  during a given day and does not limit potential gains or losses.  Derivative
  prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive
  trading days, preventing prompt liquidation of the derivative.

  Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a derivative
  position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of leverage.
  Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative may result in
  an immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the portfolio and it
  may lose more than it originally invested in the derivative.

  If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, the portfolio may have
  to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to meet its
  minimum daily margin requirement.  The portfolio may lose its margin deposits
  if a broker-dealer with whom it has an open futures contract or related option
  becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.

EQUITY SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Equity Securities

  Common Stocks

  Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company.  Common stocks
  usually carry voting rights and earn dividends.  Unlike preferred stocks,
  which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are
  declared at the discretion of the company's board of directors.

                                      II-16
<PAGE>

  Preferred Stocks

  Preferred stocks are also units of ownership in a company. Preferred stocks
  normally have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the
  liquidation of the company.  However, in all other resects, preferred stocks
  are subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer.  Unlike common stocks,
  preferred stocks are generally not entitled to vote on corporate matters.
  Types of preferred stocks include adjustable-rate preferred stock, fixed
  dividend preferred stock, perpetual preferred stock, and sinking fund
  preferred stock. Generally, the market values of preferred stock with a fixed
  dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates
  and perceived credit risk.

  Convertible Securities

  Convertible securities are debt securities and preferred stocks that are
  convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio.  In
  exchange for the conversion feature, many corporations will pay a lower rate
  of interest on convertible securities than debt securities of the same
  corporation. Their market price tends to go up if the stock price moves up.

  Convertible securities are subject to the same risks as similar securities
  without the convertible feature. The price of a convertible security is more
  volatile during times of steady interest rates than other types of debt
  securities.

  Rights and Warrants

  A right is a privilege granted to exiting shareholders of a corporation to
  subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued.
  Rights normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely
  transferable and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower
  price than the public offering price.  Warrants are securities that are
  usually issued together with a debt security or preferred stock and that give
  the holder the right to buy proportionate amount of common stock at a
  specified price.  Warrants are freely transferable and are traded on major
  exchanges.  Unlike rights, warrants normally have a life that measured in
  years and entitle the holder to buy common stock of a company at a price that
  is usually higher than the market price at the time the warrant is issued.
  Corporations often issue warrants to make the accompanying debt security more
  attractive.

  An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain
  other types of investments.  Generally, rights and warrants do not carry the
  right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the
  underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of
  the issuer. In addition, their value does not necessarily change with the
  value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if they are
  not exercised on or before their expiration date.  Investing in rights and
  warrants increases the potential profit or loss to be realized from the
  investment as compared with investing the same amount in the underlying
  securities.

Risks of Investing in Equity Securities

  General Risks of Investing in Stocks

  While investing in stocks allows a portfolio to participate in the benefits of
  owning a company, the portfolio must accept the risks of ownership.  Unlike
  bondholders, who have preference to a company's earnings and cash flow,
  preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in order of priority,
  are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets its other
  obligations. For this reason, the value of a company's stock will usually
  react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company's financial
  condition or prospects than its debt obligations.  Stockholders of a company
  that fares poorly can lose money.

  Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of rising
  and falling stock prices.  The value of a company's stock may fall because of:

  .  Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made by its
     management or lower demand for the company's products or services;

                                      II-17
<PAGE>

  .  Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production
     costs; and

  .  Changes in financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated to the
     company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates, currency
     exchange rates or inflation rates.

  Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other
  obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer
  will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more
  senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

  Small and Medium-Sized Companies

  A small or medium-sized company is a company whose market capitalization falls
  with the range specified in the prospectus of the portfolio.  Investors in
  small and medium-sized companies typically take on greater risk and price
  volatility than they would by investing in larger, more established companies.
  This increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of their small or
  medium size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and
  frequent lack of management depth.  The securities of small and medium
  companies are often traded in the over-the-counter market and might not be
  traded in volumes typical of securities traded on a national securities
  exchange.  Thus, the securities of small and medium capitalization companies
  are likely to be less liquid, and subject to more abrupt or erratic market
  movements, than securities of larger, more established companies.

  Technology Companies

  Stocks of technology companies have tended to be subject to greater volatility
  than securities of companies that are not dependent upon or associated with
  technological issues.  Technology companies operate in various industries.
  Since these industries frequently share common characteristics, an event or
  issue affecting one industry may significantly influence other, related
  industries.  For example, technology companies may be strongly affected by
  worldwide scientific or technological developments and their products and
  services may be subject to governmental regulation or adversely affected by
  governmental policies.

FOREIGN SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities are debt and equity securities that are traded in markets
  outside of the United States.  The markets in which these securities are
  located can be developed or emerging.  People can invest in foreign securities
  in a number of ways:

  .  They can invest directly in foreign securities denominated in a foreign
     currency;

  .  They can invest in American Depositary Receipts; and

  .  They can invest in investment funds.

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership of
  shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository banks
  and generally trade on an established market in the United States or
  elsewhere. A custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer's
  home country holds the underlying shares in trust. The depository bank may not
  have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge
  fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and
  corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying
  foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs
  continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly
  in foreign securities.

                                      II-18
<PAGE>

  Emerging Markets

  An "emerging country" is generally country that the International Bank for
  Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Finance
  Corporation would consider to be an emerging or developing country. Typically,
  emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of
  industrialization, with lower gross national products (GNP) than more
  developed countries.  There are currently over 130 countries that the
  international financial community generally considers to be emerging or
  developing countries, approximately 40 of which currently have stock markets.
  These countries generally include every nation in the world except the United
  States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most nations located in
  Western Europe.

  Investment Funds

  Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the
  securities of their companies.  Certain emerging countries, however, permit
  indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and traded
  on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have specifically
  authorized.  The portfolio may invest in these investment funds subject to the
  provisions of the 1940 Act.  If a portfolio invests in such investment funds,
  its shareholders will bear not only their proportionate share of the expenses
  of the portfolio (including operating expenses and the fees of the adviser),
  but also will bear indirectly bear similar expenses of the underlying
  investment funds.  In addition, these investment funds may trade at a premium
  over their net asset value.

Risks of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S. entities
  with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks in addition
  to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

  Political and Economic Factors

  Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military action
  or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value of foreign
  investments.  Listed below are some of the more important political and
  economic factors that could negatively affect a portfolio's investments.

  .  The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of the
     United States in such areas as growth of gross national product, rate of
     inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, budget deficits
     and national debt;

  .  Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree, through
     ownership interests or regulation, in their respective economies. Actions
     by these governments could significantly influence the market prices of
     securities and payment of dividends;

  .  The economies of many foreign countries are dependent on international
     trade and their trading partners and they could be severely affected if
     their trading partners were to enact protective trade barriers and economic
     conditions;

  .  The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less stable
     than in the United States. Other countries face significant external
     political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by other countries
     or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes; and

  .  A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S. investors,
     including expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation
     and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A country may restrict or
     control foreign investments in its securities markets. These restrictions
     could limit ability of a portfolio to invest a particular country or make
     it very expensive for the portfolio to invest in that country. Some
     countries require prior governmental approval, limit the types or amount of
     securities or companies in which a foreigner can invest. Other countries
     may restrict the ability of foreign investors to repatriate their
     investment income and capital gains.

                                      II-19
<PAGE>

  Information and Supervision

  There is generally less publicly available information about foreign companies
  than companies based in the United States.  For example, there are often no
  reports and ratings published about foreign companies comparable to the ones
  written about United States companies.  Foreign companies are typically not
  subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards,
  practices and requirements comparable to those applicable United States
  companies.   The lack of comparable information makes investment decisions
  concerning foreign countries more difficult and less reliable than domestic
  companies.

  Stock Exchange and Market Risk

  The adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter
  (OTC) market located outside of the United States will be the best available
  market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume
  and sophistication, are generally not as developed as the markets in the
  United States.  Foreign stocks markets tend to differ from those in the United
  States in a number of ways:

  .  They are generally not as developed or efficient as, and more volatile,
     than those in the United States;

  .  They have substantially less volume;

  .  Their securities tend to be less liquid and to experience rapid and erratic
     price movements;

  .  Commissions on foreign stocks are generally higher and subject to set
     minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates;

  .  Foreign security trading, settlement and custodial practices are often less
     developed than those in U.S. markets; and

  .  They may have different settlement practices, which may cause delays and
     increase the potential for failed settlements.

  Foreign Currency Risk

  While, the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in United States
  dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in
  foreign currencies. Thus, a change in a the value of a foreign currency
  against the United States dollar will result in a corresponding change in
  value of the securities held by a portfolio.   Some of the factors that may
  impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

  .  It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into United States
     dollars and vice versa;

  .  Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the values
     of various currencies, including United States dollars, and their exchange
     rates;

  .  Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or
     selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts,
     since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other
     market forces;

  .  There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign
     currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available through
     dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis;

  .  Available quotation information is generally representative of very large
     round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not reflect
     exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1 million)
     where rates may be less favorable; and

                                      II-20
<PAGE>

  .  The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock
     market. To the extent that a market is closed while the markets for the
     underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may not always reflect
     significant price and rate movements.

  Taxes

  Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest
  income. Although in some countries the portfolio may recover a portion of
  these taxes, the portion it cannot recover will reduce the income the
  portfolio receives from its investments.  The portfolio does not expect such
  foreign withholding taxes to have a significant impact on performance.

  Emerging Markets

  Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
  Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than
  those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties of
  investing in less established markets and economies. In particular, countries
  with emerging markets may:

  .  Have relatively unstable governments;

  .  Present greater risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions on
     foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets; and

  .  Offer less protection of property rights than more developed countries.

  .  Have economies that are based on only a few industries, may be highly
     vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may suffer
     from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates.

  .  Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may be
     unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume, potentially
     making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impossible at times.

  The Euro

  The single currency for the European Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU"), the
  Euro, is scheduled to replace the national currencies for participating member
  countries over a period that began on January 1, 1999 and ends in July 2002.
  At the end of that period, use of the Euro will be compulsory and countries in
  the EMU will no longer maintain separate currencies in any form. Until then,
  however, each country and issuers within each country are free to choose
  whether to use the Euro.

  On January 1, 1999, existing national currencies became denominations of the
  Euro at fixed rates according to practices prescribed by the European Monetary
  Institute and the Euro became available as a book-entry currency.  On or about
  that date, member states began conducting financial market transactions in
  Euros and redenominating many investments, currency balances and transfer
  mechanisms into Euros.  The portfolio also anticipates pricing, trading,
  settling and valuing investments whose nominal values remain in their existing
  domestic currencies in Euros.  Accordingly, the portfolio expects the
  conversion to the Euro to impact investments in countries that will adopt the
  Euro in all aspects of the investment process, including trading, foreign
  exchange, payments, settlements, cash accounts, custody and accounting. Some
  of the uncertainties surrounding the conversion to the Euro include:

  .  Will the payment and operational systems of banks and other financial
     institutions be ready by the scheduled launch date?

  .  Will the conversion to the Euro have legal consequences on outstanding
     financial contracts that refer to existing currencies rather than Euro?

                                      II-21
<PAGE>

  .  How will existing currencies be exchanged into Euro?

  .  Will suitable clearing and settlement payment systems for the new currency
     be created?

INVESTMENT COMPANIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  A portfolio may buy and sell shares of other investment companies.  Such
  investment companies may pay management and other fees that are similar to the
  fees currently paid by a portfolio.  Like other shareholders, each portfolio
  would pay its proportionate share those fees.  Consequently, shareholders of a
  portfolio would pay not only the management fees of the portfolio, but also
  the management fees of the investment company in which the portfolio invests.

  The SEC has granted an order that allows a portfolio to invest the greater of
  5% of its total assets or $2.5 million in the UAM DSI Money Market Portfolio,
  provided that the investment is:

  .  For cash management purposes;

  .  Consistent with a portfolio's investment policies and restrictions; and

  .  The adviser to the investing portfolio waives any fees it earns on the
     assets of the portfolio that are invested in the UAM DSI Money Market
     Portfolio.

  The investing portfolio will bear expenses of the UAM DSI Money Market
  Portfolio on the same basis as all of its other shareholders.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  In a repurchase agreement, an investor agrees to buy a security (underlying
  security) from a securities dealer or bank that is a member of the Federal
  Reserve System (counter-party).  At the time, the counter-party agrees to
  repurchase the underlying security for the same price, plus interest.
  Repurchase agreements are generally for a relatively short period (usually not
  more than 7 days).  The portfolios normally use repurchase agreements to earn
  income on assets that are not invested.

  When it enters into a repurchase agreement, a portfolio will:

  .  Pay for the underlying securities only upon physically receiving them or
     upon evidence of their receipt in book-entry form; and

  .  Require the counter party to add to the collateral whenever the price of
     the repurchase agreement rises above the value of the underlying security
     (i.e., it will require the borrower "mark to the market" on a daily basis).

  If the seller of the security declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes
  financially unable to buy back the security, a portfolio's right to sell the
  security may be restricted.  In addition, the value of the security might
  decline before a portfolio can sell it and a portfolio might incur expenses in
  enforcing its rights.

RESTRICTED SECURITIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  A portfolio may purchase restricted securities that are not registered for
  sale to the general public but which are eligible for resale to qualified
  institutional investors under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933.  Under
  the supervision of the Fund's board, the adviser determines the liquidity of
  such investments by considering all relevant factors.  Provided that a dealer
  or institutional trading market in such securities exists, these restricted
  securities are not treated as illiquid securities for purposes of the
  portfolio's investment limitations.  The price realized from the sales of
  these securities could be more or less than those originally paid by a
  portfolio or less than what may be considered the fair value of such
  securities.

                                      II-22
<PAGE>

SECURITIES LENDING
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  A portfolio may lend a portion of its total assets to broker- dealers or other
  financial institutions. It may then reinvest the collateral it receives in
  short-term securities and money market funds. When a portfolio lends its
  securities, it will follow the following guidelines:

  .  The borrower must provide collateral at least equal to the market value of
     the securities loaned;

  .  The collateral must consist of cash, an irrevocable letter of credit issued
     by a domestic U.S. bank or securities issued or guaranteed by the U. S.
     government;

  .  The borrower must add to the collateral whenever the price of the
     securities loaned rises (i.e., the borrower "marks to the market" on a
     daily basis);

  .  It must be able to terminate the loan at any time;

  .  It must receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may include the
     portfolio investing any cash collateral in interest bearing short-term
     investments); and

  .  It must determine that the borrower is an acceptable credit risk.

  These risks are similar to the ones involved with repurchase agreements. When
  the portfolio lends securities, there is a risk that the borrower fails
  financially become financially unable to honor its contractual obligations.
  If this happens, the portfolio could:

  .  Lose its rights in the collateral and not be able to retrieve the
     securities it lent to the borrower; and

  .  Experience delays in recovering its securities.

SHORT SALES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Description of Short Sales

  Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not own.
  To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from someone
  else to deliver to the buyer.  The investor then replaces the security it
  borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the time of
  replacement. Until it replaces the security, the investor repays the person
  that lent it the security for any interest or dividends that may have accrued
  during the period of the loan.

  Investors typically sell securities short to:

  .  Take advantage of an anticipated decline in prices.

  .  Protect a profit in a security it already owns.

  A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short
  increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the
  portfolio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit if
  the price of the security declines between those dates.

  To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
  which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
  transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
  will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
  premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to pay
  in connection with a short sale.

  The broker will retain the net proceeds of the short sale, to the extent
  necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.

                                      II-23
<PAGE>

  Short Sales Against the Box

  In addition, a portfolio may engage in short sales  "against the box".  In a
  short sale against the box, the portfolio agrees to sell at a future date a
  security that it either contemporaneously owns or has the right to acquire at
  no extra cost. A portfolio will incur transaction costs to open, maintain and
  close short sales against the box.

  Restrictions on Short Sales

  A portfolio will not short sell a security if:

  .  After giving effect to such short sale, the total market value of all
     securities sold short would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio net
     assets.

  .  The market value of the securities of any single issuer that have been sold
     short by the portfolio would exceed the two percent (2%) of the value of
     the portfolio's net assets.

  .  Such securities would constitute more than two percent (2%) of any class of
     the issuer's securities.

  Whenever a portfolio sells a security short, its custodian segregates an
  amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the difference between (a) the
  market value of the securities sold short at the time they were sold short and
  (b) any cash or U.S. Government securities the portfolio is required to
  deposit with the broker in connection with the short sale (not including the
  proceeds from the short sale). The segregated assets are marked to market
  daily in an attempt to ensure that the amount deposited in the segregated
  account plus the amount deposited with the broker is at least equal to the
  market value of the securities at the time they were sold short.

WHEN-ISSUED, FORWARD COMMITMENT AND DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a market
  exists, but which have not been issued.  In a forward delivery transaction, a
  portfolio contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date
  beyond customary settlement time.  "Delayed delivery" refers to securities
  transactions on the secondary market where settlement occurs in the future. In
  each of these transactions, the parties fix the payment obligation and the
  interest rate that they will receive on the securities at the time the parties
  enter the commitment; however, they do not pay money or deliver securities
  until a later date.  Typically, no income accrues on securities a portfolio
  has committed to purchase before the securities are delivered, although the
  portfolio may earn income on securities it has in a segregated account. A
  portfolio will only enter into these types of transactions with the intention
  of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before the settlement
  date.

  A portfolio uses when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward delivery
  transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield at
  the time of purchase. When a portfolio engages in when-issued, delayed-
  delivery and forward delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to
  consummate the sale.  If the other party fails to complete the sale, a
  portfolio may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a favorable price
  or yield.

  When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward
  delivery basis, the portfolio assumes the rights and risks of ownership of the
  security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of
  settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the
  purchase price.  The yield available in the market when the delivery takes
  place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
  Because a portfolio does not pay for the security until the delivery date,
  these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other
  investments.

  A portfolio will segregate cash and liquid securities equal in value to
  commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery
  transaction.  A portfolio will segregate additional liquid assets daily so
  that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of its commitments.

                                      II-24
<PAGE>

  Management Of The Fund

  The governing board manages the business of the Fund.  The governing board
  elects officers to manage the day-to-day operations of the Fund and to execute
  policies the board has formulated.  The Fund pays each board member who is not
  also an officer or affiliated person (independent board member) a $150
  quarterly retainer fee per active portfolio per quarter and a $2,000 meeting
  fee.  In addition, the Fund reimburses each independent board member for
  travel and other expenses incurred while attending board meetings.  The $2,000
  meeting fee and expense reimbursements are aggregated for all of the board
  members and allocated proportionately among the portfolios of the UAM Funds
  Complex. The Fund does not pay board members that are affiliated with the fund
  for their services as board members. UAM, its affiliates or SEI pay the Fund's
  officers.

  The following table lists the board members and officers of the Fund and
  provides information regarding their present positions, date of birth,
  address, principal occupations during the past five years, aggregate
  compensation received from the Fund and total compensation received from the
  UAM Funds Complex.  The UAM Funds Complex is currently comprised of 48
  portfolios. Those people with an asterisk beside their name are "interested
  persons" of the Fund as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. Mr. English does
  have an investment advisory relationship with Investment Counselors of
  Maryland, an investment adviser to one of the portfolios in the UAM Funds
  Complex.  However, the Fund does not believe that the relationship is a
  material business relationship, and, therefore, does not consider him to be an
  "interested person" of the Fund.  If these circumstances change, the Board
  will determine whether any action is required to change the composition of the
  Board.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                       Total
                                                                                                   Aggregate        Compensation
                                                                                                  Compensation       From UAM
                               Position        Principal Occupations During the Past 5           from Fund as      Funds Complex
Name, Address, DOB             with Fund       years                                              of 4/30/99       as of 12/31/98
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>             <C>                                                <C>               <C>

John T. Bennett, Jr.           Board           President of Squam Investment Management              $8,094            $39,900
College Road -- RFD 3          Member          Company, Inc. and Great Island Investment
Meredith, NH 03253                             Company, Inc.; President of Bennett
1/26/29                                        Management Company from 1988 to 1993.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Nancy J. Dunn                  Board           Financial Officer of World Wildlife Fund since        $8,094            $40,575
10 Garden Street               Member          January 1999; Vice President for Finance and
Cambridge, MA 02138                            Administration and Treasurer of Radcliffe
8/14/51                                        College from 1991 to 1999.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

William A. Humenuk             Board           Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative     $8,094            $40,936
100 King Street West           Member          Officer of Philip Services Corp.; Formerly, a
P.O. Box 2440, LCD-1                           Partner in the Philadelphia office of the law firm
Hamilton  Ontario,                             Dechert Price & Rhoads and a Director of Hofler
Canada L8N-4J6                                 Corp.
4/21/42
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Philip D. English              Board           President and Chief Executive Officer of              $8,094            $40,702
16 West Madison Street         Member          Broventure Company, Inc.; Chairman of the
Baltimore, MD 21201                            Board of Chektec Corporation and Cyber
8/5/48                                         Scientific, Inc.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

James P. Pappas*               Board           President of UAM Investment Services, Inc. since         0                  0
211 Congress Street            Member          March 1999; Vice President UAM Trust
Boston, MA  02110                              Company since January 1996; Principal of UAM
2/24/53                                        Fund Distributors, Inc. since December 1995;
                                               Vice President of UAM Investment Services, Inc.
                                               from January 1996 to March 1999 and a
                                               Director and Chief Operating Officer of CS First
                                               Boston Investment Management from 1993-
                                               1995.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Norton H. Reamer*              Board           Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a                  0                  0
One International Place        Member;         Director of United Asset Management
Boston, MA 02110               President       Corporation; Director, Partner or Trustee of each
3/21/35                        and             of the Investment Companies of the Eaton Vance
                               Chairman        Group of Mutual Funds.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

                                      II-25
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                       Total
                                                                                                   Aggregate        Compensation
                                                                                                  Compensation       From UAM
                               Position        Principal Occupations During the Past 5           from Fund as      Funds Complex
Name, Address, DOB             with Fund       years                                              of 4/30/99       as of 12/31/98
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>             <C>                                                <C>               <C>

Peter M. Whitman, Jr.*         Board           President and Chief Investment Officer of Dewey          0                  0
One Financial Center           Member          Square Investors Corporation since 1988;
Boston, MA 02111                               Director and Chief Executive Officer of H.T.
7/1/43                                         Investors, Inc., formerly a subsidiary of Dewey
                                               Square.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

William H. Park                Vice            Executive Vice President and Chief Financial             0                  0
One International Place        President       Officer of United Asset Management
Boston, MA 02110                               Corporation.
9/19/47
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gary L. French                 Treasurer       President of UAMFSI and UAMFDI; Treasurer                0                  0
211 Congress Street                            of the Fidelity Group of Mutual Funds from
Boston, MA 02110                               1991 to 1995; held various other offices with
7/4/51                                         Fidelity Investments from November 1990 to
                                               March 1995.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Michael E. DeFao               Secretary       Vice President and General Counsel of UAMFSI             0                  0
211 Congress Street                            and UAMFDI; Associate Attorney of Ropes &
Boston, MA 02110                               Gray (a law firm) from 1993 to 1995.
2/28/68
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Robert R. Flaherty             Assistant       Vice President of UAMFSI; Manager of Fund                0                  0
211 Congress Street            Treasurer       Administration and Compliance of CGFSC from
Boston, MA 02110                               1995 to 1996; Senior Manager of Deloitte &
9/18/63                                        Touche LLP from 1985 to 1995,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Michael J. Leary               Assistant       Vice President of Chase Global Funds Services            0                  0
73 Tremont Street              Treasurer       Company since 1993.  Manager of Audit at
Boston, MA  02108                              Ernst & Young from 1988 to 1993.
11/23/65
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Michelle Azrialy               Assistant       Assistant Treasurer of Chase Global Funds                0                  0
73 Tremont Street              Secretary       Services Company since 1996.  Senior Public
Boston, MA 02108                               Accountant with Price Waterhouse LLP from
4/12/69                                        1991 to 1994.
</TABLE>

  Investment Advisory and Other Services

  INVESTMENT ADVISER
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Control Of Adviser

  Each adviser is a subsidiary of UAM.  UAM is a holding company incorporated in
  Delaware in December 1980 for the purpose of acquiring and owning firms
  engaged primarily in institutional investment management. Since its first
  acquisition in August 1983, UAM has acquired or organized more than 50 UAM
  Affiliated Firms. UAM believes that permitting UAM Affiliated Firms to retain
  control over their investment advisory decisions is necessary to allow them to
  continue to provide investment management services that are intended to meet
  the particular needs of their respective clients.  Accordingly, after
  acquisition by UAM, UAM Affiliated Firms continue to operate under their own
  firm name, with their own leadership and individual investment philosophy and
  approach. Each UAM Affiliated Firm manages its own business independently on a
  day-to-day basis. Investment strategies employed and securities selected by
  UAM Affiliated Firms are separately chosen by each of them. Several UAM
  Affiliated Firms also act as investment advisers to separate series or
  portfolios of the UAM Funds Complex.

                                      II-26
<PAGE>

Investment Advisory Agreement

  This section summarizes some of the important provisions of each of the
  portfolio's Investment Advisory Agreements.  The Fund has filed each agreement
  with the SEC as part of its registration statement on Form N-1A.

  Service Performed by Adviser

  Each adviser:

  .  Manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the portfolios;

  .  Continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment program of
     the portfolios; and

  .  Determines what portion of portfolio's assets will be invested in
     securities and what portion will consist of cash.

  Limitation of Liability

  In the absence of (1) willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence on
  the part of the adviser in the performance of its obligations and duties under
  the Advisory Agreement, (2) reckless disregard by the adviser of its
  obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement, or (3) a loss resulting
  from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation
  for services, the adviser shall not be subject to any liability whatsoever to
  the Fund, for any error of judgment, mistake of law or any other act or
  omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services under the
  Advisory Agreement.

  Continuing an Advisory Agreement

  An Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect for periods of one year
  so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a:

  .  Majority of those Members who are not parties to the Investment Advisory
     Agreement or interested persons of any such party;

  .  (2) (a) majority of the Members or (b) a majority of the shareholders of
     the portfolio.

  Terminating an Advisory Agreement

  The Fund may terminate an Investment Advisory Agreement at any time, without
  the payment of any penalty if:

  .  A majority of the portfolio's shareholders vote to do so; and

  .  It gives the adviser 60 days' written notice.

  .  The adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreements at any time, without the
     payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' written notice to the Fund. An
     Advisory Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate if it is
     assigned.

DISTRIBUTOR
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  UAMFDI is the Fund's distributor.  The Fund offers its shares continuously.
  While UAMFDI will use its best efforts to sell shares of the Fund, it is not
  obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. UAMFDI receives no
  compensation for its services, and any amounts it may receive under a Service
  and Distribution Plan are passed through in their entirety to third parties.
  UAMFDI, an affiliate of UAM, is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston,
  Massachusetts 02110.

                                      II-27
<PAGE>

SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PLANS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The Fund has adopted a Distribution Plan and a Shareholder Servicing Plan (the
  "Plans") for their Institutional Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1
  under the 1940 Act.

  Shareholder Servicing Plan

  The Shareholder Servicing Plan (Service Plan) permits the Fund to compensate
  broker-dealers or other financial institutions (Service Agents) that have
  agreed with UAMFDI to provide administrative support services to Institutional
  Service Class shareholders that are their customers. Under the Service Plan,
  Institutional Service Class Shares may pay service fees at the maximum annual
  rate of 0.25% of the average daily net asset value of such shares held by the
  Service Agent for the benefit of its customers. The Fund pays these fees out
  of the assets allocable to Institutional Service Class Shares to UAMFDI, to
  the Service Agent directly or through UAMFDI. Each item for which a payment
  may be made under the Service Plan constitutes personal service and/or
  shareholder account maintenance and may constitute an expense of distributing
  Fund Service Class Shares as the SEC construes such term under Rule 12b-1.
  Services for which Institutional Service Class Shares may compensate Service
  Agents include:

  .  Acting as the sole shareholder of record and nominee for beneficial owners.

  .  Maintaining account records for such beneficial owners of the Fund's
     shares.

  .  Opening and closing accounts.

  .  Answering questions and handling correspondence from shareholders about
     their accounts.

  .  Processing shareholder orders to purchase, redeem and exchange shares.

  .  Handling the transmission of funds representing the purchase price or
     redemption proceeds.

  .  Issuing confirmations for transactions in the Fund's shares by
     shareholders.

  .  Distributing current copies of prospectuses, statements of additional
     information and shareholder reports.

  .  Assisting customers in completing application forms, selecting dividend and
     other account options and opening any necessary custody accounts.

  .  Providing account maintenance and accounting support for all transactions.

  .  Performing such additional shareholder services as may be agreed upon by
     the Fund and the Service Agent, provided that any such additional
     shareholder services must constitute a permissible non-banking activity in
     accordance with the then current regulations of, and interpretations
     thereof by, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, if
     applicable.

Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan

  The Distribution Plan permits the portfolio to pay UAMFDI or others for
  certain distribution, promotional and related expenses involved in marketing
  its Institutional Service Class Shares. Under the Distribution Plan,
  Institutional Service Class Shares may pay distribution fees at the maximum
  annual rate of 0.75% of the average daily net asset value of such shares held
  by the Service Agent for the benefit of its customers.  These expenses
  include, among other things:

  .  Advertising the availability of services and products.

  .  Designing materials to send to customers and developing methods of making
     such materials accessible to customers.

  .  Providing information about the product needs of customers.

                                      II-28
<PAGE>

  .  Providing facilities to solicit Fund sales and to answer questions from
     prospective and existing investors about the Fund.

  .  Receiving and answering correspondence from prospective investors,
     including requests for sales literature, prospectuses and statements of
     additional information.

  .  Displaying and making available sales literature and prospectuses.

  .  Acting as liaison between shareholders and the Fund, including obtaining
     information from the Fund and providing performance and other information
     about the Fund.

  In addition, the Service Class Shares may make payments directly to other
  unaffiliated parties, who either aid in the distribution of their shares or
  provide services to the Class.

Fees Paid under the Service and Distribution Plans

  The Plans permit Institutional Service Class shares to pay distribution and
  service fees at the maximum annual rate of 1.00% of the class' average daily
  net assets for the year.  The Fund's governing board has limited the amount
  the Institutional Service Class may pay under the Plans to 0.40% of the class'
  average daily net assets for the year, and may increase such amount to the
  plan maximum at any time.

  The Fund will not reimburse the Distributor or others for distribution
  expenses incurred in excess of the amount permitted by the Plans.

  Subject to seeking best price and execution, the Fund may buy or sell
  portfolio securities through firms that receive payments under the Plans.
  UAMFDI, at its own expense, may pay dealers for aid in distribution or for aid
  in providing administrative services to shareholders.

Approving, Amending and Terminating the Fund's Distribution Arrangements

  Shareholders of the portfolio have approved the Plans. The Plans also were
  approved by the governing board of the Fund, including a majority of the
  members of the board who are not interested persons of the Fund and who have
  no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans (Plan
  Members), by votes cast in person at meetings called for the purpose of voting
  on these Plans.

  Continuing the Plans

  The Plans continue in effect from year to year so long as they are approved
  annually by a majority of the Fund's board members and its Plan Members.  To
  continue the Plans, the board must determine whether such continuation is in
  the best interest of the Institutional Service Class shareholders and that
  there is a reasonable likelihood of the Plans providing a benefit to the
  Class.  The Fund's board has determined that the Fund's distribution
  arrangements are likely to benefit the Fund and its shareholders by enhancing
  the Fund's ability to efficiently service the accounts of its Institutional
  Service Class shareholders.

  Amending the Plans

  A majority of the Fund's governing board and a majority of its the Plan
  Members must approve any material amendment to the Plans.  Likewise, any
  amendment materially increasing the maximum percentage payable under the Plans
  must be approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the
  Class, as well as by a majority of the Plan Members.

                                      II-29
<PAGE>

  Terminating the Plans

  A majority of the Plan Members or a majority of the outstanding voting
  securities of the Class may terminate the Plans at any time without penalty.
  In addition, the Plans will terminate automatically upon their assignment.

  Miscellaneous

  So long as the Plans are in effect, the non-interested board members will
  select and nominate the Plan Members of the Fund.

  The Fund and UAMFDI intend to comply with the Conduct Rules of the National
  Association of Securities Dealers relating to investment company sales
  charges. with these rules.

  Pursuant to the Plans, the board reviews, at least quarterly, a written report
  of the amounts expended under each agreement with Service Agents and the
  purposes for which the expenditures were made.

Additional Non-12b-1 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements

  In addition to payments by the Fund under the Plans, UAM and any of its
  affiliates, may, at its own expense, compensate a Service Agent or other
  person for marketing, shareholder servicing, record-keeping and/or other
  services performed with respect to the Fund, the portfolio or any class of
  shares of the portfolio. The person making such payments may do so out of its
  revenues, its profits or any other source available to it. Such services
  arrangements, when in effect, are made generally available to all qualified
  service providers. The adviser may also compensate its affiliated companies
  for referring investors to the portfolio.

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrator

  Pursuant to a Fund Administration Agreement with the Fund, UAMFSI manages,
  administers and conducts the general business activities of the Fund.  As a
  part of its responsibilities, UAMFSI provides and oversees the provision by
  various third parties of administrative, fund accounting, dividend disbursing
  and transfer agent services for the Fund. UAMFSI, an affiliate of UAM, has its
  principal office at 211 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

  UAMFSI will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its
  services under the Fund Administration Agreement.  Other expenses to be
  incurred in the operation of the Fund will be borne by the Fund or other
  parties, including:

  .  Taxes, interest, brokerage fees and commissions;

  .  Salaries and fees of officers and members of the board who are not
     officers, directors, shareholders or employees of an affiliate of UAM,
     including UAMFSI, UAMFDI or the adviser;

  .  SEC fees and state Blue-Sky fees;

  .  EDGAR filing fees;

  .  Processing services and related fees;

  .  Advisory and administration fees;

  .  Charges and expenses of pricing and data services, independent public
     accountants and custodians;

  .  Insurance premiums including fidelity bond premiums;

  .  Outside legal expenses;

                                      II-30
<PAGE>

  .  Costs of maintenance of corporate existence;

  .  Typesetting and printing of prospectuses for regulatory purposes and for
     distribution to current shareholders of the Fund;

  .  Printing and production costs of shareholders' reports and corporate
     meetings;

  .  Cost and expenses of Fund stationery and forms;

  .  Costs of special telephone and data lines and devices;

  .  Trade association dues and expenses; and

  .  Any extraordinary expenses and other customary Fund expenses.

  The Fund Administration Agreement continues in effect from year to year if the
  board specifically approves such continuance every year. The fund or UAMFSI
  may terminate the Fund Administration Agreement, without penalty, on not less
  than ninety (90) days' written notice.  The Fund Administration Agreement
  automatically terminates upon its assignment by UAMFSI without the prior
  written consent of the Fund.

  UAMFSI will from time to time employ other people to assist it in performing
  its duties under the Fund Administration Agreement.  Such people may be
  officers and employees who are employed by both UAMFSI and the Fund. UAMFSI
  will pay such people for such employment.  The Fund will not incur any
  obligations with respect to such people.

Sub-Administrator

  UAMFSI has subcontracted some of the its administrative and fund accounting
  services to CGFSC, an affiliate of The Chase Manhattan Bank, under a Mutual
  Funds Service Agreement dated October 26, 1998. CGFSC is located at 73 Tremont
  Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent

  UAMFSI has subcontracted its transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent
  services to DST Systems, Inc. under an Agency Agreement between UAMFSI and DST
  Systems Inc. DST Systems, Inc., is located at P.O. Box 419534, Kansas City,
  Missouri 64141-6534.

  UAMSSC serves as sub-shareholder servicing agent for the Fund under an
  agreement between UAMSSC and UAMFSI. The principal place of business of UAMSSC
  is 825 Duportail Road, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087.

Administrative Fees

  Each portfolio pays UAMFSI and CGFSC for the administrative services they
  provide.  For more information concerning these fees, see "How Much does the
  Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?" in Part I of this SAI.



CUSTODIAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The Chase Manhattan Bank, 3 Chase MatroTech Center, Brooklyn, New York, 11245,
  provides for the custody of the Fund's assets pursuant to the terms of a
  custodian agreement with the Fund.



INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110,
  serves as independent accountant for the Fund.

                                      II-31
<PAGE>

Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

SELECTION OF BROKERS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The Advisory Agreement authorizes the adviser to select the brokers or dealers
  that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities for the
  portfolio.  The Advisory Agreement also directs the adviser to use its best
  efforts to obtain the best execution with respect to all transactions for the
  portfolio.  The adviser may select brokers based on research, statistical and
  pricing services they provide to the adviser. Information and research
  provided by a broker will be in addition to, and not instead of, the services
  the adviser is required to perform under the Advisory Agreement.  In so doing,
  the portfolio may pay higher commission rates than the lowest rate available
  when the adviser believes it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of
  the research, statistical, and pricing services provided by the broker
  effecting the transaction.

  It is not the practice of the Fund to allocate brokerage or effect principal
  transactions with dealers based on sales of shares that a broker-dealer firm
  makes.  However, the Fund may place trades with qualified broker-dealers who
  recommend the Fund or who act as agents in the purchase of Fund shares for
  their clients.

SIMULTANEOUS TRANSACTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The adviser makes investment decisions for the portfolio independently of
  decisions made for its other clients.  When a security is suitable for the
  investment objective of more than one client, it may be prudent for the
  adviser to engage in a simultaneous transaction, that is, buy or sell the same
  security for more than one client.  The adviser strives to allocate such
  transactions among its clients, including the portfolio, in a fair and
  reasonable manner. Although there is no specified formula for allocating such
  transactions, the Fund's governing board periodically reviews the various
  allocation methods used by the adviser.

BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Equity Securities

  Generally, equity securities are bought and sold through brokerage
  transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters
  will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from
  dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer's mark-up or reflect a
  dealer's mark-down.

Debt Securities

  Debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an
  underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, a portfolio will
  not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases.  When a debt security is
  bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an
  underwriting commission or concession.  The purchase price for securities
  bought from dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the
  dealer's mark up or reflect a dealer's mark down.  When the portfolio executes
  transactions in the over-the-counter market, it will deal with primary market
  makers unless prices that are more favorable are otherwise obtainable.

                                      II-32
<PAGE>

Capital Stock and Other Securities

THE FUND
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The Fund was organized under the name "The Regis Fund II" as a Delaware
  business trust on May 18, 1994. On October 31, 1995, the Fund changed its name
  to "UAM Funds Trust."  The Fund's principal executive office is located at 211
  Congress Street, Boston, MA  02110; however, shareholders should direct all
  correspondence to the address listed on the cover of this SAI.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND VOTING RIGHTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an
  unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, without par value. The
  Board has the power to designate one or more series (portfolios) or classes of
  shares of beneficial interest without shareholder approval.  The Board has
  authorized three classes of shares: Institutional Class, Institutional Service
  Class, and Advisor Class.  Not all of the portfolios issue all of the classes.

Description of Shares

  When issued and paid for, the shares of each series and class of the Fund are
  fully paid and nonassessable, and have no pre-emptive rights or preference as
  to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other features. The shares
  of the Fund have noncumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of
  more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of board members can elect
  100% of the board if they choose to do so. On each matter submitted to a vote
  of the shareholders, a shareholder is entitled to one vote for each full share
  held (and a fractional vote for each fractional share held), then standing in
  his name on the books of the Fund. Shares of all classes will vote together as
  a single class except when otherwise required by law or as determined by the
  Board.

  If the Fund is liquidated, the shareholders of each portfolio or any class
  thereof are entitled to receive the net assets belonging to that portfolio, or
  in the case of a class, belonging to that portfolio and allocable to that
  class. The Fund will distribute is net assets to its shareholders in
  proportion to the number of shares of that portfolio or class thereof held by
  them and recorded on the books of the Fund. A majority of the Board may
  authorize the liquidation of any portfolio or class at any time.

  The Fund will not hold annual meetings except when required to by the 1940 Act
  or other applicable law.

Class Differences

  The Board has authorized three classes of shares, Institutional, Institutional
  Service and Advisor.  The three classes represent interests in the same assets
  of the portfolio and, except as discussed below, are identical in all
  respects.

  .  Institutional Service Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder
     servicing and the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting
     rights with respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures.

  .  Advisor Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder servicing and
     the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting rights with
     respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures. Advisor
     Shares also charge a sales load on purchases.

  .  Each class of shares has different exchange privileges.

  Distribution and shareholder servicing fees reduce a class's:

  .  Net income

                                      II-33
<PAGE>

  .  Dividends

  .  NAV to the extent the portfolio has undistributed net income.

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividend and Distribution Options

  There are three ways for shareholders to receive dividends and capital gains:

     .  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are reinvested in
        additional shares at net asset value;

     .  Income dividends are paid in cash and capital gains distributions are
        reinvested in additional shares at NAV; and

     .  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash.

  Unless the shareholder elects otherwise in writing, the fund will
  automatically reinvest all dividends in additional shares of the portfolio at
  NAV (as of the business day following the record date).  Shareholders may
  change their dividend and distributions option by writing to the fund at least
  three days before the record date for income dividend or capital gain
  distribution.

  The fund sends account statements to shareholders whenever it pays an income
  dividend or capital gains distribution.

Taxes on Distributions

  Each portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment
  income and net realized capital gains so as to avoid income taxes on its
  dividends and distributions and the imposition of the federal excise tax on
  undistributed income and capital gains.  However, a portfolio cannot predict
  the time or amount of any such dividends or distributions.

  Each portfolio will be treated as a separate entity (and hence as a separate
  "regulated investment company") for federal tax purposes. The capital
  gains/losses of one portfolio will not be offset against the capital
  gains/losses of another portfolio.

"Buying a Dividend"

  Distributions by the portfolio reduce its NAV.  A distribution that reduces
  the NAV of the portfolio below its cost basis is taxable as described in the
  prospectus of the portfolio, although from an investment standpoint, it is a
  return of capital.  If you buy shares of the portfolio on or just before the
  "record date" (the date that establishes which shareholders will receive an
  upcoming distribution) for a distribution, you will receive some of the money
  you invested as a taxable distribution.

                                      II-34
<PAGE>

Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating NAV

  The purchase and redemption price of the shares of a portfolio is equal to the
  NAV of the portfolio.  The Fund calculates the NAV of a portfolio by
  subtracting its liabilities from its total assets and dividing the result by
  the total number of shares outstanding.  For purposes of this calculation:

  .  Liabilities include accrued expenses and dividends payable; and

  .  Total assets include the market value of the securities held by the
     portfolio, plus cash and other assets plus income accrued but not yet
     received.

  Each portfolio normally calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  NYSE every day the NYSE is open for trading.  The NYSE usually closes at 4:00
  p.m.  The NYSE is closed on the following days: New Year's Day, Dr. Martin
  Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence
  Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

How the Fund Values it Assets

  Equity Securities

  Equity securities listed on a securities exchange for which market quotations
  are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price of the day.
  Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the
  security is primarily traded.  Unlisted equity securities and listed
  securities not traded on the valuation date for which market quotations are
  readily available are valued neither exceeding the asked prices nor less than
  the bid prices.  Quotations of foreign securities in a foreign currency are
  converted to U.S. dollar equivalents.  The converted value is based upon the
  bid price of the foreign currency against U.S. dollars quoted by any major
  bank or by a broker.

  Debt Securities

  Debt securities are valued according to the broadest and most representative
  market, which will ordinarily be the over-the-counter market.  Debt securities
  may be valued based on prices provided by a pricing service when such prices
  are believed to reflect the fair market value of such securities.  Securities
  purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days or less are valued at amortized
  cost when the governing board determines that amortized cost reflects fair
  value.

  Other Assets

  The value of other assets and securities for which no quotations are readily
  available (including restricted securities) is determined in good faith at
  fair value using methods determined by the governing board.

PURCHASE OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Service Agents may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of their
  customers. To do so, the Service Agent must receive your investment order
  before the close of trading on the NYSE and must transmit it to the fund
  before the close of its business day to receive that day's share price. The
  fund must receive proper payment for the order by the time the portfolio
  calculates its NAV on the following business day. Service Agents are
  responsible to their customers and the Fund for timely

                                      II-35
<PAGE>

  transmission of all subscription and redemption requests, investment
  information, documentation and money.

  Shareholders can buy full and fractional (calculated to three decimal places)
  shares of a portfolio. The fund will not issue certificates for fractional
  shares and will only issue certificates for whole shares upon the written
  request of a shareholder.

  The Fund may reduce or waive the minimum for initial and subsequent investment
  for certain fiduciary accounts, such as employee benefit plans or under
  circumstances, where certain economies can be achieved in sales of the
  portfolio's shares.

In-Kind Purchases

  At its discretion, the Fund may permit shareholders to purchase shares of the
  portfolio with securities, instead of cash.  If the Fund allows a shareholder
  to make an in-kind purchase, it will value such securities according to the
  policies described under "VALUATION OF SHARES" at the next determination of
  net asset value after acceptance. The Fund will issue shares of the portfolio
  at the NAV of the portfolio determined as of the same time.

  The Fund will only acquire securities through an in-kind purchase for
  investment and not for immediate resale. The Fund will only accept in-kind
  purchases if the transaction meets the following conditions:

  .  The securities are eligible investments for the portfolio;

  .  The securities have readily available market quotations;

  .  The investor represents and agrees that the securities are liquid and that
     there are no restrictions on their resale imposed by the 1933 Act or
     otherwise;

  .  All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to such
     securities become the property of the portfolio and are delivered to the
     fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer; and

  .  Immediately after the transaction is complete, the value of all securities
     of the same issuer held by the portfolio cannot exceed 5% of the net assets
     of the portfolio. This condition does not apply to U.S. government
     securities.

  Investors who are subject to Federal taxation upon exchange may realize a gain
  or loss for federal income tax purposes depending upon the cost of securities
  or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such exchanges should
  contact the adviser.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  When you redeem, your shares may be worth more or less than the price you paid
  for them depending on the market value of the investments held by the
  portfolio.

By Mail

  Requests to redeem shares must include:

  .  Share certificates, if issued;

  .  A letter of instruction or an assignment specifying the number of shares or
     dollar amount the shareholder wishes to redeem signed by all registered
     owners of the shares in the exact names in which they are registered;

  .  Any required signature guarantees (see "Signature Guarantees"); and

                                      II-36
<PAGE>

  .  Estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension and
     profit sharing plans and other organizations must submit any other
     necessary legal documents.

By Telephone

  Shareholders may not do the following by telephone:

  .  Change the name of the commercial bank or the account designated to receive
     redemption proceeds. To change an account in this manner, you must submit a
     written request signed by each shareholder, with each signature
     guaranteed).

  .  Redeem shares represented by a certificate.

  The fund and its UAMSSC will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that
  instructions communicated by telephone are genuine, and they may be liable for
  any losses if they fail to do so. These procedures include requiring the
  investor to provide certain personal identification at the time an account is
  opened and before effecting each transaction requested by telephone. In
  addition, all telephone transaction requests will be recorded and investors
  may be required to provide additional telecopied written instructions of such
  transaction requests. The Fund or UAMSSC may be liable for any losses due to
  unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if the Fund or the UAMSSC
  does not employ the procedures described above. Neither the Fund nor the
  UAMSSC will be responsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for
  following instructions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be
  genuine.

Redemptions-In-Kind

  If the governing board determines that it would be detrimental to the best
  interests of remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or
  partly in cash, the Fund may pay redemption proceeds in whole or in part by a
  distribution in-kind of liquid securities held by the portfolio in lieu of
  cash in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC. Investors may incur
  brokerage charges on the sale of portfolio securities received in payment of
  redemptions.

  However, the Fund has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all
  redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during
  any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the
  Fund at the beginning of such period.  Such commitment is irrevocable without
  the prior approval of the SEC.  Redemptions in excess of the above limits may
  be paid in whole or in part, in investment securities or in cash, as the Board
  may deem advisable; however, payment will be made wholly in cash unless the
  governing board believes that economic or market conditions exist which would
  make such a practice detrimental to the best interests of the Fund.  If
  redemptions are paid in investment securities, such securities will be valued
  as set forth under "Valuation of Shares."  A redeeming shareholder would
  normally incur brokerage expenses if these securities were converted to cash.

Signature Guarantees

  The Fund requires signature guarantees for certain types of documents,
  including.

  .  Written requests for redemption;

  .  Separate instruments for assignment ("stock power"), which should specify
     the total number of shares to be redeemed; and

  .  On all stock certificates tendered for redemption.

  The purpose of signature guarantees is to verify the identity of the person
  who has authorized a redemption from your account and to protect your account,
  the Fund and its sub-transfer agent from fraud.

                                      II-37
<PAGE>

  The Fund will accept signature guarantees from any eligible guarantor
  institution, as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
  participates in a signature guarantee program. Eligible guarantor institutions
  include banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national securities exchanges,
  registered securities associations, clearing agencies and savings
  associations.  You can get a complete definition of eligible guarantor
  institutions by calling 1-877-826-5465.  Broker-dealers guaranteeing
  signatures must be a member of a clearing corporation or maintain net capital
  of at least $100,000.  Credit unions must be authorized to issue signature
  guarantees.

Other Redemption Information

  Normally, the Fund will pay for all shares redeemed under proper procedures
  within seven days after it received your request.  However, the Fund will pay
  your redemption proceeds earlier as applicable law so requires.

  The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment:

  .  When the NYSE and custodian bank are closed

  .  Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  .  During any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the
     Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the
     portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it, or to fairly determine the
     value of its assets.

  .  For such other periods as the Commission may permit.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The exchange privilege is only available with respect to portfolios that are
  qualified for sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges are
  based on the respective net asset values of the shares involved. The
  Institutional Class and Institutional Service Class shares of UAM Funds do not
  charge a sales commission or charge of any kind for exchanges.

  Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be responsible for the
  authenticity of the exchange instructions received by telephone.  The
  governing board of the Fund may restrict the exchange privilege at any time.
  Such instructions may include limiting the amount or frequency of exchanges
  and may be for the purpose of assuring such exchanges do not disadvantage the
  Fund and its shareholders.

TRANSFER OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Shareholders may transfer shares of the portfolio to another person by making
  a written request to the Fund. Your request should clearly identify the
  account and number of shares you wish to transfer.  All registered owners
  should sign the request and all stock certificates, if any, which are subject
  to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the stock certificate
  or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner as described under
  "Signature Guarantees." As in the case of redemptions, the written request
  must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

Performance Calculations

  A portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
  return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
  are not intended to indicate future performance.  The SEC has adopted rules
  that require mutual funds to present performance quotations in a standard
  manner. Mutual funds can present non-standard performance quotations only if
  they also provide

                                      II-38
<PAGE>

  certain standardized performance information that they have computed according
  to the requirements of the SEC. Current yield and average annual compounded
  total return information are calculated using the method of computing
  performance mandated by the SEC.

  The performance is calculated separately for each Class of a portfolio.
  Dividends paid by a portfolio with respect to each Class will be calculated in
  the same manner at the same time on the same day and will be in the same
  amount, except that service fees, distribution charges and any incremental
  transfer agency costs relating to Advisor or Service Class Shares will be
  borne exclusively by that class.

TOTAL RETURN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Total return is the change in value of an investment in the portfolio over a
  given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A
  cumulative or aggregate total return reflects actual performance over a stated
  period. An average annual total return is a hypothetical rate of return that,
  if achieved annually, would have produced the same cumulative total return if
  performance had been constant over the entire period.

  The fund calculates the average annual total return of a portfolio by finding
  the average annual compounded rates of return over one, five and ten-year
  periods that would equate an initial hypothetical $1,000 investment to its
  ending redeemable value. The calculation assumes that all dividends and
  distributions are reinvested when paid. The quotation assumes the amount was
  completely redeemed at the end of each one, five and ten-year period and the
  deduction of all applicable Fund expenses on an annual basis. Since
  Institutional Service Class Shares bear additional service and distribution
  expenses, their average annual total return will generally be lower than that
  of the Institutional Class Shares.

  The fund calculates these figures according to the following formula:

      P (1 + T)/n/ = ERV

      Where:

      P    =     a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

      T    =     average annual total return

      n    =     number of years

      ERV  =     ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment made
                 at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods at the end of
                 the 1, 5 or 10 year periods (or fractional portion thereof).

YIELD
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the portfolio over a
  given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate. Yields are
  calculated according to a standard that is required for all mutual funds. As
  this differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may not equal the
  income actually paid to shareholders.

  The current yield is determined by dividing the net investment income per
  share earned during a 30-day base period by the maximum offering price per
  share on the last day of the period and annualizing the result.  Expenses
  accrued for the period include any fees charged to all shareholders during the
  base period. Since Institutional Service Class shares bear additional service
  and distribution expenses, their yield will generally be lower than that of
  the Institutional Class Shares.

  Yield is obtained using the following formula:

       Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)/6/-1]

       Where:

                                      II-39
<PAGE>

       a =  dividends and interest earned during the period

       b =  expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

       c =  the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period
       that were entitled to receive income distributions

       d =  the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.

COMPARISONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio's performance may be compared to data prepared by independent
  services which monitor the performance of investment companies, data reported
  in financial and industry publications, and various indices as further
  described in this SAI. This information may also be included in sales
  literature and advertising.

  To help investors better evaluate how an investment in the portfolio of the
  Fund might satisfy their investment objective, advertisements regarding the
  Fund may discuss various measures of Fund performance as reported by various
  financial publications. Advertisements may also compare performance (as
  calculated above) to performance as reported by other investments, indices and
  averages. Please see Appendix B for publications, indices and averages that
  may be used.

  In assessing such comparisons of performance, an investor should keep in mind
  that the composition of the investments in the reported indices and averages
  is not identical to the composition of investments in the portfolio, that the
  averages are generally unmanaged, and that the items included in the
  calculations of such averages may not be identical to the formula used by the
  portfolio to calculate its performance. In addition, there can be no assurance
  that the portfolio will continue this performance as compared to such other
  averages.

Financial Statements

  The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of each portfolio,
  other than the FPA Crescent Portfolio:

  .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999.

  .  Financial highlights for the respective periods presented

  .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

  The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of FPA Crescent
  Portfolio:

  .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

  .  Financial highlights for the periods presented

  .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

  Each of the above-referenced documents is incorporated by reference into this
  SAI.  However, no other parts of the portfolios' Annual Reports are
  incorporated by reference herein.  Shareholders may get copies of the
  portfolios' Annual Reports free of charge by calling the UAM Funds at the
  telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.

                                      II-40
<PAGE>

                                III:  Glossary

                                      III-1
<PAGE>

  1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

  1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

  1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

  Adviser means the investment adviser of the portfolio.

  All terms that this SAI does not otherwise define, have the same meaning in
  the SAI as they do in the prospectus(es) of the portfolios.

  Board member refers to a single member of the Fund's Board.

  Board refers to the Fund's Board of Trustees as a group.

  CGFSC is Chase Global Funds Service Company, the Fund's sub-administrator.

  Distribution Plan refers to the Distribution Plan the Fund has adopted for its
  Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

  Fund refers to UAM Funds Trust.

  Governing Board, see Board.

  NAV is the net asset value per share of a portfolio.  You can find information
  on how the fund calculates this number under "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing
  of Shares."

  NYSE is the New York Stock Exchange.  Also known as "The Exchange" or "The Big
  Board," the NYSE is located on Wall Street and is the largest exchange in the
  United States.

  Plan member refers to members of the board who are not interested persons of
  the Fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the
  operation of the Plans.

  Plans refers to the Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plans the Fund has
  adopted for its Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940
  Act.

  Portfolio refers to a single series of the Fund, while portfolios refer to all
  of the series of the Fund.

  SEC is the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The SEC is the federal agency
  that administers most of the federal securities laws in the United States.  In
  particular, the SEC administers the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the 1934 Act.

  Service Plan refers to the Shareholder Servicing Plan the Fund has adopted for
  its Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

  Service Class means the Institutional Service Class shares of a portfolio.

  UAM Funds Complex includes UAM Funds, Inc., UAM Funds Trust, UAM Funds Inc. II
  and all of their portfolios.

  UAM is United Asset Management Corporation.

  UAMFDI is UAM Fund Distributors, Inc., the Fund's distributor.

  UAMFSI is UAM Fund Services, Inc., the Fund's administrator.

  UAMSSC is UAM Fund Shareholder Servicing Center, the Fund's sub-shareholder-
  servicing agent.

                                      III-2
<PAGE>

                               IV: Appendix A -

                           Description of Securities

                                  and Ratings


                                      IV-1
<PAGE>

Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  aaa       An issue which is rated "aaa" is considered to be a top-quality
            preferred stock. This rating indicates good asset protection and the
            least risk of dividend impairment within the universe of preferred
            stock.

  aa        An issue which is rated "aa" is considered a high-grade preferred
            stock. This rating indicates that there is a reasonable assurance
            the earnings and asset protection will remain relatively well
            maintained in the foreseeable future.

  a         An issue which is rated "a" is considered to be an upper-medium
            grade preferred stock. While risks are judged to be somewhat greater
            than in the "aaa" and "aa" classification, earnings and asset
            protection are, nevertheless, expected to be maintained at adequate
            levels.

  baa       An issue which is rated "baa" is considered to be a medium-grade
            preferred stock, neither highly protected nor poorly secured.
            Earnings and asset protection appear adequate at present but may be
            questionable over any great length of time.

  ba        An issue which is rated "ba" is considered to have speculative
            elements and its future cannot be considered well assured. Earnings
            and asset protection may be very moderate and not well safeguarded
            during adverse periods. Uncertainty of position characterizes
            preferred stocks in this class.

  b         An issue which is rated "b" generally lacks the characteristics of a
            desirable investment. Assurance of dividend payments and maintenance
            of other terms of the issue over any long periods of time may be
            small.

  caa       An issue which is rated "caa" is likely to be in arrears on dividend
            payments. This rating designation does not purport to indicate the
            future status of payments.

  ca        An issue which is rated "ca" is speculative in a high degree and is
            likely to be in arrears on dividends with little likelihood of
            eventual payments.

  c         This is the lowest rated class of preferred or preference stock.
            Issues so rated can thus be regarded as having extremely poor
            prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

 Note: Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each rating
 classification: the modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher
 end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range
 ranking and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of
 its generic rating category.


DEBT RATINGS - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Aaa       Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They
            carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally
            referred to as "gilt-edged." Interest payments are protected by a
            large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure.
            While the various protective elements are likely to change, such
            changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the
            fundamentally strong position of such issues.

  Aa        Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
            standards. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins
            of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or
            fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or
            there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks
            appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

  A         Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes
            and are to be considered as upper-medium grade obligations. Factors
            giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate,
            but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to
            impairment sometime in the future.

                                      IV-2
<PAGE>

  Baa       Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade
            obligations, (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly
            secured). Interest payments and principal security appear adequate
            for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or
            may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time.
            Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact
            have speculative characteristics as well.

  Ba        Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements;
            their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the
            protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate,
            and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over
            the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this
            class.

  B         Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the
            desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments
            or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long
            period of time may be small.

  Caa       Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be
            in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect
            to principal or interest.

  Ca        Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative
            in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other
            marked shortcomings.

  C         Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and
            issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects
            of ever attaining any real investment standing.

 Note: Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating
 classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the
 obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; modifier 2
 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the
 lower end of that generic rating category.


SHORT-TERM PRIME RATING SYSTEM - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
  repay punctually senior debt obligations.  These obligations have an original
  maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

  Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment
  grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

   Prime-1        Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institution) have a
                  superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt
                  obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced
                  by many of the following characteristics:

     .      High rates of return on funds employed.

     .      Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt
            and ample asset protection.
     .      Broad leading market positions in well-established industries.

     .      margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high
            internal cash generation.

     .      Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured
            sources of alternate liquidity.

   Prime-2        Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a
                  strong ability for repayment of senior short-term debt
                  obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the
                  characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings
                  trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject
                  to variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still
                  appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions.
                  Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

   Prime 3        Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an
                  acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term
                  obligation. The effect of industry characteristics and market
                  compositions may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings
                  and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt
                  protection measurements and may require relatively high
                  financial leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is
                  maintained.

   Not Prime      Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime
                  rating categories.

                                      IV-3
<PAGE>

Standard & Poor's Ratings Services

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  AAA       This is the highest rating that may be assigned by Standard & Poor's
            to a preferred stock issue and indicates an extremely strong
            capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.

  AA        A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a high-quality,
            fixed-income security. The capacity to pay preferred stock
            obligations is very strong, although not as overwhelming as for
            issues rated AAA.

  A         An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the preferred
            stock obligations, although it is somewhat more susceptible to the
            adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions.

  BBB       An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate capacity
            to pay the preferred stock obligations. Whereas it normally exhibits
            adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or
            changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened
            capacity to make payments for a preferred stock in this category
            than for issues in the A category.

  BB, B,    Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded, on balance, as
  CCC       predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to
            pay preferred stock obligations. BB indicates the lowest degree of
            speculation and CCC the highest. While such issues will likely have
            some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by
            large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

  CC        The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue that is in
            arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently
            paying.

  C         A preferred stock rated C is a nonpaying issue.

  D         A preferred stock rated D is a nonpaying issue with the issuer in
            default on debt instruments.

  N.R.      This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is
            insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard
            & Poor's does not rate a particular type of obligation as a matter
            of policy.

Plus (+) or To provide more detailed indications of preferred stock quality,
minus (-)   ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or
            minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating
            categories.

LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
  considerations:

  Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its
  financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
  obligation;

  Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

  Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event
  of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of
  bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

  AAA       An obligation rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by Standard
            & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on
            the obligation is extremely strong.

  AA        An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations
            only in small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial
            commitment on the obligation is very strong.

  A         An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse
            effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than
            obligations in higher- rated categories. However, the obligor's
            capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still
            strong.

  BBB       An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters.
            However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are
            more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligator to meet
            its financial commitment on the obligation.

                                      IV-4
<PAGE>

 Obligations rated BB, B, CCC , CC and C are regarded as having significant
 speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C
 the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and
 protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or
 major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

  BB        An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other
            speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or
            exposures to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions
            which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its
            financial commitment on the obligation.

  B         An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than
            obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to
            meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business,
            financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor's
            capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the
            obligation.

  CCC       An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to non-payment, and
            is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic
            conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the
            obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic
            conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet
            its financial commitment on the obligations.

  CC        An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

  C         The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy
            petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but
            payments on this obligation are being continued.

  D         An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category
            is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due
            even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard
            & Poor's believes that such payments will be made during such grace
            period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a
            bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on
            an obligation are jeopardized.

 Plus (+) or minus (-) The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
 addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major
 rating categories.

 r This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant
 noncredit risks. It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected
 returns which are not addressed in the credit rating. Examples include:
 obligation linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or commodities;
 obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as interest-only or
 principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with unusually risky
 interest terms, such as inverse floaters.

SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered
  short-term in the relevant market.  In the U.S., for example, that means
  obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days - including
  commercial paper.  Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the
  creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term
  obligations.  The result is a dual rating in which the short-term rating
  addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.  Medium-
  term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

  A-1       A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest category
            by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial
            commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category,
            certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This
            indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its financial
            commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

  A-2       A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to
            the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic
            conditions than obligation in higher rating categories. However, the
            obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
            obligation is satisfactory.

  A-3       A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection
            parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing
            circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the
            obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

  B         A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having significant
            speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity
            to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it
            faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor's
            inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
            obligation.

                                      IV-5
<PAGE>

  C          A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to
             nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and
             economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial
             commitment on the obligation.

  D          A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating
             category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the
             date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired,
             unless Standard & Poors' believes that such payments will be made
             during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the
             filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action
             if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.


LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  AAA        Highest credit quality. The risk factors are negligible, being only
             slightly more than for risk-free U.S. Treasury debt.

  AA+/AA     High credit quality. Protection factors are strong. Risk is modest
             but may vary slightly from time to time because of economic
             conditions.

  A+/A/A-    Protection factors are average but adequate. However, risk factors
             are more variable in periods of greater economic stress.

  BBB+/BBB   Below-average protection factors but still considered sufficient
  BBB-       for prudent investment. Considerable variability in risk during
             economic cycles.

  BB+/BB/    Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations when
  BB-        due. Present or prospective financial protection factors fluctuate
             according to industry conditions. Overall quality may move up or
             down frequently within this category.

  B+/B/B-    Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligation will not
             be net when due. Financial protection factors will fluctuate widely
             according to economic cycles, industry conditions and/or company
             fortunes. Potential exists for frequent changes in the rating
             within this category or into a higher or lower rating grade.

  CCC        Well below investment-grade securities. Considerable uncertainty
             exists as to timely payment of principal, interest or preferred
             dividends. Protection factors are narrow and risk can be
             substantial with unfavorable economic/industry conditions, and/or
             with unfavorable company developments.

  DD         Defaulted debt obligations. Issuer failed to meet scheduled
             principal and/or interest payments. Issuer failed to meet scheduled
             principal and/or interest payments.

  DP         Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.


SHORT-TERM DEBT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

High Grade

  D-1+      Highest certainty of timely payment. Short-term liquidity, including
            internal operating factors and/or access to alternative sources of
            funds, is outstanding, and safety is just below risk-free U.S.
            Treasury short-term obligations.

  D-1       Very high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are
            excellent and supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk
            factors are minor.

  D-1-      High certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are strong and
            supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk factors are
            very small.

                                      IV-6
<PAGE>

Good Grade

  D-2       Good certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors and company
            fundamentals are sound. Although ongoing funding needs may enlarge
            total financing requirements, access to capital markets is good.
            Risk factors are small.

Satisfactory Grade

  D-3       Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify issues
            as to investment grade. Risk factors are larger and subject to more
            variation. Nevertheless, timely payment is expected.

Non-Investment Grade

  D-4       Speculative investment characteristics. Liquidity is not sufficient
            to insure against disruption in debt service. Operating factors and
            market access may be subject to a high degree of variation.

Default

  D-5       Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

Fitch IBCA Ratings

INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Investment Grade

  AAA       Highest credit quality. 'AAA' ratings denote the lowest expectation
            of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally
            strong capacity for timely payment for financial commitments. This
            capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable
            events.

  AA        Very high credit quality. 'AA' ratings denote a very low expectation
            of credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for timely
            payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly
            vulnerable to foreseeable events.

  A         High credit quality. 'A' ratings denote a low expectation of credit
            risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is
            considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more
            vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions
            than is the case for higher ratings.

  B         Good credit quality. 'BBB' ratings indicate that there is currently
            a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of
            financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in
            circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair
            this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

  BB        Speculative. 'BB' ratings indicate that there is a possibility of
            credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse
            economic change over time; however, business or financial
            alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be
            met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

  B         Highly speculative. 'B' ratings indicate that significant credit
            risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial
            commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued
            payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and
            economic environment.

                                      IV-7
<PAGE>

  CCC,      High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for
  CC,C      meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained,
            favorable business or economic developments. A 'CC' rating indicates
            that default of some kind appears probable. 'C' ratings signal
            imminent default.

  DDD,      Default. Securities are not meeting current obligations and are
  DD,D      extremely speculative. 'DDD' designates the highest potential for
            recovery of amounts outstanding on any securities involved. For U.S.
            corporates, for example, 'DD' indicates expected recovery of 50% -
            90% of such outstandings, and 'D' the lowest recovery potential,
            i.e. below 50%.

International Short-Term Credit Ratings

  F1        Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely
            payment of financial commitments; may have an added "+" to denote
            any exceptionally strong credit feature.

  F2        Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of
            financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as
            in the case of the higher ratings.

  F3        Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial
            commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could
            result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

  B         Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial
            commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in
            financial and economic conditions.

  C         High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for
            meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained,
            favorable business and economic environment.

  D         Default.  Denotes actual or imminent payment default.

  Notes
  "+" or "-"  may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major
  rating categories.  Such suffixes are not added to the 'AAA' long-term rating
  category, to categories below 'CCC', or to short-term ratings other than 'F1'.

  'NR'  indicates that Fitch IBCA does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

  'Withdrawn':  A rating is withdrawn when Fitch IBCA deems the amount of
  information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an
  obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

  RatingAlert:  Ratings are placed on RatingAlert to notify investors that there
  is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of
  such change.  These are designated as "Positive", indicating a potential
  upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving", if ratings may
  be raised, lowered or maintained.  RatingAlert is typically resolved over a
  relatively short period.

                                      IV-8
<PAGE>

V:  Appendix B -  Comparisons











                                      V-1
<PAGE>

  CDA Mutual Fund Report, published by CDA Investment Technologies, Inc. -
  analyzes price, current yield, risk, total return and average rate of return
  (average annual compounded growth rate) over specified time periods for the
  mutual fund industry.

  Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the U.S. Bureau
  of Labor Statistics - a statistical measure of change, over time in the price
  of goods and services in major expenditure groups.

  Donoghue's Money Fund Average - is an average of all major money market fund
  yields, published weekly for 7 and 30-day yields.

  Dow Jones Industrial Average - a price-weighted average of thirty blue-chip
  stocks that are generally the leaders in their industry and are listed on the
  New York Stock Exchange.  It has been a widely followed indicator of the stock
  market since October 1, 1928.

  Financial publications: Business Week, Changing Times, Financial World,
  Forbes, Fortune, Money, Barron's, Consumer's Digest, Financial Times, Global
  Investor, Investor's Daily, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Morningstar,
  Inc., New York Times, Personal Investor, Wall Street Journal and Weisenberger
  Investment Companies Service - publications that rate fund performance over
  specified time periods.

  Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
  Corporation, J.P. Morgan & Co, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Merrill Lynch &
  Co., Inc., Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Bloomberg L.P.

  IBC's Money Fund Average/All Taxable - an average of all major money market
  fund yields, published weekly for 7- and 30-day yields.

  IFC Investable Index - an unmanaged index maintained by the International
  Finance Corporation.  This index consists of 890 companies in 25 emerging
  equity markets, and is designed to measure more precisely the returns
  portfolio managers might receive from investment in emerging markets equity
  securities by focusing on companies and markets that are legally and
  practically accessible to foreign investors.

  Lehman Aggregate Bond Index - an unmanaged fixed income market value-weighted
  index that combines the Lehman Government/Corporate Index and the Lehman
  Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and includes treasury issues, agency issues,
  corporate bond issues and mortgage backed securities.  It includes fixed rate
  issuers of investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least one
  year and outstanding par values of at least $200 million for U.S. government
  issues and $25 million for others.

  Lehman Corporate Bond Index - an unmanaged indices of all publicly issues,
  fixed-rate, nonconvertible investment grade domestic corporate debt.  Also
  included are yankee bonds, which are dollar-denominated SEC registered public,
  noncovertible debt issued or guaranteed by foreign sovereign governments,
  municipalities, or governmental agencies, or international agencies.

  Lehman Government Bond Index -an unmanaged treasury bond index including all
  public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and foreign-
  targeted issues, and the Agency Bond Index (all publicly issued debt of U.S.
  government agencies and quasi-federal corporation, and corporate debt
  guaranteed by the U.S. government).  In addition to the aggregate index, sub-
  indices cover intermediate and long term issues.

  Lehman Government/Corporate Index - an unmanaged fixed income market value-
  weighted index that combines the Government and Corporate Bond Indices,
  including U.S. government treasury securities, corporate and yankee bonds.
  All issues are investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least
  one year and outstanding par value of at least $100 million of r U.S.
  government issues and $25 million for others.  Any security downgraded during
  the month is held in the index until month end and then removed.  All returns
  are market value weighted inclusive of accrued income.


                                      V-2
<PAGE>

  Lehman High Yield Bond Index - an unmanaged index of fixed rate, non-
  investment grade debt.  All bonds included in the index are dollar
  denominated, noncovertible, have at least one year remaining to maturity and
  an outstanding par value of at least $100 million.

  Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index - an unmanaged fixed income
  market value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government Bond Index
  (intermediate-term sub-index) and Lehman Corporate Bond Index.

  Lipper 1-5 Year Short Investment Grade Debt Funds Average - is an average of
  100 funds that invest at least 65% of assets in investment grade debt issues
  (BBB or higher) with dollar-weighted average maturities of 5 years or less.

  Lipper Balanced Fund Index - an unmanaged index of open-end equity funds whose
  primary objective is to conserve principal by maintaining at all time a
  balanced portfolio of both stocks and bonds.  Typically, the stock/bond ratio
  ranges around 60%/40%.

  Lipper Equity Income Fund Index - an unmanaged index of equity funds which
  seek relatively high current income and growth of income through investing 60%
  or more of the portfolio in equities.

  Lipper Equity Mid Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds which by
  prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Equity Small Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds by prospectus
  or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $1 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Growth Fund Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 30 largest funds
  by asset size in this investment objective.

  Lipper Mutual Fund Performance Analysis and Lipper -Fixed Income Fund
  Performance Analysis - measures total return and average current yield for
  the mutual fund industry.  Rank individual mutual fund performance over
  specified time periods, assuming reinvestments of all distributions, exclusive
  of any applicable sales charges.

  Merrill Lynch 1-4.99 Year Corporate/Government Bond Index - is an unmanaged
  index composed of U.S. treasuries, agencies and corporates with maturities
  from 1 to 4.99 years.  Corporates are investment grade only (BBB or higher).

  Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index - arithmetic, market value-
  weighted averages of the performance of over 900 securities listed on the
  stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.

  Mutual Fund Source Book, published by Morningstar, Inc. - analyzes price,
  yield, risk and total return for equity funds.

  NASDAQ Composite Index - is a market capitalization, price only, unmanaged
  index that tracks the performance of domestic common stocks traded on the
  regular NASDAQ market as well as national market System traded foreign common
  stocks and ADRs.

  New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices - unmanaged indices of
  all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance stocks listed on the New
  York Stock Exchange.

  Russell 1000 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 1000 largest stocks in
  the Russell 3000 Index.

  Russell 2000 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with higher
  price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.

  Russell 2000 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 2,000 smallest stocks
  in the Russell 3000 Index.

                                      V-3
<PAGE>

  Russell 2000 Value Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with a less-
  than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values than the growth universe.

  Russell 2500 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
  greater-than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to
  exhibit higher price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, lower dividend yields
  and higher forecasted growth values than the value universe.

  Russell 2500 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 2,5000 smallest stocks
  in the Russell 3000.

  Russell 2500 Value Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a less-
  than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values then the Growth universe.

  Russell 3000 Index - composed of the 3,000 largest U.S. publicly traded
  companies based on total market capitalization, which represents approximately
  98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

  Russell Mid-Cap Index - is composed of the 800 smallest stocks in the Russell
  1000 Index, with an average capitalization of $1.96 billion.

  Salomon Smith Barney Global excluding U.S. Equity Index - an comprised of the
  smallest stocks (less than $1 billion market capitalization) of the Extended
  Market Index, of both developed and emerging markets.

  Salomon Smith Barney One to Three Year Treasury Index - an unmanaged index
  comprised of U.S. treasury notes and bonds with maturities one year or
  greater, but less than three years.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month T-Bill Average - the average for all
  treasury bills for the previous three-month period.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index - a return
  equivalent yield average based on the last three 3-month Treasury bill issues.

  Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates - as published by the U.S. Savings
  and Loan League Fact Book.

  Standard & Poor's 600 Small Cap Index - an unmanaged index comprised of 600
  domestic stocks chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry group
  representation.  The index is comprised of stocks from the industrial,
  utility, financial, and transportation sectors.

  Standard & Poor's Midcap 400 Index - consists of 400 domestic stocks chosen
  for market size (medium market capitalization of approximately $700 million),
  liquidity, and industry group representation.  It is a market-value weighted
  index with each stock affecting the index in proportion to its market value.

  Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index - an unmanaged index composed of 400
  industrial stocks, 40 financial stocks, 40 utilities stocks and 20
  transportation stocks.

  Standard & Poor's Barra Value Index - is constructed by dividing the
  securities in the S&P 500 Index according to price-to-book ratio.  This index
  contains the securities with the lower price-to-book ratios;  the securities
  with the higher price-to-book ratios are contained in the Standard & Poor's
  Barra Growth Index.

  Standard & Poor's Utilities Stock Price Index - a market capitalization
  weighted index representing three utility groups and, with the three groups,
  43 of the largest utility companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange,
  including 23 electric power companies, 12 natural gas distributors and 8
  telephone companies.

  Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Ibbotson Associates -
  historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and small
  company stock, long-term government bonds, U.S. treasury bills and inflation.

                                      V-4
<PAGE>

  U.S. Three-Month Treasury Bill Average - the average return for all treasury
  bills for the previous three month period.

  Value Line - composed of over 1,600 stocks in the Value Line Investment
  Survey.

  Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index - a market capitalization weighted index
  of publicly traded real estate securities, including real estate investment
  trusts, real estate operating companies and partnerships.  The index is used
  by he institutional investment community as a broad measure of the performance
  of public real estate equity for asset allocation and performance comparison.

  Wilshire REIT Index - includes 112 real estate investment trusts (REITs) but
  excludes seven real estate operating companies that are included in the
  Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index.


  Note:  With respect to the comparative measures of performance for equity
  securities described herein, comparisons of performance assume reinvestment of
  dividends, except as otherwise stated.







                                      V-5
<PAGE>

                                UAM Funds Trust
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO 64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)



                           TJ Core Equity Portfolio


                      Institutional Service Class Shares

                      Statement of Additional Information
                                August 9, 1999



This statement of additional information is not a prospectus. However, you
should read it in conjunction with the prospectuses of the fund dated August 9,
1999, as supplemented from time to time. You may obtain the fund's prospectuses
by contacting the fund at the address listed above.
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Table Of Contents
<S>                                                                                 <C>
I: Portfolio Summary                                                                 I-1
 TJ Core Equity Portfolio.......................................................     I-2
  What Investment Strategies May The Portfolio Use?.............................     I-2
  What Are The Investment Policies Of The Portfolio?............................     I-2
  Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?...............................     I-3
  How Much Does The Portfolio Pay For Administrative Services?..................     I-4
  Who Are The Principal Holders Of The Securities Of The Portfolio?.............     I-4
  What Was The Portfolio's Performance As Of Its Most Recent Fiscal Year End?...     I-5
  What Were The Expenses Of The Portfolio?......................................     I-5
II: The UAM Funds in Detail                                                         II-1
 Description of Permitted Investments...........................................    II-2
  Debt Securities...............................................................    II-2
  Derivatives...................................................................    II-8
  Equity Securities.............................................................   II-16
  Foreign Securities............................................................   II-18
  Investment Companies..........................................................   II-22
  Repurchase Agreements.........................................................   II-22
  Restricted Securities.........................................................   II-22
  Securities Lending............................................................   II-23
  Short Sales...................................................................   II-23
  When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Delivery Transactions.............   II-24
 Management Of The Fund.........................................................   II-25
 Investment Advisory and Other Services.........................................   II-26
  Investment Adviser............................................................   II-26
  Distributor...................................................................   II-27
  Service And Distribution Plans................................................   II-28
  Administrative Services.......................................................   II-30
  Custodian.....................................................................   II-31
  Independent Public Accountant.................................................   II-31
 Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices.......................................   II-32
  Selection of Brokers..........................................................   II-32
  Simultaneous Transactions.....................................................   II-32
  Brokerage Commissions.........................................................   II-32
 Capital Stock and Other Securities.............................................   II-33
  The Fund......................................................................   II-33
  Description Of Shares And Voting Rights.......................................   II-33
  Dividends and Capital Gains Distributions.....................................   II-34
 Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares.....................................   II-35
  Net Asset Value Per Share.....................................................   II-35
  Purchase of Shares............................................................   II-35
  Redemption of Shares..........................................................   II-36
  Exchange Privilege............................................................   II-38
  Transfer Of Shares............................................................   II-38
 Performance Calculations.......................................................   II-38
  Total Return..................................................................   II-39
  Yield.........................................................................   II-39
  Comparisons...................................................................   II-40
 Financial Statements...........................................................   II-40
III: Glossary                                                                      III-1
IV:  Appendix A --  Description of Securities and Ratings                           IV-1
 Moody's Investors Service, Inc.................................................    IV-2
  Preferred Stock Ratings.......................................................    IV-2
  Debt Ratings - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally...............................    IV-2
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                 <C>
  Short-Term Prime Rating System - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally.............    IV-3
 Standard & Poor's Ratings Services.............................................    IV-4
  Preferred Stock Ratings.......................................................    IV-4
  Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings................................................    IV-4
  Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings...............................................    IV-5
 Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.................................................    IV-6
  Long-Term Debt and Preferred Stock............................................    IV-6
  Short-Term Debt...............................................................    IV-6
 Fitch IBCA Ratings.............................................................    IV-7
  International Long-Term Credit Ratings........................................    IV-7
V: Appendix B - Comparisons                                                          V-1
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                             I:  Portfolio Summary


                                      I-1
<PAGE>

TJ Core Equity Portfolio


WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed below in
  seeking its objective. This SAI describes each of these investments/strategies
  and their risks in Part II under "Description of Permitted Investments." The
  investments that are italicized are principal strategies and you can find more
  information on these techniques in the prospectus of the portfolio. You can
  find more information concerning the ability of the portfolio to use these
  investments in "What Are the Investment Policies of the Portfolio?"

  .  Equity securities (at least 65% of its total assets).

  .  Debt Securities -- Investment-grade (up to 35%).

  .  Foreign securities (up to 20%).

  .  Futures (to reduce transaction costs or remain fully invested).

  .  Foreign currency exchange contracts (for hedging purposes only).

  .  Options (to reduce transaction costs or remain fully invested).

  .  Investment company securities.

  .  Repurchase agreements.

  .  Restricted securities.

  .  Securities lending.

  .  When-issued securities.


WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a limitation
  relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the portfolio's
  acquisition of such security or other asset. Accordingly, the portfolio will
  not consider changes in values, net assets or other circumstances when
  determining whether the investment complies with its investment limitations.

Fundamental Policies

  The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
  portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of the
  outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the 1940 Act.
  The portfolio will not:

  .  With respect to 75% of its assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets
     at the time of purchase in the securities of any single issuer (other than
     obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S.
     government or any if its agencies or instrumentalities).

  .  With respect to 75% of its assets, purchase more than 10% of any class of
     the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer.

  .  Invest more than 25% of its assets in companies within a single industry;
     however, there are no limitations on investments made in instruments issued
     or guaranteed by the U.S. government and its agencies.

                                      I-2
<PAGE>

  .  Borrow, except from banks and as a temporary measure for extraordinary or
     emergency purposes and then, in no event, in excess of 33 1/3% of the
     portfolio's gross assets valued at the lower of market or cost.

  .  Invest in physical commodities or contracts on physical commodities.

  .  Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships, although
     it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal in real estate
     and may purchase and sell securities which are secured by interests in real
     estate.

  .  Make loans except (i) by purchasing debt securities in accordance with its
     investment objectives, (ii) entering into repurchase agreements or (iii) by
     lending its portfolio securities to banks, brokers, dealers and other
     financial institutions so long as such loans are not inconsistent with the
     1940 Act or the rules and regulations or interpretations of the SEC
     thereunder.

  .  Underwrite the securities of other issuers.

  .  Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except that this
     restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the Portfolio from (i) making
     any permitted borrowings, mortgages or pledges, or (ii) entering into
     option, futures or repurchase transactions.

Non-Fundamental Policies

  The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio may
  change them without shareholder approval.

  The portfolio will not:

  .  Invest in futures and/or options on futures unless not more than 5% of its
     assets are required as deposit to secure obligations under such futures
     and/or options on futures contracts. The portfolio may exclude from this
     calculation, options that are in-the-money at the time of purchase.

  .  Invest more than 20% of its assets in futures and/or options on futures.

  .  Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
     investment companies.

  .  Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
     investment company.

  .  Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment
     company.

  .  Purchase on margin or sell short except as specified herein.

  .  Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities that
     are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale (restricted
     securities) or securities for which there are no readily available markets
     (illiquid securities).

  .  Purchase additional securities when its borrowings exceed 5% of its total
     assets.

  .  Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent greater than
     33 1/3% of its total assets at fair market value.


WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Tom Johnson Investment Management is the investment adviser of the portfolio.
  For its services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal to 1.00% of the
  average daily net assets of the portfolio. Due to the effect of fee waivers by
  the adviser, the actual percentage of average net assets that the portfolio
  pays in any given year may be different from the rate set forth in its
  contract with the adviser. For more information concerning the adviser, see
  "Investment Advisory and Other Services" in Part II of this SAI.

                                      I-3
<PAGE>

What is the Investment Philosophy and Style of the Adviser?

  The adviser's investment philosophy is a conservative one which stresses
  adequate diversification, risk reduction, and consistency of returns. The firm
  maintains strong disciplines and emphasizes long-term results. The adviser's
  initial goal is preservation of capital; thus, high quality issues are
  emphasized. Secondary goals include income and capital appreciation. Thorough
  fundamental economic, industry, and company analyses provide the framework
  within which all investment alternatives are evaluated.

Who Are Some Representative Institutional Clients Of The Adviser?

  As of the date of this SAI, the adviser's representative institutional clients
  included: LL Bean, Oklahoma Teachers' Retirement System, Presbyterian Health
  Foundation, Service Corporation International and University of Texas Ex-
  Students' Association.

  In compiling this client list, the Adviser used objective criteria such as
  account size, geographic location and client classification.  The adviser did
  not use any performance-based criteria. The fund does not know whether these
  clients approve or disapprove of the adviser or the advisory services
  provided.


HOW MUCH DOES THE PORTFOLIO PAY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to UAMFSI
  calculated at the annual rate of:

  .  $14,500 for the first operational class; plus

  .  $3,000 for each additional class; plus

  .  0.04% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio.

  The portfolio also pays a fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and other
  services provided by CGFSC. The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC, is calculated
  at the annual rate of:

  .  Not more than $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

  .  $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus

  .  0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the Fund, UAM
     Funds, Inc. and UAM Funds Trust II.

WHO ARE THE PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  As of July 20, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of record or
  beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Name and Address of Shareholder                                                    Percentage of Shares Owned
==================================================================================================================
<S>                                                                                            <C>
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                                                                      25.99%
Reinvest Account
Attn Mutual Funds
101 Montgomery Street
San Francisco, CA 94104-4122
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UMBSC & Co                                                                                      14.63%
FBO Lillick & Charles TJ Core
A/C 340942010
C/o Trust Department
PO Box 419175
Kansas City, MO 64141-6175
</TABLE>

                                     I-4

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name and Address of Shareholder                                                    Percentage of Shares Owned
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>
Wilmington Trust Co Tr                                                                          33.19%
FBO Allied Waste 401K Pl
A/C 446074 DTD 2/1/98
C/o Mutual Funds UAM
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 198980-0001
</TABLE>

  Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding shares
  of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is defined in the
  1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling the portfolio could have the
  ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio on any matter
  requiring the approval of shareholders of the portfolio.


WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
  return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
  are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio calculates its
  current yield and average annual total return information according to the
  methods required by the SEC.  For more information concerning the performance
  of the portfolio, including the way it calculates its performance figures, see
  "Performance Calculations" in Part II of this SAI.

Average Annual Total Return
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  For the Periods                                         Shorter of 10 Years or
  Ended April 30,      1 Year              5 Years            Since Inception         Inception Date
========================================================================================================
<S>                   <C>                  <C>                   <C>                  <C>
      1999            27.34%                 N/A                  26.30%                  9/28/95
</TABLE>


WHAT WERE THE EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  Investment      Investment                          Sub-
 For the FYE     Advisory Fees   Advisory Fees   Administrator   Administrator       Brokerage       Distribution
  April 30,          Paid           Waived            Fee             Fee           Commissions          Fees
 ================================================================================================================
<S>              <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>               <C>
    1999              $0           $99,818         $20,503          $68,705           $23,689          $32,733
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1998              $0           $63,097         $ 3,366          $72,990           $18,284          $18,198
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1997              $0           $14,372         $   763          $59,928           $ 3,696          $ 4,790

</TABLE>

                                      I-5
<PAGE>

                          II: The UAM Funds in
                                    Detail

                                      II-1
<PAGE>

Description of Permitted Investments

DEBT SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from
  investors.  Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return
  and repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity.  Some debt securities, such
  as zero-coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased at a
  discount from their face value.  Debt securities may include, among other
  things, all types of bills, notes, bonds, mortgage-backed securities or asset-
  backed securities.

Types of Debt Securities

  U.S. Government Securities

  U.S. government securities are securities that the United States Treasury has
  issued (treasury securities) and securities that a federal agency or a
  government-sponsored entity has issued (agency securities). Treasury
  securities include treasury notes, which have initial maturities of one to ten
  years and treasury bonds, which have initial maturities of at least ten years
  and certain types of mortgage-backed securities that are described under
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities." This SAI discusses
  mortgage-backed treasury and agency securities in detail in the section called
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities."

  The full faith and credit of the U.S. government supports treasury securities.
  Unlike treasury securities, the full faith and credit of the United States
  government generally do not back agency securities.  Agency securities are
  typically supported in one of three ways:

  .  by the right of the issuer to borrow from the United States Treasury;

  .  by the discretionary authority of the United States government to buy the
     obligations of the agency; or

  .  by the credit of the sponsoring agency.

  While U.S. government securities are guaranteed as to principal and interest,
  their market value is not guaranteed.  U.S. government securities are subject
  to the same interest rate and credit risks as other fixed income securities.
  However, since U.S. government securities are of the highest quality, the
  credit risk is minimal.  The U.S. government does not guarantee the net asset
  value of the assets of the portfolio.

  Corporate Bonds

  Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or for
  capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases and
  expansion.  In return for the money loaned to the corporation by investors,
  the corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay the principal
  amount of the bond or note.

  Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that
  various governmental, government-related and private organizations assemble as
  securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities, which pay
  interest periodically and repay principal maturity specified call dates,
  mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist of both interest
  and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a "pass-through" of the
  monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their mortgage loans, net
  of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such

                                     II-2
<PAGE>

  securities. Since homeowners usually have the option of paying either part or
  all of the loan balance before maturity, the effective maturity of a mortgage
  backed security is often shorter than is stated.

  Governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers may insure or
  guaranty the timely payment of interest and principal of these pools through
  various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title,
  pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit.  The adviser will consider
  such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof
  in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets its investment
  quality standards. It is possible that the private insurers or guarantors will
  not meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee
  arrangements.

  Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid,
  securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily
  marketable.

  Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA)

  GNMA is the principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities.
  GNMA is a wholly owned corporation of the U.S. government and it falls within
  the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Securities issued by GNMA are
  treasury securities, which means the faith and credit of the U.S. government
  backs them.  GNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on
  securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA and backed by pools of FHA-
  insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages. GNMA does not guarantee the market value
  or yield of mortgage-backed securities or the value of portfolio shares. To
  buy GNMA securities, the portfolio may have to pay a premium over the maturity
  value of the underlying mortgages, which the portfolio may lose if prepayment
  occurs.

  Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)

  FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private
  stockholders.  FNMA is regulated by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
  development.  FNMA purchases conventional mortgages from a list of approved
  sellers and service providers, including state and federally-chartered savings
  and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit
  unions and mortgage bankers. Securities issued by FNMA are agency securities,
  which means FNMA, but not the U.S. government, guarantees their timely payment
  of principal and interest.

  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)

  FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government whose stock is
  owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks.  Congress created FHLMC in 1970
  to increase the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. FHLMC
  issues Participation Certificates (PCs) which represent interests in
  conventional mortgages from its national portfolio. Like FNMA, FHLMC
  guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of
  principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
  government.

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create
  pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans.  In addition to
  guaranteeing the mortgage-related security, such issuers may service and/or
  have originated the underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by these issuers
  generally offer a higher rate of interest than pools created by GNMA, FNMA &
  FHLMC because they are not guaranteed by a government agency.

                                     II-3
<PAGE>

  Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of
  traditional debt securities in a variety of ways, the most significant
  differences are mortgage-backed securities:

  .  payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually monthly);

  .  they usually have adjustable interest rates; and

  .  they may pay off their entire principal substantially earlier than their
     final distribution dates so that the price of the security will generally
     decline when interest rates rise.

  In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates described in
  "Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities," a variety of economic,
  geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the underlying
  property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to repay the loans
  underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than expected. If the prepayment
  rates increase, the portfolio may have to reinvest its principal at a rate of
  interest that is lower than the rate on existing mortgage-backed securities.

  Other Asset-Backed Securities

  These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other than
  mortgage, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card
  receivables.  Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are pass-
  through. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of shorter
  maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience substantial
  prepayments with interest rate fluctuations.

  Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by
  mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the
  benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the
  possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to
  support payments on these securities.  For example, credit card receivables
  are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a
  number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which allow debtors
  to reduce their balances by offsetting certain amounts owed on the credit
  cards. Most issuers of asset-backed securities backed by automobile
  receivables permit the servicers of such receivables to retain possession of
  the underlying obligations.  If the servicer were to sell these obligations to
  another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest
  superior to that of the holders of the related asset-backed securities.  Due
  to the quantity of vehicles involved and requirements under state laws, asset-
  backed securities backed by automobile receivables may not have a proper
  security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables.

  To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make
  payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure the
  receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion
  ("liquidity protection").  In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain
  insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by the
  issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in the
  pool ("credit support"). Delinquency or loss more than that anticipated or
  failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an
  investment in such a security.

  The portfolio may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed
  securities, which is the excess cash flow remaining after making required
  payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The
  amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed
  securities depends in part on the characteristics of the underlying assets,
  the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of
  administrative expenses and the actual prepayment experience on the underlying
  assets.

  Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

  CMOs are hybrids between mortgage-backed bonds and mortgage pass-through
  securities. Similar to a bond, CMOs usually pay interest and prepay principal
  semiannually. While whole mortgage loans

                                     II-4
<PAGE>

  may collateralize CMOs, portfolios of mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by
  GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA and their income streams more typically collateralize
  them.

  A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Internal
  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and invests in certain mortgages primarily
  secured by interests in real property and other permitted investments.

  CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated
  maturity. Each class of CMO or REMIC certificate, often referred to as a
  "tranche," is issued at a specific interest rate and must be fully retired by
  its final distribution date. Generally, all classes of CMOs or REMIC
  certificates pay or accrue interest monthly.  Investing in the lowest tranche
  of CMOs and REMIC certificates involves risks similar to those associated with
  investing in equity securities.

  Short-Term Investments

  To earn a return on uninvested assets, meet anticipated redemptions, or for
  temporary defensive purposes, a portfolio may invest a portion of its assets
  in the short-term securities listed below, U.S. government securities and
  Investment-grade corporate debt securities. Unless otherwise specified, a
  short-term debt security has a maturity of one year or less.

  Bank Obligations

  The portfolio will only invest in a security issued by a commercial bank if
  the bank:

  .  has total assets of at least $1 billion, or the equivalent in other
     currencies;

  .  is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
     and

  .  is a foreign branch of a U.S. bank and the adviser believes the security is
     of an investment quality comparable with other debt securities that the
     portfolio may purchase.

  Time Deposits

  Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits, such as savings accounts or
  certificates of deposit, held by a financial institution for a fixed term with
  the understanding that the depositor can withdraw its money only by giving
  notice to the institution. However, there may be early withdrawal penalties
  depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation.
  The portfolio may only purchase time deposits maturing from two business days
  through seven calendar days.

  Certificates of Deposit

  Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
  deposited in a commercial bank or savings and loan association for a definite
  period of time and earning a specified return.

  Banker's Acceptance

  A banker's acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a
  borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction
  (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods).

  Commercial Paper

  Commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a maturity ranging from 1 to
  270 days issued by banks, corporations and other borrowers.  Such investments
  are unsecured and usually discounted.  A portfolio may invest in commercial
  paper rated A-1 or A-2 by S&P or Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's, or, if not
  rated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue
  rated A or better by Moody's or by S&P. See Appendix A for a description of
  commercial paper ratings.

                                     II-5
<PAGE>

  Yankee Bonds

  Yankee bonds are dollar-denominated bonds issued inside the United States by
  foreign entities.  Investment in these securities involve certain risks which
  are not typically associated with investing in domestic securities.  See
  "FOREIGN SECURITIES".

  Zero Coupon Bonds

  These securities make no periodic payments of interest, but instead are sold
  at a discount from their face value. When held to maturity, their entire
  income, which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the difference
  between the issue price and their value at maturity. The amount of the
  discount rate varies depending on factors including the time remaining until
  maturity, prevailing interest rates, the security's liquidity and the issuer's
  credit quality. The market value of zero coupon securities may exhibit greater
  price volatility than ordinary debt securities because a stripped security
  will have a longer duration than an ordinary debt security with the same
  maturity. The portfolio's investments in pay-in-kind, delayed and zero coupon
  bonds may require it to sell certain of its portfolio securities to generate
  sufficient cash to satisfy certain income distribution requirements.

  These securities may include treasury securities that have had their interest
  payments ("coupons") separated from the underlying principal ("corpus") by
  their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment brokerage firm. Once
  the holder of the security has stripped or separated corpus and coupons, it
  may sell each component separately. The principal or corpus is then sold at a
  deep discount because the buyer receives only the right to receive a future
  fixed payment on the security and does not receive any rights to periodic
  interest (cash) payments.  Typically, the coupons are sold separately or
  grouped with other coupons with like maturity dates and sold bundled in such
  form. The underlying treasury security is held in book-entry form at the
  Federal Reserve Bank or, in the case of bearer securities (i.e., unregistered
  securities which are owned ostensibly by the bearer or holder thereof), in
  trust on behalf of the owners thereof. Purchasers of stripped obligations
  acquire, in effect, discount obligations that are economically identical to
  the zero coupon securities that the Treasury sells itself.

  The United States Treasury has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero
  coupon securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of
  particular interest coupon and corpus payments on Treasury securities through
  the Federal Reserve book-entry record keeping system. Under a Federal Reserve
  program known as "STRIPS" or "Separate Trading of Registered Interest and
  Principal of Securities," the portfolio can record its beneficial ownership of
  the coupon or corpus directly in the book-entry record-keeping system.

Terms to Understand

  Maturity

  Every debt security has a stated maturity date when the issuer must repay the
  amount it borrowed (principal) from investors.  Some debt securities, however,
  are callable, meaning the issuer can repay the principal earlier, on or after
  specified dates (call dates).  Debt securities are most likely to be called
  when interest rates are falling because the issuer can refinance at a lower
  rate, similar to a homeowner refinancing a mortgage.  The effective maturity
  of a debt security is usually its nearest call date.

  A portfolio that invests in debt securities has no real maturity.  Instead, it
  calculates its weighted average maturity.  This number is an average of the
  stated maturity of each debt security held by the portfolio, with the maturity
  of each security weighted by the percentage of the assets of the portfolio it
  represents.

                                     II-6
<PAGE>

  Duration

  Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity of a
  debt security, or a portfolio that invests in debt securities, to changes in
  interest rates.  It measures sensitivity more accurately than maturity because
  it takes into account the time value of cash flows generated over the life of
  a debt security.   Future interest payments and principal payments are
  discounted to reflect their present value and then are multiplied by the
  number of years they will be received to produce a value expressed in years --
  the duration.  Effective duration takes into account call features and sinking
  fund prepayments that may shorten the life of a debt security.

  An effective duration of 4 years, for example, would suggest that for each 1%
  reduction in interest rates at all maturity levels, the price of a security is
  estimated to increase by 4%.  An increase in rates by the same magnitude is
  estimated to reduce the price of the security by 4%.  By knowing the yield and
  the effective duration of a debt security, one can estimate total return based
  on an expectation of how much interest rates, in general, will change. While
  serving as a good estimator of prospective returns, effective duration is an
  imperfect measure.

Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities

  The total return of a debt instrument is composed of two elements: the
  percentage change in the security's price and interest income earned.  The
  yield to maturity of a debt security estimates its total return only if the
  price of the debt security remains unchanged during the holding period and
  coupon interest is reinvested at the same yield to maturity.  The total return
  of a debt instrument, therefore, will be determined not only by how much
  interest is earned, but also by how much the price of the security and
  interest rates change.

  Interest Rates

  The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction from
  interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up, the value of the bond will go
  down, and vice versa).

  Prepayment Risk

  This risk effects mainly mortgage-backed securities.  Unlike other debt
  securities, falling interest rates can hurt mortgage-backed securities, which
  may cause your share price to fall.  Lower rates motivate people to pay off
  mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier than expected.  The
  portfolio may then have to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayments at
  lower interest rates, which can reduce its yield. The unexpected timing of
  mortgage and asset-backed prepayments caused by the variations in interest
  rates may also shorten or lengthen the average maturity of the portfolio.  If
  left unattended, drifts in the average maturity of the portfolio can have the
  unintended effect of increasing or reducing the effective duration of the
  portfolio, which may adversely affect the expected performance of the
  portfolio.

  Extension Risk

  The other side of prepayment risk occurs when interest rates are rising.
  Rising interest rates can cause a portfolio's average maturity to lengthen
  unexpectedly due to a drop in mortgage prepayments.  This would increase the
  sensitivity of a portfolio to rising rates and its potential for price
  declines.  Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security increases
  the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market interest rates. For
  these reasons, mortgage-backed securities may be less effective than other
  types of U.S. government securities as a means of "locking in" interest rates.

  Credit Rating

  Coupon interest is offered to investors of debt securities as compensation for
  assuming risk, although short-term treasury securities, such as 3-month
  treasury bills, are considered "risk free." Corporate

                                     II-7
<PAGE>

  securities offer higher yields than treasury because their payment of interest
  and complete repayment of principal is less certain. The credit rating or
  financial condition of an issuer may affect the value of a debt security.
  Generally, the lower the quality rating of a security, the greater the risks
  that the issuer will fail to pay interest and return principal. To compensate
  investors for taking on increased risk, issuers with lower credit ratings
  usually offer their investors a higher "risk premium" in the form of higher
  interest rates above comparable treasuries securities.

  Changes in investor confidence regarding the certainty of interest and
  principal payments of a corporate debt security will result in an adjustment
  to this "risk premium."  Since an issuer's outstanding debt carries a fixed
  coupon, adjustments to the risk premium must occur in the price, which effects
  the yield to maturity of the bond. If an issuer defaults or becomes unable to
  honor its financial obligations, the bond may lose some or all of its value

  A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating agency
  is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay interest
  and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond.  Adverse economic
  conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the capacity of the
  issuer to pay interest and repay principal.  If a security is not rated or is
  rated under a different system, the adviser may determine that it is of
  investment-grade.  The adviser may retain securities that are downgraded, if
  it believes that keeping those securities is warranted.

  Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly
  speculative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit worthy
  and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies.  A corporation may issue a junk
  bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar event.  Compared
  with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater degree of risk and are
  less likely to make payments of interest and principal.  Market developments
  and the financial and business condition of the corporation issuing these
  securities influences their price and liquidity more than changes in interest
  rates, when compared to investment-grade debt securities.  Insufficient
  liquidity in the junk bond market may make it more difficult to dispose of
  junk bonds and may cause the portfolio to experience sudden and substantial
  price declines.  A lack of reliable, objective data or market quotations may
  make it more difficult to value junk bonds accurately.

  Rating agencies are organizations that assign ratings to securities based
  primarily on the rating agency's assessment of the issuer's financial
  strength.  The portfolios currently use ratings compiled by Moody's Investor
  Services ("Moody's"), Standard and Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P"), Duff &
  Phelps Rating Co. and Fitch IBCA. Credit ratings are only an agency's opinion,
  not an absolute standard of quality, and they do not reflect an evaluation of
  market risk. Appendix A contains further information concerning the ratings of
  certain rating agencies and their significance.

  The adviser may use ratings produced by ratings agencies as guidelines to
  determine the rating of a security at the time the portfolio buys it. A rating
  agency may change its credit ratings at any time. The adviser monitors the
  rating of the security and will take appropriate actions if a rating agency
  reduces the security's rating. The portfolio is not obligated to dispose of
  securities whose issuers subsequently are in default or which are downgraded
  below the above-stated ratings.


DERIVATIVES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying
  asset, such as a stock or a bond, an underlying economic factor, such as an
  interest rate or a market benchmark, such as an index. A portfolio may use
  derivatives to gain exposure to various markets in a cost efficient manner, to
  reduce transaction costs or to remain fully invested.  A portfolio may also
  try to minimize its loss by investing in derivatives to protect it from broad
  fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange
  rates. Investing in derivatives for these purposes is known as "hedging." When
  hedging is successful, the portfolio will have offset any depreciation in the
  value of its portfolio securities by the appreciation in the value of the
  derivative position. Although techniques other than the sale and purchase of
  derivatives could be used to control the exposure of the portfolio to market
  fluctuations, the use of derivatives may be a more effective means of hedging
  this exposure.

                                     II-8
<PAGE>

  Types of Derivatives

  Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

  A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell
  a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a specific
  price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the
  unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee.
  Forward foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency
  futures contracts in certain respects.  Unlike futures contracts, forward
  contracts:

  .  Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to the
     contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).

  .  Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between currency
     traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers, as opposed to
     futures contracts which are traded in only on exchanges regulated by the
     CFTC.

  .  Do not require an initial margin deposit.

  .  May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency
     trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to a
     commodities exchange.

  Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies

  A "settlement hedge" or "transaction hedge" is designed to protect the
  portfolio against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the
  date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or
  received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of the
  amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security transaction for
  a fixed amount of U.S. dollars "locks in" the U.S. dollar price of the
  security. The portfolio may also use forward contracts to purchase or sell a
  foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or selling securities
  denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet selected the specific
  investments.

  The portfolio may also use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in the
  value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a hedge,
  sometimes referred to as a "position hedge," would tend to offset both
  positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in
  security values caused by other factors. The portfolio could also hedge the
  position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the
  currency in which the portfolio's investment is denominated. This type of
  hedge, sometimes referred to as a "proxy hedge," could offer advantages in
  terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency
  exposure as effectively as a direct hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may
  result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to
  the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

  Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the
  underlying prices of the securities that the portfolio owns or intends to
  purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can
  achieve at some future point in time.  Additionally, these techniques tend to
  minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency
  and to limit any potential gain that might result from the increase in value
  of such currency.

  The portfolio may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment
  exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the
  delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency,
  including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This
  may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or from
  one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of strategy,
  sometimes known as a "cross-hedge," will tend to reduce or eliminate exposure
  to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to the currency that is
  purchased. Cross-hedges protect against losses resulting from a decline in the
  hedged currency, but will cause the portfolio to assume the risk of
  fluctuations in the value of the currency it purchases. Cross hedging
  transactions also involve the risk of imperfect correlation between changes in
  the values of the currencies involved.

                                     II-9
<PAGE>

  It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio
  securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract.
  Accordingly, the portfolio may have to purchase additional foreign currency on
  the spot market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less than
  the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely, the
  portfolio may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency it
  received upon the sale of a security if the market value of such security
  exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver.

  Futures

  A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party sells
  and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial instrument
  at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument underlying the
  contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index, interest rate, foreign
  exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing to buy the underlying
  financial information is called buying a futures contract or taking a long
  position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to sell the underlying financial
  instrument is called selling a futures contract or taking a short position in
  the contract.

  Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges or
  boards of trade -- known as "contract markets" -- approved for such trading
  and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, a federal agency.
  These contract markets standardize the terms, including the maturity date and
  underlying financial instrument, of all futures contracts.

  Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to pay
  for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future date (the
  delivery date). Contract markets require both the purchaser and seller to
  deposit "initial margin" with a futures broker, known as a futures commission
  merchant, when they enter into the contract. Initial margin deposits are
  typically equal to a percentage of the contract's value. After they open a
  futures contract, the parties to the transaction must compare the purchase
  price of the contract to its daily market value. If the value of the futures
  contract changes in such a way that a party's position declines, that party
  must make additional "variation margin" payments so that the margin payment is
  adequate. On the other hand, the value of the contract may change in such a
  way that there is excess margin on deposit, possibly entitling the party that
  has a gain to receive all or a portion of this amount.  This process is known
  as "marking to the market."

  Although the actual terms of a futures contract calls for the actual delivery
  of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the parties may
  close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an identical
  contract. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the original purchase
  price, the party closing the contract would realize a gain; if it is more, it
  would realize a loss. The opposite is also true for a sale, that is, if the
  offsetting sale price is more than the original sale price, the party closing
  the contract would realize a gain; if it is less, it would realize a loss.

  The portfolio will incur commission expenses in both opening and closing
  futures positions.

  Options

  An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a
  financial instrument for a specified price (known as the "strike price" or
  "exercise price") at any time during the option period.  Unlike a futures
  contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a
  financial instrument.  Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer two
  kinds of rights: a "call" (the right to buy the security) or a "put" (the
  right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying
  instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices,
  foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts.  Options may be
  traded on an exchange (exchange-traded-options) or may be customized
  agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or "OTC options").  Like
  futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation,
  financially backs exchange-traded options.  However, OTC options have no such
  intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counter-party will not
  fulfill its obligations under the contract.

                                     II-10
<PAGE>

  Purchasing Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the
  instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price.  In return for this
  right, the portfolio pays the current market price for the option (known as
  the "option premium"). The portfolio may purchase put options to offset or
  hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities ("protective
  puts") or to benefit from a decline in the price of securities that it does
  not own.  The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise
  price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs. However, if the
  price of the underlying instrument does not fall enough to offset the cost of
  purchasing the option, a put buyer would lose the premium and related
  transaction costs.

  Call options are similar to put options, except that the portfolio obtains the
  right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the option's
  strike price. The portfolio would normally purchase call options in
  anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns or wants
  to buy. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the exercise price
  plus the premium paid and related transaction costs.  Otherwise, the portfolio
  would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the call option.

  The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

  .  Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;

  .  Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put option) or
     buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying instrument at the
     strike price; or

  .  Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.


  Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell
  specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the
  option is exercised at any time before the expiration date.  Similarly, when
  the portfolio writes a put option it assumes an obligation to purchase
  specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the option
  is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The portfolio may
  terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option before exercise by
  buying an option identical to the one it has written.  Similarly, it may
  cancel an over-the-counter option by entering into an offsetting transaction
  with the counter-party to the option.

  The portfolio could try to hedge against an increase in the value of
  securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those
  securities.  If security prices rise, the portfolio would expect the put
  option to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the
  security's value.   If security prices remain the same over time, the
  portfolio would hope to profit by closing out the put option at a lower price.
  If security prices fall, the portfolio may lose an amount of money equal to
  the difference between the value of the security and the premium it received.
  Writing covered put options may deprive the portfolio of the opportunity to
  profit from a decrease in the market price of the securities it would like to
  acquire.

  The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing
  put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices remain the
  same or fall.  The portfolio could try to hedge against a decline in the value
  of securities it already owns by writing a call option.  If the price of that
  security falls as expected, the portfolio would expect the option to expire
  and the premium it received to offset the decline of the security's value.
  However, the portfolio must be prepared to deliver the underlying instrument
  in return for the strike price, which may deprive it of the opportunity to
  profit from an increase in the market price of the securities it holds.

  The portfolio is permitted only to write covered options.  The portfolio can
  cover a call option by owning, at the time of selling the option:

                                     II-11
<PAGE>

  .  The underlying security (or securities convertible into the underlying
     security without additional consideration), index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract;

  .  A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser
     exercise price;

  .  A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise price
     and segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the
     difference between the exercise prices;

  .  Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the
     optioned securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract;
     or

  .  In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that corresponds to
     the index.

  The portfolio can cover a put option by, at the time of selling the option:

  .  Entering into a short position in the underlying security;

  .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract with the same or greater exercise price;

  .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price and segregating
     cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the difference between the
     exercise prices; or

  .  Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

  Options on Securities Indices

  Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except
  that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement
  payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities.  In
  addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations
  in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price
  fluctuations in a single security.

  Options on Futures

  An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a
  futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract (in
  the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price.   Upon exercise of the
  option by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a
  corresponding short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a
  call option) or a corresponding long position (in the case of a put option).
  If the option is exercised, the parties will be subject to the futures
  contracts. In addition, the writer of an option on a futures contract is
  subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the option position.
  Options on futures contracts are traded on the same contract market as the
  underlying futures contract.

  The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the
  option early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e., the
  same exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously purchased or
  sold. The difference between the premiums paid and received represents the
  trader's profit or loss on the transaction.

  The portfolio may purchase put and call options on futures contracts instead
  of selling or buying futures contracts.  The portfolio may buy a put option on
  a futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a futures contract. It
  also may purchase such put options in order to hedge a long position in the
  underlying futures contract. The portfolio may buy call options on futures
  contracts for the same purpose as the actual purchase of the futures
  contracts, such as in anticipation of favorable market conditions.

  The portfolio may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a
  decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures contracts. If
  the price of the futures contract at expiration were below the exercise price,
  the portfolio would retain the option premium, which would offset, in part,
  any decline in the value of its portfolio securities.

                                     II-12
<PAGE>

  The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase
  of the futures contracts, except that, if market price declines, the portfolio
  would pay more than the market price for the underlying instrument. The
  premium received on the sale of the put option, less any transaction costs,
  would reduce the net cost to the portfolio.

  Swaps, Caps, Collars and Floors

  Swap Agreements

  A swap is a financial instrument that typically involves the exchange of cash
  flows between two parties on specified dates (settlement dates), where the
  cash flows are based on agreed-upon prices, rates, indices, etc. The nominal
  amount on which the cash flows are calculated is called the notional amount.
  Swaps are individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a
  variety of different types of investments or market factors, such as interest
  rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage securities, corporate borrowing rates,
  security prices or inflation rates.

  Swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the
  investments of the portfolio and its share price. The performance of swap
  agreements may be affected by a change in the specific interest rate,
  currency, or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and
  from the portfolio. If a swap agreement calls for payments by the portfolio,
  the portfolio must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if
  the counter-party's creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement
  would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.

  Generally, swap agreements have a fixed maturity date that will be agreed upon
  by the parties.  The agreement can be terminated before the maturity date only
  under limited circumstances, such as default by one of the parties or
  insolvency, among others, and can be transferred by a party only with the
  prior written consent of the other party.  The portfolio may be able to
  eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement either by assignment or by other
  disposition, or by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same
  party or a similarly creditworthy party. If the counter-party is unable to
  meet its obligations under the contract, declares bankruptcy, defaults or
  becomes insolvent, the portfolio may not be able to recover the money it
  expected to receive under the contract.

  A swap agreement can be a form of leverage, which can magnify a portfolio's
  gains or losses.  In order to reduce the risk associated with leveraging, a
  portfolio will cover its current obligations under swap agreements according
  to guidelines established by the SEC. If the portfolio enters into a swap
  agreement on a net basis, it will segregate assets with a daily value at least
  equal to the excess, if any, of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the
  swap agreement over the accrued amount the portfolio is entitled to receive
  under the agreement. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on other
  than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full
  amount of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the agreement.

  Equity Swaps -- In a typical equity index swap, one party agrees to pay
  another party the return on a stock, stock index or basket of stocks in return
  for a specified interest rate.  By entering into an equity index swap, for
  example, the index receiver can gain exposure to stocks making up the index of
  securities without actually purchasing those stocks.   Equity index swaps
  involve not only the risk associated with investment in the securities
  represented in the index, but also the risk that the performance of such
  securities, including dividends, will not exceed the return on the interest
  rate that the portfolio will be committed to pay.

  Interest Rate Swaps -- Interest rate swaps are financial instruments that
  involve the exchange on one type of interest rate for another type of interest
  rate cash flow on specified dates in the future.  Some of the different types
  of interest rate swaps are "fixed-for floating rate swaps," "termed basis
  swaps" and "index amortizing swaps."  Fixed-for floating rate swap involve the
  exchange of fixed interest rate cash flows for floating rate cash flows.
  Termed basis swaps entail cash flows to both parties based on floating
  interest rates, where the interest rate indices are different.  Index
  amortizing swaps are typically fixed-for floating swaps where the notional
  amount changes if certain conditions are met.

                                     II-13
<PAGE>

  Like a traditional investment in a debt security, a portfolio could lose money
  by investing in an interest rate swap if interest rates change adversely.  For
  example, if the portfolio enters into a swap where it agrees to exchange a
  floating rate of interest for a fixed rate of interest, the portfolio may have
  to pay more money than it receives.  Similarly, if the portfolio enters into a
  swap where it agrees to exchange a fixed rate of interest for a floating rate
  of interest, the portfolio may receive less money than it has agreed to pay.

  Currency Swaps -- A currency swap is an agreement between two parties in which
  one party agrees to make interest rate payments in one currency and the other
  promises to make interest rate payments in another currency. A portfolio may
  enter into a currency swap when it has one currency and desires a different
  currency. Typically the interest rates that determine the currency swap
  payments are fixed, although occasionally one or both parties may pay a
  floating rate of interest.  Unlike an interest rate swap, however, the
  principal amounts are exchanged at the beginning of the contract and returned
  at the end of the contract.  Changes in foreign exchange rates and changes in
  interest rates, as described above may negatively affect currency swaps.

  Caps, Collars and Floors

  Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.  In a
  typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under
  specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other
  party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to
  receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an
  agreed-upon level.  The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make
  payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-
  upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and
  selling a floor.

  Combined Positions

  The portfolio may purchase and write options in combination with each other,
  or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and
  return characteristics of the overall position. For example, the portfolio
  could construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are
  similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a put option and writing a
  call option on the same underlying instrument. Alternatively, the portfolio
  could write a call option at one strike price and buy a call option at a lower
  price to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a
  substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve
  multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more
  difficult to open and close out.

Risks of Derivatives

  While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these transactions
  themselves entail certain other risks. For example, unanticipated changes in
  interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates may result in a
  poorer overall performance of the portfolio than if it had not entered into
  any derivatives transactions.  Derivatives may magnify the portfolio's gains
  or losses, causing it to make or lose substantially more than it invested.

  When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities the
  portfolio holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses incurred with a
  derivative.  Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than hedging could
  expose the portfolio to greater risks.

  Correlation of Prices

  The portfolio's ability to hedge its securities through derivatives depends on
  the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or instrument
  correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In the case of poor
  correlation, the price of the securities the portfolio is hedging may not move
  in the same amount, or even in the same direction as the hedging instrument.
  The adviser will try to minimize this risk by investing only in those
  contracts whose behavior it expects to resemble the

                                     II-14
<PAGE>

  portfolio securities it is trying to hedge. However, if the portfolio's
  prediction of interest and currency rates, market value, volatility or other
  economic factors is incorrect, the portfolio may lose money, or may not make
  as much money as it expected.

  Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments,
  even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are very similar to
  the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that may cause such a
  divergence.

  .  current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of
     the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the
     contract;

  .  a difference between the derivatives and securities markets, including
     different levels of demand, how the instruments are traded, the imposition
     of daily price fluctuation limits or trading of an instrument stops; and

  .  differences between the derivatives, such as different margin requirements,
     different liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in
     such markets.

  Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a
  particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based on
  a broad market index.  Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller number
  of securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price
  fluctuations because of changes in the value of those securities.

  While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with
  exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value of
  the investments of the portfolio. A currency hedge, for example, should
  protect a yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not
  protect the portfolio against a price decline resulting from deterioration in
  the issuer's creditworthiness. Because the value of the portfolio's foreign-
  denominated investments changes in response to many factors other than
  exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of currency options
  and futures to the value of the portfolio's investments precisely over time.

  Lack of Liquidity

  Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, the portfolio can
  terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale transaction.
  Moreover, a portfolio may close out a futures contract only on the exchange
  the contract was initially traded.  Although a portfolio intends to purchase
  options and futures only where there appears to be an active market, there is
  no guarantee that such a liquid market will exist.  If there is no secondary
  market for the contract, or the market is illiquid, the portfolio may not be
  able to close out its position.  In an illiquid market, the portfolio may:

  .  have to sell securities to meet its daily margin requirements at a time
     when it is disadvantageous to do so;

  .  have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract;

  .  not be able to hedge its investments; and

  .  not be able realize profits or limit its losses.

  Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time and
  price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

  .  an exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative
     instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives, which
     sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility;

  .  unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations of an
     exchange;

  .  the facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current
     trading volume;

                                     II-15
<PAGE>

  .  equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage firm
     or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt normal trading activity;
     or

  .  investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category of
     derivatives.

  Management Risk

  If the adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends, the
  portfolio may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if the
  portfolio were to write a call option based on its adviser's expectation that
  the price of the underlying security would fall, but the price were to rise
  instead, the portfolio could be required to sell the security upon exercise at
  a price below the current market price.  Similarly, if the portfolio were to
  write a put option based on the adviser's expectation that the price of the
  underlying security would rise, but the price were to fall instead, the
  portfolio could be required to purchase the security upon exercise at a price
  higher than the current market price.

  Volatility and Leverage

  The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly,
  substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of factors,
  including

  .  actual and anticipated changes in interest rates;

  .  fiscal and monetary policies; and

  .  national and international political events.

  Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can change
  during a single trading day.  Daily trading limits establish the maximum
  amount that the price of a derivative may vary from the settlement price of
  that derivative at the end of trading on the previous day.  Once the price of
  a derivative reaches this value, a portfolio may not trade that derivative at
  a price beyond that limit.  The daily limit governs only price movements
  during a given day and does not limit potential gains or losses.  Derivative
  prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive
  trading days, preventing prompt liquidation of the derivative.

  Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a derivative
  position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of leverage.
  Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative may result in
  an immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the portfolio and it
  may lose more than it originally invested in the derivative.

  If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, the portfolio may have
  to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to meet its
  minimum daily margin requirement.  The portfolio may lose its margin deposits
  if a broker-dealer with whom it has an open futures contract or related option
  becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.


EQUITY SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Types of Equity Securities

  Common Stocks

  Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company.  Common stocks
  usually carry voting rights and earn dividends.  Unlike preferred stocks,
  which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are
  declared at the discretion of the company's board of directors.

                                     II-16
<PAGE>

  Preferred Stocks

  Preferred stocks are also units of ownership in a company. Preferred stocks
  normally have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the
  liquidation of the company.  However, in all other resects, preferred stocks
  are subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer.  Unlike common stocks,
  preferred stocks are generally not entitled to vote on corporate matters.
  Types of preferred stocks include adjustable-rate preferred stock, fixed
  dividend preferred stock, perpetual preferred stock, and sinking fund
  preferred stock. Generally, the market values of preferred stock with a fixed
  dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates
  and perceived credit risk.

  Convertible Securities

  Convertible securities are debt securities and preferred stocks that are
  convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio.  In
  exchange for the conversion feature, many corporations will pay a lower rate
  of interest on convertible securities than debt securities of the same
  corporation. Their market price tends to go up if the stock price moves up.

  Convertible securities are subject to the same risks as similar securities
  without the convertible feature. The price of a convertible security is more
  volatile during times of steady interest rates than other types of debt
  securities.

  Rights and Warrants

  A right is a privilege granted to exiting shareholders of a corporation to
  subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued.
  Rights normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely
  transferable and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower
  price than the public offering price.  Warrants are securities that are
  usually issued together with a debt security or preferred stock and that give
  the holder the right to buy proportionate amount of common stock at a
  specified price.  Warrants are freely transferable and are traded on major
  exchanges.  Unlike rights, warrants normally have a life that measured in
  years and entitle the holder to buy common stock of a company at a price that
  is usually higher than the market price at the time the warrant is issued.
  Corporations often issue warrants to make the accompanying debt security more
  attractive.

  An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain
  other types of investments.  Generally, rights and warrants do not carry the
  right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the
  underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of
  the issuer. In addition, their value does not necessarily change with the
  value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if they are
  not exercised on or before their expiration date.  Investing in rights and
  warrants increases the potential profit or loss to be realized from the
  investment as compared with investing the same amount in the underlying
  securities.

Risks of Investing in Equity Securities

  General Risks of Investing in Stocks

  While investing in stocks allows a portfolio to participate in the benefits of
  owning a company, the portfolio must accept the risks of ownership.  Unlike
  bondholders, who have preference to a company's earnings and cash flow,
  preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in order of priority,
  are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets its other
  obligations. For this reason, the value of a company's stock will usually
  react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company's financial
  condition or prospects than its debt obligations.  Stockholders of a company
  that fares poorly can lose money.

  Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of rising
  and falling stock prices.  The value of a company's stock may fall because of:

  .  Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made by its
     management or lower demand for the company's products or services;

                                     II-17
<PAGE>

  .  Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production
     costs; and

  .  Changes in financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated to the
     company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates, currency
     exchange rates or inflation rates.

  Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other
  obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer
  will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more
  senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

  Small and Medium-Sized Companies

  A small or medium-sized company is a company whose market capitalization falls
  with the range specified in the prospectus of the portfolio.  Investors in
  small and medium-sized companies typically take on greater risk and price
  volatility than they would by investing in larger, more established companies.
  This increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of their small or
  medium size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and
  frequent lack of management depth.  The securities of small and medium
  companies are often traded in the over-the-counter market and might not be
  traded in volumes typical of securities traded on a national securities
  exchange.  Thus, the securities of small and medium capitalization companies
  are likely to be less liquid, and subject to more abrupt or erratic market
  movements, than securities of larger, more established companies.

  Technology Companies

  Stocks of technology companies have tended to be subject to greater volatility
  than securities of companies that are not dependent upon or associated with
  technological issues.  Technology companies operate in various industries.
  Since these industries frequently share common characteristics, an event or
  issue affecting one industry may significantly influence other, related
  industries.  For example, technology companies may be strongly affected by
  worldwide scientific or technological developments and their products and
  services may be subject to governmental regulation or adversely affected by
  governmental policies.


FOREIGN SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Types of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities are debt and equity securities that are traded in markets
  outside of the United States.  The markets in which these securities are
  located can be developed or emerging.  People can invest in foreign securities
  in a number of ways:

  .  They can invest directly in foreign securities denominated in a foreign
     currency;

  .  They can invest in American Depositary Receipts; and

  .  They can invest in investment funds.

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership of
  shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository banks
  and generally trade on an established market in the United States or
  elsewhere. A custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer's
  home country holds the underlying shares in trust. The depository bank may not
  have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge
  fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and
  corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying
  foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs
  continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly
  in foreign securities.

                                     II-18
<PAGE>

  Emerging Markets

  An "emerging country" is generally country that the International Bank for
  Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Finance
  Corporation would consider to be an emerging or developing country. Typically,
  emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of
  industrialization, with lower gross national products (GNP) than more
  developed countries.  There are currently over 130 countries that the
  international financial community generally considers to be emerging or
  developing countries, approximately 40 of which currently have stock markets.
  These countries generally include every nation in the world except the United
  States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most nations located in
  Western Europe.

  Investment Funds

  Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the
  securities of their companies.  Certain emerging countries, however, permit
  indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and traded
  on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have specifically
  authorized.  The portfolio may invest in these investment funds subject to the
  provisions of the 1940 Act.  If a portfolio invests in such investment funds,
  its shareholders will bear not only their proportionate share of the expenses
  of the portfolio (including operating expenses and the fees of the adviser),
  but also will bear indirectly bear similar expenses of the underlying
  investment funds.  In addition, these investment funds may trade at a premium
  over their net asset value.

Risks of Foreign Securities

  Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S. entities
  with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks in addition
  to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

  Political and Economic Factors

  Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military action
  or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value of foreign
  investments.  Listed below are some of the more important political and
  economic factors that could negatively affect a portfolio's investments.

  .  The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of the
     United States in such areas as growth of gross national product, rate of
     inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, budget deficits
     and national debt;

  .  Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree, through
     ownership interests or regulation, in their respective economies. Actions
     by these governments could significantly influence the market prices of
     securities and payment of dividends;

  .  The economies of many foreign countries are dependent on international
     trade and their trading partners and they could be severely affected if
     their trading partners were to enact protective trade barriers and economic
     conditions;

  .  The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less stable
     than in the United States. Other countries face significant external
     political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by other countries
     or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes; and

  .  A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S. investors,
     including expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation
     and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A country may restrict or
     control foreign investments in its securities markets. These restrictions
     could limit ability of a portfolio to invest a particular country or make
     it very expensive for the portfolio to invest in that country. Some
     countries require prior governmental approval, limit the types or amount of
     securities or companies in which a foreigner can invest. Other countries
     may restrict the ability of foreign investors to repatriate their
     investment income and capital gains.

                                     II-19
<PAGE>

  Information and Supervision

  There is generally less publicly available information about foreign companies
  than companies based in the United States.  For example, there are often no
  reports and ratings published about foreign companies comparable to the ones
  written about United States companies.  Foreign companies are typically not
  subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards,
  practices and requirements comparable to those applicable United States
  companies.   The lack of comparable information makes investment decisions
  concerning foreign countries more difficult and less reliable than domestic
  companies.

  Stock Exchange and Market Risk

  The adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter
  (OTC) market located outside of the United States will be the best available
  market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume
  and sophistication, are generally not as developed as the markets in the
  United States.  Foreign stocks markets tend to differ from those in the United
  States in a number of ways:

  .  They are generally not as developed or efficient as, and more volatile,
     than those in the United States;

  .  They have substantially less volume;

  .  Their securities tend to be less liquid and to experience rapid and erratic
     price movements;

  .  Commissions on foreign stocks are generally higher and subject to set
     minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates;

  .  Foreign security trading, settlement and custodial practices are often less
     developed than those in U.S. markets; and

  .  They may have different settlement practices, which may cause delays and
     increase the potential for failed settlements.

  Foreign Currency Risk

  While, the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in United States
  dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in
  foreign currencies. Thus, a change in a the value of a foreign currency
  against the United States dollar will result in a corresponding change in
  value of the securities held by a portfolio.   Some of the factors that may
  impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

  .  It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into United States
     dollars and vice versa;

  .  Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the values
     of various currencies, including United States dollars, and their exchange
     rates;

  .  Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or
     selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts,
     since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in response to other
     market forces;

  .  There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign
     currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available through
     dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis;

  .  Available quotation information is generally representative of very large
     round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not reflect
     exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1 million)
     where rates may be less favorable; and

                                     II-20
<PAGE>

  .  The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock
     market. To the extent that a market is closed while the markets for the
     underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may not always reflect
     significant price and rate movements.

  Taxes

  Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest
  income. Although in some countries the portfolio may recover a portion of
  these taxes, the portion it cannot recover will reduce the income the
  portfolio receives from its investments.  The portfolio does not expect such
  foreign withholding taxes to have a significant impact on performance.

  Emerging Markets

  Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
  Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than
  those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties of
  investing in less established markets and economies. In particular, countries
  with emerging markets may:

  .  Have relatively unstable governments;

  .  Present greater risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions on
     foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets; and

  .  Offer less protection of property rights than more developed countries.

  .  Have economies that are based on only a few industries, may be highly
     vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may suffer
     from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates.

  .  Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may be
     unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume, potentially
     making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or impossible at times.

  The Euro

  The single currency for the European Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU"), the
  Euro, is scheduled to replace the national currencies for participating member
  countries over a period that began on January 1, 1999 and ends in July 2002.
  At the end of that period, use of the Euro will be compulsory and countries in
  the EMU will no longer maintain separate currencies in any form. Until then,
  however, each country and issuers within each country are free to choose
  whether to use the Euro.

  On January 1, 1999, existing national currencies became denominations of the
  Euro at fixed rates according to practices prescribed by the European Monetary
  Institute and the Euro became available as a book-entry currency.  On or about
  that date, member states began conducting financial market transactions in
  Euros and redenominating many investments, currency balances and transfer
  mechanisms into Euros.  The portfolio also anticipates pricing, trading,
  settling and valuing investments whose nominal values remain in their existing
  domestic currencies in Euros.  Accordingly, the portfolio expects the
  conversion to the Euro to impact investments in countries that will adopt the
  Euro in all aspects of the investment process, including trading, foreign
  exchange, payments, settlements, cash accounts, custody and accounting. Some
  of the uncertainties surrounding the conversion to the Euro include:

  .  Will the payment and operational systems of banks and other financial
     institutions be ready by the scheduled launch date?

  .  Will the conversion to the Euro have legal consequences on outstanding
     financial contracts that refer to existing currencies rather than Euro?

                                     II-21
<PAGE>

  .  How will existing currencies be exchanged into Euro?

  .  Will suitable clearing and settlement payment systems for the new currency
     be created?


INVESTMENT COMPANIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  A portfolio may buy and sell shares of other investment companies.  Such
  investment companies may pay management and other fees that are similar to the
  fees currently paid by a portfolio.  Like other shareholders, each portfolio
  would pay its proportionate share those fees.  Consequently, shareholders of a
  portfolio would pay not only the management fees of the portfolio, but also
  the management fees of the investment company in which the portfolio invests.

  The SEC has granted an order that allows a portfolio to invest the greater of
  5% of its total assets or $2.5 million in the UAM DSI Money Market Portfolio,
  provided that the investment is:

  .  For cash management purposes;

  .  Consistent with a portfolio's investment policies and restrictions; and

  .  The adviser to the investing portfolio waives any fees it earns on the
     assets of the portfolio that are invested in the UAM DSI Money Market
     Portfolio.

  The investing portfolio will bear expenses of the UAM DSI Money Market
  Portfolio on the same basis as all of its other shareholders.


REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  In a repurchase agreement, an investor agrees to buy a security (underlying
  security) from a securities dealer or bank that is a member of the Federal
  Reserve System (counter-party).  At the time, the counter-party agrees to
  repurchase the underlying security for the same price, plus interest.
  Repurchase agreements are generally for a relatively short period (usually not
  more than 7 days).  The portfolios normally use repurchase agreements to earn
  income on assets that are not invested.

  When it enters into a repurchase agreement, a portfolio will:

  .  Pay for the underlying securities only upon physically receiving them or
     upon evidence of their receipt in book-entry form; and

  .  Require the counter party to add to the collateral whenever the price of
     the repurchase agreement rises above the value of the underlying security
     (i.e., it will require the borrower "mark to the market" on a daily basis).

  If the seller of the security declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes
  financially unable to buy back the security, a portfolio's right to sell the
  security may be restricted.  In addition, the value of the security might
  decline before a portfolio can sell it and a portfolio might incur expenses in
  enforcing its rights.


RESTRICTED SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  A portfolio may purchase restricted securities that are not registered for
  sale to the general public but which are eligible for resale to qualified
  institutional investors under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933.  Under
  the supervision of the Fund's board, the adviser determines the liquidity of
  such investments by considering all relevant factors.  Provided that a dealer
  or institutional trading market in such securities exists, these restricted
  securities are not treated as illiquid securities for purposes of the
  portfolio's investment limitations.  The price realized from the sales of
  these securities could be more or less than those originally paid by a
  portfolio or less than what may be considered the fair value of such
  securities.

                                     II-22
<PAGE>

SECURITIES LENDING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  A portfolio may lend a portion of its total assets to broker- dealers or other
  financial institutions. It may then reinvest the collateral it receives in
  short-term securities and money market funds. When a portfolio lends its
  securities, it will follow the following guidelines:

  .  The borrower must provide collateral at least equal to the market value of
     the securities loaned;

  .  The collateral must consist of cash, an irrevocable letter of credit issued
     by a domestic U.S. bank or securities issued or guaranteed by the U. S.
     government;

  .  The borrower must add to the collateral whenever the price of the
     securities loaned rises (i.e., the borrower "marks to the market" on a
     daily basis);

  .  It must be able to terminate the loan at any time;

  .  It must receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may include the
     portfolio investing any cash collateral in interest bearing short-term
     investments); and

  .  It must determine that the borrower is an acceptable credit risk.

  These risks are similar to the ones involved with repurchase agreements. When
  the portfolio lends securities, there is a risk that the borrower fails
  financially become financially unable to honor its contractual obligations.
  If this happens, the portfolio could:

  .  Lose its rights in the collateral and not be able to retrieve the
     securities it lent to the borrower; and

  .  Experience delays in recovering its securities.


SHORT SALES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Description of Short Sales

  Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not own.
  To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from someone
  else to deliver to the buyer.  The investor then replaces the security it
  borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the time of
  replacement. Until it replaces the security, the investor repays the person
  that lent it the security for any interest or dividends that may have accrued
  during the period of the loan.

  Investors typically sell securities short to:

  .  Take advantage of an anticipated decline in prices.

  .  Protect a profit in a security it already owns.

  A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short
  increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the
  portfolio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit if
  the price of the security declines between those dates.

  To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
  which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
  transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
  will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
  premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to pay
  in connection with a short sale.

  The broker will retain the net proceeds of the short sale, to the extent
  necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.

                                     II-23
<PAGE>

Short Sales Against the Box

  In addition, a portfolio may engage in short sales  "against the box".  In a
  short sale against the box, the portfolio agrees to sell at a future date a
  security that it either contemporaneously owns or has the right to acquire at
  no extra cost. A portfolio will incur transaction costs to open, maintain and
  close short sales against the box.

Restrictions on Short Sales

  A portfolio will not short sell a security if:

  .  After giving effect to such short sale, the total market value of all
     securities sold short would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio net
     assets.

  .  The market value of the securities of any single issuer that have been sold
     short by the portfolio would exceed the two percent (2%) of the value of
     the portfolio's net assets.

  .  Such securities would constitute more than two percent (2%) of any class of
     the issuer's securities.

  Whenever a portfolio sells a security short, its custodian segregates an
  amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the difference between (a) the
  market value of the securities sold short at the time they were sold short and
  (b) any cash or U.S. Government securities the portfolio is required to
  deposit with the broker in connection with the short sale (not including the
  proceeds from the short sale). The segregated assets are marked to market
  daily in an attempt to ensure that the amount deposited in the segregated
  account plus the amount deposited with the broker is at least equal to the
  market value of the securities at the time they were sold short.


WHEN-ISSUED, FORWARD COMMITMENT AND DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a market
  exists, but which have not been issued.  In a forward delivery transaction, a
  portfolio contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date
  beyond customary settlement time.  "Delayed delivery" refers to securities
  transactions on the secondary market where settlement occurs in the future. In
  each of these transactions, the parties fix the payment obligation and the
  interest rate that they will receive on the securities at the time the parties
  enter the commitment; however, they do not pay money or deliver securities
  until a later date.  Typically, no income accrues on securities a portfolio
  has committed to purchase before the securities are delivered, although the
  portfolio may earn income on securities it has in a segregated account. A
  portfolio will only enter into these types of transactions with the intention
  of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before the settlement
  date.

  A portfolio uses when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward delivery
  transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield at
  the time of purchase. When a portfolio engages in when-issued, delayed-
  delivery and forward delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to
  consummate the sale.  If the other party fails to complete the sale, a
  portfolio may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a favorable price
  or yield.

  When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward
  delivery basis, the portfolio assumes the rights and risks of ownership of the
  security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of
  settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the
  purchase price.  The yield available in the market when the delivery takes
  place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
  Because a portfolio does not pay for the security until the delivery date,
  these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other
  investments.

  A portfolio will segregate cash and liquid securities equal in value to
  commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery
  transaction.  A portfolio will segregate additional liquid assets daily so
  that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of its commitments.

                                     II-24
<PAGE>

Management Of The Fund

  The governing board manages the business of the Fund.  The governing board
  elects officers to manage the day-to-day operations of the Fund and to execute
  policies the board has formulated.  The Fund pays each board member who is not
  also an officer or affiliated person (independent board member) a $150
  quarterly retainer fee per active portfolio per quarter and a $2,000 meeting
  fee.  In addition, the Fund reimburses each independent board member for
  travel and other expenses incurred while attending board meetings.  The $2,000
  meeting fee and expense reimbursements are aggregated for all of the board
  members and allocated proportionately among the portfolios of the UAM Funds
  Complex. The Fund does not pay board members that are affiliated with the fund
  for their services as board members. UAM, its affiliates or SEI pay the Fund's
  officers.

  The following table lists the board members and officers of the Fund and
  provides information regarding their present positions, date of birth,
  address, principal occupations during the past five years, aggregate
  compensation received from the Fund and total compensation received from the
  UAM Funds Complex.  The UAM Funds Complex is currently comprised of 48
  portfolios. Those people with an asterisk beside their name are "interested
  persons" of the Fund as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. Mr. English does
  have an investment advisory relationship with Investment Counselors of
  Maryland, an investment adviser to one of the portfolios in the UAM Funds
  Complex.  However, the Fund does not believe that the relationship is a
  material business relationship, and, therefore, does not consider him to be an
  "interested person" of the Fund.  If these circumstances change, the Board
  will determine whether any action is required to change the composition of the
  Board.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                         Total
                                                                                                      Aggregate       Compensation
                                                                                                     Compensation       From UAM
                         Position             Principal Occupations During the Past 5                from Fund as    Funds Complex
Name, Address, DOB       with Fund            years                                                   of 4/30/99     as of 12/31/98
===================================================================================================================================
<S>                      <C>                  <C>                                                       <C>            <C>
John T. Bennett, Jr.     Board                President of Squam Investment Management Company,         $8,094         $39,900
College Road -- RFD 3    Member               Inc. and Great Island Investment Company, Inc.;
Meredith, NH 03253                            President of Bennett Management Company from 1988
1/26/29                                       to 1993.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nancy J. Dunn            Board                Financial Officer of World Wildlife Fund since            $8,094         $40,575
10 Garden Street         Member               January 1999; Vice President for Finance and
Cambridge, MA 02138                           Administration and Treasurer of Radcliffe College
8/14/51                                       from 1991 to 1999.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William A. Humenuk       Board                Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative         $8,094         $40,936
100 King Street West     Member               Officer of Philip Services Corp.; Formerly, a
P.O. Box 2440, LCD-1                          Partner in the Philadelphia office of the law firm
Hamilton  Ontario,                            Dechert Price & Rhoads and a Director of Hofler
Canada L8N-4J6                                Corp.
4/21/42
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Philip D. English        Board                President and Chief Executive Officer of                  $8,094         $40,702
16 West Madison Street   Member               Broventure Company, Inc.; Chairman of the Board of
Baltimore, MD 21201                           Chektec Corporation and Cyber Scientific, Inc.
8/5/48
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
James P. Pappas*         Board                President of UAM Investment Services, Inc. since               0               0
211 Congress Street      Member               March 1999; Vice President UAM Trust Company since
Boston, MA  02110                             January 1996; Principal of UAM Fund Distributors,
2/24/53                                       Inc. since December 1995; Vice President of UAM
                                              Investment Services, Inc. from January 1996 to
                                              March 1999 and a Director and Chief Operating
                                              Officer of CS First Boston Investment Management
                                              from 1993-1995.
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Norton H. Reamer*        Board                Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a Director               0               0
One International Place  Member,              of United Asset Management Corporation; Director,
Boston, MA 02110         President            Partner or Trustee of each of the Investment
                         and                  Companies of the Eaton Vance Group of Mutual Funds.
                         Chairman
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                     II-25
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                         Total
                                                                                                      Aggregate       Compensation
                                                                                                     Compensation       From UAM
                         Position             Principal Occupations During the Past 5                from Fund as    Funds Complex
Name, Address, DOB       with Fund            years                                                   of 4/30/99     as of 12/31/98
===================================================================================================================================
<S>                      <C>                  <C>                                                       <C>            <C>
Peter M. Whitman, Jr.*   Board                President and Chief Investment Officer of Dewey              0              0
One Financial Center                          Square Investors Corporation since 1988; Director
Boston, MA 02111                              and Chief Executive Officer of H.T. Investors,
7/1/43                                        Inc., formerly a subsidiary of Dewey Square.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William H. Park          Vice                 Executive Vice President and Chief Financial                 0              0
One International Place  President            Officer of United Asset Management Corporation.
Boston, MA 02110
9/19/47
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gary L. French           Treasurer            President of UAMFSI and UAMFDI; Treasurer of the             0              0
211 Congress Street                           Fidelity Group of Mutual Funds from 1991 to 1995;
Boston, MA 02110                              held various other offices with Fidelity
7/4/51                                        Investments from November 1990 to March 1995.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael E. DeFao         Secretary            Vice President and General Counsel of UAMFSI and             0              0
211 Congress Street                           UAMFDI; Associate Attorney of Ropes & Gray (a law
Boston, MA 02110                              firm) from 1993 to 1995.
2/28/68
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert R. Flaherty       Assistant            Vice President of UAMFSI; Manager of Fund                    0              0
211 Congress Street      Treasurer            Administration and Compliance of CGFSC from 1995
Boston, MA 02110                              to 1996; Senior Manager of Deloitte & Touche LLP
9/18/63                                       from 1985 to 1995,
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael J. Leary         Assistant            Vice President of Chase Global Funds Services                0              0
73 Tremont Street        Treasurer            Company since 1993.  Manager of Audit at Ernst &
Boston, MA  02108                             Young from 1988 to 1993.
11/23/65
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michelle Azrialy         Assistant            Assistant Treasurer of Chase Global Funds Services           0              0
73 Tremont Street        Secretary            Company since 1996.  Senior Public Accountant with
Boston, MA 02108                              Price Waterhouse LLP from 1991 to 1994.
4/12/69
</TABLE>

Investment Advisory and Other Services

INVESTMENT ADVISER

Control Of Adviser

  Each adviser is a subsidiary of UAM.  UAM is a holding company incorporated in
  Delaware in December 1980 for the purpose of acquiring and owning firms
  engaged primarily in institutional investment management. Since its first
  acquisition in August 1983, UAM has acquired or organized more than 50 UAM
  Affiliated Firms. UAM believes that permitting UAM Affiliated Firms to retain
  control over their investment advisory decisions is necessary to allow them to
  continue to provide investment management services that are intended to meet
  the particular needs of their respective clients.  Accordingly, after
  acquisition by UAM, UAM Affiliated Firms continue to operate under their own
  firm name, with their own leadership and individual investment philosophy and
  approach. Each UAM Affiliated Firm manages its own business independently on a
  day-to-day basis. Investment strategies employed and securities selected by
  UAM Affiliated Firms are separately chosen by each of them. Several UAM
  Affiliated Firms also act as investment advisers to separate series or
  portfolios of the UAM Funds Complex.

                                     II-26
<PAGE>

Investment Advisory Agreement

  This section summarizes some of the important provisions of each of the
  portfolio's Investment Advisory Agreements.  The Fund has filed each agreement
  with the SEC as part of its registration statement on Form N-1A.

  Service Performed by Adviser

  Each adviser:

  .  Manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the portfolios;

  .  Continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment program of
     the portfolios; and

  .  Determines what portion of portfolio's assets will be invested in
     securities and what portion will consist of cash.

  Limitation of Liability

  In the absence of (1) willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence on
  the part of the adviser in the performance of its obligations and duties under
  the Advisory Agreement, (2) reckless disregard by the adviser of its
  obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement, or (3) a loss resulting
  from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation
  for services, the adviser shall not be subject to any liability whatsoever to
  the Fund, for any error of judgment, mistake of law or any other act or
  omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services under the
  Advisory Agreement.

  Continuing an Advisory Agreement

  An Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect for periods of one year
  so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a:

  .  Majority of those Members who are not parties to the Investment Advisory
     Agreement or interested persons of any such party;

  .  (2) (a) majority of the Members or (b) a majority of the shareholders of
     the portfolio.

  Terminating an Advisory Agreement

  The Fund may terminate an Investment Advisory Agreement at any time, without
  the payment of any penalty if:

  .  A majority of the portfolio's shareholders vote to do so; and

  .  It gives the adviser 60 days' written notice.

  .  The adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreements at any time, without the
     payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' written notice to the Fund. An
     Advisory Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate if it is
     assigned.


DISTRIBUTOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  UAMFDI is the Fund's distributor.  The Fund offers its shares continuously.
  While UAMFDI will use its best efforts to sell shares of the Fund, it is not
  obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. UAMFDI receives no
  compensation for its services, and any amounts it may receive under a Service
  and Distribution Plan are passed through in their entirety to third parties.
  UAMFDI, an affiliate of UAM, is located at 211 Congress Street, Boston,
  Massachusetts 02110.

                                     II-27
<PAGE>

SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PLANS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The Fund has adopted a Distribution Plan and a Shareholder Servicing Plan (the
  "Plans") for their Institutional Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1
  under the 1940 Act.

Shareholder Servicing Plan

  The Shareholder Servicing Plan (Service Plan) permits the Fund to compensate
  broker-dealers or other financial institutions (Service Agents) that have
  agreed with UAMFDI to provide administrative support services to Institutional
  Service Class shareholders that are their customers. Under the Service Plan,
  Institutional Service Class Shares may pay service fees at the maximum annual
  rate of 0.25% of the average daily net asset value of such shares held by the
  Service Agent for the benefit of its customers. The Fund pays these fees out
  of the assets allocable to Institutional Service Class Shares to UAMFDI, to
  the Service Agent directly or through UAMFDI. Each item for which a payment
  may be made under the Service Plan constitutes personal service and/or
  shareholder account maintenance and may constitute an expense of distributing
  Fund Service Class Shares as the SEC construes such term under Rule 12b-1.
  Services for which Institutional Service Class Shares may compensate Service
  Agents include:

  .  Acting as the sole shareholder of record and nominee for beneficial owners.

  .  Maintaining account records for such beneficial owners of the Fund's
     shares.

  .  Opening and closing accounts.

  .  Answering questions and handling correspondence from shareholders about
     their accounts.

  .  Processing shareholder orders to purchase, redeem and exchange shares.

  .  Handling the transmission of funds representing the purchase price or
     redemption proceeds.

  .  Issuing confirmations for transactions in the Fund's shares by
     shareholders.

  .  Distributing current copies of prospectuses, statements of additional
     information and shareholder reports.

  .  Assisting customers in completing application forms, selecting dividend and
     other account options and opening any necessary custody accounts.

  .  Providing account maintenance and accounting support for all transactions.

  .  Performing such additional shareholder services as may be agreed upon by
     the Fund and the Service Agent, provided that any such additional
     shareholder services must constitute a permissible non-banking activity in
     accordance with the then current regulations of, and interpretations
     thereof by, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, if
     applicable.

Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan

  The Distribution Plan permits the portfolio to pay UAMFDI or others for
  certain distribution, promotional and related expenses involved in marketing
  its Institutional Service Class Shares. Under the Distribution Plan,
  Institutional Service Class Shares may pay distribution fees at the maximum
  annual rate of 0.75% of the average daily net asset value of such shares held
  by the Service Agent for the benefit of its customers.  These expenses
  include, among other things:

  .  Advertising the availability of services and products.

  .  Designing materials to send to customers and developing methods of making
     such materials accessible to customers.

  .  Providing information about the product needs of customers.

                                     II-28
<PAGE>

  .  Providing facilities to solicit Fund sales and to answer questions from
     prospective and existing investors about the Fund.

  .  Receiving and answering correspondence from prospective investors,
     including requests for sales literature, prospectuses and statements of
     additional information.

  .  Displaying and making available sales literature and prospectuses.

  .  Acting as liaison between shareholders and the Fund, including obtaining
     information from the Fund and providing performance and other information
     about the Fund.

  In addition, the Service Class Shares may make payments directly to other
  unaffiliated parties, who either aid in the distribution of their shares or
  provide services to the Class.

Fees Paid under the Service and Distribution Plans

  The Plans permit Institutional Service Class shares to pay distribution and
  service fees at the maximum annual rate of 1.00% of the class' average daily
  net assets for the year.  The Fund's governing board has limited the amount
  the Institutional Service Class may pay under the Plans to 0.40% of the class'
  average daily net assets for the year, and may increase such amount to the
  plan maximum at any time.

  The Fund will not reimburse the Distributor or others for distribution
  expenses incurred in excess of the amount permitted by the Plans.

  Subject to seeking best price and execution, the Fund may buy or sell
  portfolio securities through firms that receive payments under the Plans.
  UAMFDI, at its own expense, may pay dealers for aid in distribution or for aid
  in providing administrative services to shareholders.

Approving, Amending and Terminating the Fund's Distribution Arrangements

  Shareholders of the portfolio have approved the Plans. The Plans also were
  approved by the governing board of the Fund, including a majority of the
  members of the board who are not interested persons of the Fund and who have
  no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans (Plan
  Members), by votes cast in person at meetings called for the purpose of voting
  on these Plans.

  Continuing the Plans

  The Plans continue in effect from year to year so long as they are approved
  annually by a majority of the Fund's board members and its Plan Members.  To
  continue the Plans, the board must determine whether such continuation is in
  the best interest of the Institutional Service Class shareholders and that
  there is a reasonable likelihood of the Plans providing a benefit to the
  Class.  The Fund's board has determined that the Fund's distribution
  arrangements are likely to benefit the Fund and its shareholders by enhancing
  the Fund's ability to efficiently service the accounts of its Institutional
  Service Class shareholders.

  Amending the Plans

  A majority of the Fund's governing board and a majority of its the Plan
  Members must approve any material amendment to the Plans.  Likewise, any
  amendment materially increasing the maximum percentage payable under the Plans
  must be approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the
  Class, as well as by a majority of the Plan Members.

                                     II-29
<PAGE>

  Terminating the Plans

  A majority of the Plan Members or a majority of the outstanding voting
  securities of the Class may terminate the Plans at any time without penalty.
  In addition, the Plans will terminate automatically upon their assignment.

  Miscellaneous

  So long as the Plans are in effect, the non-interested board members will
  select and nominate the Plan Members of the Fund.

  The Fund and UAMFDI intend to comply with the Conduct Rules of the National
  Association of Securities Dealers relating to investment company sales
  charges. with these rules.

  Pursuant to the Plans, the board reviews, at least quarterly, a written report
  of the amounts expended under each agreement with Service Agents and the
  purposes for which the expenditures were made.

Additional Non-12b-1 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements

  In addition to payments by the Fund under the Plans, UAM and any of its
  affiliates, may, at its own expense, compensate a Service Agent or other
  person for marketing, shareholder servicing, record-keeping and/or other
  services performed with respect to the Fund, the portfolio or any class of
  shares of the portfolio. The person making such payments may do so out of its
  revenues, its profits or any other source available to it. Such services
  arrangements, when in effect, are made generally available to all qualified
  service providers. The adviser may also compensate its affiliated companies
  for referring investors to the portfolio.

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrator

  Pursuant to a Fund Administration Agreement with the Fund, UAMFSI manages,
  administers and conducts the general business activities of the Fund.  As a
  part of its responsibilities, UAMFSI provides and oversees the provision by
  various third parties of administrative, fund accounting, dividend disbursing
  and transfer agent services for the Fund. UAMFSI, an affiliate of UAM, has its
  principal office at 211 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

  UAMFSI will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its
  services under the Fund Administration Agreement.  Other expenses to be
  incurred in the operation of the Fund will be borne by the Fund or other
  parties, including:

  .  Taxes, interest, brokerage fees and commissions;

  .  Salaries and fees of officers and members of the board who are not
     officers, directors, shareholders or employees of an affiliate of UAM,
     including UAMFSI, UAMFD I or the adviser;

  .  SEC fees and state Blue-Sky fees;

  .  EDGAR filing fees;

  .  Processing services and related fees;

  .  Advisory and administration fees;

  .  Charges and expenses of pricing and data services, independent public
     accountants and custodians;

  .  Insurance premiums including fidelity bond premiums;

  .  Outside legal expenses;

                                     II-30
<PAGE>

  .  Costs of maintenance of corporate existence;

  .  Typesetting and printing of prospectuses for regulatory purposes and for
     distribution to current shareholders of the Fund;

  .  Printing and production costs of shareholders' reports and corporate
     meetings;

  .  Cost and expenses of Fund stationery and forms;

  .  Costs of special telephone and data lines and devices;

  .  Trade association dues and expenses; and

  .  Any extraordinary expenses and other customary Fund expenses.

  The Fund Administration Agreement continues in effect from year to year if the
  board specifically approves such continuance every year. The fund or UAMFSI
  may terminate the Fund Administration Agreement, without penalty, on not less
  than ninety (90) days' written notice.  The Fund Administration Agreement
  automatically terminates upon its assignment by UAMFSI without the prior
  written consent of the Fund.

  UAMFSI will from time to time employ other people to assist it in performing
  its duties under the Fund Administration Agreement.  Such people may be
  officers and employees who are employed by both UAMFSI and the Fund. UAMFSI
  will pay such people for such employment.  The Fund will not incur any
  obligations with respect to such people.

Sub-Administrator

  UAMFSI has subcontracted some of the its administrative and fund accounting
  services to CGFSC, an affiliate of The Chase Manhattan Bank, under a Mutual
  Funds Service Agreement dated October 26, 1998. CGFSC is located at 73 Tremont
  Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.

Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent

  UAMFSI has subcontracted its transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent
  services to DST Systems, Inc. under an Agency Agreement between UAMFSI and DST
  Systems Inc. DST Systems, Inc., is located at P.O. Box 419534, Kansas City,
  Missouri 64141-6534.

  UAMSSC serves as sub-shareholder servicing agent for the Fund under an
  agreement between UAMSSC and UAMFSI. The principal place of business of UAMSSC
  is 825 Duportail Road, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087.

Administrative Fees

  Each portfolio pays UAMFSI and CGFSC for the administrative services they
  provide.  For more information concerning these fees, see "How Much does the
  Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?" in Part I of this SAI.

CUSTODIAN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The Chase Manhattan Bank, 3 Chase MatroTech Center, Brooklyn, New York, 11245,
  provides for the custody of the Fund's assets pursuant to the terms of a
  custodian agreement with the Fund.

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110,
  serves as independent accountant for the Fund.

                                     II-31
<PAGE>

Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

SELECTION OF BROKERS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The Advisory Agreement authorizes the adviser to select the brokers or dealers
  that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities for the
  portfolio.  The Advisory Agreement also directs the adviser to use its best
  efforts to obtain the best execution with respect to all transactions for the
  portfolio.  The adviser may select brokers based on research, statistical and
  pricing services they provide to the adviser. Information and research
  provided by a broker will be in addition to, and not instead of, the services
  the adviser is required to perform under the Advisory Agreement.  In so doing,
  the portfolio may pay higher commission rates than the lowest rate available
  when the adviser believes it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of
  the research, statistical, and pricing services provided by the broker
  effecting the transaction.

  It is not the practice of the Fund to allocate brokerage or effect principal
  transactions with dealers based on sales of shares that a broker-dealer firm
  makes.  However, the Fund may place trades with qualified broker-dealers who
  recommend the Fund or who act as agents in the purchase of Fund shares for
  their clients.

SIMULTANEOUS TRANSACTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The adviser makes investment decisions for the portfolio independently of
  decisions made for its other clients.  When a security is suitable for the
  investment objective of more than one client, it may be prudent for the
  adviser to engage in a simultaneous transaction, that is, buy or sell the same
  security for more than one client.  The adviser strives to allocate such
  transactions among its clients, including the portfolio, in a fair and
  reasonable manner. Although there is no specified formula for allocating such
  transactions, the Fund's governing board periodically reviews the various
  allocation methods used by the adviser.

BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Equity Securities

  Generally, equity securities are bought and sold through brokerage
  transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters
  will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from
  dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer's mark-up or reflect a
  dealer's mark-down.

Debt Securities

  Debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an
  underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, a portfolio will
  not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases.  When a debt security is
  bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an
  underwriting commission or concession.  The purchase price for securities
  bought from dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the
  dealer's mark up or reflect a dealer's mark down.  When the portfolio executes
  transactions in the over-the-counter market, it will deal with primary market
  makers unless prices that are more favorable are otherwise obtainable.

                                     II-32
<PAGE>

Capital Stock and Other Securities


THE FUND
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The Fund was organized under the name "The Regis Fund II" as a Delaware
  business trust on May 18, 1994. On October 31, 1995, the Fund changed its name
  to "UAM Funds Trust."  The Fund's principal executive office is located at 211
  Congress Street, Boston, MA  02110; however, shareholders should direct all
  correspondence to the address listed on the cover of this SAI.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND VOTING RIGHTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an
  unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, without par value. The
  Board has the power to designate one or more series (portfolios) or classes of
  shares of beneficial interest without shareholder approval.  The Board has
  authorized three classes of shares: Institutional Class, Institutional Service
  Class, and Advisor Class.  Not all of the portfolios issue all of the classes.

Description of Shares

  When issued and paid for, the shares of each series and class of the Fund are
  fully paid and nonassessable, and have no pre-emptive rights or preference as
  to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other features. The shares
  of the Fund have noncumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of
  more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of board members can elect
  100% of the board if they choose to do so. On each matter submitted to a vote
  of the shareholders, a shareholder is entitled to one vote for each full share
  held (and a fractional vote for each fractional share held), then standing in
  his name on the books of the Fund. Shares of all classes will vote together as
  a single class except when otherwise required by law or as determined by the
  Board.

  If the Fund is liquidated, the shareholders of each portfolio or any class
  thereof are entitled to receive the net assets belonging to that portfolio, or
  in the case of a class, belonging to that portfolio and allocable to that
  class. The Fund will distribute is net assets to its shareholders in
  proportion to the number of shares of that portfolio or class thereof held by
  them and recorded on the books of the Fund. A majority of the Board may
  authorize the liquidation of any portfolio or class at any time.

  The Fund will not hold annual meetings except when required to by the 1940 Act
  or other applicable law.

Class Differences

  The Board has authorized three classes of shares, Institutional, Institutional
  Service and Advisor.  The three classes represent interests in the same assets
  of the portfolio and, except as discussed below, are identical in all
  respects.

  .  Institutional Service Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder
     servicing and the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting
     rights with respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures.

  .  Advisor Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder servicing and
     the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting rights with
     respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures. Advisor
     Shares also charge a sales load on purchases.

  .  Each class of shares has different exchange privileges.

  Distribution and shareholder servicing fees reduce a class's:

  .  Net income

                                     II-33
<PAGE>

  .  Dividends

  .  NAV to the extent the portfolio has undistributed net income.

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividend and Distribution Options

  There are three ways for shareholders to receive dividends and capital gains:

  .  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are reinvested in
     additional shares at net asset value;

  .  Income dividends are paid in cash and capital gains distributions are
     reinvested in additional shares at NAV; and

  .  Income dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash.

  Unless the shareholder elects otherwise in writing, the fund will
  automatically reinvest all dividends in additional shares of the portfolio at
  NAV (as of the business day following the record date).  Shareholders may
  change their dividend and distributions option by writing to the fund at least
  three days before the record date for income dividend or capital gain
  distribution.

  The fund sends account statements to shareholders whenever it pays an income
  dividend or capital gains distribution.

Taxes on Distributions

  Each portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment
  income and net realized capital gains so as to avoid income taxes on its
  dividends and distributions and the imposition of the federal excise tax on
  undistributed income and capital gains.  However, a portfolio cannot predict
  the time or amount of any such dividends or distributions.

  Each portfolio will be treated as a separate entity (and hence as a separate
  "regulated investment company") for federal tax purposes. The capital
  gains/losses of one portfolio will not be offset against the capital
  gains/losses of another portfolio.

"Buying a Dividend"

  Distributions by the portfolio reduce its NAV.  A distribution that reduces
  the NAV of the portfolio below its cost basis is taxable as described in the
  prospectus of the portfolio, although from an investment standpoint, it is a
  return of capital.  If you buy shares of the portfolio on or just before the
  "record date" (the date that establishes which shareholders will receive an
  upcoming distribution) for a distribution, you will receive some of the money
  you invested as a taxable distribution.

                                     II-34
<PAGE>

Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating NAV

  The purchase and redemption price of the shares of a portfolio is equal to the
  NAV of the portfolio.  The Fund calculates the NAV of a portfolio by
  subtracting its liabilities from its total assets and dividing the result by
  the total number of shares outstanding.  For purposes of this calculation:

  .  Liabilities include accrued expenses and dividends payable; and

  .  Total assets include the market value of the securities held by the
     portfolio, plus cash and other assets plus income accrued but not yet
     received.

  Each portfolio normally calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on the
  NYSE every day the NYSE is open for trading.  The NYSE usually closes at 4:00
  p.m.  The NYSE is closed on the following days: New Year's Day, Dr. Martin
  Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence
  Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

How the Fund Values it Assets

  Equity Securities

  Equity securities listed on a securities exchange for which market quotations
  are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price of the day.
  Price information on listed securities is taken from the exchange where the
  security is primarily traded.  Unlisted equity securities and listed
  securities not traded on the valuation date for which market quotations are
  readily available are valued neither exceeding the asked prices nor less than
  the bid prices.  Quotations of foreign securities in a foreign currency are
  converted to U.S. dollar equivalents.  The converted value is based upon the
  bid price of the foreign currency against U.S. dollars quoted by any major
  bank or by a broker.

  Debt Securities

  Debt securities are valued according to the broadest and most representative
  market, which will ordinarily be the over-the-counter market.  Debt securities
  may be valued based on prices provided by a pricing service when such prices
  are believed to reflect the fair market value of such securities.  Securities
  purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days or less are valued at amortized
  cost when the governing board determines that amortized cost reflects fair
  value.

  Other Assets

  The value of other assets and securities for which no quotations are readily
  available (including restricted securities) is determined in good faith at
  fair value using methods determined by the governing board.

PURCHASE OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Service Agents may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of their
  customers. To do so, the Service Agent must receive your investment order
  before the close of trading on the NYSE and must transmit it to the fund
  before the close of its business day to receive that day's share price. The
  fund must receive proper payment for the order by the time the portfolio
  calculates its NAV on the following business day. Service Agents are
  responsible to their customers and the Fund for timely

                                     II-35
<PAGE>

  transmission of all subscription and redemption requests, investment
  information, documentation and money.

  Shareholders can buy full and fractional (calculated to three decimal places)
  shares of a portfolio. The fund will not issue certificates for fractional
  shares and will only issue certificates for whole shares upon the written
  request of a shareholder.

  The Fund may reduce or waive the minimum for initial and subsequent investment
  for certain fiduciary accounts, such as employee benefit plans or under
  circumstances, where certain economies can be achieved in sales of the
  portfolio's shares.

In-Kind Purchases

  At its discretion, the Fund may permit shareholders to purchase shares of the
  portfolio with securities, instead of cash.  If the Fund allows a shareholder
  to make an in-kind purchase, it will value such securities according to the
  policies described under "VALUATION OF SHARES" at the next determination of
  net asset value after acceptance. The Fund will issue shares of the portfolio
  at the NAV of the portfolio determined as of the same time.

  The Fund will only acquire securities through an in-kind purchase for
  investment and not for immediate resale. The Fund will only accept in-kind
  purchases if the transaction meets the following conditions:

  .  The securities are eligible investments for the portfolio;

  .  The securities have readily available market quotations;

  .  The investor represents and agrees that the securities are liquid and that
     there are no restrictions on their resale imposed by the 1933 Act or
     otherwise;

  .  All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to such
     securities become the property of the portfolio and are delivered to the
     fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer; and

  .  Immediately after the transaction is complete, the value of all securities
     of the same issuer held by the portfolio cannot exceed 5% of the net assets
     of the portfolio. This condition does not apply to U.S. government
     securities.

  Investors who are subject to Federal taxation upon exchange may realize a gain
  or loss for federal income tax purposes depending upon the cost of securities
  or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such exchanges should
  contact the adviser.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  When you redeem, your shares may be worth more or less than the price you paid
  for them depending on the market value of the investments held by the
  portfolio.

By Mail

  Requests to redeem shares must include:

  .  Share certificates, if issued;

  .  A letter of instruction or an assignment specifying the number of shares or
     dollar amount the shareholder wishes to redeem signed by all registered
     owners of the shares in the exact names in which they are registered;

  .  Any required signature guarantees (see "Signature Guarantees"); and

                                     II-36
<PAGE>

  .  Estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension and
     profit sharing plans and other organizations must submit any other
     necessary legal documents.

By Telephone

  Shareholders may not do the following by telephone:

  .  Change the name of the commercial bank or the account designated to receive
     redemption proceeds. To change an account in this manner, you must submit a
     written request signed by each shareholder, with each signature
     guaranteed).

  .  Redeem shares represented by a certificate.

  The fund and its UAMSSC will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that
  instructions communicated by telephone are genuine, and they may be liable for
  any losses if they fail to do so. These procedures include requiring the
  investor to provide certain personal identification at the time an account is
  opened and before effecting each transaction requested by telephone. In
  addition, all telephone transaction requests will be recorded and investors
  may be required to provide additional telecopied written instructions of such
  transaction requests. The Fund or UAMSSC may be liable for any losses due to
  unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if the Fund or the UAMSSC
  does not employ the procedures described above. Neither the Fund nor the
  UAMSSC will be responsible for any loss, liability, cost or expense for
  following instructions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be
  genuine.

Redemptions-In-Kind

  If the governing board determines that it would be detrimental to the best
  interests of remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or
  partly in cash, the Fund may pay redemption proceeds in whole or in part by a
  distribution in-kind of liquid securities held by the portfolio in lieu of
  cash in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC. Investors may incur
  brokerage charges on the sale of portfolio securities received in payment of
  redemptions.

  However, the Fund has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all
  redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during
  any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the
  Fund at the beginning of such period.  Such commitment is irrevocable without
  the prior approval of the SEC.  Redemptions in excess of the above limits may
  be paid in whole or in part, in investment securities or in cash, as the Board
  may deem advisable; however, payment will be made wholly in cash unless the
  governing board believes that economic or market conditions exist which would
  make such a practice detrimental to the best interests of the Fund.  If
  redemptions are paid in investment securities, such securities will be valued
  as set forth under "Valuation of Shares."  A redeeming shareholder would
  normally incur brokerage expenses if these securities were converted to cash.

Signature Guarantees

  The Fund requires signature guarantees for certain types of documents,
  including.

  .  Written requests for redemption;

  .  Separate instruments for assignment ("stock power"), which should specify
     the total number of shares to be redeemed; and

  .  On all stock certificates tendered for redemption.

  The purpose of signature guarantees is to verify the identity of the person
  who has authorized a redemption from your account and to protect your account,
  the Fund and its sub-transfer agent from fraud.

                                     II-37
<PAGE>

  The Fund will accept signature guarantees from any eligible guarantor
  institution, as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
  participates in a signature guarantee program. Eligible guarantor institutions
  include banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national securities exchanges,
  registered securities associations, clearing agencies and savings
  associations.  You can get a complete definition of eligible guarantor
  institutions by calling 1-877-826-5465.  Broker-dealers guaranteeing
  signatures must be a member of a clearing corporation or maintain net capital
  of at least $100,000.  Credit unions must be authorized to issue signature
  guarantees.

Other Redemption Information

  Normally, the Fund will pay for all shares redeemed under proper procedures
  within seven days after it received your request.  However, the Fund will pay
  your redemption proceeds earlier as applicable law so requires.

  The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment:

  .  When the NYSE and custodian bank are closed

  .  Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

  .  During any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of the
     Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for the
     portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it, or to fairly determine the
     value of its assets.

  .  For such other periods as the Commission may permit.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The exchange privilege is only available with respect to portfolios that are
  qualified for sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges are
  based on the respective net asset values of the shares involved. The
  Institutional Class and Institutional Service Class shares of UAM Funds do not
  charge a sales commission or charge of any kind for exchanges.

  Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be responsible for the
  authenticity of the exchange instructions received by telephone.  The
  governing board of the Fund may restrict the exchange privilege at any time.
  Such instructions may include limiting the amount or frequency of exchanges
  and may be for the purpose of assuring such exchanges do not disadvantage the
  Fund and its shareholders.

TRANSFER OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Shareholders may transfer shares of the portfolio to another person by making
  a written request to the Fund. Your request should clearly identify the
  account and number of shares you wish to transfer.  All registered owners
  should sign the request and all stock certificates, if any, which are subject
  to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the stock certificate
  or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner as described under
  "Signature Guarantees." As in the case of redemptions, the written request
  must be received in good order before any transfer can be made.

Performance Calculations

  A portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
  return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
  are not intended to indicate future performance.  The SEC has adopted rules
  that require mutual funds to present performance quotations in a standard
  manner. Mutual funds can present non-standard performance quotations only if
  they also provide

                                     II-38
<PAGE>

  certain standardized performance information that they have computed according
  to the requirements of the SEC. Current yield and average annual compounded
  total return information are calculated using the method of computing
  performance mandated by the SEC.

  The performance is calculated separately for each Class of a portfolio.
  Dividends paid by a portfolio with respect to each Class will be calculated in
  the same manner at the same time on the same day and will be in the same
  amount, except that service fees, distribution charges and any incremental
  transfer agency costs relating to Advisor or Service Class Shares will be
  borne exclusively by that class.

TOTAL RETURN
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Total return is the change in value of an investment in the portfolio over a
  given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A
  cumulative or aggregate total return reflects actual performance over a stated
  period. An average annual total return is a hypothetical rate of return that,
  if achieved annually, would have produced the same cumulative total return if
  performance had been constant over the entire period.

  The fund calculates the average annual total return of a portfolio by finding
  the average annual compounded rates of return over one, five and ten-year
  periods that would equate an initial hypothetical $1,000 investment to its
  ending redeemable value. The calculation assumes that all dividends and
  distributions are reinvested when paid. The quotation assumes the amount was
  completely redeemed at the end of each one, five and ten-year period and the
  deduction of all applicable Fund expenses on an annual basis. Since
  Institutional Service Class Shares bear additional service and distribution
  expenses, their average annual total return will generally be lower than that
  of the Institutional Class Shares.

  The fund calculates these figures according to the following formula:

<TABLE>
<S>              <C>     <C>
     P (1 + T)/11/  =       ERV

     Where:

     P              =       a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000
     T              =       average annual total return
     n              =       number of years
     ERV            =       ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000
                            payment made at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year
                            periods at the end of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods (or
                            fractional portion thereof).
</TABLE>


YIELD
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the portfolio over a
  given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate. Yields are
  calculated according to a standard that is required for all mutual funds. As
  this differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may not equal the
  income actually paid to shareholders.

  The current yield is determined by dividing the net investment income per
  share earned during a 30-day base period by the maximum offering price per
  share on the last day of the period and annualizing the result.  Expenses
  accrued for the period include any fees charged to all shareholders during the
  base period. Since Institutional Service Class shares bear additional service
  and distribution expenses, their yield will generally be lower than that of
  the Institutional Class Shares.

  Yield is obtained using the following formula:

     Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)/6/-1]

     Where:

                                     II-39
<PAGE>

     a =  dividends and interest earned during the period

     b =  expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

     c =  the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period that
     were entitled to receive income distributions

     d =  the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the period.

COMPARISONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio's performance may be compared to data prepared by independent
  services which monitor the performance of investment companies, data reported
  in financial and industry publications, and various indices as further
  described in this SAI. This information may also be included in sales
  literature and advertising.

  To help investors better evaluate how an investment in the portfolio of the
  Fund might satisfy their investment objective, advertisements regarding the
  Fund may discuss various measures of Fund performance as reported by various
  financial publications. Advertisements may also compare performance (as
  calculated above) to performance as reported by other investments, indices and
  averages. Please see Appendix B for publications, indices and averages that
  may be used.

  In assessing such comparisons of performance, an investor should keep in mind
  that the composition of the investments in the reported indices and averages
  is not identical to the composition of investments in the portfolio, that the
  averages are generally unmanaged, and that the items included in the
  calculations of such averages may not be identical to the formula used by the
  portfolio to calculate its performance. In addition, there can be no assurance
  that the portfolio will continue this performance as compared to such other
  averages.

Financial Statements

  The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of each portfolio,
  other than the FPA Crescent Portfolio:

  .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999.

  .  Financial highlights for the respective periods presented

  .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

  The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of FPA Crescent
  Portfolio:

  .  Financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

  .  Financial highlights for the periods presented

  .  The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

  Each of the above-referenced documents is incorporated by reference into this
  SAI.  However, no other parts of the portfolios' Annual Reports are
  incorporated by reference herein.  Shareholders may get copies of the
  portfolios' Annual Reports free of charge by calling the UAM Funds at the
  telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.

                                     II-40
<PAGE>

                                III:  Glossary


                                     III-1
<PAGE>

  1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

  1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

  1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

  Adviser means the investment adviser of the portfolio.

  All terms that this SAI does not otherwise define, have the same meaning in
  the SAI as they do in the prospectus(es) of the portfolios.

  Board member refers to a single member of the Fund's Board.

  Board refers to the Fund's Board of Trustees as a group.

  CGFSC is Chase Global Funds Service Company, the Fund's sub-administrator.

  Distribution Plan refers to the Distribution Plan the Fund has adopted for its
  Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

  Fund refers to UAM Funds Trust.

  Governing Board, see Board.

  NAV is the net asset value per share of a portfolio.  You can find information
  on how the fund calculates this number under "Purchase, Redemption and Pricing
  of Shares."

  NYSE is the New York Stock Exchange.  Also known as "The Exchange" or "The Big
  Board," the NYSE is located on Wall Street and is the largest exchange in the
  United States.

  Plan member refers to members of the board who are not interested persons of
  the Fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the
  operation of the Plans.

  Plans refers to the Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plans the Fund has
  adopted for its Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940
  Act.

  Portfolio refers to a single series of the Fund, while portfolios refer to all
  of the series of the Fund.

  SEC is the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The SEC is the federal agency
  that administers most of the federal securities laws in the United States.  In
  particular, the SEC administers the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the 1934 Act.

  Service Plan refers to the Shareholder Servicing Plan the Fund has adopted for
  its Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

  Service Class means the Institutional Service Class shares of a portfolio.

  UAM Funds Complex includes UAM Funds, Inc., UAM Funds Trust, UAM Funds Inc. II
  and all of their portfolios.

  UAM is United Asset Management Corporation.

  UAMFDI is UAM Fund Distributors, Inc., the Fund's distributor.

  UAMFSI is UAM Fund Services, Inc., the Fund's administrator.

  UAMSSC is UAM Fund Shareholder Servicing Center, the Fund's
  sub-shareholder-servicing agent.

                                     III-2
<PAGE>

                              IV:  Appendix A -
                           Description of Securities
                                  and Ratings


                                     IV-1
<PAGE>

Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  aaa     An issue which is rated "aaa" is considered to be a top-quality
          preferred stock. This rating indicates good asset protection and the
          least risk of dividend impairment within the universe of preferred
          stock.

  aa      An issue which is rated "aa" is considered a high-grade preferred
          stock. This rating indicates that there is a reasonable assurance the
          earnings and asset protection will remain relatively well maintained
          in the foreseeable future.

  a       An issue which is rated "a" is considered to be an upper-medium grade
          preferred stock. While risks are judged to be somewhat greater than in
          the "aaa" and "aa" classification, earnings and asset protection are,
          nevertheless, expected to be maintained at adequate levels.

  baa     An issue which is rated "baa" is considered to be a medium-grade
          preferred stock, neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Earnings
          and asset protection appear adequate at present but may be
          questionable over any great length of time.

  ba      An issue which is rated "ba" is considered to have speculative
          elements and its future cannot be considered well assured. Earnings
          and asset protection may be very moderate and not well safeguarded
          during adverse periods. Uncertainty of position characterizes
          preferred stocks in this class.

  b       An issue which is rated "b" generally lacks the characteristics of a
          desirable investment. Assurance of dividend payments and maintenance
          of other terms of the issue over any long periods of time may be
          small.

  caa     An issue which is rated "caa" is likely to be in arrears on dividend
          payments. This rating designation does not purport to indicate the
          future status of payments.

  ca      An issue which is rated "ca" is speculative in a high degree and is
          likely to be in arrears on dividends with little likelihood of
          eventual payments.

  c       This is the lowest rated class of preferred or preference stock.
          Issues so rated can thus be regarded as having extremely poor
          prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.


  Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each rating
  classification:  the modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the
  higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-
  range ranking and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower
  end of its generic rating category.

DEBT RATINGS - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Aaa     Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They
          carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally
          referred to as "gilt-edged." Interest payments are protected by a
          large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure.
          While the various protective elements are likely to change, such
          changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the
          fundamentally strong position of such issues.

  Aa      Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
          standards. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of
          protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of
          protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other
          elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger
          than the Aaa securities.

  A       Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes
          and are to be considered as upper-medium grade obligations. Factors
          giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but
          elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment
          sometime in the future.

                                     IV-2
<PAGE>

  Baa     Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations,
          (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured). Interest
          payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but
          certain protective elements may be lacking or may be
          characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such
          bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have
          speculative characteristics as well.

  Ba      Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements;
          their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the
          protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate,
          and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over
          the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

  B       Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the
          desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or
          of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of
          time may be small.

  Caa     Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in
          default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to
          principal or interest.

  Ca      Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative
          in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other
          marked shortcomings.

  C       Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and
          issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of
          ever attaining any real investment standing.

  Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating
  classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the
  obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category;  modifier 2
  indicates a mid-range ranking;  and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the
  lower end of that generic rating category.

SHORT-TERM PRIME RATING SYSTEM - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
  repay punctually senior debt obligations.  These obligations have an original
  maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

  Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment
  grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

  Prime-1   Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institution) have a superior
            ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. Prime-1
            repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the following
            characteristics:

  .  High rates of return on funds employed.

  .  Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and
     ample asset protection.

  .  Broad leading market positions in well-established industries.

  .  margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal
     cash generation.

  .  Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources
     of alternate liquidity.

  Prime-2   Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong
            ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. This
            will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited
            above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios,
            while sound, may be more subject to variation. Capitalization
            characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by
            external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

  Prime 3   Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an
            acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term obligation.
            The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions may
            be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability may
            result in changes in the level of debt protection measurements and
            may require relatively high financial leverage. Adequate alternate
            liquidity is maintained.

  Not Prime Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating
            categories.

                                     IV-3
<PAGE>

Standard & Poor's Ratings Services

PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  AAA     This is the highest rating that may be assigned by Standard & Poor's
          to a preferred stock issue and indicates an extremely strong capacity
          to pay the preferred stock obligations.

  AA      A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a high-quality,
          fixed-income security. The capacity to pay preferred stock obligations
          is very strong, although not as overwhelming as for issues rated AAA.

  A       An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the preferred
          stock obligations, although it is somewhat more susceptible to the
          adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions.

  BBB     An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate capacity to
          pay the preferred stock obligations. Whereas it normally exhibits
          adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or
          changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity
          to make payments for a preferred stock in this category than for
          issues in the A category.

  BB, B,  Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded, on balance, as
  CCC     predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay
          preferred stock obligations. BB indicates the lowest degree of
          speculation and CCC the highest. While such issues will likely have
          some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by
          large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

  CC      The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue that is in
          arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently
          paying.

  C       A preferred stock rated C is a nonpaying issue.

  D       A preferred stock rated D is a nonpaying issue with the issuer in
          default on debt instruments.

  N.R.    This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is
          insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard &
          Poor's does not rate a particular type of obligation as a matter of
          policy.

  Plus    To provide more detailed indications of preferred stock quality,
  (+) or  ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or
  minus   minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating
  (-)     categories.


LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
  considerations:

  Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its
  financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
  obligation;

  Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

  Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event
  of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of
  bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

  AAA     An obligation rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by Standard &
          Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
          obligation is extremely strong.

  AA      An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only
          in small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial
          commitment on the obligation is very strong.

  A       An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse
          effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than
          obligations in higher- rated categories. However, the obligor's
          capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still
          strong.

  BBB     An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters.
          However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are
          more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligator to meet
          its financial commitment on the obligation.

                                     IV-4
<PAGE>

  Obligations rated BB, B, CCC , CC and C are regarded as having significant
  speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and
  C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and
  protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or
  major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

  BB      An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other
          speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or
          exposures to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which
          could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial
          commitment on the obligation.

  B       An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than
          obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to
          meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business,
          financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor's
          capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the
          obligation.

  CCC     An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to non-payment, and is
          dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions
          for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In
          the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the
          obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial
          commitment on the obligations.

  CC      An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

  C       The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy
          petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments
          on this obligation are being continued.

  D       An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is
          used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even
          if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard &
          Poor's believes that such payments will be made during such grace
          period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy
          petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an
          obligation are jeopardized.

  Plus (+) or minus (-)  The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
  addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major
  rating categories.

  r  This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant
  noncredit risks.  It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected
  returns which are not addressed in the credit rating.  Examples include:
  obligation linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or commodities;
  obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as interest-only or
  principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with unusually risky
  interest terms, such as inverse floaters.

SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered
  short-term in the relevant market.  In the U.S., for example, that means
  obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days - including
  commercial paper.  Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the
  creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term
  obligations.  The result is a dual rating in which the short-term rating
  addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.  Medium-
  term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

  A-1     A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by
          Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial
          commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain
          obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that
          the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on these
          obligations is extremely strong.

  A-2     A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the
          adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions
          than obligation in higher rating categories. However, the obligor's
          capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is
          satisfactory.

  A-3     A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection
          parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing
          circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the
          obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

  B       A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having significant
          speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to
          meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces
          major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor's
          inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
          obligation.

                                     IV-5
<PAGE>

  C       A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment
          and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic
          conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the
          obligation.

  D       A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating
          category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the
          date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless
          Standard & Poors' believes that such payments will be made during such
          grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a
          bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on
          an obligation are jeopardized.

Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.

LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  AAA     Highest credit quality. The risk factors are negligible, being only
          slightly more than for risk-free U.S. Treasury debt.

  AA+/AA  High credit quality. Protection factors are strong. Risk is modest but
          may vary slightly from time to time because of economic conditions.

  A+/A/A- Protection factors are average but adequate. However, risk factors are
          more variable in periods of greater economic stress.

  BBB+/   Below-average protection factors but still considered sufficient for
  BBB     prudent investment.  Considerable variability in risk during economic
  BBB-    cycles.

  BB+/BB/ Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations when
  BB-     due. Present or prospective financialprotection factors fluctuate
          according to industry conditions. Overall quality may move up or down
          frequently within this category.

  B+/B/B- Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligation will not be
          net when due. Financial protection factors will fluctuate widely
          according to economic cycles, industry conditions and/or company
          fortunes. Potential exists for frequent changes in the rating within
          this category or into a higher or lower rating grade.

  CCC     Well below investment-grade securities. Considerable uncertainty
          exists as to timely payment of principal, interest or preferred
          dividends. Protection factors are narrow and risk can be substantial
          with unfavorable economic/industry conditions, and/or with unfavorable
          company developments.

  DD      Defaulted debt obligations. Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal
          and/or interest payments. Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal
          and/or interest payments.

  DP      Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.


SHORT-TERM DEBT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  High Grade

  D-1+    Highest certainty of timely payment. Short-term liquidity, including
          internal operating factors and/or access to alternative sources of
          funds, is outstanding, and safety is just below risk-free U.S.
          Treasury short-term obligations.

  D-1     Very high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are excellent
          and supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk factors are
          minor.

  D-1-    High certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are strong and
          supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk factors are
          very small.

                                     IV-6
<PAGE>

  Good Grade

  D-2     Good certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors and company
          fundamentals are sound. Although ongoing funding needs may enlarge
          total financing requirements, access to capital markets is good. Risk
          factors are small.


  Satisfactory Grade

  D-3     Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify issues as
          to investment grade. Risk factors are larger and subject to more
          variation. Nevertheless, timely payment is expected.

  Non-Investment Grade

  D-4     Speculative investment characteristics. Liquidity is not sufficient to
          insure against disruption in debt service. Operating factors and
          market access may be subject to a high degree of variation.

  Default

  D-5     Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

Fitch IBCA Ratings

INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Investment Grade

  AAA     Highest credit quality. 'AAA' ratings denote the lowest expectation of
          credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong
          capacity for timely payment for financial commitments. This capacity
          is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

  AA      Very high credit quality. 'AA' ratings denote a very low expectation
          of credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for timely payment
          of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly
          vulnerable to foreseeable events.

  A       High credit quality. 'A' ratings denote a low expectation of credit
          risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is
          considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable
          to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case
          for higher ratings.

  B       Good credit quality. 'BBB' ratings indicate that there is currently a
          low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of
          financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in
          circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair
          this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

  Speculative Grade

  BB      Speculative. 'BB' ratings indicate that there is a possibility of
          credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic
          change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be
          available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated
          in this category are not investment grade.

  B       Highly speculative. 'B' ratings indicate that significant credit risk
          is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial
          commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued
          payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and
          economic environment.

                                     IV-7
<PAGE>

  CCC,CC, High default risk.  Default is a real possibility.  Capacity for
  C       meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained,
          favorable business or economic developments. A 'CC' rating indicates
          that default of some kind appears probable. 'C' ratings signal
          imminent default.

  DDD,DD, Default.  Securities are not meeting current obligations and are
  D       extremely speculative. 'DDD' designates the highest potential for
          recovery of amounts outstanding on any securities involved. For U.S.
          corporates, for example, 'DD' indicates expected recovery of 50% - 90%
          of such outstandings, and 'D' the lowest recovery potential, i.e.
          below 50%.


International Short-Term Credit Ratings

  F1      Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely
          payment of financial commitments; may have an added "+" to denote any
          exceptionally strong credit feature.

  F2      Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of
          financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in
          the case of the higher ratings.

  F3      Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial
          commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could
          result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

  B       Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial
          commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in
          financial and economic conditions.

  C       High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting
          financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable
          business and economic environment.

  D       Default.  Denotes actual or imminent payment default.


  Notes
  "+" or "-" may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major
  rating categories.  Such suffixes are not added to the 'AAA' long-term rating
  category, to categories below 'CCC', or to short-term ratings other than 'F1'.

  'NR'  indicates that Fitch IBCA does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

  'Withdrawn':  A rating is withdrawn when Fitch IBCA deems the amount of
  information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an
  obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

  RatingAlert:  Ratings are placed on RatingAlert to notify investors that there
  is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of
  such change.  These are designated as "Positive", indicating a potential
  upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving", if ratings may
  be raised, lowered or maintained.  RatingAlert is typically resolved over a
  relatively short period.

                                     IV-8
<PAGE>

                          V:  Appendix B  Comparisons


                                      V-1
<PAGE>

  CDA Mutual Fund Report, published by CDA Investment Technologies, Inc. --
  analyzes price, current yield, risk, total return and average rate of return
  (average annual compounded growth rate) over specified time periods for the
  mutual fund industry.

  Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the U.S. Bureau
  of Labor Statistics -- a statistical measure of change, over time in the price
  of goods and services in major expenditure groups.

  Donoghue's Money Fund Average -- is an average of all major money market fund
  yields, published weekly for 7 and 30-day yields.

  Dow Jones Industrial Average -- a price-weighted average of thirty blue-chip
  stocks that are generally the leaders in their industry and are listed on the
  New York Stock Exchange.  It has been a widely followed indicator of the stock
  market since October 1, 1928.

  Financial publications: Business Week, Changing Times, Financial World,
  Forbes, Fortune, Money, Barron's, Consumer's Digest, Financial Times, Global
  Investor, Investor's Daily, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Morningstar,
  Inc., New York Times, Personal Investor, Wall Street Journal and Weisenberger
  Investment Companies Service -- publications that rate fund performance over
  specified time periods.

  Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
  Corporation, J.P. Morgan & Co, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Merrill Lynch &
  Co., Inc., Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Bloomberg L.P.

  IBC's Money Fund Average/All Taxable -- an average of all major money market
  fund yields, published weekly for 7- and 30-day yields.

  IFC Investable Index -- an unmanaged index maintained by the International
  Finance Corporation.  This index consists of 890 companies in 25 emerging
  equity markets, and is designed to measure more precisely the returns
  portfolio managers might receive from investment in emerging markets equity
  securities by focusing on companies and markets that are legally and
  practically accessible to foreign investors.

  Lehman Aggregate Bond Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market value-weighted
  index that combines the Lehman Government/Corporate Index and the Lehman
  Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and includes treasury issues, agency issues,
  corporate bond issues and mortgage backed securities.  It includes fixed rate
  issuers of investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least one
  year and outstanding par values of at least $200 million for U.S. government
  issues and $25 million for others.

  Lehman Corporate Bond Index -- an unmanaged indices of all publicly issues,
  fixed-rate, nonconvertible investment grade domestic corporate debt.  Also
  included are yankee bonds, which are dollar-denominated SEC registered public,
  noncovertible debt issued or guaranteed by foreign sovereign governments,
  municipalities, or governmental agencies, or international agencies.

  Lehman Government Bond Index -- an unmanaged treasury bond index including all
  public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and foreign-
  targeted issues, and the Agency Bond Index (all publicly issued debt of U.S.
  government agencies and quasi-federal corporation, and corporate debt
  guaranteed by the U.S. government).  In addition to the aggregate index, sub-
  indices cover intermediate and long term issues.

  Lehman Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market value-
  weighted index that combines the Government and Corporate Bond Indices,
  including U.S. government treasury securities, corporate and yankee bonds.
  All issues are investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least
  one year and outstanding par value of at least $100 million of r U.S.
  government issues and $25 million for others.  Any security downgraded during
  the month is held in the index until month end and then removed.  All returns
  are market value weighted inclusive of accrued income.

                                      V-2
<PAGE>

  Lehman High Yield Bond Index -- an unmanaged index of fixed rate, non-
  investment grade debt.  All bonds included in the index are dollar
  denominated, noncovertible, have at least one year remaining to maturity and
  an outstanding par value of at least $100 million.

  Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income
  market value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government Bond Index
  (intermediate-term sub-index) and Lehman Corporate Bond Index.

  Lipper 1-5 Year Short Investment Grade Debt Funds Average -- is an average of
  100 funds that invest at least 65% of assets in investment grade debt issues
  (BBB or higher) with dollar-weighted average maturities of 5 years or less.

  Lipper Balanced Fund Index -- an unmanaged index of open-end equity funds
  whose primary objective is to conserve principal by maintaining at all time a
  balanced portfolio of both stocks and bonds. Typically, the stock/bond ratio
  ranges around 60%/40%.

  Lipper Equity Income Fund Index -- an unmanaged index of equity funds which
  seek relatively high current income and growth of income through investing 60%
  or more of the portfolio in equities.

  Lipper Equity Mid Cap Fund Index -- an unmanaged index of funds which by
  prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Equity Small Cap Fund Index -- an unmanaged index of funds by
  prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $1 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Growth Fund Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 30 largest
  funds by asset size in this investment objective.

  Lipper Mutual Fund Performance Analysis and Lipper -- Fixed Income Fund
  Performance Analysis -- measures total return and average current yield for
  the mutual fund industry.  Rank individual mutual fund performance over
  specified time periods, assuming reinvestments of all distributions, exclusive
  of any applicable sales charges.

  Merrill Lynch 1-4.99 Year Corporate/Government Bond Index -- is an unmanaged
  index composed of U.S. treasuries, agencies and corporates with maturities
  from 1 to 4.99 years.  Corporates are investment grade only (BBB or higher).

  Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index -- arithmetic, market value-
  weighted averages of the performance of over 900 securities listed on the
  stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.

  Mutual Fund Source Book, published by Morningstar, Inc. -- analyzes price,
  yield, risk and total return for equity funds.

  NASDAQ Composite Index -- is a market capitalization, price only, unmanaged
  index that tracks the performance of domestic common stocks traded on the
  regular NASDAQ market as well as national market System traded foreign common
  stocks and ADRs.

  New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices -- unmanaged indices of
  all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance stocks listed on the New
  York Stock Exchange.

  Russell 1000 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 1000 largest stocks
  in the Russell 3000 Index.

  Russell 2000 Growth Index -- contains those Russell 2000 securities with
  higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.

  Russell 2000 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,000 smallest stocks
  in the Russell 3000 Index.

                                      V-3
<PAGE>

  Russell 2000 Value Index -- contains those Russell 2000 securities with a
  less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values than the growth universe.

  Russell 2500 Growth Index -- contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
  greater-than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to
  exhibit higher price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, lower dividend yields
  and higher forecasted growth values than the value universe.

  Russell 2500 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,5000 smallest
  stocks in the Russell 3000.

  Russell 2500 Value Index -- contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
  less-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values then the Growth universe.

  Russell 3000 Index -- composed of the 3,000 largest U.S. publicly traded
  companies based on total market capitalization, which represents approximately
  98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

  Russell Mid-Cap Index -- is composed of the 800 smallest stocks in the Russell
  1000 Index, with an average capitalization of $1.96 billion.

  Salomon Smith Barney Global excluding U.S. Equity Index -- an comprised of the
  smallest stocks (less than $1 billion market capitalization) of the Extended
  Market Index, of both developed and emerging markets.

  Salomon Smith Barney One to Three Year Treasury Index -- an unmanaged index
  comprised of U.S. treasury notes and bonds with maturities one year or
  greater, but less than three years.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month T-Bill Average -- the average for all
  treasury bills for the previous three-month period.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index -- a return
  equivalent yield average based on the last three 3-month Treasury bill issues.

  Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates -- as published by the U.S. Savings
  and Loan League Fact Book.

  Standard & Poor's 600 Small Cap Index -- an unmanaged index comprised of 600
  domestic stocks chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry group
  representation.  The index is comprised of stocks from the industrial,
  utility, financial, and transportation sectors.

  Standard & Poor's Midcap 400 Index -- consists of 400 domestic stocks chosen
  for market size (medium market capitalization of approximately $700 million),
  liquidity, and industry group representation.  It is a market-value weighted
  index with each stock affecting the index in proportion to its market value.

  Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index -- an unmanaged index composed of 400
  industrial stocks, 40 financial stocks, 40 utilities stocks and 20
  transportation stocks.

  Standard & Poor's Barra Value Index -- is constructed by dividing the
  securities in the S&P 500 Index according to price-to-book ratio.  This index
  contains the securities with the lower price-to-book ratios;  the securities
  with the higher price-to-book ratios are contained in the Standard & Poor's
  Barra Growth Index.

  Standard & Poor's Utilities Stock Price Index -- a market capitalization
  weighted index representing three utility groups and, with the three groups,
  43 of the largest utility companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange,
  including 23 electric power companies, 12 natural gas distributors and 8
  telephone companies.

  Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Ibbotson Associates --
  historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and small
  company stock, long-term government bonds, U.S. treasury bills and inflation.

                                      V-4
<PAGE>

  U.S. Three-Month Treasury Bill Average -- the average return for all treasury
  bills for the previous three month period.

  Value Line -- composed of over 1,600 stocks in the Value Line Investment
  Survey.

  Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index -- a market capitalization weighted
  index of publicly traded real estate securities, including real estate
  investment trusts, real estate operating companies and partnerships. The index
  is used by he institutional investment community as a broad measure of the
  performance of public real estate equity for asset allocation and performance
  comparison.

  Wilshire REIT Index -- includes 112 real estate investment trusts (REITs) but
  excludes seven real estate operating companies that are included in the
  Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index..

  Note:  With respect to the comparative measures of performance for equity
  securities described herein, comparisons of performance assume reinvestment of
  dividends, except as otherwise stated.

                                      V-5
<PAGE>

                                UAM Funds Trust
                                 PO Box 419081
                          Kansas City, MO  64141-6081
                     (Toll free) 1-877-UAM-LINK (826-5465)



                      Chicago Asset Management Portfolios
              Chicago Asset Management Intermediate Bond Portfolio
              Chicago Asset Management Value/Contrarian Portfolio


                           Institutional Class Shares

                      Statement of Additional Information
                                 August 9, 1999



  This statement of additional information is not a prospectus. However, you
  should read it in conjunction with the prospectuses of the fund dated August
  9, 1999, as supplemented from time to time.  You may obtain the fund's
  prospectuses by contacting the fund at the address listed above.
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Table Of Contents
<S>                                                                              <C>
I:  Portfolio Summaries                                                            I-1
 Chicago Asset Management Intermediate Bond Portfolio..........................    I-2
  What Investment Strategies May The Portfolio Use?............................    I-2
  What Are The Investment Policies Of The Portfolio?...........................    I-2
  Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?..............................    I-3
  What is the Investment Philosophy and Style of the Adviser?..................    I-4
  How Much Does The Portfolio Pay For Administrative Services?.................    I-4
  Who Are The Principal Holders Of The Securities Of The Portfolio?............    I-4
  What Was The Portfolio's Performance As Of Its Most Recent Fiscal Year End?..    I-4
  What Were The Expenses Of The Portfolio?.....................................    I-5
 Chicago Asset Management Value/Contrarian Portfolio...........................    I-6
  What Investment Strategies May The Portfolio Use?............................    I-6
  What Are The Investment Policies Of The Portfolio?...........................    I-6
  Who Is The Investment Adviser Of The Portfolio?..............................    I-7
  How much does the Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?.................    I-8
  Who are the Principal Holders of the Securities of the Portfolio?............    I-8
  What Was The Portfolio's Performance As Of Its Most Recent Fiscal Year End?..    I-9
  What Were The Expenses Of The Portfolio?.....................................    I-9
II: The UAM Funds in Detail                                                       II-1
 Description of Permitted Investments..........................................   II-2
  Debt Securities..............................................................   II-2
  Derivatives..................................................................   II-8
  Equity Securities............................................................  II-16
  Foreign Securities...........................................................  II-18
  Investment Companies.........................................................  II-21
  Repurchase Agreements........................................................  II-22
  Restricted Securities........................................................  II-22
  Securities Lending...........................................................  II-22
  Short Sales..................................................................  II-23
  When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Delivery Transactions............  II-23
 Management Of The Fund........................................................  II-24
 Investment Advisory and Other Services........................................  II-26
  Investment Adviser...........................................................  II-26
  Distributor..................................................................  II-27
  Service And Distribution Plans...............................................  II-27
  Administrative Services......................................................  II-29
  Custodian....................................................................  II-31
  Independent Public Accountant................................................  II-31
 Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices......................................  II-31
  Selection of Brokers.........................................................  II-31
  Simultaneous Transactions....................................................  II-31
  Brokerage Commissions........................................................  II-31
 Capital Stock and Other Securities............................................  II-32
  The Fund.....................................................................  II-32
  Description Of Shares And Voting Rights......................................  II-32
  Dividends and Capital Gains Distributions....................................  II-33
 Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares....................................  II-34
  Net Asset Value Per Share....................................................  II-34
  Purchase of Shares...........................................................  II-34
  Redemption of Shares.........................................................  II-35
  Exchange Privilege...........................................................  II-37
  Transfer Of Shares...........................................................  II-37
 Performance Calculations......................................................  II-37
  Total Return.................................................................  II-38
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
  Yield........................................................................  II-38
  Comparisons..................................................................  II-39
 Financial Statements..........................................................  II-39
III: Glossary                                                                    III-1
IV:  Appendix A --  Description of Securities and Ratings                         IV-1
 Moody's Investors Service, Inc................................................   IV-2
  Preferred Stock Ratings......................................................   IV-2
  Debt Ratings - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally..............................   IV-2
  Short-Term Prime Rating System - Taxable Debt & Deposits Globally............   IV-3
 Standard & Poor's Ratings Services............................................   IV-4
  Preferred Stock Ratings......................................................   IV-4
  Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings...............................................   IV-4
  Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings..............................................   IV-5
 Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co................................................   IV-6
  Long-Term Debt and Preferred Stock...........................................   IV-6
  Short-Term Debt..............................................................   IV-6
 Fitch IBCA Ratings............................................................   IV-7
  International Long-Term Credit Ratings.......................................   IV-7
V:   Appendix B - Comparisons                                                      V-1
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                                 I:  Portfolio
                                   Summaries

                                      I-1
<PAGE>

  CHICAGO ASSET MANAGEMENT INTERMEDIATE BOND PORTFOLIO

WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed below
     in seeking its objective. This SAI describes each of these
     investments/strategies and their risks in Part II under "Description of
     Permitted Investments." The investments that are italicized are principal
     strategies and you can find more information on these techniques in the
     prospectus of the portfolio. You can find more information concerning the
     limits on the ability of the portfolio to use these investments in "What
     Are the Investment Policies of the Portfolio?"

     .    Investment-Grade debt securities (at least 65% of its assets in
          intermediate-term investment-grade debt securities).

     .    Below investment-grade debt securities (up to 10% of its total
          assets).

     .    Foreign securities (up to 10% of its total assets).

     .    Futures (for hedging purposes only).

     .    Options (to enhance income or hedge risk).

     .    Forward currency exchange contracts (for hedging purposes only).

     .    Swaps (for hedging purposes only).

     .    Investment company securities.

     .    Repurchase agreements.

     .    Restricted securities.

     .    Securities lending.

     .    When-issued securities.

WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a
     limitation relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the
     portfolio's acquisition of such security or other asset. Accordingly, the
     portfolio will not consider changes in values, net assets or other
     circumstances when determining whether the investment complies with its
     investment limitations.

Fundamental Policies

     The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
     portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of
     the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the 1940
     Act. The portfolio will not:

     .    With respect to 75% of its assets, invest more than 5% of its total
          assets at the time of purchase in the securities of any single issuer
          (other than obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and
          interest by the U.S. government or any if its agencies or
          instrumentalities).

     .    With respect to 75% of its assets, purchase more than 10% of any class
          of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer.

                                      I-2
<PAGE>

     .    Invest more than 25% of its assets in companies within a single
          industry; however, there are no limitations on investments made in
          instruments issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and its
          agencies.

     .    Borrow, except from banks and as a temporary measure for extraordinary
          or emergency purposes and then, in no event, in excess of 331/3% of
          the portfolio's gross assets valued at the lower of market or cost.

     .    Invest in physical commodities or contracts on physical commodities.

     .    Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships,
          although it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal
          in real estate and may purchase and sell securities which are secured
          by interests in real estate.

     .    Make loans except (i) by purchasing debt securities in accordance with
          its investment objectives and policies, (ii) entering into repurchase
          agreements or (iii) by lending its portfolio securities to banks,
          brokers, dealers and other financial institutions so long as such
          loans are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and
          regulations or interpretations of the SEC thereunder.

     .    Underwrite the securities of other issuers.

     .    Issue senior securities, as defined in the 1940 Act, except that this
          restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the Portfolio from (i)
          making any permitted borrowings, mortgages or pledges, or (ii)
          entering into options, futures or repurchase transactions.

Non-Fundamental Policies

     The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio
     may change them without shareholder approval.

     The portfolio will not:

     .    Invest in futures and/or options on futures unless not more than 5% of
          its assets are required as deposit to secure obligations under such
          futures and/or options on futures contracts. The portfolio may exclude
          from this calculation, options that are in-the-money at the time of
          purchase.

     .    Invest more than 20% of its assets in futures and/or options on
          futures.

     .    Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
          investment companies.

     .    Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
          investment company.

     .    Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment
          company.

     .    Purchase on margin or sell short except as specified herein.

     .    Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities
          that are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale
          (restricted securities) or securities for which there are no readily
          available markets (illiquid securities).

     .    Purchase additional securities when its borrowings exceed 5% of its
          total assets.

     .    Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent greater
          than 331/3% of its total assets at fair market value.

WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Chicago Asset Management Company is the investment adviser of the
     portfolio. For its services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal to
     0.48% of the average daily net assets of the portfolio. Due to the effect
     of fee waivers by the adviser, the actual percentage of average net assets
     that the portfolio pays in any given year may be different from the rate
     set forth in its contract with the adviser. For

                                      I-3
<PAGE>

     more information concerning the adviser, see "Investment Advisory and Other
     Services" in Part II of this SAI.

WHAT IS THE INVESTMENT PHILOSOPHY AND STYLE OF THE ADVISER?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The adviser's approach is predicated on a controlled risk strategy that
     attempts to avoid dependence on interest rate anticipation while
     emphasizing value added through sector rotation and yield curve analysis.
     The firm seeks to add value by improving the odds in a risk/reward
     equation. The adviser focuses on the more traditional aspects of active
     portfolio management by scrutinizing sectors, coupons, call features, and
     the shape of the yield curve. The adviser attempts to constructs the
     portfolio for income and safety.

HOW MUCH DOES THE PORTFOLIO PAY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to UAMFSI
     calculated at the annual rate of:

     .    $14,500 for the first operational class; plus

     .    $3,000 for each additional class; plus

     .    0.04% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio.

     The portfolio also pays a fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and other
     services provided by CGFSC. The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC, is
     calculated at the annual rate of:

     .    Not more than $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

     .    $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus

     .    0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the fund, UAM
          Funds, Inc. and UAM Funds Trust II.

WHO ARE THE PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     As of July 20, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of record
     or beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name and Address of Shareholder                      Percentage of Shares Owned
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>
John D. Curran Francis McCartin TR                            91.06%
FBO Pipe Fitters Pension Fund
Local 597 U/A 01/05/55 Acct 31
C/o Chicago Asset Management Co
70 W. Madison St, Fl 56
Chicago, IL 60602-4261
</TABLE>

     Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding
     shares of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is defined
     in the 1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling the portfolio
     could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio on
     any matter requiring the approval of shareholders of the portfolio.

WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
     return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
     are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio calculates
     its current yield and average annual total return information according to
     the methods required by the SEC. For more information concerning the
     performance of the portfolio,

                                      I-4
<PAGE>

     including the way it calculates its performance figures, see "Performance
     Calculations" in Part II of this SAI.

Performance Information For Periods Ended April 30, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 Average Annual Total Return
     -----------------------------------------------------------
                                         Shorter of 10
                                        Years or Since
          1 Year         5 Years           Inception        30-Day Yield        Inception Date
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     <S>                 <C>            <C>                 <C>                 <C>
          5.72%             N/A              7.35%                4.83%              1/24/95
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WHAT WERE THE EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Investment          Investment                                 Sub-
      For FYE       Advisory Fees       Advisory Fees       Administrator       Administrator        Brokerage
     April 30,          Paid               Waived               Fee                 Fee             Commissions
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     <S>            <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
        1999            $0                 $65,702             $19,805             $72,416              $0
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        1998            $0                 $52,374             $ 4,364             $78,912              $0
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        1997            $0                 $41,438             $ 3,427             $76,798              $0
</TABLE>

                                      I-5
<PAGE>

CHICAGO ASSET MANAGEMENT VALUE/CONTRARIAN PORTFOLIO

WHAT INVESTMENT STRATEGIES MAY THE PORTFOLIO USE?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The portfolio may use the securities and investment strategies listed below
     in seeking its objective. This SAI describes each of these
     investments/strategies and their risks in Part II under "Description of
     Permitted Investments." The investments that are italicized are principal
     strategies and you can find more information on these techniques in the
     prospectus of the portfolio. You can find more information concerning the
     limits on the ability of the portfolio to use these investments in "What
     Are the Investment Policies of the Portfolio?"

     .  Equity securities (at least 65% of its total assets).

     .  Below investment-grade debt securities (up to 5% of its total assets).

     .  Foreign securities (up to 10% of its total assets in foreign securities
        and up to 25% of its total assets in American Depositary Receipts).

     .  Futures (for hedging purposes only).

     .  Forward currency exchange contracts (for hedging purposes only).

     .  Options (for hedging purposes only).

     .  Swaps (for hedging purposes only).

     .  Investment company securities.

     .  Repurchase agreements.

     .  Restricted securities.

     .  Securities lending.

     .  When-issued securities.

WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The portfolio will determine percentages (with the exception of a
     limitation relating to borrowing) immediately after and as a result of the
     portfolio's acquisition of such security or other asset. Accordingly, the
     portfolio will not consider changes in values, net assets or other
     circumstances when determining whether the investment complies with its
     investment limitations.

Fundamental Policies

     The following investment limitations are fundamental, which means the
     portfolio cannot change them without approval by the vote of a majority of
     the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio, as defined by the .940
     Act. The portfolio will not:

     .  With respect to 75% of its assets, invest more than 5% of its total
        assets at the time of purchase in the securities of any single issuer
        (other than obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and
        interest by the U.S. government or any if its agencies or
        instrumentalities).

     .  With respect to 75% of its assets, purchase more than .0% of any class
        of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer.

                                      I-6
<PAGE>

     .  Invest more than 25% of its assets in companies within a single
        industry; however, there are no limitations on investments made in
        instruments issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and its
        agencies.

     .  Borrow, except from banks and as a temporary measure for extraordinary
        or emergency purposes and then, in no event, in excess of 33 1/3% of the
        portfolio's gross assets valued at the lower of market or cost.

     .  Invest in physical commodities or contracts on physical commodities.

     .  Purchase or sell real estate or real estate limited partnerships,
        although it may purchase and sell securities of companies which deal in
        real estate and may purchase and sell securities which are secured by
        interests in real estate.

     .  Make loans except (i) by purchasing debt securities in accordance with
        its investment objectives and policies, (ii) entering into repurchase
        agreements or (iii) by lending its portfolio securities to banks,
        brokers, dealers and other financial institutions so long as such loans
        are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations or
        interpretations of the SEC thereunder.

     .  Underwrite the securities of other issuers.

     .  Issue senior securities, as defined in the .940 Act, except that this
        restriction shall not be deemed to prohibit the Portfolio from (i)
        making any permitted borrowings, mortgages or pledges, or (ii) entering
        into options, futures or repurchase transactions.

Non-Fundamental Policies

     The following limitations are non-fundamental, which means the portfolio
     may change them without shareholder approval.

     The portfolio will not:

     .  Invest in futures and/or options on futures unless not more than 5% of
        its assets are required as deposit to secure obligations under such
        futures and/or options on futures contracts. The portfolio may exclude
        from this calculation, options that are in-the-money at the time of
        purchase.

     .  Invest more than 20% of its assets in futures and/or options on futures.

     .  Invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other
        investment companies.

     .  Invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one
        investment company.

     .  Acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment
        company.

     .  Purchase on margin or sell short except as specified herein.

     .  Invest more than an aggregate of 15% of its net assets in securities
        that are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale
        (restricted securities) or securities for which there are no readily
        available markets (illiquid securities).

     .  Purchase additional securities when its borrowings exceed 5% of its
        total assets.

     .  Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets to an extent greater
        than 33 1/3% of its total assets at fair market value.

WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Chicago Asset Management Company is the investment adviser of the
     portfolio. For its services, the portfolio pays its adviser a fee equal to
     0.625% of the average daily net assets of the portfolio. Due to the effect
     of fee waivers by the adviser, the actual percentage of average net assets
     that the portfolio pays in any given year may be different from the rate
     set forth in its contract with the adviser. For more

                                      I-7
<PAGE>

  information concerning the adviser, see "Investment Advisory and Other
  Services" in Part II of this SAI.

What is the Investment Philosophy and Style of the Adviser?

  The adviser views itself as an equity manager who, by combining value judgment
  and contrarian opinion, strives to outperform the market and other money
  managers not by market timing, but by focusing on the selection of individual
  securities. Categorized as a large cap, bottom-up, value/contrarian strategy,
  the adviser's philosophy and strategy are qualitative and have remained the
  same since the inception of the firm.

HOW MUCH DOES THE PORTFOLIO PAY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  In exchange for administrative services, the portfolio pays a fee to UAMFSI
  calculated at the annual rate of:

  .  $14,500 for the first operational class; plus

  .  $3,000 for each additional class; plus

  .  0.06% of the aggregate net assets of the portfolio.

  The portfolio also pays a fee to UAMFSI for sub-administration and other
  services provided by CGFSC.  The fee, which UAMFSI pays to CGFSC, is
  calculated at the annual rate of:

  .  Not more than $52,500 for the first operational class; plus

  .  $7,500 for each additional operational class; plus

  .  0.039% of their pro rata share of the combined assets of the Fund, UAM
     Funds, Inc. and UAM Funds Trust II.

WHO ARE THE PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF THE SECURITIES OF THE PORTFOLIO?
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  As of July 20, 1999, the following persons or organizations held of record or
  beneficially 5% or more of the shares of a portfolio:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Percentage of Shares
  Name and Address of Shareholder                          Owned
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
  <S>                                               <C>
  United Asset Management Corp                             5.73%
  Profit Sharing & 401K Plan Tr
  Acct 036912707902556307
  PO Bix 1443
  Chicago, IL 60690-1443
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
  UMBSC & Co                                              28.28%
  FBO Interstate Brands
  Moderate Growth A/C 340419134
  PO Box 419175
  Kansas City, MO 64141-6175
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
  UMBSC & Co                                              45.52%
  FBO Interstate Brands
  Conservative Growth A/C 340936053
  PO Box 419175
  Kansas City, MO 64141-6175
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
  UMBSC & Co                                              12.73%
  FBO Interstate Brands
  Aggressive Growth A/C 340419159
  PO Box 419175
  Kansas City, MO 64141-6175
</TABLE>

  Any shareholder listed above as owning 25% or more of the outstanding shares
  of a portfolio may be presumed to "control" (as that term is defined in the
  1940 Act) the portfolio. Shareholders controlling

                                      I-8
<PAGE>

  the portfolio could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the
  portfolio on any matter requiring the approval of shareholders of the
  portfolio.

WHAT WAS THE PORTFOLIO'S PERFORMANCE AS OF ITS MOST RECENT FISCAL YEAR END?
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
  return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
  are not intended to indicate future performance. The portfolio calculates its
  current yield and average annual total return information according to the
  methods required by the SEC. For more information concerning the performance
  of the portfolio, including the way it calculates its performance figures, see
  "Performance Calculations" in Part II of this SAI.

Average Annual Total Return

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     For the                                                 Shorter of 10
  Periods Ended                                             Years or Since
    April 30,          1 Year             5 Years             Inception           Inception Date
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>                <C>               <C>                   <C>
     1999              21.68%               N/A                 21.90%              12/16/94
</TABLE>

WHAT WERE THE EXPENSES OF THE PORTFOLIO?

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  For the        Investment         Investment
    FYE         Advisory Fees      Advisory Fees    Administrator    Sub-Administrator      Brokerage
 April 30,          Paid              Waived            Fee                 Fee            Commissions
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                <C>              <C>              <C>                   <C>
  1999               $0              $137,651         $28,471             $70,455            $23,446
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1998               $0              $120,386         $11,576             $73,676            $33,412
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1997               $0              $ 13,652         $ 1,287             $74,076            $20,946
</TABLE>

                                      I-9
<PAGE>

                        II:  The UAM Funds in Detail

                                     II-1
<PAGE>

DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS


DEBT SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Corporations and governments use debt securities to borrow money from
  investors.  Most debt securities promise a variable or fixed rate of return
  and repayment of the amount borrowed at maturity.  Some debt securities, such
  as zero-coupon bonds, do not pay current interest and are purchased at a
  discount from their face value.  Debt securities may include, among other
  things, all types of bills, notes, bonds, mortgage-backed securities or asset-
  backed securities.

Types of Debt Securities

U.S. Government Securities

  U.S. government securities are securities that the United States Treasury has
  issued (treasury securities) and securities that a federal agency or a
  government-sponsored entity has issued (agency securities). Treasury
  securities include treasury notes, which have initial maturities of one to ten
  years and treasury bonds, which have initial maturities of at least ten years
  and certain types of mortgage-backed securities that are described under
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities." This SAI discusses
  mortgage-backed treasury and agency securities in detail in the section called
  "Mortgage-Backed and Other Asset-Backed Securities."

  The full faith and credit of the U.S. government supports treasury securities.
  Unlike treasury securities, the full faith and credit of the United States
  government generally do not back agency securities.  Agency securities are
  typically supported in one of three ways:

  .  by the right of the issuer to borrow from the United States Treasury;

  .  by the discretionary authority of the United States government to buy the
     obligations of the agency; or

  .  by the credit of the sponsoring agency.

  While U.S. government securities are guaranteed as to principal and interest,
  their market value is not guaranteed.  U.S. government securities are subject
  to the same interest rate and credit risks as other fixed income securities.
  However, since U.S. government securities are of the highest quality, the
  credit risk is minimal.  The U.S. government does not guarantee the net asset
  value of the assets of the portfolio.

Corporate Bonds

  Corporations issue bonds and notes to raise money for working capital or for
  capital expenditures such as plant construction, equipment purchases and
  expansion.  In return for the money loaned to the corporation by investors,
  the corporation promises to pay investors interest, and repay the principal
  amount of the bond or note.

Mortgage-Backed Securities

  Mortgage-backed securities are interests in pools of mortgage loans that
  various governmental, government-related and private organizations assemble as
  securities for sale to investors. Unlike most debt securities, which pay
  interest periodically and repay principal maturity specified call dates,
  mortgage-backed securities make monthly payments that consist of both interest
  and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a "pass-through" of the
  monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their mortgage loans, net
  of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such

                                     II-2
<PAGE>

  securities. Since homeowners usually have the option of paying either part or
  all of the loan balance before maturity, the effective maturity of a mortgage
  backed security is often shorter than is stated.

  Governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers may insure or
  guaranty the timely payment of interest and principal of these pools through
  various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title,
  pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit.  The adviser will consider
  such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof
  in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets its investment
  quality standards. It is possible that the private insurers or guarantors will
  not meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee
  arrangements.

  Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid,
  securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily
  marketable.

Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA)

  GNMA is the principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities.
  GNMA is a wholly owned corporation of the U.S. government and it falls within
  the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Securities issued by GNMA are
  treasury securities, which means the faith and credit of the U.S. government
  backs them.  GNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on
  securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA and backed by pools of FHA-
  insured or VA-guaranteed mortgages. GNMA does not guarantee the market value
  or yield of mortgage-backed securities or the value of portfolio shares. To
  buy GNMA securities, the portfolio may have to pay a premium over the maturity
  value of the underlying mortgages, which the portfolio may lose if prepayment
  occurs.

Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA)

  FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private
  stockholders.  FNMA is regulated by the Secretary of Housing and Urban
  development.  FNMA purchases conventional mortgages from a list of approved
  sellers and service providers, including state and federally-chartered savings
  and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit
  unions and mortgage bankers. Securities issued by FNMA are agency securities,
  which means FNMA, but not the U.S. government, guarantees their timely payment
  of principal and interest.

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC)

  FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government whose stock is
  owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks.  Congress created FHLMC in 1970
  to increase the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. FHLMC
  issues Participation Certificates (PCs) which represent interests in
  conventional mortgages from its national portfolio. Like FNMA, FHLMC
  guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of
  principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
  government.

Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers

  Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance
  companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create
  pass-through pools of conventional mortgage loans.  In addition to
  guaranteeing the mortgage-related security, such issuers may service and/or
  have originated the underlying mortgage loans. Pools created by these issuers
  generally offer a higher rate of interest than pools created by GNMA, FNMA &
  FHLMC because they are not guaranteed by a government agency.

Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities

                                     II-3
<PAGE>

  Yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of
  traditional debt securities in a variety of ways, the most significant
  differences are mortgage-backed securities:

  .  payments of interest and principal are more frequent (usually monthly);

  .  they usually have adjustable interest rates; and

  .  they may pay off their entire principal substantially earlier than their
     final distribution dates so that the price of the security will generally
     decline when interest rates rise.

  In addition to risks associated with changes in interest rates described in
  "Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities," a variety of economic,
  geographic, social and other factors, such as the sale of the underlying
  property, refinancing or foreclosure, can cause investors to repay the loans
  underlying a mortgage-backed security sooner than expected. If the prepayment
  rates increase, the portfolio may have to reinvest its principal at a rate of
  interest that is lower than the rate on existing mortgage-backed securities.

Other Asset-Backed Securities

  These securities are interests in pools of a broad range of assets other than
  mortgage, such as automobile loans, computer leases and credit card
  receivables.  Like mortgage-backed securities, these securities are pass-
  through. In general, the collateral supporting these securities is of shorter
  maturity than mortgage loans and is less likely to experience substantial
  prepayments with interest rate fluctuations.

  Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by
  mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the
  benefit of any security interest in the related assets, which raises the
  possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to
  support payments on these securities.  For example, credit card receivables
  are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a
  number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which allow debtors
  to reduce their balances by offsetting certain amounts owed on the credit
  cards. Most issuers of asset-backed securities backed by automobile
  receivables permit the servicers of such receivables to retain possession of
  the underlying obligations.  If the servicer were to sell these obligations to
  another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest
  superior to that of the holders of the related asset-backed securities.  Due
  to the quantity of vehicles involved and requirements under state laws, asset-
  backed securities backed by automobile receivables may not have a proper
  security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables.

  To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make
  payments, the entity administering the pool of assets may agree to ensure the
  receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion
  ("liquidity protection").  In addition, asset-backed securities may obtain
  insurance, such as guarantees, policies or letters of credit obtained by the
  issuer or sponsor from third parties, for some or all of the assets in the
  pool ("credit support"). Delinquency or loss more than that anticipated or
  failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an
  investment in such a security.

  The portfolio may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed
  securities, which is the excess cash flow remaining after making required
  payments on the securities and paying related administrative expenses. The
  amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed
  securities depends in part on the characteristics of the underlying assets,
  the coupon rates on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of
  administrative expenses and the actual prepayment experience on the underlying
  assets.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMOs)

  CMOs are hybrids between mortgage-backed bonds and mortgage pass-through
  securities. Similar to a bond, CMOs usually pay interest and prepay principal
  semiannually. While whole mortgage loans may collateralize CMOs, portfolios of
  mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA and their income
  streams more typically collateralize them.

                                     II-4
<PAGE>

  A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Internal
  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and invests in certain mortgages primarily
  secured by interests in real property and other permitted investments.

  CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated
  maturity. Each class of CMO or REMIC certificate, often referred to as a
  "tranche," is issued at a specific interest rate and must be fully retired by
  its final distribution date. Generally, all classes of CMOs or REMIC
  certificates pay or accrue interest monthly.  Investing in the lowest tranche
  of CMOs and REMIC certificates involves risks similar to those associated with
  investing in equity securities.

Short-Term Investments

  To earn a return on uninvested assets, meet anticipated redemptions, or for
  temporary defensive purposes, a portfolio may invest a portion of its assets
  in the short-term securities listed below, U.S. government securities and
  Investment-grade corporate debt securities. Unless otherwise specified, a
  short-term debt security has a maturity of one year or less.

Bank Obligations

  The portfolio will only invest in a security issued by a commercial bank if
  the bank:

  .  has total assets of at least $1 billion, or the equivalent in other
     currencies;

  .  is a U.S. bank and a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
     and

  .  is a foreign branch of a U.S. bank and the adviser believes the security is
     of an investment quality comparable with other debt securities that the
     portfolio may purchase.

Time Deposits

  Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits, such as savings accounts or
  certificates of deposit, held by a financial institution for a fixed term with
  the understanding that the depositor can withdraw its money only by giving
  notice to the institution. However, there may be early withdrawal penalties
  depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation.
  The portfolio may only purchase time deposits maturing from two business days
  through seven calendar days.

Certificates of Deposit

  Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds
  deposited in a commercial bank or savings and loan association for a definite
  period of time and earning a specified return.

Banker's Acceptance

  A banker's acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a
  borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction
  (to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods).

Commercial Paper

  Commercial paper is a short-term obligation with a maturity ranging from 1 to
  270 days issued by banks, corporations and other borrowers.  Such investments
  are unsecured and usually discounted.  A portfolio may invest in commercial
  paper rated A-1 or A-2 by S&P or Prime-1 or Prime-2 by Moody's, or, if not
  rated, issued by a corporation having an outstanding unsecured debt issue
  rated A or better by Moody's or by S&P. See Appendix A for a description of
  commercial paper ratings.

Yankee Bonds

                                     II-5
<PAGE>

  Yankee bonds are dollar-denominated bonds issued inside the United States by
  foreign entities.  Investment in these securities involve certain risks which
  are not typically associated with investing in domestic securities.  See
  "FOREIGN SECURITIES".

Zero Coupon Bonds

  These securities make no periodic payments of interest, but instead are sold
  at a discount from their face value. When held to maturity, their entire
  income, which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the difference
  between the issue price and their value at maturity. The amount of the
  discount rate varies depending on factors including the time remaining until
  maturity, prevailing interest rates, the security's liquidity and the issuer's
  credit quality. The market value of zero coupon securities may exhibit greater
  price volatility than ordinary debt securities because a stripped security
  will have a longer duration than an ordinary debt security with the same
  maturity. The portfolio's investments in pay-in-kind, delayed and zero coupon
  bonds may require it to sell certain of its portfolio securities to generate
  sufficient cash to satisfy certain income distribution requirements.

  These securities may include treasury securities that have had their interest
  payments ("coupons") separated from the underlying principal ("corpus") by
  their holder, typically a custodian bank or investment brokerage firm. Once
  the holder of the security has stripped or separated corpus and coupons, it
  may sell each component separately. The principal or corpus is then sold at a
  deep discount because the buyer receives only the right to receive a future
  fixed payment on the security and does not receive any rights to periodic
  interest (cash) payments.  Typically, the coupons are sold separately or
  grouped with other coupons with like maturity dates and sold bundled in such
  form. The underlying treasury security is held in book-entry form at the
  Federal Reserve Bank or, in the case of bearer securities (i.e., unregistered
  securities which are owned ostensibly by the bearer or holder thereof), in
  trust on behalf of the owners thereof. Purchasers of stripped obligations
  acquire, in effect, discount obligations that are economically identical to
  the zero coupon securities that the Treasury sells itself.

  The United States Treasury has facilitated transfers of ownership of zero
  coupon securities by accounting separately for the beneficial ownership of
  particular interest coupon and corpus payments on Treasury securities through
  the Federal Reserve book-entry record keeping system. Under a Federal Reserve
  program known as "STRIPS" or "Separate Trading of Registered Interest and
  Principal of Securities," the portfolio can record its beneficial ownership of
  the coupon or corpus directly in the book-entry record-keeping system.

Terms to Understand

Maturity

  Every debt security has a stated maturity date when the issuer must repay the
  amount it borrowed (principal) from investors.  Some debt securities, however,
  are callable, meaning the issuer can repay the principal earlier, on or after
  specified dates (call dates).  Debt securities are most likely to be called
  when interest rates are falling because the issuer can refinance at a lower
  rate, similar to a homeowner refinancing a mortgage.  The effective maturity
  of a debt security is usually its nearest call date.

  A portfolio that invests in debt securities has no real maturity.  Instead, it
  calculates its weighted average maturity.  This number is an average of the
  stated maturity of each debt security held by the portfolio, with the maturity
  of each security weighted by the percentage of the assets of the portfolio it
  represents.

Duration

  Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity of a
  debt security, or a portfolio that invests in debt securities, to changes in
  interest rates.  It measures sensitivity more accurately than maturity because
  it takes into account the time value of cash flows generated over the life of
  a debt security.   Future interest payments and principal payments are
  discounted to reflect their present value and then are multiplied by the
  number of years they will be received to produce a value expressed in

                                     II-6
<PAGE>

  years --the duration. Effective duration takes into account call features and
  sinking fund prepayments that may shorten the life of a debt security.

  An effective duration of 4 years, for example, would suggest that for each 1%
  reduction in interest rates at all maturity levels, the price of a security is
  estimated to increase by 4%.  An increase in rates by the same magnitude is
  estimated to reduce the price of the security by 4%.  By knowing the yield and
  the effective duration of a debt security, one can estimate total return based
  on an expectation of how much interest rates, in general, will change. While
  serving as a good estimator of prospective returns, effective duration is an
  imperfect measure.

Factors Affecting the Value of Debt Securities

  The total return of a debt instrument is composed of two elements: the
  percentage change in the security's price and interest income earned.  The
  yield to maturity of a debt security estimates its total return only if the
  price of the debt security remains unchanged during the holding period and
  coupon interest is reinvested at the same yield to maturity.  The total return
  of a debt instrument, therefore, will be determined not only by how much
  interest is earned, but also by how much the price of the security and
  interest rates change.

Interest Rates

  The price of a debt security generally moves in the opposite direction from
  interest rates (i.e., if interest rates go up, the value of the bond will go
  down, and vice versa).

Prepayment Risk

  This risk effects mainly mortgage-backed securities.  Unlike other debt
  securities, falling interest rates can hurt mortgage-backed securities, which
  may cause your share price to fall.  Lower rates motivate people to pay off
  mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities earlier than expected.  The
  portfolio may then have to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayments at
  lower interest rates, which can reduce its yield. The unexpected timing of
  mortgage and asset-backed prepayments caused by the variations in interest
  rates may also shorten or lengthen the average maturity of the portfolio.  If
  left unattended, drifts in the average maturity of the portfolio can have the
  unintended effect of increasing or reducing the effective duration of the
  portfolio, which may adversely affect the expected performance of the
  portfolio.

Extension Risk

  The other side of prepayment risk occurs when interest rates are rising.
  Rising interest rates can cause a portfolio's average maturity to lengthen
  unexpectedly due to a drop in mortgage prepayments.  This would increase the
  sensitivity of a portfolio to rising rates and its potential for price
  declines.  Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security increases
  the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market interest rates. For
  these reasons, mortgage-backed securities may be less effective than other
  types of U.S. government securities as a means of "locking in" interest rates.

Credit Rating

  Coupon interest is offered to investors of debt securities as compensation for
  assuming risk, although short-term treasury securities, such as 3-month
  treasury bills, are considered "risk free." Corporate securities offer higher
  yields than treasury because their payment of interest and complete repayment
  of principal is less certain. The credit rating or financial condition of an
  issuer may affect the value of a debt security.  Generally, the lower the
  quality rating of a security, the greater the risks that the issuer will fail
  to pay interest and return principal. To compensate investors for taking on
  increased risk, issuers with lower credit ratings usually offer their
  investors a higher "risk premium" in the form of higher interest rates above
  comparable treasuries securities.

                                     II-7
<PAGE>

  Changes in investor confidence regarding the certainty of interest and
  principal payments of a corporate debt security will result in an adjustment
  to this "risk premium."  Since an issuer's outstanding debt carries a fixed
  coupon, adjustments to the risk premium must occur in the price, which effects
  the yield to maturity of the bond. If an issuer defaults or becomes unable to
  honor its financial obligations, the bond may lose some or all of its value

  A security rated within the four highest rating categories by a rating agency
  is called investment-grade because its issuer is more likely to pay interest
  and repay principal than an issuer of a lower rated bond.  Adverse economic
  conditions or changing circumstances, however, may weaken the capacity of the
  issuer to pay interest and repay principal.  If a security is not rated or is
  rated under a different system, the adviser may determine that it is of
  investment-grade.  The adviser may retain securities that are downgraded, if
  it believes that keeping those securities is warranted.

  Debt securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) are highly
  speculative securities that are usually issued by smaller, less credit worthy
  and/or highly leveraged (indebted) companies.  A corporation may issue a junk
  bond because of a corporate restructuring or other similar event.  Compared
  with investment-grade bonds, junk bonds carry a greater degree of risk and are
  less likely to make payments of interest and principal.  Market developments
  and the financial and business condition of the corporation issuing these
  securities influences their price and liquidity more than changes in interest
  rates, when compared to investment-grade debt securities.  Insufficient
  liquidity in the junk bond market may make it more difficult to dispose of
  junk bonds and may cause the portfolio to experience sudden and substantial
  price declines.  A lack of reliable, objective data or market quotations may
  make it more difficult to value junk bonds accurately.

  Rating agencies are organizations that assign ratings to securities based
  primarily on the rating agency's assessment of the issuer's financial
  strength.  The portfolios currently use ratings compiled by Moody's Investor
  Services ("Moody's"), Standard and Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P"), Duff &
  Phelps Rating Co. and Fitch IBCA. Credit ratings are only an agency's opinion,
  not an absolute standard of quality, and they do not reflect an evaluation of
  market risk. Appendix A contains further information concerning the ratings of
  certain rating agencies and their significance.

  The adviser may use ratings produced by ratings agencies as guidelines to
  determine the rating of a security at the time the portfolio buys it. A rating
  agency may change its credit ratings at any time. The adviser monitors the
  rating of the security and will take appropriate actions if a rating agency
  reduces the security's rating. The portfolio is not obligated to dispose of
  securities whose issuers subsequently are in default or which are downgraded
  below the above-stated ratings.


DERIVATIVES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying
  asset, such as a stock or a bond, an underlying economic factor, such as an
  interest rate or a market benchmark, such as an index. A portfolio may use
  derivatives to gain exposure to various markets in a cost efficient manner, to
  reduce transaction costs or to remain fully invested.  A portfolio may also
  try to minimize its loss by investing in derivatives to protect it from broad
  fluctuations in market prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange
  rates. Investing in derivatives for these purposes is known as "hedging." When
  hedging is successful, the portfolio will have offset any depreciation in the
  value of its portfolio securities by the appreciation in the value of the
  derivative position. Although techniques other than the sale and purchase of
  derivatives could be used to control the exposure of the portfolio to market
  fluctuations, the use of derivatives may be a more effective means of hedging
  this exposure.

Types of Derivatives

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

  A forward foreign currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell
  a specific amount of currency at a future date or date range at a specific
  price. In the case of a cancelable forward contract, the holder has the
  unilateral right to cancel the contract at maturity by paying a specified fee.
  Forward

                                     II-8
<PAGE>

  foreign currency exchange contracts differ from foreign currency futures
  contracts in certain respects. Unlike futures contracts, forward contracts:

  .  Do not have standard maturity dates or amounts (i.e., the parties to the
     contract may fix the maturity date and the amount).

  .  Are traded in the inter-bank markets conducted directly between currency
     traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers, as opposed to
     futures contracts which are traded in only on exchanges regulated by the
     CFTC.

  .  Do not require an initial margin deposit.

  .  May be closed by entering into a closing transaction with the currency
     trader who is a party to the original forward contract, as opposed to a
     commodities exchange.

Foreign Currency Hedging Strategies

  A "settlement hedge" or "transaction hedge" is designed to protect the
  portfolio against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the
  date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or
  received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of the
  amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security transaction for
  a fixed amount of U.S. dollars "locks in" the U.S. dollar price of the
  security. The portfolio may also use forward contracts to purchase or sell a
  foreign currency when it anticipates purchasing or selling securities
  denominated in foreign currency, even if it has not yet selected the specific
  investments.

  The portfolio may also use forward contracts to hedge against a decline in the
  value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. Such a hedge,
  sometimes referred to as a "position hedge," would tend to offset both
  positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in
  security values caused by other factors. The portfolio could also hedge the
  position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the
  currency in which the portfolio's investment is denominated. This type of
  hedge, sometimes referred to as a "proxy hedge," could offer advantages in
  terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency
  exposure as effectively as a direct hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may
  result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to
  the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

  Transaction and position hedging do not eliminate fluctuations in the
  underlying prices of the securities that the portfolio owns or intends to
  purchase or sell. They simply establish a rate of exchange that one can
  achieve at some future point in time.  Additionally, these techniques tend to
  minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency
  and to limit any potential gain that might result from the increase in value
  of such currency.

  The portfolio may enter into forward contracts to shift its investment
  exposure from one currency into another. Such transactions may call for the
  delivery of one foreign currency in exchange for another foreign currency,
  including currencies in which its securities are not then denominated. This
  may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency, or from
  one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of strategy,
  sometimes known as a "cross-hedge," will tend to reduce or eliminate exposure
  to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to the currency that is
  purchased. Cross-hedges protect against losses resulting from a decline in the
  hedged currency, but will cause the portfolio to assume the risk of
  fluctuations in the value of the currency it purchases. Cross hedging
  transactions also involve the risk of imperfect correlation between changes in
  the values of the currencies involved.

  It is difficult to forecast with precision the market value of portfolio
  securities at the expiration or maturity of a forward or futures contract.
  Accordingly, the portfolio may have to purchase additional foreign currency on
  the spot market if the market value of a security it is hedging is less than
  the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver. Conversely, the
  portfolio may have to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency it
  received upon the sale of a security if the market value of such security
  exceeds the amount of foreign currency it is obligated to deliver.

                                     II-9
<PAGE>

Futures

  A futures contract is an agreement between two parties whereby one party sells
  and the other party agrees to buy a specified amount of a financial instrument
  at an agreed upon price and time. The financial instrument underlying the
  contract may be a stock, stock index, bond, bond index, interest rate, foreign
  exchange rate or other similar instrument. Agreeing to buy the underlying
  financial information is called buying a futures contract or taking a long
  position in the contract. Likewise, agreeing to sell the underlying financial
  instrument is called selling a futures contract or taking a short position in
  the contract.

  Futures contracts are traded in the United States on commodity exchanges or
  boards of trade -- known as "contract markets" -- approved for such trading
  and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, a federal agency.
  These contract markets standardize the terms, including the maturity date and
  underlying financial instrument, of all futures contracts.

  Unlike other securities, the parties to a futures contract do not have to pay
  for or deliver the underlying financial instrument until some future date (the
  delivery date). Contract markets require both the purchaser and seller to
  deposit "initial margin" with a futures broker, known as a futures commission
  merchant, when they enter into the contract. Initial margin deposits are
  typically equal to a percentage of the contract's value. After they open a
  futures contract, the parties to the transaction must compare the purchase
  price of the contract to its daily market value. If the value of the futures
  contract changes in such a way that a party's position declines, that party
  must make additional "variation margin" payments so that the margin payment is
  adequate. On the other hand, the value of the contract may change in such a
  way that there is excess margin on deposit, possibly entitling the party that
  has a gain to receive all or a portion of this amount.  This process is known
  as "marking to the market."

  Although the actual terms of a futures contract calls for the actual delivery
  of and payment for the underlying security, in many cases the parties may
  close the contract early by taking an opposite position in an identical
  contract. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the original purchase
  price, the party closing the contract would realize a gain; if it is more, it
  would realize a loss. The opposite is also true for a sale, that is, if the
  offsetting sale price is more than the original sale price, the party closing
  the contract would realize a gain; if it is less, it would realize a loss.

  The portfolio will incur commission expenses in both opening and closing
  futures positions.

Options

  An option is a contract between two parties for the purchase and sale of a
  financial instrument for a specified price (known as the "strike price" or
  "exercise price") at any time during the option period.  Unlike a futures
  contract, an option grants a right (not an obligation) to buy or sell a
  financial instrument.  Generally, a seller of an option can grant a buyer two
  kinds of rights: a "call" (the right to buy the security) or a "put" (the
  right to sell the security). Options have various types of underlying
  instruments, including specific securities, indices of securities prices,
  foreign currencies, interest rates and futures contracts.  Options may be
  traded on an exchange (exchange-traded-options) or may be customized
  agreements between the parties (over-the-counter or "OTC options").  Like
  futures, a financial intermediary, known as a clearing corporation,
  financially backs exchange-traded options.  However, OTC options have no such
  intermediary and are subject to the risk that the counter-party will not
  fulfill its obligations under the contract.

Purchasing Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio purchases a put option, it buys the right to sell the
  instrument underlying the option at a fixed strike price.  In return for this
  right, the portfolio pays the current market price for the option (known as
  the "option premium"). The portfolio may purchase put options to offset or
  hedge against a decline in the market value of its securities ("protective
  puts") or to benefit from a decline in the price of securities that it does
  not own.  The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise
  price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs. However, if the
  price of the underlying instrument does not fall

                                     II-10
<PAGE>

  enough to offset the cost of purchasing the option, a put buyer would lose the
  premium and related transaction costs.

  Call options are similar to put options, except that the portfolio obtains the
  right to purchase, rather than sell, the underlying instrument at the option's
  strike price. The portfolio would normally purchase call options in
  anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities it owns or wants
  to buy. The portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option
  period, the value of the underlying instrument exceeded the exercise price
  plus the premium paid and related transaction costs.  Otherwise, the portfolio
  would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the call option.

  The purchaser of an option may terminate its position by:

  .  Allowing it to expire and losing its entire premium;

  .  Exercising the option and either selling (in the case of a put option) or
     buying (in the case of a call option) the underlying instrument at the
     strike price; or

  .  Closing it out in the secondary market at its current price.

Selling (Writing) Put and Call Options

  When the portfolio writes a call option it assumes an obligation to sell
  specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the
  option is exercised at any time before the expiration date.  Similarly, when
  the portfolio writes a put option it assumes an obligation to purchase
  specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the option
  is exercised at any time before the expiration date. The portfolio may
  terminate its position in an exchange-traded put option before exercise by
  buying an option identical to the one it has written.  Similarly, it may
  cancel an over-the-counter option by entering into an offsetting transaction
  with the counter-party to the option.

  The portfolio could try to hedge against an increase in the value of
  securities it would like to acquire by writing a put option on those
  securities.  If security prices rise, the portfolio would expect the put
  option to expire and the premium it received to offset the increase in the
  security's value.  If security prices remain the same over time, the portfolio
  would hope to profit by closing out the put option at a lower price. If
  security prices fall, the portfolio may lose an amount of money equal to the
  difference between the value of the security and the premium it received.
  Writing covered put options may deprive the portfolio of the opportunity to
  profit from a decrease in the market price of the securities it would like to
  acquire.

  The characteristics of writing call options are similar to those of writing
  put options, except that call writers expect to profit if prices remain the
  same or fall.  The portfolio could try to hedge against a decline in the value
  of securities it already owns by writing a call option.  If the price of that
  security falls as expected, the portfolio would expect the option to expire
  and the premium it received to offset the decline of the security's value.
  However, the portfolio must be prepared to deliver the underlying instrument
  in return for the strike price, which may deprive it of the opportunity to
  profit from an increase in the market price of the securities it holds.

  The portfolio is permitted only to write covered options.  The portfolio can
  cover a call option by owning, at the time of selling the option:

  .  The underlying security (or securities convertible into the underlying
     security without additional consideration), index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract;

  .  A call option on the same security or index with the same or lesser
     exercise price;

  .  A call option on the same security or index with a greater exercise price
     and segregating cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the
     difference between the exercise prices;

  .  Cash or liquid securities equal to at least the market value of the
     optioned securities, interest rate, foreign currency or futures contract;
     or

  .  In the case of an index, the portfolio of securities that corresponds to
     the index.

                                     II-11
<PAGE>

  The portfolio can cover a put option by, at the time of selling the option:

  .  Entering into a short position in the underlying security;

  .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract with the same or greater exercise price;

  .  Purchasing a put option on the same security, index, interest rate, foreign
     currency or futures contract with a lesser exercise price and segregating
     cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the difference between the
     exercise prices; or

  .  Maintaining the entire exercise price in liquid securities.

Options on Securities Indices

  Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except
  that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement
  payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities.  In
  addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations
  in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price
  fluctuations in a single security.

Options on Futures

  An option on a futures contract provides the holder with the right to buy a
  futures contract (in the case of a call option) or sell a futures contract (in
  the case of a put option) at a fixed time and price.   Upon exercise of the
  option by the holder, the contract market clearing house establishes a
  corresponding short position for the writer of the option (in the case of a
  call option) or a corresponding long position (in the case of a put option).
  If the option is exercised, the parties will be subject to the futures
  contracts. In addition, the writer of an option on a futures contract is
  subject to initial and variation margin requirements on the option position.
  Options on futures contracts are traded on the same contract market as the
  underlying futures contract.

  The buyer or seller of an option on a futures contract may terminate the
  option early by purchasing or selling an option of the same series (i.e., the
  same exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously purchased or
  sold. The difference between the premiums paid and received represents the
  trader's profit or loss on the transaction.

  The portfolio may purchase put and call options on futures contracts instead
  of selling or buying futures contracts.  The portfolio may buy a put option on
  a futures contract for the same reasons it would sell a futures contract. It
  also may purchase such put options in order to hedge a long position in the
  underlying futures contract. The portfolio may buy call options on futures
  contracts for the same purpose as the actual purchase of the futures
  contracts, such as in anticipation of favorable market conditions.

  The portfolio may write a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a
  decline in the prices of the instrument underlying the futures contracts. If
  the price of the futures contract at expiration were below the exercise price,
  the portfolio would retain the option premium, which would offset, in part,
  any decline in the value of its portfolio securities.

  The writing of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase
  of the futures contracts, except that, if market price declines, the portfolio
  would pay more than the market price for the underlying instrument. The
  premium received on the sale of the put option, less any transaction costs,
  would reduce the net cost to the portfolio.

Swaps, Caps, Collars and Floors

Swap Agreements

  A swap is a financial instrument that typically involves the exchange of cash
  flows between two parties on specified dates (settlement dates), where the
  cash flows are based on agreed-upon prices, rates,

                                     II-12
<PAGE>

  indices, etc. The nominal amount on which the cash flows are calculated is
  called the notional amount. Swaps are individually negotiated and structured
  to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market
  factors, such as interest rates, foreign currency rates, mortgage securities,
  corporate borrowing rates, security prices or inflation rates.

  Swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the
  investments of the portfolio and its share price. The performance of swap
  agreements may be affected by a change in the specific interest rate,
  currency, or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and
  from the portfolio. If a swap agreement calls for payments by the portfolio,
  the portfolio must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, if
  the counter-party's creditworthiness declined, the value of a swap agreement
  would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses.

  Generally, swap agreements have a fixed maturity date that will be agreed upon
  by the parties.  The agreement can be terminated before the maturity date only
  under limited circumstances, such as default by one of the parties or
  insolvency, among others, and can be transferred by a party only with the
  prior written consent of the other party.  The portfolio may be able to
  eliminate its exposure under a swap agreement either by assignment or by other
  disposition, or by entering into an offsetting swap agreement with the same
  party or a similarly creditworthy party. If the counter-party is unable to
  meet its obligations under the contract, declares bankruptcy, defaults or
  becomes insolvent, the portfolio may not be able to recover the money it
  expected to receive under the contract.

  A swap agreement can be a form of leverage, which can magnify a portfolio's
  gains or losses.  In order to reduce the risk associated with leveraging, a
  portfolio will cover its current obligations under swap agreements according
  to guidelines established by the SEC. If the portfolio enters into a swap
  agreement on a net basis, it will segregate assets with a daily value at least
  equal to the excess, if any, of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the
  swap agreement over the accrued amount the portfolio is entitled to receive
  under the agreement. If the portfolio enters into a swap agreement on other
  than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full
  amount of the portfolio's accrued obligations under the agreement.

  Equity Swaps -- In a typical equity index swap, one party agrees to pay
  another party the return on a stock, stock index or basket of stocks in return
  for a specified interest rate.  By entering into an equity index swap, for
  example, the index receiver can gain exposure to stocks making up the index of
  securities without actually purchasing those stocks.   Equity index swaps
  involve not only the risk associated with investment in the securities
  represented in the index, but also the risk that the performance of such
  securities, including dividends, will not exceed the return on the interest
  rate that the portfolio will be committed to pay.

  Interest Rate Swaps -- Interest rate swaps are financial instruments that
  involve the exchange on one type of interest rate for another type of interest
  rate cash flow on specified dates in the future.  Some of the different types
  of interest rate swaps are "fixed-for floating rate swaps," "termed basis
  swaps" and "index amortizing swaps."  Fixed-for floating rate swap involve the
  exchange of fixed interest rate cash flows for floating rate cash flows.
  Termed basis swaps entail cash flows to both parties based on floating
  interest rates, where the interest rate indices are different.  Index
  amortizing swaps are typically fixed-for floating swaps where the notional
  amount changes if certain conditions are met.

  Like a traditional investment in a debt security, a portfolio could lose money
  by investing in an interest rate swap if interest rates change adversely.  For
  example, if the portfolio enters into a swap where it agrees to exchange a
  floating rate of interest for a fixed rate of interest, the portfolio may have
  to pay more money than it receives.  Similarly, if the portfolio enters into a
  swap where it agrees to exchange a fixed rate of interest for a floating rate
  of interest, the portfolio may receive less money than it has agreed to pay.

  Currency Swaps -- A currency swap is an agreement between two parties in which
  one party agrees to make interest rate payments in one currency and the other
  promises to make interest rate payments in another currency. A portfolio may
  enter into a currency swap when it has one currency and desires a different
  currency. Typically the interest rates that determine the currency swap
  payments are fixed, although occasionally one or both parties may pay a
  floating rate of interest.  Unlike an interest rate swap, however, the
  principal amounts are exchanged at the beginning of the contract and returned
  at

                                     II-13
<PAGE>

  the end of the contract. Changes in foreign exchange rates and changes in
  interest rates, as described above may negatively affect currency swaps.

Caps, Collars and Floors

  Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.  In a
  typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under
  specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other
  party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to
  receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an
  agreed-upon level.  The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make
  payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-
  upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and
  selling a floor.

Combined Positions

  The portfolio may purchase and write options in combination with each other,
  or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and
  return characteristics of the overall position. For example, the portfolio
  could construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are
  similar to selling a futures contract by purchasing a put option and writing a
  call option on the same underlying instrument. Alternatively, the portfolio
  could write a call option at one strike price and buy a call option at a lower
  price to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a
  substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve
  multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more
  difficult to open and close out.

Risks of Derivatives

  While transactions in derivatives may reduce certain risks, these transactions
  themselves entail certain other risks. For example, unanticipated changes in
  interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates may result in a
  poorer overall performance of the portfolio than if it had not entered into
  any derivatives transactions.  Derivatives may magnify the portfolio's gains
  or losses, causing it to make or lose substantially more than it invested.

  When used for hedging purposes, increases in the value of the securities the
  portfolio holds or intends to acquire should offset any losses incurred with a
  derivative.  Purchasing derivatives for purposes other than hedging could
  expose the portfolio to greater risks.

Correlation of Prices

  The portfolio's ability to hedge its securities through derivatives depends on
  the degree to which price movements in the underlying index or instrument
  correlate with price movements in the relevant securities. In the case of poor
  correlation, the price of the securities the portfolio is hedging may not move
  in the same amount, or even in the same direction as the hedging instrument.
  The adviser will try to minimize this risk by investing only in those
  contracts whose behavior it expects to resemble the portfolio securities it is
  trying to hedge.  However, if the portfolio's prediction of interest and
  currency rates, market value, volatility or other economic factors is
  incorrect, the portfolio may lose money, or may not make as much money as it
  expected.

  Derivative prices can diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments,
  even if the characteristics of the underlying instruments are very similar to
  the derivative. Listed below are some of the factors that may cause such a
  divergence.

  .  current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of
     the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the
     contract;

  .  a difference between the derivatives and securities markets, including
     different levels of demand, how the instruments are traded, the imposition
     of daily price fluctuation limits or trading of an instrument stops; and

                                     II-14
<PAGE>

  .  differences between the derivatives, such as different margin requirements,
     different liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in
     such markets.

  Derivatives based upon a narrower index of securities, such as those of a
  particular industry group, may present greater risk than derivatives based on
  a broad market index.  Since narrower indices are made up of a smaller number
  of securities, they are more susceptible to rapid and extreme price
  fluctuations because of changes in the value of those securities.

  While currency futures and options values are expected to correlate with
  exchange rates, they may not reflect other factors that affect the value of
  the investments of the portfolio. A currency hedge, for example, should
  protect a yen-denominated security from a decline in the yen, but will not
  protect the portfolio against a price decline resulting from deterioration in
  the issuer's creditworthiness. Because the value of the portfolio's foreign-
  denominated investments changes in response to many factors other than
  exchange rates, it may not be possible to match the amount of currency options
  and futures to the value of the portfolio's investments precisely over time.

Lack of Liquidity

  Before a futures contract or option is exercised or expires, the portfolio can
  terminate it only by entering into a closing purchase or sale transaction.
  Moreover, a portfolio may close out a futures contract only on the exchange
  the contract was initially traded.  Although a portfolio intends to purchase
  options and futures only where there appears to be an active market, there is
  no guarantee that such a liquid market will exist.  If there is no secondary
  market for the contract, or the market is illiquid, the portfolio may not be
  able to close out its position.  In an illiquid market, the portfolio may:

  .  have to sell securities to meet its daily margin requirements at a time
     when it is disadvantageous to do so;

  .  have to purchase or sell the instrument underlying the contract;

  .  not be able to hedge its investments; and

  .  not be able realize profits or limit its losses.

  Derivatives may become illiquid (i.e., difficult to sell at a desired time and
  price) under a variety of market conditions. For example:

  .  an exchange may suspend or limit trading in a particular derivative
     instrument, an entire category of derivatives or all derivatives, which
     sometimes occurs because of increased market volatility;

  .  unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations of an
     exchange;

  .  the facilities of the exchange may not be adequate to handle current
     trading volume;

  .  equipment failures, government intervention, insolvency of a brokerage firm
     or clearing house or other occurrences may disrupt normal trading activity;
     or

  .  investors may lose interest in a particular derivative or category of
     derivatives.

Management Risk

  If the adviser incorrectly predicts stock market and interest rate trends, the
  portfolio may lose money by investing in derivatives. For example, if the
  portfolio were to write a call option based on its adviser's expectation that
  the price of the underlying security would fall, but the price were to rise
  instead, the portfolio could be required to sell the security upon exercise at
  a price below the current market price.  Similarly, if the portfolio were to
  write a put option based on the adviser's expectation that the price of the
  underlying security would rise, but the price were to fall instead, the
  portfolio could be required to purchase the security upon exercise at a price
  higher than the current market price.

Volatility and Leverage

                                     II-15
<PAGE>

  The prices of derivatives are volatile (i.e., they may change rapidly,
  substantially and unpredictably) and are influenced by a variety of factors,
  including

  .  actual and anticipated changes in interest rates;

  .  fiscal and monetary policies; and

  .  national and international political events.

  Most exchanges limit the amount by which the price of a derivative can change
  during a single trading day.  Daily trading limits establish the maximum
  amount that the price of a derivative may vary from the settlement price of
  that derivative at the end of trading on the previous day.  Once the price of
  a derivative reaches this value, a portfolio may not trade that derivative at
  a price beyond that limit.  The daily limit governs only price movements
  during a given day and does not limit potential gains or losses.  Derivative
  prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive
  trading days, preventing prompt liquidation of the derivative.

  Because of the low margin deposits required upon the opening of a derivative
  position, such transactions involve an extremely high degree of leverage.
  Consequently, a relatively small price movement in a derivative may result in
  an immediate and substantial loss (as well as gain) to the portfolio and it
  may lose more than it originally invested in the derivative.

  If the price of a futures contract changes adversely, the portfolio may have
  to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so to meet its
  minimum daily margin requirement.  The portfolio may lose its margin deposits
  if a broker-dealer with whom it has an open futures contract or related option
  becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy.


EQUITY SECURITIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Types of Equity Securities

Common Stocks

  Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company.  Common stocks
  usually carry voting rights and earn dividends.  Unlike preferred stocks,
  which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are
  declared at the discretion of the company's board of directors.

Preferred Stocks

  Preferred stocks are also units of ownership in a company. Preferred stocks
  normally have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the
  liquidation of the company.  However, in all other resects, preferred stocks
  are subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer.  Unlike common stocks,
  preferred stocks are generally not entitled to vote on corporate matters.
  Types of preferred stocks include adjustable-rate preferred stock, fixed
  dividend preferred stock, perpetual preferred stock, and sinking fund
  preferred stock. Generally, the market values of preferred stock with a fixed
  dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates
  and perceived credit risk.

Convertible Securities

  Convertible securities are debt securities and preferred stocks that are
  convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio.  In
  exchange for the conversion feature, many corporations will pay a lower rate
  of interest on convertible securities than debt securities of the same
  corporation. Their market price tends to go up if the stock price moves up.

  Convertible securities are subject to the same risks as similar securities
  without the convertible feature. The price of a convertible security is more
  volatile during times of steady interest rates than other types of debt
  securities.

                                     II-16
<PAGE>

Rights and Warrants

  A right is a privilege granted to exiting shareholders of a corporation to
  subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued.
  Rights normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely
  transferable and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower
  price than the public offering price.  Warrants are securities that are
  usually issued together with a debt security or preferred stock and that give
  the holder the right to buy proportionate amount of common stock at a
  specified price.  Warrants are freely transferable and are traded on major
  exchanges.  Unlike rights, warrants normally have a life that measured in
  years and entitle the holder to buy common stock of a company at a price that
  is usually higher than the market price at the time the warrant is issued.
  Corporations often issue warrants to make the accompanying debt security more
  attractive.

  An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain
  other types of investments.  Generally, rights and warrants do not carry the
  right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the
  underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of
  the issuer. In addition, their value does not necessarily change with the
  value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if they are
  not exercised on or before their expiration date.  Investing in rights and
  warrants increases the potential profit or loss to be realized from the
  investment as compared with investing the same amount in the underlying
  securities.

Risks of Investing in Equity Securities

General Risks of Investing in Stocks

  While investing in stocks allows a portfolio to participate in the benefits of
  owning a company, the portfolio must accept the risks of ownership.  Unlike
  bondholders, who have preference to a company's earnings and cash flow,
  preferred stockholders, followed by common stockholders in order of priority,
  are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets its other
  obligations. For this reason, the value of a company's stock will usually
  react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company's financial
  condition or prospects than its debt obligations.  Stockholders of a company
  that fares poorly can lose money.

  Stock markets tend to move in cycles with short or extended periods of rising
  and falling stock prices.  The value of a company's stock may fall because of:

  .  Factors that directly relate to that company, such as decisions made by its
     management or lower demand for the company's products or services;

  .  Factors affecting an entire industry, such as increases in production
     costs; and

  .  Changes in financial market conditions that are relatively unrelated to the
     company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates, currency
     exchange rates or inflation rates.

  Because preferred stock is generally junior to debt securities and other
  obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer
  will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a more
  senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics.

Small and Medium-Sized Companies

  A small or medium-sized company is a company whose market capitalization falls
  with the range specified in the prospectus of the portfolio.  Investors in
  small and medium-sized companies typically take on greater risk and price
  volatility than they would by investing in larger, more established companies.
  This increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of their small or
  medium size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and
  frequent lack of management depth.  The securities of small and medium
  companies are often traded in the over-the-counter market and might not be
  traded in volumes typical of securities traded on a national securities
  exchange.  Thus, the securities of small and medium capitalization companies
  are likely to be less liquid, and subject to more abrupt or erratic market
  movements, than securities of larger, more established companies.

                                     II-17
<PAGE>

  Technology Companies

  Stocks of technology companies have tended to be subject to greater volatility
  than securities of companies that are not dependent upon or associated with
  technological issues.  Technology companies operate in various industries.
  Since these industries frequently share common characteristics, an event or
  issue affecting one industry may significantly influence other, related
  industries.  For example, technology companies may be strongly affected by
  worldwide scientific or technological developments and their products and
  services may be subject to governmental regulation or adversely affected by
  governmental policies.

  FOREIGN SECURITIES

  Types of Foreign Securities

     Foreign securities are debt and equity securities that are traded in
     markets outside of the United States. The markets in which these securities
     are located can be developed or emerging. People can invest in foreign
     securities in a number of ways:

     .   They can invest directly in foreign securities denominated in a foreign
         currency;

     .   They can invest in American Depositary Receipts; and

     .   They can invest in investment funds.

  American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

     American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) are certificates evidencing ownership
     of shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository
     banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or
     elsewhere. A custodian bank or similar financial institution in the
     issuer's home country holds the underlying shares in trust. The depository
     bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all
     times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding
     dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to
     directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national
     markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the
     risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

  Emerging Markets

     An "emerging country" is generally country that the International Bank for
     Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Finance
     Corporation would consider to be an emerging or developing country.
     Typically, emerging markets are in countries that are in the process of
     industrialization, with lower gross national products (GNP) than more
     developed countries. There are currently over 130 countries that the
     international financial community generally considers to be emerging or
     developing countries, approximately 40 of which currently have stock
     markets. These countries generally include every nation in the world except
     the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most nations
     located in Western Europe.

  Investment Funds

     Some emerging countries currently prohibit direct foreign investment in the
     securities of their companies. Certain emerging countries, however, permit
     indirect foreign investment in the securities of companies listed and
     traded on their stock exchanges through investment funds that they have
     specifically authorized. The portfolio may invest in these investment funds
     subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act. If a portfolio invests in such
     investment funds, its shareholders will bear not only their proportionate
     share of the expenses of the portfolio (including operating expenses and
     the fees of the adviser), but also will bear indirectly bear similar
     expenses of the underlying investment funds. In addition, these investment
     funds may trade at a premium over their net asset value.

                                     II-18
<PAGE>

  Risks of Foreign Securities

     Foreign securities, foreign currencies, and securities issued by U.S.
     entities with substantial foreign operations may involve significant risks
     in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

  Political and Economic Factors

     Local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military
     action or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments may affect the value
     of foreign investments. Listed below are some of the more important
     political and economic factors that could negatively affect a portfolio's
     investments.

     .   The economies of foreign countries may differ from the economy of the
         United States in such areas as growth of gross national product, rate
         of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, budget
         deficits and national debt;

     .   Foreign governments sometimes participate to a significant degree,
         through ownership interests or regulation, in their respective
         economies. Actions by these governments could significantly influence
         the market prices of securities and payment of dividends;

     .   The economies of many foreign countries are dependent on international
         trade and their trading partners and they could be severely affected if
         their trading partners were to enact protective trade barriers and
         economic conditions;

     .   The internal policies of a particular foreign country may be less
         stable than in the United States. Other countries face significant
         external political risks, such as possible claims of sovereignty by
         other countries or tense and sometimes hostile border clashes; and

     .   A foreign government may act adversely to the interests of U.S.
         investors, including expropriation or nationalization of assets,
         confiscatory taxation and other restrictions on U.S. investment. A
         country may restrict or control foreign investments in its securities
         markets. These restrictions could limit ability of a portfolio to
         invest a particular country or make it very expensive for the portfolio
         to invest in that country. Some countries require prior governmental
         approval, limit the types or amount of securities or companies in which
         a foreigner can invest. Other countries may restrict the ability of
         foreign investors to repatriate their investment income and capital
         gains.

  Information and Supervision

     There is generally less publicly available information about foreign
     companies than companies based in the United States. For example, there are
     often no reports and ratings published about foreign companies comparable
     to the ones written about United States companies. Foreign companies are
     typically not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial
     reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those
     applicable United States companies. The lack of comparable information
     makes investment decisions concerning foreign countries more difficult and
     less reliable than domestic companies.

  Stock Exchange and Market Risk

     The adviser anticipates that in most cases an exchange or over-the-counter
     (OTC) market located outside of the United States will be the best
     available market for foreign securities. Foreign stock markets, while
     growing in volume and sophistication, are generally not as developed as the
     markets in the United States. Foreign stocks markets tend to differ from
     those in the United States in a number of ways:

     .   They are generally not as developed or efficient as, and more volatile,
         than those in the United States;

     .   They have substantially less volume;

     .   Their securities tend to be less liquid and to experience rapid and
         erratic price movements;

                                     II-19
<PAGE>

     .   Commissions on foreign stocks are generally higher and subject to set
         minimum rates, as opposed to negotiated rates;

     .   Foreign security trading, settlement and custodial practices are often
         less developed than those in U.S. markets; and

     .   They may have different settlement practices, which may cause delays
         and increase the potential for failed settlements.

  Foreign Currency Risk

     While, the portfolio's net asset value is denominated in United States
     dollars, the securities of foreign companies are frequently denominated in
     foreign currencies. Thus, a change in a the value of a foreign currency
     against the United States dollar will result in a corresponding change in
     value of the securities held by a portfolio. Some of the factors that may
     impair the investments denominated in a foreign currency are:

     .   It may be expensive to convert foreign currencies into United States
         dollars and vice versa;

     .   Complex political and economic factors may significantly affect the
         values of various currencies, including United States dollars, and
         their exchange rates;

     .   Government intervention may increase risks involved in purchasing or
         selling foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures
         contracts, since exchange rates may not be free to fluctuate in
         response to other market forces;

     .   There may be no systematic reporting of last sale information for
         foreign currencies or regulatory requirement that quotations available
         through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely
         basis;

     .   Available quotation information is generally representative of very
         large round-lot transactions in the inter-bank market and thus may not
         reflect exchange rates for smaller odd-lot transactions (less than $1
         million) where rates may be less favorable; and

     .   The inter-bank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-
         clock market. To the extent that a market is closed while the markets
         for the underlying currencies remain open, certain markets may not
         always reflect significant price and rate movements.

  Taxes

     Certain foreign governments levy withholding taxes on dividend and interest
     income. Although in some countries the portfolio may recover a portion of
     these taxes, the portion it cannot recover will reduce the income the
     portfolio receives from its investments. The portfolio does not expect such
     foreign withholding taxes to have a significant impact on performance.

  Emerging Markets

     Investing in emerging markets may magnify the risks of foreign investing.
     Security prices in emerging markets can be significantly more volatile than
     those in more developed markets, reflecting the greater uncertainties of
     investing in less established markets and economies. In particular,
     countries with emerging markets may:

     .   Have relatively unstable governments;

     .   Present greater risks of nationalization of businesses, restrictions on
         foreign ownership and prohibitions on the repatriation of assets; and

     .   Offer less protection of property rights than more developed countries.

                                     II-20
<PAGE>

     .   Have economies that are based on only a few industries, may be highly
         vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may
         suffer from extreme and volatile debt burdens or inflation rates.

     .   Local securities markets may trade a small number of securities and may
         be unable to respond effectively to increases in trading volume,
         potentially making prompt liquidation of holdings difficult or
         impossible at times.

  The Euro

     The single currency for the European Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU"),
     the Euro, is scheduled to replace the national currencies for participating
     member countries over a period that began on January 1, 1999 and ends in
     July 2002. At the end of that period, use of the Euro will be compulsory
     and countries in the EMU will no longer maintain separate currencies in any
     form. Until then, however, each country and issuers within each country are
     free to choose whether to use the Euro.

     On January 1, 1999, existing national currencies became denominations of
     the Euro at fixed rates according to practices prescribed by the European
     Monetary Institute and the Euro became available as a book-entry currency.
     On or about that date, member states began conducting financial market
     transactions in Euros and redenominating many investments, currency
     balances and transfer mechanisms into Euros. The portfolio also anticipates
     pricing, trading, settling and valuing investments whose nominal values
     remain in their existing domestic currencies in Euros. Accordingly, the
     portfolio expects the conversion to the Euro to impact investments in
     countries that will adopt the Euro in all aspects of the investment
     process, including trading, foreign exchange, payments, settlements, cash
     accounts, custody and accounting. Some of the uncertainties surrounding the
     conversion to the Euro include:

     .   Will the payment and operational systems of banks and other financial
         institutions be ready by the scheduled launch date?

     .   Will the conversion to the Euro have legal consequences on outstanding
         financial contracts that refer to existing currencies rather than Euro?

     .   How will existing currencies be exchanged into Euro?

     .   Will suitable clearing and settlement payment systems for the new
         currency be created?

  INVESTMENT COMPANIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A portfolio may buy and sell shares of other investment companies. Such
     investment companies may pay management and other fees that are similar to
     the fees currently paid by a portfolio. Like other shareholders, each
     portfolio would pay its proportionate share those fees. Consequently,
     shareholders of a portfolio would pay not only the management fees of the
     portfolio, but also the management fees of the investment company in which
     the portfolio invests.

     The SEC has granted an order that allows a portfolio to invest the greater
     of 5% of its total assets or $2.5 million in the UAM DSI Money Market
     Portfolio, provided that the investment is:

     .   For cash management purposes;

     .   Consistent with a portfolio's investment policies and restrictions; and

     .   The adviser to the investing portfolio waives any fees it earns on the
         assets of the portfolio that are invested in the UAM DSI Money Market
         Portfolio.

     The investing portfolio will bear expenses of the UAM DSI Money Market
     Portfolio on the same basis as all of its other shareholders.

                                     II-21
<PAGE>

  REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     In a repurchase agreement, an investor agrees to buy a security
     (underlying/security) from a securities dealer or bank that is a member of
     the Federal Reserve System (counter-party). At the time, the counter-party
     agrees to repurchase the underlying security for the same price, plus
     interest. Repurchase agreements are generally for a relatively short period
     (usually not more than 7 days). The portfolios normally use repurchase
     agreements to earn income on assets that are not invested.

     When it enters into a repurchase agreement, a portfolio will:

     .   Pay for the underlying securities only upon physically receiving them
         or upon evidence of their receipt in book-entry form; and

     .   Require the counter party to add to the collateral whenever the price
         of the repurchase agreement rises above the value of the underlying
         security (i.e., it will require the borrower "mark to the market" on a
         daily basis).

     If the seller of the security declares bankruptcy or otherwise becomes
     financially unable to buy back the security, a portfolio's right to sell
     the security may be restricted. In addition, the value of the security
     might decline before a portfolio can sell it and a portfolio might incur
     expenses in enforcing its rights.

  RESTRICTED SECURITIES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A portfolio may purchase restricted securities that are not registered for
     sale to the general public but which are eligible for resale to qualified
     institutional investors under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933.
     Under the supervision of the Fund's board, the adviser determines the
     liquidity of such investments by considering all relevant factors. Provided
     that a dealer or institutional trading market in such securities exists,
     these restricted securities are not treated as illiquid securities for
     purposes of the portfolio's investment limitations. The price realized from
     the sales of these securities could be more or less than those originally
     paid by a portfolio or less than what may be considered the fair value of
     such securities.

  SECURITIES LENDING
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A portfolio may lend a portion of its total assets to broker- dealers or
     other financial institutions. It may then reinvest the collateral it
     receives in short-term securities and money market funds. When a portfolio
     lends its securities, it will follow the following guidelines:

     .   The borrower must provide collateral at least equal to the market value
         of the securities loaned;

     .   The collateral must consist of cash, an irrevocable letter of credit
         issued by a domestic U.S. bank or securities issued or guaranteed by
         the U. S. government;

     .   The borrower must add to the collateral whenever the price of the
         securities loaned rises (i.e., the borrower "marks to the market" on a
         daily basis);

     .   It must be able to terminate the loan at any time;

     .   It must receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may include the
         portfolio investing any cash collateral in interest bearing short-term
         investments); and

     .   It must determine that the borrower is an acceptable credit risk.

     These risks are similar to the ones involved with repurchase agreements.
     When the portfolio lends securities, there is a risk that the borrower
     fails financially become financially unable to honor its contractual
     obligations. If this happens, the portfolio could:

     .   Lose its rights in the collateral and not be able to retrieve the
         securities it lent to the borrower; and

     .   Experience delays in recovering its securities.

                                     II-22
<PAGE>

  SHORT SALES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Description of Short Sales

     Selling a security short is when an investor sells a security it does not
     own. To sell a security short an investor must borrow the security from
     someone else to deliver to the buyer. The investor then replaces the
     security it borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or before the
     time of replacement. Until it replaces the security, the investor repays
     the person that lent it the security for any interest or dividends that may
     have accrued during the period of the loan.

     Investors typically sell securities short to:

     .   Take advantage of an anticipated decline in prices.

     .   Protect a profit in a security it already owns.

     A portfolio can lose money if the price of the security it sold short
     increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the
     portfolio replaces the borrowed security. Likewise, a portfolio can profit
     if the price of the security declines between those dates.

     To borrow the security, a portfolio also may be required to pay a premium,
     which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portfolio will incur
     transaction costs in effecting short sales. A portfolio's gains and losses
     will be decreased or increased, as the case may be, by the amount of the
     premium, dividends, interest, or expenses the portfolio may be required to
     pay in connection with a short sale.

     The broker will retain the net proceeds of the short sale, to the extent
     necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed
     out.


  Short Sales Against the Box

     In addition, a portfolio may engage in short sales "against the box". In a
     short sale against the box, the portfolio agrees to sell at a future date a
     security that it either contemporaneously owns or has the right to acquire
     at no extra cost. A portfolio will incur transaction costs to open,
     maintain and close short sales against the box.

  Restrictions on Short Sales

     A portfolio will not short sell a security if:

     .   After giving effect to such short sale, the total market value of all
         securities sold short would exceed 25% of the value of the portfolio
         net assets.

     .   The market value of the securities of any single issuer that have been
         sold short by the portfolio would exceed the two percent (2%) of the
         value of the portfolio's net assets.

     .   Such securities would constitute more than two percent (2%) of any
         class of the issuer's securities.

     Whenever a portfolio sells a security short, its custodian segregates an
     amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the difference between (a) the
     market value of the securities sold short at the time they were sold short
     and (b) any cash or U.S. Government securities the portfolio is required to
     deposit with the broker in connection with the short sale (not including
     the proceeds from the short sale). The segregated assets are marked to
     market daily in an attempt to ensure that the amount deposited in the
     segregated account plus the amount deposited with the broker is at least
     equal to the market value of the securities at the time they were sold
     short.

  WHEN-ISSUED, FORWARD COMMITMENT AND DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a
     market exists, but which have not been issued. In a forward delivery
     transaction, a portfolio contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price
     at a future date beyond customary settlement time. "Delayed delivery"
     refers to securities transactions on the secondary market where settlement
     occurs in the future. In each of these

                                     II-23
<PAGE>

     transactions, the parties fix the payment obligation and the interest rate
     that they will receive on the securities at the time the parties enter the
     commitment; however, they do not pay money or deliver securities until a
     later date. Typically, no income accrues on securities a portfolio has
     committed to purchase before the securities are delivered, although the
     portfolio may earn income on securities it has in a segregated account. A
     portfolio will only enter into these types of transactions with the
     intention of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before
     the settlement date.

     A portfolio uses when-issued, delayed-delivery and forward delivery
     transactions to secure what it considers an advantageous price and yield at
     the time of purchase. When a portfolio engages in when-issued, delayed-
     delivery and forward delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to
     consummate the sale. If the other party fails to complete the sale, a
     portfolio may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a favorable
     price or yield.

     When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward
     delivery basis, the portfolio assumes the rights and risks of ownership of
     the security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of
     settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the
     purchase price. The yield available in the market when the delivery takes
     place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.
     Because a portfolio does not pay for the security until the delivery date,
     these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other
     investments.

     A portfolio will segregate cash and liquid securities equal in value to
     commitments for the when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward delivery
     transaction. A portfolio will segregate additional liquid assets daily so
     that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of its commitments.

  MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

     The governing board manages the business of the Fund. The governing board
     elects officers to manage the day-to-day operations of the Fund and to
     execute policies the board has formulated. The Fund pays each board member
     who is not also an officer or affiliated person (independent board member)
     a $150 quarterly retainer fee per active portfolio per quarter and a $2,000
     meeting fee. In addition, the Fund reimburses each independent board member
     for travel and other expenses incurred while attending board meetings. The
     $2,000 meeting fee and expense reimbursements are aggregated for all of the
     board members and allocated proportionately among the portfolios of the UAM
     Funds Complex. The Fund does not pay board members that are affiliated with
     the fund for their services as board members. UAM, its affiliates or SEI
     pay the Fund's officers.

     The following table lists the board members and officers of the Fund and
     provides information regarding their present positions, date of birth,
     address, principal occupations during the past five years, aggregate
     compensation received from the Fund and total compensation received from
     the UAM Funds Complex. The UAM Funds Complex is currently comprised of 48
     portfolios. Those people with an asterisk beside their name are "interested
     persons" of the Fund as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. Mr. English
     does have an investment advisory relationship with Investment Counselors of
     Maryland, an investment adviser to one of the portfolios in the UAM Funds
     Complex. However, the Fund does not believe that the relationship is a
     material business relationship, and, therefore, does not consider him to be
     an "interested person" of the Fund. If these circumstances change, the
     Board will determine whether any action is required to change the
     composition of the Board.

                                     II-24
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Aggregate            Total
                                                                                               Compensation        Compensation
                         Position                                                               from Fund         From UAM Funds
Name, Address,           with           Principal Occupations During the                          as of             Complex as
DOB                      Fund           Past 5 years                                             4/30/99            of 12/31/98
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>            <C>                                                    <C>                <C>
John T. Bennett, Jr.     Board Member   President of Squam Investment Management Company,        $8,094             $39,900
College Road -- RFD 3                   Inc. and Great Island Investment Company, Inc.;
Meredith, NH 03253                      President of Bennett Management Company from 1988
1/26/29                                 to 1993.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nancy J. Dunn            Board Member   Financial Officer of World Wildlife Fund since           $8,094             $40,575
10 Garden Street                        January 1999; Vice President for Finance and
Cambridge, MA 02138                     Administration and Treasurer of Radcliffe College
8/14/51                                 from 1991 to 1999.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William A. Humenuk       Board Member   Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative        $8,094             $40,936
100 King Street West                    Officer of Philip Services Corp.; Formerly, a
P.O. Box 2440, LCD-1                    Partner in the Philadelphia office of the law firm
Hamilton  Ontario,                      Dechert Price & Rhoads and a Director of Hofler
Canada L8N-4J6                          Corp.
4/21/42
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Philip D. English        Board Member   President and Chief Executive Officer of                 $8,094             $40,702
16 West Madison Street                  Broventure Company, Inc.; Chairman of the Board of
Baltimore, MD 21201                     Chektec Corporation and Cyber Scientific, Inc.
8/5/48
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
James P. Pappas*         Board Member   President of UAM Investment Services, Inc. since              0                   0
211 Congress Street                     March 1999; Vice President UAM Trust Company since
Boston, MA  02110                       January 1996; Principal of UAM Fund Distributors,
2/24/53                                 Inc. since December 1995; Vice President of UAM
                                        Investment Services, Inc. from January 1996 to
                                        March 1999 and a Director and Chief Operating
                                        Officer of CS First Boston Investment Management
                                        from 1993-1995.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Norton H. Reamer*        Board Member;  Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a Director              0                   0
One International Place  President and  of United Asset Management Corporation; Director,
Boston, MA 02110         Chairman       Partner or Trustee of each of the Investment
3/21/35                                 Companies of the Eaton Vance Group of Mutual Funds.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peter M. Whitman, Jr.*   Board Member   President and Chief Investment Officer of Dewey               0                   0
One Financial Center                    Square Investors Corporation since 1988; Director
Boston, MA 02111                        and Chief Executive Officer of H.T. Investors,
7/1/43                                  Inc., formerly a subsidiary of Dewey Square.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William H. Park          Vice President Executive Vice President and Chief Financial                  0                   0
One International Place                 Officer of United Asset Management Corporation.
Boston, MA 02110
9/19/47
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gary L. French           Treasurer      President of UAMFSI and UAMFDI; Treasurer of the              0                   0
211 Congress Street                     Fidelity Group of Mutual Funds from 1991 to 1995;
Boston, MA 02110                        held various other offices with Fidelity
7/4/51                                  Investments from November 1990 to March 1995.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael E. DeFao         Secretary      Vice President and General Counsel of UAMFSI and              0                   0
211 Congress Street                     UAMFDI; Associate Attorney of Ropes & Gray (a law
Boston, MA 02110                        firm) from 1993 to 1995.
2/28/68
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert R. Flaherty       Assistant      Vice President of UAMFSI; Manager of Fund                     0                   0
211 Congress Street      Treasurer      Administration and Compliance of CGFSC from 1995
Boston, MA 02110                        to 1996; Senior Manager of Deloitte & Touche LLP
9/18/63                                 from 1985 to 1995,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael J. Leary         Assistant      Vice President of Chase Global Funds Services                 0                   0
73 Tremont Street        Treasurer      Company since 1993.  Manager of Audit at Ernst &
Boston, MA  02108                       Young from 1988 to 1993.
11/23/65
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michelle Azrialy         Assistant      Assistant Treasurer of Chase Global Funds Services            0                   0
73 Tremont Street        Secretary      Company since 1996.  Senior Public Accountant with
Boston, MA 02108                        Price Waterhouse LLP from 1991 to 1994.
4/12/69
</TABLE>

                                     II-25
<PAGE>

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES


INVESTMENT ADVISER
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Control Of Adviser

     Each adviser is a subsidiary of UAM. UAM is a holding company incorporated
     in Delaware in December 1980 for the purpose of acquiring and owning firms
     engaged primarily in institutional investment management. Since its first
     acquisition in August 1983, UAM has acquired or organized more than 50 UAM
     Affiliated Firms. UAM believes that permitting UAM Affiliated Firms to
     retain control over their investment advisory decisions is necessary to
     allow them to continue to provide investment management services that are
     intended to meet the particular needs of their respective clients.
     Accordingly, after acquisition by UAM, UAM Affiliated Firms continue to
     operate under their own firm name, with their own leadership and individual
     investment philosophy and approach. Each UAM Affiliated Firm manages its
     own business independently on a day-to-day basis. Investment strategies
     employed and securities selected by UAM Affiliated Firms are separately
     chosen by each of them. Several UAM Affiliated Firms also act as investment
     advisers to separate series or portfolios of the UAM Funds Complex.

Investment Advisory Agreement

     This section summarizes some of the important provisions of each of the
     portfolio's Investment Advisory Agreements. The Fund has filed each
     agreement with the SEC as part of its registration statement on Form N-1A.

Service Performed by Adviser

     Each adviser:

     .    Manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the
          portfolios;

     .    Continuously reviews, supervises and administers the investment
          program of the portfolios; and

     .    Determines what portion of portfolio's assets will be invested in
          securities and what portion will consist of cash.

Limitation of Liability

     In the absence of (1) willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence
     on the part of the adviser in the performance of its obligations and duties
     under the Advisory Agreement, (2) reckless disregard by the adviser of its
     obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement, or (3) a loss
     resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of
     compensation for services, the adviser shall not be subject to any
     liability whatsoever to the Fund, for any error of judgment, mistake of law
     or any other act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering
     services under the Advisory Agreement.

Continuing an Advisory Agreement

     An Investment Advisory Agreement continues in effect for periods of one
     year so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually
     by a:

     .    Majority of those Members who are not parties to the Investment
          Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any such party;

     .    (2) (a) majority of the Members or (b) a majority of the shareholders
          of the portfolio.

                                     II-26
<PAGE>

Terminating an Advisory Agreement

     The Fund may terminate an Investment Advisory Agreement at any time,
     without the payment of any penalty if:

     .    A majority of the portfolio's shareholders vote to do so; and

     .    It gives the adviser 60 days' written notice.

     .    The adviser may terminate the Advisory Agreements at any time, without
          the payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' written notice to the Fund.
          An Advisory Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate if
          it is assigned.


DISTRIBUTOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     UAMFDI is the Fund's distributor. The Fund offers its shares continuously.
     While UAMFDI will use its best efforts to sell shares of the Fund, it is
     not obligated to sell any particular amount of shares. UAMFDI receives no
     compensation for its services, and any amounts it may receive under a
     Service and Distribution Plan are passed through in their entirety to third
     parties. UAMFDI, an affiliate of UAM, is located at 211 Congress Street,
     Boston, Massachusetts 02110.


SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PLANS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Fund has adopted a Distribution Plan and a Shareholder Servicing Plan
     (the "Plans") for their Institutional Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule
     12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

Shareholder Servicing Plan

     The Shareholder Servicing Plan (Service Plan) permits the Fund to
     compensate broker-dealers or other financial institutions (Service Agents)
     that have agreed with UAMFDI to provide administrative support services to
     Institutional Service Class shareholders that are their customers. Under
     the Service Plan, Institutional Service Class Shares may pay service fees
     at the maximum annual rate of 0.25% of the average daily net asset value of
     such shares held by the Service Agent for the benefit of its customers. The
     Fund pays these fees out of the assets allocable to Institutional Service
     Class Shares to UAMFDI, to the Service Agent directly or through UAMFDI.
     Each item for which a payment may be made under the Service Plan
     constitutes personal service and/or shareholder account maintenance and may
     constitute an expense of distributing Fund Service Class Shares as the SEC
     construes such term under Rule 12b-1. Services for which Institutional
     Service Class Shares may compensate Service Agents include:

     .    Acting as the sole shareholder of record and nominee for beneficial
          owners.

     .    Maintaining account records for such beneficial owners of the Fund's
          shares.

     .    Opening and closing accounts.

     .    Answering questions and handling correspondence from shareholders
          about their accounts.

     .    Processing shareholder orders to purchase, redeem and exchange shares.

     .    Handling the transmission of funds representing the purchase price or
          redemption proceeds.

     .    Issuing confirmations for transactions in the Fund's shares by
          shareholders.

     .    Distributing current copies of prospectuses, statements of additional
          information and shareholder reports.

     .    Assisting customers in completing application forms, selecting
          dividend and other account options and opening any necessary custody
          accounts.

     .    Providing account maintenance and accounting support for all
          transactions.

                                     II-27
<PAGE>

     .    Performing such additional shareholder services as may be agreed upon
          by the Fund and the Service Agent, provided that any such additional
          shareholder services must constitute a permissible non-banking
          activity in accordance with the then current regulations of, and
          interpretations thereof by, the Board of Governors of the Federal
          Reserve System, if applicable.

Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plan

     The Distribution Plan permits the portfolio to pay UAMFDI or others for
     certain distribution, promotional and related expenses involved in
     marketing its Institutional Service Class Shares. Under the Distribution
     Plan, Institutional Service Class Shares may pay distribution fees at the
     maximum annual rate of 0.75% of the average daily net asset value of such
     shares held by the Service Agent for the benefit of its customers. These
     expenses include, among other things:

     .    Advertising the availability of services and products.

     .    Designing materials to send to customers and developing methods of
          making such materials accessible to customers.

     .    Providing information about the product needs of customers.

     .    Providing facilities to solicit Fund sales and to answer questions
          from prospective and existing investors about the Fund.

     .    Receiving and answering correspondence from prospective investors,
          including requests for sales literature, prospectuses and statements
          of additional information.

     .    Displaying and making available sales literature and prospectuses.

     .    Acting as liaison between shareholders and the Fund, including
          obtaining information from the Fund and providing performance and
          other information about the Fund.

     In addition, the Service Class Shares may make payments directly to other
     unaffiliated parties, who either aid in the distribution of their shares or
     provide services to the Class.

Fees Paid under the Service and Distribution Plans

     The Plans permit Institutional Service Class shares to pay distribution and
     service fees at the maximum annual rate of 1.00% of the class' average
     daily net assets for the year. The Fund's governing board has limited the
     amount the Institutional Service Class may pay under the Plans to 0.40% of
     the class' average daily net assets for the year, and may increase such
     amount to the plan maximum at any time.

     The Fund will not reimburse the Distributor or others for distribution
     expenses incurred in excess of the amount permitted by the Plans.

     Subject to seeking best price and execution, the Fund may buy or sell
     portfolio securities through firms that receive payments under the Plans.
     UAMFDI, at its own expense, may pay dealers for aid in distribution or for
     aid in providing administrative services to shareholders.

Approving, Amending and Terminating the Fund's Distribution Arrangements

     Shareholders of the portfolio have approved the Plans. The Plans also were
     approved by the governing board of the Fund, including a majority of the
     members of the board who are not interested persons of the Fund and who
     have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans
     (Plan Members), by votes cast in person at meetings called for the purpose
     of voting on these Plans.

Continuing the Plans

     The Plans continue in effect from year to year so long as they are approved
     annually by a majority of the Fund's board members and its Plan Members. To
     continue the Plans, the board must determine whether such continuation is
     in the best interest of the Institutional Service Class shareholders and
     that

                                     II-28
<PAGE>

     there is a reasonable likelihood of the Plans providing a benefit to
     the Class. The Fund's board has determined that the Fund's distribution
     arrangements are likely to benefit the Fund and its shareholders by
     enhancing the Fund's ability to efficiently service the accounts of its
     Institutional Service Class shareholders.

Amending the Plans

     A majority of the Fund's governing board and a majority of its the Plan
     Members must approve any material amendment to the Plans. Likewise, any
     amendment materially increasing the maximum percentage payable under the
     Plans must be approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities
     of the Class, as well as by a majority of the Plan Members.

Terminating the Plans

     A majority of the Plan Members or a majority of the outstanding voting
     securities of the Class may terminate the Plans at any time without
     penalty. In addition, the Plans will terminate automatically upon their
     assignment.

Miscellaneous

     So long as the Plans are in effect, the non-interested board members will
     select and nominate the Plan Members of the Fund.

     The Fund and UAMFDI intend to comply with the Conduct Rules of the National
     Association of Securities Dealers relating to investment company sales
     charges. with these rules.

     Pursuant to the Plans, the board reviews, at least quarterly, a written
     report of the amounts expended under each agreement with Service Agents and
     the purposes for which the expenditures were made.

Additional Non-12b-1 Shareholder Servicing Arrangements

     In addition to payments by the Fund under the Plans, UAM and any of its
     affiliates, may, at its own expense, compensate a Service Agent or other
     person for marketing, shareholder servicing, record-keeping and/or other
     services performed with respect to the Fund, the portfolio or any class of
     shares of the portfolio. The person making such payments may do so out of
     its revenues, its profits or any other source available to it. Such
     services arrangements, when in effect, are made generally available to all
     qualified service providers. The adviser may also compensate its affiliated
     companies for referring investors to the portfolio.


ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Administrator

     Pursuant to a Fund Administration Agreement with the Fund, UAMFSI manages,
     administers and conducts the general business activities of the Fund. As a
     part of its responsibilities, UAMFSI provides and oversees the provision by
     various third parties of administrative, fund accounting, dividend
     disbursing and transfer agent services for the Fund. UAMFSI, an affiliate
     of UAM, has its principal office at 211 Congress Street, Boston,
     Massachusetts 02110.

     UAMFSI will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its
     services under the Fund Administration Agreement. Other expenses to be
     incurred in the operation of the Fund will be borne by the Fund or other
     parties, including:

     .    Taxes, interest, brokerage fees and commissions;

     .    Salaries and fees of officers and members of the board who are not
          officers, directors, shareholders or employees of an affiliate of UAM,
          including UAMFSI, UAMFDI or the adviser;

                                     II-29
<PAGE>

     .    SEC fees and state Blue-Sky fees;

     .    EDGAR filing fees;

     .    Processing services and related fees;

     .    Advisory and administration fees;

     .    Charges and expenses of pricing and data services, independent public
          accountants and custodians;

     .    Insurance premiums including fidelity bond premiums;

     .    Outside legal expenses;

     .    Costs of maintenance of corporate existence;

     .    Typesetting and printing of prospectuses for regulatory purposes and
          for distribution to current shareholders of the Fund;

     .    Printing and production costs of shareholders' reports and corporate
          meetings;

     .    Cost and expenses of Fund stationery and forms;

     .    Costs of special telephone and data lines and devices;

     .    Trade association dues and expenses; and

     .    Any extraordinary expenses and other customary Fund expenses.

     The Fund Administration Agreement continues in effect from year to year if
     the board specifically approves such continuance every year. The fund or
     UAMFSI may terminate the Fund Administration Agreement, without penalty, on
     not less than ninety (90) days' written notice. The Fund Administration
     Agreement automatically terminates upon its assignment by UAMFSI without
     the prior written consent of the Fund.

     UAMFSI will from time to time employ other people to assist it in
     performing its duties under the Fund Administration Agreement. Such people
     may be officers and employees who are employed by both UAMFSI and the Fund.
     UAMFSI will pay such people for such employment. The Fund will not incur
     any obligations with respect to such people.

Sub-Administrator

     UAMFSI has subcontracted some of the its administrative and fund accounting
     services to CGFSC, an affiliate of The Chase Manhattan Bank, under a Mutual
     Funds Service Agreement dated October 26, 1998. CGFSC is located at 73
     Tremont Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108.


Sub-Transfer Agent and Sub-Shareholder Servicing Agent

     UAMFSI has subcontracted its transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent
     services to DST Systems, Inc. under an Agency Agreement between UAMFSI and
     DST Systems Inc. DST Systems, Inc., is located at P.O. Box 419534, Kansas
     City, Missouri 64141-6534.

     UAMSSC serves as sub-shareholder servicing agent for the Fund under an
     agreement between UAMSSC and UAMFSI. The principal place of business of
     UAMSSC is 825 Duportail Road, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087.

Administrative Fees

     Each portfolio pays UAMFSI and CGFSC for the administrative services they
     provide. For more information concerning these fees, see "How Much does the
     Portfolio Pay for Administrative Services?" in Part I of this SAI.

                                     II-30
<PAGE>

CUSTODIAN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Chase Manhattan Bank, 3 Chase MatroTech Center, Brooklyn, New York,
     11245, provides for the custody of the Fund's assets pursuant to the terms
     of a custodian agreement with the Fund.


INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts
     02110, serves as independent accountant for the Fund.


BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES


SELECTION OF BROKERS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Advisory Agreement authorizes the adviser to select the brokers or
     dealers that will execute the purchases and sales of investment securities
     for the portfolio. The Advisory Agreement also directs the adviser to use
     its best efforts to obtain the best execution with respect to all
     transactions for the portfolio. The adviser may select brokers based on
     research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the adviser.
     Information and research provided by a broker will be in addition to, and
     not instead of, the services the adviser is required to perform under the
     Advisory Agreement. In so doing, the portfolio may pay higher commission
     rates than the lowest rate available when the adviser believes it is
     reasonable to do so in light of the value of the research, statistical, and
     pricing services provided by the broker effecting the transaction.

     It is not the practice of the Fund to allocate brokerage or effect
     principal transactions with dealers based on sales of shares that a broker-
     dealer firm makes. However, the Fund may place trades with qualified
     broker-dealers who recommend the Fund or who act as agents in the purchase
     of Fund shares for their clients.


SIMULTANEOUS TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The adviser makes investment decisions for the portfolio independently of
     decisions made for its other clients. When a security is suitable for the
     investment objective of more than one client, it may be prudent for the
     adviser to engage in a simultaneous transaction, that is, buy or sell the
     same security for more than one client. The adviser strives to allocate
     such transactions among its clients, including the portfolio, in a fair and
     reasonable manner. Although there is no specified formula for allocating
     such transactions, the Fund's governing board periodically reviews the
     various allocation methods used by the adviser.


BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Equity Securities

     Generally, equity securities are bought and sold through brokerage
     transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters
     will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from
     dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer's mark-up or reflect
     a dealer's mark-down.

Debt Securities

     Debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an
     underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, a portfolio will
     not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases. When

                                     II-31
<PAGE>

     a debt security is bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will
     usually include an underwriting commission or concession. The purchase
     price for securities bought from dealers serving as market makers will
     similarly include the dealer's mark up or reflect a dealer's mark down.
     When the portfolio executes transactions in the over-the-counter market, it
     will deal with primary market makers unless prices that are more favorable
     are otherwise obtainable.


CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES


THE FUND
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Fund was organized under the name "The Regis Fund II" as a Delaware
     business trust on May 18, 1994. On October 31, 1995, the Fund changed its
     name to "UAM Funds Trust." The Fund's principal executive office is located
     at 211 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02110; however, shareholders should
     direct all correspondence to the address listed on the cover of this SAI.


DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND VOTING RIGHTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust permits the Fund to issue an
     unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest, without par value. The
     Board has the power to designate one or more series (portfolios) or classes
     of shares of beneficial interest without shareholder approval. The Board
     has authorized three classes of shares: Institutional Class, Institutional
     Service Class, and Advisor Class. Not all of the portfolios issue all of
     the classes.

Description of Shares

     When issued and paid for, the shares of each series and class of the Fund
     are fully paid and nonassessable, and have no pre-emptive rights or
     preference as to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirement or other
     features. The shares of the Fund have noncumulative voting rights, which
     means that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the
     election of board members can elect 100% of the board if they choose to do
     so. On each matter submitted to a vote of the shareholders, a shareholder
     is entitled to one vote for each full share held (and a fractional vote for
     each fractional share held), then standing in his name on the books of the
     Fund. Shares of all classes will vote together as a single class except
     when otherwise required by law or as determined by the Board.

     If the Fund is liquidated, the shareholders of each portfolio or any class
     thereof are entitled to receive the net assets belonging to that portfolio,
     or in the case of a class, belonging to that portfolio and allocable to
     that class. The Fund will distribute is net assets to its shareholders in
     proportion to the number of shares of that portfolio or class thereof held
     by them and recorded on the books of the Fund. A majority of the Board may
     authorize the liquidation of any portfolio or class at any time.

     The Fund will not hold annual meetings except when required to by the 1940
     Act or other applicable law.

Class Differences

     The Board has authorized three classes of shares, Institutional,
     Institutional Service and Advisor. The three classes represent interests in
     the same assets of the portfolio and, except as discussed below, are
     identical in all respects.

     .    Institutional Service Shares bear certain expenses related to
          shareholder servicing and the distribution of such shares and have
          exclusive voting rights with respect to matters relating to such
          distribution expenditures.

                                     II-32
<PAGE>

     .    Advisor Shares bear certain expenses related to shareholder servicing
          and the distribution of such shares and have exclusive voting rights
          with respect to matters relating to such distribution expenditures.
          Advisor Shares also charge a sales load on purchases.

     .    Each class of shares has different exchange privileges.

     Distribution and shareholder servicing fees reduce a class's:

     .    Net income

     .    Dividends

     .    NAV to the extent the portfolio has undistributed net income.


DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAINS DISTRIBUTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividend and Distribution Options

     There are three ways for shareholders to receive dividends and capital
     gains:

     .    Income dividends and capital gains distributions are reinvested in
          additional shares at net asset value;

     .    Income dividends are paid in cash and capital gains distributions are
          reinvested in additional shares at NAV; and

     .    Income dividends and capital gains distributions are paid in cash.

     Unless the shareholder elects otherwise in writing, the fund will
     automatically reinvest all dividends in additional shares of the portfolio
     at NAV (as of the business day following the record date). Shareholders may
     change their dividend and distributions option by writing to the fund at
     least three days before the record date for income dividend or capital gain
     distribution.

     The fund sends account statements to shareholders whenever it pays an
     income dividend or capital gains distribution.

Taxes on Distributions

     Each portfolio intends to distribute substantially all of its net
     investment income and net realized capital gains so as to avoid income
     taxes on its dividends and distributions and the imposition of the federal
     excise tax on undistributed income and capital gains. However, a portfolio
     cannot predict the time or amount of any such dividends or distributions.

     Each portfolio will be treated as a separate entity (and hence as a
     separate "regulated investment company") for federal tax purposes. The
     capital gains/losses of one portfolio will not be offset against the
     capital gains/losses of another portfolio.

"Buying a Dividend"

     Distributions by the portfolio reduce its NAV. A distribution that reduces
     the NAV of the portfolio below its cost basis is taxable as described in
     the prospectus of the portfolio, although from an investment standpoint, it
     is a return of capital. If you buy shares of the portfolio on or just
     before the "record date" (the date that establishes which shareholders will
     receive an upcoming distribution) for a distribution, you will receive some
     of the money you invested as a taxable distribution.

                                     II-33
<PAGE>

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES


NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Calculating NAV

     The purchase and redemption price of the shares of a portfolio is equal to
     the NAV of the portfolio. The Fund calculates the NAV of a portfolio by
     subtracting its liabilities from its total assets and dividing the result
     by the total number of shares outstanding. For purposes of this
     calculation:

     .    Liabilities include accrued expenses and dividends payable; and

     .    Total assets include the market value of the securities held by the
          portfolio, plus cash and other assets plus income accrued but not yet
          received.

     Each portfolio normally calculates its NAV as of the close of trading on
     the NYSE every day the NYSE is open for trading. The NYSE usually closes at
     4:00 p.m. The NYSE is closed on the following days: New Year's Day, Dr.
     Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day,
     Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

How the Fund Values it Assets

Equity Securities

     Equity securities listed on a securities exchange for which market
     quotations are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price
     of the day. Price information on listed securities is taken from the
     exchange where the security is primarily traded. Unlisted equity securities
     and listed securities not traded on the valuation date for which market
     quotations are readily available are valued neither exceeding the asked
     prices nor less than the bid prices. Quotations of foreign securities in a
     foreign currency are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents. The converted
     value is based upon the bid price of the foreign currency against U.S.
     dollars quoted by any major bank or by a broker.

Debt Securities

     Debt securities are valued according to the broadest and most
     representative market, which will ordinarily be the over-the-counter
     market. Debt securities may be valued based on prices provided by a pricing
     service when such prices are believed to reflect the fair market value of
     such securities. Securities purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days
     or less are valued at amortized cost when the governing board determines
     that amortized cost reflects fair value.

Other Assets

     The value of other assets and securities for which no quotations are
     readily available (including restricted securities) is determined in good
     faith at fair value using methods determined by the governing board.


PURCHASE OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Service Agents may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of their
     customers. To do so, the Service Agent must receive your investment order
     before the close of trading on the NYSE and must transmit it to the fund
     before the close of its business day to receive that day's share price. The
     fund must receive proper payment for the order by the time the portfolio
     calculates its NAV on the following business day. Service Agents are
     responsible to their customers and the Fund for timely transmission of all
     subscription and redemption requests, investment information, documentation
     and money.

                                     II-34
<PAGE>

     Shareholders can buy full and fractional (calculated to three decimal
     places) shares of a portfolio. The fund will not issue certificates for
     fractional shares and will only issue certificates for whole shares upon
     the written request of a shareholder.

     The Fund may reduce or waive the minimum for initial and subsequent
     investment for certain fiduciary accounts, such as employee benefit plans
     or under circumstances, where certain economies can be achieved in sales of
     the portfolio's shares.

In-Kind Purchases

     At its discretion, the Fund may permit shareholders to purchase shares of
     the portfolio with securities, instead of cash. If the Fund allows a
     shareholder to make an in-kind purchase, it will value such securities
     according to the policies described under "VALUATION OF SHARES" at the next
     determination of net asset value after acceptance. The Fund will issue
     shares of the portfolio at the NAV of the portfolio determined as of the
     same time.

     The Fund will only acquire securities through an in-kind purchase for
     investment and not for immediate resale. The Fund will only accept in-kind
     purchases if the transaction meets the following conditions:

     .    The securities are eligible investments for the portfolio;

     .    The securities have readily available market quotations;

     .    The investor represents and agrees that the securities are liquid and
          that there are no restrictions on their resale imposed by the 1933 Act
          or otherwise;

     .    All dividends, interest, subscription, or other rights pertaining to
          such securities become the property of the portfolio and are delivered
          to the fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer; and

     .    Immediately after the transaction is complete, the value of all
          securities of the same issuer held by the portfolio cannot exceed 5%
          of the net assets of the portfolio. This condition does not apply to
          U.S. government securities.

     Investors who are subject to Federal taxation upon exchange may realize a
     gain or loss for federal income tax purposes depending upon the cost of
     securities or local currency exchanged. Investors interested in such
     exchanges should contact the adviser.


REDEMPTION OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     When you redeem, your shares may be worth more or less than the price you
     paid for them depending on the market value of the investments held by the
     portfolio.

  By Mail

     Requests to redeem shares must include:

     .    Share certificates, if issued;

     .    A letter of instruction or an assignment specifying the number of
          shares or dollar amount the shareholder wishes to redeem signed by all
          registered owners of the shares in the exact names in which they are
          registered;

     .    Any required signature guarantees (see "Signature Guarantees"); and

     .    Estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension
          and profit sharing plans and other organizations must submit any other
          necessary legal documents.

                                     II-35
<PAGE>

By Telephone

     Shareholders may not do the following by telephone:

     .    Change the name of the commercial bank or the account designated to
          receive redemption proceeds. To change an account in this manner, you
          must submit a written request signed by each shareholder, with each
          signature guaranteed).

     .    Redeem shares represented by a certificate.

     The fund and its UAMSSC will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that
     instructions communicated by telephone are genuine, and they may be liable
     for any losses if they fail to do so. These procedures include requiring
     the investor to provide certain personal identification at the time an
     account is opened and before effecting each transaction requested by
     telephone. In addition, all telephone transaction requests will be recorded
     and investors may be required to provide additional telecopied written
     instructions of such transaction requests. The Fund or UAMSSC may be liable
     for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if
     the Fund or the UAMSSC does not employ the procedures described above.
     Neither the Fund nor the UAMSSC will be responsible for any loss,
     liability, cost or expense for following instructions received by telephone
     that it reasonably believes to be genuine.

Redemptions-In-Kind

     If the governing board determines that it would be detrimental to the best
     interests of remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or
     partly in cash, the Fund may pay redemption proceeds in whole or in part by
     a distribution in-kind of liquid securities held by the portfolio in lieu
     of cash in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC. Investors may incur
     brokerage charges on the sale of portfolio securities received in payment
     of redemptions.

     However, the Fund has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all
     redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during
     any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net assets of the
     Fund at the beginning of such period. Such commitment is irrevocable
     without the prior approval of the SEC. Redemptions in excess of the above
     limits may be paid in whole or in part, in investment securities or in
     cash, as the Board may deem advisable; however, payment will be made wholly
     in cash unless the governing board believes that economic or market
     conditions exist which would make such a practice detrimental to the best
     interests of the Fund. If redemptions are paid in investment securities,
     such securities will be valued as set forth under "Valuation of Shares." A
     redeeming shareholder would normally incur brokerage expenses if these
     securities were converted to cash.

Signature Guarantees

     The Fund requires signature guarantees for certain types of documents,
     including.

     .    Written requests for redemption;

     .    Separate instruments for assignment ("stock power"), which should
          specify the total number of shares to be redeemed; and

     .    On all stock certificates tendered for redemption.

     The purpose of signature guarantees is to verify the identity of the person
     who has authorized a redemption from your account and to protect your
     account, the Fund and its sub-transfer agent from fraud.

     The Fund will accept signature guarantees from any eligible guarantor
     institution, as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
     participates in a signature guarantee program. Eligible guarantor
     institutions include banks, brokers, dealers, credit unions, national
     securities exchanges, registered securities associations, clearing agencies
     and savings associations. You can get a complete definition of eligible
     guarantor institutions by calling 1-877-826-5465. Broker-dealers
     guaranteeing signatures

                                     II-36
<PAGE>

     must be a member of a clearing corporation or maintain net capital of at
     least $100,000. Credit unions must be authorized to issue signature
     guarantees.

Other Redemption Information

     Normally, the Fund will pay for all shares redeemed under proper procedures
     within seven days after it received your request. However, the Fund will
     pay your redemption proceeds earlier as applicable law so requires.

     The Fund may suspend redemption privileges or postpone the date of payment:

     .    When the NYSE and custodian bank are closed

     .    Trading on the NYSE is restricted.

     .    During any period when an emergency exists as defined by the rules of
          the Commission as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable
          for the portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it, or to fairly
          determine the value of its assets.

     .    For such other periods as the Commission may permit.


EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The exchange privilege is only available with respect to portfolios that
     are qualified for sale in the shareholder's state of residence. Exchanges
     are based on the respective net asset values of the shares involved. The
     Institutional Class and Institutional Service Class shares of UAM Funds do
     not charge a sales commission or charge of any kind for exchanges.

     Neither the Fund nor any of its service providers will be responsible for
     the authenticity of the exchange instructions received by telephone. The
     governing board of the Fund may restrict the exchange privilege at any
     time. Such instructions may include limiting the amount or frequency of
     exchanges and may be for the purpose of assuring such exchanges do not
     disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders.


TRANSFER OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Shareholders may transfer shares of the portfolio to another person by
     making a written request to the Fund. Your request should clearly identify
     the account and number of shares you wish to transfer. All registered
     owners should sign the request and all stock certificates, if any, which
     are subject to the transfer. The signature on the letter of request, the
     stock certificate or any stock power must be guaranteed in the same manner
     as described under "Signature Guarantees." As in the case of redemptions,
     the written request must be received in good order before any transfer can
     be made.


PERFORMANCE CALCULATIONS

     A portfolio measures its performance by calculating its yield and total
     return. Yield and total return figures are based on historical earnings and
     are not intended to indicate future performance. The SEC has adopted rules
     that require mutual funds to present performance quotations in a standard
     manner. Mutual funds can present non-standard performance quotations only
     if they also provide certain standardized performance information that they
     have computed according to the requirements of the SEC. Current yield and
     average annual compounded total return information are calculated using the
     method of computing performance mandated by the SEC.

     The performance is calculated separately for each Class of a portfolio.
     Dividends paid by a portfolio with respect to each Class will be calculated
     in the same manner at the same time on the same day and

                                     II-37
<PAGE>

     will be in the same amount, except that service fees, distribution charges
     and any incremental transfer agency costs relating to Advisor or Service
     Class Shares will be borne exclusively by that class.


TOTAL RETURN
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total return is the change in value of an investment in the portfolio over
     a given period, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A
     cumulative or aggregate total return reflects actual performance over a
     stated period. An average annual total return is a hypothetical rate of
     return that, if achieved annually, would have produced the same cumulative
     total return if performance had been constant over the entire period.

     The fund calculates the average annual total return of a portfolio by
     finding the average annual compounded rates of return over one, five and
     ten-year periods that would equate an initial hypothetical $1,000
     investment to its ending redeemable value. The calculation assumes that all
     dividends and distributions are reinvested when paid. The quotation assumes
     the amount was completely redeemed at the end of each one, five and ten-
     year period and the deduction of all applicable Fund expenses on an annual
     basis. Since Institutional Service Class Shares bear additional service and
     distribution expenses, their average annual total return will generally be
     lower than that of the Institutional Class Shares.

     The fund calculates these figures according to the following formula:

          P (1 + T)n = ERV

          Where:

          P      =   a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

          T      =   average annual total return

          n      =   number of years

          ERV    =   ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment
                     made at the beginning of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods at
                     the end of the 1, 5 or 10 year periods (or fractional
                     portion thereof).


YIELD
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Yield refers to the income generated by an investment in the portfolio over
     a given period of time, expressed as an annual percentage rate. Yields are
     calculated according to a standard that is required for all mutual funds.
     As this differs from other accounting methods, the quoted yield may not
     equal the income actually paid to shareholders.

     The current yield is determined by dividing the net investment income per
     share earned during a 30-day base period by the maximum offering price per
     share on the last day of the period and annualizing the result. Expenses
     accrued for the period include any fees charged to all shareholders during
     the base period. Since Institutional Service Class shares bear additional
     service and distribution expenses, their yield will generally be lower than
     that of the Institutional Class Shares.

     Yield is obtained using the following formula:

          Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)6-1]

          Where:

          a =  dividends and interest earned during the period

          b =  expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements)

          c = the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period
          that were entitled to receive income distributions

          d = the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the
          period.

                                     II-38
<PAGE>

COMPARISONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The portfolio's performance may be compared to data prepared by independent
     services which monitor the performance of investment companies, data
     reported in financial and industry publications, and various indices as
     further described in this SAI. This information may also be included in
     sales literature and advertising.

     To help investors better evaluate how an investment in the portfolio of the
     Fund might satisfy their investment objective, advertisements regarding the
     Fund may discuss various measures of Fund performance as reported by
     various financial publications. Advertisements may also compare performance
     (as calculated above) to performance as reported by other investments,
     indices and averages. Please see Appendix B for publications, indices and
     averages that may be used.

     In assessing such comparisons of performance, an investor should keep in
     mind that the composition of the investments in the reported indices and
     averages is not identical to the composition of investments in the
     portfolio, that the averages are generally unmanaged, and that the items
     included in the calculations of such averages may not be identical to the
     formula used by the portfolio to calculate its performance. In addition,
     there can be no assurance that the portfolio will continue this performance
     as compared to such other averages.


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of each
     portfolio, other than the FPA Crescent Portfolio:

     .    Financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1999.

     .    Financial highlights for the respective periods presented

     .    The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

     The following documents are included in 1999 Annual Report of FPA Crescent
     Portfolio:

     .    Financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999.

     .    Financial highlights for the periods presented

     .    The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

     Each of the above-referenced documents is incorporated by reference into
     this SAI. However, no other parts of the portfolios' Annual Reports are
     incorporated by reference herein. Shareholders may get copies of the
     portfolios' Annual Reports free of charge by calling the UAM Funds at the
     telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.

                                     II-39
<PAGE>

                                III:  Glossary

                                     III-1
<PAGE>

     1933 Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     1934 Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

     Adviser means the investment adviser of the portfolio.

     All terms that this SAI does not otherwise define, have the same meaning in
     the SAI as they do in the prospectus(es) of the portfolios.

     Board member refers to a single member of the Fund's Board.

     Board refers to the Fund's Board of Trustees as a group.

     CGFSC is Chase Global Funds Service Company, the Fund's sub-administrator.

     Distribution Plan refers to the Distribution Plan the Fund has adopted for
     its Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

     Fund refers to UAM Funds Trust.

     Governing Board, see Board.

     NAV is the net asset value per share of a portfolio. You can find
     information on how the fund calculates this number under "Purchase,
     Redemption and Pricing of Shares."

     NYSE is the New York Stock Exchange. Also known as "The Exchange" or "The
     Big Board," the NYSE is located on Wall Street and is the largest exchange
     in the United States.

     Plan member refers to members of the board who are not interested persons
     of the Fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the
     operation of the Plans.

     Plans refers to the Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plans the Fund
     has adopted for its Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the
     1940 Act.

     Portfolio refers to a single series of the Fund, while portfolios refer to
     all of the series of the Fund.

     SEC is the Securities and Exchange Commission. The SEC is the federal
     agency that administers most of the federal securities laws in the United
     States. In particular, the SEC administers the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and
     the 1934 Act.

     Service Plan refers to the Shareholder Servicing Plan the Fund has adopted
     for its Service Class Shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

     Service Class means the Institutional Service Class shares of a portfolio.

     UAM Funds Complex includes UAM Funds, Inc., UAM Funds Trust, UAM Funds Inc.
     II and all of their portfolios.

     UAM is United Asset Management Corporation.

     UAMFDI is UAM Fund Distributors, Inc., the Fund's distributor.

     UAMFSI is UAM Fund Services, Inc., the Fund's administrator.

     UAMSSC is UAM Fund Shareholder Servicing Center, the Fund's
     Sub-shareholder-servicing agent.

                                     III-2
<PAGE>

                               IV: Appendix A -
                                Description of
                                Securities and
                                    Ratings

                                     IV-1
<PAGE>

MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.



PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  aaa               An issue which is rated "aaa" is considered to be a top-
                    quality preferred stock. This rating indicates good asset
                    protection and the least risk of dividend impairment within
                    the universe of preferred stock.

  aa                An issue which is rated "aa" is considered a high-grade
                    preferred stock. This rating indicates that there is a
                    reasonable assurance the earnings and asset protection will
                    remain relatively well maintained in the foreseeable future.

  a                 An issue which is rated "a" is considered to be an upper-
                    medium grade preferred stock. While risks are judged to be
                    somewhat greater than in the "aaa" and "aa" classification,
                    earnings and asset protection are, nevertheless, expected to
                    be maintained at adequate levels.

  baa               An issue which is rated "baa" is considered to be a medium-
                    grade preferred stock, neither highly protected nor poorly
                    secured. Earnings and asset protection appear adequate at
                    present but may be questionable over any great length of
                    time.

  ba                An issue which is rated "ba" is considered to have
                    speculative elements and its future cannot be considered
                    well assured. Earnings and asset protection may be very
                    moderate and not well safeguarded during adverse periods.
                    Uncertainty of position characterizes preferred stocks in
                    this class.

  b                 An issue which is rated "b" generally lacks the
                    characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of
                    dividend payments and maintenance of other terms of the
                    issue over any long periods of time may be small.

  caa               An issue which is rated "caa" is likely to be in arrears on
                    dividend payments. This rating designation does not purport
                    to indicate the future status of payments.

  ca                An issue which is rated "ca" is speculative in a high degree
                    and is likely to be in arrears on dividends with little
                    likelihood of eventual payments.

  c                 This is the lowest rated class of preferred or preference
                    stock. Issues so rated can thus be regarded as having
                    extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real
                    investment standing.

  Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each rating
  classification:  the modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the
  higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-
  range ranking and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower
  end of its generic rating category.

DEBT RATINGS - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Aaa               Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best
                    quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk
                    and are generally referred to as "gilt-edged." Interest
                    payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally
                    stable margin and principal is secure. While the various
                    protective elements are likely to change, such changes as
                    can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the
                    fundamentally strong position of such issues.

  Aa                Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by
                    all standards. They are rated lower than the best bonds
                    because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa
                    securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of
                    greater amplitude or there may be other elements present
                    which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than
                    the Aaa securities.

  A                 Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment
                    attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium grade
                    obligations. Factors giving security to principal and
                    interest are considered adequate, but elements may be
                    present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment
                    sometime in the future.

                                     IV-2
<PAGE>

  Baa               Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade
                    obligations, (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor
                    poorly secured). Interest payments and principal security
                    appear adequate for the present but certain protective
                    elements may be lacking or may be characteristically
                    unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack
                    outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have
                    speculative characteristics as well.

  Ba                Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative
                    elements; their future cannot be considered as well-assured.
                    Often the protection of interest and principal payments may
                    be very moderate, and thereby not well safeguarded during
                    both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of
                    position characterizes bonds in this class.

  B                 Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of
                    the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and
                    principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the
                    contract over any long period of time may be small.

  Caa               Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues
                    may be in default or there may be present elements of danger
                    with respect to principal or interest.

  Ca                Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are
                    speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in
                    default or have other marked shortcomings.

  C                 Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds,
                    and issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor
                    prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

  Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating
  classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the
  obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category;  modifier 2
  indicates a mid-range ranking;  and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the
  lower end of that generic rating category.

SHORT-TERM PRIME RATING SYSTEM - TAXABLE DEBT & DEPOSITS GLOBALLY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
  repay punctually senior debt obligations.  These obligations have an original
  maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

  Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment
  grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

   Prime-1          Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institution) have a
                    superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt
                    obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be
                    evidenced by many of the following characteristics:

  .  High rates of return on funds employed.

  .  Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and
     ample asset protection.

  .  Broad leading market positions in well-established industries.

  .  margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal
     cash generation.

  .  Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources
     of alternate liquidity.

   Prime-2          Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a
                    strong ability for repayment of senior short-term debt
                    obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the
                    characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings
                    trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject
                    to variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still
                    appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions.
                    Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

   Prime 3          Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an
                    acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term
                    obligation. The effect of industry characteristics and
                    market compositions may be more pronounced. Variability in
                    earnings and profitability may result in changes in the
                    level of debt protection measurements and may require
                    relatively high financial leverage. Adequate alternate
                    liquidity is maintained.

  Not Prime         Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime
                    rating categories.

                                     IV-3
<PAGE>

  STANDARD & POOR'S RATINGS SERVICES


PREFERRED STOCK RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  AAA               This is the highest rating that may be assigned by Standard
                    & Poor's to a preferred stock issue and indicates an
                    extremely strong capacity to pay the preferred stock
                    obligations.

  AA                A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a high-
                    quality, fixed-income security. The capacity to pay
                    preferred stock obligations is very strong, although not as
                    overwhelming as for issues rated AAA.

  A                 An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the
                    preferred stock obligations, although it is somewhat more
                    susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
                    circumstances and economic conditions.

  BBB               An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate
                    capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations. Whereas it
                    normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse
                    economic conditions or changing circumstances are more
                    likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make payments for a
                    preferred stock in this category than for issues in the A
                    category.

  BB, B, CCC        Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC are regarded, on
                    balance, as predominantly speculative with respect to the
                    issuer's capacity to pay preferred stock obligations. BB
                    indicates the lowest degree of speculation and CCC the
                    highest. While such issues will likely have some quality and
                    protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large
                    uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

  CC                The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue that
                    is in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but
                    that is currently paying.

  C                 A preferred stock rated C is a nonpaying issue.

  D                 A preferred stock rated D is a nonpaying issue with the
                    issuer in default on debt instruments.

  N.R.              This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there
                    is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or
                    that Standard & Poor's does not rate a particular type of
                    obligation as a matter of policy.

  Plus (+) or       To provide more detailed indications of preferred stock
  minus (-)         quality, ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
                    addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing
                    within the major rating categories.


LONG-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
  considerations:

  Likelihood of payment-capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its
  financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the
  obligation;

  Nature of and provisions of the obligation;

  Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event
  of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of
  bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors' rights.

  AAA               An obligation rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by
                    Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its
                    financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

  AA                An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated
                    obligations only in small degree. The obligor's capacity to
                    meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very
                    strong.

  A                 An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the
                    adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic
                    conditions than obligations in higher- rated categories.
                    However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial
                    commitment on the obligation is still strong.

  BBB               An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection
                    parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing
                    circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity
                    of the obligator to meet its financial commitment on the
                    obligation.

                                     IV-4
<PAGE>

  Obligations rated BB, B, CCC , CC and C are regarded as having significant
  speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and
  C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and
  protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or
  major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

  BB                An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than
                    other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing
                    uncertainties or exposures to adverse business, financial,
                    or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor's
                    inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
                    obligation.

  B                 An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than
                    obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the
                    capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
                    Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will
                    likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet
                    its financial commitment on the obligation.

  CCC               An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to non-
                    payment, and is dependent upon favorable business,
                    financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet
                    its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of
                    adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the
                    obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its
                    financial commitment on the obligations.

  CC                An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to
                    nonpayment.

  C                 The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a
                    bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action has
                    been taken, but payments on this obligation are being
                    continued.

  D                 An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating
                    category is used when payments on an obligation are not made
                    on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not
                    expired, unless Standard & Poor's believes that such
                    payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating
                    also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition
                    or the taking of a similar action if payments on an
                    obligation are jeopardized.

  Plus (+) or minus (-)  The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
  addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major
  rating categories.

  r  This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant
  noncredit risks.  It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected
  returns which are not addressed in the credit rating.  Examples include:
  obligation linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or commodities;
  obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as interest-only or
  principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with unusually risky
  interest terms, such as inverse floaters.

SHORT-TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered
  short-term in the relevant market.  In the U.S., for example, that means
  obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days - including
  commercial paper.  Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the
  creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term
  obligations.  The result is a dual rating in which the short-term rating
  addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.  Medium-
  term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

  A-1               A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest
                    category by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to
                    meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong.
                    Within this category, certain obligations are designated
                    with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's
                    capacity to meet its financial commitment on these
                    obligations is extremely strong.

  A-2               A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more
                    susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
                    circumstances and economic conditions than obligation in
                    higher rating categories. However, the obligor's capacity to
                    meet its financial commitment on the obligation is
                    satisfactory.

  A-3               A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate
                    protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions
                    or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a
                    weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial
                    commitment on the obligation.

  B                 A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having
                    significant speculative characteristics. The obligor
                    currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment
                    on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing
                    uncertainties which could lead to the obligor's inadequate
                    capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

                                     IV-5
<PAGE>

  C                 A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to
                    nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business,
                    financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet
                    its financial commitment on the obligation.

  D                 A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default. The D
                    rating category is used when payments on an obligation are
                    not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period
                    has not expired, unless Standard & Poors' believes that such
                    payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating
                    also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition
                    or the taking of a similar action if payments on an
                    obligation are jeopardized.

DUFF & PHELPS CREDIT RATING CO.

LONG-TERM DEBT AND PREFERRED STOCK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  AAA               Highest credit quality. The risk factors are negligible,
                    being only slightly more than for risk-free U.S. Treasury
                    debt.

  AA+/AA            High credit quality. Protection factors are strong. Risk is
                    modest but may vary slightly from time to time because of
                    economic conditions.

  A+/A/A-           Protection factors are average but adequate. However, risk
                    factors are more variable in periods of greater economic
                    stress.

  BBB+/BBB          Below-average protection factors but still considered
  BBB-              sufficient for prudent investment. Considerable variability
                    in risk during economic cycles.

  BB+/BB/BB-        Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations
                    when due. Present or prospective financial protection
                    factors fluctuate according to industry conditions. Overall
                    quality may move up or down frequently within this category.

  B+/B/B-           Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligation
                    will not be net when due. Financial protection factors will
                    fluctuate widely according to economic cycles, industry
                    conditions and/or company fortunes. Potential exists for
                    frequent changes in the rating within this category or into
                    a higher or lower rating grade.

  CCC               Well below investment-grade securities. Considerable
                    uncertainty exists as to timely payment of principal,
                    interest or preferred dividends. Protection factors are
                    narrow and risk can be substantial with unfavorable
                    economic/industry conditions, and/or with unfavorable
                    company developments.

  DD                Defaulted debt obligations. Issuer failed to meet scheduled
                    principal and/or interest payments. Issuer failed to meet
                    scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

  DP                Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.

SHORT-TERM DEBT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

High Grade

  D-1+              Highest certainty of timely payment. Short-term liquidity,
                    including internal operating factors and/or access to
                    alternative sources of funds, is outstanding, and safety is
                    just below risk-free U.S. Treasury short-term obligations.

  D-1               Very high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are
                    excellent and supported by good fundamental protection
                    factors. Risk factors are minor.

  D-1-              High certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are
                    strong and supported by good fundamental protection factors.
                    Risk factors are very small.

                                     IV-6
<PAGE>

Good Grade
   D-2              Good certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors and
                    company fundamentals are sound. Although ongoing funding
                    needs may enlarge total financing requirements, access to
                    capital markets is good. Risk factors are small.

Satisfactory Grade
   D-3              Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify
                    issues as to investment grade. Risk factors are larger and
                    subject to more variation. Nevertheless, timely payment is
                    expected.

Non-Investment Grade
   D-4              Speculative investment characteristics. Liquidity is not
                    sufficient to insure against disruption in debt service.
                    Operating factors and market access may be subject to a high
                    degree of variation.

Default
   D-5              Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest
                    payments.


FITCH IBCA RATINGS


INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM CREDIT RATINGS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Grade
   AAA              Highest credit quality. `AAA' ratings denote the lowest
                    expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case
                    of exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment for
                    financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to
                    be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

   AA               Very high credit quality. `AA' ratings denote a very low
                    expectation of credit risk. They indicate very strong
                    capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This
                    capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable
                    events.

   A                High credit quality. `A' ratings denote a low expectation of
                    credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial
                    commitments is considered strong. This capacity may,
                    nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances
                    or in economic conditions than is the case for higher
                    ratings.

   B                Good credit quality. `BBB' ratings indicate that there is
                    currently a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for
                    timely payment of financial commitments is considered
                    adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and in
                    economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
                    This is the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade
   BB               Speculative. `BB' ratings indicate that there is a
                    possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the
                    result of adverse economic change over time; however,
                    business or financial alternatives may be available to allow
                    financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this
                    category are not investment grade.

   B                Highly speculative. `B' ratings indicate that significant
                    credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety
                    remains. Financial commitments are currently being met;
                    however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a
                    sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

   CCC,CC,C         High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity
                    for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon
                    sustained, favorable business or economic developments. A
                    `CC' rating indicates that default of some kind appears
                    probable. `C' ratings signal imminent default.

                                     IV-7
<PAGE>

  DDD,DD,D          Default. Securities are not meeting current obligations and
                    are extremely speculative. `DDD' designates the highest
                    potential for recovery of amounts outstanding on any
                    securities involved. For U.S. corporates, for example, `DD'
                    indicates expected recovery of 50% - 90% of such
                    outstandings, and `D' the lowest recovery potential, i.e.
                    below 50%.


International Short-Term Credit Ratings
  F1                Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for
                    timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added
                    "+" to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

  F2                Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely
                    payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety
                    is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

  F3                Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of
                    financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term
                    adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-
                    investment grade.

  B                 Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of
                    financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term
                    adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

  C                 High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity
                    for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a
                    sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

  D                 Default.  Denotes actual or imminent payment default.

Notes
  "+" or "-"  may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major
  rating categories.  Such suffixes are not added to the `AAA' long-term rating
  category, to categories below `CCC', or to short-term ratings other than `F1'.

  `NR'  indicates that Fitch IBCA does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

  `Withdrawn':  A rating is withdrawn when Fitch IBCA deems the amount of
  information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an
  obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

  RatingAlert:  Ratings are placed on RatingAlert to notify investors that there
  is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of
  such change.  These are designated as "Positive", indicating a potential
  upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving", if ratings may
  be raised, lowered or maintained.  RatingAlert is typically resolved over a
  relatively short period.

                                     IV-8
<PAGE>

                               V:  Appendix B -
                                  Comparisons

                                      V-1
<PAGE>

  CDA Mutual Fund Report, published by CDA Investment Technologies, Inc. --
  analyzes price, current yield, risk, total return and average rate of return
  (average annual compounded growth rate) over specified time periods for the
  mutual fund industry.

  Consumer Price Index (or Cost of Living Index), published by the U.S. Bureau
  of Labor Statistics -- a statistical measure of change, over time in the price
  of goods and services in major expenditure groups.

  Donoghue's Money Fund Average -- is an average of all major money market fund
  yields, published weekly for 7 and 30-day yields.

  Dow Jones Industrial Average - a price-weighted average of thirty blue-chip
  stocks that are generally the leaders in their industry and are listed on the
  New York Stock Exchange.  It has been a widely followed indicator of the stock
  market since October 1, 1928.

  Financial publications: Business Week, Changing Times, Financial World,
  Forbes, Fortune, Money, Barron's, Consumer's Digest, Financial Times, Global
  Investor, Investor's Daily, Lipper Analytical Services, Inc., Morningstar,
  Inc., New York Times, Personal Investor, Wall Street Journal and Weisenberger
  Investment Companies Service -- publications that rate fund performance over
  specified time periods.

  Historical data supplied by the research departments of First Boston
  Corporation, J.P. Morgan & Co, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Merrill Lynch &
  Co., Inc., Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Bloomberg L.P.

  IBC's Money Fund Average/All Taxable - an average of all major money market
  fund yields, published weekly for 7- and 30-day yields.

  IFC Investable Index - an unmanaged index maintained by the International
  Finance Corporation.  This index consists of 890 companies in 25 emerging
  equity markets, and is designed to measure more precisely the returns
  portfolio managers might receive from investment in emerging markets equity
  securities by focusing on companies and markets that are legally and
  practically accessible to foreign investors.

  Lehman Aggregate Bond Index - an unmanaged fixed income market value-weighted
  index that combines the Lehman Government/Corporate Index and the Lehman
  Mortgage-Backed Securities Index, and includes treasury issues, agency issues,
  corporate bond issues and mortgage backed securities.  It includes fixed rate
  issuers of investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least one
  year and outstanding par values of at least $200 million for U.S. government
  issues and $25 million for others.

  Lehman Corporate Bond Index - an unmanaged indices of all publicly issues,
  fixed-rate, nonconvertible investment grade domestic corporate debt.  Also
  included are yankee bonds, which are dollar-denominated SEC registered public,
  noncovertible debt issued or guaranteed by foreign sovereign governments,
  municipalities, or governmental agencies, or international agencies.

  Lehman Government Bond Index -an unmanaged treasury bond index including all
  public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, excluding flower bonds and foreign-
  targeted issues, and the Agency Bond Index (all publicly issued debt of U.S.
  government agencies and quasi-federal corporation, and corporate debt
  guaranteed by the U.S. government).  In addition to the aggregate index, sub-
  indices cover intermediate and long term issues.

  Lehman Government/Corporate Index -- an unmanaged fixed income market value-
  weighted index that combines the Government and Corporate Bond Indices,
  including U.S. government treasury securities, corporate and yankee bonds.
  All issues are investment grade (BBB) or higher, with maturities of at least
  one year and outstanding par value of at least $100 million of r U.S.
  government issues and $25 million for others.  Any security downgraded during
  the month is held in the index until month end and then removed.  All returns
  are market value weighted inclusive of accrued income.

  Lehman High Yield Bond Index - an unmanaged index of fixed rate, non-
  investment grade debt.  All bonds included in the index are dollar
  denominated, noncovertible, have at least one year remaining to maturity and
  an outstanding par value of at least $100 million.

                                      V-2
<PAGE>

  Lehman Intermediate Government/Corporate Index - an unmanaged fixed income
  market value-weighted index that combines the Lehman Government Bond Index
  (intermediate-term sub-index) and Lehman Corporate Bond Index.

  Lipper 1-5 Year Short Investment Grade Debt Funds Average -- is an average of
  100 funds that invest at least 65% of assets in investment grade debt issues
  (BBB or higher) with dollar-weighted average maturities of 5 years or less.

  Lipper Balanced Fund Index - an unmanaged index of open-end equity funds whose
  primary objective is to conserve principal by maintaining at all time a
  balanced portfolio of both stocks and bonds.  Typically, the stock/bond ratio
  ranges around 60%/40%.

  Lipper Equity Income Fund Index - an unmanaged index of equity funds which
  seek relatively high current income and growth of income through investing 60%
  or more of the portfolio in equities.

  Lipper Equity Mid Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds which by
  prospectus or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $5 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Equity Small Cap Fund Index - an unmanaged index of funds by prospectus
  or portfolio practice invest primarily in companies with market
  capitalizations less than $1 billion at the time of purchase.

  Lipper Growth Fund Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 30 largest funds
  by asset size in this investment objective.

  Lipper Mutual Fund Performance Analysis and Lipper -Fixed Income Fund
  Performance Analysis -- measures total return and average current yield for
  the mutual fund industry.  Rank individual mutual fund performance over
  specified time periods, assuming reinvestments of all distributions, exclusive
  of any applicable sales charges.

  Merrill Lynch 1-4.99 Year Corporate/Government Bond Index -- is an unmanaged
  index composed of U.S. treasuries, agencies and corporates with maturities
  from 1 to 4.99 years.  Corporates are investment grade only (BBB or higher).

  Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE Index -- arithmetic, market value-
  weighted averages of the performance of over 900 securities listed on the
  stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.

  Mutual Fund Source Book, published by Morningstar, Inc. - analyzes price,
  yield, risk and total return for equity funds.

  NASDAQ Composite Index -- is a market capitalization, price only, unmanaged
  index that tracks the performance of domestic common stocks traded on the
  regular NASDAQ market as well as national market System traded foreign common
  stocks and ADRs.

  New York Stock Exchange composite or component indices -- unmanaged indices of
  all industrial, utilities, transportation and finance stocks listed on the New
  York Stock Exchange.

  Russell 1000 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 1000 largest stocks in
  the Russell 3000 Index.

  Russell 2000 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with higher
  price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values.

  Russell 2000 Index -- an unmanaged index composed of the 2,000 smallest stocks
  in the Russell 3000 Index.

  Russell 2000 Value Index - contains those Russell 2000 securities with a less-
  than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values than the growth universe.

                                      V-3
<PAGE>

  Russell 2500 Growth Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a
  greater-than-average growth orientation. Securities in this index tend to
  exhibit higher price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, lower dividend yields
  and higher forecasted growth values than the value universe.

  Russell 2500 Index - an unmanaged index composed of the 2,5000 smallest stocks
  in the Russell 3000.

  Russell 2500 Value Index - contains those Russell 2500 securities with a less-
  than-average growth orientation.  Securities in this index tend to exhibit
  lower price-to-book and price-earnings ratios, higher dividend yields and
  lower forecasted growth values then the Growth universe.

  Russell 3000 Index - composed of the 3,000 largest U.S. publicly traded
  companies based on total market capitalization, which represents approximately
  98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

  Russell Mid-Cap Index -- is composed of the 800 smallest stocks in the Russell
  1000 Index, with an average capitalization of $1.96 billion.

  Salomon Smith Barney Global excluding U.S. Equity Index - an comprised of the
  smallest stocks (less than $1 billion market capitalization) of the Extended
  Market Index, of both developed and emerging markets.

  Salomon Smith Barney One to Three Year Treasury Index - an unmanaged index
  comprised of U.S. treasury notes and bonds with maturities one year or
  greater, but less than three years.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month T-Bill Average -- the average for all
  treasury bills for the previous three-month period.

  Salomon Smith Barney Three-Month U.S. Treasury Bill Index - a return
  equivalent yield average based on the last three 3-month Treasury bill issues.

  Savings and Loan Historical Interest Rates -- as published by the U.S. Savings
  and Loan League Fact Book.

  Standard & Poor's 600 Small Cap Index - an unmanaged index comprised of 600
  domestic stocks chosen for market size, liquidity, and industry group
  representation.  The index is comprised of stocks from the industrial,
  utility, financial, and transportation sectors.

  Standard & Poor's Midcap 400 Index -- consists of 400 domestic stocks chosen
  for market size (medium market capitalization of approximately $700 million),
  liquidity, and industry group representation.  It is a market-value weighted
  index with each stock affecting the index in proportion to its market value.

  Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index - an unmanaged index composed of 400
  industrial stocks, 40 financial stocks, 40 utilities stocks and 20
  transportation stocks.

  Standard & Poor's Barra Value Index - is constructed by dividing the
  securities in the S&P 500 Index according to price-to-book ratio.  This index
  contains the securities with the lower price-to-book ratios;  the securities
  with the higher price-to-book ratios are contained in the Standard & Poor's
  Barra Growth Index.

  Standard & Poor's Utilities Stock Price Index - a market capitalization
  weighted index representing three utility groups and, with the three groups,
  43 of the largest utility companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange,
  including 23 electric power companies, 12 natural gas distributors and 8
  telephone companies.

  Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation, published by Ibbotson Associates --
  historical measure of yield, price and total return for common and small
  company stock, long-term government bonds, U.S. treasury bills and inflation.

  U.S. Three-Month Treasury Bill Average - the average return for all treasury
  bills for the previous three month period.

  Value Line -- composed of over 1,600 stocks in the Value Line Investment
  Survey.

                                      V-4

<PAGE>

  Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index - a market capitalization weighted index
  of publicly traded real estate securities, including real estate investment
  trusts, real estate operating companies and partnerships.  The index is used
  by he institutional investment community as a broad measure of the performance
  of public real estate equity for asset allocation and performance comparison.

  Wilshire REIT Index - includes 112 real estate investment trusts (REITs) but
  excludes seven real estate operating companies that are included in the
  Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index.


  Note:  With respect to the comparative measures of performance for equity
  securities described herein, comparisons of performance assume reinvestment of
  dividends, except as otherwise stated.

                                      V-5

<PAGE>

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Prospectuses and
Statements of Additional Information constituting parts of this Post-Effective
Amendment No. 35 to the registration statement on Form N-1A (the "Registration
Statement") of our reports dated June 18, 1999, relating to the financial
statements and financial highlights appearing in the April 30, 1999 Annual
Reports to the Shareholders of BHM&S Total Return Bond Portfolio, Cambiar
Opportunity Portfolio, Chicago Asset Management Intermediate Bond Portfolio,
Chicago Asset Management Value/Contrarian Portfolio, Clipper Focus Portfolio,
Hanson Equity Portfolio, Jacobs International Octagon Portfolio, MJI
International Equity Portfolio, Pell Rudman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio, and TJ
Core Equity Portfolio, which are also incorporated by reference into the
Registration Statement.  We also consent to the references to us under the
headings "Financial Highlights" in such Prospectuses and to the references to us
under the headings "Financial Statements" and "Independent Public Accountant" in
such Statements of Additional Information.



PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Boston, Massachusetts

August 2, 1999


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission